|X%  */<■>■'. :^'-''' 'r 


/,:;t 


1'"^' 


(  \ ,    I 


\ '','•/ 


^^'' 


{/'   ! 


l''l   i'} 


V.  '.? 


>h-. 


I, 


/  / 


,  I 


s: 


1 


/>"/,')■ 
/''i^ 


.'^ 

■  '. 

n 

1 

^^^^K' '  ''*' 

■ 

i 


r 


6  .  2.  8  .  0  7« 


Srom  t^e  feifirarij  of 

ipxofcBBOx  Wiffidm  J^^^^  (Bteen 

(J5equeaf  ^e^  fig  ^im  to 
t^  feifirarg  of 

(prtnceton  C^eofogicctf  ^emindtg 


sob 


GKAMMAE 


OP   THE 


HEBEEW  LANGUAGE. 


BY 

WILLIAM  HENRY  GREEN, 

PROFESSOR   IN    THE   THEOLOGICAL    SEMINARY    AT   PRINCETON,    N.    J. 


THIRD  EDITION, 


NEW  YORK: 

JOHN  WILEY  &  SON,  PUBLISHERS, 

2  Clinton  Hall,  Astor  Place, 

18G9. 


Entkked,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  of  1861,  by 

JOHN  WILEY, 
in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


JOHN  P.  TROW 
PBIITTES,  8TEBE0TYPER,  AND  ELECTBOTTPEB^ 

46,  43  &  50  Greene  Street, 
New  York, 


PREFACE. 


This  work  was  begun  at  the  instance  of  my  friend, 
preceptor,  and  colleague.  Dr.  J.  Addison  Alexander.  The 
aid  of  his  counsels  and  suggestions  was  freely  promised  in 
the  undertaking ;  and  he  was  to  give  to  it  the  sanction  of 
his  name  before  the  public.  It  appears  shorn  of  these  ad- 
vantages. A  few  consultations  respecting  the  general  plan 
of  the  book  and  the  method  to  be  observed  in  its  prepara- 
tion, were  all  that  could  be  had  before  this  greatest  of 
American  orientalists  and  scholars  was  taken  from  us.  De- 
prived thus  early  of  his  invaluable  assistance,  I  have  yet 
found  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  the  prosecution  of  a  task 
begun  under  such  auspices,  and  which  seemed  still  to  link 
me  to  one  with  whom  I  count  it  one  of  the  greatest  blessings 
of  my  life  to  have  been  associated. 

The  grammatical  system  of  Gesenius  has,  from  causes 
which  can  readily  be  explained,  had  a  predominance  in  this 
country  to  which  it  is  not  justly  entitled.  The  grammar  of 
Prof.  Stuart,  for  a  long  time  the  text-book  in  most  common 
use,  was  substantially  a  reproduction  of  that  of  Gesenius. 
Nordheimer  was  an  adherent  of  the  same  system  in  its  essen- 
tial features,  though  he  illustrated  it  with  wonderful  clearness 
and  philosophical  tact.  And  finally,  the  smaller  grammar  of 
Gesenius  became  current  in  the  excellent  translation  of  Prof. 
Conant.  Now,  while  Gesenius  is  unquestionably  the  prince 
of  Hebrew  lexicographers,  Ewald  is  as  certainly  entitled  to 


IV  PREFACE. 

the  precedence  among  grammarians ;  and  the  latter  cannot 
be  ignored  by  him  who  would  appreciate  correctly  the  exist- 
ing state  of  oriental  learning. 

The  present  work  is  mainly  based  upon  the  three  leading 
grammars  of  Gesenius,  Ewald,  and  Nordheitner,  and  the  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  combine  whatever  is  valuable  in 
each.  For  the  sake  of  a  more  complete  survey  of  the  history 
of  opinion,  the  grammars  of  R.  Chayug,  R.  Kimchi,  Reuch- 
lin,  Buxtorf,  Schultens,  Simonis,  Robertson,  Lee,  Stier, 
Hupfeld,  Treytag,  Nagelsbach,  and  Stuart,  besides  others  of 
less  consequence  from  Jewish  or  Christian  sources,  have  also 
been  consulted  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  The  author 
has  not,  however,  contented  himself  with  an  indolent  com- 
pilation ;  but,  while  availing  himself  freely  of  the  labours 
of  his  predecessors,  he  has  sought  to  maintain  an  independ- 
ent position  by  investigating  the  whole  subject  freshly  and 
thoroughly  for  himself.  His  design  in  the  following  pages 
has  been  to  reflect  the  phenomena  of  the  language  precisely 
as  they  are  exhibited  in  the  Hebrew  Bible ;  and  it  is  be- 
lieved that  this  is  more  exactly  accomplished  than  it  has  been 
in  any  preceding  grammar.  The  rule  was  adopted  at  the 
outset,  and  rigorously  adhered  to,  that  no  supposititious 
forms  should  be  admitted,  that  no  example  should  be  al- 
leged which  is  not  found  in  actual  use,  that  no  statement 
should  be  made  and  no  rule  given  the  evidence  of  which  had 
not  personally  been  subjected  to  careful  scrutiny.  Thus,  for 
example,  before  treating  of  any  class  of  verbs,  perfect  or  im- 
perfect, every  verb  of  that  description  in  the  language  was 
separately  traced  through  all  its  forms  as  shown  by  a  con- 
cordance ;  the  facts  were  thus  absolutely  ascertained  in  the 
first  instance  before  a  single  paradigm  was  prepared  or  a 
word  of  explanation  written. 

Some  may  be  disposed,  at  first,  to  look  suspiciously 
upon  the  triple  division  of  the  Hebrew   vowels,   adopted 


PREFACE.  V 

from  Ewald,  as  an  innovation:  further  reflection,  however, 
will  show  that  it  is  the  only  division  consistent  with  ac- 
curacy, and  it  is  really  more  ancient  than  the  one  which 
commonly  prevails. 

The  importance  of  the  accent,  especially  to  the  proper 
iinderstandins  of  the  vowels  of  a  word  and  the  laws  of 
vowel-changes,  is  such  that  the  example  of  Ewald  has  been 
followed  in  constantly  marking  its  position  by  an  appropriate 
sign.  He  uses  a  Methegh  for  this  purpose,  which  is  objec- 
tionable on  account  of  the  liability  to  error  and  confusion 
when  the  same  sign  is  used  for  distinct  purposes.  The  use 
of  any  one  of  the  many  Hebrew  accents  would  also  be  liable 
to  objection,  since  they  not  only  indicate  the  tone  syllable, 
but  have  besides  a  conjunctive  or  disjunctive  force,  which  it 
would  be  out  of  place  to  suggest.  Accordingly,  a  special 
symbol  has  been  employed,  analogous  to  that  which  is  in  use 
in  our  own  and  other  languages,  thus  ^bjp  JmtaV . 

The  remarks  upon  the  consecution  of  poetic  accents 
were  in  type  before  the  appearance  of  the  able  discussion  of 
that  subject  by  Baer,  in  an  appendix  to  the  Commentary  of 
Delitzsch  upon  the  Psalms.  The  rules  of  Baer,  however, 
depend  for  their  justification  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
accurate  accentuation  of  his  own  recent  edition  of  the  He- 
brew Psalter,  which  departs  in  numerous  instances  from  the 
current  editions  as  they  do  in  fact  from  one  another.  Inas- 
much as  this  is  a  question  which  can  only  be  settled  by 
manuscripts  that  are  not  accessible  in  this  country,  it  seems 
best  to  wait  until  it  has  been  tested  and  pronounced  upon 
by  those  who  are  capable  of  doing  so.  What  has  here  been 
written  on  that  subject,  has  accordingly  been  suffered  to  re- 
main, imperfect  and  unsatisfactory  as  it  is. 

The  laws  which  regulate  the  formation  of  nouns  have 
been  derived  from  Ewald,  with  a  few  modifications  chiefly 
tending  to  simplify  them. 


VI  PREFACE. 

The  declensions  of  nouns,  as  made  out  by  Gesenius, 
have  the  merit  of  affording  a  convenient  and  tolerably- 
complete  classification  of  their  forms  and  of  the  changes 
to  which  each  is  liable.  Nordheinier  abandoned  them 
for  a  method  of  his  own,  in  which  he  aimed  at  greater 
simplicity,  but  in  reality  rendered  the  subject  more  per- 
plexed. The  system  of  Ewald  is  complicated  with  the 
derivation  and  formation  of  nouns,  from  which  their 
subsequent  modifications  are  quite  distinct.  The  fact 
is,  however,  that  there  are  no  declensions,  properly 
speaking,  in  Hebrew;  and  the  attempt  to  foist  upon  the 
language  what  is  alien  to  its  nature,  embarrasses  the  subject 
instead  of  relieving  it.  A  few  general  rules  respecting  the 
vowel-changes,  which  are  liable  to  occur  in  different  kinds 
of  syllables,  solve  the  whole  mystery,  and  are  all  that  the 
case  requires  or  even  admits. 

In  the  syntax  the  aim  has  been  to  develop  not  so  much 
what  is  common  to  the  Hebrew  with  other  languages,  as 
what  is  characteristic  and  distinctive  of  the  former,  those 
points  being  particularly  dwelt  upon  which  are  of  chief  im- 
portance to  the  interpreter. 

In  the  entire  work  special  reference  has  been  had  to  the 
wants  of  theological  students.  The  author  has  endeavoured 
to  make  it  at  once  elementary  and  thorough,  so  that  it  might 
both  serve  as  a  manual  for  beginners  and  yet  possess  all  that 
completeness  which  is  demanded  by  riper  scholars.  The 
parts  of  most  immediate  importance  to  those  commencing 
the  study  of  the  language  are  distinguished  by  being  printed 
in  large  type. 

Princeton,  August  22(i,  1861. 


COS"TE]^TS. 


PART  I.— ORTHOGRAPHY. 
Divisions  of  Grammar,  §1. 

OETHOGRAPHIO     SYMBOLS. 

The   Letters. — Alphabet,  §2;    Sounds,  §3;    Double  forms,  §4;    Names, 
§  5  ;     Order,  §  6  ;     Classification,  §  7 ;     Words  never  divided,  §  8 ; 
Abbreviations  and  Signs  of  Number,  §  9. 
TnE  Vowels. — Masoretic  Points,  §10;    Vowel  Letters,  §11;    Signs  for  the 
Vowels,  §12;   Mutual  Relation  of  this  twofold  Notation,  §§13,  14; 
Pure  and  Diphthongal  Vowels,  §  15. 
Sh'va,  silent  and  vocal,  simple  and  compound,  §  16. 
Pattahh  Furtive,  §17. 
Syllables,  §  18. 

Ambiguous  Signs. — Hliirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  §19.1;   Kamets  and 
Kamets-Hhatuph,  §  19.  2 ;    Silent  and  Vocal  Sh'va,  §20. 
Points  affecting  Consonants: — Daghesh-lene,  §§21,  22. 

Daghesh-forte,  §23;  ditferent  kinds,  §24;  omission  of,  §25. 
Mappik,  §26. 
Raphe,  §27. 
Points   attached    to   "Words. — Accents,   their  design,   §  28 ;    forms  and 
classes,  §29;    like  forms  distinguished,  §30;   poetic  accents,  §31; 
position  as  determined  by  the  character  of  the  syllables,  §  32. 1 ;  in 
uninflected  words,  §32.  2.  3;  with  affixes,  suffixes  and  prefixes,  §33; 
use  in  distinguishing  words,  §34;  shifted  in  special  cases,  §35. 
Consecution  of  the  Accents  in  Prose. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions, 
§  36 ;  tabular  view,  §  37 ;  explanation  of  the  table,  §  38 ;  adaptation  of 
the  trains  of  accents  to  sentences,  §  39. 


Vm  CONTENTS. 

« 

Poetic  Consecution. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions,  §40;  tabular  view 
and  explanation,  §  41 ;  adaptation  of  tlie  trains  of  accents  to  sen- 
tences, §42. 

Makkeph,  §43. 

Methegh,  its  form  and  position,  §  44 ;  special  rules,  §  45 ;  K'ri  and 
Iv'thibh,  meaning  of  the  terms,  §  46 ;  constant  K'ris  not  noted  in  the 
margin,  §  47  ;  their  design  and  value,  §  48. 

Accuracy  of  the  points,  §  49. 

ORTHOGEAPHIO     CHANGES. 

Significant  mutations  belong  to  the  domain  of  the  lexicon,  §§  50,  51 ;  eu' 
phonic  mutations  to  the  domain  of  grammar,  §52. 

Mutations  of  Consonants  at  the  beginning  of  syllables,  §53;  at  the  close 
of  syllables,  §54;  at  the  end  of  words,  §55  ;  special  rules,  §56. 

Changes  of  Consonants  to  Vowels  in  reduplicated  syllables  and  letters 
and  in  quiescents,  §  57. 

Mutations  of  Vowels,  significant  and  euphonic,  §58;  due  to  syllabic 
changes,  §  59  ;  to  contiguous  gutturals,  §  60 ;  to  concurrent  conso- 
nants, §  61 ;  concurring  vowels,  §  62 ;  proximity  of  vowels,  §  63  ;  the 
accent,  §  64 ;  pause  accents,  §  65  ;  shortening  or  lengthening  of 
words,  §  66. 


PART  II.— ETYMOLOGY. 

EooTS  OF  Words. — Design  of  Etymology,  three  stages  in  the  growth  of 

words,  §67;    pronominal   and  verbal  roots,  §68;    formation   and 

inflection  of  words  by  external  and  internal  changes,  §  69 ;  parts  of 

speech,  §70. 

Pronouns  personal,  §  71 ;    pronominal  suflSxes,  §  72 ;    demonstrative,  §  73 ; 

relative,  §  74 ;  interrogative  and  indefinite,  §  75. 
Verbs,  the  species  and  their  signification,  §§  76-80. 

Perfect  Verbs,  §81;    formation  of  the  species,  §§82,  83;  their  inflection, 
§§  84,  85.  1 ;    paradigm  of  bi;:',  §  85.  2. 
EemarTcs  on  the  Perfect  Verhs. — Kal  preterite,  §  86 ;    Infinitive,  §  87 ; 
Future,  §88;  Imperative,  §  89 ;  Participles,  §  90 ;  Niphal,  §  91 ;  Piel, 
§92;  Pual,  §93;  Hiphil,  §94;  Hophal,  §95;  Hithpael,  §  96. 
Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future,  §  97 ;  and  Imperative,  §  98. 
Vav  Conversive  with  the  Future,  §  99  ;  with  the  Preterite,  §  100. 
Verbs  with  suffixes,  §§  101,  102 ;  paradigm,  §  103  ;  Remarks  on  the  Per- 
fect Verbs  with  suffixes,  Preterite,  §  104;    Future,  §105;    Infinitive 
and  Imperative,  §  106. 
Imperfect  Verbs,  classified,  §  107. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§108,  109;    paradigm,  §110; 
Remarks,  §§  111-115. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Ayin  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §116;   paradigm,  §117;  Ke- 
marks,  §§118-122. 

Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  1^23  ;    paradigm,  §  124 ; 
Remarks,  §§  125-128. 

Pe  Nun  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  129  ;    paradigm,  §  130  ;    Eemarks, 
§§131,132. 

Ayin  Doubled  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§133-137;   paradigm,  §138; 
Eemarks,  §§  139-142. 

Pe  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  143-145 ;  paradigm,  §  146 ;  Ee- 
marks, §§147-151. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  152-154 ;  para- 
digm, §155;  Eemarks,  §§  156-161. 

Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §162  ;  paradigm,  §  163;  Ee- 
marks, §§164^167. 

Lamedh  He  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§168,  169;  paradigm,  §170; 
shortened  future  and  imperative,  §  171 ;  Eemarks,  §§172-177. 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs,  §178. 

Defective  Verbs,  §  17D, 

Quadriliteral  Verbs,  §  180. 
Nouns,  their  formation,  §181;    Class  L  §§182-156;  Class  IL  §§187,  188; 
Class  IIL  §§  189-192 ;  Class  IV.  §§  193,  194 ;  Multiliterals,  §  195.      ' 

Gender  and  Number. — Feminine  endings,  §  196  ;  anomalies  in  the  use  of, 
§197;  employment  in  the  formation  of  words,  §198;  plural  end- 
ings, §  199  ;  anomalies,  §  200  ;  nouns  confined  to  one  number,  §  201 ; 
Dual  ending,  §  202  ;  usage  of  the  dual,  §  203  ;  changes  consequent 
upon  affixing  the  endings  for  gender  and  number,  §§206-211. 

The  Construct  State,  its  meaning  and  formation,  §§  212-216. 

Declension  of  Nouns,  paradigm,  §217. 

Paragogic  Vowels  added  to  Nouns,  §§218,  219. 

Nouns  with  suffixes,  §§  220,  221  ;  paradigm,  §222. 
Numerals.— Cardinal  numbers,  §§223-226;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §227. 
Prefixed    Particles,  §228;    the  Article,   §229:    the  Interrogative,  §  230 ; 

Inseparable  prepositions,  §§231-233;    Vav  Conjunctive,  §234. 
Separate  Particles. — Adverbs,  §  235  ;    with  suffixes,  §236;    Prepositions, 
§237;  with  suffixes,  §238;  Conjunctions,  §239  ;  Interjections,  §  240. 


PART  IIL— SYNTAX. 


Office  of  Syntax,  §241.  1 ;  Elements  of  the  sentence,  §241.  2. 

The  Subject,  a  noun  or  pronoun,  §  242  ;  when  omitted,  §  243  ;  its  exten- 
sion, §  244. 

The  Article,  when  used,  §  245  ;  nouns  definite  without  it,  §  246 ;  omitted 
in  poetry,  §  247 ;  indefinite  nouns,  §  248. 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives  qualifying  a  noun,  §  249. 


X  CONTENTS. 

Numerals. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§  250,  251 ;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §  252. 

Apposition,  §253. 

The  Construct  state  and  Suffixes,  §§  254-256 ;  resolved  by  the  preposition  b, 
§257. 

The  Predicate,  Copula,  §258  ;  Nouns,  adjectives,  and  demonstratives,  §  259. 

Comparison  of  adjectives,  §  260. 

Verbs. — Hebrew  conception  of  time,  §261 ;  the  primary  tenses :  use  of  the 
preterite,  §  262 ;  the  future,  §  263  ;  paragogic  and  apocopated  future, 
§264;  the  secondary  tenses,  §  265 ;  participles,  §266;  Infinitive, 
§§267-269. 

Object  of  Verbs. — The  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs,  §  270  ;  transitive  con- 
struction of  intransitive  verbs,  §  271 ;  indirect  object  of  verbs,  §  272  ; 
verbs  with  more  than  one  object,  §  273. 

Adverbs  and  adverbial  expressions,  §  274. 

Neglect  of  agreement,  §275;  compound  subject,  §276;  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct, §  277 ;  dual  nouns,  §278 ;  changes  of  person,  §  279. 

Repetition  of  nouns,  §  280  ;  pronouns,  §  281 ;  verbs,  §  282. 

Interrogative  Sentences,  §§  283,  284. 

Compound  Sentences. — Relative  pronoun,  §  285 ;  poetic  use  of  the  de- 
monstrative, §  286 ;  conjunctions,  §  287. 

Grammatical  Analysis,  .....  page  315 

Index  I.      Subjects,  .  .  ^  .  •  •        "    323 

Index  II.    Texts  of  Scripture,  .  .  .         •  .  "331 

Index  III.  Hebrew  Words,  .  .  .  •  •  "    ^43 

Index  IV.  Hebrew  Grammatical  Terms,  .... 


399 


PART  FIRST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

§1 .  Language  is  the  communication  of  thought  by  means 
of  spoken  or  written  sounds.  The  utterance  of  a  single  thought 
constitutes  a  sentence.  Each  sentence  is  composed  of  words 
expressing  individual  conceptions  or  their  relations.  And 
words  are  made  up  of  sounds  produced  by  the  organs  of 
speech  and  represented  by  written  signs.  It  is  the  province 
of  grammar  as  the  science  of  language  to  investigate  these 
several  elements.  It  hence  consists  of  three  parts.  First, 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  the  sounds  employed  and  the 
mode  of  representing  them.  Second,  Etymology,  which  treats 
of  the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  formation,  and  the 
changes  which  they  undergo.  Third,  Syntax,  which  treats  of 
sentences,  or  the  manner  in  which  words  are  joined  together 
to  express  ideas.  The  task  of  the  Hebrew  grammarian  is  to 
furnish  a  complete  exhibition  of  the  phenomena  of  this  partic- 
ular language,  carefully  digested  and  referred  as  far  as  practi- 
cable to  their  appropriate  causes  in  the  organs  of  speech  and 
the  operations  of  the  mind. 

The  Letters. 

§2.  The  Hebrew  being  no  longer  a  spoken  tongue,  is 

only  known  as  the  language  of  books,  and  particularly  of  the 

Old  Testament,  which  is  the  most  interesting  and  important 

as  well  as  the  only  pure  monument  of  it.     The  first  step 
1 


2  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^2 

towards  its  investigation  must  accordingly  be  to  ascertain  tlie 
meaning  of  the  symbols  in  which  it  is  recorded.  Then 
having  learned  its  sounds,  as  they  are  thus  represented,  it 
will  be  possible  to  advance  one  step  further,  and  inquire  into 
the  laws  by  which  these  are  governed  in  their  employment 
and  mutations. 

The  symbols  used  in  writing  Hebrew  are  of  two  sorts, 
viz.  letters  (ni'^nix)  and  points  (C'l^p?).  The  number  of  the 
letters  is  twenty -two ;  these  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and 
are  exclusively  consonants.  The  following  alphabetical  table 
exhibits  their  forms,  English  equivalents,  names,  and  numeri- 
cal values,  together  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  Rab- 
binical character  employed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the 
commentaries  and  other  writings  of  the  modern  Jews. 


y« 

Jjl!illi!j 

no. 

d 

Order. 

Forms  and  Equivalents. 

Names. 

Eabblnical 
Alphabet. 

Numerical 
values. 

1 

K 

Aleph 

t 

1 

2 

n 

Bh,  B 

iT^a 

Beth 

3 

2 

3 

a 

Gh,  G 

^^■^5 

Gr-mel 

X 

3 

4 

n 

Dh,  D 

V      T 

Da'-leth 

7 

4 

5 

n 

H 

i^v? 

He 

P 

5 

6 

1 

V 

T 

Vav 

1 

6 

7 

T 

Z 

ri 

Zayin 

t 

7 

8 

n 

Hh 

nin 

Hheth 

P 

8 

9 

12 

T 

nip 

Tetli 

V 

9 

10 

1 

Y 

^i'' 

Yodh 

» 

10 

11 

3   1 

Kh,  K 

^? 

Kaph 

1  = 

20 

12 

b 

L 

V  T 

La'-medh 

i 

30 

13 

tt   D 

M 

0^ 

Mem 

CP 

40 

14 

5     1 

N 

^D 

Nun 

p 

50 

15 

0 

S 

^^9 

Sa'-mekh 

p 

60 

16 

y 

r^ 

Ayin 

2? 

70 

17 

S  51 

Ph,  P 

^^ 

Pe 

^5 

80 

18 

2r 

Ts 

"      T 

Tsa'-dhe 

V 

90 

19 

p 

K 

^P 

Koph 

? 

100 

20 

n 

R 

©in 

Resh 

■? 

200 

21 

to 

Sh,  S 

r^D 

Shin 

C 

300 

22 

n 

Th,  T 

in 

T 

Tav 

P 

400 

^3.  There  is  always  more  or  less  difficulty  in  represent- 
ing the  somids  of  one  language  by  those  of  another.  But 
this  is  in  the  case  of  the  Hebrew  greatly  aggravated  by  ita 
having  been  for  ages  a  dead  language,  so  that  some  of  its 


4  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §3 

sounds  cannot  now  be  accurately  determined,  and  also  by  its 
belonging  to  a  different  family  or  group  of  tongues  from  our 
own,  possessing  sounds  entirely  foreign  to  the  English,  for 
which  it  consequently  affords  no  equivalent,  and  which  are  in 
fact  incapable  of  being  pronounced  by  our  organs.  The 
equivalents  of  the  foregoing  table  are  not  therefore  to  be  re- 
garded as  in  every  instance  exact  representations  of  the  proper 
powers  of  the  letters.  They  are  simply  approximations  suffi- 
ciently near  the  truth  for  every  practical  purpose,  the  best 
which  can  now  be  proposed,  and  sanctioned  by  tradition  and 
the  conventional  usage  of  the  best  Hebraists. 

1.  It  will  be  observed  that  a  double  pronunciation  has 
been  assigned  to  seven  of  the  letters.  A  native  Hebrew  would 
readily  decide  without  assistance  which  of  these  was  to  be 
adopted  in  any  given  case,  just  as  we  are  sensible  of  no  in- 
convenience from  the  various  sounds  of  the  English  letters 
which  are  so  embarrassing  to  foreigners  learning  our  language. 
The  ambiguity  is  in  every  case  removed,  however,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  a  dot  or  point  indicating  which  sound  they  are  to 
receive.  Thus  a  with  a  point  in  its  bosom  has  the  sound  of 
h,  S  unpointed  that  of  the  corresponding  v,  or  as  it  is  com- 
monly represented  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  notation,  hh ;  a 
is  pronounced  as  g,  5  unpointed  had  an  aspirated  sound  which 
may  accordingly  be  represented  hy  ffh,  but  as  it  is  difficult  to 
produce  it,  or  even  to  determine  with  exactness  what  it  was, 
and  as  there  is  no  corresponding  sound  in  English,  the  aspira- 
tion is  mostly  neglected,  and  the  letter,  whether  pointed  or  not, 
sounded  indifferently  as  y ;  "^  is  d,  "l  unpointed  is  the  aspirate 
dh,  equivalent  to  th  in  the ;  3  is  /^,  3  unpointed  its  aspirate  M, 
perhaps  resembUng  the  German  c/i  in  ic/i,  though  its  aspira- 
tion, like  that  of  ^,  is  commonly  neglected  in  modern  reading  ;. 
B  is  jo,  t)  unpointed  ispk  or/;  n  is  ^,  n  unpointed  t/i  in  f/iin. 
The  letter  tc  with  a  dot  over  its  right  arm  is  pronounced  like 
s/i,  and  called  S/dn ;  to  with  a  dot  over  its  left  arm  is  called 
Sin,  and  pronounced  like  s,  no  attempt  being  made  in  modern 


§3  LETTERS.  5 

usage  to  discriminate  between  its  sound  and  that  of  o 
Samekh.  Although  there  may  anciently  have  been  a  distinc* 
lion  between  them,  this  can  no  longer  be  defined  nor  even 
positively  asserted ;  it  has  therefore  been  thought  unneces- 
sary to  preserve  the  individuality  of  these  letters  in  the 
notation,  and  both  of  them  wiU  accordingly  be  represented 
by  s. 

a.  The  double  sound  of  the  first  six  of  the  letters  just  named  is  purely 
euphonic,  and  has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  meaning  of  the  words  in 
which  they  stand.  The  case  of  115  is  different.  Its  primary  sound  was  that 
of  sh,  as  is  evident  from  the  contrast  in  Judg.  12  :  6  of  rbaa  shibboleth 
with  nbiap  sibbolelh.  In  certain  words,  however,  and  sometimes  for  the 
sake  of  creating  a  distinction  between  different  words  of  like  orthography, 
it  received  the  sound  of  s,  thus  almost  assuming  the  character  of  a  distinct 
letter,  e.  g.  "irtlJ  to  break,  "iSiU  to  hope.  That  Sin  and  Samekh  were  dis- 
tinguishable to  the  ear,  appears  probable  from  the  fact  that  there  are  words 
of  separate  significations  which  differ  only  in  the  use  of  one  or  the  other 
of  these  letters,  and  in  which  they  are  never  interchanged,  e.  g.  bid  to  be 
bereaiied,  bib  to  be  wise.  hzQ  to  be  foolish;  "iiilj  to  be  drunken,  lib  to  hire, 
•iDD  to  shut  up;  "ivb  to  look,  i^b  to  ride,  "i^io  to  turn  back;  ilDb  a  lip, 
nSD  to  destroy.  The  close  affinity  between  the  sounds  which  they  repre- 
sent is,  however,  shown  by  the  fact  that  O  is  in  a  few  instances  written  for 
b,  e.  g,  nD3  Ps.  4:  7  from  nttd  ,  niiisb  Eccles.  1 :  17  for  nsibsD  .  The  orio-inal 
identity  of  b  and  b  is  apparent  from  the  etymological  connection  between 
^Sb  leaven  and  rixba  a  vessel  in  which  bread  is  leavened;  "li'b  to  shudder. 
^!n5'iJ  horrible,  causing  a  shudder.  In  Arabic  the  division  of  single  letters 
into  two  distinguished  by  diacritical  points  is  carried  to  a  much  greater 
length,  the  alphabet  of  that  language  being  by  this  means  enlarged  from 
twenty-two  to  twenty-eight  letters. 

2.  In  their  original  power  t:  f  differed  from  r\  t,  and  3  k 
from  p  k,  for  these  letters  are  not  confused  nor  liable  to  inter- 
change, and  the  distinction  is  preserved  to  this  day  in  the 
cognate  Arabic ;  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  state  intelligibly  where- 
in the  difierence  consisted.  They  are  currently  pronounced 
precisely  alike. 

3.  The  letter  n  has  a  stronger  sound  than  n  the  simple 
h,  and  is  accordingly  represented  by  hh ;  n  is  represented  by 
T,  although  it  had  some  peculiarity  of  sound  which  we  can- 
not at  this  day  attempt  to  reproduce,  by  which  it  was  allied 
to  the  gutturals. 


6  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^4 

4.  For  two  letters,  i5  and  y,  no  equivalent  has  been  given 
in  the  table,  and  they  are  commonly  altogether  neglected  in 
pronunciation.  i5  is  the  weakest  of  the  letters,  and  was  prob- 
ably always  inaudible.  It  stands  for  the  slight  and  involun- 
tary emission  of  breath  necessary  to  the  utterance  of  a  vowel 
unattended  by  a  more  distinct  consonant  sound.  It  there- 
fore merely  serves  to  mark  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  the 
syllable  of  which  it  is  a  part,  while  to  the  ear  it  is  entirely 
lost  in  the  accompanying  or  preceding  vowel.  Its  power  has 
been  hkened  to  that  of  the  smooth  breathing  ( ' )  of  the 
Greeks  or  the  English  silent  li  in  hour.  On  the  other  hand 
5'  had  a  deep  guttural  sound  which  was  always  heard,  but 
like  that  of  the  corresponding  letter  among  the  Arabs  is  very 
difficult  of  utterance  by  occidental  organs  ;  consequently  no 
attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.  In  the  Septuagint  it  is  some- 
times represented  by  y,  sometimes  by  the  rough  and  some- 
times by  the  smooth  breathing ;  thus  •r^'o?  r6fj.0QQa,  "^^2? 
'HXi,  pl?^?  ^  Jfxalrix.  Some  of  the  modern  Jews  give  it  the 
sound  of  ng  or  of  the  French  gn  in  camjpagne,  either  wherever 
it  occurs  or  only  at  the  end  of  words,  e.  g.  Vf^'^_  SJunang,  "Tts 
gnamodh. 

§4.  The  forms  of  the  letters  exhibited  in  the  preceding 

table,  though  found  without  important  variation  in  aU  existing 

manuscripts,  are  not  the  original  ones.     An  older  character 

is  preserved  upon  the  Jewish  coins  struck  in  the  age  of  the 

Maccabees,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the 

Samaritan  and  still  more  to  the  Phenician.     Some  of  the 

steps  in  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  can  still  be  traced 

upon  extant  monuments.    There  was  first  a  cursive  tendency, 

disposing  to  unite  the  different  letters  of  the  same  word, 

which  is  the  established  practice  in  Syriac  and  Arabic.    This 

was  followed  by  a  predominance  of  the  calligraphic  principle, 

which  again  separated  the  letters  and  reduced  them  to  their 

present  rectangular  forms  and  nearly  uniform   size.      The 

cursive  stage  has,  however,  left  its  traces  upon  the  five  letters 


$5  LETTERS.  7 

which  appear  in  the  table  with  double  forms ;  3  'a  5  s  2  when 
standing  at  the  beginning  or  in  the  middle  of  words  termi- 
nate in  a  bottom  horizontal  stroke,  which  is  the  remnant  of 
the  connecting  link  with  the  following  letter ;  at  the  end  of 
words  no  such  link  was  needed,  and  the  letter  was  continued 
vertically  downward  in  a  sort  of  terminal  flourish  thus,  1 1  ?1  f , 
or  closed  up  by  joining  its  last  with  its  initial  stroke,  thus  D . 

a.  The  few  instances  in  whicii  final  letters  are  found  in  the  middle  of 
words,  as  n3"ia!D  Isa.  9:  6,  or  their  ordinary  forms  at  the  end,  as  ^n  Neh. 
2  :  13,  5^  Job  38  :  1,  are  probably  due  to  the  inadvertence  of  early  tran- 
scribers which  has  been  faithfully  perpetuated  since,  or  if  intentional  they 
may  have  had  a  connection  now  unknown  with  the  enumeration  of  letters 
or  the  signification  of  words.  The  same  maybe  said  of  letters  larger  than 
usual,  as  riS2l  Ps.  80:  16,  or  smaller,  as  DS^S'?3  Gen.  2:4,  or  above  the 
line,  as  "i.*^  Ps.  80  :  14,  or  inverted,  as  ?b:3  Num.  10 :  35,  (in  manuscripts 
and  the  older  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus  in  1541),  or  with  extraordinary 
points,  as  ^nj^ia^i  Gen.  33  :  4,  iCihS  Ps.  27  :  13,  in  all  which  the  Rabbins  find 
concealed  meanings  of  the  most  fanciful  and  absurd  character.  Thus  in 
their  opinion  the  suspended  3  in  niiJ^'?  Judg.  18  :  30  suggests  that  the  idola- 
ters described  were  descended  from  Moses  but  had  the  character  of  Ma- 
nasseh.  In  "pnj  Lev.  11 :  42  the  Vav,  which  is  of  unusual  size,  is  the  middle 
letter  of  the  Pentateuch;  ^'^?.''3^  Gen.  16:  5  with  an  extraordinary  point 
over  the  second  Yodh,  is  the  only  instance  in  which  the  word  is  written  with 
that  letter ;  the  large  letters  in  Deut.  6 :  4  emphasize  the  capital  article  of 
the  Jewish  faith.  All  such  anomalous  forms  or  marks,  with  the  conceits  of 
the  Rabbins  respecting  them,  are  reviewed  in  detail  in  Buxtorf's  Tiberias, 
pp.  152  etc. 

§5.  All  the  names  of  the  letters  were  probably  significant 
at  first,  although  the  meanings  of  some  of  them  are  now  doubt- 
ful or  obscure.  It  is  commonly  supposed  that  these  describe 
the  objects  to  which  their  forms  originally  bore  a  rude  resem- 
blance. If  this  be  so,  however,  the  mutations  which  they 
have  since  undergone  are  such,  that  the  relation  is  no  longer 
traceable,  unless  it  be  faintly  in  a  few.  The  power  of  the 
letter  is  in  every  instance  the  initial  sound  of  its  name. 

a.  The  opinion  advocated  by  Schultens,  Fundamenta  Ling.  Heb.  p.  10, 
that  the  invention  of  the  letters  was  long  anterior  to  that  of  their  names, 
and  that  the  latter  was  a  pedagogical  expedient  to  facilitate  the  learning  of 
the  letters  by  associating  their  forms  and  sounds  with  familiar  objects,  has 
met  with  little  favour  and  possesses  little  intrinsic  probability.    An  interest- 


8  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §6 

ing  corroboration  of  the  antiquity  of  these  names  is  found  in  their  pre9erva 
tion  in  the  Greek  alphabet,  though  destitute  of  meaning  in  that  language, 
the  Greeks  having  borrowed  their  letters  at  an  early  period  from  the  Phe- 
nicians,  and  hence  the  appended  a  of  "A\(pa,  etc.,  which-points  to  the  Ara- 
maeic  form  NdVx  . 

T   :   - 

b.  The  Semitic  derivation  of  the  names  proves  incontestably  that  the 
alphabet  had  its  origin  among  a  people  speaking  a  language  kindred  to 
the  HebreviT.  Their  most  probable  meanings,  so  far  as  they  are  still  ex- 
plicable, are  as  follows,  viz:  Aleph,  an  ox  j  Beth,  a  house ;  Gimel,  a  camel; 
Daleth,  a  door;  He,  doubtful,  possibly  a  window;  Vav,  a  hook ;  Zayin,  a 
weapon;  Hheth,  probably  a  fence;  Teth,  probably  a  snake  ;  Yodh,  a  hand  ; 
Kaph.  the  palm  of  the  hand;  Lamedh,  an  ox-goad;  Mem,  water ;  Nun,  a 
fish;  Samekh,  a  prop  ;  Ayin,  an  eye;  Pe,  amouth  ;  Tsadhe,  afsh-hook  or 
a  humerus  dart  ;  Koph,  perhaps  the  back  of  the  head  ;  Resh,  a  head;  Shin, 
a  tooth  ;  Tav,  a  cross  mark. 

§6.  The  order  of  the  letters  appears  to  be  entirely  arbi- 
trary, though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  three  middle 
mutes  1^1  succeed  each  other,  as  in  like  manner  the  three 
Hquids  b'n'2 .  The  juxtaposition  of  a  few  of  the  letters  may 
perhaps  be  owing  to  the  kindred  signification  of  their  names, 
e.  g.  Yodh  and  Kaph  tke  hand,  Mem  water  and  Nun  a  fish, 
Resh  the  head^inA  Shin  a  tooth.  The  antiquity  of  the  existing 
arrangement  of  the  alphabet  is  shown,  1.  by  psalms  and  other 
portions  of  the  Old  Testament  in  which  successive  clauses  or 
verses  begin  with  the  letters  disposed  in  regular  order,  viz. 
Ps.  25  (p  omitted),  34,  37  (alternate  verses,  5?  omitted).  111 
(every  clause),  112  (every  clause),  119  (each  letter  eight 
times),  145  (2  omitted),  Prov.  31 :  10-31,  Lam.  ch.  1,  2,  3 
(each  letter  three  times),  4.  In  the  first  chapter  of  Lamenta- 
tions the  order  is  exactly  preserved,  but  in  the  remaining 
three  chapters  5'  and  S  are  transposed.  2.  By  the  corres- 
pondence of  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets,  which  have 
sprung  from  the  same  origin  with  the  Hebrew. 

a.  The  most  ingenious  attempt  to  discover  a  regular  structure  in  the 
Hebrew  alphabet  is  that  of  Lepsius,  in  an  essay  upon  this  subject  published 
in  1836.  Omitting  the  sibilants  and  Resh,  he  finds  the  following  triple 
correspondence  of  a  breathing  succeeded  by  the  same  three  mutes  carried 
through  each  of  the  three  orders,  the  second  rank  being  enlarged  by  the 
addition  of  the  liquids. 


»7 


LETTERS. 


0 


Breathings. 

Mutes. 

Liquids. 

Middle 

Smooth 

Rough 

n 

5 

3    i     1 

1  n  B 
B  p  n 

(^=) 

bnD 

Curious  as  this  result  certainly  is,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  alleged 
correspondence  is  in  part  imaginary,  and  the  method  by  which  it  is  reached 
is  too  arbitrary  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  this  scheme  was  really  in 
the  mind  of  the  author  of  the  alphabet,  much  less  to  sustain  the  further 
speculations  built  upon  it,  reducing  the  original  number  and  modilying  the 
powers  of  the  letters. 

b.  It  is  curious  to  see  how,  in  the  adaptation  of  the  alphabet  to  different 
languages,  the  sounds  of  the  letters  have  been  modified,  needless  ones 
dropped,  and  others  found  necessary  added  at  the  end,  without  disturbing 
the  arrangement  of  the  original  stock.  Thus  the  Greeks  dropped  "l  and  p, 
only  retaining  them  as  numerical  signs,  while  the  Roman  alphabet  has  F 
and  Q,;  on  the  other  hand  the  Romans  found  13  and  0  superfluous,  while 
the  Greeks  made  of  them  S-  and  ^;  a  and  1 ,  in  Greek  7  and  ^,  become  in 
Latin  C  and  G,  while  n,  in  Latin  H,  is  in  Greek  converted  like  the  rest  of 
the  gutturals  into  a  vowel  7/. 

§  7.  The  letters  may  be  variously  divided : 

1.  First,  with  respect  to  the  organs  by  which  they  are 
pronounced. 


Gutturals 

2( 

n 

n 

V 

Palatals 

^ 

1 

D 

p 

Linguals 

n 

12 

b 

D 

Dentals 

T 

0 

2 

» 

Labials 

a 

1 

)2 

& 

1  has  been  differently  classed,  but  as  its  peculiarities  are 
those  of  the  gutturals,  it  is  usually  reckoned  with  them. 

2.  Secondly,  according  to  their  respective  strength,  into 
three  classes,  which  may  be  denominated  Aveak,  medium,  and 
strong.  The  strong  consonants  offer  the  greatest  resistance 
to  change,  and  are  capable  of  entering  into  any  combinations 
which  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  may  require.  The 
weak  have  not  this  capacity,  but  when  analogy  would  bring 
them  into  combmations  foreign  to  their  natm-e,  they  are  either 


10  OETHOGRAPHT.  ^  7 

liable  to  mutation  themselves  or  occasion  changes  in  the  rest 
of  the  word.  Those  of  medium  strength  have  neither  the 
absolute  stability  of  the  former  nor  the  feeble  and  fluctuating 
character  of  the  latter. 

"W    ir        j  55   n   1   1     Vowel-Letters, 
,       '       ^^^^'       |x  n  n  :?     Gutturals. 

Medium,    {)H^    ^'btat^. 

Strong,      -<  ^   3  p       V  Aspirates  and  Mutes. 

The  special  characteristics  of  these  several  classes  and  the 
influence  which  they  exert  upon  the  constitution  of  words 
will  be  considered  hereafter.  It  is  sufficient  to  remark  here 
that  the  vowel-letters  are  so  called  because  they  sometimes 
represent  not  consonant  but  vowel-sounds. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  while  the  p,  k,  and  f-mutes  agree  in  having 
smooth  Ban  and  middle  forms  351,  which  may  be  either  aspirated  or 
unaspirated,  the  two  last  have  each  an  additional  representative  p  I3  which 
is  lacking  to  the  first.  This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  two  of  the  alpha- 
betic Psalms,  Ps.  25,  34,  repeat  S  as  the  initial  of  the  closing  verse,  has 
given  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  the  missing  p  mute  was  supplied  by  this 
letter,  having  a  double  sound  and  a  double  place  in  the  alphabet.  In  curi- 
ous coincidence  with  this  ingenious  but  unsustained  hypothesis,  the  Ethio- 
pic  alphabet  has  an  additional  p,  and  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets 
agree  one  step  and  only  one  beyond  the  letter  T,  viz.  in  adding  next  a 
labial,  which  in  Greek  is  divided  into  v  and  (j).  and  in  Latin  into  U  and  V, 
as  "^  into  I  and  J. 

3.  Thirdly,  The  letters  may  be  divided,  with  respect  to 
their  function  in  the  formation  of  words,  into  radicals  and 
serviles.  The  former,  which  comprise  just  one  half  of  the 
alphabet,  are  never  employed  except  in  the  roots  or  radical 
portions  of  words.  The  latter  may  also  enter  into  the  con- 
stitution of  roots,  but  they  are  hkewise  put  to  the  less  inde- 
pendent use  of  the  formation  of  derivatives  and  inflections, 
of  prefixes  and  suffixes.      The  serviles  are  embraced  in  the 


§8  LETTERS.  11 

memorial  words  nbji  nis^  -jn^i?  (Ethan  Moses  and  Caleb) ;  of 
these,  besides  other  uses,  'jn'^x  are  prefixed  to  form  the  future 
of  verbs,  and  the  remainder  are  prefixed  as  particles  to  nouns. 
The  letters  T'ns'axn  are  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns  from 
their  roots.  The  only  exception  to  the  division  now  stated 
is  the  substitution  of  t:  for  servile  ri  in  a  certain  class  of  cases, 
as  explained  ^54.  4. 

a.  Klmchi  in  his  Mikhlol  (bibsis)  fol.  46,  gives  several  additional  ana- 
grams of  the  serviles  made  out  by  different  grammarians  as  aids  to  the 
memory,  e.  g.  iiD'^a  IPDsbTiiy  _/br  Ms  work  is  understanding ;  n?abuj  ijx 
ams  /  Solomon  am  writing;  tiian  -|5*  ^mb^  only  build  thou  my  peace  ; 
'|i53n  3X  bTiua  like  a  branch  of  the  father  of  multitude ;  la-'bx  aPD  niUTa 
Moses  has  written  to  us.  To  which  Nordheimer  has  added  "'ansa  "jin  bxo 
consult  the  riches  of  my  book. 

§  8.  In  Hebrew  writing  and  printing,  words  are  never 
divided.  Hence  various  expedients  are  resorted  to  upon 
occasion,  in  manuscripts  and  old  printed  editions,  to  fill  out 
the  lines,  such  as  giving  a  broad  form  to  certain  letters,  i^  Ti 
S  t=]  tn ,  occupying  the  vacant  space  with  some  letter,  as  p, 
repeated  as  often  as  may  be  necessary,  or  with  the  first  letters 
of  the  next  word,  which  were  not,  however,  accounted  part 
of  the  text,  as  they  were  left  without  vowels,  and  the  word 
was  written  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  line. 
The  same  end  is  accomplished  more  neatly  in  modern  print- 
ing by  judicious  spacing. 

§9.1.  The  later  Jews  make  frequent  use  of  abbreviations. 
There  are  none,  however,  in  the  text  of  the  Hebrew  Bible ; 
such  as  are  found  in  the  margin  are  explained  in  a  special 
lexicon  at  the  back  of  the  editions  in  most  common  use,  e.  g. 
^y\  for  "iToiDiT  et  completio  ■=.  etc. 

2.  The  numerical  employment  of  the  letters,  common  to 
the  Hebrews  with  the  Greeks,  is  indicated  in  the  table  of  the 
alphabet.  The  hundreds  from  500  to  900  are  represented 
either  by  the  five  final  letters  or  by  the  combination  of  n  with 
the  letters  immediately  preceding ;  thus  T  or  pn  500,  D  or  "in 
600,  1  Tun  or  pnn  700,  5]  or  nn  800,  T  or  pnn  900.     Thou- 


12  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^10 

sands  are  represented  by  units  with  two  dots  placed  over  them, 
thus  fi^  1000,  etc.  Compound  numbers  are  formed  by  joining 
the  appropriate  units  to  the  tens  and  hundreds,  thus  i^Dn  421. 
Fifteen  is,  however,  made  not  by  n^ ,  which  are  the  initial 
letters  of  the  divine  name  Jehovah,  mrT^,  but  by  tj  9-1-6. 

This  use  of  the  letters  is  found  in  the  accessories  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  e.  g.  in  the  numeration  of  the  chapters  and  verses, 
and  in  the  Masoretic  notes,  but  not  in  the  text  itself.  Whethei 
these  or  any  other  signs  of  number  were  ever  employed  by 
the  original  writers  of  Scripture,  or  by  the  scribes  in  copying 
it,  may  be  a  doubtful  matter.  It  has  been  ingeniously  con- 
jectured, and  with  a  show  of  plausibility,  that  some  of  the 
discrepancies  of  numbers  in  the  Old  Testament  may  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  the  existence  of  such  a  system  of 
symbols,  in  which  errors  might  more  easily  arise  than  in  fully 
written  words. 

The   Vowels. 

§  10.  The  letters  now  explained  constitute  the  body  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  These  are  all  that  belonged  to  it  in  its 
original  form,  and  so  long  as  the  language  was  a  living  one 
nothing  more  was  necessary,  for  the  reader  could  mentally 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  the  notation  from  his  faraiharity 
with  his  native  tongue.  But  when  Hebrew  ceased  to  be 
spoken  the  case  was  different ;  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
pronunciation  could  no  longer  be  presumed,  and  difficulties 
would  arise  from  the  ambiguity  of  individual  words  and  their 
doubtful  relation  to  one  another.  It  is  the  design  of  the 
Masoretic  points  ( srHica  tradition)  to  remedy  or  obviate  these 
inconveniences  by  supplying  what  was  lacking  in  this  mode 
of  writing.  The  authors  of  this  system  did  not  venture  to 
make  any  change  in  the  letters  of  the  sacred  text.  The  signs 
which  they  introduced  were  entirely  supplementary,  consist- 
ing of  dots  and  marks  abdut  the  text  fixing  its  true  pronun- 


§11  VOWELS.  13 

ciation  and  auxiliary  to  its  proper  interpretation.  This  lias 
been  done  with  the  utmost  nicety  and  minuteness,  and  with 
such  evident  accuracy  and  care  as  to  make  them  reliable  and 
efficient  if  not  indispensable  helps.  These  points  or  signs  are 
of  three  kinds,  1.  those  representing  the  vowels,  2.  those 
affecting  the  consonants,  3.  those  attached  to  words. 

a.  As  illustrations  of  the  ambiguity  both  as  to  sound  and  sense  of  indi- 
vidual words,  when  written  by  the  letters  only,  it  may  be  stated  that  13T 
is  in  Gen.  12:  4  n'a'i  he  spake,  in  Ex.  6:  29  na'n  speak  and  li'n  speak- 
ing, in  Prov.  25:  11  i'i'r|  spoken,  in  Gen.  37  :  14  '^3'^  word,  in  1  Kin.  6: 16  inn 
the  oracle  or  most  holy  place  of  the  temple,  in  Ex.  9 :  3  "inn  pestilence.  So 
^fa^^  is  in  Gen.  29 :  10  p'B -Ji  and  he  watered,  and  in  the  next  verse  pTl'l'T 
and  he  kissed;  xnil  occurs  twice  in  Gen.  29 :  23,  the  first  time  it  is  si*;;  a7id 
he  brought,  the  second  iiia,'!  and  he  came;  nipaom  is  in  Jer.  32  :  37  first 
Dinhuin;;  and  I  will  bring  them  again,  and  then  D'^nnian'i  a7id  I  will  cause 
them  to  dwell;  n"i?3l!J  is  in  Gen.  14 :  19  D'^iaiU  heaven,  and  in  Isa.  5  :  20  D^b'vU 
putting.  This  ambiguity  is,  however,  in  most  cases  removed  by  the  con- 
nection in  which  the  words  are  found,  so  that  there  is  little  practical  diffi- 
culty for  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  language.  Modern  Hebrew 
is  commonly  written  and  read  without  the  points:  and  the  same  is  true  of 
its  kindred  tongues  the  Syriac  and  Arabic,  though  each  of  these  has  a 
system  of  points  additional  to  the  letters. 

§  11.  1.  The  alphabet,  as  has  been  seen,  consisted  exclu- 
sively of  consonants,  since  these  were  regarded  as  a  sufficiently 
exact  representation  of  the  syllables  into  which  in  Hebrew 
they  invariably  enter.  And  the  omission  of  the  vowels  occa- 
sioned less  embarrassment,  because  in  the  Semitic  family  of 
languages  generally,  unlike  the  Indo-European,  they  form  no 
part,  properly  speaking,  of  the  radical  structure  of  the  word, 
and  consequently  do  not  aid  in  expressing  its  essential  mean- 
ing, but  only  its  nicer  shades  and  modifications.  Still  some 
notation  of  vowels  was  always  necessary,  and  this  was  furnish- 
ed in  a  scanty  measure  by  the  vowel-letters,  or,  as  they  are 
also  called,  qmescents,  oy  ?nafres  ledionis  (guides  in  reading). 
The  weakest  of  the  palatals  "^  was  taken  as  the  representative 
of  the  vowels  l  and  B  of  the  same  organ  to  which  in  sound 
it  bears  a  close  affinity ;  the  weakest  of  the  labials  1  was  in 
hke  manner  made  to  represent  its  cognates  u  and  o ;  and  the 


14  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §H 

two  weak  gutturals  S5  and  Si  were  written  for  the  guttural 
vowel  a,  as  well  as  for  the  compound  vowels  B  and  o  of  which 
a  is  one  of  the  elements.  Letters  were  more  rarely  employed 
to  represent  short  vowels ;  n  or  'i  for  e  is  the  most  frequent 
case  ;  others  are  exceptional. 

a.  Medial  Q,  when  written  at  all,  as  it  very  rarely  is,  is  denoted  by  X ,  e.  g. 
tJSb  lat  Judg.  4  :  21,  5XT  dag  Neh.  13:  16  K'thibh,  DXp  kam  Hos.  10:  14, 
bisty  "zazel  Lev.  16:  8,  UJX-i  rOsh  Prov.  10:  4  and  in  a  few  other  passages, 
mnxi  sometimes  for  rcimoth^  ^NIS  tsavvar,  "^xoxnx  Hos.  4 :  6  if  not  an 
error  in  the  text  perhaps  for  emasak  ;  final  a,  which  is  much  more  frequent- 
ly written,  is  denoted  by  n,  e.  g.  nb^  gala,  iioh'O  malka,  nriX  aiia.  rarely 
and  only  as  an  Aramasism  by  S,  e.  g.  xan  hhoggd.  Isa.  19  :  17,  Nnnp  korhha 
Ezek.  27 :  31  K'thibh,  xnis  gabhUta  Ezek.  31 :  5  K'thibh.  The  writing  of 
e  and  z,  0  and  m  is  optional  in  the  middle  of  words  but  necessary  at  the  end, 
e.  g.  nnil2  or  Diniia  tsivvlthlm,  ip"'lS  tsivmthl ;  ',y:i  or  "inilJ  shabhu.  In 
the  former  position  i  stands  for  the  first  pair  of  vowels,  and  1  for  the  second, 
e.  g.  n'ip'^3">a  menlkoth,  *inai03  ri'sughothl;  X  for  e  and  O  so  situated  is  rare 
and  exceptional,  e.  g.  TUXi  resh  Prov.  6  :  11,  30 :  8,  and  perhaps  yxji  yanets 
Eccles.  12:5  ;  nsT  zoth,  nxns  poroth  Ezek.  31  :  8,  1pn:j3  biistsoLhav  Ezek. 
47:  11.  At  the  end  of  words  e  is  commonly  expressed  by  '^,  and  5  by  1, 
though  n  is  frequently  and  N  rarely  employed  for  the  same  purpose,  e.  g. 
^•Zih-Q  malkhe,  isba  malko;  ii^n  h'ye,  nsis  parO;  xb  lo.  Final  e  is  re 
presented  by  ii,  medial  e  if  written  at  all  by  "i,  e.  g.  !T^ni  yih^ye,  iti'^'^TZD  or 
nDTin  tih^yend. 

b.  The  employment  of  the  vowel-letters  in  conformity  with  the  scale 
jnst  given,  is  further  governed,  (1.)  By  usage,  which  is  in  many  words  and 
Ibrms  almost  or  quite  invariable;  in  others  it  fluctuates,  thus  sobhebh  ia 
commonly  -30  or  2210,  only  once  la'^ao  2  Kin.  8:21 ;  ya^kobh  is  aps''  ex- 
cept in  Jer.  33:26  where  it  is  2ip2'';  thease  is  na3?n,  but  in  Ex.  25:  31 
rnryin  ;  etham  according  to  the  analogy  of  similar  grammatical  forms  would 
be  nnx,  but  in  Ps.  19:  14  it  is  cn"'S ;  hemlr  is  in  Jer.  2:11  written  in  both 
the  usual  and  an  unusual  way,  ""'an  and  "iia"'n  ;  mHakhim  is  nisbo  except 
in  2  Sam.  11 :  1,  where  it  is  O^Dxbo;  g^bhuloth  is  in  Deut.  32:8  nbaa,  in 
Isa.  10:  13  nbiaa,  in  Ps.  74:17  n"ibi35;  l6  meaning  not  is  xb,  meaning /o 
him  is  "lb,  though  these  are  occasionally  interchanged  ;  zo  is  written  both 
nt  and  IT;  and  po  rts,  iS  and  NS.  (2.)  The  indisposition  to  multiply  the 
vowel-letters  unduly  in  the  same  word,  e.  g.  Ho''h  mbx,  'lohlm  ninbx ; 
ndthun  •pPS,  nHhunlm  ti'Sro  or  nsina .  (3.)  The  increased  tendency  to  their 
employment  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible,  e.  g.  niD  kcfbh  Dan.  11:6, 
always  elsewhere  ns  ;  lUTip  kodhesh  Dan.  11 :  30,  for  laip  ;  Tin  ddvidh  iq 
the  books  of  Chronicles,  Ezra,  Nehemiah  and  Zechariah,  elsewhere  com- 
monly Til .  This  must,  however,  be  taken  with  considerable  abatement, 
as  is  shown  by  such  examples  as  addirlm  D'^l'^IX  Ex.  15: 10,  D"ilX  Ezek. 
32:18. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  those  cases  in  which  X  is  used  to  record 
vowels  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  those  in  which  it  properly 


^12 


VOWELS. 


15 


belongs  to  the  consonantal  structure  of  the  word,  though  from  its  weak 
nets  it  may  have  lost  its  sound,  as  t<S53  matsa,  ITiyxi  rlshon.  §  57,  2. 

2.  When  used  to  represent  the  Hebrew  vowels,  a  is 
sounded  as  in  father,  a  as  in  fat,  B  as  in  there,  c  as  in  met, 
I  as  in  machine,  i  as  in  jjin,  b  as  in  note,  6  as  in  not,  w  as  in 
rule,  and  u  as  in  full.  The  quantity  will  be  marked  when 
the  vowels  are  long,  but  not  when  they  are  short. 

§  12.  There  are  nine  points  or  inasoretic  signs  represent- 
ing vowels  (niy^sn  motions,  viz.,  by  which  consonants  are 
moved  or  pronounced) ;  of  these  three  are  long,  three  short, 
and  three  doubtful.  They  are  shown  in  the  following  table, 
the  horizontal  stroke  indicating  their  position  with  reference 
to  the  letters  of  the  text. 


Zon^  Vowels. 

■J^^l?  Ka'-mets     a  — 

"'"ik  Tse'-re        e  — 

uhih  Hho'-lem    o  — 


Short  Vowels. 

nns  Pat-tahh  a  — 

bi:iD  Se'-ghol  g  -7- 

qran  f  )9{?  Ka'-mets  Hha-tiiph'  b  ~ 


Doubfful  Vowels. 
pn^n     Hhi'-rik         — 
yy^iD     Shu'-rek 
rap     Kib'-buts 


a 


I  ox  I 


u  or  u 


All  these  vowel-points  are  written  under  the  letter  after 
which  they  are  pronounced  except  two,  viz.,  Hholem  and 
Shm-ek.  Hholem  is  placed  over  the  left  edge  of  the  letter 
to  which  it  belongs,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  the 
accent  R'bhi*,  which  is  a  dot  over  its  centre.  When  fol- 
lowed by  ^  or  preceded  by  to  it  coincides  with  the  diacritical 
point  over  the  letter,  e.  g.  nic'a  moshe,  xito  sonc ;  when  it 
follows  t  or  precedes  to  it  is  written  over  its  opposite  arm. 


16  ORTHOGRAPHY.  *  §12 

e.  g.  "TaiJJ  sJiomtry  fes'nn  tirpbs.  Its  presence  in  these  cases 
must  accordingly  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If 
preceded  by  a  letter  without  a  vowel-sign,  iiJ  will  be  osli  and 
ii  OS  ',  if  it  have  itself  no  vowel-sign,  to  will  be  so  and  ilJ  shb, 
except  at  the  end  of  words.  Shurek  is  a  dot  in  the 
bosom  of  the  letter  Vav,  thus  ^.  It  will  be  observed  that 
there  is  a  double  notation  of  the  vowel  u.  When  there  is  a 
1  in  the  text  this  vowel,  whether  long  or  short,  is  indicated 
by  a  single  dot  within  it,  and  called  Shurek ;  in  the  absence 
of  1  it  is  indicated  by  three  dots  placed  obliquely  beneath 
the  letter  to  which  it  belongs,  and  called  Kibbuts. 

a.  The  division  of  the  vowels  given  above  differs  from  the  common 
one  into  five  long  and  five  short,  according  to  which  Hhirik  is  counted  as 
two,  viz.,  Hhirik  magnum  '',■=.1,  and  Hhirik  parvum  -r  =■  ij  and  Shurek 
is  reckoned  a  distinct  vowel  from  Kibbuts,  the  former  being  u  and  the  latter 
u.  To  this  there  are  two  objections.  (1.)  It  confuses  the  masoretic  signs 
with  the  letters  of  the  text,  as  though  they  were  coeval  with  them  and 
formed  part  of  the  same  primitive  mode  of  writing,  instead  of  being  quite 
distinct  in  origin  and  character.  The  masoretic  vowel-sign  is  not  "^ .  but 
— -.  The  punctuators  never  introduced  the  letter  ''  into  the  text;  they 
found  it  already  written  precisely  where  it  is  at  present,  and  all  that  they 
did  was  to  add  the  point.  And  instead  of  using  two  signs  for  i,  as  they 
had  done  in  the  case  of  a,  e,  and  o,  they  used  but  one,  viz.,  a  dot  beneath 
the  letter,  whether  i  was  long  or  short.  The  confusion  of  things  thus  sep- 
arate in  their  nature  was  pardonable  at  a  time  when  the  points  were  sup- 
posed to  be  an  original  constituent  of  the  sacred  text,  but  not  now  when 
their  more  recent  origin  is  universally  admitted.  (2.)  It  is  inaccurate. 
The  distinction  between  ^ .  and  ^,  1  and  T",  is  not  one  of  quantity,  for  I 
and  u  are  expressed  indifferently  with  or  without  Yodh  and  Vav. 

Gesenius,  in  his  Lehrgebaude,  while  he  retains  the  division  of  the 
vowels  into  five  long  and  five  short,  admits  that  it  is  erroneous  and  calcu- 
lated to  mislead ;  and  it  has  been  discarded  by  Rodiger  in  the  latest  edi- 
tions of  his  smaller  grammar.  That  which  was  proposed  by  Gesenius, 
however,  as  a  substitute,  is  perplexed  and  obscure,  and  for  this  reason,  if 
there  were  no  others,  is  unfitted  for  the  wants  of  pupils  in  the  early  stage 
of  their  progress.  On  the  other  hand,  the  triple  arrangement  here 
adopted  after  the  example  of  Evvald,  has  the  recommendation  not  only  of 
clearness  and  correctness,  but  of  being,  instead  of  an  innovation,  a  return  to 
old  opinions.  The  scheme  of  five  long  and  five  short  vowels  originated 
with  Moses  and  David  Kimchi,  who  were  led  to  it  by  a  comparison  of  the 
Latin  and  its  derivatives.  From  them  it  was  adopted  by  Reuchlin  in  his 
Rudimenta  Hebraica,  and  thus  became  current  among  Christians.  The 
Jewish  grammarians,  before  the  Kimchis,  however,  reckoned  Kibbuts  and 
Shurek  as  one  vowel,  Hhirik  aa  one,  and  even  Kamets  and  Kamets* 


§13  VOWELS.  17 

Hhatuph  as  one  on  account  of  the  identity  of  the  symbol  employed  to 
represent  them.  They  thus  made  out  seven  vowels,  the  same  number  aa 
in  Greek,  where  the  distinction  into  long,  short  and  doubtful  also  pre- 
vails. That  the  literary  impulses  of  the  Orientals  were  chiefly  received 
from  the  Greeks  is  well  known;  that  the  suggestion  of  a  vowel-system 
came  to  the  Syrians  from  this  quarter  is  certain,  both  from  direct  testi 
inony  to  this  effect  and  from  the  shapes  of  their  vowels,  which  still  betray 
their  origin.  May  not  the  Hebrews  have  learned  something  from  the 
same  school  1 

b.  The  names  of  the  vowels,  with  the  exception  of  Kamets-Hhatuph, 
contain  the  sounds  of  the  vowels  which  they  are  intended  to  represent, 
Kibbuts  in  the  last,  the  others  in  their  first  syllable.  Their  signification 
IS  indicative  either  of  the  figure  of  the  vowel  or  the  mode  of  pronouncing 
it.  Kamets  and  Kibbuts,  contraction,  i.  e.  of  the  mouth ;  Pattahh,  open- 
ing j  Tsere,  bursting  forth  ;  Seghol,  cluster  of  grapes  ;  Hhirik,  gnashing  ; 
Hholem,  strength;  Kamets-Hhatuph,  hurried  Kamets ;  ^hurek, whistling. 
It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  notwithstanding  the  diversity  of  the 
voAvel-systems  in  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  Hebrew,  the  name  Pattahh  is 
common  to  them  all. 


§13.  This  later  and  more  complete  method  of  noting 
the  vowels  does  not  displace  but  is  superinduced  upon  the 
scanty  one  previously  described.  Hence  it  comes  to  pass 
that  such  vowels  as  were  indicated  by  letters  in  the  first  in- 
stance are  now  doubly  written,  i.  e.  both  by  letters  and 
points.  By  this  combination  each  of  the  two  methods  serves 
to  illustrate  and  explain  the  other.  Thus  the  added  signs 
determine  whether  the  letters  ^ins?  (which  have  been  formed 
into  the  technical  word  ''ins:  B/i^vl)  are  in  any  given  case  to 
be  regarded  as  vowels  or  as  consonants.  If  these  letters  are 
themselves  followed  by  a  vowel  or  a  Sh'va,  §16,  or  have  a 
Daghesh  forte,  §23,  they  retain  their  consonant  sound;  for 
two  vowels  never  come  together  in  Hebrew,  and  Sh'va  and 
Daghesh  forte  belong  only  to  consonants  :  thus  ^''ip  koveha, 
tm^  mitsvoth  (where  22  being  provided  with  a  separate  point, 
the  Hholem  must  belong  after  1),  n^nn  vhaya  D^p  hujyam. 
Otherwise  they  quiesce  in  a  preceding  or  accompanying 
vowel-sign,  provided  it  is  homogeneous  with  themselves; 
that  is  to  say,  they  have  the  sound  indicated  by  it,  the  vowel- 
sign  merely  interpreting  what  was  originally  denoted  by  the 


18  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §14 

letter.  1}  and  i  are  homogeneous  to  "^ ,  o  and  2<r  to  1 ,  and 
these  being  the  only  vowels  which  they  were  ever  employed 
to  represent,  they  can  quiesce  in  no  others ;  thus  "%  bt,  ""^ 
•nE,  s^'^a  ^(i,  ia  bo,  ^b  la,  but  "''nio  saray,  ''ia  goy,  '^iHa  gdluy, 
*\V\tdv,  l!?^  shalBv,  IT  ^«t';  the  combination  l^^^is  pronounced 
uv,  viy  and  lil?  aj^tZz;,  T'riD  and  itiD  sthdv.  A,  e,  and  o 
are  homogeneous  to  s<  and  ^ .  These  letters  deviate  so  far 
from  the  rule  just  given  that  i5  from  its  extreme  weakness 
not  only  quiesces  when  it  is  properly  a  vowel-letter,  but  may 
give  up  its  consonant  sound  and  character  after  any  vowel 
whatever,  e.  g.  i^bi^t:  tUB,  pilJS"!  nshon,  ^^isa  purd ;  n  is 
never  used  as  a  vowel-letter  except  at  the  end  of  words,  and 
there  it  always  quiesces  unless  it  receives  a  Mappik,  §26. 

a.  As  a  letter  was  scarcely  ever  used  to  express  6,  the  quiescence  of  ' 
In  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  very  rare,  and  where  it  does  occur  the  margin 
always  substitutes  a  reading  without  the  "i,  e.  g.  <T^?i3'?  Jer.  27:20, 
D'^isin  Ezek.  27  :  15,  nii-^nnniiTa  Ps.  30 :  4,  i3-nao^  Isa.'44  :  17,  "bis!?  Jer. 
33 : 's/ns-biiJii   Nah.   1:3.     In  ni'Six  2  Chron.  8:18,  and  Tniaa  Deut. 

?       —  T  •  *     t:  '  •■     t;    T 

32: 13,  T  represents  or  quiesces  in  the  still  briefer  6  of  Hhateph-Kamets, 
§  16.  3. 

6.  In  a  ^ew  proper  names  medial  Ti  quiesces  at  the  end  of  the  first 
member  of  the  compound,  e.  g.  n^ikrris  Num.  1 :  10,  bitnto  2  Sam.  2: 19, 
also  written  bk-nU5s>  ]  Chron.  2:16.  In  such  words  as  nafflis  Jer.  22:6, 
iiisuJ  Deut.  21  : 7,  ii  does  not  quiesce  in  Kibbuts,  for  the  points  belong  to 
the  marginal  readings  12UJ13,  13S12J  §  46. 


§14.  On  the  other  hand  the  vowel-letters  shed  light 
upon  the  stability  of  the  vowels  and  the  quantity  of  the 
doubtful  signs.  1.  As  z  was  scarcely  ever  and  u  seldom 
represented  by  a  vowel-letter,  Hhirik  with  Yodh  (i.)  is  almost 
invariably  long  and  Shurek  (^)  commonly  so.  2.  The  occa- 
sional absence  in  individual  cases  of  the  vowel-letters,  does 
not  determine  the  quantity  of  the  signs  for  i  and  u;  but 
their  uniform  absence  in  any  particular  words  or  forms  makes 
it  almost  certain  that  the  vowel  is  short.  3.  The  occasional 
presence  of  1  and  "^  to  represent  one  of  their  homogeneous 
'ong  vowels  proves  nothing  as  to  its  character ;  but  if  in  any 


^15,  16  VOWELS.  19 

word  or  form  these  letters  are  regularly  written,  the  vowel  is, 
as  a  general  rule,  immutable.  When  1  and  "^  stand  for  their 
long  homogeneous  vowels,  these  latter  are  said  to  be  written 
fully,  e.  g.  ^"ip  kbl,  "i"^?  nir,  fi^'a  miith ;  without  these  quies- 
cent  letters  they  are   said  to  be  written   defectively,  e.  g. 

a.  Hhirik  with  Yodh  is  short  in  l'^^'^'?!!'.,!  vah'^mittlv  1  Sam.  17 :  35 
T^'^rji^is-'a  bikk'rothekha  Ps.  45 :  10,  "nnis"'^  'likk'hath  Prov.  30 :  17.  In 
sVpis  1  Chron.  12 :  1,  20,  i  is  probably  long,  although  the  word  is  always 
elsewhere  written  without  the  Yodh ;  as  it  sometimes  has  a  secondary 
accent  on  the  jfirst  syllable  and  sometimes  not  (see  1  Sam.  30:  1),  it  may 
have  had  a  twofold  pronunciation  islkUag,  and  tsiklag.  Shurek  as  u  ia 
of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  e.  g.  "^fslH  hhiikke,  n'^'bixb  Vummlm, 
nsw  hhukka  Ps.  102 :  5,  C-^a^iiibx  2  Chron.  2  ;7,  n'sn;  Ezek.  16 :  34. 

§15.  The  vowels  may  be  further  distinguished  into  pure, 
a,  i,  u,  and  diphthongal,  e,  o;  e  being  a  combination  of  a  and 
i,  or  intermediate  between  them,  and  o  holding  the  same  re- 
lation to  a  and  u. 


Sh'va. 

§16.  1.  The  absence  of  a  vowel  is  indicated  by  —  Sh'va 
(«)tj  emptiness,  or  as  written  by  Chayug,  the  oldest  of  Jew- 
ish grammarians,  xnis),  which  serves  to  assure  the  reader  that 
one  has  not  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  accordingly 
placed  under  all  vowelless  consonants  except  at  the  end  of 
words,  where  it  is  regarded  as  unnecessary,  the  absence  of  a 
vowel  being  there  a  matter  of  coiu-se.  If,  however,  the  last 
letter  of  a  word  be  T ,  or  if  it  be  immediately  preceded  by 
another  vowelless  letter,  or  be  doubled  by  the  point  called 
Daghesh-forte,  §  23,  Sh'va  is  written  to  preclude  the  doubt 
which  is  possible  in  these  cases,  e.  g.  DD'i^TSTa,  tfsb^a,  ipisp, 
J!^'^''?^,  fP^,  P^r??.  Sh'va  is  not  given  to  a  quiescent  letter, 
since  it  represents  not  a  consonant  but  a  vowel,  e.  g.  t^p'^i'^n, 
nor  as  a  general  rule  to  a  final   consonant  preceded  by  a 


20  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  16 

quiescent  -,  thus  ri^^n ,  nxii  Ruth  3:4;  n'l^n^  Isa.  62  : 3, 
thougli  in  this  case  it  is  sometimes  written,  e.  g.  '^'^k'^  2  Sam. 
14  :  3;  n^^m  2  Sam.  14  :  2 ;  n^nni  Judg.  13  :  3;  n«2in 
1  Kin.  11:13.  ii  at  the  end  of  a  word,  preceded  either  by 
a  vowelless  letter  or  a  quiescent,  is  termed  otiant,  and  is  left 
unpointed,  e.  g.  «t:n  «-iH.  xiin  x^n . 

a.  Final  "j  may  receive  Sh'va  for  the  sake  of  distinction  not  only  from 
?| ,  as  already  suggested,  but  also  from  *i  with  which  it  might  be  in  danger 
of  being  confounded  in  manuscripts ;  Freytag  conjectures  that  it  is  prop- 
erly a  part  of  the  letter,  like  the  stroke  in  the  corresponding  final  (^in 
Arabic.  In  such  forms  as  T^^?"!  Sh'va  is  omitted  with  the  closing  letters 
because  the  "•  is  not  sounded. 

2.  Sh'va  may  be  either  silent  (H3  quiescens),  or  vocal 
(y?  mobile).  At  the  close  of  syllables  it  is  silent.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  a  syllable  the  Hebrews  always  facilitated  the 
pronunciation  of  concurrent  consonants  by  the  introduction 
of  a  hiatus  or  slight  breathing  between  them ;  a  Sh'va  so 
situated  is  consequently  said  to  be  vocal,  and  has  a  sound 
approaching  that  of  a  hastily  uttered  e,  as  in  given.  This 
will  be  represented  by  an  apostrophe,  thus,  i^^^Si  b'midhbar, 
Dl^i'ij^S  pkadlitem, 

a.  According  to  Kimchi  (Mikhlol  fol.  189)  Sh'va  was  pronounced  in 
three  different  ways,  according  to  circumstances.  (1.)  Before  a  guttural 
it  inclined  to  the  sound  of  the  following  vowel,  e.  g.  laxii  T/'abbedh,  nxiu 
s'eth,  >)i"n  d"u,  and  if  accompanied  by  Methegh,  §44,  it  had  the  full  sound 
of  that  vowel,  e.  g.  >ixil3  suu,  "^nn  ithhl,  c^i^'i-  loolam.  (2.)  Before  Yodh 
it  inclined  to  i,  e.  g.  3p?';;3  b'ya''kobh,  Qi"'3  k'yom,  and  with  Methegh  was 
sounded  as  Hhirik,  e.  g.  n^a  biyadh.  (3.)  Before  any  other  letter  it  in- 
clined to  a,  e.  g.  S^i'ia  b^rakha,  D-'B"'^a  gHillm,  and  with  Methegh  was 
pronounced  as  Pattahh  Piiynp^S  bamakheloth. 

3.  Sh'va  may,  again,  be  simple  or  compound.  Some- 
times, particularly  when  the  first  consonant  is  a  guttural, 
which  from  its  weakness  is  in  danger  of  not  being  distinctly 
heard,  the  hiatus  becomes  still  more  audible,  and  is  assimi- 
lated in  sound  to  the  short  guttural  vowel  a,  or  the  diph- 
thongal e  or  o,  into  which  it  enters.   This  assimilation  is  rep- 


§17  vowEi.a.  21 

resented  by  combining  tbe  sign  for  Sh'va  with  those  for  the 
short  vowels,  thus  forming  what  are  called  the  compound 
Sh'vas  in  distinction  from  the  simple  Sh'va  previously  ex- 
plained. 

These  are, 

Hhateph-Pattahh      —;      thus,  ^b?  ""modh. 
Hhateph-Seghol        ~;      thus,  'ib^  %ior. 
Hhatcph-Kamets      '^ ;      thus,    "hn  UkHi. 

a.  Hhateph  (v]bn  snatching)  denotes  the  rapidity  of  utterance  or  the 
hurried  character  of  the  sounds  represented  by  these  symbols. 

6.  The  compound  Sh'vas,  though  for  the  most  part  restricted  to  the 
gutturals,  are  occasionally  written  under  other  consonants  in  place  of  sim- 
ple Sh'va,  to  indicate  more  distinctly  that  it  is  vocal:  thus,  Hhateph- 
Pattahh  nriTJi  Gen.  2:12,  nb'nan  Gen.  27:38:  Hhateph-Kamets  nnpb 
Gen.  2:23,  ns^riDX  Jer.  31:33;  but  never  Hhateph-Seghol  except 
D'')?sbs  2  Sam.  6:  5  in  some  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus.  This  is 
done  with  so  little  uniformity  that  the  same  word  is  dift'erently  written  in 
this  respect,  e.  g.  fT;s&3  2  Kin.  2  : 1,  nnijpa  ver.  11. 


Pattahh   Furtive. 

§17.  A  similar  hiatus  or  slight  transition  sound  was 
used  at  the  end  of  words  in  connection  with  the  gutturals. 
When  y ,  ri ,  or  the  consonantal  Ti  at  the  end  of  words  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  another  than  a), 
or  is  followed  by  another  voweUess  consonant,  it  receives  a 
Pattahh  furtive  — ,  which  resembles  in  sound  an  extremely 
short  a,  and  is  pronounced  before  the  letter  under  which  it 
is  written,  e.  g.  nin  rW/d,  V^to  shamo'^ ,  rj''^5i^  maglihl%y 
n?i3tD  sMmaH,  ^r\^,  yi^liUd. 

a.  Some  grammarians  deny  that  Pattahh  furtive  can  be  found  under  a 
penultimate  guttural,  contending  that  the  vowel-sign  is  in  such  cases  a 
proper  Pattahh.  and  that  ns^ia  should  accordingly  be  read  shamaat,  and 
«|ri7  yihhad.  But  both  the  Sh'va  under  the  final  letter,  §16,  and  the 
Daghesh-lene  in  it,  §  21,  show  that  the  guttural  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 
The  sign  beneath  it  must  consequently  be  Pattahh  furtive,  and  represent 
an  antecedent  vowel-sound.  In  some  manuscripts  Pattahh  furtive  is  writ- 
ten as  Hhateph-Pattahh,  or  even  as  simple  Sh'va ;  thus,  V^"^"^  or  V'^p;^  for 
S-'p-i. 


22  orthoghaphy.  §18 

Syllables. 

^18.  1.  Syllables  are  formed  by  tlie  combination  of 
consonants  and  vowels.  As  two  vowels  never  come  together 
in  the  same  word  in  Hebrew  without  an  intervening  conso- 
nant, there  can  never  be  more  than  one  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable ;  and  with  the  single  exception  of  ^  occurring  at  the 
beginning  of  words,  no  syllable  ever  consists  of  a  vowel 
alone.  Every  syllable,  with  the  exception  just  stated,  must 
begin  with  a  consonant,  and  may  begin  with  two,  but  never 
with  more  than  two.  Syllables  ending  with  a  vowel,  whether 
represented  by  a  quiescent  letter  or  not,  are  called  simple, 
e.  g.  ^^  Vlcha,  nbi2>  o-la.  (The  first  syllable  of  this  second 
example  begins,  it  will  be  perceived,  with  the  consonant  V , 
though  this  disappears  in  the  notation  given  of  its  sound.) 
Syllables  ending  with  a  consonant,  or,  as  is  possible  at  the 
close  of  a  word,  with  two  consonants,  are  said  to  be  mixed : 
thus  Ci^'a)?  kam-tem,  P^P^v}  hd-laJcht.  As  the  vocal  Sh'vas, 
whether  simple  or  compound,  are  not  vowels  properly  speak- 
ing, but  simply  involuntary  transition  sounds,  they,  with  the 
consonants  under  which  they  stand,  cannot  form  distinct 
syllables,  but  are  attached  to  that  of  the  following  vowel. 
Pattahh  furtive  in  like  manner  belongs  to  the  syllable  formed 
by  the  preceding  vowel.  Thus  vy\1  z'ro'',  ''^^  °ni  are  mono- 
syllables. 

2.  Long  vowels  always  stand  in  simple  syllables,  and 
short  vowels  in  mixed  syllables,  unless  they  be  accented. 
But  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or  mixed,  may  con- 
tain indifferently  a  long  or  a  short  vowel. 

a.   The  following  may  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  division  of  Hebreir 
words  into  their  proper  syllables  ;  thus, 

ft-dha'm     ''lo-hi'ra  b'ro'      b'yo'm     a-dha'm  to-1'dho'th    se'-pher      ze' 

Gen.  5 : 1,    ink      niiis      n'^jn'ps       rsiTiia 

0-tho'     a-sa'    'lo-hi'm    bidh-mli'th 


^19  SYLLABLES.  33 

6.  The  reason  of  tne  ruie  for  the  quantity  of  syllables  appears  to  be 
this.  In  consequence  of  their  brevity,  the  short  vowels  required  the  ad- 
dition of  a  following  consonant  to  make  the  utterance  full  and  completej 
unless  the  want  of  this  was  compensated  by  the  greater  energy  of  pronun- 
ciation due  to  the  accent.  The  long  vowels  were  sufficiently  complete 
without  any  such  addition,  though  they  were  capable  of  receiving  it  under 
the  new  energy  imparted  by  the  accent.  This  pervading  regularity, 
which  is  so  striking  a  feature  of  the  Hebrew  language,  was  the  foundation 
of  the  syslema  morarum  advocated  by  some  of  the  older  grammarians  of 
Holland  and  Germany.  The  idea  of  this  was,  that  each  syllable  waa 
equal  to  three  morae,  that  is,  three  rests,  or  a  bar  of  three  beats ;  a  long 
vowel  being  equivalent  to  two  morae,  or  two  beats,  a  short  vowel  to  one, 
and  the  initial  or  final  consonant  or  consonants  also  to  one :  thus  tnbqjs 
A:  (1)  +  a  (2)  =  3,  «  (I)  +  a  (1)  +  /.'  (1)  =  3.  An  accented  syllable 
might  have  one  viora  or  beat  either  more  or  less  than  the  normal  quan- 
tity. This  system  was  not  only  proposed  by  way  of  grammatical  explana- 
tion, but  also  made  the  basis  of  a  peculiar  theory  of  Hebrew  prosody.  See 
Gesenius,  Geschichte  d.  Heb.  Sprache,  p.  123. 

c.  The  cases  in  which  short  vowels  occur  in  unaccented  simple  sylla- 
bles, are  all  due  to  the  disturbing  influence  exerted  by  the  weak  letters 
upon  the  normal  forms  of  words ;  thus,  ryn  hd-eth  is  for  nrn,  and  Xiinn 
ha-hu  for  hdh-hu  :  such  words  as  NHJ/n ,  X'nc,  Nbs,  n;ri,  T\'lp_  are  formed 
after  the  analogy  of  T)^^.  A  long  vowel  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable 
is  found  in  but  one  word,  and  that  of  foreign  origin,  "iilN^i:b3  bel-V shdts- 
tsar ,  though  here,  as  in  the  majority  of  instances  falling  under  the  previ- 
ous remark,  the  syllable  receives,  if  not  the  primary,  yet  the  secondary 
accent,  e.  g.  '^rnT'i'n,  cnnn ,  'iby.n.  The  same  is  the  case  when  a  long 
vowel  is  retained  before  Makkeph,  e.  g.  ''^"nd.  In  the  Arabic,  which  is 
exceedingly  rich  in  vowels,  there  are  comparatively  kvf  mixed  syllables; 
nearly  every  consonant  has  its  own  vowel,  and  this  more  frequently  short 
than  long.  The  Chaldee,  which  is  more  sparing  in  its  use  of  vowels  than 
the  Hebrew,  observes  in  general  the  same  rule  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  syllables,  though  not  with  the  same  inflexible  consistency. 


Ambiguous  Signs. 

^19.  It  will  now  be  possible,  by  aid  of  the  principles 
already  recited,  to  determine  the  quantity  of  the  doubtful 
vowels,  and  to  remove  the  ambiguity  which  appears  to  exist 
in  certain  vowel-signs. 

1.  Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  in  unaccented  ^iijple 
syllables,  must  be  long,  and  in  unaccented  mixed  syllables, 
short,  e.  g.  t\'^'}  or  ttini  yi-rasli,  ^i^i!'  yihh-nu,  i^^^a  or  i'ina 
gbhu-lo,    "7^^  or  "T^^''  yuUadh,   D?3  or  D^^is  hd-lam,  ^j^'S'Q 


24  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §]9 

or  '"•t:^^  mauzzi.  In  accented  syllables,  wliether  simple  or 
mixed,  they  are  always  long,  e.  g.  Qn'^iiJ  or  D"''n''ia  si-him,  ""^  U, 
bia  or  b^ia  ghlml,  ^nicn'^  or  ^nTOn^i  d'rd-shu-hu,  the  only  ex- 
ception being  that  Ilhirik  is  short  in  the  monosyllabic  parti- 
cles Di? ,  ^^ ,  QS? ,  ]^ ,  and  in  some  abbreviated  verbal  forms 
of  the  class  called  Lamedh-He,  e.  g.  T^^,  a©*n,  '^y). 

The  only  cases  of  remaining  doubt  are  those  in  which 
these  vowels  are  followed  by  a  letter  with  Sh'va,  either  sim- 
ple or  compound.  If  the  former,  it  might  be  a  question 
whether  it  was  silent  or  vocal,  and  consequently  whether  the 
syllable  was  simple  or  mixed.  If  the  latter,  though  the  syl- 
lable is  of  course  simple,  the  weak  letter  which  follows  may 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  law.  Here  the  etymology 
must  decide.  The  vowel  is  long  or  short  as  the  grammatical 
form  may  require ;  thus  in  ^'!_y)\  ^^nn ,  i^'nscn'i  Gen.  22  :  8, 
which  follow  the  analogy  of  ^'tijp'^ ,  and  in  ''^nD  Isa.  10  :  34, 
ii^)?  the  first  vowel  is  short ;  in  CiDbn5  ,  ^tytg^^  the  first  vowel 
is  long.  In  a  few  instances  the  grammatical  form  in  which 
Hhirik  is  employed  is  itself  doubtful ;  the  distinction  is  then 
made  by  means  of  Methegh,  ^44,  which  is  added  to  the  vowel- 
sign  if  it  is  long,  but  not  if  it  is  short ;  thus,  '^ky^  yi-rU,  from 
i5'i;i  to  fear,  and  ^btJ'p  yi-sKnu  from  ]iiJ;'  to  sleep ;  but  IS'^'? 
yir-u  from  ni^'^  to  see,  and  ^iffi'?  yish-nu  from  T\\t  to  do  a 
second  time. 

2.  Kamets  a  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  6  are  both  repre- 
sented by  the  same  sign  (  t  ),  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
rules  similar  to  those  just  given.  In  an  unaccented  simple 
syllable  it  is  Kamets ;  in  an  imaccented  mixed  syllable  it  is 
Kamets-Hhatuph ;  in  an  accented  syllable,  whether  simple 
or  mixed  it  is  Kamets,  e.  g.  "li"^  da-hhar,  ''i^SH  hhojjh-sJii, 
T\yiz  md-veth,  tm^  Idm-md,  D^^pa  hot-tlm.  Before  a  letter  with 
simple  Sh'va,  the  distinction  is  mostly  made  by  Methegh, 
^4  ;  without  Methegh  it  is  always  Kamets-Hhatuph,  with 
it  commonly  Kamets,  e.  g.  nippn  hJwIih-md,  rrapn  hhd-kJnnd. 
Before  a  guttural  with  Hhateph-Kamets  or  Kamets-Hhatuph 


§19  AMBIGUOUS    SIGNS.  25 

it  is  frequently  6,  tliough  standing  in  a  simple  syllable  and 
accompanied  by  Methegh,  e.  g.  '''ina  ho-hli^n,  Q^^rn  tc^ 
obhdhBm.  The  surest  criterion,  however,  and  in  many  cases 
the  only  decisive  one,  is  found  in  the  etymology.  If  the 
vowel  be  derived  from  Hholem,  or  the  grammatical  form  re- 
quires an  0  or  a  short  vowel,  it  is  Kamets-Hhatuph ;  but  if 
it  be  derived  from  Pattahh,  or  the  form  requires  an  «  or  a 
long  vowel,  it  is  Kamets :  thus  i^i^iSf;^  with  the  prefixed  con- 
junction vd^niyyoth,  n^?5fn  with  the  article  lia^niyya ;  Ta^;;  in 
the  Hophal  yo^macU,  ^nnxn;'  Isa.  44 :  13  in  the  Piel  ytliif^ 
rBhu.  The  first  vowel  is  o  in  ^'^^X}'^  from  in'i,  D^ith)^  from 
©■"ip,  D'lirnT!;  from  isniij,  ''^-njp^cy  Isa.  38  :  14,  ''^'nnj?  Num.  22  : 
11,  ''IJ'nns  Num.  23  :  7  and  the  like,  and  the  first  two  vow- 
els in  such  words  as  Q^bi^s  from  bys,  DDDX^  Isa.  30  :  12  from 
Di5^,  obnni?  Deut.  20  :  2,  ?;nt:j5  Hos.  13  :  14,  ^st?;?  2  Chron. 
10:10,  Di?""=?)5  2  Kin.  15:10,  because  they  are  shortened 
from  Hholem.  On  the  other  hand  the  first  vowel  is  a  in 
i-into  Job  16:19  from  "into,  D-'fc'in  from  t^n ,  ^nm  from 
rrba ,  and  in  r^pi?^ ,  P^^^I?  and  the  like,  because  it  is  originally 
and  properly  Kamets.  The  word  nniato  is  in  Ps.  86  :  2  the 
imperative  shonird,  in  Job  10  :  12  the  preterite  shdmrd. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  a  syllable 
bearing  a  conjunctive  accent,  viz.:  "'S'it  Ps.  38:21,  bs  Ps.  35:10,  also 
Prov.  19:  7  (in  some  copies),  and  in  the  judgment  of  Ewald  1^0  Judg. 
19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8  and  355  Ezek.  41  :  25  ;  in  Dan.  11  :  12  Din";  the  points 
belong  to  the  marginal  reading  B">1,  and  the  vow^el  is  consequently  Ka- 
mets. There  are  also  a  few  cases  in  which  Kamets  remains  in  a  mixed 
syllable,  deprived  of  its  accent  by  Makkeph,  §43,  without  receiving 
Methegh,  viz.  :  "rsr:  Ps.  16  :  5,  "n-ip  Ps.  55:  19,  22,  —30  Ps.  74  :  5  ;  and  a 
final  unaccented  Kamets  is  not  affected  by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive,  §  24,  in  the  initial  letter  of  the  following  word,  e.  g.  c^  nrnaia 
Gen.  31 :  13.  When  an  accent  takes  the  place  of  Methegh,  it  serves 
equally  to  distinguish  rt  from  6,  e.  g.  >ib:T  Ex.  21:22  vhiagh^phu,  ^"'^^^ 
Ex.  21  :  35  umakWru.  §45.  5. 

6.    Inasmuch  as  rnnia    is  derived   from   "^niz   mnhha.r,   its  first  vowel 

T  T :  IT  »    ▼  ' 

might  be  suspected  to  be  a;  but  as  it  is  so  constantly  written  with 
Hhateph-Kamets,  the  preceding  vowel  is  probably  conformed  to  it.  It  is 
consequently  regarded  and  pronounced  as  6.  Kimchi  (Mikhlol,  fol.  188) 
declares  that  the  first  vowel  in  "pfn  1  Sam.  13:  21,  nij'nn^  Eccles.  12  :  11 


26  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  20 

and  V'jb'n  Num.  24 :  7  was  universally  held  to  be  Kamets,  and  that  with  the 
exception  of  Rabbi  Jonah  ben  Gannach,  who  was  of  a  contrary  mind,  the 
Bame  unanimity  prevailed  in  regard  to  the  first  vowel  of  't'z'l'i^  Ezek.  40: 
43.  As,  however,  this  last  word  is  in  every  other  place  written  without 
the  Methegh,  and  there  is  no  analogy  for  such  words  as  those  mentioned 
above  having  a  in  their  initial  syllable,  the  best  authorities  are  now  agreed 
that  the  vowel  is  6.  and  the  words  are  accordingly  read  dorbhan,  etc.  In 
iHEiri'i  jasper,  and  rp'ia  emerald,  Ezek.  28  :  13,  which  are  mentioned  by 
Kimchi  in  the  same  connection,  the  first  vowel  is  Kamets. 

c.  In  some  manuscripts  and  a  few  of  the  older  printed  books,  e.  g.  Ste- 
phanas' Hebrew  Bible  and  Reuchlin's  Rudimenta  Hebraica,  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  is  denoted  by  (  t:  ).  It  then  differs  from  Kamets,  but  is  liable  to 
be  confounded  with  Hhateph-Kamets.  It  can,  however,  be  distinguishea 
from  it  by  the  circumstance  that  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  always  followed 
either  by  simple  Sh'va,  Daghesh-forte,  or  Methegh  ;  none  of  which  ever 
immediately  succeed  Hhateph-Kamets.  Such  a  form  as  "i^^ij^  Ezek.  26:  9 
in  the  editions  of  Michaelis  and  Van  der  Hooght  is  an  impossible  one  if  (  t:  ) 
have  its  ordinary  meaning. 

d.  It  is  surprising  that  in  so  minute  and  careful  a  system  of  orthogra- 
phy as  that  of  the  Masorites,  there  should  be  no  symbol  for  6  distinct  from 
that  for  a;  and  some  have  felt  constrained  in  consequence  to  suppose  that 
the  signs  for  these  two  vowels  were  originally  different,  but  became 
assimilated  in  the  course  of  transcription.  This  seems  unlikely,  however. 
The  probability  is  that  a  and  6,  whose  resemblance  even  we  can  perceive, 
were  so  closely  allied  in  the  genuine  Hebrew  pronunciation,  that  one  sign 
was  thought  sufficient  to  represent  them,  especially  as  the  Masorites  were 
intent  simply  on  indicating  sounds  without  concerning  themselves  with 
grammatical  relations. 


§  20.  1.  As  simple  Sh'va  is  vocal  at  tlie  beginning  of  a 
syllable  and  silent  at  its  close,  tliere  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  its 
character  when  it  stands  under  initial  or  final  letters.  Pre- 
ceding the  first  vowel  of  a  word  it  must  of  course  be  vocal, 
and  following  the  last  vowel  it  must  be  silent,  onnDT  zkliartdm, 
r\")bt  zOMart.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  the  question  whether 
it  belongs  to  the  syllable  of  the  preceding  or  the  following 
vowel  must  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If  a  com- 
plete syllable  precedes,  that  is,  either  an  unaccented  long 
vowel  or  a  vowelless  consonant  serving  as  the  complement 
of  a  previous  short  vowel,  it  is  vocal.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel  which  cannot  make  a  complete  syllable  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  following  consonant,  or  by  a  long  accented 


§  21  DAGHESH-LENE.  27 

vowel,  it  is  silent:  '^'n^T  zo-kJirB,  I'^STn  tiz-kWu,  ^"i^T  zihh^i% 
roVtifpn  tiktol-nd.  Sh'va  under  a  letter  doubled  by  Daghesh 
forte,  §  23,  is  vocal,  such  a  letter  being  equivalent  to  two, 
the  first  of  which  completes  the  previous  syllable,  and  the 
second  begins  the  syllable  which  follows :  D">'i3?n  =  D'^nDTrn 
haz-zkharlm. 

2.  In  addition  to  this  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  Sh'va  is 
vocal  after  what  may  be  called  intermediate  syllables ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  the  consonant  under  which  it  stands  per- 
forms, as  it  occasionally  does,  the  double  office  of  completing 
one  syllable  and  beginning  the  next.  Thus,  when  it  foUows 
a  consonant  from  which  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted, 
Wj?!^"!  vaybhak'shiL  for  vay-y  hhak-k' shu,  or  the  first  of  two 
similar  letters,  in  order  that  the  reduplication  may  be  made 
more  distinct,  ^^bn  haVlu,  ri^bp  kiVlath,  i^'ps  tsirio,  ^'ibs 
aVlay,  ^^y^)  hhik'kB,  and  in  several  other  cases,  which  will  be 
more  particularly  described  in  §  22. 

a.  The  same  double  office  is  performed  by  gutturals  beginning  one 
syllable  and  yet  inclining  to  complete  the  one  before  it,  §  18.  2.  c.  In 
P?!*!,  tor  example,  S  belongs  in  a  measure  to  both  syllables.  It  properly 
begins  the  second,  and  yet  it  is  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  just  as  if  il 
ended  the  first,  which  is  accordingly  to  be  reckoned  an  intermediate  sylla- 
ble, being  in  strictness  neither  simple  nor  mixed,  but  partaking  of  the 
nature  of  both. 


Daghesh-Lene. 

§  21.  The  second  class  of  signs  added  to  the  Hebrew 
text  are  those  which  are  designed  to  guide  in  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  consonants.  These  are  the  diacritical  point  over 
Shin,  Daghesh-lene,  Daghesh-forte,  Mappik,  and  Raphe. 
The  use  of  the  first  of  these  has  already  been  sufficiently 
explained,  §3.  1. 

1.  Daghesh-lene  (bp  Tlj.^'i)  is  a  point  inserted  in  the  six 
letters  n  3D  D  'i  a  a  (technically  called  B'yJiadh  K'ph.ath), 
to  indicate  the  loss  of  their  aspiration,  e.  g.  2  bh,  3  b,  etc. 


28      "  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  21 

As  these  letters  are  always  aspirated  after  a  vowel-sound, 
however  slight,  and  never  as  an  initial  utterance  or  when  fol- 
lowing a  consonant,  they   invariably  require   Daghesh-lene 
whenever  they  are  not  immediately  preceded  by  a  vowel  or 
a  vocal   Sh'va.     It  is  consequently  inserted  in  the  initial 
aspirate  of  a  word  which  begins  a  verse,  ST^T^xnia  Gen.  1 : 1, 
or  which  follows  a  word  bearing  a  disjunctive  accent  (inas- 
much as  this  represents  a  pause  of  longer  or  shorter  dura- 
tion), ^xa  in^n^  Ex.  1:1,  "js  ■  nn?  Gen.  3  :  22,  or  ending  in  a 
consonant,  ^?s-b«,  ^h'}^  ^^)^'^  Gen.  24  :  42  ;  but  not  if  it  fol- 
lows a  word  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having  a  conjunctive 
accent,  Di^in  "^^s,  ^rin  r.n'^n  Gen.  1:2.     The  sacred   name 
T]):!'^  is  followed  by  Daghesb-lene,  even  though  it  may  have  a 
conjunctive  accent,  Num.  10  :  29,  Deut.  3  :  26,  Josh.  10  :  30, 
11 :  8,  Ps.  18  :  21,  because  in  reading  the  Jews  always  sub- 
stitute for  it  the  word  ''i'l^*,  which  ends  in  a  consonant.     In 
a  very  few  cases,  however,  e.  g.  Di^  "^shs?  Ps.  68  :  18,  ^r-irri]? 
Isa.  34:11,  fi3  ibis  Ezek.  23:42,  Daghesh-lene  is  not  in- 
serted after  a  vowel-letter,  which  retains  its  consonant  sound. 
2.   Daghesh-lene  is  inserted  in  a  medial  or  final  aspirate 
preceded  by  a  vowelless  consonant,  whether  this  be  accom- 
panied by  silent  Sh'va  or  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  Pr\k^^,  Pi?^t?; 
but  not  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  vocal  Sh'va,  whether 
simple  or  compound,  e.  g.  f^'i^^  ^kl^^-.  • 


a.  The  primary  signification  of  the  name  Daghesh  is  commonly  ex- 
plained from  the  Syriac  ^a^?  (Ol'i),  to  which  Castellus  in  his  lexicon 
gives  the  sense  of  piercing.  This  is  by  some  applied  to  the  puncture  or 
point  which  is  its  written  sign,  by  others  to  its  power  of  sharpening  the 
sound  of  letters  by  removing  their  aspiration  or  doubling  them.  Buxtorf, 
however,  in  his  Chaldee  Lexicon,  disputes  the  existence  of  such  a  root  in 
cither  Syriac  or  Chaldee,  alleging  that  in  Prov.  12: 18,  the  passage  quoted 
to  prove  the  word,  the  true  reading  is  \1^  (siiJrn).  The  six  letters  which 
receive  Daghesh-lene  in  Hebrew  have  the  same  twofold  pronunciation  m 
Syriac,  a  red  dot  called  Rukhokh  (^^o?  softness),  being  written  beneath 
them  when  they  were  to  be  aspirated,  and  another  called  Kushoi  ( 
hardness),  being  written  above  them  when  they  were  not. 


ax 


§  22  DAGHESH-LENE.  29 

b.  Grammarians  are  not  agreed  whether  the  aspirated  or  nnaspirated 
Bound  of  these  consonants  was  the  original  one.  There  being  no  data  for 
the  settlement  of  the  question,  each  decides  it  by  his  own  theory  of  pho- 
netic changes.  The  correctness  of  the  Masoretic  punctuation  has  some- 
times been  questioned  in  regard  to  this  matter,  on  the  ground  of  the  im- 
probability of  such  fluctuation  in  the  sound  of  these  letters  in  the  samts 
word.  But  besides  the  Syriac  analogy  just  referred  to,  the  Sanskrit  lan- 
guage shows  the  almost  unlimited  extent  to  which  euphonic  changes  may 
be  carried  by  a  people  possessing  a  sensitive  and  discriminating  ear.  The 
Sanskrit  aspirates,  besides  being  subjected  to  other  mutations  which  can- 
not here  be  detailed,  regularly  lose  their  aspiration  when  finals,  and  under 
certain  conditions  when  medials,  throwing  it  back,  where  this  is  possible, 
upon  a  previous  letter.  Bopp  Kritische  Grammatik,  pp.  30.  42.  Similar 
laws  prevail  to  some  extent  in  Greek,  e.  g.  Opt^,  Tpi)(6s',  Tpe't/xo,  Opix^w^  6vui, 
£Tvi7r)v ;  ovK  e)((D,  ov)(^  e^(jo ,  [xeu  vp.iv. 


^  22.  The  absence  of  Daghesli-lene  in  an  aspirate  some- 
times shows  a  preceding  simple  Sh'va  to  be  vocal  when  this 
would  not  otherwise  have  been  known.  In  most  of  the  cases 
referred  to,  a  letter  originally  belonging  to  the  succeeding 
syllable  is  by  the  prefixing  of  a  short  vowel  drawn  back  to 
complete  the  syllable  before  it ;  instead,  however,  of  giving 
up  its  previous  connection  altogether,  it  forms  an  interme- 
diate syllable,  ^20.  2,  the  Sh'va  remaining  vocal  though  the 
antecedent  vowel  is  short ;  thus,  i^b  Vhhabh  with  the  prefix 
a  becomes  ai^3  biVbhabh,  not  13b3  bil-babh. 

a.  The  particular  instances  in  which  this  may  occur  are  the  following, 
viz. :  (1)  The  Kal  imperative  of  verbs  and  the  Kal  infinitive  with  suffixes, 
e.  g.  ^135,  i"i2:^,  ^7^^)  ''^l??  from  13?.;  yet  with  occasional  exceptions,  aa 
D3Q0X3  Lev."  23  :  39.'  (2)  Those  forms  of  Pe  Guttural  verbs  in  which  the 
first  radical  assumes  a  short  vowel  in  place  of  the  silent  Sh'va  in  the  reg- 
ular inflexion,  e.  g.  iinns'"',  ninsn  for  nasi,  c-iai'n.  (3)  The  construct 
plural  of  nouns  "^nns  from  D-'i^s ,  m'sns  from  niers,  niain  from  ninin, 
though  with  occasional  exceptions,  as  "'S'::")  Cant.  8  :  6,  but  "^SlD-i  Ps.  76  : 4, 
•«jiT3^  Isa.  5  :  10,  nnonn  Ps.  69  :  10,  "'isia  Gen.  50 :  23,  but  nn^ana  judg.  7:6; 
''"1?3,  inaa  from  i^a  are  peculiar  in  omitting  Daghesh  in  the  singular  with 
suffixes.  (4)  Three  feminine  nouns  ending  in  r^i,  n^ibo  from  Ti^i?,  r^iib^ 
from  lb";'.,  nn3S  (only  occurring  with  suffixes)  from  I3y,  but  not  rl'^Tiia 
Also  a  few  other  nouns  ofdiff"erent  forms,  viz.:  B'^ns"!';;,  but  "^ns"}!,  ^^^Sir, 
•lins,  -j-^'n-i^,  01^3^73,  p-s,  bsHp-i  Josh.  15: 38' '  csnp?  JoVh.  15':"56. 
(5)  After  prefixes,  as  He  interrogative,  e.g.  tnS'i'^n  Gen.  29:5  from 
OR^I'?,  and  inseparable  prepositions,  e.g.  "i"'3"7b  from  "I'^ntj ,  njna  from  rs'n, 
"i5'n3  from  ^3'^.    Usage  is  not  uniform  in  the  case  of  Kal  infinitives  follow- 


30  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^23 

ing  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  Sins^,  sinaa;  Ve:3,  ^'S33,  Vq?^;  tia^cb 
Isa.  31 : 4,  Stasb  Num.  4;  23,  8:  24;  n^sb,  nsi's.  (6)  Tiie' suffixes  of  the 
second  person  t^,  d3 ,  "JD  never  receive  Daghesii-lene,  ?]3a,  Cii"i|5a. 

Tliese  rules  are  sometimes  of  importance  in  etymology;  thus, '^';iDi3tS 
Ezek.  27:12  must  have  as  its  ground  form  Ti^^js,  not  ^atS;  and  Da-ix 
Hos.  7  ;6,  can"!  Ps.  90  :  10  cannot  be  infinitives  with  suffixes,  but  must  be 
from  the  segholates  anjt,  afi'l. 

6.  The  omission  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  letter  of  CiDin  Prov.  30 :  6, 
abbreviated  from  C)''Oi!n  or  tioitl ,  is  exceptional.  The  Daghesh  occasion- 
ally occurring  in  initial  aspirates  after  words  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having 
a  conjunctive  accent,  is  best  explained  not  as  an  exception  to  the  ordinary 
rules,  but  as  Daghesh  forte  conjunctive,  §  24,  e.  g.  '|5J3a  n^^N  Gen.  1 1 :  31 
and  elsewhere,  )ti  ns^X  Gen.  46:28,  nxa  nija  Ex.  15:  l.'si,  obsa  siT  Ex. 
15:13,  nOE  n'^iu^T  Deut.  16: 1  (comp.  l^'  J^'^^^  Gen.  20:9),  Ba'nniSNi 
Deut.  31:  28 '(comp.  ''h  ITi-^SJ^l  Isa.  8:2),'niS?3  "'n'^l  Josh.  8:24,  10^20, 
"K"!!  ^C\^,  Gen.  35:29,  ia  na^'lsa.  40:7^  See 'also' Gen.  39:12,  Ex.  14: 
4.'l7,  isa'.  10:9,  Job  9:2.  Ex.'"l5:  11.  16,  Ps.  35: 10,  Isa.  54:  12,  Jer.  20:  9, 
Dan.  3:3.  5:11.  The  old  strife  as  to  the  Daghesh  in  the  word  tD^rttS  two 
is  not  yet  settled.  Kimchi  explained  it  as  Daghesh-lene  upon  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  word  was  abridged  from  D';'P)irs< ;  Schultens  as  Daghesh- 
forte  arising  from  an  assimilated  3,  contending  that  it  was  for  D";Pl3  from 
Ci'^nsia ;  Nordheimer  as  an  anomalous  Daghesh-lene,  introduced  as  a 
euphonic  expedient  to  prevent  the  combination  of  an  aspirated  n  with  a 
Bibilant,  such  as  is  obviated  in  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  by  a  transposition 
that  would  here  be  inadmissible.  The  puzzle  is  still  further  perplexed  by 
the  circumstance  that  it  once  appears  with  the  preposition  "j^  without  the 
Daghesh,  "^nTB^  Judg.  16  :  28,  and  again  with  the  same  preposition  with  it, 
C^nttio  Jon.  4 :  11,  the  Methegh  showing  the  Sh'va  to  be  vocal,  as  might 
also  be  interred  from  the  fact  that  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted. 


Daghesh-Porte. 

§  23.  1.  "When  the  same  consonant  was  repeated  with  a 
vowel  or  even  the  shghtest  hiatus  intervening,  so  that  suc- 
cessive movements  of  the  organs  of  speech  were  required  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  Hebrews  invariably  wrote  the  letter 
twice.  When,  however,  there  was  no  interval  between  the 
reduplicated  consonants,  and  the  only  audible  result  was  a 
more  protracted  or  vehement  utterance  of  the  same  sound 
effected  by  a  single  effort  of  the  organs,  the  letter  was  written 
but  once.  This  fact  the  Masoretic  punctuators  have  indi- 
cated by  placing  a  point  called  Daghesh-forte  (p\^  TZJ?'^)  in 
the  bosom  of  a  letter  so  affected,  to  show  that  it  is  to  be 


^  24  DAGHESH-rORTE.  SI 

doubled  in  the  pronunciation ;  thus,  ^ia^l  vayyhnmal.  Da- 
ghesh-forte  may  be  found  in  any  letter  with  the  exception 
of  the  gutturals  55  n  n  3? ,  which  on  account  of  their  weak 
ness  do  not  admit  of  reduplication.  The  letter  "i,  par- 
taking of  this  with  other  peculiarities  of  the  gutturals,  re- 
ceives it  only  in  a  very  few  exceptional  cases,  e.  g.  ^^'^'^t , 

2.  The  aspirates,  when  doubled,  always  at  the  same  time 
lose  their  aspiration ;  thus,  ^^y^"]  pppdktdh.  Daghesh-forte 
in  these  letters  is  readily  distinguishable  from  Daghesh-lene 
by  the  consideration  that  a  consonant  cannot  be  pronounced 
double  except  after  a  vowel.  A  point  in  one  of  the  aspirates 
is,  therefore,  Daghesh-forte  if  a  vowel  precedes,  otherwise  it 
is  Daghesh-lene. 

3.  Daghesh-forte  in  1  may  be  distinguished  from  Shurek 
in  the  same  way.  Inasmuch  as  two  vowels  cannot  come  to- 
gether in  the  same  word,  if  a  vowel  precedes  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte,  if  not  it  is  Shurek. 

a.  Some  Grammarians  speak  of  Daghesh-forte  implicilum  in  the  gut- 
turals, by  which  they  mean  that  these  letters  appear  in  certain  cases  tc 
complete  a  foregoing  syllable  as  well  as  to  begin  that  in  which  they  prop- 
erly stand,  in  spite  of  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  which  analogy  would  re- 
quire them  to  receive.  As  these  are  included  under  what  have  already, 
§  20.  2.  a,  been  explained  as  intermediate  syllables,  it  is  not  thought  neces- 
sary to  employ  an  additional  terra. 

6.  The  Arabs  have  a  sign  of  reduplication,  Teshdid  (  »-  ),  which  ia 
written  above  the  doubled  letter.  The  Syrians  have  no  written  sign  for 
this  purpose,  and  it  is  disputed  whether  their  letters  were  ever  doubled  in 
pronunciation.  According  to  Asseman  Biblioth.  Orient.  III.  2.  p.  379,  the 
Western  differed  from  the  Eastern  Syrians  in  this  respect,  "  Occidentalea 
nullibi  literas  geminant."  , 


§  24.  Different  epithets  have  been  applied  to  Daghesh- 
forte  to  describe  its  various  uses  or  the  occasions  of  its  em- 
ployment. 1.  When  separate  letters,  whether  originally 
alike,  or  made  so  by  assimilation,  are  by  the  inflection  or 
formation  of  words  brought  into  juxtaposition,  the  Daghesh- 


32  ORTHOGRAPHY,  §  24 

forte  which  represents  such  a  doubling  is  called  compensa* 
tive;  e.  g.  ''Jn'b?,  formed  by  appending  the  syllable  ""H  to  the 
root  rns ;  "inns  composed  of  the  same  syllable  and  the  root 
)ti'i ,  whose  last  letter  is  changed  to  T\  to  conform  with  that 
which  follows  ;  ""SO  from  aio.  2.  When  the  reduplication  is 
indicative  of  a  particular  grammatical  form  the  Daghesh- 
forte  is  called  characteristic,  e.  g.  in  the  Piel,  Pual,  and 
Hithpael  of  verbs ;  as,  ?f5n,  ^^nnn,  and  certain  forms  of  nouns, 
as,  "liaa  .  3.  When  it  has  arisen  from  the  necessity  of  con- 
verting a  previous  simple  syllable  into  a  mixed  one  in  order 
to  preserve  the  quantity  of  a  short  vowel  which  it  contains, 
it  is  Daghesh-forte  conservative ;  e.  g.  ss;^  for  ap;).  4.  When 
the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  doubled  under  the  influence  of 
the  final  vowel  of  the  word  preceding,  it  is  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive;  e.  g.  n-T-nia,  'rj^-n^n;!,  \vsi  ^isip.  5.  When  the 
last  letter  of  an  intermediate  svllable  is  doubled  in  order  to 
make  the  following  hiatus  or  vocal  Sh'va  more  distinct,  it  is 
Daghesh-forte  dirimens  or  separative,  because  the  letter  which 
receives  it  is  thus  separated  in  part  from  the  syllable  to  which 
it  belongs ;  e.  g.  "'isy  innbM  for  *o;^V  inbJiE.  6.  AVhen  the 
first  letter  of  a  final  syllable  is  doubled  under  the  influence 
of  a  previous  vowel  bearing  the  accent  (mostly  a  pause  ac- 
cent, §  36.  2.  «.),  for  the  sake  of  increased  fullness  and  force 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  Daghesh-forte  emphatic ;  e.  g.  'i^in  for 
^bnri .  In  the  first  three  uses  named  above  Daghesh-forte  is 
said  to  be  essential,  in  the  last  three  it  is  euphonic. 


a.  Daghesh-forte  conjunctive  occurs  regularly  after  the  pronoun  nia, 
e.  g.  n''i;3-n?a!i  nia  n^  Ps.  133:  1,  and  in  a  multitude  of  cases  after  final  Ka- 
mets  or  Seg-hol  in  words  accented  on  the  penult  or  followed  by  Makkeph, 
§  43,  e.  g.  rx-rnni^b  Gen.  2 :  23,  Di--nb=X  Deut.  27  :  7.  ib  nn':nl  Num.  25 :  13, 
"'S-nrss  Gen.  3d:"33:  n'ri'-nT  Num.' 34:6,  7,  9.  -i?2J{^' Viir?3  Ex.  13:1- 
(where  the  accent  is  on  the  ultimate),  "t!"!^??^  Prov,  15:  1  (in  some  edi 
tions),more  rarely  after  other  vowels,  e.g.  ^IXS  ii'Sip  Gen.  19: 14.  Vib  '^'^''^^I'l 
1  Sam.  8:  19,  once  after  the  hquid  1,  e.  g.  i<^  ^rx*l  1  Kin.  11:  22.  See 
also  §  22.  6.  In  a  few  instances  words  thus  united  are  written  as  one,  e.  g. 
riTTa  Ex.4: 2  for  nt  n^Q,  so  C3^«  Isa.  3:15,  nNbnn  Mai.  1:13,  nks.xoa 


§25 


DAGHESH-FORTE. 


33 


Isa.   27:8.  and  possibly  C^S-is  Isa.    33:7.     See    Dr.  Alexander's   Com. 
mentary  upon  this  passage. 

6.  Dao-hesh-tbrte  separative  occurs  only  in  the  following  examples  : 


nnsx  Hos.  3:2. 
?]"^nii;3'>3  Ps.  45:  10. 
Dinn-Tn  Am.  5:25. 
nPirsi.^sn  Gen.  18:21. 
'  r:^-S)r\  Gen.  37  :  32. 
'''■f-zin  Gen.  17:17. 
Dn'^N'^n  1  Sam.    10: 
24,    17  :  25, 
2  Kin.  6: 32. 
cni-iar;  .Tob  17:2. 
i3^E2n  Ex.  2  :  3. 
sinsiTnn  (?)  Judg.  20: 
^     '  '  43. 

r^^S'r^ll  1  Sam.  1:6. 
""ii^bn  Isa.  57:6. 
rrt'pi  Gen.  49:10. 
rnp^b  Prov.30:17. 


Ti'ip':  1  Sam.  28 :  10, 
n:=-r-in&3  (?)     Ezek. 
13  :  20. 
?^rn"bS3  Isa.  33:1. 
i-nc!?3oriin:3^Ps. 
89 :  45. 
ni-iSM^  Joel  1:17. 
D-i-injai?  Job  9: 18. 
r\':il\-o  Nah.  3:17. 
t-i^s-Q  Ex.  15  :  17. 
n-ip5T3  Deut.  23:  11. 
ixr:  Job  30  : 8. 
rrna:  Ps.  141 -.3. 
n-is:  Prov.  4:  13. 
!in!i3;3r:  Judg.  20:  32. 
■JDao  Jer.  4 :  7. 


ibso  Isa.  9:3,  10: 

27. 
•'iSS  Deut.  32:32. 
•'nhss  2    Sam.   23: 
'  27,  Jer.  29: 27. 
B3"iass  Isa.  58  :  3. 
D3"inia?  Am.  5:21. 
^3^S(?)  Cant.  1:8. 
niriiss  Ps.  89 :  52. 
t^-^ni^i^s;  Ps.  77  :  20. 

riiriy  Prov.  27 :  25. 
■'jnnas  Ps.  119;  139. 
isJinnss  Ps.  88 :  17. 
cninVj?  (?)  Ps.  37: 
15.  Isa.  5: 28. 
•'battJ  Zech.  4:12. 
bV32!U  Ps.  58:9. 


This  list  is  corrected  and  enlarged  from  Gesen.  Lehrg.  pp.  86  ff.  Those 
vvords  which  are  followed  by  a  note  of  interrogation  (?)  are  found  in  some 
editions  but  not  in  others.  Daghesh  separative  may  be  found  after  He 
interrogative  in  some  instances  not  included  in  the  above  list. 

c.  Daghesh-forte  emphatic  occurs  only  in  >iHn  Judg.  5  :  7,  1  Sam.  2:5; 
^^n-'l  Job°29  :  21  ;  Wn^.  or  ^inn;]  Job  21 :  13  ;  ^P\k']  Isa.  33:  12,  Jer.  51 :  58  ;        a 
n-j'ni  Ezek.  21:15;  r^ip  Ezek.  6:9;  nnC3  Jer.  51:30;  !l5r=  Ezek.  27:      ^A^^UtUj 
19 ;  ^hhp^  (?)  Isa.  19  :  6  ;  and  probably  >i^nnn  Job  13  :  9  (not  in  pause). 


§  25.  In  order  to  the  distinct  utterance  of  a  reduplicated 
consonant,  it  must  be  followed  as  well  as  preceded  by  a 
vowel-sound.  Daghesh-forte  is  consequently  never  written 
in  a  final  vowelless  letter,  with  the  exception  of  the  two  words 
r\x ,  r^C"? ,  both  of  which  end  in  aspirates  whose  pronuncia- 
tion would  be  changed  by  the  removal  of  the  Daghesh.  In 
every  other  instance  the  doubling  is  neglected,  even  though 
the  letter  be  an  aspirate,  which  will  for  this  reason  resume 
its  aspiration ;  e,  g.  ^j? ,  i?]b;  30,  "laD;  >\'h'}'\  abridged  from 
nsn;'^ ;  7[i^'\  from  nss^;) .  In  a  medial  letter  with  Sh'va 
Daghesh  may  be  written,  because  the  Sh'va  being  thus  ren- 
dered  vocal  the  reduplication  can  be  made  audible  by  means 
3 


34  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  26,  27 

of  the  hiatus  which  it  represents ;  it  is,  however,  quite  as 
frequently  omitted,  the  Sh'va  commonly  remaining  vocal  as 
if  it  were  inserted,  and  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally 
substituted  for  simple  to  indicate  this  fact,  ^  IG.  3.  h.-,  e.  g. 
□"'"i'ly  for  D"''^!!?,  iicos  for  iis*G3,  particularly  after  prefixes,  as 
C^  ■  Vav  conversive,  the  article  and  preposition  la,  so  ''T^Ti ,  T2J|^3^n. 
It  is  seldom  omitted  from  a  medial  aspirate  on  account  of  the 
change  in  its  sound  involved :  yet  even  this  is  done  occasion- 
ally, e.  g.  n^3?n^  Judg.  8  :  2  for  -i-^saia,  ^inn  Isa.  22  :  10  for 
^2rnri,  "jiiDT  from  'ji'^ST.  In  a  few  rare  instances  it  is  dropped 
from  a  letter  followed  by  a  vowel,  when  the  laws  of  syllables 
will  permit  and  the  pronunciation  will  not  be  materially 
affected  ;  e.  g.  r\zyjr\  Ruth  1 :  13  for  n^yn. 

Mappik. 

§  26.  Mappik  (p'^E'a  hringing  out  or  uttermg),  is  a  point 
in  one  of  the  letters  i?  n  l  i,  showing  that  it  represents  'a 
consonant  and  not  a  vowel,  or  in  other  words  that  it  does 
not  quiesce  in  the  preceding  vowel-sign.  It  is  unnecessary, 
however,  to  employ  any  notation  for  this  purpose  in  the  case 
of  i5  1  and  "^ ,  for  their  quiescence  can  be  readily  determined 
in  aU  cases  by  the  rules  already  given,  §  13.  Although  it  is 
much  more  extensively  used  in  manuscripts,  therefore,  Map- 
pik is  in  modern  editions  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  only  inserted 
ill  finai  H  when  it  retains  its  consonantal  power;  e.  g.  '^%'y^. 
artsdh,  nsnx  artsd,  finp^  VMhUaU,  ^ViXil  l^>^hlihd.  The  point 
four  times  found  in  i5,  'iS'^n^T  Gen.  43:26,  Ezra  8:18, 
'iK-'iin  Lev.  23  :  17,  ^S"^  Job  33  :  21,  though  called  aDaghesh 
in  the  Masoretic  notes  in  the  margin,  is  probably  to  be  re- 
garded as  Mappik. 

Raphe. 

§  27.  Raphe  (nsn  weak),  is  ^  small  horizontal  stroke 
placed  over  a  letter,  and  denotes  the  opposite  of  Daghesh- 


^28  ACCENTS.  85 

lene,  Daghesli-forte,  or  Mnppik,  as  the  case  may  be.  As  no 
inconvenience  can  arise  from  its  omission,  it  is  only  occa- 
sionally nsed  in  modern  Bibles,  and  not  with  entire  uni- 
formity in  the  different  editions.  It  is  chiefly  found  where 
a  Mappik  has  been  omitted  in  n ,  which  according  to  analogy 
might  be  expected  to  be  inserted,  e.g.  n^D^n  Ex.  9:18, 
mm  Lev.  13:4,  nijtfna  Num.  15:28,  hb  Num.  32:42, 
h^Dffi^  Job  31 :  22  in  some  copies.  In  ^)"nto?n  Ex.  20:4, 
Deut.  5:8,  it  is  the  opposite  of  Daghesh-forte,  and  shows 
that  b  may  either  be  doubled  agreeably  to  the  point  in  its 
bosom  or  not.  In  n inn  sib  Ex.  20  :  13,  Deut.  5  :  17,  it  is  the 
opposite  of  Daghesh-lene,  and  shows  that  the  ri  may  either 
have  its  unaspirated  sound,  as  the  Daghesh  indicates,  or 
may  be  aspirated.  It  is  often  referred  to  in  the  marginal 
Masoretic  notes  even  where  it  is  no  longer  found  in  the  text, 
e.g.  Judg.  16:16,  28. 


Accents 

§  28.  The  third  class  of  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text 
are  those  which  relate  to  the  words.  These  are  the  accents, 
Makkeph,  Methegh,  and  the  K'ri.  An  accent  ( D?i3 )  is  writ- 
ten upon  every  word  with  a  twofold  design,  1st,  of  marking 
its  tone-syllable,  and  2dly,  of  indicating  its  relation  to  other 
words  in  the  sentence.  The  great  number  of  the  accents 
has  respect  entirely  to  this  second  fimction,  there  being  no 
diff'erence  in  the  quality  of  the  stress  laid  upon  particular 
syllables,  such  for  example  as  is  marked  by  the  Greek  acute, 
grave,  and  circumflex,  but  only  that  difference  in  its  amount 
which  arises  from  the  unequal  emphasis  naturally  laid  upon 
the  different  members  of  a  clause  or  period.  The  punc- 
tuators have  attempted  not  only  to  indicate  the  pauses  to  b^  r. 
made  in  reading,  as  is  done  by  the  stops  in  use  in  other  Ian,  -/ 
gungcs,  but  to  represent  to  the  eye  the  precise  position  held         /     y 


36  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  20 

by  each  word  in  the  structure  of  the  sentence,  and  the 
various  grades  of  attraction  or  repulsion  arising  from  the  re- 
lations whether  co-ordinate  or  subordinate  which  subsist 
among  them.  Every  sentence  is  fancifully  regarded  as  a  ter- 
ritory, which,  partitioned  into  its  several  clauses,  forms  em- 
pires, kingdoms,  and  principalities,  ruled  by  their  respective 
sovereigns,  each  of  whom  has  his  own  train  of  inferiors  and 
dependants.  The  accents  are  accordingly  divided  into  Dis 
junctives  or  Rulers  (D'^pbtj),  and  Conjunctives  or  Servants 
(D'l'^n?).  The  former  indicate  that  the  word  upon  which 
they  are  placed  is  more  or  less  separated  from  those  that 
follow ;  they  mark  thus  the  end  of  a  clause  or  of  the  section 
of  a  clause  over  which  they  exert  control.  The  latter  indi- 
cate that  the  word  over  or  under  which  they  are  written  is 
connected  with  what  follows  and  belongs  to  the  clause  oi 
section  ruled  by  the  next  succeeding  Disjunctive. 

a.  The  stress  of  voice  denoted  by  the  accent  must  not  be  confounded 
with  quantity.  An  accented  syllable  may  nevertheless  be  short,  the 
energy  with  which  it  is  pronounced  not  necessarily  affecting  its  length. 

h.  The  Jews  made  use  of  the  accents  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantilla- 
tion  of  the  synagogue,  whence  they  are  also  called  ni3"'53.  In  the  judg- 
ment of  some  this  is  a  part,  and  perhaps  a  leading  part,  of  their  original 
design.  Their  great  variety,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  accents  of  oppo- 
site powers  upon  the  same  word,  and  the  distinct  system  of  poetical 
accents,  favor  this  opinion.  Such  as  are  curious  to  know  the  details  may 
find  the  mode  of  their  employment  for  this  purpose  explained  at  length  in 
Bartoloccii  Bibliotheca  Magna  Rabbinica,  vol.  iv.  pp.  427-444. 

§  29.  The  Disjunctive  accents  may  be  divided  into  four 
classes  of  various  rank  or  power,  as  follows,  viz : 


Class  I.  Emperors. 

*1.   Silluk 

(.) 

:p!i!bD 

*2.  Athnahh 

(a) 

§  29 


ACCENTS. 

Class  II.  Kings. 

3. 

S'gholta 

{") 

'  :      1 

postp. 

4. 

Zakeph  Katon 

C) 

r''^i?  mi 

5. 

Zakeph  Gadhol 

C) 

Hia  tip_i 

*6. 

Tiphhha 

(J 

Class  III.  LuJces. 

Knsa 

*7. 

R'bhr 

(■) 

T'?"^ 

*8. 

Shalsheleth 

(') 

*9. 

Zarka 

<~) 

^^r- 

postp. 

10. 

Pashta 

n 

postp. 

11. 

Y'thlbh 

(<) 

prep. 

12. 

T'bhir 

(.) 

5f    t 

37 


Class  IV.   Counts. 


*13. 

Pazer 

/    \ 

^1Q 

14. 

Karne  Phara 

/  '^^\ 

1 

IB  "^Jng 

15. 

T'lisha  Gh'dhola 

( ''\ 

: 

prep. 

16. 

Geresh 

/  r  \ 

aina 

17. 

G'lashayim 

/  //  \ 

*18. 

P'sik 

(') 

ip"'dB 

The  Conjunctive  accents,  or  Servants^  are  the  following, 


VIZ. 


*19. 

Merka 

\i  / 

*20. 

Munahh 

\  J  / 

21. 

Merl  a  Kh'phula 

^  «' 

•22. 

Mahpakh 

\<  / 

23. 

Darga 

\  J  / 

*24. 

Kadhma 

/  "*  \ 

♦25. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

\  v-' 

26. 

T'lisha  K'tanria 

,a  . 

/T  I   r 


sain 

\r  :    - 


rfsBp  xt^-ibn    pcw/p. 


38  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  30 

a.  Merka  Kh'phula  has  sometimes  been  reckoned  among  the  Disjunc/ 
tivstij  as  by  Gesenius  in  his  Lehrgebaude  ;  but  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  the  word  Ibllowing  that  on  which  it  stands  in  Ex.  5:15,  Ezek. 
14:4,  proves  that  it  is  a  Conjunctive. 

h.  According  to  their  most  probable  signification.s,  the  names  of  the 
accents  appear  to  be  in  part  borrowed  from  their  forms  and  in  part  from 
their  uses.  Thus  the  Disjunctives:  Silluk,  e«cZ;  Athnahh,  resi;  Segholta, 
bunch  of  grapes  ;  Zakepli.  small  and  great,  causing  suspension  ;  Tiphhha, 
palm  of  the  hand ;  'R.''h\\\'\  square  or  reposing  ;  ShaJsheleth,  chain;  Zarka, 
dispersion;  Pashta,  expansion  or  letting  down  {iWe.  voice);  Y'thibh,  sj7- 
ting  still ;  Thhir,  interniption  ;  Pazer,  separator  ;  Karne  Phara,  a /tei/er'a 
horns;  T'lisha,  great  and  smaW,  shield ;  Geresh,  ej:pidsion ;  G'rashayim, 
double  Geresh;  P'sik,  cut  off.  Conjunctives:  Merka,  prolonging ;  Mu- 
nahh,  (a  trumpet)  at  rest.  i.  e.,  in  its  proper  position ;  Merka  Kh'phula, 
double  Merka  ;  Mahpakh,  (a  Unm-pei)  inverted  ;  Y>-Avga,  progress  ;  Kadh- 
ma,  beginning ;  Yerahh  ben-Yomo,  moon  a  day  old. 

Other  names  are  given  to  some  of  these  accents,  particularly  where  they 
occur  in  certain  situations  or  combinations;  thus  Tiphhha  is  also  called 
Tarhha  (  sn-i::  ).  Munahh  with  P'sik  is  called  L'gharmeh  (  Pri?"!?^  ).  etc. 

c.  The  classification  of  the  Disjunctives,  according  to  their  respective 
powers  and  the  laws  of  their  consecution,  has  been  the  work  of  Christian 
writers,  from  whom  all  accurate  investigations  of  the  accentual  system 
have  proceeded.  In  fact,  this  whole  subject  is  treated  by  the  Jewish 
grammarians  in  the  crudest  and  most  perplexed  manner.  Buxtorf  says,  in 
his  Thesaurus  Grammaticus.  p.  45:  Accentuum  ratio  hactenus  nee  a  quo- 
quam  nostrorum  nee  ab  ipsis  etiam  Hebraeis  sufficienter  explicata  est. 
The  division  exhibited  above  is  the  one  now  commonly  adopted.  The 
current  names,  Imperatores,  Reges,  Duces,  Comites,  are  those  used  by 
Wasmuth  in  his  Institutio  Accent.  Heb.  1664.  Others  have  divided  them 
differently.  The  learned  Pfeiffer,  author  of  the  Dubia  Vexata,  distin- 
guishes one  Emperor,  one  Archduke,  four  Dukes,  seven  Counts,  and  five 
Barons.  Boston,  the  well-known  author  of  the  Fourfold  State,  in  an  elab- 
orate Latin  treatise  upon  this  subject  left  by  him  in  manuscript  and  pub- 
lished shortly  after  his  death,  distributes  them  into  three  classes  of 
superior  and  one  of  inferior  rank.  Mention  is  made,  in  a  commendatory 
preface  by  Mill,  the  distinguished  critic  of  the  New  Testament,  of  another 
nianuscript  in  English,  in  which  Boston  applied  his  views  practically  in  a 
twofold  translation  of  the  first  twenty-three  chapters  of  Genesis,  with 
copious  notes,  both  philological  and  theological.  This,  it  is  believed,  has 
never  been  published.  A  curious  little  book  upon  the  Canon  by  Ferdinand 
Parkhurst,  London,  1660,  makes  six  Regal  and  ten  Principial  Disjunctives, 
Y'thibh  and  P'sik  being  omitted  altogether. 

§30.1.  I^ourteen  of  the  accents  are  written  over,  and  eleven 
under,  the  words  to  which  they  are  attached.  P'sik,  whose 
only  use  is  to  modify  the  power  of  other  accents,  is  written 
after  the  word  to  which  it  belongs,  and  in  the  same  line 


^  30  ACCENTS.  39 

with  it.  The  place  of  the  accents  is  either  over  or  under  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  with  the  exception  of  the 
jirepositives  Y'thibh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  which  always  ac- 
company the  initial  letter  of  the  word,  and  the  postpositives 
S'gliDlta,  Zarka,  Pashta,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna,  which  stand 
upon  the  final  letter.  Y'thibh  is  only  used  when  the  first  is 
the  tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  repeated  if  the  word  on  which 
it  stands  is  accented  on  tlie  penult,  e.  g.  ^nn  Gen.  1  : 2,  or 
ends  with  two  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  riTC^l  Ruth  3  : 7,  or  if 
the  last  letter  has  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  Tj'"^  Gen.  33  :  13,  and 
in  some  manuscripts  and  editions  there  is  a  like  repetition  of 
S'gholta  and  Zarka.  When  a  word  bears  the  other  preposi- 
tive or  postpositives,  there  is  nothing  to  mark  its  tone-syllable 
unless  this  may  chance  to  be  the  one  upon  which  the  nature 
of  the  accent  in  question  requires  it  to  be  placed. 

2.  Silluk  has  the  same  form  as  Methegh,  §  44 ;  but  the 
former  invariably  stands  on  the  tone-syllable  of  the  last 
word  in  the  verse,  while  Methegh  is  never  written  under  a 
tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  likewise  distinguished  from  Kadhma 
only  by  its  position  upon  the  last  letter  of  the  word,  and 
after  the  superscribed  vowel,  if  there  be  one,  e.  g.  "iins  Gen. 
1  :  7,  isij^'o  Gen.  24 :  7,  while  Kadhma  is  placed  upon  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  e.  g.  "^ii^  Gen.  2  :  19  :  where 
this  chances  to  be  a  final  letter  the  laws  of  consecution  only 
can  decide ;  thus,  in  7i?nT  Gen.  26  : 4,  'qnss  Deut.  16:3,  the 
accent  is  Pashta,  but  in  ^?^7Tb;i  Gen.  17  :  8,  ?ins2  1  Sam. 
29 : 6,  it  is  Kadhma.  Y'thibh  is  distinguished  from  Mahpakh 
by  being  written  under  the  first  letter  of  the  word  and  taking 
precedence  of  its  vowel  if  tliis  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  siE'S'^Gen. 
1  :  11,  ■'5  Gen.  31 : 6,  Deut.  10:17;  Mahpakh  belongs  under 
the  consonant  which  precedes  the  tone-vowel,  and  after  its 
vowel-si2;n  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  or.  "insn  Gen.  2  :  14,  "'I 
Gen.  32  :  33,  l)eut.  4  :  7.  When  the  initial  syllable  bears  the 
tone  and  there  is  no  subscribed  vowel,  the  laws  of  consecu- 
tion must  decide ;  thus,  in  x-n  the  accent  is  Y'thibh  in  Gen. 


40  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  31 

3:15,   44: 17  J    Deut.   10:17;    but   Mahpakli   in    Josh. 
17:1. 

§  31.  The  accents  already  explained  are  called  the  prosaic 
accents,  and  are  found  in  all  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament 
with  the  exception  of  the  Psalms  (a^lJnn),  Proverbs  ("'^i^^), 
and  the  poetic  portion  of  Job  (si'^i?),  whose  initials  form  the 
technical  word  tras .  Here  a  different  system  of  accentua- 
tion prevails.  Thirteen  of  the  prosaic  accents,  one-half  of  the 
whole  number,  nowhere  occur  in  the  books  just  named,  viz. : 
S'gholta,  Zakeph-Katon,  and  Zakeph-Gadhol  of  the  Kings, 
Pashta,  Y'thibh,  and  T'bhir  of  the  Dukes,  Karne  Phara, 
T'hsha  Gh'dhola,  Geresh,  and  G'rashayim,  of  the  Counts, 
Merka  Kh'phula,  Darga,  and  T'hsha  K'tanna  of  the  Con- 
junctives. Such  as  are  common  to  both  systems  are  in  the 
previous  table  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  The  powers  of 
some  of  these,  however,  are  altered,  so  that  a  new  arrange- 
ment of  them  is  necessary ;  and  they  are  supplemented  by 
additional  signs  formed  by  combining  the  prosaic  accents  or 
assigning  them  unusual  positions.  The  scale  of  the  poetical 
or  metrical  accents  thus  constituted  is  as  follows,  viz.  : 

Disjunctive  Accents. 
Class  I. 

1.  Silluk  (♦, )  !''^'??^! 

2.  Athnahh  (J  '''i=3r! 

3.  Merka-Mahpakh  {'^)  "J^^lr! 

Class  II. 

4.  R'bhi"  (')  ™n 

5.  Pazer  (")  "Ti^sr? 

6.  R'bhi"  Geresh  (•')  liiS^! 

T.   Tiphhha  initial  (,  )  "ri^Sn    prep. 

8.  Zarka  C)  "^la^r!    P05/p- 

9.  P'sik  (0  \^'\'^'zr\    posip. 


^32 


POSITION    or    THE    ACCENT. 


41 


Conjunctive  Accents. 

10. 

Merka 

(J 

11. 

Merka-Zarka 

(D 

/      T    ■ 

12. 

Mahpakh 

(<) 

■«     T     - 

13. 

Mahpakh-Zarka 

C) 

<      T      - 

U. 

Munahh 

(.) 

15. 

Munahh  superior 

(') 

T      - 

16. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

(v) 

Y   '    - 

17. 

Kadhma 

C) 

T       - 

18. 

Tiphhha 

(.) 

19. 

Shalsheleth 

(') 

T      — 

a.  It  will  be  perceived  that  there  are  fewer  Disjunctives  but  more 
Conjunctives  than  are  exhibited  by  the  prosaic  accents.  Merka-Malipakh 
answers  substantially  to  S'gholta;  R'hbi''-Geresh  to  Tiphhha  before  Silluk, 
and  Tiplihha  initial  to  Tiphhha  before  Athnahh.  Tiphhha  and  Shalshe- 
leth are  transferred  from  the  list  of  Disjunctives  to  that  of  the  Conjunc- 
tives, whence  it  comes  to  pass  that  if  a  word  bearing  either  of  these 
accents  terminates  in  a  vowel,  Daghesh-lene  will  not  be  inserted  in  a  fol- 
lowing initial  aspirate,  e.  g.  D3-'33  nir-^2  Ps.  31 :  10,  c^nrs  xis^  Prov.  8 :  3, 

=3^  1  TO  :vt:it  '  '    *    i  \    :  ' 

rn'sinn  siiusn"'  Ps.  10:2. 

;    T  • 

6.  P'sik.  in  the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  is  never  used  alone  but 
always  in  conjunction  with  another  accent.  It  serves  to  strengthen  Dis- 
junctives and  to  reduce  the  power  of  Conjunctives  without  disturbing  the 
order  of  their  consecution.  It  is  thus  used  with  Merka-Mahpakh  Ps.  5  :  13, 
Pazer  Ps.  10: 14,  Tiphhha  initial  Ps.  31:4,  Mahpakh  Ps.  5:  9,  Munahh 
Prov.  1:22,  Merka  Ps.  10:13,  Kadhma  Ps   10:5,  Shalsheleth  Ps.  7:6. 


Position  of  the  Accent 


§  32.  The  accent  in  Hebrew  may  fall  either  upon  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate  syllable,  but  never  at  a  greater 
remove  from  the  end  of  the  word.  In  the  former  case 
words  are  technically  termed  Milra  (ynbi2  fro?fi  beloiv),  and 
in  the  latter  Milel  (biybia  from  above). 


/On 


42  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 

1.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  considered  in  rela- 
tion either  to  the  syllabic  or  to  the  etymological  structnre 
of  a  word,  that  is  to  say,  as  affected  by  the  nature  of  its  syl- 
lables on  the  one  hand  or  of  the  elements  of  which  it  is  com- 
posed as  a  significant  part  of  speech  on  the  other.  It  is  so 
far  determined  by  the  syllabic  structure  of  words,  that  a 
long  mixed  syllable  or  a  short  simple  syllable,  whether  in  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate,  must  receive  the  accent,  §18,  2. 
thus :  ph^"" ,  ns^iaym ,  rnia,  nn'^ . 

2.  Considered  in  reference  to  their  etymological  structure, 
w^ords  exist  in  two  conditions,  (1.)  their  primary  uninflected 
state,  by  which  their  essential  and  proper  meaning  is  con- 
veyed ;  (2.)  with  added  affixes  and  prefixes,  by  which  that 
meaning  is  variously  modified.  In  their  nude  or  primary 
state  all  words,  whether  primitives  or  derivatives,  are  ac- 
cented upon  the  ultimate,  and  so  continue  to  whatever  flexion, 
involving  no  terminational  appendages,  they  may  be  sub- 
jected.   Thus,  nj?s,  ^ps,  ^ps,  ^p3,  nj^s,  "ips^  "ipsnn;  ^insT, 

3.  The  only  exception  is  a  class  of  words  called  Se- 
gholates,  in  which  the  last  vowel  does  not  belong  originally 
or  essentially  to  the  form,  but  is  introduced  for  the  sake  of 
softening  the  pronunciation,  §61.  2;  these  are  accented  on 
the  penultimate,  as  tjbia,  nsb,  n?'?,  ti^^,  ^nn,  n:n|,  b^^ ,  b,)i;, 

a.  'T^'ay^  Is.  50:  8  is  said  to  be  the  only  instance  of  a  word  accented  on 
the  antepenult.  The  proper  tone-syllable  of  this  word  is  the  ultimate,  but 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent  by  §  35,  the  vowel  next  preceding,  which 
has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  is  unessential  to  the  form,  cannot  receive  it,  so 
that  it  necessarily  falls  upon  the  one  still  further  back. 

§  33.  The  additions  which  words  may  receive  at  the  be- 
ginning or  end  affect  the  accent  in  proportion  to  the  respect- 
ive weight  accorded  to  them.  Additions  to  the  end  of  words 
are  of  two  sorts,  which  may  be  distinguished  as  affixes  and 
suffixes.     Affixes  are  so  welded  to  the  word  or  merged  in  it 


^33  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  43 

that  in  the  popular  consciousness  they  have  become  an  in- 
tegral part  of  it,  and  their  independent  existence  or  separate 
origin  is  no  longer  thought  of;  such  are  the  personal  inflec- 
tions of  verbs  and  the  terminations  indicating  gender  and 
number  in  nouns  and  adjectives.  Suffixes  are  not  so  inti- 
mately blended  with  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  as 
to  have  lost  their  individual  identity  and  independent  charac- 
ter, and  consequently  are  of  greater  weight  as  respects  the 
accent;  such  are  the  fragmentary  pronouns  appended  to 
verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions.    •    ■ 

1.  If  the  appendage  consists  of  a  vowel  (as  ?i^ ,  n,  ^, 
i,  r,  \),  or  begins  with  one  (as  ?^,,  \,  l\,  D\,  ni,  ^^,  tf..,  n^, 
•j^,  W},,  1W),  and  can  consequently  only  be  pronounced  by 
the  aid  of  the  final  consonant  of  the  word  to  w^hich  it  is  at- 
tached, it  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself  or  to  its  initial  vowel 
from  a  noun,  adjective,  participle,  or  preposition,  as  "'^I'l , 
inn'i ,  D^na^  ,  inn-^  ,  rr^'in'^  ,  Tf^m  from  ^in ;  Q^iiJiP ,  ■'^"ip , 
from  TiJnp .  Such  an  appendage  to  a  verb,  if  a  suffix,  will 
so  far  accord  with  the  rule  just  given  as  to  carry  the  accent 
forward  one  syllable ;  but  the  accent  will  remain  in  its  oiigi- 
nal  position  if  it  be  an  affix,  unless  it  is  either  dissyllabic  or 
causes  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  previously  accented ;  D"'in\3 
with  a  suffix  ab^'^.nn    but  with  an  affix  TO^nnn  •  ^iy  with  a 

T        •     v:    IV    '  ■     v:    IV    7  ~   r 

suffix  i^n? ,  but  with  an  affix  liny ,  ^iny ;  n]?  ,  n^jp ,  ^^J5 ;  bj?, 
"^p  ,  ^^?. ,  T:^p  ;  nnx  ,  nans ,  tjninis  .  It  is  to  be  obsei-ved, 
however,  that  a  paragogic  n^  or  n. ,  ^61.  6,  attached  to 
nouns,  pronouns,  and  adverbs,  and  occasionally  a  paragogic 
''.  does  not  disturb  the  position  of  the  accent,  e.g.  y^x, 
ns-is;  n:,n2:;  so  n^n,  n^y,n7si?,  "^nan  Lam.  1:1,  but 
^nsbii  Isa.  1  :  21 ;  neither  does  the  feminine  ending  n^ , 
which  is  a  Segholate  formation,  e.  g.  "itt!^ ,  J^'^'^'j'a . 

a.  Paragogic  rt^  receives  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  in  D^X   iij'is 
Gen.  28  :  2,  5,  6,  7. ' 

2.  The   appending  of   a   simple  syllable,  such   as   the 


44  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 

suffixes  "^P ,  ^13 ,  in ,  n ,  i^ ,  or  the  verbal  affixes  n ,  "^n ,  ^D ,  np , 
will  not  alter  the  position  of  the  accent  provided  it  originally 
stood  upon  the  ultimate ;  if,  however,  its  original  place  was 
the  penult,  or  if  the  syllable  in  question  be  attached  to  the 
word  by  a  union  vowel,  the  accent  must  be  carried  forward 
one  syllable  to  prevent  its  standing  on  the  antepenult,  which 
is  never  admissible:  ns3 ,  ^inos ,  iiass,  ''?t;iS3;  cki2,  r^csia, 
wos^a;  b]b,  rii'ij?,  ■'ri'Jj?.  Suffixes  appended  to  a  word  ending 
with  a  consonant  mostly  require  a  connecting  vowel,  and  con- 
sequently shift  the  position  of  the  accent.  Affixes,  by  reason 
of  the  less  weight  accorded  to  them,  commonly  do  not.  The 
suffix  ^  follows  the  general  rule  when  preceded  by  a  union 
vowel,  but  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  when  it  is  not,  e.  g. 
"1^ ,  ^^"^ ,  '^^.T  >  ^"^^^  •  ^  consonantal  appendage  to  a  long  un- 
accented vowel,  inasmuch  as  it  converts  the  ultimate  into  a 
mixed  syllable,  necessarily  draAvs  the  accent  upon  it  from  the 
penult,  §  32.  1,  e.  g.  ^noi?^ ,  ^"^rics^ ,  D^ricsia  ;  in^'b;',  'j^n?,'^;^ . 

3.  A  mixed  syllable,  whether  an  affix  as  dp  ,  in,  or  suffix 
as  QD ,  p ,  on,  "jn,  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself,  nr^'^rn 
from  ^^ri ;  nb^^-a ,  nb^:>b)2 ,  from  tjb^ ;  onbnn  from  D'^'in  .  In 
the  unusual  form  Dn|3  2  Sam.  23  :  6,  the  accent  stands  upon 
the  union  vowel. 

4.  The  only  prefixes  which  exercise  any  influence  upon 
the  position  of  the  accent,  are  the  Vav  conversive  of  the 
futiu-e,  which  draws  back  the  accent  from  a  mixed  ultimate 
to  a  simple  penult,  ■i'ai?\  nias'^i,  yug:!,  2t}^ ;  and  the  Vav  con- 
versive of  the  preterite,  which  throws  it  forward  from  the 
penult  to  a  simple  ultimate,  nn-aij,  nniasT,  nni?^^,  i^^V^) , 
inirtjnn . 

a.  Some  languages  invariably  accent  the  same  part  of  the  word  ;  thus, 
Bohemian  and  Lettish  the  initial  syllable,  Polish  and  Lazian,  one  of  the 
Caucasian  tongues,  the  penult  of  all  polysyllables.  Others,  in  which 
more  freedom  is  allowed,  have  no  respect  to  the  etymological  structure  of 
words,  but  are  guided  entirely  by  the  character  of  their  syllables.  Thus, 
in  Arabic  and  Latin  words  are  accented  according  to  the  quantity  of  the 
penult ;  the  accent  is  given  to  the  penult  if  it  is  long,  to  the  antepenult 


^  34,  35  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  45 

if  the  penult  is  short.  In  others  still  the  etymological  principle  is  the 
prevailing  one,  and  this  often  has  a  wider  scope  than  in  Hebrew.  Thus, 
in  Greek  the  accent  has  the  range  of  the  last  three  syllables.  In  San- 
scrit it  may  stand  upon  any  syllable  whatever  even  of  the  longest  words. 
In  English  it  is  almost  equally  free,  e.  g.  pereniptorili/,  inconsideralion,  its 
removal  from  its  primary  position  upon  the  radical  portion  of  the  word 
being  conditioned  by  the  respective  weight  of  the  formative  syllables  ap- 
pended, e.  g.  person,  personate,  personally,  personify,  personality,  per- 
sonijicdtion. 


§34.  The  location  of  the  accent  being  thus  influenced 
by  the  etymological  structure  of  words,  it  may  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish words  of  like  appearance  but  different  formation. 
Thus,  "h^  Gen.  30  : 1,  Mss  Gen.  29 :  6,  are  participles,  but 
nra  Gen.  35  :  18,  nsa  Gen.  29  :  9,  are  preterites,  the  femi- 
nine affix  receiving  the  accent  in  one  case  but  not  in  the  other, 
§  33.  1.  So  ^33  thei/  built  from  nba,  but  r.^  in  us;  ^iir  thei/ 
carried  captive  from  <"affi,  but  inio  tliey  returned  from  y^\ 
TTiij  he  has  seized,  but  THiJ  Job  23  :  9  I  shall  see  from  yitn  ; 
yS"^  it  shall  be  evil  from  y?"! ,  V'i'j.  he  shall  feed  from  nyn  ; 
Trrq  he  was  rebellious,  nn'b  it  was  bitter  from  ^^  ;  "^ta^J?  arise 
thou  (fem.),  '^'a^p  mi/  rising  up. 

§  35.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  shifted  from  the 
following  causes,  viz. : 

1 .  A  Conjunctive  is  frequently  removed  from  the  ultimate 
to  the  penult  if  a  Disjunctive  immediately  follows,  whether 
upon  a  monosyllable  or  a  dissyllable  accented  on  the  penult, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  unpleasant  concurrence  of  two  ac- 
cented syllables  in  closely  connected  words,  e.  g.  nb^b  N3 
Gen.  1  :  5,  n^y  n33  Gen.  4  :  17,  t  ^M  I>eut.  32  :  36, 
Xf)  ^"iniinn  Ps.  2  -.  12,  i^_  nrj  Isa.  36:8.  In  a  few  excep- 
tional cases  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  remains  to  mark 
the  original  tone-syllable,  after  the  principal  accent  has  been 
thrown  back,  y%  nyib  Num.  24  :  22,  V'^  bn^  Isa.  40  : 7, 
ay  y^TCn  Deut.  4  :  33. 

T  |-   JT    — . 

2.  The  special  emphasis  given  to  the  last  word  of  a 
clause  or  section,  and  represented  by  what  are  called  the 


46  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^86 

pause  accents,  §  36,  2,  a,  is  sometimes  rendered  more  distinct 
by  a  change  of  the  accented  syllable  from  the  ultimate  to  the 
penult,  e.  g.  ''pss  ,  ^2:n  ;  nns ,  nnx ;  nn? ,  nny ;  -^ ,  ^bs ;  or 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultimate,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
forms  with  Vav  conversive  of  the  future  tfb^;i ,  ^b?i  ;  so 
b^Sl^n ,  Djv^^ ,  i^i5''T .  The  accent  is  in  a  few  instances  at- 
tracted to  a  short  final  syllable  ending  in  a  weak  letter,  which 
either  loses  its  sound  entirely,  converting  the  syllable  into  a 
simple  one,  or  requires  considerable  effort  and  energy  of  voice 
to  make  it  distinctly  heard,  e.  g.  s^'?  Gen.  41  :  33  for  i<"i^ ; 
so  snri  Zech.  9  :  5,  Mic.  7  :  10,  S^irn  Ps.  39  -.  14  for  yth . 


Consecution  of  Accents  in  Prose. 

^36.  1.  The  second  use  of  the  accents  is  to  point  out 
the  relation  of  words  to  one  another.  The  Disjunctives  in- 
dicate a  greater  or  less  separation  between  the  word  on  which 
they  stand  and  the  following  one  ;  the  Conjunctives  indicate 
a  connection.  The  greatest  separation  of  all  is  effected  by 
Silluk,  which  is  written  under  the  last  word  of  every  verse, 
and  is  followed  invariably  by  two  dots  vertically  placed  ('), 
called  Soph  Pasilk  (P^CB  C|iD  end  of  the  verse).  The  next  in 
power  are  Athnahh  and  S'gholta.  When  a  verse  was  to  be 
divided  into  two  clauses,  Athnahh  was  placed  under  the  last 
word  of  the  first  clause,  Silluk  maintaining  its  position  at 
the  end  of  the  verse.  If  it  was  to  be  divided  into  three 
clauses,  which  is  the  greatest  number  that  any  verse  can 
have,  the  last  word  of  the  first  clause  receives  S'gholta,  the 
last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and  the  last  of  all  Silluk. 
Verses  of  one  clause  range  from  Gen.  26  :  6,  containing 
three  words,  to  such  as  Jer.  13: 13  and  1  Chron.  28  : 1,  con- 
laining  more  than  twenty:  the  most  common  division  is  into 
two  clauses,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:1:  fnsn  .  ,  .  n-^ribx  ;  three  clauses 


^  87  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  47 

are   miicli   less   frequent,    Gen.    1:7  ')p.  .  T^i^  . .  .  ^''p'^O 
23  :  16,  24  :  30,  26  :  28. 

a.  InJob  1  :  8   S'gholta  occurs  in  a  verse  of  two  clauses  without  Atli 
nalih,  probably  because  the  accentuation  is  conformed  to  that  of  Job  2  :  3. 

2.  Each  of  these  clauses  is  capable  of  subdivision  ta 
whatever  extent  its  length  or  character  may  seem  to  demand 
by  the  Disjunctives  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol,  R'bhi% 
Pazer,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  according  to  the  number  of  sec- 
tions to  be  made  and  the  various  degrees  of  their  completeness. 
Thus,  in  Josh.  1  :  8  the  clanse  of  Athnahh  is  divided  into 
five  sections,  ^3  .  nii^?b  . .  r\b^^  . . .  r\^b-q  . . .  ti^ra-^ ,  in  2  Kin. 
1  :  6  into  six,  "j^np:^  .  .  .  izJn-ib  nbizj  .  bxnir^s  . .  nih;'  . .  rbx . 
The  choice  of  the  accent  to  govern  a  particular  section  de- 
pends not  only  upon  its  power,  but  likewise  upon  its  rank, 
the  more  exalted  officer  standing  in  ordinary  cases  nearer 
the  sovereign.  Accordingly  toward  the  beginning  of  a  clause 
an  inferior  Disjunctive  will  be  used,  even  though  the  separa- 
tion is  such  as  would  require  an  accent  of  much  higher 
power  to  indicate  it  in  a  more  advanced  portion  of  the  same 
clause.  These  accents,  moreover,  have  not  a  fixed  value  like 
the  stops  in  other  languages;  their  power  is  not  absolute  but 
relative,  and  varies  endlessly  with  the  cuxumstances  of  the 
case.  Athnahh  in  Gen.  1 : 1  marks  the  greatest  division  in  the 
verse,  but  that  is  not  suflficient  to  require  a  comma.  In  the 
next  verse  Zakeph  Katon  is  equal  to  a  semicolon  in  the  first 
clause  and  less  than  a  comma  in  the  second.  In  Gen.  27  :  16 
the  separation  indicated  by  R'bhi""  is  Vvdiolly  rhythmical. 

a.  1  'lose  accents  which,  as  above  described,  mark  the  limits  of  clauses 
and  sections,  are  denominated  pause  accents. 

§37.  In  the  sections  thus  created  the  accents  are  dis- 
posed relatively  to  the  Disjunctive  Avhich  marks  its  close. 
Each  ruler  has  his  servant  and  subordinate   officer,  Avhose 


48 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


^37 


function  it  is  to  wait  upon  him.  In  other  words,  each  Dis- 
junctive is  regularly  preceded  by  a  particular  Conjunctive  and 
inferior  Disjunctive ;  and  the  train  of  accents  in  each  section 
is  formed  by  arranging  the  Disjunctives  in  their  fixed  order 
of  succession  with  or  without  their  regular  Conjunctives  until 
all  its  words  are  supplied.  The  trains  proper  to  the  different 
sections  are  shown  in  the  following  table  : 


Primary 

Sections. 

go 

P 

r£ 

> 

H 

U 

■-3 

0 

CO 

So 
0 

m 

> 

0 

la 
p 
*-i 

c 
0 

toO 

0 

0 

■-> 
2; 
0 
0 

CO      , 

il 

mO 
ft 

0 

H 

0 
2; 
P 
»n 
!« 
0 
0 

* 
« 
1 

J 

■  V 

-(..) 

•/ 

.00 

,'(") 

^0\  .L 

A 

J 

A 

..C) 

00 

i.)L)' 

Secondary 
Skctioks. 

• 

J  J 

\.) 

<C)\.)' 

:i 

• 

Jp^S/  (J^^/ 

H 

■ 
J  J  J  J 

P 

UsrsuAL 
Sections. 

1 

'^;' 

y  J  J  J  J  J 

§  38       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.        49 

a.  Accents  of  like  forms  are  readily  distinguishable  in  the  table  by  the 
column  in  which  they  stand.  Where  perspicuity  requires  it  the  distinction 
will  hereafter  be  made  by  appending  their  initial  letters,  thus  :  Kadhma  '*. 
Pashta  >  Mahpakh  "",  Y'thibh'". 

§  38.  Explanation  of  the  Table. — The  trains  preceding 
the  three  principal  accents  are  exhibited  in  the  horizontal 
lines  of  the  uppermost  division ;  those  of  the  ordinary  de- 
pendent sections  in  the  middle  division,  and  those  of  rare 
occurrence  at  the  bottom. 

1 .  Train  of  Silluk. — If  Silluk  be  immediately  preceded 
by  a  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Merka ;  if  a  Disjunctive  precede 
it  in  the  same  section,  with  or  without  an  intervening  Merka, 
it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  If  there  be  a  Conjunctive 
before  Tiphhha,  it  wiU  be  Merka,  Gen.  1  : 1 ;  if  two  Con- 
junctives, which  occurs  but  fourteen  times,  they  will  be 
Merka  Kh'phula  and  Darga,  Gen.  27:25,  Lev.  10:1,  2 
Chron.  20  :  30.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Tiphhha,  in 
the  same  section,  will  be  T'bhir,  Gen.  1:4.  If  T'bhir  be  pre- 
ceded by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Darga,  Gen.  1  :  12,  or 
Merka,  Gen.  1  :  26 ;  if  by  two,  the  second  wiU  be  Kadhma, 
1  Sam.  15  :  33,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  2:4;  and  if  by  three, 
the  third  will  be  T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:19.  The  next 
Disjunctive  before  T'bhir,  in  the  same  section,  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  26  :  11,  27  : 4,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  23  :  4.  If  Geresh 
be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  wiU  be  Kadhma,  Gen. 
24  :  7,  or  Munahh,  Isa.  60  :  17 ;  if  by  a  second,  it  will  be 
T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen. 
28  :  9 ;  if  by  a  third,  it  will  be  Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34  ;  if 
by  a  fourth,  it  will  also  be  Munahh,  Deut.  1:19. 

a.  The  parentheses  of  the  table  contain  alternate  accents.  Thus, 
Merka  is  substituted  for  Darga  and  for  Mahpakh  (before  Pashta  in  the 
clause  of  Zakeph  Katon)  if  no  more  than  one  vowel  intervenes  between 
the  Conjunctive  and  the  king  which  it  precedes,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22,  Gen. 
1 :  24,  26  ;  Gen.  5:  17,  Deut.  1 :  2,  35.  Munahh  is  also  regularly  substi- 
tuted for  Kadhma,  whenever  the  accent  stands  on  the  initial  letter  of  the 
ward,  Gen.  25  :  8.  Gen.  19 :  35  ;  1  Kin.  19  : 1,  Deut.  1  :  28  ;  Gen.  19  :  12  j 
4 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  38 

Eccl.  5  :  7.  G'rashayim  takes  the  place  of  Geresh  provided  the  accent  is 
on  the  ultimate  and  it  is  not  preceded  by  Kadhma  either  on  the  same  or 
the  previous  word,  Ex.  16  :  23,  36  :  3.  When  two  accents  are  included  in  a 
parenthesis  the  meaning  is  that  if  an  additional  accent  is  required,  these 
two  will  take  the  place  of  the  one  before  the  parenthesis.  P'sik  has  no 
separate  place  in  the  consecution,  but  is  joined  with  the  other  accents  to 
modify  their  power.  It  is  constantly  associated  with  the  Disjunctive 
Shalsheleth  to  add  to  its  strength,  and  occasionally  with  the  different 
Conjunctives  to  reduce  their  strength,  but  without  disturbing  the  order 
of  their  consecution,  e.g.  with  Merka  Ex.  16:5,  Munahh  Gen.  46:2, 
Mahpakh  Ex.  30 :  34,  Kadhma  Lev.  11:32,  Darga  Gen.  42:13,  T'lisha 
K'tanna  1  Sam.  12  :  3. 


2.  Train  of  AtJinalih. — If  Athrialili  be  preceded  by  a 
Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:1;  if  by  a  Disjunc- 
tive in  its  own  section,  it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  The 
accents  which  precede  Tiphhha  have  already  been  mentioned 
in  explaining  the  train  of  SiUuk. 

3.  Train  of  S'^Jiolta. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
S'gholta  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  3:3;  if  there  be  two,  the 
second  will  be  Munahh,  Lev.  8  :  31,  or  Merka,  Gen.  3  :  14. 
The  first  Disjunctive  in  its  section  will  be  Zarka,  Gen.  1:28; 
and  if  this  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Mu- 
nahh, Gen.  1  :  7,  or  Merka,  1  Chron.  5:18;  if  by  two,  the 
second  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen.  30  :  16,  31 :  32 ;  if  by  three, 
the  second  will  be  Munahh  and  the  third  Kadhma,  Lev. 
4  :  35.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Zarka  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  24  :  7,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  39  : 3.  The  accents  pre- 
ceding these  have  been  explained  in  1. 

4.  Train  of  Zaheph  Katon. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
Zakeph  Katon  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  2,  the  second  like- 
wise Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  45.  The  first  Disjunctive  will  be 
Pashta,  Gen.  1  :  2 ;  or,  if  the  proper  place  of  the  accent  be 
the  first  letter  of  the  word,  Y'thibh,  Gen.  1  :11,  2  :11. 
The  first  Conjunctive  before  Pashta  Avill  be  Mahpakh,  Gen. 
1 :  9,  or  Merka,  Gen.  1:2;  the  second,  Kadhma,  Gen. 
39  :  19,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  12;  the  third  will  be  T'lisha 
K'tanna,  Ezr.  3:11.     The  Disjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be 


5  38  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  51 

Geresh,  Gen.  1  :  24,  or  G'rashayim,  Gen.  1:11;  the  further 
consecution  is  explained  in  1. 

a.  In  some  instances  Pashta  is  found  not  in  the  train  of  Zakeph  Katon, 
but  seeming  to  govern  an  independent  section,  e.g.  Ex.  29:20,  Deut. 
9  ;  6,  Josh.  10 :  11,  2  Sam.  14  : 7,  2  Chron.  18  :  23. 

5.  Zakeph  Gadhol  is  mostly  used  instead  of  Zakeph 
Katon  when  no  other  accent  precedes  it  in  its  own  section, 
whether  upon  the  same  word  or  one  before  it :  *iip3  tfx  Gen. 
9  :  4  (in  some  editions),  in  which  it  is  preceded  by  Munahh, 
is  exceptional. 

6.  Train  of  WhU"^. — The  first  Conjunctive  before  R'bhia* 
will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:9;  the  second,  Munahh  commonly 
with  P'sik,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Darga,  Gen.  6:15;  the  third, 
Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen.  7 :  23,  31 :  29,  or  Merka,  Ex. 
14  :  10.  The  Disjunctive  before  R'bhi*  will  be  Geresh,  Ex. 
16  :  3,  or  G'rashayim,  Deut.  1:11,  which  are  preceded  as 
inl. 

7.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34,  by  two,  Ezek.  9:2,  by  three,  1 
Sam.  14  :  34,  or  by  four,  Isa.  QQ> :  20. 

8.  Train  of  T'lis/ia  Glidhola. — T'lisha  Gh'dhola  is  the 
weakest  of  the  Disjunctives  which  are  ever  set  to  rule  inde- 
pendent sections.  Its  weakness  is  in  fact  such,  that  it  is 
sometimes  drawn  into  the  section  of  a  stronger  Disjunctive  ; 
thus,  in  Gen.  1  :  12,  Lev.  4  :  7,  1  Sam.  17  :  51,  Isa.  9  :  5, 
Neh.  5  :  18,  it  takes  the  place  of  T'lisha  K'tanna  among  the 
antecedents  of  Pashta,  standing  between  it  and  Geresh  or 
G'rashayim ;  in  Gen.  13  : 1,  21  :  14,  Deut.  26  :  12,  it  stands 
similarly  between  T'bhir  and  Geresh  or  G'rashayim.  And 
in  many  cases,  perhaps  in  most,  when  it  rules  a  section  of 
its  own,  this  is  a  mere  subsection,  not  so  much  a  division  of 
one  of  the  principal  clauses  as  a  fragment  broken  off  from 
one  of  the  larger  sections  at  a  point  where  T'lisha  K'tanna 
would  have  stood  had  the  connection  been  sufficiently  close 


52  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  39 

to  require  a  Conjunctive,  e.  g.  Gen.  19:2,  1  Kin.  20  :  28. 
That  this  is  not  always  so  appears,  however,  from  examples 
like  2  Sara.  14  :  32,  Gen.  7  :  7.  Isa.  66  :  19,  Jer.  39  :  5,  and 
particularly  Gen.  31  :  52,  where  nnx-QST  corresponds  to  the 
preceding  '^pij'DS?! .  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  may  be  preceded  by 
one  Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  46,  by  two,  Josh.  2:1,  by  three, 
or  by  four,  1  Kin.  2:5. 

9.  Shalsheleth  occurs  but  seven  times,  viz..  Gen.  19:16, 
24  :  12,  39  :  8,  Lev.  8  :  23,  Isa.  13  :  8,  Am.  1  :  2,  Ezr.  5 :  12, 
and  in  every  instance  stands  upon  the  initial  word  of  the 
verse,  and  is  accompanied  by  P'sik.  It  has  consequently  no 
antecedents. 

10.  Karne  Phara  is  only  used  sixteen  times.  Its  section 
never  contains  less  than  three  words :  its  immediate  prede- 
cessor is  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  to  which  may  be  added 
one  Munahh,  Num.  35  :  5,  Neh.  5  :  13,  13:5,  2  Chron. 
24  :  5  ;  two,  2  Kin.  10  :  5,  Jer.  38  :  25,  Est.  7  :  9,  Neh.  1 :  6, 
2  Chron.  35  :  7 ;  three.  Josh.  19  :  51,  2  Sam.  4  :  2,  Jer. 
13:13;  four,  1  Chron.  28  : 1 ;  or  five,  Ezek.  48: 21. 

§  39.  1.  The  complete  trains  of  the  several  accents  con- 
tain one  Disjunctive  from  each  of  the  inferior  orders,  dis- 
posed in  due  succession  of  rank,  with  one  Conjunctive 
immediately  preceding  the  first  class  of  Disjunctives,  two 
Conjunctives  preceding  the  second  class,  three  the  third  class, 
four  or  more  the  fourth  class.  These  trains  are  adapted  to 
sections  of  different  length  and  character  by  omitting  such 
of  the  Conjunctives,  and  more  rarely  by  repeating  such  of 
the  Disjunctives,  as  the  mutual  relations  of  the  words  may 
seem  to  require,  and  breaking  off"  the  series  as  soon  as  every 
word  in  the  section  is  supplied.  Thus,  while  the  general 
order  of  consecution  is  fixed  and  invariable,  there  is  the 
utmost  liberty  and  variety  in  particular  cases. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  Conjunctives  go  beyond  the  number 
here  assigned.     Thus,  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  two  Munahhs  in  Ex.  3:4, 


^  39        CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         53 

and,  according  to  some  editions,  in  Isa.  48:  11.  T'bliir  is  preceded  bj  four 
Conjunctives,  Josh.  10:  11,  2  Chron.  22:  11,  Isa.  66:20;  Pashta  by  four, 
Ex.  5  : 8,  2  Kin.  5  :  1,  and  even  by  five,  Josh.  19  :  51. 

2.  If  a  section  consists  of  but  a  single  word,  this  will  re- 
ceive the  appropriate  Disjunctive,  the  entire  antecedent  series 
of  the  table  being  then  omitted  as  unnecessary ;  thus,  Silluk 
s  r\)2^)  Gen.  5:5;  Athnahh  TCii'^l  Gen.  24  :  34 ;  Zakeph 
Katon  r^h^^  Isa.  1  :  80 ;  R'bhi'^  D^isni  Gen.  7:19;  Pazer 
^'a^h  Gen.  22  :  2  ;  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  p^  Gen.  19  :  8.  This, 
as  has  been  already  said,  is  the  regular  length  of  the  sections 
of  Zakeph  Gadhol  and  Shalsheleth;  but  those  of  S'gholta 
are  never  composed  of  less  than  two  words,  and  those  of 
Karne  Phara  never  of  less  than  three. 

3.  In  sections  of  greater  length  there  is  a  disposition 
towards  a  regular  alternation  of  Disjunctives  and  Conjunc- 
tives upon  successive  words,  e.  g.  Gen.  23  :  11  J  ,  ,  ^  ,  ,  , , 
Gen.  24  :  7  .,  ' ,  '  ''^ ,  and  consequently  though  two  or  more 
Conjunctives  may  be  allowed  before  a  particular  Disjunctive, 
only  the  first  of  these  is  in  the  majority  of  cases  employed. 
The  actual  relations  of  words  may,  however,  so  interfere  with 
this  regularity  as  on  the  one  hand  to  cause  the  intervening 
Conjunctives  to  be  dropped  entirely,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22  ,,.,,, 
1  Cliron.  15  :  18  '  ''./''',  or,  on  the  other,  to  introduce 
as  many  Conjunctives  as  the  table  will  admit,  e.  g.  Gen. 
3:14  \  ,  \^  '*'.  But  if  either  of  the  three  primary  sec- 
tions consist  of  but  two  words,  the  first  must  have  a  Dis- 
junctive accent,  however  close  its  relation  may  be  to  the 
second,  e.  g.  :  Dns  s^e^^i  Gen.  9  :  20,  DD'^r?  ^injpBSl  Gen.  3  :  5, 
bs©:^  fjn^  Gen.  19:4. 


a.  In  Gen.  24 :  15,  where,  however,  editions  differ,  Silluk  is  in  a  section 
of  two  words  immediately  preceded  by  Merka. 

b.  Sometimes  an  excluded  term  of  the  series  will  take  the  place  of  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  §44.  Tiphhha  is  thus  five  times  written  upon 
*he  same  word  with  Silluk,   e.g.  Num.  15:21,  and  eleven  times  with 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  4C 

Athnahh,  e.  g.  Num.  28 :  26.  Munahh,  Gen.  21 :  17,  for  which  Kadhma  is 
sometimes  substituted,  Gen.  18:  21,  often  stands  upon  the  same  word  with 
Zakeph  Katon.  Kadhma  is  also  joined  in  this  manner  with  Munalih,  Lev. 
10:12,  Merka,  Judg.  21:21,  Neh.  12:44,  Mahpakh,  Lev.  25:46,  and 
Geresh,  Ex.  16 :  15,  21  :  22,  35.    Mahpakh  with  Munahh,  Lam.  4  :  9. 

4.  Occasionally  a  subordinate  Disjunctive  or  its  alternate 
is  repeated  in  the  same  section  with  or  without  its  ante- 
cedents.     Thus,   T'bhir,  Deut.  26:2 ._  '\^  .   '\  so 

Deut.  30  :  20,  1  Sam.  20  :  21,  2  Kin.  17  :  36.  Zarka,  2  Kin. 
1:16  ■■■/  /"  /,  so  ver.  6,  Gen.  42 :  21,  Jer.  21:4,  Neh. 
2:12.  Pashta,  Gen.  24:14,  42,  48,  65;  1  Kin.  20:9. 
Pashta,  Pashta  and  Y'thibh,  2  Kin.  10:30,  Ezr.  7:25. 
Geresh  and  G'rashayim,  Gen.  28  :  9. 

a.  There  is  a  double  accentuation  of  part  of  Gen.  35  :  22,  and  of  the 
entire  decalogue,  both  in  Ex.  20 :  2-17,  and  Deut.  5 :  6-21,  which  involves 
a  double  vocalization  in  certain  words,  e.g.  !^b3  Ex.  20:3,  i.e.  either 
t ""JQ  or  ''?5.  Single  words  also  occur  with  alternative  accents,  e.g.  with 
G'rashayim  or  Geresh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  nY  Gen.  5 :  29.  ^isip  Lev. 
10  :  4,  i:ipj  2  Kin.  17  :  13,  n|Nb?  Ezek.  48  :  10,  nsY  Zeph.  2  :  15. 


Poetic  Consecution. 

§40.  1.  The  principle  of  the  consecution  is  the  same  in 
the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  although  there  is  consid- 
erable diversity  in  the  details.  There  is  a  like  division  of 
verses  into  clauses  and  sections  ruled  by  a  Disjunctive  at  the 
end,  which  imposes  upon  them  its  own  special  train  of 
accents.  The  sections  are  fewer,  however,  and  the  trains 
shorter  than  in  prose,  on  account  of  the  greater  brevity  of 
the  sentences  in  poetry  for  the  most  part.  But  this  reduc- 
tion is  more  than  compensated  by  the  new  complexity  arising 
from  the  latitude  allowed  in  the  choice  of  Conjunctives, 
which  it  seems  impossible  to  reduce  to  fixed  rules,  and  is 
probably  to  be  referred  to  their  use  as  musical  notes  for  the 


§  40  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  55 

cantillation  of  the  synagogue.  It  should  be  added,  that  the 
embarrassment  arising  from  this  inherent  complexity  of  the 
subject  is  seriously  aggravated  by  the  numerous  discrepancies 
in  the  different  editions  of  the  Bible,  by  which  the  true  ac- 
centuation in  the  three  poetical  books  is  often  involved  in 
doubt  and  uncertainty. 

a.  In  addition  to  availing  himself  of  the  researches  of  others,  particu- 
larly of  Nordheimer  and  Evvald  in  their  discussions  of  this  subject,  the 
author  has  examined  verse  by  verse  the  entire  book  of  Proverbs  and  the 
first  division  of  the  Psalms  (Ps.  1-41),  as  well  as  other  selected  Psalms 
and  portions  of  Job.  As  the  result,  he  confesses  himself  quite  unable  to 
disentangle  the  mystery;  and  as  the  only  contribution  he  can  make 
towards  its  solution  he  has  concluded  to  present  in  detail,  and  in  as  con- 
venient a  form  as  possible,  the  facts  observed,  hoping  that  some  future  ex- 
ploration may  discover  the  principle  of  order,  if  any  such  principle  there 
be,  in  this  apparently  inextricable  confusion. 

2.  Verses  may  consist  of  one,  two,  or  three  clauses,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  three  Disjunctives  of  the  first  class.  If 
the  verse  contain  but  one  clause,  Silluk  will  be  written  upon 
the  last  word,  Ps.  4:1;  if  it  contain  two  clauses,  the  divi- 
sion will  be  made  by  Athnahh,  Ps.  1:4,  or  by  Merka- 
Mahpakh,  Ps.  1  :  2.  3  :  3,  upon  the  last  word  of  the  first 
clause  ;  if  it  contain  three,  the  last  word  of  the  first  will  have 
Merka-Mahpakh,  the  last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and 
the  last  word  of  the  third  Silluk,  Ps.  1:1.  Clauses  may 
consist  of  a  single  section  when  no  subdivision  of  them  is 
necessary ;  or  they  may  consist  of  two  or  more  sections, 
when  the  subdivision  is  effected  by  R'bhi"*  or  Pazer,  e.  g. 

: •  Ps.  18:51,  :    . '  Prov.  1:10,  ,...'.  "  Ps. 

41:7, •  ."  Ps.  7^6,/. •  .."Ps.  17:14. 


,■1 


56 


OllTIIOGllArHY. 


§41 


§41.  The  order  of  the  accents  in  the  various  sections 


is  exhibited  in  the  following  table 


Principal 
Sections. 


l-M 


H 

« 

O 

m 

» 

■< 

0 

^ 

^ 

U 

ft 

Conjunctives. 


>C)i.o;C) 


ft 


Conjunctives. 


[  J^ 

•>  'i 

\. 

.  -)  ■ 

V 

■  .    J 

.< . 

U. 

•    I 

l-=J 


:<0 


n:):|-c)] 


in. 


,:,(>);< 


.U:,X);,0; 


I      .< 


;:.(): 


Subordinate 
Sections. 


^) 


'\':\m^\:\ 


'i-M 


Explanation  of  the  Table. 

a.  Train  of  Silluk. — If  Silluk  is  preceded  by  a  single  Conjunctive,  it 
will  be  Munahh,  Prov.  1 : 4,  or  Merka  either  alone  as  Prov.  1:2,  or  com- 
pounded with  Zarka,  Ps.  10:  5,  and  P'sik,  Pe.  10  :  3.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
two  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  Ps.  5:5,^^  Ps.  10:6,  Prov.  12:  1 
(in  some  editions),  ^  ^  Prov.  25 :  ^,  ""  _^  Ps.  18  :  7,  '^  ""  Ps.  36 :  1,  or  ''  '  Prov. 


^41  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  57 

8: 13.  If  it  be  preceded  by  three  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^ ,_  ,  Ps.  24:6 
^^  'Ps.  10:2  (or  ^^,'Ps.7:6),^^^  Pro  v.  26:25  (or  ^  ^  /  Ps.  28  :  8  or^^^ 
Prov.  29: 13), ,  .  ^  Ps.  4:8,  ^  ^  '  Prov.  3:27,  ■*  ".  If  it  be  preceded  by 
four  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ^  /  ,  Ps.  89:2,  ^  ^  /  ,'  Ps.  32:5,  or 
"^  ■■  *^  Ps.  3 :  3  (in  some  editions  "'■''.).  If  it  be  preceded  by  five  Con- 
junctives, they  will  be  '  Job  32:6,  37:12  (in  this  latter  example 
some  editions  substitute  a  Makkeph  for  Merka). 

If  Silluk  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 

R'bhi'-Geresh,  Ps.  1:1,  5:3,  10.     R'bhi^-Geresh  may  be  preceded  by  one 

Conjunctive,  ^   Ps.  5:4  ;  by  two,^  ,  Ps.  8:2,  or,  ^  Ps.  31 :  10,  19;  by  three, 

or  Ps.  73:4. 

There  are  occasional  deviations  from  the  Conjunctives  of  the  table ; 

thus,  R'bhi^-Geresh  is  in  Ps.  34:8  preceded  by  ^  "     ^.     In  some  of  these 

cases,  however,  editions  differ  in  their  notation  of  the  accents.     Thus,  in 

Ps.  5:7  some  editions  have    ^  '  before  Silluk,  others    ^,  " ;  in  Ps.  18:36, 

Prov.  30:17,  some  have    ,  others    :  in  Ps.  20:2  some  have  .   .    ,  others 

_  ;  in  Prov.  24  :  8  some  have  ,  ,  ,  others  ,  ,  the  two  words  being  joined 

by  Makkeph.     So,  again,  some  editions  have  in  Ps.  9: 11  ^  before  R'bhi"- 

Geresh,  in   Ps.  18:44    ,  in   Prov.   27:19       ,   in   Prov.   21:17       ;   while 

other  editions  do  not  depart  in  these  passages  from  the  order  given  in  the 

table.     Similar  discrepancies  exist  in  the  other  sections  likewise. 

h.  Train  of  Athnahh. — Athnahh  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive, 
^  Ps.  5 : 8  (or  _  ^  Prov.  8 :  30,  34), ,  Ps.  5  :  3  (or  ,  Ps.  35 :  21,  ,  "  Ps.  69 : 2), 
.Prov.  23:3,^  Ps.  14:3,  Prov.  6:3  (or  _  ^  Prov.  16:10);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:8  (or^  ^^  Ps.  7:17),  ^  ^  Prov.  28:25,  Ps.  5:2  (in  some  editions  the 
latter  example  has  ),  Ps.  14:5,        Prov.  11:12,  14:21,       '    Ps. 

37:1,        Prov.  8:21,        Ps.  25 :  16 ;  by  three,  Prov.  24:21,  Ps. 

6:6  (or^  ^  /  Ps.  9: 10,  or  ^  ^   ^^  Ps.  16:10),  _,  ^  ■*  Ps.  10:17,  ^   ^    '  Prov. 
8:13,  Ps.  18:50,    _     ,Ps.   10:13,  ""    Prov.  6:27.     ■•''Ps.72:3: 

by  four,  Prov.  3:12,  Prov.  24:16,  Ps.  34:7,        ■"    Ps 

32:2  (in  some  editions),  ^  \  ^^  Prov.  1:  19,  '    '  \  Ps.  65:2. 

If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
Tiphhha  initial,  Ps.  1 :  6,  26  :  4.  Tiphhha  initial  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,  ^  Ps.  5  : 6  ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps.  9 :  19  (or  ^  "  Ps.  14  :  1,  or  ^  Ps. 
16:9),,  ""Ps.  32:11,,^  Ps.  35:14,15,^  /  Prov'  25 :  20 ;  by  three.]',,. 
Ps.  23:6,  ,     ,  /Ps.  27:1,^   /     Ps.  12 : 5  (or       '     "  Prov.  27:  14),"  '  ' 

'**  ■'J|<  \j|«  ''Jl 

Ps.  9 :  14. 

c.  Train  of  Merka- Mahpakh.—Merka-Mahpalih  maybe  preceded  by 
one  Conjunctive,  which  is  almost  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  Ps.  1:1 


58  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^42 

though  occasionally  it  is,  in  some  editions  at  least,  Merka,  Ps.  15  :5,  35:  10, 
or  Mahpakh,  Ps.  24:8,  31: 10.  If  it  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its 
own  section,  Zarka  will  be  employed,  Ps.  1 :  1,  Pro  v.  1:11. 

Zarka  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps.  12:  7  (or  ^  Prov. 
1 :  22),  ^  Ps.  6  :  3,  _  ^  Ps.  12 : 3,  /  Ps.  31:12;  by  two,  ^  , '  Prov.  30 :  15  (in 
some  editions      '),        Ps.  24  :  10  (or  Ps.  13  :  6),  Ps.  21  :  10,     ' 

Ps.  27:  2  (or  /  ^  "  Ps.  35:26),  /  ^  Ps.  7  :  10;  by  three, ,  ,  '  .  Ps.  29  :  9, 

'     Ps.  31  :  14,     '     "      Ps.  10 :  14:  or  by  four,  '     Ps.  40  :  6. 

d.  Train  of  Wbhi'^. — R'bhi"  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps. 
5  : 1,  ^  Ps.  8  :  2  (or  ^  "  Ps.  23  :  4,  or  ^  ^  Ps.  6  :  7),^  Prov.  28  :  22,  "*  Ps.  22  :  25, 
'  Ps.  11:2  (or/  Ps.  5:  11);  by  two,  ^  ^  Prov.  8  :  33,  ^  ^  Ps.  28  : 7  (or  ^ 
Ps.  18:3),  *Ps.  9:7,  "  Ps.  11:4,  '  Ps.  26  :  1,  ■*  Ps.  27  :  6  (or'""  " 
Ps.  5:9),  'Prov.  6:22,  '  Ps.  18:1  (or  '  "  Ps.  7 : 7,  or  *  "  Ps. 
39  :  5),  /  ■■  Job   16:10;  or  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  40  :  7,  ^  ,  \  Ps.  41  :  7  (or 

"     '     Ps.  39:6,  or    "     *     "  Ps.  3 : 8,  or       '     "  Ps.  41:14),  ■*    '      Ps. 
19  :  14  (or  ■■ ,  \'  Ps.  39  :  12),  ■"  /  ■■  Ps.  40  :  11, ,     /  '  Prov.  24 :  31. 

e.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps. 
89:20  (or,  ^  Prov.  30:8),*  Ps.  32:5  (or/  Ps.  17:14);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
5 :  10,  Prov.  7  :  23  (or  ^  _^  Ps.  28  :  5),  ^  '  Ps.  13  :  3  (or  ^  /  Prov.  27  :  10), 

Ps.  90:4,  '  Ps.  7:6,  '  Ps.  39:13,  Ps.  11 : 2,  *Ps.  5:12;or 
by  three,  /  ^  Ps.  22 :  35,  23 :  4,  ^  ,  ^  Prov.  23:  29  (where  sor\e  editions 
have       ' ). 

V   /        ' 

§42.  The  trains  of  these  several  accents  are  adjusted 
to  sections  of  varying  length  by  expedients  similai  to  those 
employed  with  the  prose  accents,  viz. :  1 .  Omitting  the  Con- 
junctives in  whole  or  in  part.  2.  Repeating  the  Disjunc- 
tives, e.  g.  "  Ps.  14:1,  "  Ps.  17  :  14,  or  their  equivalents,  e.  g. 
Tiphhha  initial  before  "  Ps.  7:10,  before  '  Ps.  9:1;  "  before 
•'  Ps.  18  : 1,  before  *  Ps.  22  :  15  ;  "  before  Tiphhha  initial  Ps. 
16:17.  3.  Writing  two  accents  upon  the  same  word, 
lirrhipira  Ps.  5:11,  ^^y^  Ps.  27:11,  ^i<"::i  Ps.  18:16. 
4.  Uniting  two  or  more  words  by  Makkeph,  so  that  they 
require  but  a  single  accent.  5.  Writing  the  different  parts 
of  a  compound  accent  upon  separate  words ;  thus,  Merka- 
Mahpakh  ->?«  ^5)2X  Ps.  6  :  3,  Merka-Zarka  fsn  ^5  Ps.  22 : 9, 
Mahpakh-Zarka  nsn  ^^  Prov.  6 : 3. 


§43  MAKKEPH.  59 

a.  Sometimes  when  two  accents  are  written  upon  the  same  worj,  one 
is  the  alternate  of  the  other;  thus,  5^2  Prov.  1 :  19,  may  be  either  SS3  or 
S'sh  according  as  the  accent  remains  in  its  proper  position  in  the  uh,imate, 
or  is  thrown  back  upon  the  penult  in  consequence  of  the  next  word  being 
accented  upon  its  initial  syllable. 


Makkeph. 

§43.  Makkeph  {p^yi  joining)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  by 
which  two,  three,  or  even  four  words  may  be  united. 
tj^-lPi?,  --^-nte^n-Diii  Gen.  30:31,  biir^b-T^;^  Gen.  33:11, 
iS-m^s-bi-nsi  Gen.  12  :  20,  25  :  5,  Ex.  20  :  11,  yTi?s-nnn-b|-by 
Ex.  22  :  8,  fni^-''!3-b3-b:?  Job  41 :  26.  It  belongs  properly 
to  the  accentual  system,  words  which  are  closely  related 
beina;  often  connected  in  this  manner  in  order  to  obviate 
the  necessity  of  unduly  multiplying  Conjunctive  accents. 
Thus,  the  first  fifteen  words  of  Ex.  22  :  8  are  in  this  manner 
reduced  to  eight.  Monosyllabic  particles  are  frequently,  and 
some  almost  constantly,  hnked  with  the  succeeding  or  pre- 
ceding word,  of  which  they  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  manner 
appendages ;  thus,  bx ,  b:? ,  nx ,  bis ,  bx ,  -js ,  D5  ,  i«D ,  etc.  Exam- 
ples are  not  wanting,  however,  of  longer  words  similarly 
united,  e.  g.  n^irniiJbTj3  Deut.  19:15,  ^bjin-irss  1  Kin.  17  :  21, 
n'in^-i'QX  Isa.  31:4.  This  use  of  Makkeph  is  not  to  be  con- 
founded with  that  of  the  hyphen  in  modern  languages  between 
the  members  of  a  compound,  as  self-same^  master-builder. 
Words  united  by  Makkeph  are  still  as  separate  as  ever  in  char- 
acter and  signification ;  but  they  are  pronounced  together  and 
are  accented  as  though  they  formed  but  one  word.  Hence, 
whatever  number  of  words  be  thus  joined,  the  last  only  will 
receive  an  accent.  And,  as  a  further  consequence,  if  a  word 
preceding  Makkeph  properly  ends  in  a  long  mixed  syllable, 
this  will,  by  the  loss  of  the  accent,  be  shortened,  ''iTC-nx, 
Cjiy^bs,  inr^bnrin,  or  failing  this,  will  commonly  receive  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  Cioi"'™,  nsn;>-'j^s. 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  44 

a.  Tsere  remains  before  Makkeph  in  "3,  "i.3,  *i?,  y?  ;  it  sometimes  re- 
mains and  is  sometimes  shortened  in  D'lJ,  "dili  six,  rr  e.g.  Gen.  16:13 
nini-nti,  but  ver.  15  iis'Cia .  It  once  remains  according  to  some  editions 
in  "PN  Job  41:26,  a  word  which  is  three  times  written  rx  without 
Makkeph,  Ps.  47  :  5,  60 :  2,  Prov.  3  :  12.     Comp.  §  19.  2,  a. 

b.  Makkeph  is  occasionally  found  in  the  middle  of  a  long  word,  which 
has  been  erroneously  divided  into  two,  e.g.  n^E'iiE^  Jer.  46 :  20,  and 
perhaps  tiip~n;rE  Isa.  61:  1.  Sometimes  words  are  thus  divided  without 
a  Makkeph  to  unite  the  sundered  parts,  e.  g.  n"i'5S  73  Lam.  4:  3.  cninh  nna 
2  Chron.  34:  6,  and  probably  ^irt  dnx  Hos.  4:  18,  nins  -isnb  Isa.  2  :'20'. 
(See  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentary  on  this  passage.)  The  last  two  ex- 
amples are  plainly  intended  by  the  punctuators  to  be  read  as  separate 
words.  This  might  likewise  be  done  in  the  preceding  examples  if  they 
were  pointed  tt'^i's  ^S  and  ch^na  ina  . 


Methegh. 

§44.  Metliegli  (>in'J2  bridle),  a  small  perpendicular  stroke 
under  the  initial  letter  of  the  syllable  to  which  it  belongs, 
is  a  secondary  accent  denoting  a  stress  of  voice  inferior  to 
the  main  accent.  As  this  latter  always  has  its  place  in 
Hebrew  either  upon  the  ultimate  or  the  penult,  distinctness 
was  promoted  and  monotony  relieved,  especially  in  long 
words,  by  giving  prominence  to  one  or  more  of  the  antece- 
dent syllables.  There  is  a  natural  tendency  to  heighten  the 
force  of  the  accent  by  passing  lightly  over  the  immediately 
preceding  syllable,  this  diminished  force  creating  in  its  turn 
a  new  stress  upon  that  next  beyond  it,  and  so  on  in  alternate 
elevations  and  depressions  to  the  beginning  of  the  word. 
Agreeably  to  the  principle  just  stated,  Methegh  regularly 
stands  in  polysyllables  upon  the  second  syllable  before  the 
accent,  and  again  upon  the  fourth  if  the  word  have  so  many, 

And  so  upon  two  or  more  words  connected  by  Makkeph,. 
w^iich  are  pronounced   as   one,  e.  g.  'i^'^J?'^,?  Gen.  22  :  8, 
onVns-^  1  Sam.  21 :  7. 

a.  Sometimes,  however,  particularly  when  the  nature  of  the  syllables 
requires  it,  §32.  1,  Methegh  takes  the  place  of  the  principal  accent  before 


^45  METHEGH.  61 

Makkeph  irrespectiv^e  of  the  position  of  the  accent  upon  the  following 
word,  i5-i';xaJn  Num.  21:35,  "iiran-Tib^  Num.  21:  33,  ^23—^.^.  Jer.  34:1 
D!in-nb-b3-I  Gen.  30:  32,  ni-xibn'l  Sara.  21 :  12,  '^ij-'S  Ex.  \9:  5. 

6.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  position  of  Methegh  is  determined  by 
that  of  the  tone-syllable,  not  by  that  of  the  accentual  sign  when  these  ara 
not  coincident,  as  frequently  happens  with  prepositives  and  postpositives, 
e.  0-.  '"'nS-'sn  Deut.  4:26,  ii^im'-i'i'n  Josh.  22:27,  where  the  tone  falls  on 
the  penult,  cp^ini  jgr.  26 :  21,  where  the  tone  is  upon  the  ultimate. 


§45.  The  secondary  accent  is  liable  to  be  shifted  from 
its  normal  position  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

1.  If  the  syllable  which  should  receive  it  is  mixed,  it 
may  be  given  in  preference  to  an  antecedent  simple  syllable, 
e.g.  !^^^nT2J^:j  2  Sam.  22:24,  ?l?nnrte^  Job  1:7,  niinnnr.r 
Ezek.  42  :  5,  tJ^xn-bsiD  Gen.  43:7;  or  if  none  such  precede, 
it  may  be  omitted  altogether,  e.  g.  DOiJ'a!'!!  Jer.  33  :  24, 
''?i53?'?t'r}  1  Kin.  21 : 1,  nii^ian-bs-rx  Deut.  6:25. 

2.  It  is  always  given  to  simple  syllables  when  followed 
by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  whether  simple  or  compound,  or  a  vowel 
which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va,  the  shght  pronunciation  proper 
to  the  Sh'va  or  its  derivative  giving  new  prominence  to  the 
preceding  vowel,  r\m^^ ,  n^n;; ,  ^ir^^b,  ninj^m  Gen.  30:38, 
^TOr ;  sometimes  to  intermediate  syllables,  §  20.  2,  e.  g. 
^Dno  Isa.  9:17,  10 :  34,  tjW  Obad.  ver.  II,  particularly 
after  He  interrogative  or  when  Daghesh-forte  has  been 
omitted  as  after  the  article,  Vav  conversive,  and  the  prepo- 
sition p,  e.  g.  bffi^n ,  nViJnn ,  ^bbi^ ,  ninis ,  D-^y^nBan ,  njiD^ab , 
^'h'!'). ;  rarely  and  only  as  an  exception  to  a  mixed  syllable 
standing  in  the  first  place  before  the  principal  accent,  e.  g, 
xicnn  Gen.  1 :11,  Dorian  Ex.  12  :  7,  Zech.  14  :  2. 

a.  It  hence  appears  how  Methegh  comes  to  be  of  use  in  distinguishing 
the  doubtful  vowels,  §  19,  and  to  what  extent  it  can  be  relied  upon  for  this 
end.  As  it  invariably  accompanies  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable  when 
followed  by  vocal  Sh'va,  it  must  always  be  found  with  a,  I,  and  u  preced- 
ing Sh'va,  inasmuch  as  this  will  necessarily  be  vocal.  Initial  1  u,  the  un 
emphatic  conjunction,  is  an  exception,  with  which  it  is  commonly  not 
written,  e.  g.  napjii  Gen.  6: 19,  nxbbsi  Gen.  31 :  4,  though  it  is  sometimes, 


62  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  45 

e.  g.  i"*^:??]^?  Gen.  1 :  18,  naiU^!!  Judg.  5  :  12.  The  absence  of  Methegh, 
except  in  the  case  just  mentioned,  is  consequently  conclusive  evidence  of 
the  shortness  of  the  vowel.  As,  however,  short  v(5wels  in  intermediate 
syllables,  and  in  a  Cew  rare  instances  even  in  mixed  syllables,  may  receive 
Methegh,  the  presence  of  this  sign  does  not  of  itself  determine  the  vowel 
to  be  long;  the  ultimate  decision  must  in  this  case  depend  on  other  con- 
Biderations. 


3.  When  by  tlie  operation  of  the  preceding  rule  Me- 
thegh comes  to  stand  in  the  first  place  before  the  accent, 
another  Methegh  is  nevertheless  occasionally  found  in  the 
second  place,  the  two  thus  standing  in  immediate  succession, 
e.  g.  niniaa  Gen.  32  :  22,  ^S^j^i  Gen.  45  :  25  ;  and  even  three 
occur  upon  successive  syllables,  e.  g.  ?i7'a?l3'ai  Isa.  22  :  19. 
But  commonly  where  there  is  more  than  one  Methegh,  their 
position  relatively  to  each  other  is  governed  by  the  same 
rules  as  the  position  of  Methegh  generally  with  relation  to 
the    principal    accent,    e.  g.    ?iri3?^TiJ''^ ,    ^'^f^^ ,    '^s^V'^)^^ , 

4.  Methegh  is  sometimes  written  under  a  letter  with 
Sh'va,  e.  g.  i^i-nbia  Job  1 :  11,  2  :  5,  ifiS"^^  Job  19  :  6,  npnss 
Ps.  2  :  3,  nisn^s  Jer.  49  :  18,  ^k^^  Ruth  1 :  11. 


a.  A  Methegh  so  situated  is  called  Gaya  (N^sa  bellowing)  by  Jewish 
grammarians,  and,  according  to  Elias  Levita,  it  occurs  eighty-four  times, 
the  number  yielded  by  its  name  arithmetically  reckoned.  Methegh  upon 
a  short  vowel  before  a  compound  Sh'va  was  called  Ma^rikh  (  Tf  "iN  ^  pro- 
longing),  with  a  short  Hhirik  it  was  called  Hhiruk  (  pliT)  gnashing). 


6.  The  place  of  Methegh  is  frequently  supplied  by  an 
accent  chosen  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  consecution,  §  39. 
3.  b.,  e.  g.  tsbmx  Isa.  66  :  13,  oh-'ribsb  Deut.  12  :  31, 
D*!?cxi  Zech.  7:14,  sni^-b?)  Num.  10:23,  i^n]?«:5  Josh. 
22:12. 


a.  The  want  of  consistency  or  of  uniformity,  which  may  be  occaeiou 
ally  observed,  in  regard  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  Methegh,  e.  g, 
ni-ixi!J  Cant.  1 :  7.  ninxui  Cant.  3:1;  on^  Cant.  6:5,  nn':J  Lam.  4:9: 


^46  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  63 

nidns  Num.  31 :  12,  ril2"iS  Josh.  4 :  13,  and  the  discrepancies  between 
different  manuscripts  and  editions,  e.  g.  f^s^N  or  n^bx  Gen.  45 :  28, 
nnat-^xb  or  nnnl'^ixb  Ps.  81  :  3,  if  not  arising  in  the  first  instance  from 
clerical  errors,  are  probably  to  be  attributed  to  the  inferior  importance  of 
the  sign  itself,  whose  place  might  be  presumed  to  be  sufficiently  determmed 
even  if  not  written. 


K'ri  and  K'thibh. 

^46.  Various  notes  extracted  from  the  Masora  (^T^I'iD'a 
tradition),  a  collection  of  remarks  upon  the  text,  are  found 
in  the  margin  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  which  are  explained  in 
the  glossary  at  the  end  of  most  editions.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  are  the  various  readings  known  as  the  K'ri 
(■'■^jp  read),  and  K'thibh  (^Ti?  written).  If  in  any  instance 
traditional  usage  sanctioned  a  reading  different  from  that 
which  was  written  in  the  text  or  the  K'thibh,  the  punctuators 
did  not  venture  to  alter  the  text  itself  for  the  sake  of  making 
the  correction ;  they  went  no  further  than  to  connect  with 
the  letters  of  the  text  the  vowels  of  the  word  to  be  substi- 
tuted for  it  in  reading  or  the  K'ri,  with  a  reference  to  the 
margin  where  the  letters  of  the  substitute  might  be  found. 
Thus,  with  the  word  I'^'ai^''!!  Josh.  6 : 7  is  connected  the 
marginal  note  '''^p  'Tai?"'l .  The  vowels  here  attached  to  the 
K'thibh  belong  not  to  it  but  to  the  unpointed  word  in  the 
margin,  which  is  accordingly  '^i^tk^'] .  The  proper  vowels  for 
the  pronunciation  of  the  K'thibh  are  not  written,  but  must 
be  supplied  from  a  knowledge  of  the  form  indicated  by  the 
letters,  which  in  this  case  is  i"^^i?;^i .  Again,  in  ver.  9,  l?pr> 
in  the  text  refers  to  p  "^^pn  in  the  margin ;  the  K'ri  is  here 
''ypin ,  and  the  K'thibh,  whose  vowels  are  left  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  reader,  ^ypn.  Jer.  42:6  has  iibx  where  the 
marginal  note  is  ''ip  i:nDX ;  the  K'ri  is  accordingly  -linDi? , 
and  the  K'thibh  lix .  In  order  to  indicate  that  a  given  word 
was  to  be  omitted  in  reading,  it  was  left  unpointed,  and  the 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  4? 

note  ''"ip  xbl  n^riD ,  written  but  not  read,  placed  in  the  margin, 
e.g.  t5ttn  Ezek.  48:16,  X3  2  Kin.  5:18,  ^nT  Jer.  51:3. 
If,  on  tlie  other  hand,  a  word  was  to  be  supphed,  its  vowels 
w^ere  inserted  in  the  text  and  its  letters  placed  in  the  margin, 
with  the  note  yro  sbi  i-ip ,  read  hut  not  written,  e.  g.  Judg. 
20:13  in  the  text  ^..,  and  in  the  margin  "^23,  to  be  read 
:?a ;  so  Jer.  31 :  38  D'^sa  .  In  1  Kin.  21 :  8  the  first  letter 
of  D''"i£)Dn  is  left  unpointed  as  superfluous,  and  in  Job  2 : 7 
n?,  is  explained  by  the  margin  to  stand  for  'i?'i :  so  Jer.  18 :  23 
n-^n^n  for  •\'^Ts^^ . 

a.  The  number  of  these  marginal  readings  diflfers  in  different  editions. 
Elias  Levita  states  that  there  are  848.  Others  have  computed  them  to 
be  1,000 ;  others  still,  1,200. 

§47.  Sometimes  a  different  reading  from  that  of  the  text 
is  suggested  by  the  points  alone  without  a  marginal  note 
being  added  in  explanation,  as  when  a  particular  word  or 
orthography  is  regularly  substituted  for  another  of  frequent 
occurrence.  These  cases  are  presumed  to  be  so  familiar  to 
the  reader  as  to  require  no  other  index  of  their  existence 
than  the  presence  of  the  appropriate  vowels.  Thus,  the 
divine  name  T\^rr> ,  which  the  Jews  had  a  superstitious  dread 
of  pronouncing,  was  and  still  is  read  by  them  as  if  it  were 
''3^s<  Lord,  whose  points  it  accordingly  receives,  nnh^ ,  unless 
these  two  names  stand  in  immediate  connection,  when,  to 
avoid  repetition,  it  is  read  D'^n'^J^  and  pointed  niri.;;i  Gen. 
15:2,  Hab.  3:19.  The  antiquity  of  this  superstition  is 
attested  by  the  Kvpio<;  of  the  Septuagint,  followed  in  the 
English  as  well  as  in  other  modern  versions  by  the  rendering 
Lord.  The  true  sound  of  the  name  never  having  been 
noted,  is  now  lost ;  the  only  clue  that  is  left  being  its  ety- 
mology  and  the  form  which  it  assumes  in  composition, 
§62.  1,  from  which  the  conclusion  has  been  variously  drawn 
that  it  was  nnn^,  nin^ ,  or  nin;^ .  The  common  pronunciation 
Jehovah  is  manifestly  founded  upon  the  error  of  combining 


&48  k'ri  and  k'thtbh.  ..  65 

the  consonants  of  this  word  udth  the  vowms  of  another  and 
an  entirely  different  one.  There  is,  however,  especially  as  it 
is  uncertain  whether  Yahve  or  Yah^va,  or  either  of  these,  was 
its  original  sound,  no  good  reason  for  abandoning  the  pro- 
nunciation familiar  to  the  Christian  world  and  hallowed  by 
the  association  of  constant  usage  for  the  sake  of  adopting 
another  which  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  phonetically  more 
exact,  any  more  than  we  need  be  guilty  of  the  pedantry  of 
preferring  Yesliayahu  to  Isaiah  because  it  approaches  more 
nearly  to  the  original  pronunciation  of  the  prophet's  name. 
Other  standing  K'ris,  unnoted  in  the  margin,  are  Nin ,  the 
form  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  feminine  which  is 
used  throughout  the  Pentateuch ;  this  is  designed  to  be  read 
K''n,  though  the  sound  indicated  by  the  letters  is  in  all  proba- 
biUty  ^«^^ .     So  niwis^  read  niis": ,  and  QpTC^n;'  read  d^^tc^i;'  . 

§48.  In  the  absence  of  definite  information  respecting 
the  origin  and  sources  of  these  various  readings,  it  is  difficult 
to  determine  with  absolute  precision  the  weight  to  which 
they  are  respectively  entitled.  The  current  opinion  of  the 
ablest  Hebraists,  based  upon  a  careful  scrutiny  of  their  in- 
ternal character  and  the  relation  which  ordinarily  appears  to 
subsist  between  them,  is  that  while  the  K'ri  may  perhaps,  in 
a  few  cases,  correct  errors  in  the  K'thibh,  and  so  restore  the 
original  reading,  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  an 
explanatory  gloss  rather  than  an  emendation.  With  the  rare 
exceptions  already  suggested,  the  K'thibh  is  esteemed  the 
true  reading,  the  object  of  the  K  n  being  to  remove  ortho- 
graphical anomalies,  secure  grammatical  uniformity,  substi- 
tute usual  for  unusual,  prevailing  for  obsolete  words  and 
forms,  and  occasionally  to  introduce  euphemistic  expressions. 
While  the  K'ri  is  probably  not  to  be  esteemed  the  original 
reading,  therefore,  it  deserves  attention  as  the  grammatical 
or  exegetical  comment  of  a  steadfast  tradition. 


66  orthography.  ^  49 

Accuracy  of  the  Points. 

§49.  1.  All  the  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text  designed 
to  facilitate  its  reading  have  now  been  considered.  The  cor- 
rectness of  the  pronunciation,  which  they  yield,  is  vouched 
for  not  only  by  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  universally 
held  by  the  Jews,  but  by  the  scrupulous  minuteness  of  the 
system,  its  consistency  with  itself  and  with  the  vowel-letters 
of  the  text,  its  affinity  with  and  yet  independence  of  the 
vocalization  of  the  kindred  languages  the  Arabic  and  Syriac, 
and  the  veneration  for  the  already  established  text  which 
evidently  characterized  its  authors,  since  they  did  not  venture 
to  change  the  text  even  in  the  slightest  particular. 

2.  The  only  additional  information  which  has  come  dovm 
to  us  respecting  the  true  sound  of  Hebrew  words,  is  furnished 
by  the  mode  of  WTiting  proper  names  in  the  Septuagint 
version,  and  the  few  Hebrew  words  preserved  by  ancient 
authors,  particularly  Origen  and  Jerome,  These  have  been 
subjected  to  an  elaborate  comparison  with  the  Masoretic 
punctuation,  and  the  result  has  been  to  establish  their  sub- 
stantial agreement  in  the  main,  with,  however,  not  a  few 
remarkable  points  of  divergence.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
it  should  be  observed,  that  the  Hebrew  pronunciation  of  the 
Seventy  is  inferred  entirely  from  their  mode  of  spelling 
proper  names,  not  from  words  in  living  use  in  the  language. 
The  chances  of  inaccuracy,  on  the  part  of  the  translators,  are 
here  peculiarly  great.  Many  names  were  not  familiar  and 
were  of  rare  occurrence ;  and  as  no  system  of  vowel  notation 
then  existed,  they  were  left  entirely  to  their  independent 
knowledge  of  the  sound  of  each  individual  word.  These 
words  were  written  by  them  in  a  foreign  alphabet,  whose 
sounds  did  not  coincide  precisely  with  those  of  the  Hebrew, 
and  in  which  the  proper  equivalents  varied  somewhat  accord- 
ing to  their  combinations.     The  true  sound  was  also  de- 


^49  ACCURACY    OF    THE   POINTS.  C7 

parted  from  sometimes  because  the  laws  of  Greek  euphony 
forbade  its  exact  reproduction.  The  neghgence  with  which 
they  are  chargeable  elsewhere  was  also  probably  aggravated 
here,  and  in  fact  there  are  many  instances  in  which  they  not 
merely  deviate  from  the  vowels  but  transpose  or  change  the 
letters.  Leaving  out  of  view,  therefore,  such  incidental  dis- 
crepancies as  are  to  be  accounted  for  in  the  ways  now  sug- 
gested, a  thorough  and  extended  examination  of  the  subject 
reveals,  with  all  the  general  agreement,  a  number  of  regular 
and  systematic  deviations. 

a.  These  are  thus  stated  by  Ewald,  Lehrbuch,  p.  116.  (1.)  An  e  ori  de- 
rived from  d  is  written  d,  as  nntn  0apa,  DS;^2  BaXaa/A.  psaa  Ta/Jawv,  B'J'i^ 
MapMf/. ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  a  is  sometimes  written  e,  ti^l'^briX 
0Xt/3eyua.  T5P  Kcve^.  ra  Te^,  especially  before  n ,  as  nnp  Kope,  HnT  Zape. 
(2.)  e  is  written  for  i  and  6  for  u,  CTis  XeTxatot,  DSn'^J  Teevva,  "liyia 
TeSecov,  O^-i^JTS  Meo-pai/i,  rm^_  Oxot,a&,  n^TS  O^ta.  (3.)  for  the  diph- 
thongal e  and  o  their  constituents  ai  and  au  are  substituted,  'JJ'^i?  Katvav, 
■iss  Na^av.  (4.)  The  vowel  letters  are  softened  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  X'lp*!  ovLKpa,  "'S'l'^l  ovLhafSrjp.  (5.)  Vocal  Sh'va  is  written  as  a 
full  vowel,  commonly  a,  or  if  an  0  follow,  0,  nixas  Sa^aw.?,  bsirn  TayouqX, 
C^ri"i3  Xepov^ijU,,  cno  2oSop,a ;  the  final  vowel  of  Segholates  is  also 
written  6  if  o  precedes,  T]bb  MoXox,  ~^^^  yop.op. 

3.  The  regularity  of  these  deviations  seems  to  be  best 
accounted  for  by  the  assumption  that  the  pronunciation 
represented  in  the  Septuagint  is  that  which  prevailed  among 
the  Jews  in  Egypt,  which  would  naturally  be  less  pure  than 
that  of  Palestine  represented  in  the  vowel  points,  and  which, 
moreover,  betrays  in  the  particulars  recited  above  a  strong 
leaning  to  Aramaean  forms  and  sounds.  Accordingly  the 
view  now  commonly  entertained  is  that  the  vowel  notation 
of  the  Masorites  is  correct,  at  least  in  all  essential  particulars, 
and  that  it  is  properly  to  be  put  at  the  basis  of  all  investiga« 
tions  into  the  phenomena  of  the  language. 


68  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  50 


Orthographic  Changes. 

§50.  The  signs  thus  far  described  represent  all  the 
sounds  of  the  Hebrew  language.  Its  stock  of  words  is 
formed  by  combining  these  in  various  significant  ways.  The 
laws  of  such  combinations,  and  especially  the  mutations  to 
which  they  are  subject,  or  which  they  occasion,  next  demand 
attention.  When  a  particular  idea  has  been  attached  to  a 
certain  combination  of  sounds,  its  different  modifications 
may  naturally  be  expressed  by  slightly  varying  those  sounds. 
This  may  take  place, 

1.  By  the  substitution  of  one  letter  for  another  of  like 
character,  and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  organ,  e.  g. : 

iT^fi  to  be,  exist,  n^fi  to  live  ;  523  to  pour  forth,  N23  the  same  idea  ap- 
plied to  words,  to  prophesy ;  p3S  to  encircle  the  neck  with  an  ornament, 
pan  to  strangle,  p35<  applied  to  sounds  uttered  in  strangulation,  to  groan; 
^?'^  'o  go  about  as  a  spy,  ba"!  to  go  about  as  a  merchant ;  0:3  to  collect, 
D'^tji  treasures;  ^"'35  a  cup,  'SZi'Ti  or  ^^ip  a  helmet  (of  similar  shape); 
r^  tender,  delicate,  pT  thin  ;  ^ispi  to  make  straight,  '{2i7\  to  straighten  the 
beam  of  the  balance,  to  weigh  ;  "i33  jirst  born.  11S3  Jii'st  ripe,  ip'a  the  first 
portion  of  the  day,  the  morning  ;  nbn  to  suspend,  nb^  applied  to  a  bucket, 
to  let  down;  ita  to  cut,  is;^  to  reap;  arit  gold,  :ihs  yellow;  '{^'O  to  con- 
ceal, *(E"vU  and  "jES  to  hide  away  as  treasures,  "EO  to  cover  with  boards ; 
yns  to  destroy  by  tearing  down.  ttJnj  to  destroy  by  uprooting ;  H 3::  to  slay, 
nat  to  sacrifice;  ban  to  bind,  baa  to  bound ;  rria  to  break  up,  flee,  tTna 
to  break  out,  blossom,  p'lQ  to  break  in  pieces ;  a^]^  to  cut  off,  a^n  to  hew 
stone,  aun  to  cut  wood. ;  in5  to  surround,  lus  to  encircle  the  head  with  a 
crown;  "t^J  to  pour  out,  "03  to  pour  in  libation  or  in  casting  metals ;  "iHS 
to  shine,  "ina  to  be  pure;  nnn  to  engrave,  ^a'ln  to  plough;  "jna  to  prove, 
"ina  to  approve,  choose  ;  nnia  to  drink,  its  causative  nj5il"n  ;  inn  to  break 
through,  ipn  to  investigate  ;  aS3  to  place,  its  reflexive  as^pifl. 

2.  By  the  transposition  of  letters,  e.  g. : 

■j^ne  to  deal  violently,  "isa  to  urge  ;  "i^|5  to  cut  with  the  sickle,  reap,  y^fs 
to  cut  with  the  teeth,  bite;  t\'ii\  to  blow,  T1JB3  breath;  033  to  collect,  033 
riches,  nissoia  storehouses. 

3.  By  the  addition  of  a  letter  : 

Thus,  from  the  letters  "ns,  in  which  inheres  the  idea  of  compression, 
are  formed  "I'lS  to  bind,  "i>i:i  to  press  together,  12X   to  heap   up,  "^3^   to  be 


4  51  ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES.  G9 

straitened,  ~S5  to  guard,  besiege,  "^^S  to  restrain,  ^ssn  an  enclosure  ;  from  73 
are  formed  "i]a  to  cut,  tna  /o  f?{i  ojf,  Tis  to  c?t^  Zoose,  go  away,  tta  to  shear, 
bu  to  plunder,  T'lta  /tett"«  stone;  r"^B  to  unfold,  make  distinct,  Tirins  to 
spread  out ;  D"i3  a  vineyard,  i''0'i3  a  garden. 

§  51.  Such  literal  clianges  as  those  just  recited  not  onl}/ 
serve  to  express  new  shades  of  meaning,  but  even  v^^here  the 
meaning  remains  precisely  the  same,  they  may  represent 
diversities  of  other  sorts.     Thus,  the  distinction  may  be, 

1.  In  point  of  currency  or  style :  One  form  of  the  word 
being  in  more  common  and  familiar  use,  the  other  more  rare 
and  savoring,  perhaps,  of  the  elevated  or  poetic  style,  e.  g. : 

■1S3  to  guard,  "1133  poetic ;  ll!i"i3  cypress,  ni'ia  once  in  poetry ;  "i5G  to 
shut,  rarely  "120;  irnro  storm,  nnyia  rare  and  poetic;  T)30  to  cover,  once 
Tjsia  :  TjS^  to  be  quenched,  once  TJ?T ;  D"Pi  to  abhor,  once  3Xn  ;  bsD  to  be 
foolish,  once  bos ;  nbiS  iniquity,  once  mbs  . 

2.  Of  antiquity :  The  pronunciation  of  a  word  or  its 
form  may  undergo  changes  in  the  lapse  of  time.  Of  the 
few  instances  of  this  sort,  which  our  imperfect  data  enable 
us  to  fix  upon  with  some  measure  of  confidence,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  taken  as  specimens,  e.  g. : 

To  laugh  in  the  Pentateuch  pns,  in  other  books  (Judg.  16:25  ex- 
cepted) pnb  ;  to  cry  out  in  the  Pentateuch  ps^  ,  only  once  (Ex.  2  :  23) 
p?T  which  is  the  more  frequent  form  in  other  books  ;  airS  ,  iia':^3  a  lamb, 
occur  in  the  Pentateuch  interchangeably  with  11333,  Hbas ,  which  are  the 
only  forms  found  in  other  books  ;  a  sceptre  uaa  ,  but  in  the  book  of  Esther 
ts-'a-jia  ;  Damascus  p'053'n  ,  in  Chronicles  pia?2n^  j  how  1  Chron.  13:  12. 
Dan.  10  :  17  Tpn  ,  in  earlier  books  Tj'^x  . 

3.  Of  Dialect :  The  same  word  may  come  to  be  pro- 
nounced differently  by  those  who  speak  distinct  though  re- 
lated languages.  Thus,  the  Aramaean  dialects,  the  Chaldee 
and  Syriac,  in  very  many  words  regularly  substitute  N  for  the 
Hebrew  final  n ,  and  the  corresponding  Unguals  for  the  He- 
brew sibilants,  2  being  sometimes  still  further  weakened  by 
the  loss  even  of  the  Ungual  sound  to  that  of  the  guttural  V , 
e.  g. : 


70  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  52 

Heb.  nyn  to  wander,  Chald.  Ni'i: ,  Syr,  \L4, ;  Heb.  nnt  gold.  Chald. 
ar.-n ,  Syr.  Isoi? ;  Heb.  ^!i:i  a  rock,  Chald.  •niili ,  Syr.  ]lLi  ;  Heb.  TZJblB 
<ftree,  Chald.  nbri  ,  Syr.  L^Z ,  Arab,  i^,^" ;  Heb.  y-iN  //le  ear/A,  Arab. 
^jo!| ,  Chald.  snx,  Syr.  jii,?!  .  Other  consonant  changes:  Heb.  13  a  son, 
Arab.  \j\  ,  Chald.  na ,  Syr.  j-s ;  Heb.  buj^  ^o  kill,  Arab.  Joa;  Heb. 
bbp)'^,  Syr. '^o^J;  Heb.  N&3  a  «/iro«e,  Chald.  "^DniSjSyr.  )-ka}?a3,  Arab. 
ILS;  Heb.  np^bn  a  ^eZd,  Chald.  xbpsn  ,  Syr.  \lLal ,  Eth.  A4>A.  I  . 

4.  Of  simple  euphony :  An  alternate  form  of  a  word 
may  be  produced  to  facilitate  its  pronunciation  or  make  its 
sound  more  pleasing,  e.  g. : 

•jiQJ-iX ,  •,;a"ii<  purple;  Clib ,  'rab  to  hate;  ^3^^  ,  H31U3  chamber, 
IDS, '-IDS  Achan;  -i3X:^D!l33  ,  -ISXITSSI^J  Nebuchadnezzar;  as'n ,  a^i'n 
Doeg;  D'^spbx,  Qiaiiabx  almug  or  algum  trees  ;  nirrib^,  nis^n^  iee/A. 

a.  Mere  varieties  of  orthography  must  not  be  mistaken  for  consonantal 
chancres,  e.  g.  X^  occasionally  for  ib  and  vice  versA,  probably  nsibsb  for 
ribso,  and  such  permutations  of  gutturals  as  abound  in  the  manuscripta 
of  the  Samaritans,  who,  making  no  distinction  in  the  sounds  of  these 
letters,  perpetually  confounded  them  in  writing,  Gesen.  Sam.  Pent.  p.  52. 
A  like  faulty  pronunciation  has  been  attributed  to  the  Galileans,  to  which 
there  is  a  probable  allusion  in  Matt.  26:73.     Buxtorf  Lex.  Chald.  p.  434. 

^52.  The  changes  thus  far  described  result  in  the  pro- 
duction of  distinct  words,  and  belong  to  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon  rather  than  of  the  grammar.  The  lexicographer  re- 
gards such  words  as  cognate,  and  traces  them  back  to  their 
common  source ;  but,  in  the  view  of  the  grammarian,  they 
are  totally  distinct.  The  mutations  with  which  the  latter 
concerns  himself  are  such  as  take  place  in  the  direct  deriva- 
tion and  inflection  of  words.  These  are  altogether  euphonic, 
are  more  restricted  in  their  character,  and  take  place  within 
far  narrower  limits,  than  those  heretofore  considered.  When 
words  are  subjected  to  grammatical  changes  their  sounds 
are  brought  into  new  connections,  attended,  it  may  be,  with 


^  58  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  71 

a  difficulty  of  utterance  which  demands  some  measure  of 
rehef,  or  they  pass  readily  and  naturally  into  other  sounds, 
which  are  easier  of  pronunciation  or  more  agreeable  to  the 
ear.  The  mutations  thus  induced  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 
Consonant  Changes,  the  Conversion  of  Consonants  into 
Vowels,  and  Vowel  Changes.  These  will  require  to  be  con- 
sidered separately. 


Consonant  Changes. 

§  53.  The  first  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
affect  the  consonants.  These  mostly  arise  from  the  concur- 
rence of  two  consonants,  creating  a  difficulty  in  the  pronun- 
ciation or  yielding  a  sound  displeasing  to  the  ear.  This  may 
take  place  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  a  syllable. 
Syllables  in  Hebrew  may,  and  often  do,  begin  with  two  con- 
sonants, §18.  1  ;  but  the  necessity  of  this  is  avoided  in 
certain  cases  by  the  following  expedients : 

1.  In  the  beginning  of  words  the  weak  letter  n  is  some- 
times prefixed  with  a  short  vowel,  thus  creating  a  new  initial 
syllable  to  which  the  first  consonant  may  be  transferred. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  this  are  afforded  by  the  second  and  seventh 
conjugations  of  verbs,  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael,  e.  s,.  bi:;?!-)  :=  hhpi'n  for 
bup?:;  h-^-p^T^T]  probably  for  bbj^tn  §82.  5.  h.  In  ^iJn'iN  Ezek.  14 :  3  K  ia 
prefixed  instead  of  n  .  Prosthesis  is  more  common  in  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon,  where  N  is  always  the  letter  used,  e.g.  ^i'lT ,  SintN  arm  ;  bi^rj, 
iii^nx  yesterday.  A  prefixed  S^  is  even  occasionally  employed  to  soften 
the  pronunciation  without  the  necessity  stated  above,  e.  g.  D'^nans,  D"'B55< , 
D'^siB'l'ix,  D-'fsiN  .  So  in  Chaldee  o^is  hlood,  Heb.  M ;  -jax  garden,  Heb. 
■jS.  In  Arabic  the  concurrence  of  two  consonants  at  the  beffinninu  of  a 
word  is  regularly  obviated  by  prefixing  I .     Comp,  Greek  y.9€s,  eX'^e?. 

2.  The  first  of  the  concurrent  consonants,  if  it  has  a 
comparatively  feeble  sound,  is  sometimes  dropped. 


72  ORTnOGRAPIIY.  '  §  53 

a.  This  occurs  regularly  in  verbs  whose  first  radical  is  "^  or  3 ,  and  in 
nouns  derived  from  such  verbs,  e.g.  -i?  ior  2llJ'^ ,  rtrTl  for  !ii"17i  ^^2  for 
b-ldi ,  "in  for  ina ,  in  Ezek.  2 :  10  for  '•rr: ,  brdn  Ezek.  1 :4  for  b7:-:;n3 ,  and 
perhaps  ^N3  Am.  8 : 8  for  nx'^s . 

X  is  thus  dropped  in  >i3nD  for  ^:ri:x,Ui  for  ^li"X  ;  also  in  a  few  instances  from 
the  beginning  of  the  second  sylkible  of  words,  e.g.  "pr.^lj.  Ezeii.  28:16 
for  ^TiaXN.;;  ;  t\^  Job  32:  11  for  r'TNN  ;  D-n^on  Eccl.  4:  14  for  DinsiOwXri; 
n-'53-iri'2  Ciiron.  22:5  for  D^Eixn:  n-ib'a  Ezek.  20:37  for  rnoNTD;  nVsg 
1  Kin.  5 :  25  with  Daghesh-forte  conscvative  for  HP^N'O  ;  Stis  Prov. 
8:17  for  =nxs ;  'p'tts  Prav.  17:4  for  'Piso;  Ti'rhti  \  Sam.  "l :  17  lor 
Tjn^ijtTlJ .  These  examples  likewise  admit  of  a  different  explanation;  j^ 
may  give  up  its  consonantal  power,  losing  its  sound  in  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding vowel,  agreeably  to  §57.  2  (2),  after  which  it  may  readily  be 
dropped  altogether. 

53  is  occasionally  dropped  from  the  participles  of  the  Pual  or  fourth 
conjugation,  as  n^jb  for  nfsbo ;  b  in  np  for  nj^b ;  n  in  rsb  Ex.  3:2  for 
fi^r?.^;  cn''t:b  Ex.  7:22  for' t:n"'i:nb  Ex.  7:11;  and  perhaps  3  in  nroo 
Gen.  49: 11,  which  appears  to  be  for  nhlDlS  . 

6.  The  rejection  of  a  consonant  from  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  when 
not  immediately  followed  by  another  consonant,  is  exceptional ;  as  "n 
Judg.  9:11  for  1^;  ;  nnn  2  Sam.  22:41  for  nnn; ;  nn  Ezek.  33:30  for 
^nx  :  niB'iin  Neh.  3 :  13  for  nisirxn ;  "^nb-inn  Judg.  9;  9  for  •^nb'^nnn,  and 

-   -  '  ..  IT  :   -  IT  '  •   :  -t:  r.-  y"  *  :  -t:  it   v' 

perhaps  siilJ  Jer.  42:  10,  which  seems  to  be  lor  ai^V 


3.  The  second  consonant  is  sometimes  dropped,  if  it  is  a 
letter  of  feeble  sound. 


a.  This  is  regularly  the  case  with  ri  of  the  article  and  of  verbal  pre- 
fixes, and  "^  as  the  final  radical  of  verbs,  e.  g.  P'l'ab  for  n^anb ;  bijjSli  for 
bbprr^ ;  ^iBa  for  >ii'ba . 

It  occurs  besides  in  a  few  sporadic  examples  with  these  same  letters, 
and  more  rarely  still  with  N  ,  1 ,  and  S ,  e.  g.  if  for  Itit ,  "'S  Ezek.  2  :  10  for 
^ns ,  us'r'ii  for  DS'^iiTi ,  ^:]:i:p7  and  ^ri^:2p  with  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive for  *inD^'Jp3^'  and  sinn^-jp ;  ^"i^l  Lam.  3:53  for  ^^::^l ,  Tiii^n  Gen. 
3  :  16  for  "ii'^li^.  ;  "E^^  .Job  35 :  11  for  13S^X^  ,  D"^52n  Ex.  26:  24  for  D'^fewXri, 
hWi  Isa.  13:  20  for  ^nxv  ^SnTPii  2  Sam.  22:' 40  for  ■'5'!lTNnT ;  i3  Isa.  3 :  24 
for  ■'"S,  "'SJ  for  "i;!?. ,  D*'73^  for  C^^';' ;  "^2  as  a  particle  of  entreaty,  probably 
for  ''s'a,  'r^'p^'i  Am.  8:  8  (K'thibh)  for  nspWD ;  ba  the  name  of  a  Baby- 
lonish deity  for  bra  is  a  foreign  contraction.  The  conjecture  that  "iia 
Mic.  1 :  10  is  for  13?3  in  Accho  is  ingenious  and  favoured  by  the  occurrence 
of  rsa  in  Gath  in  the  parallel  clause;  but  it  is  at  variance  with  the  points, 
which,  upon  this  hypothesis,  should  be  iaa. 

h.  In  rare  cases  this  rejection  occurs  even  after  a  mixed  syllable, 
whose  final  consonant  is  thus  drawn  forward,  e.  g.  ncx  for  nn?:x ,  H^n 
Job  29:6  for  nN^an,  aknrn  Ex.  2:4  for  as":nPi  and'probably  pBN  Ps. 
139  :  8  with  Daghesh-forte  conservative  for  pbo^.  • 


§54  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  73 

^  54.  When  the  concurrence  takes  place  at  the  close  of 
a  syllable,  whether  the  second  consonant  belongs  to  the  same 
syllable  with  the  first  as  at  the  end  of  words,  or  to  a  difi'er- 
ent  syllable  as  in  the  middle  of  words,  the  following  changes 
may  be  produced. 

1.  An  aspirate  following  another  consonant  loses  its 
aspiration,  §  21  ;  or  if  it  be  brought  into  juxtaposition  with 
its  like  so  as  to  form  a  doubled  letter,  the  aspiration  of  both 
will  be  removed,  §  23.  2,  unless  the  combination  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  word,  where  the  reduplication  is  not  expressed, 
^25.  Thus,  pra  for  nnia ,  ofenn  for  oisnnn,  inab  for  innnb, 
but  nn  from  nn*},  nSt^ri  1  Kin.  1  :  15  for  t^'n^tiz  or  nn'^t?^, 
nin^a  Ezek.  4  :  3  for  inning. ,  nnir^  Mai.  1 :  14  for  nnnisia . 

2.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  in  certain 
cases  assimilated  to  the  second,  the  doubling  thus  occasioned 
being  expressed  as  in  the  case  of  letters  originally  alike  by 
Daghesh-forte,  except  at  the  end  of  words,  §25,  where 
Daghesh  disappears  or  is  only  virtually  present,  being  re- 
sumed upon  the  addition  of  a  fresh  vowel  or  syllable.  This 
is  most  frequently  the  case  with  the  liquid  3 ,  rarely  with  b 
and  "1  and  only  in  particidar  words ;  so  ri  of  the  Hithpael 
of  verbs  before  "7  and  I3 ,  and  in  a  few  instances  before  sibi- 
lants and  other  letters,  and  "7  at  the  end  of  a  few  words 
before  n .  Thus,  in'?  for  inr ,  nnia  for  r^ini^ ;  ri'^'}  for  npb;' , 
nb  Ezek.  27  :  23  for  nibs  Am.  6:2;  ^Sia  for  ^b  nirx ;  ^ia^^^ 
for  ^ss'iin':,  xiaiD"]  for  xi3t:n\  ^s-tj-i  for  'lirnn,  Q'aiffin  for 
n^iirnn ,  ^sasn  for  ^S3?rin ,  nssn  for  nssnri ;  nb  for  n"ib ,  nnK 
for  n'inx . 

a.  So  perhaps  5  in  neia  according  to  Gesenius  for  fiords  and  D^  for 
D3T3.  Compare  Greek  o-uyyei'j^s  for  o-vryev?^?,  rcru/x/Aat  for  TeruTr/xat,  and 
Eng.  il-logical,  ir-religion,  im-malure  formed  by  the  negative  prefix  in. 

8.  A  few  isolated  cases  occur  of  the  reverse  process  more 
common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  by  which  a  doubled  letter  is 
resolved  into  two  different  consonants  by  the  change  of  the 


74  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^55 

first  or  the  second  member  of  the  reduphcation  to  a  liquid 
nor  3,  e.g.  ^^n?^  forbsD^,  pi?^'}?  for  p^.^^ ,  ^i^ts^^a  Isa. 
23  :  11  for  J^^:^^,  ^iip  Job  18  :  2  in  the  judgment  of  some 
for  ^'k'p  ends,  though  others  make  the  5  a  radical,  and  give 
the  word  the  sense  of  snares.  The  conjecture  that  ^3'an  Ps. 
64  :  7,  Lam.  3  :  22  is  for  ^^rj  is  unnecessary  and  unwar- 
ranted. 

4.  When  M  of  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  would  stand  before 
a  sibilant,  it  is  transposed  with  D  and  t) ,  and  with  2  it  is  in 
addition  changed  to  t:.  Thus,  nnno^  for  incri)3,  ni^niB:"  for 
^^^ri? ,  n^nis:  for  nyton:' ,  pTJ^?  for  p^^t^^ . 

a.  In  n3i::i3ii2;rir!  Jer.  49 :  3  the  transposition  does  not  take  place  in  con- 
sequence of  the  number  of  similar  letters  which  would  thus  be  brought 
into  proximity.  In  the  cognate  languages  n  is  likewise  transposed  with  t 
and  changed  to  1:  thus,  Chald.  'i^S'nTli  for  "iiatrir);  so,  also,  in  Syriac  and 
Arabic.  The  only  example  of  a  Hebrew  verb  whose  first  letter  is  T  ap- 
pearing in  this  conjugation  is  >i3Tn  Isa.  1:16,  where  n  is  assimilated 
agreeably  to  2.  Compare  with  these  transpositions  the  frequent  Doric 
change  of  ^  (^  So-)  iulo  crB,  as  o-vpicrSaj  for  avpi^hi. 

§  55.  The  occurrence  of  a  consonant  at  the  end  of  a 
word  may,  inasmuch  as  the  succeeding  word  must  necessarily 
begin  with  one,  be  regarded  as  an  additional  case  of  the  con- 
currence of  consonants.  As  the  contact  is  less  close,  how- 
ever, than  when  they  meet  in  the  same  word,  it  is  less  fruitful 
of  changes  than  in  the  cases  already  considered. 

1.  There  are  three  instances  in  which  it  has  been  doubt- 
fully conjectured  that  a  final  "J  has  been  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing initial  "Q;  viz.  Diiiic;'  Isa.  35  :  1  presumed  to  be  for 
l^iair;- J  Di^ns  Num.  3  -.49  for  p^ns  Ex.  21  :  30,  Ps.  49  :  9  ; 
0^0  Gen.  28:12. 


a.  Final  consonants  are  in  Sanskrit  perpetually  modified  by  the  initial 
letter  of  the  following  word.     But  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  this  is  so  in 
Hebrew,  even  in  the  examples  alleged,  as  the  forms  admit  of  a  different 
explanation.     See  in  regard  to  the  first  passage,  Dr.  Alexander's  Com 
mentary. 


§  56  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  75 

2.  A  few  cases  occur  of  the  rejection  of  a  letter,  chiefly 
■j  and  12 ,  from  the  end  of  a  word. 


a.  1  of  the  verbal  endings  ']^  and  T^ .  is  almost  always  dropped,  being 
only  retained  as  an  archaic  or  emphatic  form,  and  chiefly  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  e.  g.  'i^'S'i^,  Deut.  8  :  16,  but  mostly  '^'^^l^;  ■|^'^3'!!Pi  Gen.  32:20,  com- 
monly I"i3']n;  'rili?,!!)  Ruth  3:4,  commonly  "'iy?.n.  So,  too,  in  some 
proper  nounsj  'ji'na^  Zech.  12: 11,  i^S^J  Josh.  12  :21  ;  l^'^UJ,  whose  original 
T  is  shown  in  the  derivative  "'V^"'!^  and  is  perpetuated  in  the  modern  name 
Seiliin. 

b.  In  like  manner  a  is  rejected  from  the  dual  and  plural  terminations 
of  nouns  upon  their  entering  into  the  close  connection  of  the  construct 
Btate  with  the  following  word,  ■'iTX  from  n'^i^S,  "'Pa  from  D"'ri3 . 

c.  If  the  feminine  endings  n_  and  n^  have,  as  is  probable,  a  common 
origin,  this  may  be  best  explained  by  the  assumption  that  n  is  in  many 
cases  rejected  from  the  termination,  leaving  only  the  vowel,  though  it  ia 
always  retained  when  any  addition  is  made  to  the  word :  thus,  the  con- 
struct state  rosn,  absolute  nisn,  but  with  a  suffix  "^n^an ;  s^Vj;? 
(comp.  n^TX  Deut.  32  :  36),  "^inBLjpJ.  It  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  this 
phenomenon  does  not  establish  the  possibility  of  an  interchange  between 
the  consonants  ft  and  n,  because  ."i  in  this  case  represents  not  h  but  the 
vowel  a. 

^56.  A  few  other  changes  remain  to  be  mentioned  which 
are  due  to  special  causes. 

1.  Nun  is  often  inserted  in  certain  forms  of  verbal 
suffixes  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  two  vowels,  ^^2';}^?;^ 
Jer.  5  :  22,  or  §  53.  3.  a.  ^J-in?,^.  Isa.  33  :  21  for  ^nnn?;: , 
inpTbTai-ix  Ex.  15:2  for  in'b)2inN .  Comp.  Gr.  dvoaio^  and 
English  indefinite  article  an. 

2.  Vav  at  the  beginning  of  words  is  changed  to  "• ,  e.  g. 
^k^  for  ^J?;) ,  "ii":  for  "ib^ ,  ^'"o^^  for  Vd]?^  .  The  only  exceptions 
are  the  four  words  1^,  ^\)  Prov.  21  :  8,  ^^n  Gen.  11  :  30, 
^bn  2  Sam.  6:23  (K'ri),  and  the  prefixes  Vav  Conjunctive 
and  Vav  Conversive. 

3.  Vav,  though  capable  of  being  reduplicated,  e.  g.  1??^? 
is  in  most  instances  relieved  from  this  necessity  by  tlie  sub- 
stitution of  '',  or  by  doubling  the  following  letter  in  its 
stead,  e.  g.  d!:)?n  or  Disipx  for  D!!J5« . 


76  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^57 

a.  In  one  instance  after  such  a  change  of  1  1o  ''j  a  following  "^  suffers 
the  contrary  change  to  1  to  prevent  the  triple  recurrence  of  the  sama 
letter,  r\}},~ii<,  Isa.  6:  9  for  "q^^nx^. 

4.  Yodh  before  the  plural  termination  d"^.  is  in  a  few 
cases  changed  to  i?  to  prevent  the  conjunction  of  like 
sounds,  U^k^bn  Hos.  11  :  7  for  o'^ibn  Josh.  10  :  26;  u^ki^'i 
Hos.  11  :  8  for  n^ba  Gen.  10  :  19 ;  D^s^^'i  from  ^1^^:  D^Kna 

.  J  ■   T  -  J  •    T    : 

(also  nisnis)  for  n^^a:^ ;  \>{ib3  Jer.  38  :  12  for  ''iba  (or  as  some 
read,  r'?ib2)  ver.  11. 


a.  In  like  manner  T  is  changed  to  X  before  ni  in  the  word  ni'xs  for 
rii"i3  from  riTS;  it  is  consequently  unnecessary  to  assume,  as  Gesenius  does, 
a  singular  nx2  which  never  occurs. 


Change  of  Consonants  to  Vowels. 

§57.  The  second  class  of  changes  is  the  conversion  of 
consonants  into  vowels,  or  the  substitution  of  the  latter  foi 
the  former.     This  occurs, 

1.  Occasionally  in  reduplicated  syllables  or  letters,  sii3 
for  nsn? ;  ni^t^itj  for  nistjat:;  bia  for  baba  Gen.  11:9;  ninb? 
2  Chron.  35  :  13  from  nn^*  Prov.  19  :  24. 

2.  Much  more  frequently  with  the  quiescents. 

(1)  A  prefixed  )  is  softened  to  its  homogeneous  vowel  u 
before  other  labials  or  voweUess  letters,  e.  g.  riiii,  ^k'^'^;  the 
softening  of  an  initial  ''  to  f  only  occurs  in  ''T?''^  1  Chron. 
2  :  13  for  ^^.-^  ver.  1 2,  tj«  2  Sam.  14  :  19,  Mic.  6  :  10  for  Ta."? . 

(2)  Medial  or  final  quiescents  without  vowels  of  their 
own  often  lose  their  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel.. 
This  is  invariably  the  case  with  1  and  ^  following  their  homo- 
geneous vowels,  e.  g.  ^'iin  for  ^^)'!^  §  59,  ni^rTia  for  nn^n^a, 
unless  they  are  doubled,  as  ''i^f'a ,  S^-!?,  and  occasionally  even 


§  57       CHANGE  OF  CONSONANTS  TO  VOWELS.         77 

then,  e.  g.  ■^'o'^^  for  '^'at^'a .  Final  N  always,  and  medial  K  fre- 
quently, gives  up  its  consonant  sound  after  any  vowel  what- 
ever, e.  g.  sia ,  N"ia ,  nsib  for  J^xib . 

a.  Medial  X  regularly  loses  its  consonantal  power  in  the  future  Kal  of 
Pe  Aleph  verbs,  e.g.  bix^  ;  in  "itx  preceded  by  b,  thus  liaxb ;  in  Q'^H'^X 
and  certain  forms  of  'iix  preceded  by  the  prefixes  3  b  3  1,  thus,  cnbxb , 
■in'bxb  but  tniiJxb;  lihsb'  Tiihxb,  •'iSxb  but  1i"ix"b ,  liSxb,  sijiiSxb.  The 
following  examples  are  of  a  more  individual  character,  e.g.  <^15*3  for  n^_X3, 
nh'Si  1  Kin.  11:39  for  nsyxi ,  t|0?Oxn  Num.  11:4,  Q-'ibtxa  Jer.  40:'"l, 
ninsaxiJ  Isa.  14:  23.  In  a  few  cases  this  has  led  to  a  change  of  ortho- 
graphy, the  s  which  is  no  longer  heard  being  dropped,  or  another  vowel 
letter  substituted  for  it,  e.  g.  ^ibDi"'  Ezek.  42:5,  and  b-'ilX  Hos.  11  :4  from 
biij,  "(iiu^-i  Job  8:8  for  v;axn,' ilJin  Deut.  32:32  for  Tiixn,  and  the  exam- 
ples cited  §53.  2,  a. 

b.  The  consonant  n  never  loses  its  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel 
like  the  rest  of  the  quiescents.  The  letter  n  is  often  used  to  denote  a 
vowel,  but  if  in  any  word  it  properly  expresses  a  consonant  this  is  never 
converted  into  a  vowel,  or  vice  versd.  The  exceptions  are  apparent  not 
real,  as  in  the  frequent  abbreviation  of  the  ending  ^in^  in  proper  names  to 
1^^,  thus  in^pTH,  n^i^fin.  The  change  here  does  not  consist  in  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  *l  and  the  softening  of  the  consonant  n,  but  the  syllable 
in  is  dropped,  whereupon  final  Kamets  is  written  by  its  appropriate  vowel 
letter,  §  11.  1,  a,  just  as  iirr'js'^iD  after  the  rejection  of  W^  becomes  niix; . 
So  in  those  rare  cases  in  which  n  is  substituted  for  the  suffix  PT,  e.g. 
irnsb  Lev.  13:4  for  t^yj'O .  The  proper  name  bxnns  Num.  34:28  is  de- 
rived not  from  tris  but  rris,  a  root  of  kindred  meaning,  of  whose  exist- 
ence, though  otherwise  unattested,  this  word  is  itself  a  sufficient  voucher. 

(3)  Medial  i5  often  gives  its  vowel  to  a  preceding  vowel- 
less  letter  and  rests  in  its  sound;  '^  occasionally  does  the 
same  with  a  homogeneous  vowel,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel- 
less  prefix. 

a.  Thus,  X:  D-'iiJx'i  for  D'^iixn ,  nsan  for  rix'jri;  'r]-jx|a  Ezek,  25:6 
from  axiy  ver,  15;  Nliij  Ps,  139:20  for  ^ix'vUS  .  so  n^'6i-^  Jer,'\0:5;  "'iaixi 
from  la^X'};  Dxnia  Neh,  6:8for  cx^iia ;  xin  Isa.  51:20,  ixFi  Deut.  14:5; 
D-tx-Jn  1  Sam. ']4:33  for  D-^xah ; 'niaxs  Isa.  10:13  for"i'^3J<3;  ityx] 
Zech.  1 1 : 5  for  "ilJSX^ ;  this  even  occurs  after  mixed  syllables,  e.  g.  iiDxbia 
for  niwXb^  ;  yXD^  for  ^'X?^ ;  ^^"IT!^  for  nx-ipb ,  particularly  in  proper 
nouns  bxriD'a-i  for  bxSJTSTr";  j'bxsnn  tor  bxsnn.'  So,  ''!",'i-iri"'3  Eccles.  2:13 
for  ■ji'in'^S;  rbb-'i  Jer.  25:36  ^or  n'^h'^^-} ;  nni^ib  Prov.  30:17  for  n^tis^b . 
There  is  no  instance  of  this  with  1,  on  the  contrary,  mX"'!?  Cant.  5:2,  12. 

(4)  At  the  end  of  words  1  and  "^ ,  when  without  a  vowel 
of  their  own  and  preceded  by  a  vowelless  letter,  invariably 


78  OBTHOGRAPHT.  ^  58 

quiesce  in  their  homogeneous  vowels,  1  in  an  unaccented  m, 
''  in  t,  which  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  and  frequently 
causes  the  dissolution  of  a  previous  syllable  and  the  rejection 
of  its  vowel,  T<i  for  'ins ,  ^nnia^  for  yirw^ ;  ^n^  for  ^n;! ,  ^na 
for  ^'iB ,  ^^ -I  for  '^12'^  . 

(5)  When  preceded  or  accompanied  hy  heterogeneous 
vowels,  1  and  "^  are  sometimes  dropped,  or  if  the  vowel  be  a, 
they  not  unfrequently  combine  with  it,  forming  the  diph- 
thongal 0  and  e,  §  62.  1,  e.  g.  pk'^'n  for  ps^n ,  tlh^  for  "'■35,  n^a 
for  "^^5,  Dp  for  Dip,  D^pn  for  D'^'ipn,  tyn  for  n^^;  s^oin  for 
a-'nri,  iij'i^?  for  tJ:i'ip ,  ni^  construct  state  of  nj-Q,  n^a  const, 
of  n^i,  b-^fn  for  b^^;'n,  n^.)":  for  ''^.^^ 

a.  Vav  rarely  rem ainf?  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel  unless  accompanied 
by  weak  letters,  by  contrast  with  which  it  becomes  comparatively  strong, 


Vowel  Changes. 

§  58.  1.  The  third  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
take  place  in  the  vowels.  The  primary  office  of  the  vowels 
is  to  aid  in  pronouncing  the  consonants,  to  which  conse- 
quently they  are  quite  subordinate,  merely  occupying,  so  to 
speak,  the  interstices  between  them.  Their  number  and 
variety  being  greater,  however,  than  is  demanded  for  this 
single  purpose,  they  have  besides  to  a  certain  extent  an  in- 
dependent value  and  meaning  of  their  own  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  words.  (1)  Changes  of  vowels,  while  they  cannot 
hke  a  difference  of  consonants  create  distinct  verbal  roots,  are 
yet  fruitful  of  those  minor  modifications  of  which  etymology 
takes  cognizance,  such  as  the  formation  of  derivatives  and 
grammatical  mflexions,  e.  g.  b'ia  to  he  great,  b'la  greatness, 
bi'ia  great;  '^b'p  he  killed,  bitip  to  kill,  Vibp  kill  thou,  bbp 
killing,  b^t3p  killed ;  ono  a  horse,  HD^D  a  mare.  (2)  They 
may  indicate  differences  in  the  forms  of  words  which  have 


§58  VOWEL    CHANGES.  79 

arisen  in  the  lapse  of  time;  ny:  in  the  Pentateuch  means  in- 
differently girl  or  boy,  in  later  books  girl  is  nn?D ;  s^n  in  the 
Pentateuch  he  or  she,  in  other  books  she  is  always  s-rn ;  the 
form  of  the  demonstrative  Tsi^^r^  is  found  only  in  Genesis, 
i%r\  in  writers  after  the  time  of  Moses,  ^T^n  in  Ezekiel; 
the  plural  of  the  demonstrative  in  the  Pentateuch  bx  or  n^s , 
elsewhere,  with  a  single  exception,  ri^s  .  The  imperfect  no- 
tation of  the  vowels  in  the  original  mode  of  writing  by  letters 
alone  has,  however,  left  us  without  the  means  of  ascertaining 
to  what  extent  such  changes  may  have  taken  place.  (3)  They 
may  indicate  diversity  of  dialect,  e.  g.  ^i?j?  to  kill,  Chald.  ^to]^, 

Syr.  V^La  ,  Arab.  Jjci ,  Ethiop.  *'!' A : . 

2.  The  vowel  changes  with  which  orthography  is  con- 
cerned, on  the  other  hand,  are  purely  euphonic,  being  in 
themselves  void  of  significance,  and  springing  solely  from  the 
natural  preference  for  what  is  easier  of  utterance  or  more 
agreeable  to  the  ear.  Orthographically  considered,  vowels 
are  either  mutable  or  immutable,  the  latter  being  unaffected 
by  those  circumstances  which  occasion  changes  in  the  former. 
A  vowel  may  be  immutable  by  natm'e,  or  made  so  by  posi- 
tion. A  short  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  before  the  ac- 
cent is  ordinarily  immutable  by  position,  being  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  common  causes  of  mutation,  e.  g.  ^S'l'a ,  nnsic^ . 
Long  vowels  are  immutable  by  nature  in  certain  words  or 
classes  of  words ;  but  they  are  only  distinguishable  as  such 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  etymological  forms  which  require 
them.  It  may,  however,  be  observed,  as  a  general  though 
not  an  invariable  rule,  that  the  vowels  of  such  words  and 
forms  as  are  prevailingly  written  with  the  vowel  letters  are 
less  liable  to  mutation  than  those  which  are  prevailingly 
written  without  them.  Mutable  vowels  are  liable  to  changes 
both  of  quantity,  from  long  to  short,  and  the  reverse,  and 
of  quality  from  pure  to  mixed  {u  to  o,  i  to  <?,  a  to  c)  and  the 
reverse,   these  changes  being  confined,  except  in  rare  in- 


i73't 


80  '  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  59,  60 

stances,  to  the  cognate  forms ;  thus,  i  never  passes  into  u  or 
0,  nor  these  into  a.  Only  as  c  stands  in  relation  to  both  i 
and  «,  it  serves  to  mediate  the  interval  between  them,  and 
thus  accounts  for  the  occasional  changes  of  i  to  a  or  the  re- 
verse, e.  g.  b"^i2pn ,  n'^bj^n ;  ra  for  n:n ,  ^na  j  d^  ,  Dsti'i  comp. 

T   /         V   :  V 

a.  The  exceptional  change  from  m  or  o  to  e  occurs  only  in  the  pro- 
nouns, e.  g.  cr3:jp ,  betbre  suffixes  inbop ;  and  in  the  particle  rs ,  before 
suffixes  rx .  There  are  also  a  ievf  examples  of  the  change  of  short 
vowels  in  mixed  syllables  before  the  accent,  e.  g.  ■^33"'^. ,  construct  nas^a, 
plural  rTi33-i52. 

§  59.  The  mutations  of  vowels  are  due  to  one  or  other 
of  the  following  causes,  viz. :  1.  Syllabic  changes.  2.  The 
influence  of  consonants.  3.  The  influence  of  vowels.  4.  The 
accent.  5.  The  shortening  or  lengthening  of  words.  As  the 
vowel  of  unaccented  mixed  syllables  is  always  short,  and  that 
of  simple  syllables  long,  §18.  2,  it  is  evident  that  a  change 
in  the  character  of  a  syllable  will  involve  a  corresponding 
change  in  its  vowel,  unless  the  accent  interfere  to  prevent. 
Accordingly,  when  for  any  cause  a  mixed  syllable  becomes 
simple,  its  short  vowel  will  be  converted  into  a  long  one ; 
and  when  a  simple  syllable  becomes  mixed,  the  reverse 
change  wiU  take  place,  e.  g.  ^n ,  D'^nn ;  rrap ,  n'o]? .  In 
the  case  of  the  vowels  i  and  u  there  is  frequently  an  addi- 
tional change  of  quality,  viz.,  of  ^  to  e  and  u  to  o,  e.  g.  D'^pn 
for  D-'ipn;  1:13  for  liiD  in  place  of  1^3  \bQ.  3. 

fl 

a.  Daghesh-forte  is  thus  resolved  by  the  prolongation  of  the  previous 
vowel  in  ^i^ap,  ^L^i'i-'p;  as^Q ,  Ti"?!?"'5? ;  "^li'^n ,  "'lii'iBn  ;  D-'Jiia,  n^r-n^D; 
■ipn.  ip^in;  D-^cpii^  Eccies.  9-12  for  n''ii:;3';;73  Wi.2.a;  ^■iponn  for  ^npenn; 
nn'^S  Lam.  1:8,  if  this  is  for  iTns  see  ver.  17 ;  and  if  the  conjecture  of 
Gesenius  (Thesaurus,  p.  483)  be  correct  as  to  the  true  reading  in  1  Chron; 
23:6,  24:3  cpbm  for  cp^n^. 

§  60.  Contiguous  consonants  may  give  rise  to  vowel 
changes  by  their  individual  peculiarities,  as  is  the  case  with 


§  60  VOWEL    CHANGES.  81 

the  gutturals,  or  by  tlieir  concurrence.     The  pecuUaritles  of 
the  gutturals  are  fourfold,  viz. : 

1.  A  preference  for  the  vowel  Pattahh  of  the  same  organ, 
into  which,  consequently,  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
is  frequently  converted,  e.  g.  nbiij  for  nbir ;  n?S  for  0^6 ;  'ni^'} 
for  nsr ;  s-B^  for  yi3© ;  ?]s<:tj3  from  xiio . 

a.  The  instances  in  which  this  permutation  occurs  cannot  easily  be 
embraced  under  any  general  rules.  In  some  cases  it  was  optional;  in 
others,  usage  decides  for  it  or  against  it  without,  however,  being  absolutely 
uniform.  Tlie  following  statements  embrace  what  is  of  most  importance. 
(1)  The  stability  of  the  vowel  often  depends  upon  the  weight  attached  to 
it  in  the  etymological  form  ;  thus,  3>?3T!3  in  the  imperative  but  not  in  the  in- 
finitive for  ybo;  yp^'-;!  for  yq^"!,  but  y^ii:  not  r^b  for  raiy.  (2)  The 
vowel  preceding  the  guttural  is  more  liable  to  change  than  that  which 
succeeds  it,  e.  g.  srir^  always,  but  by^^  and  h'vW;  HDni  but  tjnni;  npy'j_ 
but  ll^y  .  (3)  An  accented  vowel  is  sometimes  retained  where  one  un- 
accented would  suffer  change,  e.  g. 'in  "^  but")n^i;  "'n'fV,  nnp .  (4)  O  and 
u  are  less  subject  to  alteration  than  t  and  e,  e.  g.  bJJQ  for  b"B  ;  a  which  ia 
already  cognate  with  the  gutturals  is  mostly  retained,  though  it  occasion- 
ally becomes  a  before  PI.  e.g.  tSTix  from  nx,  ■^n:J3'a  Job  31 :  24  (in  most 
copies)  from  nijriia,  na7  from  nns"^ .  (5)  X  in  many  cases  prefers  the 
diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o,  thus  btipx,  "'nsirs,  ^'iXi^n,  "iDn;;  but  tiinox^  ; 
K2^ ,  b35<"i.  (6)  1  partakes  of  this  preference  for  d  to  a  limited 'extent, 
e.g.  "iD'T  for  "lO'i  or  iD'i:  Ni'i  from  nxi"' . 

2.  The  reception  of  Pattahh  furtive,  §  17,  at  the  end  of  a 
word  after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  any  other  than 
a),  or  before  a  vowelless  final  consonant,  e.  g.  ?'^  ,  <!J"'3^!!,  nS, 


r    > 


a.  This  is  necessary  when  the  vowel  preceding  a  final  guttural  cannot 
be  converted  into  Pattahh.  Sometimes  the  form  with  Pattahh  and  that  with 
Pattahh  furtive  occur  interchangeably,  e.  g.  n|'^b.  and  n^ab ,  or  with  a 
slight  distinction,  as  n|ir5<,  in  pause  :nf50N;  nsTi3,  construct  nSTia.  In 
a  few  instances  a  guttural  preceding  a  final  vowelless  letter  takes  simple 
Sh'va  instead  of  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  ft-pb  1  Kin.  U  :  3,  and  in  most 
editions  priDilJ  Jer.  13  :  25.  As  final  S  is  always  either  quiescent  or  otiant, 
it  never  receives  Pattahh  furtive.  The  letter  i  never  takes  it  unless  it  be 
in  a  single  instance,  and  that  in  a  penultimate  syllable  t{iT,  Ps.  7 : 6, 
which  is  probably  to  be  read  yi^rdoph ;  though  it  might  be  pronounced 
yiraddoph,  which  some  conceive  to  be  an  anomalous  form  for  ri^"^.;^ ,  after 
the  analogy  of  pn^;;i  Gen.  21:6,  the  compound  Sh'va  being  lengthened 
into  a  vowel  followed  by  euphonic  Daghesh,  as  in  the  related  worda 
6 


82  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  60 

nniian  Tsa.  1:6,  and  ir^pn  Isa.  53:5,  while  others  adopt  the  explanation 
of  the  old  Jewish  Grammarians,  that  it  is  a  peculiar  combination  of  the 
Kal  ti'h-}']  and  the  Piel  ti'^T,  • 

3.  A  preference  for  compound  rather  than  simple  Sh'va, 
§16.  3,  whether  silent  or  vocal,  inasmuch  as  the  gutturals 
are  more  readily  made  audible  at  the  beginning  than  at  the 
close  of  a  syllable,  and  the  hiatus  accompanying  them  as- 
sumes more  of  the  complexion  of  a  vowel  than  is  usual  with 
stronger  consonants. 

a.  The  gutturals  occasionally  retain  simple  Sh'va  when  silent.  This 
is  regularly  done  by  a  final  radical  n,  n  or  S,  followed  by  a  servile  letter, 
e.g.  nnij,  i3:Jn;,  oiris"!^,  cnsrui^a ,  inns'^a,  with  few  exceptions  as 
r^iiiin-i  'Hos.  8:2,  ^^3"jV  Gen.  26:  29,  C!i3?i?in'  2  Sam.  21 :  6.  Other  cases 
have  more  of  a  casual  or  sporadic  character,  and  occur  chiefly  with  the 
strontrer  gutturals  n  and  n,  ns.T".  -iBns,  rr^iTi.  Vinp ,  iiiJn-Tin.  miffln^J 
but  ma':Jn^,  uirn^^l  but  ^irsn^,  n^n:  a  possessions  but  nbnn  from  bns  a 
brook;  more  rarely  with  N  and  V.  c^SJ  Lev.  4 :  13,  N^bra  1  Kin.  15:16, 
D-^Sa  Isa.  11:15,  nn5)ij  Deut.  25:7  but  in  pause  jmsJin"  Isa.  28  :  6,  ^'i^ND 

T   :   -  '  T  -:    -  i  I T    :    IT       ,  '  •  T    :  ■.• 

Ex.  15  :  6;  1  has  for  the  most  part  simple  Sh'va  na"),  nujij'^,  though  in 
a  few  instances  it  has  compound  "is^i.^,  'I'^^Ti.^?]- 

b.  (l)  Among  the  compound  ShVas  the  preference,  unless  there  is  some 
reason  for  choosing  another,  is  ordinarily  given  to  Hhateph  Pattahh,  as 
the  simplest  and  most  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  gutturals,  and 
to  this  an  antecedent  Hhirik.  when  unessential  to  the  form,  is  commonly 
made  to  correspond,  e.  g.  la?.,  I^?.)!  for  I^SV  Sometimes,  particularly 
with  X  (see  1.  a.  5.)  Hhateph  Segho'l  is  taken  nsili^X  .  inj^i^N  ,  n^J^I ,  nbj*, 
'irii*,  o'i'ix,  nri'^'iin,  IJits),  n^is,  r^^-^v  Joel  2:5,  r|^Tnxi«  Jer.  13:21,  which 
not  infrequently  becomes  Hhateph  Pattahh  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 
word  Tiirix  ,  "I73N  Prov.  25:7.  in^X  ,  "^iiinjt ,  >in^TnNi  Judg.  10:2,  or  the 
carrying  forward  of  its  accent  "^nTaNn,  "^nTaxrii ,  ■'ri^annn  ,  "^r'S'^n.'^V 

(2)  If,  however,  «  or  6,  characteristic  of  the  form,  precede,  this  commonly 
determines  the  Sh'va  to  be  selected,  e.  g.  T'^isn  for  T'a^'n,  "^izv^  for  ins^, 
i^SQ  for  '^y^Q;  though  sometimes  Hhateph  Pattahh  is  retained  and  the 
intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2,  resolved  into  a  simple  one  by  prolonging  the 
vowels,  e.  g.  ma:>n  Josh.  7  :  7,  n^yh,  iHj'S  Isa.  1  :  31.  Hhirik  may,  how- 
ever,  remain  short,  e.  g.  T(?H.ri ,  3.'^?'.'23,  ^in.Ti?  Job  6:  22,  particularly  if  a 
Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted  from  the  guttural,  e.g.  "^EXS  Jer.  3:8, 
though  even  in  this  case  the  assimilation  sometimes  takes  place,  e.g. 
•lin'^  Gen.  30  :  39  for  ^^H"',  si-inx  Judg.  5  :  28  for  innx  .  If  a  vowel  has 
been  rejected  from  the  form,  the  corresponding  Hhateph  is  generally  pre- 
ferred, e.g.  Di-^SSi  from  iSS,  Ciii'in,  "'nnrn  Ezek.  16:33,  "^xn  Gen. 
16:13;  "ia^Cii  1  'kin.  13  :  20  from  a'^i;ri  ;  Va"'ii;n  Gen.  37  :  22  from"  a-'in. 
There  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same  word  being  variously  written 
in  this  respect,  e.  g.   "'THX   Ruth  3 :  15,  ^\rrA  Cant.  2 :  15 }  i'"Ti!5<n'^   and 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  83 

innjjri^  Isa.  44 :  13  ;  !i^^*i»n  Job  16: 16  (K'ri  in  some  copies),  >na'ittn  Lam. 
1 :  20,'  i-isn  Isa.  52  :  14,  'inxn  1  Sam.  28  :  14. 

c.  Before  anotiier  guttural  the  compound  ShVa  is  frequently  re- 
placed by  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  e.g.  T^.^^?f^  for  T^.^NH,  '^n'T'Sn 
for  "'n'l^JJn  ,  DDTiKn  for  DD/^riNii  ;  and  occasionally  under  X  by  a  long 
vowel  before  other  letters  as  well  as  gutturals,  or  by  a  short  vowel  with 
Daghesh,  e.  g.  ^•''iti'n  for  D-i^nx,  l-inhnx,  D^:i<  for  D^lis ,  IIIN  for  liix , 
1SX  for  1DX .  This  disposition  to  render  the  gutturals  more  audible  by  the 
aid  of  a  vowel  is  further  shown  by  their  attracting  to  themselves  the 
vowel  of  another  letter,  particularly  in  triliteral  monosyllables,  e.  g.  S'nT 
for  snt  (snT),  siBn,  sd3,  t:r^,  rnp  2  Kin.  12:9,  irxa  for  irxa,  ^xa', 
also'  "ji^-ip  Ex.  2  :  20  for'  ;|snp'  Ruth'l  :  20,  ^innxFl  Prov.'l :  22  for  ^lir^xn, 
!in3Dxn  Job  20:26  for  InBoxn,  D'isOwXl  Zech.  7 :  14  for  c-isDXl,  and  bv 
their  sometimes  causing  an  antecedent  or  accompanying  vowel  to  be  re- 
tained where  analogy  would  require  its  rejection,  e.  g.  ''XSi^  for  ''XSia 
from  xiia,  "'X'Lfr!,  "'i'^O ,  ''D'^'iO  and  "O^'iD,  C'^'iiWS  from  "iina  cornp. 
1,  a.  (4)',  ^nx^^-;  Deut.'32:10j  n-nria,  n^rn .' 

4.  An  incapacity  for  being  doubled,  whence  they  never 
receive  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  previous  syllable  thus  becom- 
ing a  simple  one,  its  vowel  is  generally  lengthened,  §  59,  a  to 
a,  I  to  e,  u  to  0,  e.  g.  1^12  for  is'ia ,  is?a  for  ^sta ,  ^2"}  for 

a.  Sometimes  an  intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2,  is  formed,  and  the  vowel 
remains  short.  (1)  This  is  commonly  the  case  before  n ,  frequently  be- 
fore n,  less  often  before  5,  rarely  before  X,  never  before  1,  e.g.  Dn3, 
ino,  ""ii^,  Srn  ,  yx: .  (2)  It  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  body  of  a  word 
than  after  a  prefix,  e.  g.  '^nlpn':  Ps.  119:43  from  bn^,  but  phn^  Job  38 :  24 
from  p3n  .  (3)  When  the  guttural  comes  to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word 
the  short  vowel  is  often  resumed,  e.  g.  3."nnri  Prov.  22  :  24  from  nynnn,  "isn 
Ps.  141:8  from  nni^ri  but  lirFi  Deut.  2:9.  There  are  a  very  few  in- 
stances in  which  Daghesh-forte  is  found  in  "i ,  e.  g.  ?]'n':3  H'nS  Ezek.  16:  4, 
n"n??  Prov.  14:  10,  ""O""!?.^^  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  editions),  iCX'^izi  Cant. 
5:  2,  see  also  §24.  6. 

§61.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  gives  rise  to  the 
following  vowel  changes,  viz.  : 

1 .  When  two  vowelless  letters  come  together  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  syllable  in  contravention  of  the  law  in  §  18,  the 
impossible  combination  is  relieved  by  giving  to  the  first  of 
them  a  short  vowel.  This,  if  there  be  no  reason  for  prefer- 
ring another,  will  be  the  briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhiiik,  e.  g. 


■A 


84  ORTHOGRAPHY.  '  §61 

''nn^  for  '''11^ ,  ^73  for  "in^a ,  ^prn  for  ^pyri .  If  a  vowel  has 
been  omitted  from  the  word,  the  corresponding  short  vowel 
is  frequently  employed,  e.  g.  ""6)12  for  ^D^^  from  ^5ia  ( ^^^ ) ; 
"^ib-Q  from  ^'^^ ;  "'Jinn  from  bnn ,  ?i3n;i  for  ^±-^  from  "jn;" .  Or 
if  one  of  the  consonants  be  a  guttural,  the  vowel  mostly  con- 
forms to  the  compound  Sh'va,  which  it  has  or  might  have, 
e.  g.  ^i^y  for  ^73? ,  ^pTH^  for  ^pjri;^ ,  '^^trh  for  '>br|b ,  nsnb  for 
nbrib ,  ^bys  for  ^bys . 

a.  Vav  before  a  gutturaV  follows  the  rule  just  given;  before  '',  and 
sometimes  before  n  or  n  followed  by  i,  it  takes  Hhirik ;  before  other 
vowelless  letters  it  gives  up  its  consonant  sound  and  quiesces  in  its  homo- 
geneous vowel  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  thus  innn  ,  ^n^l ,  ^^r\^  and  n^n^^  ,  sibJi, 

6.  In  triliteral  monosyllables  or  final  syllables  with  the  vowel  Pattahh, 
the  first  letter  sometimes  receives  an  accented  Seghol,  to  which  the  fol- 
lowing Pattahh  is  then  assimilated,  e.  g.  Cin?  for  Cins  construct  of  Cir)3, 
rsB^^  for  TDbiaa  J  the  Seghols  being  liable  to  be  changed  to  Pattahhs  by 
the  presence  of  a  guttural  rncia^  for  rriQd^  . 

c.  In  CDNS73  Gen.  32:20  for  C3J<s:a  the  vowelless  letters  belong  to 
different  syllables,  and  the  introduction  of  the  new  vowel  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  lengthen  the  one  before  it. 

2.  Although  two  vowelless  letters  are  admissible  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  §18,  the  harshness  of  the  combination  is 
commonly  reheved  by  the  insertion  of  Seghol,  e.  g.  a'l'^  for 
3"i7 ,  nDb  for  Ppb  .  If  either  letter  is  a  guttiu-al,  Pattahh  is 
mostly  used  instead,  e.  g.  nai ,  b?s,  'jn'i .  If  either  letter  is 
■•,  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hhirik  is  used ;  if  the  second  letter 
is  1,  it  will  rest  in  Shurek,  §  57.  2.  (4.),  e.  g.  n^i ,  ^Ss,  nnn, 
but  n^^ . 

a.  When  the  penultimate  letter  is  n  or  n,  it  in  a  few  instances  takes 
Seghol,  as  hi'}i<,  "|n'2 ,  en]?,  on'^.  When  the  final  letter  is  X,  it  either 
remains  otiant,  §16,  or  requires  Seghol,  NIUJ,  sn^i:; ,  Ki^,  N-nB  ;  a  penulti- 
mate 6t  either  quiesces  in  the  antecedent  vowel  or  attracts  it  to  itself, 
§60.  3.  c,  ns55,  nxiu  or  t^N'a,  T2:N"i.  The  alternate  mode  of  facilitating 
the  pronunciation  of  gutturals  before  a  vowelless  letter  at  the  end  of  a 
word  by  means  of  Pattahh  furtive,  has  been  explained  §60.  2. 

3.  When  the  same  letter  is  repeated  with  or  without  a 
mutable  vowel  intervening,  there  is  often  a  contraction  into 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  85 

one  doubled  letter,  and  the  vowel  is  rejected  or  thrown  back 
upon  the  preceding  consonant,  e.  g.  ^30"?  for  ^333"' ,  30^  for 
nnp^'  (Daghesh-forte  disappearing  at  the  end  of  the  word), 
ab  for  nib,  ^i^-^  Job  31  :  15  for  ^ssp;*  (see  4.  below);  if 
another  consonant  immediately  follow  the  contracted  letters, 
a  diphthongal  vowel  ^..  or  i  may  be  inserted  to  render  the  re- 
duplication more  audible  and  prevent  the  concurrence  of 
three  consonants,  '^ri'^s?,  J^r^^^- 

4.  In  accented  syllables  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o 
are  employed  before  two  consonants  or  a  doubled  consonant 
in  preference  to  the  pure  I  and  u,  e.  g.  ^''Tpn ,  npncn ;  D^p , 
n:^p ;  b^tjpn ,  npb-jjpn ,  so  "^aon ,  tpiop ,  'ijiji^n .  This  is  still  the 
case  when  at  the  end  of  a  word  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or  Pattahh 
has  been  inserted  between  the  letters  (according  to  2.),  e.  g. 
•jsi^ ,  ^SD ,  ^?S,  f^j^r'?  from  p^'?"'''? ,  or  the  reduplication  of  the 
doubled  letter  is  no  longer  heard  and  the  Daghesh-forte  does 
not  appear,  ^25,  e.  g.  npn  comp.  b-^ripn . 

a.  The  vowel  e  is  in  like  circumstances  often  reduced  to  one  of  its  con- 
stituents a.  e.  or.  ^nbipn  from  i'"'!?!^" ,  "^Plbap  from  bisp ,  nj^^n  from  T|?ri, 
nnb'n,  nj^bitl,  ^zcn,  and  occasionally  to  its  other  constituent  i,  e.  g. 
cni::'n;rrn  from  i:J-!;rrri ,  cniy-i'^  from  ^""i;.  The  only  example  of  Shurek 
in  a  Segholate  form  is  nrjiian  Lev.  5  :  21. 

5.  In  unaccented  syllables  t  and  u  are  preferred  to  e  and 
0  before  doubled  letters,  "ns* ,  "^ns ;  -nr^ ,  inn ;  nidpn  from 
npn ;  noH ,  ^^i^d-j  -,  cJs^  comp.  bupi; ,  -pn ,  ^pn ,  though  such 
forms  as  ^psn,  ti-jy,  n^is,  n^'g  likewise  occur. 

6.  A  vowel  is  occasionally  given  to  a  final  consonant  to 
soften  the  termination  of  the  word,  and  make  the  transition 
easier  to  the  initial  consonant  of  that  which  foUows ;  thus, 
^?^,  nb;'?;  nnba  for  nba;  on,  nisn;  bx,  n^k;  "^x,  n^X;  ^2", 
•'pBh;  r^-^i^-Q,  ^n-^asTS;  ni;n,  ih?n;  i^bs  Ex.  15:10;  i^j9?? 
Ex.  15:5. 

a.  These  paragogic  vowels  have  established  themselves  in  the  cur- 
rent forms  of  certain  words,  as  n^i^ ,  nari,  rthii,  "'is,  ■'fix,  ''D.    But, 


86  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  G2 

with  these  exceptions,  they  are  chiefly  found  in  poetry.  The  vowels  "^  , 
and  i  are  mostly  attached  to  words  in  what  is  called  the  construct  state, 
rt  to  words  in  the  absolute;  and  all  of  them  to  the  feminine  ending  n. 
Examples  of  i:  i:3  Num.  23:  18,  24:3,  15,  ir-;n  several  times,  irso  Ps. 
114:8.  Examples  of  •^.:  "'nnnbt  Hos.  10  :  11,  inoN  Gen.  49:11,  laa'ibid., 
■'nnra  Gen.  31:39,  "'n-inn  Ps.  110:4,  "'is'ri  Ps. 'il4:S,  "rJ-;  Ps.  123:1, 
•'n-'35T3  Ps.  113:5,  "^^■'Siz/a  ver.  6,  ""h-^^-q  ver.  7,  ■'=''12J'^<'7  ver.  8,  ■'i"'t:i73 
ver.  9,  •'rxb^:  Isa.  1  :21,''«'n^i<.3  Ex.  15:6,'  'hiS!  Zech.  11:17,  "^ns-i  Lam! 
1  :  1,  inn-^  ibid.,  "'iaiii  Deut.  33  :  16.  It  is  also'attached  to  the  first  member 
of  the  compound  in  many  proper  names,  e.g.  bx^nnj,  p'i^~''3b73,  to  certain 
particles,  as  "'tnba ,  "^ri^i',  "^2^,  and  perhaps  to  such  participial  forms  as 
■^nniiji  Jer.  22  :  23.  Of  n  ^ :  nrh^ii  Ex.  15 :  1 6,  nsn X  Isa.  8 :  23,  Job  34 :  13, 
37  :  12,  nonn  Judg.  14  :  18,  nnf  >id';  Ps.  3  :  3,  80  :  3,  Jon.  2  :  10.  nb";^  almost 
constantly,  nnia  Ps.  116  :  15,  nbni'  Num.  34  :  5,  Ps.  124 :  4,  nr^i?  Ps.  92: 16 
(K'ri),  125  :  3, 'Ezek.  28  :  15,  HoV  10:  13,  nnb'sJ  Job  5:  16,  nn^!?  Ps.  44:27, 
63:8,  94:17,  nns?  Job  10:22,  nrJTrri  Josh!  19:43,  Judg.  lV:l,  and  regu- 
larly in  the  third  person  feminine  of  the  preterite  of  nb  verbs.  In 
modern  Persian  i  is  similarly  appended  to  nouns  in  close  connection  with  a 
following  word,  to  remove  the  obstruction  of  the  final  consonant  and  serve 
as  a  uniting  link. 

<^  62.  The  changes  due  to  the  influence  of  vowels  may 
arise  from  their  concurrence  or  proximity. 

1.  Concurring  vowels  may  coalesce;  a  uniting  with  a 
forms  a,  uniting  with  i  or  u  it  forms  the  diphthongal  e  or  o, 
e.  g.  nisffin  Neh.  3:13  from  nistjxn  after  the  rejection  of  s 
by  §  53.  2.  d ;  fi^a  after  the  softening  of  "^  to  i  becomes  tr^a ; 
^nSipi?  by  the  rejection  of  n  becomes  i^'Jjp ;  in^  prefixed  to 
proper  names  is  from  T^^^  for  in;; ,  §  57.  2  (4), 

2.  One  of  them  may  be  hardened  into  its  corresponding 
semi-vowel ;  f  "'  .  with  I  "^  may  form  J  '' . ,  or  the  first  I  may 
be  changed  to  ty,  which,  upon  the  reduplication  of  the  '^  to 
preserve  the  brevity  of  the  antecedent  vowel,  §  24.  3,  becomes 
■•r . ,  e.  g.  ■''inSJ  with  D^ .  becomes  n^nns?  or  D^^i^^ .  So,  V  be- 
fore n  ^  forms  n^ . ,  and  before  i  forms  i'^ . ,  e.  g.  n^nny , 
ni^nny ;  in  hke  manner  l  is  changed  before  i  into  uv,  form- 
ing ii.  ,  which,  by  §  56.  3,  becomes  i".  ,  e.  g.  n^i^^ ,  by  the 
substitution  of  ni  for  M ,  mi'^Db'a .  I"^  followed  by  u  l  forms 
tv,  in-^nbt:)?,  rribi:;?;  iin-^s,  i^s;  i-'ptin  for  i^p^n  Josh.  14  : 8. 
£  "^  „  before  i  "^ .  or  m  t  is  resolved  into  a^,  which,  joined  with 
the  appropriate  semi-vowels,  becomes  "> .  and  "\'^  ^,  the  virtual 


§  63  VOWEL    CHANGES.  87 

reduplication  of  the  final  consonant  in  the  one  case  preserv- 
ing the  short  vowel,  which  is  lengthened  in  the  other ;  thus 
''0^0  with  "^ .  becomes  "ibiD ,  and  with  ^n ,  lib^o .  The  same 
resolution  of  "'..  occurs  before  final  ^,  forming  tf^  _,  and  by 
§  61.  2  V. .,  thus  ""n^y?  with  tj  becomes  ^niys . 

a.  Grammarians  have  disputed  whether  in  such  words  as  t:'''^"ia5, 
ri'^b^  the  point  in  "^  is  Daghesh-forte  or  Mappik,  §26,  and  accordingly 
whether  they  are  to  be  read  ibhriyylm,  malkhuyyoth,  or  ibhriylm, 
malkhuyolh.  If  the  explanation  given  above  be  correct,  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte  Conservative.   Comp.  D^p,  tfip_^ . 

b.  Such  forms  as  "'"^'^B,  i"'~iQ,  n^~i5  from  ''"iQ  are  only  apparent  excep- 
tions to  the  above  rules.  The  word  is  properly  7*^5 ,  and  to  this  the  addi- 
tions are  made,  the  auxiliary  Hhirik  being  dropped  with  the  cessation  of 
the  cause  from  which  it  originated,  §57.  2.(4).  In  n-iNin-iS  2  Chron.  17:11 
from  *'^'i?  and  D"i  ^  the  vowels  are  kept  separate  by  an  interposed  X. 

c.  In  words  of  nb  formation,  such  as  iTiijy.  iibr,  D'^os'  from  niiis  and 
fi^,  "i,  D"^  ,  it  might  appear  as  though  one  vowel  were  rejected  before 
another.  But  the  correct  explanation  is  that  "^  is  the  true  final  radical, 
and  the  forms  above  given  are  for  n^iiJi',  i^'^i,  Ci^cs  (like  D-'Ba'p)  from 
which  "^  is  rejected  by  §53.  3.  In  the  same  way  lib:^,  ^TiJ|^,  etc.,  from  T\h'9 
are  for  I'^bS ,  Tjiias.     In  such  alternate  forms  as  trsiQ  from  nnb.  the  radi- 

:  IT   '      I  :     ;  T  t   •  v       - 

cal   "^   is   retained  by  preserving    the   antecedent  vowel,   which,   before 
Daghesh-forte  Conservative,  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  5. 

^63.  The  following  euphonic  changes  are  attributable  to 
the  proximity  of  vowels,  viz.  : 

1 .  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  is  often  changed  to  Seghol 
if  another  a  follows,  and  the  same  change  sometimes  occurs 
after  a  guttural  if  another  a  precedes. 

The  particular  cases  are  the  following  : 

a.  When  (_)  stands  before  a  guttural  with  (^)  always  before  n,  e.g. 
arm  for  ann,  nn-js^  Prov.  21:22.  csnri.  •'Fnanrn  (also  when  n  haa 
Hhateph  Kamets,  e.g.  D-'iiinriri ,  "^nb-inn  Judg.  9:9),  often  before  fn  and  S, 
particularly  if  it  receives  the  secondary  accent,  e.g.  C'^f^'jl!  for  n'^'irtln, 
nnnb  but  r:nb,  iinniin;  n^rn.  n-'^y  r\-q,  rarely  before  X  and  i,  r^';h 
Gen'.'  U:  lOj'n-iiiss  Neh.  9:  18,  26  but  ti-^niitxi  Ezek.  35: 12. 

b.  When  (  )  before  a  guttural  is  followed  by  another  consonant  with 
(  )  or  (  )  b'in'^  iib'nn'i  but  ii^'nrr^,  Nana  but  nxans,  Nan">,  once  before 
the  liquid  ?,  e.g.  ?j^3X  Ex.  33:3  lor  ^^?5< ,  and  once  before  5,  e.g. 
^\Vk  for  f^j^nb ,  '  "  ' 

c.  In  fiN"ipX.J  1  Sam.  28:15  and  the  combination  1?3  B^l'S  a  similar 
change  takes  place  after  a  guttural  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  the  vowel 
a:  so  in  n;\aii  Ps,  20:4,  and  ri:xi  n;N  after  the  liquid  3. 


88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  64,  65. 

2.  Pattahh  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  a  following 
Segliol,  or  to  a  preceding  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

a.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  takes  place  regularly  in  what  are  called 
Segholate  forms,  in  which  an  auxiliary  Seghol  has  by  §61.  2  been  intro- 
duced between  two  vowelless  letters,  T\^_i2  forTj^B,  '^^,\  for  21'^,  }'"ix  for 
'J'"iX,  but  n^a,  D5'D  ;  only  before  1,  which  can  combine  with  a  and  not 
with  e,  a  is  retained  and  lengthened  to  (J  by  §59,  "'^X,  Tyj^.  Rarely  in 
other  cases  CD"};;  for  dd/i;^,  where  the  change  is  facilitated  by  the  pre- 
ceding •». 

b.  The  assimilation  to  (J  occurs  in  a  ^ew  cases  after  a  guttural  with  T\ 
prefixed,  e.  g.  oi'n  for  c?n,  "u^n  for  "inn,  yixn  for  ■p'7.xn , 

c.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  occurs  in  the  Kal  future  oi"  Pe  Yodh  verbs 
where  the  alternate  forms  are  3ii|)  and  Vp-'^l  • 

^  64.  The  following  vowel  changes  are  due  to  the  accent, 
viz. : 

1.  If  a  long  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  be  deprived  of  its 
accent,  it  will  be  shortened,  §18,  e.g.  ii?T^n,  n^icH;  ao)', 
no'^i;  Dib^  Dir^v  nTy\  -nry''. 

•t  t  ~    J  "  T  f  V  T  -  ^  ~:|-'  T  -:i- 

a.  If  a  vowel  preceding  Makkeph  is  incapable  of  being  shortened,  it 
will  receive  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  agreeably  to  §43. 

2.  The  accent  prefers  to  be  immediately  preceded  by  a 
simple  syllable  and  a  long  voAvel.  Accordingly  an  antece- 
dent vowelless  letter  often  receives  what  may  be  called  a  pre- 
tonic  vowel.  This  is  commonly  the  simplest  of  the  long 
vowels  a,  e.  g.  'tijp ,  ^h^ ,  nnj^b ,  "j^S-iri;) ,  occasionally  B,  e.  g. 
bp.":,  n™,  i^ib-i,  iiins^n,  rarely  o,  e.g.  )ri':^^'^ .  Such  a 
vowel  is  sometimes  inserted,  even  though  a  pre-existing 
mixed  syllable  is  thereby  destroyed,  e.  g.  in  the  plurals  of 
Segholates  and  of  feminine  nouns  derived  from  them,  ci^^ 
from  ^^"0,  niDb)3  from  ^3^13. 

§65.  The  special  emphasis,  with  which  the  last  word  of 
a  clause  is  dwelt  upon,  gives  rise  to  certain  vowel  changes 
in  connection  with  the  pause  accents,  §36.  2. «.  These  are 
(1)  lengthening  short  vowels,  viz.,  (.)  and  not  infrequently 
(..)  which  has  arisen  from  (.)  to  (J,  e.  g.  "it^,  ^'9?;  ''^^^^ , 
Mrji;  fns,  y"iS;   ^ny ,  W,  and  bringing   back   Kamets 


^  G6  VOWEL    CHANGES.  89 

Hhatupli  shortened  from  Hholem  to  its  original  length  t^^h , 
nb;^^ .  (2)  Restoring  vow^els  which  have  been  dropped 
in  the  course  of  inflection,  e.  g.  ^i^^ ,  ^iny ;  T\2'i ,  ^nn'i ; 
m^ ,  i"ii3? .  (3)  Changing  simple  Sh'va  in  triliteral  sylla- 
bles and  before  the  suffix  't\  to  Seghol,  e.  g.  ^ri'^^,  ^r\'>^ ;  ipi;', 
^"n^ ;  DD'i^ ,  DD'© .  (4)  Changing  compound  Sh'va  to  the  cor- 
responding long  vowel,  e.  g.  -^ix,  ^?K;  ^in  {Hri),  ^^rj;  ^Sn, 

a.  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  without  change,  e.g.  1?  Ps.  132:12, 
n^S'n  2  Sam.  2:27,  sisbss  Jer.  7:10,  ''Finn  Prov.  30:9,  "^npn:!  Job  34:5, 
i^R^sx  Neh.  5:14.  Seghol  more  frequently,  T\\'^_,  P'^^. ,  D^I^,  Ti"'^  and 
Tp.'n  .  Long  vowels  are  mostly  unaltered;  only  Tsere  is  in  mixed  syllables 
occasionally  changed  to  Pattahh.  e.g.  JTnn  Isa.  18:5  for  tnn,  so  i^wll 
Isa.  42:22,  !-sn  Gen.  17:14,  ^^.5^1  Gen.  21:8,  -^^1^  Gen.  25:34,  which, 
in  one  word  of  Segholate  formation,  is  converted  to  Seghol,  e.g.  5Jt!3^, 
SHJ"!.  Where  the  same  word  has  alternate  forms,  one  is  sometimes  se- 
lected as  the  ordinary  and  the  other  as  the  pausal  form,  thus  "f^bn^  ,  ySH;; ; 
\yin^,  tzr.^;  Cinq-;,  ~;;;'^? ;  ''^Y^^,  •■''^'^i'^  Gfen.  43:14;  ''i")^  Ec'cl. 
12:11,  iin-in  1  Sam.  l'3:21;  TSi.  ITS  Gen.  49:3,  rsirn ,  n2"i;n  Lev. 
26:34,  35;  at"Si,  ^jilis'^  .  Sometimes,  instead  of  changing  the  Sh'va  be- 
fore  ^  to  Seghol,  its  vowel  is  shifted,  thus  ?]3,  T|3;  "f^.  T|5ai|,  T(t^*< ,  and  in 
Ex.  29 :  35  n^rit.  The  position  of  the  pause  accent,  so  far  as  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  accent,  has  been  explained  §35.  2. 

b.  Of  the  pause  accents,  or  those  which  mark  the  limits  of  clauses  and 
sections,  the  first  class,  viz..  Silluk,  Athnahh,  and  Merka  with  Mahpakh, 
almost  always  give  rise  to  the  vowel  changes  which  have  been  described; 
the  second  and  third  classes,  S'gholta,  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol, 
R'bhi"  and  Shalsheleth.  e.  g.  'l^n^ll  Isa.  13:8,  do  so  frequently;  the  fourth 
class,  Pazer,  e.g.  2  Kin.  3:25,'Prov.  30:  4,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  e.  g. 
Ezek.  20  :  21,  but  seldom.  Pausal  forms  are  occasionally  found  with  other 
Disjunctives,  thus,  Tiphhha  ^r^n  Deut.  13  :  5,  Pashta  si-rian  ibid.,Geresh 
rs'ij  Ezek.  40 :  4,  and  even  with  Conjunctives,  e.  g.  "'JS  Isa.  49 :  18 ,  nbis^n 
Ezek.  17  :  15,  luia  2  Chron.  29  :  31. 

§66.  1.  The  shortening  and  lengthening  of  words  has  an 
effect  upon  their  vowels.     The  shortening  may  take  place 
(1)  At  the  end  of  a  word  by  the  rejection  of  a  vowel. 

This  occurs  only  with  (..)or  (..)  in  certain  forms  of  fib  verbs,  e.  g.bjn  from 
n]3«n,  l4^]  for  t^\^^!'^,  in^i  l  Sam.  21 :  14  for  ^'^.'T']'} ,  riiyni.  for  nnir'^]  .  In 
the  last  two  examples  the  short  vowel  is  lengthened  upon  its  receiving  the 
accent,  comp.  §64.1.  If  the  rejected  vowel  was  preceded  by  two  con- 
sonants, these  will  now  stand  together  at  the  end  of  the  word,  and  be  lia- 
ble to  the  changes  described  §61.  2,  e.  g.  r;"in  for  ncin  . 


90  ORTHOGRAPUY.  §  66 

(2)  In  the  body  of  a  word  by  shortening  a  long  vowel  in 
a  mixed  syllable,  which  must,  of  course,  be  the  one  bearing 
the  accent,  §  32. 1,  or  rejecting  a  long  vowel  in  a  simple  syl- 
lable before  the  accent  (the  pretonic  vowel,  §  6'4.  2),  li"i , 

a.  This  is  in  general  the  only  reduction  possible.  The  vowel  of  a 
mixed  syllable,  if  short  already,  is  capable  of  no  further  abbreviation;  and 
it  cannot  be  rejected,  or  there  would  be  a  concurrence  of  vowelless  con- 
sonants which  the  language  seeks  to  avoid  (r;p"in  Prov.  30:6  is  an  excep- 
tion). And  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable,  if  short,  must  have  the  accent, 
§  32.  1,  which  preserves  it  from  rejection.  The  changes  above  recited  are 
confined  to  the  last  two,  or,  in  case  the  accent  is  upon  the  penult,  the  last 
three  syllables  of  the  word ;  for  the  antecedent  portions  of  polysyllables 
are  already  abbreviated  to  the  utmost.  Contractions  due  to  the  peculiari- 
ties of  certain  letters,  as  the  gutturals  and  quiescents,  which  have  been 
before  explained,  are  not  here  taken  into  the  account,  e.g.  V^A)  ^f^UJ; 

h.  Where  the  last  vowel  cannot  be  shortened,  it  sometimes  experiences 
a  change  of  quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal,  such  as  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  two  following  consonants,  §61.4,  e.g.  ^■''^2;;,  b^S^l  ;  ::"'"iz;in, 

2.  If  a  word  be  lengthened  by  additions  at  the  end,  its 
vowels  are  liable  to  changes  in  consequence. 

(1)  Such  additions  create  a  tendency  to  shorten  the  pre- 
vious part  of  the  word  in  the  manner  just  described.  For 
the  normal  length  of  words  in  Hebrew  being  dissyllabic,  the 
genius  of  the  language  is  opposed  to  transcending  this  limit 
any  further  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  addition  is 
not  of  sufficient  weight  to  affect  the  position  of  the  accent, 
no  abbreviation  results.  But  if  it  is  of  weight  enough  to 
remove  the  accent,  an  abbreviation  follows  if  it  is  possible  for 
one  to  be  made,  e.g.  li"?,  D'^^^^i,  ^t'^'^^  for  O?^'^^^  by 
^61.  1. 

(2)  They  produce  changes  in  an  ultimate  mixed  syllable. 
If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  consonant,  the  antecedent 
vowel  wUl  now  be  succeeded  by  two  consonants  and  be  liable 
to  the  changes  consequent  upon  such  a  position,  §  61.  4,  e.  g. 
nsbbpn  from  V^t3]5n ;  r^vdp  from  D^p;  ''rif^ipn  from  ^^V^^\ 


§66  VOWEL    CHANGES.  91 

''nbtsp  from  bi2p .  If  the  appendage  begin  mth  a  vowel,  it 
will  attach  itself  to  the  final  consonant,  which  will  in  conse- 
quence be  drawn  away  from  its  own  syllable  to  begin  the  new 
one.     This  may  occasion  the  following  changes  : 

{a)  If  the  preceding  vowel  is  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or 
Pattahh,  introduced  to  facihtate  the  pronunciation  of  the 
second  of  two  vowelless  consonants,  §  61.  2,  it  will  be  rejected, 
inasmuch  as  it  is  no  longer  required  for  this  purpose,  e.  g. 
iib^  from  tfbTb  ,  i-inp  from  nno . 

{b)  If  it  be  a  short  vowel,  it  must  either  be  lengthened 
to  adapt  it  to  the  simple  syllable  in  which  it  now  stands,  or 
rejected  on  account  of  the  disposition  to  abbreviate  words 
upon  their  receiving  accessions  at  the  end,  e.  g.  S^bpp  and 
nrj;?  from  bb]? .  The  cases  are  very  rare  in  which  a  short 
vowel  remains  unchanged  in  consequence  of  its  having  the 
accent,  §  18.  2,  e.  g.  rnan^  1  Kin.  19:15  from  "i^^'?,  T\)iym 
Ezek.  8  :  2  from  b-bicn . 

(c)  If  it  be  a  long  vowel,  it  may  be  rejected,  as  ^Spp^ 
from  blip;! ,  I'aTa  from  Dto  ,  or  retained  either  unaltered,  as 
ni^^pn  from  Q*'pn ,  ''bic^  from  "jSTCp ,  or  with  a  change  of 
quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal  or  the  reverse,  njj^rTa  from 
pin^ ,  1^03  from  5iD3 ,  'm'^P,  from  D^pn ,  n-^bba  from  uiSs . 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  CHARACTER  AND  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  VOWELS 
AND  THE  ORDINARY  LIIIITS  OF  EUPHONIC  CHANGES. 


ORGAN.  QUALITY.  QUANTITT 


Short. 


Guttural,  .     .       .  pure 
Palatal,    . 


(  dijphthorigal   b 
Labial,     .      .     .\ 

pure  u 


■i 


"1 


PART  SECOro. 

^  T  Y  M  0  L  0  G  Y. 

Roots  of  Words. 

7^..  §67.  Etymoi,ogy  treats  of  the  various  kinds  of  words, 

their  forttiation  and  inflections.  Three  successive  stages  are 
here  to  be  distinguished.  The  first  is  the  root  or  radical 
portion  of  words.  This  embraces  those  fundamental  sounds, 
in  which  the  essential  idea  originally  inheres.  Roots  do 
not  enter,  in  their  nude  or  primitive  form,  into  the  current 
use  of  language,  but  they  constitute  the  basis  upon  which  all 
actually  occurring  words,  with  the  exception  of  the  inorganic 
interjections,  are  constructed.  The  second  stage  is  the  word 
itself  in  its  simple  uninflected  state ;  this  is  formed,  if  a  prim- 
itive, directly  from  the  root,  if  a  derivative,  from  a  pre-existing 
primitive,  by  certain  changes  or  additions,  which  serve  to  con- 
vert the  radical  idea  into  the  precise  conception  intended, 
which  is  as  yet,  however,  expressed  absokitely.  The  third 
and  only  remaining  stage  is  the  word  as  it  appears  in  the  ac- 
tual utterances  of  speech,  so  modified  by  inflections  as  to 
suggest  the  definite  qualifications  of  the  idea,  such  as  the 
tense  of  verbs,  the  gender  and  number  of  nouns,  and  the  de- 
gree of  adjectives,  or  its  relations  whether  of  agreement  or- 
subordination,  such  as  the  persons  and  modes  of  verbs  and 
the  cases  of  nouns. 

§  68.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  most  languages,  two 
classes  of  roots,  which  may  be  denominated  respectively  pro- 


^  08  BOOTS    OF    WORDS.  "       93 

nominal  and  verbal.  Pronominal  roots  form  the  basis  of  such 
words  as  express  the  relations  of  things  to  the  speaker  or  to 
one  another,  viz.,  pronouns  and  certain  prepositions,  adverbs, 
and  other  particles.  From  verbal  roots,  which  are  by  far 
the  more  numerous,  spring  w^ords  expressive  of  ideas,  viz., 
verbs,  nouns,  and  such  particles  as  are  derived  from  them. 
Verbal  roots  consist  exclusively  of  consonants,  and  are  almost 
invariably  trihteral.  The  introduction  of  a  vowel  or  vowels, 
even  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing  them,  destroys  their  abstract 
radical  character,  and  converts  them  into  specific  words  of 
this  or  that  description.  Nevertheless,  for  reasons  of  conve- 
nience, the  letters  of  the  root  are  usually  pronounced  by  the 
aid  of  the  vowels  belonging  to  them  in  the  simplest  form  of 
the  corresponding  verb,  which  is  mostly  the  third  person  sin- 
gidar  of  the  preterite,  e.  g.  ^tD]? ,  1\^'a .  This  must  not  be 
suffered,  however,  to  lead  to  the  confusion  of  identifying 
that  particular  verbal  form  with  the  proper  radical,  nor  of 
supposing  the  verb  to  be  the  radical  part  of  speech  from 
which  nouns  in  all  cases  are  derived :  verbs  and  nouns  are 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  co-ordinate  branches  springing  from 
a  common  root. 


a.  The  few  quadriliterals  and  quinqueliterals  which  occur  are  mostly 
formed  from  pre-existing  triliterals  by  the  addition  of  a  weak  letter,  or  a 
letter  similar  to  one  of  the  original  radicals,  e.  g.  BD'iS  to  lay  waste  comp. 
CDS;  t\bhi  to  burn  comp.  tii'l;  HEJ'iO  a  branch  comp.  •^B?p  ;  CBsnb 
thoughts  comp.  O-'DSb ;  D^i-ny  a  sceptre  comp.  tJSib ;  'ijxbir  tranquil 
comp.  lix^iy;  rij-iQ  to  spread  comp.  tJ'ns  ;  or  by  blending  two  different 
roots,  e.g.  iiiswi  to  be  fresh  composed  of  -bn  and  ttis:: ;  "^btbD  a  certain 
one  =  "^ibbN  li'Sa  ;  J'tl?^  a  frog  from  ^SS  to  leap  rnn  (in  Arabic)  a 
marsh.  Some,  which  are  not  thus  reducible,  may  perhaps  be  ol'  foreign 
origin. 

b.  Many  of  the  triliteral  roots  appear  to  be  based  upon  pre-existing 
biliterals.  Thus,  the  cognates  "ijs ,  bb,  tn,  nn,  Tna,  T^a ,  have  in  com- 
mon the  two  letters  ta  with  the  associated  idea  of  cutting.  §50.3.  The 
ii-equent  examples  of  this  description,  together  with  the  fact  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  few  biliterals,  e.  g.  ax  father,  ns  brother,  CX  mother,  have 
suggested  the  thought  that  the  ultimate  roots  may  in  all  cases  have  been 
biliterals,  and  that  the  triliterals  were  a  secondary  formation.  Various  in- 
genious but  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  demonstrate  thia 


94  ETYMOLOGY.  §  69 

position  by  an  actual  analysis,  and  to  effect  the  reduction  of  all  roots  to 
two  primitive  letters.  Still  more  extravagant  and  fanciful  is  the  endea- 
vour, which  has  actually  been  made,  to  explain  the  origin  of  roots  from  the 
individual  letters  of  which  they  are  composed,  and  to  deduce  their  mean- 
ings from  the  names,  the  shapes,  or  other  peculiarities  of  those  letters. 
The  existence  of  roots  and  the  meanings  attached  to  them  must  be  ac- 
cepted  as  ultimate  facts.  Some  have  arisen,  no  doubt,  from  the  imitation 
of  sounds  in  nature;  but  in  most  cases  no  satisfactory  reason  can  be  given 
why  a  given  combination  of  sounds  has  that  particular  sense,  which  is  in 
fact  connected  with  it. 

§  69.  The  formation  of  words  and  their  inflection  are  ac- 
complished partly  by  internal  changes  and  partly  by  external 
additions.  The  internal  changes  are  the  insertion  of  vowels 
and  the  reduplication  of  consonants  in  various  significant 
ways,  e.  g.  ^i?]?,  ^i?p ,  ^iaj? ,  bi:]?  .  The  external  additions  are 
significant  syllables  welded  to  the  root  or  to  the  word,  either 
at  the  beginning  or  the  end,  e.  g.  buj? ,  nbbjp ,  bibjp;i,  ^Dbisj^nn . 

a.  The  triliteral  and  exclusively  consonantal  character  of  Semitic 
roots  is  their  most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  distinction  from  those  of  the 
Indo-European  languages  which  are  as  prevailingly  monosyllabic,  the 
vowel  being  an  essential  constituent,  while  the  number  of  consonants  is 
variable.  The  fact  of  the  vowel  being  an  integral  part  of  the  root  in 
these  languages  interferes  wiih  their  employment  of  internal  changes  for 
purposes  of  derivation  and  inflection,  and  confines  them  almost  entirely  to 
external  additions,  e.  g.  voco,  vocabam,  vocatio,  vocabiilnm,  vocito,  etc. 
The  composition  of  words  of  which  such  large  use  is  made  in  the  Indo- 
European  tongues,  e.  g.  ad-voco,  in-voco,  etc.,  is  almost  unknown  in  He- 
brew except  in  the  formation  of  proper  names. 

b.  Different  languages  differ  greatly  in  their  flexibility,  that  is  to  eay, 
in  the  variety  of  words  which  may  spring  from  a  common  root,  and  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  same  word  may  assume  to  express  the  various 
relations  into  which  it  enters.  Relations,  which  in  some  languages  are 
expressed  by  flection,  as  the  cases  of  nouns,  tenses  of  verbs,  concord 
of  adjectives,  are  in  others  indicated  by  additional  words,  as  prepo- 
sitions, auxiliary  verbs,  etc.,  or  suggested  by  the  order  of  words  in  the 
sentence. 

c.  Formative  syllables,  added  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  end  of 
words  for  the  sake  of  inflection,  are,  in  the  ordinary  consciousness  of  those 
who  use  the  language,  completely  amalgamated  with  them,  so  that  their 
separate  origin  and  signification  is  never  thought  of  They  are  thus  to 
be  distinguished  from  those  words  which,  by  reason  of  their  dependent 
character,  are  attached  to  others  as  prefixes  or  suffixes,  but  yet  preserve 
their  separate  identity  as  prefixed  conjunctions  and  prepositions  and  suf- 
fixed pronouns. 


§70,  71  PRONOUNS.  95 

§  70.  The  parts  of  speecli  in  Hebrew  are  either  dechna- 
ble  as  pronouns,  verbs,  and  nouns  (including  adjectives) ;  or 
indecHnable,  as  the  article,  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections.  As  most  if  not  all  of  the  syllables 
employed  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  verbs  and  nouns 
are  of  pronominal  origin,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  the 
pronouns  first. 

a.  The  classification  usual  with  the  Jewish  grammarians  is  into  verb« 
(D'^yj'B  actions),  nouns  (niaiy  names),  and  particles  (n'^^a  words). 


Pronouns. 

PEESONAL     PEONOUNS. 

§  71.  The  Hebrew  pronouns  are  personal,  demonstrative, 
relative,  and  interrogative  or  indefinite.  The  personal  pro- 
nouns are  the  following,  viz. : 

SINGULAR. 
1.  I  '=-«,  ^^^ 

„  j  Thou  m.  nps 

'^'  I  Thou/     ns? ,    "^ni? 

„  j  He  sin  They  m.  on ,    nrin 

'^•[She  i5^n  They/,     in,    n:n 

There  are,  it  will  be  perceived,  distinct  forms  for  singular 
and  plural  in  the  three  persons,  and  for  masculine  and  fem- 
inine in  the  second  and  third.  There  is  no  form  for  the 
neuter,  as  that  gender  is  not  recognized  in  Hebrew. 

a.  (l)  The  alternate  forms  of  the  first  person  singular  "'sbi*  (in  pause 
••sbs  with  the  accent  on  the  penult  except  Job  33  :  9),  and  ''3N  (in  pause 
''SX)  are  used  interchangeably  and  with  perhaps  equal  frequency.  It  has 
been  observed,  however,  that  while  the  former  is  the  more  common  in 
the  Pentateuch,  it  never  occurs  in  the  books  of  Chronicles,  and  but  once 
in  Ezekiel,  viz.,  36 :  28,  a  passage  borrowed  from  the  Pentateuch.  The 
usual  plural  of  this  person  is  i:n':N;  !i3nii  occurs  but  six  times,  viz.,  Gen. 


PLURAL. 

We 

^isniin,    i2ni,  12s 

Ye  m. 

DP.X 

Ye/. 

■jni?,  n;r)X 

96  ETYMOLOGY.  §71 

42 :  11,  Ex.  16  :  7.  8,  Num.  32  :  32,  2  Sam.  17  :  12,  Lam.  3  :  42  ;  m  though 
common  in  later  Hebrew,  occurs  but  once  in  the  Old  Testament,  viz.,  Jer. 
42  :  6  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  substitutes  the  usual  form. 

(2)  The  second  person  masc.  sing.  nFiN  (in  pause  occasionally  MFix  Ps. 
2  :  7,  25  :  27,  40  :  18,  70  :  6,  but  mostly  nnx )  is  in  five  instances  written  Fis 
without  the  final  He,  which  is  however  restored  in  the  K'ri,  viz.,  1  Sam. 
24  ;  19,  Ps.  6  :  4,  Job  1  :  10,  Eccles.  7  :  22,  Neh.  9 :  6,  and  in  three  instances 
PIK  without  the  final  vowel  Num.  11  :  15,  Deut.  5  :  24,  Ezek.  28  :  14.  The 
feminine  ns  is  occasionally  written  "'FiN  Judg.  17:2.  1  Kin.  14 : 2,  2  Kin. 
4  :  16.  23,  8  :  1,  Jer.  4  :  30,  Ezek.  36  :  13  ;  the  K'ri  invariably  retrenches  the 
superfluous  '',  though  it  is  probable  that  the  original  pronunciation  proper 
to  this  orthography  was  "^nx.  The  feminine  plural  '|Fi5<  occurs  only  Ezek. 
34:31,  where  a  few  manuscripts  read  "(HS  ;  the  alternate  form  MfriX  oc- 
curs Gen.  31 :  6.  Ezek.  13  :  11,  34 :  17  ;  in  Ezek.  13  :  20  most  editions  have 
nsnx . 

(3)  The  third  person  fem.  sing.  X'^H  occurs  but  eleven  times  in  the 
books  of  Moses,  viz..  Gen.  14  :  2,  20:  5,  38:  25,  Lev.  2:  15  (in  some  editions), 
11:39,  13:  10.  21,  16:  31,  21:9.  Num.  5:  13,  14.  In  its  stead  is  found  Sin 
a  combination  of  the  letters  of  the  masculine  with  the  vowel  of  the  fem- 
inine. The  explanation  of  this  is  that  Kin  hu  was  at  that  early  period  of 
common  gender  and  used  indifferently  for  both  masculine  and  feminine. 
As  this  primitive  usage  subsequently  became  obsolete,  the  word,  when 
used  for  the  feminine,  was  read  S<"^n  hi  according  to  the  uniform  practice 
of  the  later  books,  and  the  punctuators  have  suggested  this  by  giving  it 
the  corresponding  vowel,  §47.  According  to  Kimchi  'H  Ruth  1:  13  and 
nsn  2  Sam.  4  :  6,  Jer.  50:5,  stand  for  the  masculine  plural;  this  assump- 
tion is  unnecessary,  however,  as  in  the  first  passage  the  feminine  may 
have  the  sense  of  the  neuter  '■^  these  thmgs,''^  and  in  the  last  two  it  is  an 
adverb  of  place,  meaning  here. 

b.  (1)  The  pronoun  "^^bx  unites  the  palatal  found  in  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  first  person  in  Indo-European  languages,  Gr.  e'yco,  Lat.  ego. 
Goth,  ik,  with  the  nasal  of  its  other  parts  Gr.  /ac,  vuJ'i,  Lat.  me.  nos,  Goth. 
mik.  The  same  combination  is  found  in  the  Coptic  and  the  Phoenician. 
The  Arabic  and  Syriac  have  retained  only  the  abbreviated  form  in  the 
singular  and  the  prolonged  form  in  the  plural.  The  second  person  nnx 
is  based  upon  the  lingual  n  as  the  Doric  tv,  Lat.  /?«,  Ger.  c/u,  Eng.  thou  ; 
and  the  third  person  wn  upon  the  guttural  n  as  the  Zend  ho,  Gr.  6, 
Lat.  hie,  Eng.  he. 

(2)  Words  in  such  constant  and  familiar  use  as  the  pronouns  are  sub- 
ject to  more  or  less  irregularity  in  all  languages.  The  original  plural 
termination,  as  will  be  shown  more  fully  hereafter  in  the  case  of  verbs 
and  nouns,  is  0^1 .  In  the  first  person  D  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  concur- 
rence of  nasals  in  the  same  syllable,  ""JN  ,  13N  ;  the  plural  of  the  prolonged 
form  seems  to  be  best  explained  by  supposing  it  to  have  been  originally 
''3:;n;  ,  which  was  in  the  singular  softened  to  "'bbx  by  §57.  1,  and  in  the 
plural  by  a  transposition  and  weakening  of  the  palatal  to  a  guttural  (comp. 
Gr.  eyw.  Sans,  ahani),  became  ^JnjX,  or  by  §53.  2,  ^isna .  The  plurals  of 
the  second  and  third  persons  were  originally  C^ns,  tin,  which  are  still 


§  72  PRONOUNS.  97 

preserved  in  the  Arabic,  and  have  left  their  traces  in  the  inflections  of 
verbs,  e.  g.  "i^^'j;?"!,  "'J'^n^ap  .  The  vowel  u.  however,  which  in  the  plu- 
rals of  masculine  nouns  has  been  converted  into  I,  has  in  the  pronouns 
undergone  a  still  further  modification  into  the  diphthongal  e  Cti  or  e  cpix  . 
The  distinction  of  gender  is  indicated  in  the  plural  not  by  affixing  the 
characteristic  termination  of  that  gender  as  in  nouns,  but  by  a  change  of 
the  final  nasal.  An  unaccented  n  ^  is  often  added  by  §61.  6.  to  relieve  the 
harshness  of  the  consonantal  ending. 

c.  In  the  technical  language  of  the  Jewish  grammarians  pronouns  are 
called  Ci';i!i33  cognomina ;  the  first  person  is  "i?"!^  the  speaker^  the  second 
NS^3  present,  the  third  ^rip3  hidden  or  absent. 

§  72.  When  the  pronouns  are  used  in  their  separate  form 
as  distinct  words  they  have  the  forms  already  given.  When, 
however,  they  stand  in  a  relation  of  dependence  to  verbs, 
nouns,  and  particles,  they  are  appended  to  them  in  the  follow- 
ing abbreviated  forms,  called  the  pronominal  suffixes  : 


SINOnL  AR. 

P  L  U  B  A  L. 

1. 

Com. 

1 

•I? 

13 

2.  ■ 

(  Masc. 
{  Fem. 

^ 
n 

3.- 

(  Masc. 
\  Fem. 

n 

in 
n 

D 
1 

or? 

10 

In  the  first  person  singular  ^ .  is  attached  to  nouns,  and 
*>?  to  verbs.  In  the  second  person  the  palatal  3  is  substituted 
for  the  lingual  t\  of  the  separate  pronoun.  For  a  similar 
change  in  the  first  person  see  §  85.  «.  (i).  The  modifications 
in  the  forms  of  the  suffixes,  occasioned  by  the  endings  of  the 
words  to  which  they  are  attached,  will  be  considered  here- 
after, §^101,220.  The  third  plural  forms  on,  in  are  used 
with  plural  nouns  ;  D ,  "j  with  verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

The  suffixes  of  the  second  and  third  persons  plural  CD, 
1? ,  00 »  10  are  called  grave,  the  rest  are  light.  The  former 
being  mixed  syllables,  always  receive  the  accent,  §  33.  3,  and 
tend  more  strongly  to  shorten  the  words  to  which  they  are 
attached  than  the  latter. 
7 


98  ETYMOLOGY.  §  73,  74 


Demonstrative  Pronouns. 
^73.  1.  The  ordinary  demonstrative  is — 

Maso.     Fern.  Common. 

Singular,   ht    nsT  tJiis        Plural,   ^i?    rts?  these. 

The  poetic  form  it  is  sometimes  a  demonstrative,  Ps. 
12  : 8,  Hab.  1:11,  but  more  frequently  a  relative  (like  the 
English  that),  in  which  case  it  is  used  without  change  for 
both  genders  and  numbers.  The  feminine  is  occasionally 
written  without  the  final  T\  and  with  a  different  vowel  letter 
riT  or  it .  The  plural,  coming  from  a  different  root,  is  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  without  the  usual  termination ;  bs  occurs 
eight  times  in  the  books  of  Moses  and  once  in  1  Chron.  20:8; 
in  all  other  places  the  consonantal  termination  is  softened  by 
an  appended  n  . . 

2.  The  singular  of  this  pronoun  is  in  a  few  instances 
compounded  with  b  either  without  any  change  of  meaning,  or, 
as  Ewald  and  Nordheimer  follow  Jarchi  in  supposing,  in  the 
sense  of  the  remote  demonstrative  that.  Thus  (with  the 
article  n  prefixed) — 

Mase.  Fern.  Ccm. 

Sing,   this  or  that     nT?n         ^T^n         T3n 

a.  The  first  form  occurs  twice  in  Genesis  (24  :  65,  37: 19),  the  third  sijc 
times  in  the  post-Mosaic  books  as  a  mascuhne  (Judg.  6  :  20,  1  Sam.  14  :  1, 
17:26,  2  Kin.  23:17,  Dan.  8:16,  Zech.  2:8).  and  once  as  a  feminine 
(2  Kin.  4:25),  the  second  once  in  Ezekiel  (36  :  35). 

3.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  «'.n  is  used 
for  the  remote  demonstrative  that. 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§  74.  The  relative  who,  which  is  IT^S? ,  which  may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  separate  word,  or  may  be  shortened  to  a  prefix  to 


i 


^75  INTERROGATIVE    AND    INDEFINITE    PRONOUNS.  99 

with  Daghesli-forte  compensative  in  the  following  letter, 
unless  it  be  a  guttural  and  consequently  incapable  of  receiv- 
ing it,  ^23.  1.  In  a  few  instances  the  prefix  tD  takes  the 
vowel  (.)  followed  by  Daghesh-forte,  Judg.  5:7,  Cant.  1:7, 
Job  19  :  29  ;  once  it  has  (J  before  i?  Judg.  6:17,  and  twice 
(.)  Eccl.  2  :  22  (in  some  copies),  3:18.  The  relative  suffers 
no  change  for  gender  or  number  either  in  its  separate  or  its 
prefixed  state.  Its  objective  relation  to  verbs  and  particles 
and  its  possessive  relation  to  nouns  are  expressed  without 
changing  the  relative  itself,  or  removing  it  from  its  position 
at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  by  appending  the  appropriate 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing  word,  e.  g.  in^tb  mrs5  w/io 
he  sent  him,  i.  e.  whom  he  sent,  iy}?  nirii^  which  its  seed,  i.  e. 
whose  seed.  It  may  also  receive  an  adverbial  sense  from 
being  followed  by  the  pronominal  adverb  DiD  there,  e.  g. 
DT?  —  ntji?  ichere,  nri©  —  nirx  whither,  Qi?^  —  "iirx  whence. 

a.  The  prefix  W  occurs  to  the  exclusion  of  the  full  form  of  the  relative 
in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  with  great  frequency  in  another  production 
of  Solomon's,  Ecclesiastes.  There  are  besides  occasional  examples  of  it  in 
other  books,  e.  g.  Judg.  5:  7,  6: 17,  7:  12,  8  :  26,  2  Kin.  6:11,  1  Ciiron.  5:20, 
Job  19: 29,  Ps.  122-124,  129,  133-137,  144,  Lam.  2:15,  16.  The  word 
CSira  Gen.  6:3  is  in  several  ancient  versions  and  in  the  common  English 
translation  rendered  as  though  it  were  made  up  of  the  preposition  3  ,  the 
relative  1^  and  the  particle  W^  for  that  also;  but  the  most  recent  inter^ 
preters  derive  it  from  the  verb  5?ia  to  err^  and  translate  in  their  erring. 

b.  1CX.  or  UJ  is  also  used  for  the  conjunction  that.     Comp.  Lat.  quod. 

Interrogative  and  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

§75.  1.  The  pronouns  "''a  who?  or  whoever  rddXmg  to 
persons,  and  ma  what?  or  whatever  relating  to  things,  are 
employed  both  as  interrogatives  and  in  an  indefinite  sense. 
They  experience  no  change  for  gender  or  number. 

The  vowel  of  r.-a  is  regulated  by  the  initial  sounds  of 
the  succeeding  word.  Before  a  letter  capable  of  receiving 
Daghesh-forte  it  is  pointed  T\i2  and  the  following  letter  is 
doubled,  e.  g.  iTb'JS-")?  Ex.  3:13.     Before  the  stronger  gut- 


100  ETYMOLOGY.  §76 

turals  n  and  n  it  also  commonly  receives  (.),  e.  g.  it'^Ji"'^"'? 
Ps.  39  :  5,  ^ns^n  nia  Gen.  31  :  36.  Before  the  weaker  gut- 
turals X ,  ^  and  "1 ,  it  commonly  takes  (J,  e.  g.  s^^S'H'a  Zech. 
1 :  9,  ?|^n?  r\i2  2  Kin.  8  :  13,  on^s^n  rrn  Judg.  9  :  48.  Before 
n ,  n ,  and  3?  with  Kamets,  and  occasionally  before  other  let- 
ters it  takes  (,),  §  63. 1. «,  e.  g.  iS  n^n-n-a  Ex.  32  : 1,  T^^'^T'^'? 
Gen.  20 : 9,  n^'j??™  ib.,  bip  n^  1  Sam.  4 :  14,  ts&uJu  n^ 
2  Kin.  1:7.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  vowel  letter  is 
omitted  and  the  interrogative  is  joined  with  the  following 
word,  e.  g.  riTia  Ex.  4  :  2,  a?>^  Isa.  3:15,  njjbriia  Mai.  1 :  13, 
QT\-a  Ezek.  8  :  6  K'thibh. 

*•      T 

2.  Another  interrogative  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  par- 
ticle '^^?  to  the  pronoun  n? ,  njs^T ,  thus  nt  "^s  wliich?  or  what? 
1  Kin.  13  :  12,Eccles.  11:6,  nsTb  ^^  for  what?  why?  Jer.  5:7. 

3.  The  words  "^ibbx  if'bs  which  are  always  used  in  com- 
bination, or  contracted  into  one  ""SbbE  ,  are  in  usage  equivalent 
to  an  indefinite  or  indeterminate  pronoun,  Eng.  a  certain  one, 
Lat.  quidam,  Gr.  6  helva  -,  they  are,  however,  derived  not  from 
pronominal  but  verbal  roots. 

Verbs. 

THEIE    SPECIES. 

§76.  1.  Hebrew  verbs  have  seven  different  forms  which 
have  been  denominated  species  or  conjugations  (D''?^5^  build- 
ings). These  represent  as  many  modifications  of  the  verbal 
idea,  and  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


1. 

^1? 

Kal 

Simple  active. 

2. 

b^s? 

Niphal 

"      passive. 

3. 

b2?S 

Piel 

Intensive  active. 

4. 

bys 

Pual 

"          passive. 

5. 

b-^ysn 

Hiphil 

Causative  active. 

6. 

Hophal 

"          passive 

7. 

bysnn 

Hithpael 

Reflexive. 

§77  SPECIES    OP    VERBS.  101 

a.  The  term  conjugations  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin,  and  is  very  gen- 
erally employed  in  Hebrew  grammars  and  in  those  of  the  cognate  lan- 
guages. It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  Hebrew  conjugations 
are  totally  unlike  the  conjugations  of  Latin  and  Greek.  The  latter  denote 
the  various  modes  of  inflection  adopted  by  difTerent  roots.  The  former  are 
modifications  of  the  same  root,  which  differ  in  meaning  while  their  inflec- 
tions are  substantially  alike.  They  correspond  rather  with  voices  or  with 
derivative  verbs,  such  as  frequentatives  and  causatives,  although  they  not 
infrequently  require  to  be  translated  by  words  radically  distinct.  The 
term  species  proposed  by  Schultens,  though  less  commonly  adopted,  is 
more  descriptive. 

2.  Kal  means  li(^ht,  and  denotes  that  species  in  which  no 
other  than  the  three  radical  letters  appear,  and  these  only  in 
their  single  power.  The  other  species  are  called  heav^ 
(D'^'ins),  because  burdened  by  the  reduplication  of  the  radi- 
cals or  the  addition  of  other  letters.  Their  names  are  de- 
rived from  b?s  to  do,  which  was  the  model  for  inflection,  the 
form  assumed  by  this  verb  in  each  species  serving  as  its 
designation.  Unusual  verbal  forms  are  in  like  manner  de- 
noted by  the  corresponding  forms  imposed  upon  its  radicals. 

3.  Other  technical  expressions,  such  as  the  names  of  the 
various  classes  of  verbs,  are  also  to  be  traced  to  this  source. 
A  verb  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  a  Nun,  or  a  Yodh,  is 
called  a  Pe  Guttural,  Pe  Nun  ("jb),  or  Pe  Yodh  (''s)  verb, 
Pe  as  the  initial  of  ^ys  becoming  the  technical  designation 
of  a  first  radical  generally.     So  a  verb  whose  second  radical 

is  Vav  is  called  an  Ayin  Vav  ^b) ;  one  whose  third  radical    N(^ 
is  He,  a  Lamedh  He  (nb) ;  one  whose  second  and  third  rad- 
icals are  alike  an  Ayin  Doubled  {vv),  etc. 

§77.  The  general  idea  of  the  several  species  already 
stated  is  hable  to  certain  modifications  in  the  variety  of  cases 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

1.  The  Niphal  is  commonly  the  passive  of  Kal  or  of  the 
simple  idea  of  the  verb,  aia  to  steal,  Ni.  to  be  stolen ;  ain?  to 
write,  Ni.  to  be  written. 

2.  Sometimes,  like  the  Greek  middle  voice  which  coin- 
cides with  the  passive  in  certain  of  its  forms,  it  has  a  reflex- 


102  ETYMOLOGY.  §>  78 

ive  signification,  1"b*J  to  hide,  Ni.  to  Jiide  ones  self;  i^"©  to 
keep,  Ni.  to  keep  one  s  self,  ^vkdrreaOaL;  DHp  Ni.  to  repent, 
lit.  to  grieve  ones  sef,  ixeraixeKea-daL;  or  expresses  reciprocal 
action,  f  ?^  to  counsel,  Ni.  to  take  counsel  together ;  Dnb  Ni.  to 
fglit,  fxax^dQai,  lit.  to  devour  one  another.  In  some  verbs  it 
has  both  a  passive  and  a  reflexive  sense,  ^?^  Ni.  to  he  sold 
and  to  sell  ones  self;  nsn  Ni.  to  be  seen  and  to  let  one's  self 
be  seen,  to  appear. 

3.  Sometimes  when  the  Kal  is  intransitive  and  does  not 
admit  of  a  proper  passive,  the  Niphal  is  either  identical  with 
it  in  signification,  S'ijp  K.  and  Ni.  to  approach,  or  retains  a 
shade  of  its  original  force  by  representing  the  state  or  condi- 
tion not  absolutely  as  in  Kal,  but  as  something  effected  and 
involving  a  change  from  another  previous  condition,  N^ri  to 
be  full,  Ni.  to  he  filled,  rTJn  to  he,  Ni.  to  become. 

§78.  1.  The  Piel  gives  new  intensity  to  the  simple  idea 
of  the  verb,  by  which  its  meaning  is  variously  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case,  tsy^a  to  he  feio,  Pi.  to  he 
V erg  few ;  t|iT  to  follow,  Y\.  to  follow  ardeiitlg,  to  pursue ; 
"ins  to  fear.  Pi.  to  fear  constantlg,  to  he  timid;  ^M^  to  ask. 
Pi.  to  ask  repeaiedlg  and  earnestlg,  to  beg ;  i^nn  to  create, 
as  God,  Pi.  to  form  with  pains  and  labour,  as  man ;  sns  to 
write.  Pi.  to  write  much  with  the  implication  that  it  is  to  little 
purpose,  to  scribble ;  "lij?  to  burg.  Pi.  to  burg  great  numbers. 

2.  The  energy  resident  in  this  species  displays  itself  by 
signifying  the  producing  or  causing  of  that  which  is  denoted 
by  the  simple  idea  of  the  verb,  thus  quickening  intransitive 
CUv-^Iav  verbs  into  transitives,  and  making  such  as  were  transitive 
[Vt-trt'H^v  before  to  be  doubly  so.  In  this,  which  is  the  more  frequent 
case,  it  becomes  virtually  equivalent  to  a  causative,  ^SS  to 
perish.  Pi.  to  make  to  perish,  to  destrog ;  ^^  to  learn,  Pi.  to 
teach,  i.  e.  cause  to  learn.  Both  these  senses  are  occasionally 
found  united  in  the  same  verb,  S"]]?  Pi,  to  be  verg  near  and  to 
bring  near;  rin©  Pi.  to  be  verg  corrupt  and  to  corrupt  or  de- 
strog. 


§79,80  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  103 

3.  Pual  is  the  passive  of  Piel,  and  therefore  can  only  exist 
when  the  sense  of  the  latter  is  such  that  a  passive  is  possible. 

§79.  1.  The  Hiphil  denotes  the  causing  or  producing  of 
that  which  is  signified  by  the  simple  form  of  the  verb,  and, 
as  in  the  corresponding  case  of  Piel,  intransitive  verbs  become 
transitive,  and  such  as  admitted  of  one  object  before  are  now 
capable  of  receiving  two :  ^'^^  to  descend,  Hi.  to  cause  to  de- 
scend, bring  doion ;  i^is  to  come,  Hi.  to  bring ;  nij'n  to  see.  Hi. 
to  show. 

2.  In  some  verbs  Hiphil  has  an  intransitive  sense,  but 
in  most  of  these  cases  there  is  either  an  ellipsis  of  the  object 
or  the  idea  of  production  and  causation  can  still  be  obscurely 
traced,  si'jp  Hi.  to  be  attentive,  prop,  to  make  {ones  ear)  at- 
tend;  ytpi  Hi.  to  be  sweet,  prop,  to  cause  sweetness ;  ^?i?  Hi. 
to  be  wise,  prop,  to  act  loiselg,  exhibit  wisdom ;  ip2i<  Hi.  to  be 
brave,  prop,  to  act  bravely;  "JpJ  Hi.  to  grow  old,  prop,  to  acquire 
age.  In  a  few  instances  both  senses  are  found  united  in  the 
same  verb,  iris  Hi.  to  cause  to  bud  and  to  put  forth  buds ; 
^"HiJ  Hi.  to  prolong  and  to  be  long ;  "it?y  Hi.  to  enrich  and  to 
grow  rich ;  I'QTU  Hi.  to  make  fat  and  to  become  fat  (comp. 
YiVi.'^.  fatten), 

3.  Hophal  is  the  passive  of  Hiphil. 

a.  When  Kal  has  both  a  transitive  and  an  intransitive  sense,  Hiphil, 
as  the  causative  of  the  latter,  becomes  substantially  identical  with  the 
former,  naa  K.  to  extend  or  to  bend,  trans,  and  intrans.,  Hi.  id.  trans.  In 
Job  23:  11,  Ps.  125:5.  Isa.  30:  11,  where  the  Hiphil  of  this  verb  appears  to 
be  used  intransitively  in  the  sense  of  turning  aside,  there  is  an  ellipsis  of 
its  proper  object,  to  hend  (the  steps). 

§80.  1.  The  Hithpael  is  reflexive  or  reciprocal  of  the 
idea  of  the  verb,  mostly  as  this  is  expressed  in  the  Piel  spe- 
cies (from  which  it  is  formed,  §82.  5),  the  particular  shade 
of  meaning  being  modified  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case.  (1)  It  indicates  that  the  subject  is  hkewise  the 
direct  object  of  the  action,  t:)^  Pi.  to  deliver,  Hith.  to  escape, 
deliver  one's  self-  pt?  Pi.  to  justify,  Hith.  to  justify  ones  self; 


104  ETYMOLOGY.  §80 

to£n  Pi.  to  seek,  Hitli.  to  disguise  ones  self,  prop,  to  let  one's 
self  be  sought  for ;  n'iin  Pi.  to  make  sick,  Hitli.  to  make  ones 
self  sick  whether  in  reahty  or  in  the  esteem  of  others,  i.  e.  to 
feign  sickness  ;  Din  Hith.  to  show  one's  self  wise  whether  in 
reahty  or  in  his  own  conceit.  (2)  Or  that  he  is  the  indirect 
object  of  the  action,  which  is  for  his  benefit,  or  relates  en- 
tirely to  him,  nns  Pi.  to  open,  Hith.  to  open  for  ones  self; 
^rii  Hith.  to  inherit  {for  ones  self) ;  pn  Pi.  i'o  make  gracious, 
Hith.  to  implore  favour,  prop,  to  make  to  be  gracious  to  one's 
self  (3)  Or  that  the  action  is  mutual  between  two  or  more 
parties,  "i©p  Pi.  to  bind,  Hith.  to  conspire,  prop,  to  band  to- 
gether;  T\ir\  to  see,  Hith.  to  look  upon  one  another. 

2.  This  species  is  sometimes  a  mere  passive  like  the 
Niphal  n5©  to  forget,  Hith.  to  be  forgotten ;  ^£2  Pi.  to  atone, 
Hith.  to  be  atoned ;  ^P^  Pi.  to  prepare,  Hith.  to  be  prepared. 
In  a  few  instances  the  reflexive  and  the  passive  senses  are 
found  in  the  same  verb,  "li'Q  Hith.  to  sell  one's  self  and  to  be 
sold. 

a.  (1)  The  affinity  between  the  Piel  and  Hiphil  species  is  such  as  in 
very  many  verbs  to  render  it  unnecessary  to  retain  tliem  both,  and  one  or 
the  other  has  been  allowed  to  fall  into  disuse.  Where  both  exist,  they 
are  often  nearly  or  quite  synonyn)ous,  and  are  used  indiscriminately,  ^"p 
Pi.  and  Hi.  to  sanctify,  or  differ  only  in  the  frequency  of  their  employment, 
riVa  Pi.  and  Hi.  (rare)  to  send,  ynd  Pi.  (rare)  and  Hi.  to  cause  to  hear. 
In  other  cases  they  are  distinguished  by  adhering  to  those  significations 
of  the  species  in  which  they  depart  palpably  from  one  another,  no^  Pi. 
(intens.)  to  grow  luxuriantly,  Hi.  (caus.)  to  make  to  grow,  bio  Pi.  (caus.) 
to  make  foolish.  Hi.  (intrans.)  to  act  foolishly  ;  or  by  developing  them  from 
different  significations  of  the  root,  i>ll33  Pi.  to  cook  (food).  Hi.  to  ripen 
(fruit) ;  T|'!i3  Pi.  to  bless  (prop,  to  kneel  in  worship),  Hi.  to  cause  to  kneel 
(as  a  physical  act),  c:ss  Pi.  to  break  the  bones  ( c^s; ),  Hi.  to  render 
strong ;  or  by  restricting  them  to  special  applications,  "itti^  Pi.  to  burn  in- 
cense (to  idols).  Hi.  to  bvrn  incense  (to  God);  rBn  Hi.  to  change,  Pi.  to 
>~v^  change  (the  clothes);  tJ^Q  Hi.  to  strip.  Pi.  to  strip  (the  slain  in  battle). 

(2)  It  is  still  less  common  to  find  both  Niphal  and  Hithpael  in  the  same 
verb.  Where  this  does  occur  they  are  sometimes  used  interchangeably, 
at  others  a  distinction  is  created  or  adhered  to,  "iSd  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  63 
poured  out ;  '^2'^  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  talk  with  one  another;  T\^z  Ni.  to  be 
blessed,  Hith.  to  bless  one^s  self;  ^nfi  Ni.  to  be  ploughed,  Hith.  to  keep  (owe's 
self)  qui  ft ;  "i^Tj^  Ni.  to  be  bound,,  Hith.  to  conspire. 

(3)  When  in  particular  verbs  two  species  have  substantially  the  same 


§81  PERrECT    VERBS.  105 

sense,  it  sometimes  happens  that  parts  only  of  each  are  in  use,  one  supple- 
menting the  deficiencies  of  the  otlier,  or  that  one  of  the  active  species, 
losing  its  proper  passive,  is  supplied  by  another  whose  correspondmg 
active  is  wanting.  Thus  bb^  lo  be  able  has  a  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  ; 
but  its  future  is  Hophal  (strictly,  io  be  made  able,  but  in  usage  the  equiva- 
lent of  Kal)  ;  TipS  to  be  pale,  il"?3  to  draw  near,  "fij  to  be  poured  out,  have 
their  futures  in  the  Kal  but  their  preterites  in  tlie  Niphal;  CjO^  to  add  has 
both  a  Kal  and  a  Hiphil  preterite,  which  are  synonymous,  but  only  a 
Hiphil  future.  Again,  in  b  j3  to  separate  and  it:^  to  destroy,  the  Kal  has 
yielded  to  the  Hiphil  (strictly,  to  cause  separation^  destruction),  but  the 
Niphal  is  retained  as  its  passive;  "J^fiT  to  bathe  and  p  jj  'o  sprinkle^  have 
in  the  active  the  Kal  form  and  in  the  passive  the  Pual. 

(4)  All  verbs  are  found  in  one  or  more  of  these  species  or  conjugations, 
but  very  kw  in  the  whole  of  them.  Of  the  1,332  triiiteral  verbs  in  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  530  appear  in  some  one  species  only.  360  in  two  species, 
235  in  three,  118  in  four,  70  in  five,  12  in  six,  and  but  7  in  the  entire  num- 
ber, viz.:  "p3  to  cleave  asunder,  nSa  to  uncover,  T\hn  to  be  sick,  ST^  to 

''-T  i'''  r  'tt  '-T 

know,  lb^  to  br-ing  forth,  ipD  to  visit,  C^"i  to  be  high.  The  number  of 
species  in  which  a  given  verb  appears,  is  sometimes  limited  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  the  case,  as  when  its  meaning  will  not  admit  of  the  modifica- 
tions denoted  by  all  the  species;  or  by  usage,  as  when  certain  species  are 
dropped  as  unnecessary,  the  ideas  which  they  would  convey  being  ex- 
pressed in  another  manner;  or  by  the  circumstance  that  in  the  small  vol- 
ume of  the  Old  Testament,  examples  may  not  occur  of  all  the  species 
which  actually  were  in  use. 

b.  Instances  occur  in  which  the  active  species,  and  less  frequently  the 
passives,  derive  their  meanings  not  directly  from  the  root,  but  from  some 
noun  which  has  sprung  from  it.  These  are  called  Denominatives.  Thus, 
tiyj  K.  to  break  the  neck  (rili);  li*^  K.  to  tithe  (^ci;  teii);  llbb  to  wake 
b licks  (npnb) ;  22^:3  Ni.  to  be  possessed  of  understanding,  or,  according  to 
others,  to  be  devoid  of  understanding  (-3^  heart);  'f}'2  Pi.  to  act  as  priest 
(ins);  -jjp  Pi.  to  build  a  nest  ("p) ;  S'2"i^  Pu.  part,  sq'7/are  (ya-iX /o?<r) ; 
liJvi-Ta  Pu.  almond-shaped  (">pc);  y^p^  Pu.  dyed  scarlet  (r^ip);  ;-^rn  Hi. 
tn  snow  (a^o);  Tl'^f]  Hi.  to  give  enr\-}i<);  nsn  Hi.  to  snare  (ns);  n^rn 
Ho.  to  be  salted  (nbi);  "ifil^rii  Hith.  to  make  one's  self  a  Jew  ("''l^n^); 
I'^^^n  Hith.  to  supply  one's  self  with  provision  ("i"^^).  A  verbal  form  may 
occasionally  arise  even  from  an  adverb,  riN^fi.:  Ni.  part,  removed  far  away 
(nxbn),  or  an  interjection,  ofi^l  Hi.  a7id  he  stilled  (on  hush!). 


Perfect  Verbs. 

§  81.  There  is  one  normal  standard  for  the  formation  of 
these  several  species  and  their  furtlier  inflection,  to  wliich  all 
verbs  conform  unless  prevented  by  the  character  of  their 
radicals.     There  are  no  anomalous  or  irregular  deviations 


106  ETYMOLOGY.  §  82 

from  this  standard,  such  as  are  found  in  other  languages,  for 
which  no  explanation  can  be  given  but  the  fact  of  their  oc- 
currence. Whatever  deviations  do  occur  result  from  the 
presence  of  letters  in  the  root  which  do  not  admit  of  certain 
combinations  and  forms,  and  compel  the  adoption  of  others 
in  their  stead.  Verbs  are  hence  distinguished  into  perfect 
and  imperfect.  They  are  styled  perfect  when  their  radical 
letters  are  capable  of  entering  into  all  those  combinations 
and  exhibiting  all  those  forms  which  conformity  with  the 
standard  requires.  They  are  imperfect  when  the  root  con- 
tains a  weak  letter,  ^7.  2,  or  is  otherwise  so  constituted  as 
to  lead  to  a  departure  from  the  standard  inflections. 

§82.  1.  In  perfect  verbs  the  Kal  is  formed  by  giving 
Pattahh,  or  more  rarely  one  of  its  compounds,  Tsere  or 
Hholem,  to  the  second  radical  as  its  essential  or  characteristic 
vowel,  and  to  the  first  radical  a  pretonic  Kamets,  §64.  2, 
thus :  bbj? ,  ^n3 ,  flip  . 

a.  The  number  of  verbs,  perfect  and  imperfect,  whose  second  radical 
has  Tsere  or  Hholem,  or  as  they  are  technically  called  middle  e  and  mid- 
dle 0,  is  quite  inconsiderable.  They  are  mgstly  of  an  intransitive  sig- 
nification. 

(1)  The  following  have  Tsere,  viz. : 

•jfjt  to  be  old,  ^=3  (Isa.  24:20  'ins)  to  be  r\h  to  die. 

vsn  to  delight.                       heavy.  ^33  to  fade, 

•zkn  to  hew.  "iC3  to  be  right.  ^h'J,  to  thirst. 

"inu  to  be  clean.  fflib  and  irib  to  put  on.  bhp^  (Isa.   33:9  bp.^)  to 

nh'Li  to  be  unclean.  N^'3  trans,  or  intrans.  (Esth.  wither. 

ran';  to  be  dry.                          7  :  5   nHtd   trans.)  to  NDb  to  hate. 

xn^  to  fear.                            fill  or  be  full.  bh'i)  to  be  brought  low. 

(2)  The  following  have  Tsere  in  pause,  §  65.  3.  a,  or  as  a  pretonic  vowel, 
§64.  2,  before  a  suffix,  but  Pattahh  in  other  cases.  Such  as  only  occur  in 
pause  or  with  suffixes  are  printed  with  Tsere. 

nnx  to  love.  i''ia  to   be   or  become       bnn  to  cense. 

-     T  -T  - T 

CiTN  to  be  guilty.  great.  yen  to  be  leavened, 

pSC3  to  swell.  pn'n  to  cleave  to.  C]5n  toheprofaned. 

■15a  to  prevail.  'jllj'n  to  grow  fat.  *iDn  to  lack. 


^  82  PERFECT    VERBS.  107 

•isn  to     blush     (distin-  d^iS  to  be  strong.  ?5b  to  be.  sated. 

guished  from  "^sn  nb'a  to  come    upon,  to  n?3'J  to  rejoice. 

to  dig).  prosper.  PiDid  to  forget. 

C]5;  to  be  weary.  t'^p^  to  be  holy.  'p_^  to  dwell. 

tti'n"'  to  possess.  -"nr?  to  come  near.  C73':3  to  be  desolate. 

Dyj  to  be  pleasant.  ^sn  to  be  hungry.  rn'ij  to  hear. 

Several  others  are  marked  wilh  Tsere  in  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius,  in 
which  that  vowel  does  not  occur. 
(3)   The  following  have  Hholem  : 

^■ist  to  shine.                     h'6^  to  be  able.  sH  (Ps.  18  :  15   3;^  )  to 

ttJia  to  be  ashamed.  iL'p^  to  snare.  shoot. 

nia  to  be  good.                   bt:  (see  §86.  a)  to  flow.  bS'J  (Gen.  43: 14  "^Pi^^iZi) 

la^  to  dread.  'bjs  to  be  small.  to  be  bereaved. 

2.  The  Niplial  is  formed  by  prefixing  ?  to  the  letters  of 
the  root ;  thus,  bujp; ,  which  by  §  61. 1.  becomes  '^bp? . 

3.  The  Piel  and  Pual  are  formed  by  doubhng  the  second 
radical   and  attaching  the  appropriate  vowels ;  thus,  biap , 

4.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal  are  formed  by  prefixing  n 
with  the  proper  vowels ;  thus,  ^"^PJpn ,  bi:pn . 

5.  The  Hithpael  is  formed  by  prefixing  nn  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive  of  the  Piel ;  thus,  btspJ^n  .  If  the  first  radi- 
cal be  one  of  the  sibilants  o ,  liJ  or  ic ,  the  T\  of  the  prefixed 
syllable  will  be  transposed  with  it,  -iinon,  -FEnD^ri,  r^nnicn. 
If  the  first  radical  be  2r ,  the  n  will  be  transposed,  and  in 
addition  changed  to  12 ,  e.  g.  p"itD2rn  .  If  the  first  radical  be 
one  of  the  Unguals  "7 ,  id  or  n ,  the  n  will  be  assimilated  or 
united  to  it  by  Daghesh-forte,  pii^n ,  nnron ,  D^nn . 

a.  In  one  instance  n::;i2rirr7  Jer.  49:3  n  remains  before  ttJ  without 
transposition,  which  would  bring  three  linguals  in  close  connection,  and 
once  it  is  assimilated  to  U3,  Eccl.  7:  16  CTDIttJ-;,  elsewhere  ciind^;  p  is 
Iikewi.se  assimilated  to  the  sibilant  T  in  fhe  only  Hithpael  form  in  which 
that  letter  is  the  initial  of  the  root  iiSTfl  Isa.  1:16.  In  one  instance 
0''pS'nn?3  Judg.  19:22  n  remains  without  assimilation  before  1.  The  n 
may  either  be  assimilated  or  not  to  the  initial  3  of  two  verbs  Nr3,  NilJJ, 
and  the  initial  3  of  two  "(Sis.  -ies.  It  is  assimilated  to  the  3  ofC23.  which 
occurs  but  twice  in  the  Hithpael,  to  the  3  of  ys;3 ,  which  only  occurs  once, 
and  in  one  instance  to  n,  viz.  caiiX  Isa.  33:10  but  cai-in-^  Dan.  11:36. 


108  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  §83 

b.  The  seven  species  may,  agreeably  to  their  formation,  be  reduced  to 
three  with  their  derivatives,  viz.  : 

Active  1.  Kal  2.  Piel  3.  Hiphil 

Passive  Pual  Hophal 

Middle  Niphal  Hithpael 

(1)  The  prefixed  letters  of  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael  5  and  Pi  (with  n 
prosthetic.  §53.  1.  a)  are  probably  in  their  origin  fragmentary  pronouns 
signifying  self;  whether  they  are  referable  to  ""SX  and  iiPix  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  must  be  left  to  conjecture.  The  idea  primarily  sug- 
gested is  that  of  periorming  an  action  upon  one's  self;  but  in  the  Niphal 
usually,  and  in  the  Hithpael  occasionally,  the  reflexive  signification  has, 
as  in  certain  tenses  of  the  Greek  middle  and  in  the  reciprocal  verbs  of 
Rome  modern  languages,  given  place  to  the  passive.  In  the  Aramaean 
the  forms  with  a  prefixed  TJ*  have  not  only  quite  lost  their  original  char- 
acter as  reflexives,  but  have  superseded  all  other  passives. 

(2)  The  idea  of  causation  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal,  if  the  author  may 
venture  to  offer  his  own  opinion  upon  this  perplexed  subject,  is  not  due, 
as  in  the  Indo-European  causatives,  to  the  introduction  of  a  syllable 
directly  suggesting  it.  It  appears  to  be  primarily  another  intensive  form, 
with  which  usage  has  ordinarily  connected,  as  it  Irequently  has  with  the 
Piel,  the  notion  of  productive  energy  or  the  quickening  of  an  intransitive 
into  a  transitive.  As  in  the  Piel  and  its  derivatives,  the  idea  of  intensity 
is  suggested  by  giving  a  doubled  and  consequently  more  intense  pronun- 
ciation to  the  central  radical;  so  in  the  Hiphil,  by  a  like  symbolism,  the 
power  of  the  root  is  augmented  by  the  accession  of  a  new  initial  syl- 
lable, whether  the  weak  letter  Ji  is  merely  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing 
the  vowel,  which  seems  likely  from  the  corresponding  K  in  Aramaean  and 
Arabic,  or  is  itself  significant,  in  which  case  it  must  be  of  pronominal 
origin,  related  possibly  to  S<>in  of  the  third  person,  and  having  a  prepo- 
sitional or  intensive  force. 

(3)  The  distinction  between  active  and  passive  in  the  intensive  and 
causative  species  is  made  by  the  vowels  alone,  and  that  in  a  way  perfectly 
simple,  and  yet  as  clearly  marked  as  possible.  Of  the  three  pure  vowels 
i  and  u  offer  the  most  striking  contrast,  and  these  are  severally  set  in  op- 
posite syllables  in  the  forms  to  be  distinguished;  i  or  its  cognate  e  marks 
the  second  syllable  of  the  actives,  m  or  its  cognate  o  the  first  syllable  of  the 
passives,  the  other  syllable  receiving  in  every  case  the  simplest  and  only 
remaining  vowel:  thus.  ^"^Kpn  ,  bij^  —  bDp,blipti.  For  that  a  primarily 
belonged  to  the  first  syllable  of  both  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  apparent  from  its 
retaining  its  place  throughout  these  species  with  the  exception  of  the 
preterite,  and  from  its  preservation  in  the  cognate  languages. 

§83.  If  ^Pip  to  Ml  be  taken  as  the  representative  of  the 
regular  verb,  the  various  species  with  their  significations  will 
be  as  follows,  viz. : 


§83  PERFECT    VERBS.  109 

1.  Kal  ^b^  to  Ml. 

2.  Niplial  ^bjpD  to  be  killed. 

3.  Piel  ^Qp  to  kill  many  or  to  massacre. 

4.  Pual  ^top  to  be  massacred. 

5.  Hiphil  ^'^'Ppn  to  cause  to  kill. 

6.  Hophal  ^'^PO  i(^  ^6  caused  to  kill. 

7.  Hithpael  ^^ptpn  to  kill  one's  self. 

a.  It  is  in  each  case  the  third  person  masculine  singular  of  the  preterite 
which  is  given  above,  and  the  strict  signification  therefore  is  he  has  killed^ 
etc.  These  being  the  simplest  forms  of  the  various  species,  however,  and 
destitute  of  any  sign  of  tense  or  person,  are  commonly  used  to  represent 
the  species ;  and  in  this  sense  the  proper  equivalent  is  the  infinitive,  which 
is  the  form  used  for  desiffnatinff  verbs  in  English. 

b.  The  verb  baj^  is  well  fitted  for  a  model,  and  is  now  generally  so 
employed.  The  consonants,  which  compose  its  root,  have  no  peculiarities 
to  interfere  with  its  inflection,  it  has  a  signification  capable  of  being  car- 
ried through  all  the  species,  and  as  it  exists  likewise  in  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, it  offers  a  good  basis  for  their  comparison.  It  occurs,  indeed,  but 
three  times  in  the  Bible,  Job  13:15,  24:14,  Ps.  139:19,  and  in  but  one 
species;  still  the  very  rarity  of  its  occurrence  only  restricts  it  more  com- 
pletely to  its  use  as  a  representative  or  typical  verb.  The  old  Jewish 
model  Vi'Q,  §76.2,  is  objectionable  on  account  of  its  weak  letter  S,  and 
on  account  of  the  twofold  sound  of  its  initial  radical  B,  which,  with  its 
Daghesh-lene,  might  prove  perplexing  to  beginners. 

c.  (1)  The  existence  of  other  and  less  usual  species  is  a  needless  as- 
sumption. The  Poel,  Pilel,  Pilpel  and  the  like,  are  not  additional  species 
but  identical  in  character  and  signification  with  those  already  named.  The 
more  copious  Arabic,  with  its  nicer  shades  of  distinction,  has  greatly  mul- 
tiplied the  number  of  its  species  or  conjugations,  incorporating  into  its 
standard  paradigm  forms  corresponding  to  some  of  these  which  the  He- 
brew only  occasionally  employs.  In  the  latter  language,  however,  they 
are  at  the  utmost  alternate  forms  substituted  in  place  of  the  ordinary 
ones,  and  found  for  the  most  part  in  the  imperfect  verbs,  to  the  nature  of 
whose  radicals  they  owe  their  peculiarities  of  structure.  When,  as  is  the 
case  in  a  very  few  instances,  there  is  a  double  form  to  a  particular  species 
in  the  same  verb,  usuge  has  mostly  created  an  arbitrary  distinction  be- 
tween them,  e.g.  Pi.  lynizJ  to  uproot  and  UJ~iU3  to  take  root;  Pi.  D^p  to 
cause  to  stand,  applied  to  covenants  and  oaths,  to  ratify,  and  B^ip ,  in  a 
physical  sense,  to  raise  up;  Hi.  ^^-X}.  ^^  cause  to  rest,  to  set  down,  and 
n"'3n  to  leave,  to  let  alone.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  employment  of 
these  names  as  convenient  designations  of  particular  modes  of  formation, 
provided  it  is  understood  that  they  mean  nothing  more. 

(2)  There  are  very  few  instances  of  what  may  be  called  compound 
species;  thus,  Niphal  of  Pual  si^SJ?  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4:14,^0  be  exceed- 


110  ETYMOLOGY.  §  84 

iiigly  defiled,  stronger  than  the  simple  Niphal  ^X53 ;  Niphal  of  Hithpael 
sfis^j  Ezek.  23  :  48,  neiSD  Deut.  21:8,  :  mnoa  Prov.  27 :  15. 

§84.  To  each,  of  these  species  belong  a  preterite  and  fu- 
ture, two  forms  of  the  infinitive,  an  absolute  and  a  construct, 
a  participle,  and,  except  to  the  Pual  and  Hophal  which  as 
pure  passives  cannot  express  a  command,  an  imperative.  The 
Kal  has  both  an  active  and  a  passive  participle,  one  more,  con- 
sequently, than  the  other  species.  The  preterite  of  each 
species  is  the  form  already  described,  §  83.  The  remaining 
parts  are  formed  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 

1.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  formed  by  changing  the  last 
vowel  in  Hiphil  and  Hophal  to  Tsere,  and  in  each  of  the 
other  species  to  Hholem,  observing  likewise  that  Hhirik  in 
the  penult  of  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  to  be  changed  to  Pattahh. 
(See  Paradigm  of  the  Perfect  Verb.)  This  rule  gives  to 
Niphal  the  infinitive  bibj?? ,  which  form  actually  occurs,  §91.  3. 
If,  however,  the  original  Sh'va  be  suff'ered  to  remain  after 
the  prefixed  3,  §82.  2,  thus,  Vujps,  a  prosthetic  H  will  be  re- 
quired in  order  to  its  pronunciation,  §  53. 1.  a,  after  which  5 
will  be  assimilated  to  the  following  letter,  §  54.  2,  and  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.  2,  added  to  the  p  in  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  the  reduplication ;  thus  Viij^n ,  which  is  the  form 
written  in  the  paradigm. 

2.  The  construct  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  absolute 
in  the  Kal  by  rejecting  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §82.  1,  in 
Niphal  by  changing  the  last  vowel  to  Tsere,  and  in  the  re- 
maining species  by  making  the  last  vowel  conform  to  the 
corresponding  vowel  of  the  preterite. 

3.  The  future  is  formed  from  the  construct  infinitive  by 
the  appropriate  personal  prefixes ;  if  the  first  letter  of  the 
infinitive  be  n,  it  is  rejected,  §  53.  3,  and  its  vowel  given  to 
the  prefix. 

a.  (1)  Some  verbs  take  Pattahh  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Kal  future 
instead  of  the  Hholem  of  the  construct  infinitive.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  intransitive  verbs.     Such  as  have  Tsere  in  the  preterite  regu- 


§84 


PERFECT  VERBS. 


Ill 


larly  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  of  the  list  given  §82.  \.a.  (1)  and  (2) 
but  three  :sn,  bij,  -jid  take  Hholem,  and  two  yon  and  Dria  take  indif- 
ferently Hholem  or  Pattahh.  Of  verbs  with  middle  0  in  the  preterite 
three  bTD,  p;^  and  biJ'^  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  the  rest  either  do  not 
occur  in  the  future,  or  have  imperfect  letters  in  their  root  which  obscure 
their  true  formation. 

(2)  The  following  verbs  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  Pattahh  , 
likewise  in  the  Kal  future.  Those  which  do  not  occur  in  the  Kal  preterite, 
or  occur  only  in  forms  which  do  not  reveal  the  character  of  the  vowel  fol- 
lowing the  second  radical,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  Verbs  having 
a  Pattahh  in  the  future,  which  is  due  to  imperfect  letters  in  the  root,  (e.  g. 
Pe  Yodh,  Ayin  Guttural,  Lamedh  Guttural),  are  not  included  in  this  list. 


iax  to  mourn. 

*  ^^^  ^0  learn. 
*  ysx  to  be  strong. 
*r|!J<  to  be  angry. 
*b'2<i  to  become  vain. 
pTn  to  be  strong. 
CDH  to  be  wise. 

-      T 

T|^?n  to  be  dark. 
*bD3  to  be  foolish. 
Icb  to  learn. 

-    T 

pr^  to  be  sweet. 

r        -     T 


tt333  to  come  near. 

-  r 

iiCD  (intrans.)  to  fall 
off. 

*  "nj  to  be  poured. 
p^D  {h^Q).b.)  to  ascend. 
yibv  to  smoke. 

*priS  to  be  removed. 

*  p'ia  to  be  righteous. 


yz"^  to  lie  down. 

1^"^  to  rage  or  tremble. 

*  2i3n  to  be  wet. 

-  T 

"31  to  ride. 

-  T 

*1B1  to  spread. 

*  :pn  to  rot. 
SDilJ  to  lie  down. 

-       T 

::b''i3  to  rule. 


b^r?  to  be   lightly  es-    *D^iU  to  be  complete. 


teemed. 
*3ii3;5  to  be  attentive. 


■,73d  to  grow  fat. 


(3)  The  following  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  both  Pattahh  and 
Hholem  in  the  future. 


153  to  deal  ireacher-  tihn  to  be  hot.  T^'TD  to  bite. 

ously.  *:n  to  be  gracious.  V^Ji  to  do. 

"in  fut.  o,  to  tear,  fut.  *iz:nn  fut.  0,   to  plough,  MlTQ  to  strip  off. 

a,  to  resolve.  {ui.  a,  to  be  si  lent.  CD;^  to  use  divination. 


"r,Vn  (mostly  fut.  e)  to  go.  tl^lj  to  tear. 
fir  J  to  curse.  "i:£i  to  form. 

*cin  to  bind.  "bs^  to  trespass. 

*t'in  fut.  6,  to  subdue,      nnj  to  fee. 
fut.  a,  to  be  weak.       lij  to  vow. 


1^15   fut.0,^OCMiO/7;fut, 

a,  to  be  short. 
r\6w  to  rest. 

—    » 

Dttn  tn  be  finished. 


b.  Some  imperfect  verbs,  chiefly  Pe  Yodh,  take  Tsere  in  the  second 
syllable  of  the  Kal  future,  e.  g.  air'] ,  •jfn'i . 

4.  The  imperative  has  the  same  form  with  the  constrnct 
infinitive  except  in  Hiphil,  where  the  last  vowel  is  Tsere  as 
in  the  infinitive  absolute. 


112  ETYMOLOGY.  §85 

a.  Where  the  Kal  future  has  Pattahh  or  Tsere  the  imperative  takes 
the  same. 

5.  The  Kal  active  participle  takes  the  form  bijp  and  the 
passive  ^^I2j?.  The  participle  of  the  Niphal  lengthens  the 
last  vowel  of  the  preterite  from  Pattahh  to  Kamets ;  those 
of  the  other  species  are  formed  by  prefixing  "n  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  rejecting  n  where  this  is  the  initial  letter, 
§53.3,  and  lengthening  the  last  vowel  where  this  is  short. 

§85.  1.  The  preterite  and  future  are  inflected  through 
three  persons,  the  imperative  only  in  the  second  person,  a 
command  presupposing  the  form  of  direct  address.  There 
are  also  distinct  forms  for  the  singular  and  plural  numbers 
and  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  genders.  Verbal  inflec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  pronominal  fragments  added  to 
the  end  of  the  preterite  and  imperative,  and  for  the  most  part 
prefixed  to  the  future. 

a.  The  following  are  the  fragments  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  various 
parts  of  the,verb : 

Preterite  C^??). 

(1)  Singular.  3rd  pars.  masc.  The  third  person  alone  has  no  per- 
eonal  ending  in  any  of  its  forms;  as  each  of  the  others  has  such  a  termi- 
nation, none  v^as  needed  for  the  sake  of  distinction.  Nothing  more  was 
required  than  to  indicate  the  gender  and  number.  The  masculine  singu- 
lar is  expressed  by  the  simple  form  of  the  species  with  no  appended  sign 
whatever. 

3 fern.  The  original  feminine  termination  is  n_,  which,  appended  to 
the  masculine,  would  give  n^D]?,  a  form  used  before  suffixes,  §101.1,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  §86.6.  Commonly,  how- 
ever, in  verbs  as  in  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  final  n  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  c, 
and  the  previous  vowel,  which  thus  comes  to  stand  in  a  simple  syllable,  is 
lengthened,  •^^^I]'. 

2  masc.     The  appended  Pi  is  derived  from  MRS? . 

2  fern.    V\  from  Pis  . 

1  com.  "'PI  changed  from  "'3  of  "lib!* ;  compare  the  similar  relation  of 
the  suffixes  ?] ,  03  to  the  pronouns  fiRS?  ,  ens  §72.  The  Ethiopia  retains 
the  k  unaltered,  katalku. 


§85  PERFECT  VERBS.  113 

Plural.  3  com.  The  original  plural  termination  §71.  6.  (2)  is  a  nasal 
d  or  T  preceded  by  the  vowel  1 .  The  full  ending  '{'H  is  still  found  in  a 
very  few  instances,  §86.6,  generally  the  "J  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  a. 

2  masc.    CF)  from  DriX  . 
2 fern.     )P!  from  *)r)X. 

1  com.    13  from  13S  . 

Future  (Tny). 

(2)  SiNGOLAK.  3rd  pers.  masc.  The  prefixed  ">  is  from  Xin ;  the 
vowel  u,  which  distinguishes  the  masculine  pronoun,  is  changed  to  the 
corresponding  semivowel  1,  and  this  at  the  beginning  of  words  becomes  "'j 
§56.2. 

3  fern.    Fi ,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  is  here  prefixed. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  The  prefixed  fi  is  from  S^ni<,  Tis,  from  the  latter 
of  which  is  derived  the  appended  *> .  of  the  feminine. 

I  com.    The  prefixed  i<.  is  from  ''3*1 . 

Plural.  3  masc.  and  2  masc.  The  same  plural  termination  as  in  the 
preterite  is  appended  to  the  corresponding  singular  forms. 

3fem.  and  2  fern.  The  feminine  plural  is,  as  in  the  pronouns  nsfi , 
M3BX,  denoted  by  n3  appended  to  the  singular,  the  2  fern.  sing,  termina- 
tion "^ .  being  dropped  as  superfluous. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  3  is  from  13X. . 

Imperative  {S^)>  ^^c. 

(3)  No  designation  of  the  person  is  here  necessary  as  the  second  is  the 
only  one  in  use.  Gender  and  number  are  indicated  by  the  same  termina- 
tions as  in  the  corresponding  person  of  the  future.  The  future  forms  will, 
in  fact,  in  every  case  directly  yield  those  of  the  imperative  by  rejecting 
the  prefixed  Fi,  the  sign  of  the  second  person,  and  restoring  the  n  in 
those  cases  in  which  it  has  been  suppressed. 

(4)  The  Infinitive  ("I'ip^  fountain,  whence  other  forms  are  derived)  is 
an  abstract  verbal  noun  commonly  masculine,  but  sometimes  with  a  femi- 
nine termination. 

(5)  The  Participle  ('^iis'^a  intermediate  between  the  preterite  and  the 
future)  shares  the  inflections  of  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb  in  all  the  species 
are  shown  by  the  paradigm  of  biDp  upon  the  next  page. 
8 


Paradigm  op 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Pret. 

3  m. 

—  T 

^^1?? 

btop 

bto-D 

3/. 

r;bt:p 

T    :  'it 

nbtpp? 

nBtpp 

^"^m 

2  m. 

nbbp 

T  :    -It 

nbb^D 

T  :  —  :  • 

5^fep 

^^^p. 

2/ 

nbt:p 

:  :  —  It 

ipb^pD 

^^"^P 

i^bibi? 

1  c. 

^nbt2p 

•  :  — 'r 

"^i^^l?? 

^nbfsp 

^ribb*? 

Plur. 

3  c. 

^bt:'!) 

;    IT 

%? 

Jibtpp 

^Hl? 

2  m. 

DS^f^l? 

Dnbt:p? 

DP)^^P 

tDnbtap 

2/ 

ll?bt:p 

■jnbiDpp 

iri^^P 

inbtop 

1  c. 

:  —  r 

^jb^"?? 

sisb-^p 

iiDb^p^ 

Infin. 

ahsol. 

bit:p 

btipn 

btop 

btiiD 

( 

zonstr. 

btbp 

^iisr' 

^top 

■(^^P.) 

FUT. 

3  m. 

^'^1?: 

^'^sr 

^tpp: 

bibp; 

3/ 

bbpn 

^Bi?!? 

^fepn 

bbpn 

2  m. 

btbpn 

%n 

^fep^ 

btoi^n 

2/ 

^bt:pn 

^btppn 

^bto":n 

1  c. 

btip^ 

^topy? 

^I^P^ 

Plur. 

3  m. 

^btpp:' 

^bt:p^ 

^btf^^ 

iibtpp;* 

3/. 

riDbtipn 

T  :      •:    • 

riDbtbpn 

T  :    "It    • 

♦"ij^topn 

riDb^pn 

2  m. 

^btppn 

iibtpjjFi 

^btppn 

^btapn 

2/ 

n^btipn 

T  :      ':    • 

n:btpn 

T  :    ■•It'    • 

rabtopn 

nsbtspn 

1   c. 

^tij?? 

^i?? 

^kT? 

'%? 

Imper. 

2  m. 

bq^ 

'*?i?n 

btop 

2/ 

^?Pi? 

•    :  liT   • 

^btpp 

Plur. 

2  m. 

^btpp 

^btjp^n 

iibtpp 

wanting 

2/ 

njbtbp 

nsb^pn 

T  :    ••  (r    • 

J^j^fep 

Part. 

ac^ 

^'^p 

^"^P? 

pass. 

T 

!=^I?? 

b'^p'g 

114 


Perfect  Verbs. 

HipniL. 

nOPHAL. 

BITIIPAEL. 

KAL  (mid.  e). 

KAL  (TTlitZ.  o). 

^^^I?ri 

bDpn 

bt^pr^r; 

-  r 

bDiiJ 

T 

n^tppn 

nbtppn 

nbtfpnn 

T   :  IT 

nbSTzj 

»     :    rr 

rbt:pn 

T  ;  — •:    • 

nbtbpn 

nbtopnn 

T  :  — T 

nbbir 

T  :       T 

r^bti^ri 

i^btipn 

nbppnn 

:  :  — T 

nb'DUJ 

:  :       T 

'i?btbpri 

^^b^PO 

^nbppnn 

•  :  — T 

^rb'D^r 

•  :       T 

iibibpr; 

^bippn 

^ibi^pnri 

:  rT 

:   IT 

Dfnbt:pn 

Di^bt:pn 

DJ;}b^prn 

Dri75? 

(Dnbjir) 

l^t'^^pr' 

■|ribt:pn 

"irbppnn 

"|57?? 

()j^r^^) 

iiDbtb-^n 

^jbDpn 

iiDbppnn 

;  — T 

^Db'i^ 

:       T 

btspri 

bbt)n 

■•  :    T 

(btipnn) 

T 

bibiiJ 

T 

b-'p'^n 

bto^n 

^^prri 

ins 

b'DTT 

^'t?p: 

^^p: 

btopn? 

■j:!?: 

^1^: 

b'tj-^n 

bti'^n 

btDpnn 

ispn 

bstn 

^""^'^'^ 

b-jpn 

btDpnn 

btirn 

^ytppn 

^?PP^ 

^bipprn 

^"insn 

"bjirn 

b^ibp^ 

bt:p5< 

bto'^n^J 

iiDJ5 

bsirj^ 

^b"t?p: 

^bipp: 

^^^pr^? 

•  •  • 

63ir: 

♦^^btJi^jn 

HDbto^n 

T  :  —  :   T 

Hjbtppnn 

T  :  —  :    • 

nrbstP 

T  :  —    :    " 

sib^tbpn 

^bppn 

^btopnn 

Ti^-DT) 

^bsirn 

»^,^bt5pn 

n:b6pn 

risbtopnn 

T  :  —  :    . 

nibticn 

^*Pi?2 

bpp; 

^^pr;''? 

^I?5 

b2^5 

'^Pn 

btopnn 

*!?? 

^^'^i?n 

^btpprri 

'7t^ 

^b^tpti 

wanting 

^tfpnri 

^•in!) 

T  :   ••  :  — 

njbppnn 

T  :  —  : 

b-^p^j 

bppwj 

btbp?^ 

tI;    t 

^ 


115 


116  ETYMOLOGY.  §86 

a.  In  order  to  a  better  understanding  of  the  preceding  paradigm,  it 
should  be  observed  that  certain  changes  result  from  attaching  the  per- 
sonal inflections  to  the  verb,  which  are  to  be  explained  by  the  general 
laws  of  sounds  and  syllables. 

(1)  The  prefixes  of  the  future  occasion  no  changes  unless  they  stand 
before  <i  which  is  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given  to  the  prefix,  §53.  3,  e.  g. 
iitJS"'  for  ^tJpri'',  or  stand  before  a  vovvelless  letter  when  the  Sh'va  of  the 
prefix  becomes  Hhirik.  §61.  1,  thus  forming  a  new  syllable  to  which  the 
initial  radical  is  attached,  e.  g.  ^iip'?  for  ^iip'?.  Where  i<  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  would  receive  Hhirik,  it  takes  the  diphthongal  Seghol  in- 
stead, §60.  1.  a  (5),  e.  g.  btips,  ii-JlsS. 

(2)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  vowel,  viz.,  M^  and  •< ,  of  the  femi- 
nine singular  and  1  of  the  plural,  occasion  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  in 
the  ultimate,  §66.  2,  which  is  no  longer  needed,  except  in  the  Hiphil  whose 
long  "^  is  retained  in  the  preterite  and  future,  and  takes  the  place  of  (  ) 
in  the  imperative,  e.g.  '^^^l;^,  ''r'^I^J^  but  nb''i2;rfi .  In  the  Kal  impera- 
tive the  rejection  takes  place  although  it  creates  a  necessity  for  the  forma- 
tion of  a  new  syllable,  "'^'Jl',  ^S^P  for  ■'^^p,  'i^I^  from  iiip,  §61.1. 

(3)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  consonant  Pi  or  of  a  simple  syllable 
n,  ■'Pi.  13,  ii3  occasion  no  change,  except  the  compression  of  the  antece- 
dent vowel,  which  now  stands  before  two  consonants,  to  (.)  in  the  preterite, 
and  from  "^ .  to  (..)  in  the  future,  th\spy\  ^  nsbapri,  §61.4.  But  verbs 
with  middle  o  retain  the  Hholem  in  the  Kal  preterite,  ''Pi^!^^  • 

(4)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  mixed  syllable  DP),  "iPl  occasion  the 
same  compression  of  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  and  inasmuch  as  they 
always  receive  the  accent,  §33.3,  they  likewise  cause  the  rejection  from 
the  penult  of  the  Kal  preterite  of  the  pretonic  Kamets.  which  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  the  proximity  of  the  tone  syllable,  §  82.  1,  Dnbufs  from  ^li)?. 


Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs. 


KAL. 

§86.  cr.  Preterite.  Verbs  with  middle  Tsere  exchange  this  for  Pat- 
tahh  upon  the  accession  of  a  personal  affix  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
Those  with  middle  Hholem  retain  this  vowel,  unless  it  be  deprived  of  the 
accent  when  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  Pi"i3^.  ''Pi'iJ^ ,  "'Pi^^^, 
Pibs^l,  TipibDV  The  second  vowel,  whatever  it  be,  is  regularly  dropped 
before  aflixes  beginning  with  a  vowel,  but  here,  as  elsewhere  throughout 
the  paradigm,  is  restored  and  if  need  be  lengtliened  on  the  reception  of  a, 
pause  accent,  e.g.  1ir?S,  jnagn,  '^'^^ .  The  words  ^ll^Tj  Judg.  5:5, 
!1^T3  Isa.  63:19.  64  :  2^  are  by  Kimchi,  Mikhol  fol.  5,  regarded  as  Kal 
preterites  from  bT3  flowed^  in  which  case  the  second  must  be  added  to  the 
list  of  forms  with  Daghesh-forte  emphatic,  §24.  c,  by  Gesenius  as  Niphal 
preterites  from  bbj  shook^  comp.  Pi^33  Gen.  11:7,  Ifha  Am.  3:11  from 
is^a,  tta.  ' 

-     T   J  -    T 


§87 


REMARKS    ON    THE   PERFECT   VERBS.  117 


6.  Sing.  3  fern.  The  old  form  with  n  is  found  constantly  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  occasionally  in  Lamedh  Aleph,  and  in  two  instances  besides, 
nbis  Deut.  32  :  36  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  of  a  following 
monosyllable,  §35. 1.),  and  rid  Ezek.  46  :  17  from  l^id .  The  vowel  letter 
K  is  once  written  in  place  of  n ,  N^na  Ezek.  31 :  5  KHhibh,  §  11.  1.  a. 

2  masc.  The  vowel  letter  fi  is  sometimes  appended  as  in  the  pro- 
noun nnx  from  which  the  termination  is  taken,  nriTj3  Mai.  2:  14,  iino^j 
Jer.  17:4;  so  in  other  species  besides  Kal,  nnsosi  Gen.  31  :  30,  nny-n^ 
Job  38  :  12  KHhibh,  Hn^:??!  Ps.  73  :  27.  In  the  last  example  the  n  of  the 
root  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte  with  the  n  of  the  personal  affix ;  this 
union  regularly  occurs  between  roots  ending  with  n  and  affixes  beginning 
with  the  same  letter  "'Pi^^a  Job  23 :  17,  nairri  Ps.  89 :  45,  "^riaa.-i  Isa. 
16:10,  cnnirn  Ex.  5:5,  rima  Ezek.  28: 8,  '"'na  Gen.  19:19,  "'innnm 
Jer.  49:37. 

2  fern.  The  full  termination  Tl  of  ''P'X  is  frequently  added  in  Jere- 
miah and  Ezekiel  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  ''ri"7?T  Ezek.  16:22,  and 
repeatedly  in  the  same  chapter,  '^nTn';  Ruth  3:3;  so  in  other  species 
Tina^  Jer.  3  :  5,  "^nnal?  Jer.  13  :  21.   '  See  also  Jer.  4  :  19,  22  :  23,  46  :  11. 

1  com.  The  vowel  letter  "^  is,  contrary  to  the  ordinary  rule,  §11.  1.  a, 
omitted  in  four  instances  in  the  K'thibh,  though  it  is  supplied  by  the  K'ri, 
Pisni  Ps.  140  :  13,  Job  42  :  2,  P-'ia  1  Kin.  8 :  48,  n-'ias  Ezek.  16 :  59. 

Plur.  3  com.  The  full  ending  '|1  only  occurs  in  'jls'^IJ  Deut.  8:  3,  16 
"jfips  Isa.  26:16,  and  ',!ll23p^  Isa.  29:21  from  tp^,  the  restoration  of  the 
Hholem  before  the  pause  accent  causing  the  rejection  of  the  Kamets, 
which  is  a  pretonic  vowel  and  can  only  remain  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  accent;  the  form  is  thus  sufficiently  explained  without  the  neces- 
sity of  assuming  it  to  be  the  future  of  a  verb  l25ip  which  nowhere  else 
occurs.  An  otiant  X,  §16. 1.  is  twice  added  to  this  person,  as  is  regularly 
the  case  in  Arabic,  tt^iibn  Josh.  10:24.  Xiix  Isa.  28:  12.     The  forms  of 

'  ,    :  IT  ,  T 

similar  appearance  ^t^B3  Ps.  139 :  20,  x^ibS"^  Jer.  10 :  5,  are  in  reality  of 
different  character  as  the  N  is  in  these  a  radical,  whose  vowel  has  been 
shifted  to  the  preceding  letter,  §57.  2.  (3).  The  occasional  omission  of  the 
vowel  letter  1  from  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.  n^X  1  Sam.  13  :  19,  ^3p  Esth.  9:27, 
nis'a  Deut.  21:7,  n'^n  Josh.  18:  12.' 14.  19  indicates  a  difference  of 
reading.  The  words  of  the  text  are  in  the  singular,  and  require  the 
pointing  iris  etc.  nisiy  etc.;  the  K'ri  has  substituted  sin^ax.  ^dEC  etc. 
for  the  sake  of  a  more  exact  concord  of  the  verbs  with  their  subjects,  §48. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  There  is  no  example  of  a  verb  middle  o  in  the 
second  person  plural ;  the  forms  in  the  paradigm  are  inferred  from 
analogy,  to  indicate  which  they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses.  In  njPDbcn 
Am.  4:3,  n^  is  added  to  the  2  fern,  as  to  the  corresponding  pronoun. 

§87.  Infinitive.  The  Hholem  of  the  construct  is  usually  written  with- 
out 1,  nja  Isa.  33  :  1,  though  not  invariably,  "p'lJ  and  liia.  'Jiis  and  '^Jiis, 
and  before  Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hliatuph,  §64.  1,  "cop  Ezek. 
21 :  26.  28.  34.     The  Hholem  of  the  absolute  infinitive  i»  usually  though 


118  ETYMOLOGY.  §88 

not  invariably  written  with  1.  e.g.  liia  Isa.  48 : 8  but  Sattj  Lev.  15:24, 
and  is  immutable.  The  construct  infinitive  has  Pattahh  in  place  of  Hho- 
lem  in  33\a  1  Kin.  I  :  21  et  passim  and  bsd  Eccles.  12:4.  The  feminine 
form  of  llie  construct  infinitive  occurs  repeatedly  in  imperfect  though  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence  in  perfect  verbs,  e.  g.  •^i^^'n  Deut.  11  :  22,  30  :  20,  Josh. 
22:5,  nxsiy,  r\zr}n,  nxi-',  nix'n  Jer.  31  ;'l2'  ni:^:n   Ezek.  16:5,  nx7:a 

'  t:*'  T~:i-7  t:*'  t-:|-  '  ':•,  '  r    :    r 

Lev.  15  :  32.  In  Pe  Yodh  and  Lamedh  He  verbs  the  feminine  is  the  cus- 
tomary form. 

§88.  Future.  3  masc.  The  Hholem  is  commonly  written  without  Vav, 
though  often  with  it  T]'^'?^,  -'riD^  and  D'lris'^,  and  before  Makkeph  is 
shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  §64.  1,  ~Ti^'^'!  Isa.  32:  1,  the  Vav  being  in 
Buch  cases  rejected  by  the  K'ri  if  found  in  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.'Sllnsx  Hos. 
8: 12 ;  in  -bisa"^  Josh.  18 :  20  the  Hholem  remains.  The  vowel  of  the  last 
syllable  is  rejected,  as  is  the  case  throughout  the  paradigm,  upon  the  recep- 
tion of  a  vowel  affix,  §  66. 2,  unless  retained  or  restored  by  the  pause  accent, 
§65.2,  ^^\^'!  Prov.  8:  15,  ^"la^n  Jer.  10  :  12;  twice,  however,  instead  of  re- 
jection Hholem  is  changed  to  Shurek  Jli^STU*  Ex.  18  :  26,  '''112?n  Ruth  2:8. 
Alike  form  appears  in  the  K'thibh,  Prov.  4  :  16  ibiC'Si. 

3  fern.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  is  in  two  instances  added  both  at  the 
beginning  and  the  end  of  the  verb,  viz. :  Hnxi^tn  Deut.  33:16,  rjnNiari 
Job  22:21,  paragogic  rt^  being  appended  to  the  former,  §97.  1,  and  a 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  latter.  A  like  duplication  of  the  sign  of  the 
second  person  feminine  occurs  in  rxin  1  Sam.  25:34  K'ri,  where  the 
K'thibh  has  the  fuller  ending  Tixan  . 

2 fern.  1  is  sometimes  added  to  the  long  vowel  with  which  this  person 
ends  TpSlPi  Ruth  2  :  8,  T'asn  Ruth  3 : 4,  T'nsnrrn  1  Sam.  1 :  14.  Occa- 
sionally the  feminine  ending  is  omitted  and  the  mascuhne  form  used  in- 
stead, e.  g.  "nnrn  Isa.  57 :  8. 

1  com.  pex  Ps.  139:  8,  though  by  some  grammarians  referred  to  pD3, 
is  probably  for  pBpX  from  pBo,  the  liquid  b  being  excluded,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  conservative  inserted  in  the  previous  letter,  §53.  3. 

Plur.  2  masc.  and  3  masc.  The  full  plural  termination  "j!!  is  of  more 
frequent  occurrence  here  than  in  the  preterite,  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  being  either  retained  or  rejected,  "(^"liJp'?  Ruth  2  :  9,  "('n^?'.??  Josh. 
24:15,  'i^^n-^.  Ex.  9:29,  'j^ilxil?'?  Josh.  4:6,  'Vjpb^,  '^i'^t';  Ps.  104:28, 
laS^':  1  Sam.'2  :  22,  Josh.  2  :  s'  i^n^a^Pi  Deut.  1 1":  22,  lij^xW  Jer.  21 :  3 ;  so 
in  other  species,  loins':  Job  19:23,'  i^lSSls^  Job  21:24,  V'^^'^Pi  Gen.  32:20 
and  'P'^a'in  Ps.  58:2^  I^^JP^J^.  2  Kin.  *6  Tig,  'jstuiirsn  Mic' 2:  8,  ;  "jsis^sn'i 
Job  9:6.  It  is  chiefly  found  at  the  end  of  a  clause  or  verse,  the  pausal 
emphasis  delighting  in  lengthened  forms,  or  before  words  beginning  with 
a  weak  letter,  to  separate  the  final  vowel  more  completely  from  that  of  the 
following  initial  syllable.  In  the  judgment  of  Nordheimer  Dliuiy"^  Isa. 
35  :  1  preserves  this  ending  in  a  still  older  form  :  Ewald  thinks  the  final  "J 
has  been  assimilated  to  the  initial  5a  of  the  following  word,  §55.  1;  in  all 
probability,  however,  D  is  here,  as  it  usually  is,  the  3  plur.  suffix,  and  it  is 


§89  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  119 

properly  so  rendered  in  the  common  English  version  shall  be  glad  for 
them. 

3  fern.  In  a  very  few  cases  the  initial  "^  of  the  masculine  form  is  re- 
tained, the  distinction  of  gender  being  sufficiently  marked  by  the  termina- 
tion nsno:^"-!  Dan.  8:22,  nj'sni  Gen.  30:38,  naniiji  1  Sam.  6:12;  or,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  termination  1  of  the  masculine  is  retained,  the  gender 
being  sufficiently  indicated  by  the  prefixed  H,  ;!ini32n  Jer.  49:  11,  '12'ipn 
Ezek.  37  : 7;  sometimes  the  gender  is  neglected  entirely  and  the  masculine 
form  used  for  the  feminine,  e.  g.  VJJbn^  Hos.  14 :  1.  The  assumption  that 
the  3  fern.  plur.  is  used  for  the  ^Jem.  sing,  in  tijS'ipn  Ex.  1  :  10,  nj'inn 
Job  17:16.  n5D73"in  Isa.  28  :  3,  Jianiiii-n  Isa,  27  :  11.  nsnS^^n  Judg.  5':  26, 
is  unnecessary;  in  the  first  passage  nanba  ,  the  subject  of  the  verb,  is 
used  in  a  collective  sense,  wars  shall  occur;  the  others  are  to  be  similarly 
explained  with  the  exception  of  the  last,  where  ri3  maybe  the  suffix  with 
Nun  epenthetic  in  place  of  the  more  usual  form  nsnbirti  her  hand — she 
puts  it  forth.     Comp.  Obad.  ver.  13. 

2  and  3  fern.  The  vowel  letter  ft  is  occasionally  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  more  rarely  in  other  books,  omitted  from  the  termination  MS ,  particu- 
larly when  there  are  other  vowel  letters  in  the  word,  j'^^t'^!]  Gen.  27 :  1, 
.•jxin  Gen.  30:38,  jtispii  Gen.  33:6,  ^^^JP?  Ezek. '3:20,  ,^^'^n  nine 
times  in  the  Pentateuch,  three  times  in  Ezekiel,  and  once  in  1  Samuel. 

When  the  root  of  the  verb  ends  with  ")  this  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte 
with  the  affix  HJ,  §25,  nssuJri  Ezek.  17:23,  nsiipn  Ezek.  32  :  16,  or  with- 
out Daghesh.  MD.isn  Ruth  1:13,:  n:?3Nn  Isa.  60  :  4,  riss^n  Ps.  71 :  23  ir>  most 
editions.     So  in  the  fem.  plur.  imperative,  '"isixli  Gen.  4  :  23. 

§89.  Imperative.  Sing.  masc.  The  Hholem  of  the  last  syllable,  as  in 
the  future  and  infinitive  construct,  is  mostly  written  without  1,  e.  g-'ipQ , 
yet  not  always,  7(3'^  and  r|i2lli ;  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  Kameta 
Hhatuph  "^"0  Judg,  9  :  14.  It  may  perhaps  be  similarly  shortened  with- 
out Makkeph  in  ISO  Judg.  19  : 5,  comp.  ver.  8,  §19.  2.  a,  or  the  vowel  may 
be  Kamets  lengthened  trom  Pattahh  by  the  accent,  which  does  occur, 
though  rarely,  with  conjunctives,  §65.  3.  6. 

Fem.  sing,  and  masc.  plur.  The  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  com- 
monly Hhirik,  but  under  the  influence  of  the  rejected  Hholem  it  is  occa- 
sionally Kamets  Hhatuph,  §61.1,  ^ib^  Judg.  9:10,  !l3ia52  Ezek.  32:20 
(but  'ib'JTa  Ex.  12:21,  for  the  Methegh  see  §45.2),  ^fts  Zeph.  3:14, 
•'n-jr?  Mic.  1 :  16,  and  (with  i  retained  in  the  K'thibh)  ■'rnoj?'  1  Sam.  28:8, 
Judg.  9 :  12.  Upon  the  restoration  of  the  original  vowel  by  the  pause  ac- 
cent, the  vowel  under  the  first  radical  is  dropped  as  no  longer  necessary, 
!iaid  Zech.  7  :  9,  inbs  Nah.  2  :  9.  When  the  third  radical  is  an  aspirate 
it  rarely  receives  Dagesh-Iene  in  this  mood  though  preceded  by  Sh'va, 
§22.  a.  (I);  such  cases  as  "'Ebn  Isa.  47:2,  "'box  Jer.  10:17,  are  excep- 
tional. 

Fem.  plur.  The  final  vowel  n^  is  dropped  in  "IS'n'vU  Gen.  4:23,  §90; 
occasionally  n  is  not  written  though  the  vowel  remains,  /jX^'a  Ruth.  1: 9. 


Y. 


120  ETYMOLOGY.  ,  §  90 

§90.  Participles.  Active.  The  Hholem  of  the  first  syllable  is  written  in- 
ditferently  with  or  without  Vav,  lia  and  1.!?13,  mostly  without  when  addi- 
tions are  made  to  the  word.     In  rTii'l^a  Prov.  25  :  19  Shurek  is  substituted 

'/AT 

for  Hholem,  unless,  as  Ewald  suggests,  it  is  a  Pual  participle  with  a 
omitted ;  or,  as  others  propose,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  abstract  noun.  The 
Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  is  written  without  "^  except  ^"'ib  2  Kin.  8:21 ; 
it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  in  cbin  Isa.  41  :  7,  upon  the  recession  of  the  ac- 
cent, -^^^^in  Ps.  16 :  5  and  Cipi''  Isa.  29 :  14,  38  :  5,  Eccles.  1 :  18,  have  been 
improperly  regarded  as  participles  with  Hhirik  in  place  of  Tsere.  The 
former  is  the  Hiph.  fut.  of  the  verb  T|^"' ,  which  is  found  in  Arabic  though 
it  occurs  only  in  this  place  in  Hebrew,  and  means  thou  wilt  enlarge  ;  the 
latter  is  the  ordinary  Hiphil  future  ofriD^,  and  the  construction  is  ellip- 
tical, I  (am  he  who)  will  add,  see  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentaries.  Partici- 
ples are  rarely  formed  from  neuter  verbs,  yet  "bhi::  fading,  caiy  desolate, 
verbal  adjectives  of  the  same  form  with  the  preterites  middle  e  and  0 
being  mostly  used  instead,  N^a  full,  "ji^T  old,  "ij;;  afraid. 

Passive.  This,  in  the  few  cases  in  which  it  is  in  use  in  intransi- 
tive verbs,  has  the  sense  of  the  active,  UJib  and  t'^^b  wearing,  'iii:  and 
"(iiDO  dwelling,  riiiaa  trusting ;  there  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same 
thing  in  transitive  verbs,  "i-lDT  remembering,  tinx  holding.  The  last 
vowel  is  with  few  exceptions  as  Cas  Deut.  32 :  34,  fih'lU,  DX3  written 
With  Vav. 

There  are  a  very  few  instances  in  which  participles  appear  to  be  in- 
flected in  the  different  persons  by  means  of  the  terminations  proper  to  the 
preterite.  This,  although  common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  occurs  in  He- 
brew only  in  the  following  examples  : 

2  fern.  sing.  ^  Pi'iH^  Gen.  16  :  11,  Judg.  13  :  5,  7 ;  and  with  the  fuller  end- 
ing "^na'ij"^,  •'Fipspja  Jer.  22  :  23,  ''PiDDiU  Jer.  51  :  13.  The  punctuators  must 
have  regarded  these  terminations  as  personal  inflections,  because  the 
simple  form  of  the  feminine  participle  and  that  which  it  always  has  when 
joined  with  a  noun  of  the  third  person,  is  nnji^  Gen.  17:19,  and  with  "^ 
paragogic  in  the  K'thibh  "'naiiji  Ezek.  27  :  3. 

2  masc.  plur.  Ctn^innca  Ezek.  8  :  16,  the  Hithpael  participle  of  nn'^a. 
There  is,  it  is  true,  an  abruptness  and  difficulty  in  the  construction,  they, 
ye  were  worshipping,  which  can  only  be  explained  upon  the  assumption 
that  after  describing  these  bold  transgressors  in  the  third  person,  Ezekiel 
turns  to  them  and  directly  addresses  them  in  the  second,  or  that  his  mean- 
ing is,  not  only  they  but  ye  too  (the  people)  were  worshipping  in  these 
your  representatives.  But  in  view  of  the  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
person  found  in  the  prophets,  and  the  unusual  forms  and  bold  constructions 
which  abound  in  Ezekiel,  almost  any  explanation  seems  preferable  to  an 
unauthorized  change  of  the  text,  with  most  modern  interpreters,  to  the 
ordinary  plural  D'^innira  which  is  contained  in  a  very  few  manuscripts, 
but  not  enough  to  overcome  the  presumption  in  favor  of  the  more  difficult 
reading;  or  the  supposition  of  a  mongrel  word  compounded  of  the  two 
roots  f^r}':^  to  worship,  and  nn^y  to  corrupt,  in  order  to  suggest  the  idea  of 
a  corrupt  or  corrupting  service. 


§91  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  121 

3  plur.  ',  "^iSb'h^'O  they  are  cursing  me,  Jer.  15:10.  Kimchi  explains 
this  word  as  a  compound  of  the  roots  V^p^  to  curse,  and  nb|5  to  treat  as 
vile ;  Gesenius,  as  a  confusing  of  two  distinct  readings,  the  participle 
•'S^b;?^  and  the  preterite  ''iil'^P ;  and  Ewald  changes  the  text  to  ■'??^^|5^, 
though  his  conjecture  is  unsustained  by  a  single  manuscript,  and  Nun 
epenthetic  never  occurs  with  participles.  The  suggestion  is  here  offered 
that  the  letters  of  the  word  may  be  regarded  as  the  plural  of  the  partici- 
ple inflected  after  the  manner  of  the  preterite,  with  the  added  suflix,  so 
that  the  proper  pointing  would  be  ^J^ibbi^a  ;  the  punctuators,  however,  have 
sought  here,  as  not  infrequently  elsewiiere,  §48.  to  establish  a  more  exact 
agreement  between  the  participle  and  its  subject  nSs  by  pointing  the 
former  as  a  singular,  whereupon  the  Vav  must  be  looked  upon  as  epen- 
thetic or  superfluous,  :  i^ibbfia  as  if  for  !  "^ihhpja .  In  fact,  a  few  manu- 
scripts omit  the  Vav.  while  others  remark  that  it  is  superfluous;  the 
■weight  of  authority  is  certainly  in  favor  of  retaining  it,  though  the  other 
reading  may  be  accepted  as  an  explanatory  gloss. 

NIPHAL. 

§91.  a.  Preterite  Sing.  3  mosc.  Some  copies  have  ynJJ  Jer.  50:23 
with  Seghol  under  the  prefixed  Nun  for  3."n33. 

6.  Infinitive.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  examples  of  the 
shorter  form  of  the  absolute  ^033  Gen.  31 :  30,  nnbj  Judg.  11 :25,  n'^J?  1  Sam. 
2:27,  X'^P?  2  Sam.  1:6;  of  tlie  longer  form  given  in  the  paradigm  '\T\l7] 
Jer.  32  :  4,  which  once  appears  with  prosthetic  X  in  place  of  n  Ezek.  14  : 3 
Ui'n'nx,  §53.  1.  a.  The  construct  infinitive  usually  has  Tsere  "E'^'n  Ezek. 
16:  36.  but  is  in  one  instance  thzi'i  Ps.  68  :  3,  formed  as  in  Kal  by  rejecting 
the  pretonic  Kamets  from  the  absolute.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the 
construct  form  used  for  the  absolute  ipQH  1  Kin.  20 :  39,  Int'n  Deut. 
4  :  26.  The  prosthetic  H  is  commonly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions 
1|?Q!~.b  which  are  less  closely  connected  with  the  word  than  the  formative 
prefixes  of  the  future;  it  is,  however,  rejected  in  iblTSa  Prov.  24:17, 
comp.  cVasna  Dan.  11  :34.  The  Tsere  of  the  last  syllable  of  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  as  well  as  of  the  future  and  imperative  which  are  formed 
from  it,  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing  its  accent,  "insn  Job  34  :  22, 
nn^n  Judg.  9 :  38,  '^3)^:  Eccles.  7:26,  rarely  to  Pattahh,  =ii;n  Job  18:4. 
In  the  Imperative  "I'P.ii'r!  the  form  with  Seghol  is  the  usual  one,  that  with 
Tsere  only  occurring  in  Isa.  7:4.  The  pretonic  Kamets  of  this  species  is 
singular  in  not  being  liable  to  rejection  on  the  shifting  of  the  tone,  e.  g. 
Di-i3-tn  Ezek.  21 :  29,  ',>lhn3i  Ps.  37  :  9. 

c.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  The  prefixed  N  occasionally  has  Hhirik, 
DETi'x  Ezek.  20:36,  1  Sam.  12 : 7,  \an^J<  Ezek.  14:3,  nn^SX  Ex.  14:4,17. 

Plur.  fem.  Tsere  rarely  remains  in  the  second  syllable  H:5':'n  Ruth 
1:  13,  being,  as  in  the  Piel  preterite,  commonly  changed  to  Pattahli  before 
the  concurring  consonants,  njbixn  Jer.  24:2,  so  with  a  pause  accent, 
n33=^"n  Isa.  13:  16  K'ri,  ZechVl4V2  K'ri,  njtsmn  Isa.  28:  3;  the  first,  as 
the  original  form,  is,  however,  placed  in  the  paradigm. 


122  ETYMOLOGY.  §92 

d.  Imperative.  Ewald  regards  *ir3p5  Isa.  43:9,  Joel  4:11,  sil'bj  Jer. 
50  :  5,  as  imperatives  without  the  usual  n  prosthetic  ;  but  this  assumption 
is  needless,  for  they  can  readily  be  explained  as  preterites. 

e.  Participle.  In  1  Sam.  15:9  fiJ3^3  conZe?7/p^i6Ze,  is  in  formaNiphal 
participle  from  the  noun  irraa  contempt. 


PIEL. 

§92.  a.  The  intensive  species  is  usually  formed  by  doubling  the 
Becond  radical;  in  bb'sJ  Ezek.  28:23,  and  the  passive  form  "^"^"q^  the 
third  radical  is  doubled  instead,  an  expedient  resorted  to  repeatedly  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  and  occasionally  in  Ayin  guttural.  In  i;!ihpr^  Ps.  88  :  17 
both  radicals  are  doubled;  the  entire  second  syllable  is  repeated  in  'rj'ino 
Ps.  38:11,  >in?a"iiDPi  Lam.  2:  11,  1:20  a  passive  Ibrm,  as  shown  by  the 
Hhateph-Kamets,  §82.  -5.  b  (3),  and  in  ^inn-inx  Hos.  4:18,  provided  this 
is  -to  be  read  as  one  word,  §43.  b;  if  according  to  the  division  in  the 
Masoretic  text,  isn  is  a  separate  word,  it  is  the  imperative  of  -fi^  to  give, 
though  this  is  always  elsewhere  pointed  I3rt  .  In  n^'S^E^  Ps.  45:3,  the 
first  syllable  is  repeated,  the  6  under  the  first  letter  indicating  it  to  be  a 
passive  form. 

6.  Intensity  may  likewise  be  denoted  without  a  reduplication  by  insert- 
ing the  long  vowel  Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  root.  This  is  often 
done  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  but  only  in  the  following  instances  in  others, 
pret.  ■^mni"'  1  Sam.  21:3,  llino  Isa.  40  :  24,  ^irnT  Ps.  77:18,  iniid  Isa. 
10:13  fut.  lyb^  Hos.  13:3.  inf.  abs.  i:h  and  inii  Isa.  59:  13,  wf.  const. 
cioili'ia  Am.  5:11,  jiar^  "'bsia^  Job  9:15,  '^^:•C^h•Q  Ps.  101:5  K'thibh. 
These  are  called  Poel  forms  by  many  grammarians,  and  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  Pilel,  Pulal,  Pealal,  etc.  They  are  in  reality,  however, 
only  modified  forms  of  the  Piel,  whose  signification  they  share. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  The  original  Pattahhofthe  first  syllable 
§82.  5.  b  (3)  is  preserved  in  "'J^'?  Gen.  41 :  51.  The  second  syllable  has 
Seghol  in  -ik'n  (in  pause  ^"^r^.),  "'B^,  033  (twice  D33),  Pattahh  in  13X.  b^a 
(b^a  in  pause),  pin,  :^b  ,  lan;:?,  C^a  (in  pause  '.wb^  Isa.  19:  21),  and  before 
Makke:ph  in  "njsb ,  "J's'O  (;  'cbyi  in  pause) ;  a  appears  likewise  in  the  pausal 
form  •"1^31?  Mic.  1 :  7.  The  Tsere  is  always  retained  in  the  infinitive  con- 
struct and  future,  and  with  the  exception  of  '^%  Ps.  55:  10,  in  the  impera- 
tive; though  throughout  the  species  it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing 
the  accent,  r,S3p  Deut.  30:3,  -fn^?  Ex.  13:2,  ~^\'01  Deut.  7:10. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  primitive  form  of  the  infinitive  absolute  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  e.  g.  "lO;:  Ps.  118:  18,  ^ip,  1  Kin.  19:  10,  NQt  Ex.  21:  19,  r^i^3. 
Josh.  24:  10.  Most  commonly  it  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable  like  the 
infinitive  construct,  ■i3J<  Jer.  12:  17,  Tab  Jer.  32:33,  -jb'p  Jer.  39:18,  yip 
Mic.  2  :  12,  n^yj  Ex.  21  :  36;  and  in  one  instance  it  has  Hhirik  in  the  first 
syllable  like  the  preterite  yXJ  2  Sam.  12 :  14.  There  is  no  need  of  assum- 
ing a  similar  form  for  the  infinitive  construct  in  y'^n  Lev.  14:43,  which 
can  readily  be  explained  as  a  preterite.  Tsere  of  the  construct  is  short- 
ened to  Seghol  before  Makkeph,  "iST  Isa.  59: 13,  or  on  the  recession  of  the 


§  93  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  123 

accent,  ptns  Gen.  39:  14,  17,  and  in  one  instance  besides,  dn^  Judg.  5:8. 
There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  construct  infinitive  with  a  feminine  ter- 
mination, n-is-i  Lev.  26:18,  trisT  Ps.  147:1,  ns^'a  Isa.  6:13,  T^k^'^^ 
Ezek.  16:52.' 

e.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  N  is  commonly  prefixed  with  Hhateph-Pat- 
tahh;  it  has,  however,  the  diphthongal  Hhateph-Seghol  in  HnTN  Lev. 
26:  33,  §60.  3.  6,  and  draws  to  itself  the  full  vowel  which  has  hence  arisen 
to  a  preceding  1,  in  Q^^'oxl  Zech.  7:  14  for  nn?^Dx; ,  §60.  3.  c. 

Plur.  2  and  3  fem.  Tsere  under  the  second  radical  is  sometimes 
changed  to  Pattahh,  though  not  with  the  same  frequency  as  in  the  Niphal, 
na^yD-nn  Isa.  13: 18,  but  •'i3'i3'iFi  Job  27:4,  and  in  pause  Prov.  24  :  2. 

PUAL. 

§93.  a.  or  the  vowels  proper  to  the  first  syllable  of  the  passive, 
§82.  5.  b  (3),  Pual  ordinarily  has  u,  which  is  preferred  before  a  doubled 
consonant  c^i^ij,  §61.  5,  and  Hophal  6  before  concurrent  consonants  "il^sn. 
This  distinction  is  not  steadfastly  adhered  to,  however,  and  Pual  occasion- 
ally appears  with  Kamets  Hhatuph,  r^is  Ezek.  16:4,  iri'^i^J  Nah.  3:7, 
i&3  Ps.  72:  20,  !1JD3  Ps.  80: 11,  Prov.  24  :  31,'r5^nn^  Ps.  94:  20,'  Q^wX^  passim. 
This  seems  to  furnish  the  best  explanation  of  the  disputed  words  ^na'^n  or 
ih^snn  Ps.  62:4,  i!i6^a  Ps.  101:5  K'ri,  ^n^DNtn  Job  20:26.     Geseniu's're- 

;t:  ''It;  -'  '*:t: 

gards  these  as  Piel  forms  with  (.)  lengthened  to  (^)  on  the  omission  of 
Daghesh  forte,  §59.  a  ;  but  the  absence  of  Methegh,  which  Gesenius  in- 
serts without  authority,  shows  the  vowel  to  be  u  not  a.  Others  think  that 
iinboxFi  is  the  Kal  future  for  sinbzx'n,  the  vowel  being  attracted  to  the 
guttural  from  the  previous  letter,  §60.  3.  c.  There  is  no  difficulty,  however, 
in  regarding  them  all  as  Pual  forms,  and  translating  severally  mai/  yoji  be. 
slain,  armed  with  the  tongue  (of  a  slanderer),  shall  be  made  to  consume 
him.  In  Ps.  62:4  the  reading  of  Ben  Naphtali  ^n-i'^ri  is  probably  to  be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ben  Asher,  which  is  found  in  the  common  textj  the 
former  is  a  Piel  and  has  an  active  sense:  (how  long)  will  ye  slay  or  mur- 
der?'   See  Alexander  and  Delitzsch,  in  loc. 

b.  The  vowel  H  of  the  first  syllable  is  occasionally  written  with  Vav, 
nht  Ezek.  16:34,  '.^hh^n  Ps.  78:63,  1^'^^  Judg.  18:29,  13:8,  Job  5:7, 
^nxa  Ezek.  27  :  19,  but  mostly  without  it. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  An  instance  of  paragogic  il^  appended  to 
the  preterite  is  found  in  t^Q^?  Ezek.  31 :  15. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  form  occurs  in  SSa  Gen.  40: 15;  there  is 
no  example  of  the  construct. 

e.  Participle.  As  '20^,  T(ciY^ ,  '^k^^•,  in  a  few  instances  the  initial 
a  is  omitted,  n;?^  2  Kin.' 2:10  for  nisbia ,  f^'^'^'^  (with  Daghesh-forte 
euphonic)  Ezek.  21:15,  16,  d'^UJj^!!"!  Eccles.  oTb  for  D-^iiJ;?^^,  §59.  a. 
Some  of  the  forms  in  which  thia  has  been  alleged  may  however  be  better 
explained  as  preterites. 


124  ETYMOLOGY.  §94 


HIPHIL. 

§94.  a.  Preterite.  The  first  vowel  is  usually  Hhirik  but  occasionally 
Seghol,  e.g.  C^iiabsn  l  Sam.  25:7,  particularly  in  Pe  guttural  and  a  few 
Lamedh  He  verbs.  Once  K  is  prefixed  instead  of  n,  :  "^Pi^nsn  Isa.  63:3; 
in  Isa.  19 :  6  iiniiTxn  is  not  a  double  Hiphil  with  both  K  and  n  prefixed, 
but  is  a  denominative  from  njTX,  a  derivative  of  tiiT,  which  does  not 
indeed  occur  in  its  simple  form  but  is  justified  by  the  analogy  of  3J3N  from 
atS .  n  takes  the  place  of  M  in  Tibj^n  Hos.  11:3;  so  likewise  the  future 
nnnnn  Jer.  12:5,  and  participle  JinnnTa  Jer,  22:  15,  though  the  corres- 
ponding preterite  is  '"'"'!);!!  Neh.  3:20. 

Sing.  3  masc.  The  I  of  the  second  syllable  is  almost  always  written 
with  Yodh,  rarely  without  it,  e.  g.  ^"njn  1  Sam.  12  :  24,  but  in  every  other 
place  i'"''^5n.     So  in  tlie  participle  c}z^  Job  11 :  3  but  ^''f^^  Judg.  18  :  7. 

6.  Infinitive.  Absolute.  The  Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  which  be- 
fore Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Seghol  "nsn  Prov.  24 :  23,  28:  21,  is  mostly 
written  without  ^ ,  thusb'nsn,  li^n,  TlJsbn,  ^lij^n,  'ilon,  ^-Ipn,  'i>X_^, 
■nlsiiir!,  though  sometimes  with  it T^r^'n' Am.  9:  8  but  inHJH  Isa.  14:23, 
ii-^sbn  and  bsiari ,  twice  D-'SiZJn  ,  nine  times  DS^n,  ^■'Mpn ,  T'K^v!  •  Hhirik 
in  this  syllable  is  rare  and  exceptional,  b'^Bian  Ezek.  21  :  31,  "I'^iS'.f!!  Josh. 
7:7.  N  is  prefixed  instead  of  n  in  D^SiaiX  Jer.  25 :  3  and  Tj^aN  Gen.  41 :  43, 
provided  the  latter  is  a  Hebrew  and  not  a  Coptic  word. 

Construct.  The  second  vowel  is  commonly  Hhirik  written  with  "^ , 
ttj^'npn,  Tp^^'n  rarely  and  as  an  exception  without  '',  TattJb  Isa.  23:11, 
or  with  Tsere  bnsri  Deut.  32:8,  nirsb  Deut.  26:12,  Neh.  10:39,  ^ibh 
Dan.  11:35.  In  a  few  instances  the  first  vowel  is  Hhirik  as  in  the 
preterite  r\-]r:tri  Deut.  7:24,  28:48,  Josh.  11:14,  1  Kin.  15:29,  f^anri 
Jer.  50 :  34,  Ri:''-rtn  Jer.  51:33,  rrispn  Lev.  14:43.  The  initial  n  is 
mostly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions,  though  it  is  sometimes  rejected, 
as  n-^iuJb  Am.  8 :  4  but  rr^a^^f]^  Ps.  8:3,  liiiab  once  but  i"'aiiJnb  fifteen 
times. 

c.  Future  Plur.  In  a  very  few  instances  Hhirik  is  rejected  upon  the 
addition  of  the  masculine  plural  termination  ^pa"]!!!  1  Sam.  14:22.  31:2, 
l^'^l-!]  Jer.  9:2.  There  is  no  example  of  this  without  the  presence  of 
Vav  conversive  unless  it  be  "liSfiP!  Job  19:3,  which  may  be  regarded 
as  Kal. 

d.  Imperative  Sing.  masc.  The  second  syllable  usually  has  Tsere 
without  Yodh  ttpTTn ,  T\^tr},  and  before  Makkeph,  Seghol  ",:iOr\  Job 
22:21,  -isn  1  Sam.  23:11,  "Jar!  Isa.  64:8.  There  are  a  very  few  ex- 
amples with  Hhirik  in  pause,  :  S'^Bin  Ps.  94: 1,  to  which  some  would  add 
N''H-l  Isa.  43:  8,  but  see  Alexander,  H'^i^n  Prov.  19:25,  N"'3n  Jer.  17:  IS. 

e.  Participle.  In  N:£i73  Ps.  135:  7,  Tsere  is  taken  in  place  of  Hhirik 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent;  ""nGT?  Isa.  53:  3  is  not  a  participle  but  a 
noun,  Alexander  in  loc.     Hhirik  is,  in  a  few  exceptional  cases  occurring  in 


§95,  96  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  125 

the  later  books,  rejected  in  the  plural,  B'^ii^na  Zech.  3:7  for  C^ai^riTa, 
crbna  Jer.  29:8,  ni^TS^  2  Chron.  28:23,  ninana  1  Chron.  15:24  K'ri, 
2  Chron.  7:6  K'ri.     Comp.  Chald.  l^ibnia  Dan.  3:  25. 


HOPHAL. 

§95.  a.  The  first  vowel,  though  mostly  Kamets  Hhatuph  T)^';f7,  ^^^3i^, 
•nrlsiijn,  is  occasionally  Kibbuts,  both  vowels  even  appearing  in  the  same 
verb,  22r-  "     >    --  "-  ^i._..:^  ,^   ^2......  ^  •...      .   ^.    ^i..-.^  ^ 

8:11. 

Lev. 

Ezek.  29:18. 

6.  Pheterite.  In  Tibnnn  am  I  dhUsed  to  leave!  Judff.  9:9,  11.  13, 
the  characteristic  ti  is  rejected  after  n  interrogative. 

c.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable,  iirinn 
Ezek.  16  :  4,  ijn  Josh.  9  :  24.    The  construct  has  Pattahh,  lD>in  Ezr.  3:11. 

d.  Imperative.  This  mood  occurs  twice,  rtSS'Jn  Ezek.  32 :  19,  la'en 
Jer.  49 : 8. 

e.  Participle.  In  niy^pri'a  Ezek.  46:22  n  remains  after  the  pre- 
formative  5a . 

HITHPAEL. 

§96.  a.  Preterite.  In  two  instances  fix  is  prefixed  instead  of  rirt, 
viz.,  ^innx  2  Chron.  20 :  35,  ^^ibiniyx  Ps.  76  :  6.  In  the  verb  ipQ  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  the  second  radical  and  the  previous  vowel  lengthened, 
§59.  a.  ^inpenn,  inpen^  Judg.  20:  15,  17,  li^en-;!  Judg.  21 :  9,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vowel  of  the  prefixed  syllable  is  6  in  inpSHin  Num.  1 :  47, 
2  :  33,  26:  62,  1  Kin.  20  :  27.  In  three  verbs  upon  the  assimilation  of  n  to 
the  first  radical,  the  prefix  takes  «,  §61.  5,  •^JUJ'irt  (the  accentuation  is 
unusual)  Isa.  34:6,  nS53::n  Deut.  24:4  (but  in  the  future  always  XEZi^ 
Lev.  21:  i  and  repeatedly  elsewhere),  023fi  {inf.  const.)  Lev.  13:  55,  66. 
These  are  sometimes  called  Hothpaal  and  regarded  as  passives  of  Hith- 
pael.  Where  both  forms  exist  in  the  same  verb,  however,  as  in  ^J^S  and 
KBii ,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinction  in  their  meaning ;  they  seem 
rather  to  have  arisen  from  a  disposition  to  give  to  the  Hithpael,  where  it 
has  a  passive  signification,  §80.  2,  the  vowels  of  a  proper  passive  species, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  In  ittisann  Jer.  25: 16,  ^lUJr^ilni  Jer.  46: 8  (elsewhere  fim^n-;), 
and  :  75<st3  Isa.  52:  o,  0  prolonged  from  u,  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
Daghesh-forte,  is  for  a  like  reason  given  to  the  first  radical. 

6.  The  last  vowel  of  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future,  impera- 
tive and  participle,  is  Tsere  written  without  Yodh,  "^nnn ,  i''nan^ , 
abn^,  UJ^i^nn  mf.  const.,  'lasr;!-!  imper.,  123ni3 ,  which  before  Makkeph 
is  shortened' to  Seghol,  "ttJnpsrn  Isa.  30 :  29,' -q^nnn  Gen.  6:9,  "D^sn^ 
Job  6;  16.  Frequently,  however,  Pattahh  is  used,  or,  with  a  pause  accent, 
Kamets,  C|3p5nn  pret.,  p-innn  pre!,  and  imper.  (but  inf.  const,  and  part. 


126  ETYMOLOGY.  ^97 

with  e,  fut.  a  and  e),  ^li'^.P^n ,  b^pn^,  :^nQr.n,  p^a^?,  i^',^pr?%  •'1•4'?f?^ 
!  ^nsbn-^ ,  :  ',>i:ibBn'' ,  :  lirJ^sn-'  Ezek.  27  :  30,  :  -^obspn  Mic.  1 :  10  K'ri,  :  VNSa 
Isa.  52  : 5.  Pattahh  is  also  sometimes  found  in  the  feminine  phiral  of  the 
future,  nJS^nnn  Zech.  6 :  7  but  n3DCn\liri  Lam.  4 :  1,  where  some  copies 
have  njDBnuJn.  Hhirik  occurs  instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  preterites, 
ipib^annV,  '•'niy'npri-i'i  Ezek.  38  :  23,  cnui'nprn'i  Lev.  11 :  44,  20  :  7,  each  of 
which  has  Vav  conversive,  throwing  the  accent  more  strongly  on  the  final 
syllable. 

c.  There  is  no  example  of  the  infinitive  absolute. 


Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future  and  Imperative. 

^97.  The  paucity  of  moods  in  Hebrew  is  partially  com- 
pensated by  modifications  of  the  future,  known  as  the  para- 
gogic and  apocopated  futures. 

1.  The  paragogic  or  cohortative  is  formed  from  the  ordi- 
nary future  by  appending  the  termination  n^  to  the  first  person 
singular  or  plural,  and  in  a  very  few  instances  to  the  third 
person  singular,  thus  converting  it  from  a  simple  declaration 
of  futurity  to  an  expression  of  desire  or  determination, 
yht^  I  shall  keep,  Trpiiy^_  I  will  surely  keep  or  let  me  keep , 
Ps.  39  :  2  ;  f^j^l??3  let  us  break,  HD'^Sffii  let  us  cast  away,  Ps. 
2:3;  rnD-im  let  him  hasten,  Isa.  5  :  19. 

a.  The  third  person  of  the  paragogic  future  occurs  besides  the  example 
just  given,  in  nxiin  let  it  come  Isa.  5:  19,  nsrn  be  it  dark  (by  some  ex- 
plained as  a  noun,  darkness)  Job  11 :  17,  Tr:yt^1  may  he  accept  (as  fat),  or, 
according  to  Kimchi,  may  he  reduce  to  ashes,  Ps.  20  :  4,  «^2"iri  Prov.  1  :  20, 
8:  3.  and  after  Vav  conversive  nSvrni  Ezek.  23:20,  and  ver.  16  K'ri.  It 
has  also  been  suspected  in  nnipi  Lev.  21  :  5  K'thibh. 

b.  Instead  of  n^,  n..  is  appended  in  nx-ipNi^  1  Sam.  28:15,  ^l'<!iV, 
Ps,  20 :  4,  §63.  1.  c/so  in  the  imperative  nr^  or  nsn  Prov.  24  :  14. 

2.  The  apocopated  or  jussive  future  is  an  abbreviation  of 
the  second  or  third  persons  singular  and  expresses  a  wish  or 
command,  or  with  a  negative,  dissuasion  or  prohibition.  In 
the  perfect  verb  it  has  a  separate  form  only  in  the  Hiphil 
species,  the  "*.  of  the  ultimate  being  changed  to  (..),  or  before 
Makkeph  to  (..),  p'*^^'!  he  loill  cause  to  cleave,  pal.  may  he  ox 
let  him  cause  to  cleave ;  b'^iiicn  thou  wilt  understand,  ^?i2n 


§  98  PARAGOGIC    FUTURE,    ETC.  127 

tJiou  mayest  understand  or  understand  thou,  Dan.  9  :  25, 
-isbirrrbi?  may  it  not  or  let  it  not  rule^  Ps.  119  :  133.  In 
some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs,  as  in  the  Ayin-Vav  and  par- 
ticularly the  Lamedh-He,  it  is  used  in  other  species  still. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  the  abbreviated  future  occurring  in  the  first 
person  are   pjnx  Isa.  42:6  and  K"i3   Isa.  41:23  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri 

has  "X")?. 

6.  The  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures  maybe  regarded  as  mutually 
supplementary,  and  as  forming  together  something  like  a  complete  Opta- 
tive or  Subjunctive  mood.  The  apocopated  future  has,  it  is  true,  no  sep- 
arate form  for  the  second  fern.  sing,  or  the  second  and  third  pers.  plur.,  in 
which  the  verb  has  terminal  inflections,  but  it  may  be  regarded  as  coin- 
ciding in  these  with  the  ordinary  future,  except  that  it  never  has  the 
final  ■) .  So  in  those  species  in  which  it  is  indistinguishable  from  the 
ordinary  future,  it  may  yet  be  regarded  as  included  under  it.  Neither  the 
apocopated  nor  the  paragogic  futures  occur  in  the  strictly  passive  species, 
viz.,  the  Pual  and  Hophal,  self-determination  and  command  both  implying 
that  the  subject  is  the  originator  of  the  action.  The  more  flexible  Arabic 
has  three  varieties  of  the  future  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  one,  to  express 
as  many  modifications  or  moods. 

c.  The  apocopated  future  derives  its  name  from  the  apocopation  of  the 
final  letter  by  which  it  is  characterized  in  rib  verbs;  the  brevity  of  its 
form  is  adapted  to  the  energy  and  rapid  utterance  of  a  command.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  speaker  dwells  upon  the  word  expressive  of  his  own 
desire  or  determination,  thus  giving  rise  to  the  prolonged  form  of  the 
paragogic  future.  The  appended  n^  may  perhaps  be  identical  with  a  like 
termination  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  motion  or  direction,  denoting  as  it 
does  the  direction  of  the  speaker's  will  or  wishes  towards  that  which  the 
verb  expresses. 

§98.  1.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  the 
masculine  singular  of  the  imperative,  softening  the  command 
into  an  earnest  entreaty  or  expression  of  strong  desire,  S^'ia'O 
/tear  (thou),  nib's©  o/i,  hear!  or  pray,  hear!  ^i'lpn  listen^ 
nn^cpn  pray,  listen!  The  addition  of  this  vowel  to  the  im- 
perative and  to  the  future  causes,  as  in  the  regular  inflections 
of  the  paradigm,  §  85.  2.  a.  (2),  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  of 
the  uliimate  syllable,  except  in  the  Hiphil  where  ^ .  remains 
in  the  future  and  is  restored  in  the  imperative.  In  the  Kal 
imperative  this  rejection  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two 
vowelless  consonants,  the  first  of  which  must  accordingly 
take  a  short  vowel,  §  61.  1 ;  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hho- 


128  ETYMOLOGY.  §  99 

lem  this  will  be  Kamets-Hhatupli,  otherwise  it  will  be  the 
briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  ar:^,  niry  Jer.  49  :  11 ;  nBr, 
nJ3T  2  Chron.  6  :  42,  ai» ,  nno©  Gen.  39  :  7.  12. 

a.  In  a  few  instances  the  vowel-letter  remains  in  the  K'thibh  thouarh 
invariably  thrown  out  in  the  K'ri,  e.  g.,  nsiis  K'thibh,  nens  K'ri  Ps. 
26:2,  n=lb53  K'thibh,  niba  K'ri  Judg.  9:8;  nbipiuxi  K'thibh,  i^^l^^'xl 
K'ri  Ezr.  8  :  25;  nDipiDws' k'thibh,  ni^P.^N  K'ri  Isa.  18  :  4.  This  may  not 
indicate,  however,  the  retention  of  the  full  vowel  but  only  of  an  audible 
remnant  of  it,  §  13.  a,  which  is  likewise  attested  by  the  occasional  appear- 
ance of  Hhateph  Kamets,  -n;5TBi*  1  Kin.  19:20,  nr^ffixl  Dan.  8:  13  (in 
some  copies)  or  Hhateph  Pattahh  t^^Ki^NJ  Ezr.  8:26,'Jer.  32:9,  and  by 
the  fact  that  the  resulting  Sh'va,  even  when  simple,  is  always  vocal, 
§22.  a  (1).  Occasionally  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  the  paragogic  im- 
perative when  the  vowel  of  the  ordinary  imperative  is  Pattahh  ;  thus, 
snp  Lev.  9 :  7,  na-i;?  Ps.  69  :  19,  and  on  the  contrary,  nnaa  Gen.  25  :  31, 
fut.  nis^7  Ex.  21 -.l]  rrnjis  (with  Daghesh  separative)  Ps.'l41 :  3. 

2.  As  the  imperative  is  itself  a  shortened  form  there  is 
little  room  for  further  abbreviation ;  it  sometimes,  however, 
suffers  apocopation  of  the  final  n^  of  the  feminine  plural, 
p.'huo  Gen.  4:23  for  npy^© ,  §61.  2,  l^np  Ex.  2:20  for 
npsn]? ,  §  60.  3.  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He  verbs  of  final  n ..  of  the 
masculine  singular,  "^n  2  Kin.  6  :  18  for  n?n  Ezek.  6:11, 
ba  Ps.  119  :  18  for  njS;  t^h  Deut.  9  :  14  for  ns-in  Judg. 
11 :  37,  but  without  any  evident  change  of  meaning. 


Vav  Conversive. 

§99.  1.  The  primary  tenses  are  supplemented  by  two 
others,  formed  in  a  peculiar  manner  by  what  is  called  Vav 
Conversive  (?f^Bn  ll).  This  prefix  has  the  remarkable  effect, 
from  which  its  name  is  derived,  of  converting  the  ordinary 
future  into  a  preterite  and  the  ordinary  preterite  into  a  future. 
The  following  appear  to  be  the  reasons  of  this  singular  phe- 
nomenon. Past  and  future  are  relative  and  depend  for  their 
signification  in  any  given  case  upon  the  point  of  time  from 
which  they  are  reckoned.  This  may  be  the  moment  of  speak- 
ing, when  all  anterior  to  that  moment  will  be  past,  and  all 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  129 

posterior  to  it  future.  Or  by  some  conventional  method 
understood  between  the  speaker  and  his  hearers,  an  ideal 
present  may  be  fixed  distinct  from  the  real  present  and  the 
measurements  of  past  and  future  made  from  the  former. 
Now  Vav  Conversive  placed  before  a  future  indicates  that  its 
tense  is  to  be  reckoned  not  from  the  actual  present  but  from 
the  time  denoted  by  some  previous  word,  whether  verb, 
noun,  or  adverb.  And  when  the  stand-point  is  thus  taken 
in  the  past,  events  may  be  described  as  future  with  reference 
to  it,  though  they  have  actually  taken  place  at  the  time  of 
narration.  Vav  is  properly  the  copula  and ;  when  this  is 
prefixed  to  the  futm'e  for  the  purpose  already  designated,  it 
is  followed  by  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte,  which  give  to  it  the 
force  of  and  then  or  and  so,  indicating  that  what  follows  is 
the  sequel  of  what  precedes.  Consequently  a  narration  be- 
gun in  the  preterite  may  be  continued  in  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  the  opening  words  fixing  the  initial  point  from 
which  all  that  come  after  proceed  in  regular  succession ;  and 
the  future  so  employed  is  converted  into  what  may  be  called 
a  continuative  preterite.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  crea- 
tion in  Gen.  1,  the  original  condition  of  things  is  described 
in  the  preterite,  ver.  2,  f/ie  earth  loas  nn^n  without  form  and 
void.  The  subsequent  scene  is  then  surveyed  from  this  point. 
The  next  statement  is  accordingly  made  by  a  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  3,  ^"aii^^  and  God  said,  in  its  primitive  im- 
port, and  then  God  says  or  loill  say,  his  speaking  being  future 
to  the  state  of  things  previously  described.  This  fixes  a  new 
stand-point  from  which  the  next  step  in  the  process  is  a  fresh 
advance ;  it  is  hence  followed  by  another  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  4,  xniil  and  he  saw ;  and  so  on,  bini'i  and 
he  divided,  ver.  5,  ^'y^^^l  and  he  called,  etc. 

a.  The  nature  of  this  prefix  would  be  more  precisely  expressed  perhapg 

by  calling  it  Vav  Consecutive,  as  Ewald  and  others  propose.     But  as  Vav 

Conversive  is  the  name  in  common  use,  and  as  this  sufficiently  characterizes 

its  most  striking  effect,  it  is  here  retained.     There  have  been  various  con- 

9 


130  ETYMOLOGY.  §99 

jectures  respecting  its  origin.  In  the  judgment  of  some  5  is  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  the  verb  f^^il  was,  hence  "i^X'l  he  was  or  it  was  (so  that)  he  will 
say  i.  e.  he  was  about  to  say  or  was  saying,  which  is  then  likened  to  the 
Arabic  combination  of  the  preterite  of  the  substantive  verb  with  the 
future  tense  to  express  past  action;  but  ^  evidently  has  the  sense  of  the 
conjunction  and,  "lOX'l  does  not  mean  he  said,  but  and  he  said.  Others 
regard  it  as  an  abbreviation  of  n"rti  and  he  was  ;  Ewald  of  tN^  and  then. 
Rodiger  thinks  that  the  vowel  has  no  inherent  significance,  but  is  attached 
to  the  conjunction  on  account  of  the  emphasis  of  its  peculiar  use.  Perhaps 
the  best  suggestion  is  that  of  Schultens,  Inslit.  p.  424,  that  "i^X'l  maybe  for 
^TSX'ni,  by  §  53.  3  ;  fn  prefixed  to  a  noun  is  the  definite  article,  and  points 
it  out  as  one  previously  known;  its  use  in  this  particular  case  is  to  define 
the  time  of  the  action  of  the  verb  before  which  it  stands  by  pointing  it  out  as 
known  from  what  preceded.  The  vowel  of  this  prefix  is  upon  this  hypothesis 
analogous  both  in  its  origin  and  its  effects  to  the  augment  e  in  Greek,  or  a 
in  Sanskrit,  by  which  a  preterite  is  formed  from  a  present  or  a  future, 
TUTTTo),  ervTTTov;  TVipu),  eTvij/a,  and  which  is  traced  by  Bopp  to  a  pronominal 
root  having  a  demonstrative  sense,  Vergleichende  Grammatik  pp.  786  ff. 
The  fact  that  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  sometimes  substitutes  n  for  T 
conversive  might  seem  to  lend  confirmation  to  this  theory  of  its  derivation. 
But  as  in  stands  with  equal  frequency  for  1  copulative,  and  ^  for  the  arti- 
cle n,  it  is  probable  that  these  commutations  are  to  be  classed  with  the 
other  numerous  inaccuracies  of  this  edition. 

2.  This  employment  of  Vav  Conversive  to  alter  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tenses  by  transporting  the  mind  of  the  hearer  or 
reader  to  an  ideal  present  in  the  past  or  future  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  idioms  of  the  Hebrew  language,  and  one 
which  may  appear  to  be  extremely  arbitrary,  as  it  certainly 
is  in  some  of  its  applications,  at  least,  quite  difficult  of  con- 
ception and  foreign  to  our  habits  of  thought.  It  neverthe- 
less imparts  a  beauty  and  a  vividness  to  Hebrew  description 
which  are  altogether  peculiar  and  which  are  incapable  of 
being  adequately  transferred  to  any  other  language.  The 
narrator  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  which  he  records,  and 
watches  its  progress  step  by  step  telling  what  he  sees.  This 
peculiarity  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  may  perhaps  be  illustrated 
by  an  analogous  though  far  more  restricted  usage  in  English, 
by  which  certain  tenses  may  be  transferred  to  another  sphere 
than  that  which  they  describe  if  measured  from  the  time  of 
narration,  without  any  confusion  or  liability  to  mistake  re- 
sulting from  it.     Thus,  the  present  may  be  used  of  past 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  131 

events,  as,  Then  the  devil  taJceth  him  up  into  an  exceeding 
high  mountain  and  slieweth  him,  etc.  Or  the  present  and  the 
perfect  may  be  used  of  what  is  still  future,  as,  When  thou 
art  converted  strengthen  thy  brethren ;  When  he  is  come  he 
will  reprove  the  world  of  sin, 

3.  Vav  Conversive,  it  has  already  been  stated,  is  prefixed 
to  the  future  with  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  the  follow- 
ing letter,  i^T^.,  ^s^'?^!) ,  ^')\^..  If  the  first  letter  of  the 
future  be  Yodh  with  Sh'va,  Daghesh  is  commonly  omitted, 
§  25,  but  rarely  if  it  be  3 ,  and  never  if  it  be  ri ,  since  its  re- 
moval in  this  case  would  change  the  sound  of  the  letter  by  re- 
storing its  aspiration,  '^y'^. ,  "'£)0;'5  but  "^iin!} ,  ^&D3T  .  Before 
K  of  the  first  person  singular,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh, 
§  23.  1,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets,  §  60.  4,  -J^isi , 
*^%^'^^  •  In  the  Hiphil  ■>  .  is,  with  few  exceptions,  e.  g.  ^f^^;;;^ 
Ps.  105  :  28,  compressed  to  (..)  as  in  the  apocopated  future, 
3t^]?r],  ^"nfl?:!,  and  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  (,) 
"1331 .  In  the  first  person  singular,  however,  "^ .  remains  in 
the  Hiphil,  and  a  paragogic  n  ^  is  not  infrequently  appended 
in  all  the  species,  e.  g.  ^^^t^i?} ,  ^^tcxt  or  !"9^?t^«t  ;  ^^5X1  or 
iafi?3;  Tt)Trsi;  ni^b^sin;  ni-iNi  or  nn3ij<v  paragogic  n^ 
also  occurs  though  more  rarely  in  the  first  pers.  plur.  n^bnsi 
Gen.  41  :  11,  n-u^h"] ,  nTrj^nsi  Ezr.  8  :  23,  niPDsi  ver.  31. 

a.  The  tendency  to  abbreviation  produced  by  Vav  Conversive  is  much 
more  apparent  in  some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs.  Thus,  final  n..  is  re- 
jected from  nb  verbs  as  in  the  apocopated  future  i^b.l"^ ,  ba^i  ^  n^S^,  ^S?"^ ; 
the  accent  is  drawn  back  from  a  mixed  ultimate  to  a  simple  penult  in  tlie 
Kal  and  Hiphil  of  Ayin  doubled  verbs  and  of  those  which  have  a  quiescent 
for  their  first  or  second  radical,  in  consequence  of  which  the  vowel  of  the 
last  syllable,  if  long,  is  shortened,  §64.  1,  10';,  -D^T ;  ^k^"^ ,  b?S<'»] ;  -liii, 
ad^;];  a-'ibi-',  2"::'i\T;  n^p^,  Dl^f];  D-'p;;,  ^7?.V-  The  same  drawing  back 
of  the  accent  and  shortening  of  the  ultimate  syllable  occurs  in  the  Piel 
of  the  following  verbs,  whose  middle  radical  is  n,  "";ia?l ,  ^"l??? ,  ri'id'^i 
but  not  in  Cj^n-^i ;  so  in  1"iii^?  Hub.  3:  6,  and  the  Hithpael  cycnn;'  Dan. 
2:1.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Niphal  of  a  few  verbs,  which  form  the  ex- 
ception, however,  not  the  rule,  riSi'i.  tn^'V  tiox's'i  or  C|b^<'1 .  crcm 
but  ans'l,  ^d5*i,  "HP's*],  "'Sisii;!,  "Bia'n,  etc.  The  first  person  smgular 
is  mostly  exempted  from  shortening  or  change  of  accent,  b?i<;,  -1?*?^) 


132  ETYMOLOGY.  §  100 

D^ipXI  or  tpjO ,  f^pXJ ,  though  it  sometimes  suffers  apocopation  in  K'b  verbs 
'!*'}*!1 1  ''h^.'^  •  The  prolonged  plural  ending  '|1  is  very  rarely  used  after  Vav 
Conversive ;  it  does,  however,  occur,  e.  g.  "ilSTptni  Deut.  1 :  22,  *,!n53rm 
Deut.  4:11,  -siin^]  Judg.  11  ;  18. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  Vav  Conversive  takes  Pattahh  before  X.  its 
vowel  being  conformed  to  the  compound  Sh'va,  which  follows,  e.  g.  lU'^lJXI 
Judg.  6 :  9,  wnpbxi  2  Sam.  1  :  10,  -CSNT.  Ezek.  16:  10  but  '"IE2X,,^^  ver.  8, 
nlin'iNi  Job  30 ':  26,  nd^'nsi    Ps.  73:16.' 

§100.  1.  Vav  Conversive  prefixed  to  the  preterite  makes 
of  it  a  continuative  future  or  imperative,  by  connecting  with 
it  the  idea  of  futurity  or  command  expressed  in  a  preceding 
verb.  It  is  properly  the  conjunction  1  and,  whose  pointing  it 
takes,  its  pecuUar  force  being  derived  from  its  connecting 
power.  Accordingly,  in  speaking  of  coming  events,  the 
stand-point  is  first  fixed  in  the  future  by  the  opening  words, 
and  the  description  is  then  continued  by  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus,  in  Samuel's  recital,  1  Sam.  10:1-8, 
of  what  was  to  happen  to  Saul,  he  first  refers  the  whole  to 
the  future  by  the  word,  ver.  2,  ^riDba  i{po?i  thy  depart- 
ing, and  then  proceeds  with  preterites  with  Vav  prefixed, 
nNi"ai  thou  shalt  find,  'i"i'25?l  aiid  they  shall  say,  ver.  3,  ^iS^ni 
and  thou  shall  pass  on,  etc.  etc.  In  like  manner  injunctions 
begun  in  the  imperative  are  continued  in  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus  the  Lord  directed  Elijah,  1  Kin.  17:3 
"^  (imper.)  go,  J^'^is^  (pret.)  and  turn,  X^'yppy)  (pret.)  and  hide, 
JT^rci  (pret.)  and  it  shall  be. 

2.  This  prefix  commonly  has  the  efffect  of  removing  the 
accent  to  the  ultimate  in  those  forms  in  which  it  ordinarily 
stands  upon  the  penult ;  and  if  the  penult  be  a  long  mixed 
syllable,  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  of  verbs  with  Hholem,  it  will 
in  consequence  be  shortened,   nbS^ ,   ^^?,t^  • 

a.  The  shifting  of  the  accent,  which  served  in  some  measure  to  indicate 
to  the  ear  the  alteration  in  the  sense,  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

(1)  It  occurs  with  great  regularity  in  the  first  and  second  persons  sin- 
gular of  every  species,  Ps^f^  thou  hast  gone,  ris^'^^^i  and  thou  shall  go, 
irisbrj^i  and  I  will  go,  so  pi-ia"i\  iphdm,  ""n^Vririni ,  though  "^n^striii, 
Zeph.   1  :  17,   except  in  x'b  and  n'b  verbs,  where  the  accent  usually  re- 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  133 

mains  in  its  original  position  although  the  usage  is  not  uniform,  ini:E:i 
Lev.  26  :  9,  -^VtniA  1  Kin.  18  :  12.  n-'anni  1  Chron.  4  :  10,  "^n'l.'irinoni  1  Sam. 
15  :  30,  •'n-isn;'  Isa.  8  :  17  but  n^'EXl '  Lev.  24  :  5,  nxni  Gen.  6:18,  ■^n^3-}ni 
''ri-''nsni  Lev.  26:9,  rx^ni  Ex.  26':  33.  In  the  first  person  plural  oif  all 
verbs  the  accent  generally  remains  upon  the  penult,  l^riri  Ex.  8 :  23, 
:W3bnv  !i:nrbi  Gen.  34;  17. 

(2)  It  occurs,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  third  feminine  singular 
and  third  plural  of  the  Iliphil  of  perfect  verbs,  and  of  the  various  species 
of  Ayin-Vav  and  Ayin-doubled  verbs,  nBi-nan;!  Ex.  26:33,  nN"'2ni  Lev. 
15:29,  nm'i  Isa.  11:2,  ilSjri,  ^^ini  Hab.'  1:8  but  IS-'^cni  Ezek.  43:24, 
IffiS^  Hab."l :  8. 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

§101.  Pronouns  are  frequently  suifixed  to  the  verbs  of 
which  they  are  the  object.  The  forms  of  the  suffixes  have 
already  been  given  §  72.  It  only  remains  to  consider  the 
changes  resulting  from  their  combination  with  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb. 

1.  The  personal  terminations  of  the  verbs  undergo  the 
following  changes : 

Preterite. 

Sing.   S/em.     The  old  ending  n_ ,  §85.  <3  (1),  takes  the 
place  of  n^  . 

2  masc.  ^  sometimes  shortens  its  final  vowel  be- 
fore the  suffix  '^;  of  the  first  person. 

2 /em.  The  old  ending  '^V\ ,  §  86.  b,  instead  of  n . 
Plur.  2  tnasc.  'in  from  the  old  pronominal  ending  Q^n , 
§  71.  3  (2),  takes  the  place  of  an  .  The  fem- 
inine of  this  person  does  not  occur  with 
suffixes. 

Future. 

Plur.  2  and  S/em.  The  distinctive  feminine  termina- 
tion is  dropped,  and  that  of  the  masculine 
assumed,  ^brijpn  for  nDVibjpn . 


134  ETYMOLOGY.  §101 

a.  In  several  of  these  cases  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say  that  it  is 
the  uncompounded  state  of  the  verb  in  which  the  change  has  taken  place, 
and  that  before  suffixes  the  original  form  has  been  preserved,  the  added 
syllable  having  as  it  were  protected  it  from  mutation. 

2.  Changes  in  the  suffixes  :  The  suffixes  are  joined 
directly  to  those  verbal  forms  which  end  in  a  vowel ;  those 
forms  which  end  in  a  consonant  insert  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  second  pers.  plur.  DD ,  p ,  and  the  second  masc.  sing.  ^ ,  a 
vocal  Sh'va,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  a  full  vowel, 
which  in  the  preterite  is  mostly  a  and  in  the  future  and  im- 
perative mostly  e. 

The  3  fem.  sing,  preterite  inserts  a  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  third  pers.  plural,  and  e  before  the  second  fem.  singular ; 
when  it  stands  before  the  third  sing,  suffixes  'in ,  n ,  there  is 
frequently  an  elision  of  n ,  requiring  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive in  the  verbal  ending  m  to  preserve  the  quantity  of  the 
previous  short  vowel,  ^ri^D)?  for  ^nnS'j]? ,  np^i:;?  for  O'T'^VI?  > 
see  §57.  2.  6. 

When  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  ^n  is  preceded  by  (J, 
the  n  may  be  elided  and  the  vowels  coalesce  into  i ,  iScjp  for 
inVjjp ;  vi^hen  it  is  preceded  by  "^ . ,  Shurek  may  be  hardened 
to  its  corresponding  semi-vowel  1 ,  T^J^^PJ:  for  ^nipibt:)?  §  62.  2. 

When  the  third  fem.  suffix  n  is  preceded  by  (J,  final 
Kamets  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  same 
sound,  nSup  for  n5-j;p. 

When  ^n ,  n  of  the  third  pers.  singular  are  preceded  by 
(..),  the  vowel  of  union  for  the  future,  a  3 ,  called  Nun  Epen- 
thetic, is  sometimes  inserted,  particularly  in  emphatic  and 
pausal  forms,  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  the  two  vowels, 
(..)  being  at  the  same  time  shortened  to  (..) ;  n  is  then  com- 
monly elided  and  a  euphonic  Daghesh-forte  inserted  in  the 
Nun,  ^3^13)?;'  for  ^njsipjp;! .  The  same  shortening  of  the  (.)  and 
insertion  of  Daghesh  may  occur  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  plural  and  the  second  masculine  singular ;  this,  hke  the 
preceding,  takes  place  chiefly  at  the  end  of  clauses. 


^101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  135 

a.  The  Nun  Epenthetic  of  the  future  and  the  Preterite  vowel  of 
union  a,  which  is  abbreviated  to  Sh'va  before  ?| ,  03,  "jD,  may  be  relics 
of  old  forms  of  the  verb  still  represented  in  the  Arabic,  where  the 
Preterite  ends  in  a,  and  one  mode  of  the  future  has  an  appended  Nun. 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  suffixes  of  the  first  and  second  persons  may  be  ex- 
plained, as  is  usually  done,  by  assuming  the  insertion  and  assimilation  of 
Nun  Epenthetic,  "(^^P?  lor  ^r?'''?!^?  ;  or  it  may  be  Daghesh-forte  emphatic, 
§24.  6,  and  the  few  cases  in  which  Nun  appears  in  these  persons  may  be 
accounted  tor  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh,  §54.  3,  instead  of  the  Daghesh 
having  arisen  from  the  assimilation  of  Nun,  so  that  T]5l3::p^  may  be  for 
T^bap^  instead  of  the  reverse. 

6.  The  sutfixes,  since  they  do  not  in  strictness  form  a  part  of  the  word 
with  which  they  are  connected,  are  more  loosely  attached  to  it  than  the 
pronominal  fragments  which  make  up  the  inflections;  hence  vowels  of 
union  are  employed  with  the  former  which  serve  to  separate  as  well  as 
to  unite.  Hence  too  the  vocal  Sh'va,  inserted  before  the  suffixes  of  the 
second  person,  does  not  so  completely  draw  the  final  consonant  of  the  verb 
to  the  appended  syllable  as  to  detach  it  from  that  to  which  it  formerly  be- 
longed ;  this  latter  becomes,  therefore,  not  a  simple  but  an  intermediate 
syllable,  §20.2.  A  like  distinction  exists  between  prefixed  prepositions, 
etc.,  and  the  personal  prefixes  of  the  future.  The  latter  form  part  and 
parcel  of  the  word,  while  the  former  preserve  a  measure  of  their  original 
separateness.  Hence  when  they  form  a  new  initial  syllable  by  the  aid  of 
the  first  consonant  of  the  word,  this  is  properly  a  mixed  syllable  after  a 
personal  prefix  but  intermediate  after  a  preposition,  Sitis'^  but  lainaa, 
§22.  a.  Hence,  too,  a  liability  to  contraction  in  one  case  which  does  not 
exist  in  the  other,  bupi  but  basnb.  bs"^  but  bs33. 

3.  Changes  in  the  body  of  the  verb  : 

Except  in  the  Kal  preterite  those  forms  which  have  per- 
sonal terminations  experience  no  further  change  from  the 
addition  of  suffixes ;  those  which  are  without  such  termina- 
tions reject  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  before  suffixes  re- 
quiring a  vowel  of  union  and  shorten  it  before  the  remainder, 
^Si:]?^  •'p^Sipip^  bibp^  ''?3i2)5\  iTj'?^!?:';  but  V  of  the  Hiphil 
species  is  almost  always  preserved,  ''?^''Ppn ,  '^P^rPj?!' . 

In  the  Kal  imperative  and  infinitive  the  rejection  of  the 
vowel  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two  vowelless  letters  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  impossible  combination  is 
obviated  by  the  insertion  of  Hhirik  to  form  a  new  syllable ; 
or,  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hholem,  by  the  insertion  of 
Kamets  Hhatuph. 


136  ETYMOLOGY.  §102 

In  the  Kal  preterite,  where  both  vowels  are  liable  to  mu- 
tation, a  distinction  is  made  by  rejecting  the  first  before  suf- 
fixes and  the  second  before  personal  inflections  where  this  is 
possible,  e.  g.  bb;?,  ^'j'^2,  ^''91^  but  J^^^I?,  i^t^jp.  Accordingly 
upon  the  reception  of  a  suffix  the  vowel  of  the  second  rad- 
ical, whether  it  be  a,  e,  or  o,  must  be  restored,  and  if  need 
be  lengthened,  whenever,  in  the  course  of  regular  inflec- 
tion, it  has  been  dropped,  and  the  vowel  of  the  first  rad- 
ical, wherever  it  remains  in  the  regular  inflection,  must  be 
rejected. 

a.  Final  mixed  syllables,  as  shown  in  2  6,  ordinarily  become  interme- 
diate upon  appending  CD,  ",3 ,  ?],  and  consequently  take  a  short  vowel 
notwithstanding  the  following  vocal  Sh'va.  This  is  invariably  the  case 
before  03  and  ")3 ,  unless  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  has  a  long 
immutable  vowel  in  the  ultimate  which  is  of  course  incapable  of  being 
shortened;  it  is  also  usually  the  case  before  ?],  the  principal  exception,  so 
far  as  verbal  forms  are  concerned,  being  the  a  and  e  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
a  of  the  Kal  future,  and  i  of  the  Hiphil,  'TjSna  ,  '^i'^? ,  ^^ns  ,  T^bsiax , 
jjan3i< ,  i^a-^irri^  but  ?)132n,  ^jsap,  rj-isx. 

§102.  1.  The  first  and  second  persons  of  the  verb  do 
not  receive  suffixes  of  the  same  person  with  themselves,  for 
when  the  subject  is  at  the  same  time  the  object  of  the  action 
the  Hithpael  species  is  employed  or  a  reciprocal  pronoun  is 
formed  from  the  noun  tJBi  soul,  seJf,  as  "'^B?  myself.  Suffixes 
of  the  third  person  may,  however,  be  attached  to  the  third 
person  of  verbs,  provided  the  subject  and  object  be  distinct. 

a.  There  is  a  single  example  of  a  verb  in  the  first  person  with  a  suffix 
of  the  first  person,  but  in  this  case  the  pronoun  expresses  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb,  "'Sn'^b?.  I  have  made  for  me,  Ezek.  29  :  3. 

2.  Neuter  verbs  and  passive  species,  whose  signification 
does  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  yet  receive  suffixes 
expressive  of  indirect  relations,  such  as  would  be  denoted 
by  the  dative  or  ablative  in  occidental  languages,  "'pn'o^  ye 
fasted  for  me  Zech.  7  :  5,  ''Sfesn  thou  shall  he  forgotten  by  me. 
Isa.  44  :  21. 


§103  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  137 

3,  The  infinitive  may  be  viewed  as  a  noun,  in  which  case 
its  suffix  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  possessive,  and  represents  the 
subject  of  the  action ;  or  it  may  be  viewed  as  a  verb  when 
its  suffix  represents  the  object,  e.  g.  ''^ip^  my  killing,  i.  e.  that 
which  I  perform,  ''?!?^i?  hilling  me.  The  participle  may  also 
receive  the  suffix  either  of  a  verb  or  a  noun,  the  pronoun  in 
either  case  denoting  the  object,  ''3i<'"i  seeing  me  Isa.  47  :  10, 
*iJS2to  hating  me,  lit.  my  haters,  Ps.  35  :  19. 

a.  The  infinitive  with  a  verbal  suffix  represents  the  subject  in  "^S^IttJS 
at  ray  returning^  Ezek.  47  :  7. 

§  103.  The  paradigm  upon  the  next  page  exhibits  certain 
portions  of  the  regular  verb  ^t:]?  with  all  the  suffixes. 

a.  The  parts  of  the  verb  selected  are  sufficient  representatives  of  all 
the  rest,  and  by  the  aid  of  tiie  rules  already  given  will  enable  the  student 
to  determine  any  other  required  form  for  himself.  The  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  undergoes  no  change  in  the  body  of 
the  verb,  will  answer  mutatis  mutandis  for  all  the  forms  in  that  species 
ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  third  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite, 
which  suffers  a  change  in  its  last  syllable  only,  will  in  like  manner  answer 
for  all  the  forms  in  that  species  ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  Kal 
preterite  is  given  in  all  the  persons,  both  on  account  of  the  peculiarity 
of  that  tense,  which  suffers  changes  in  both  its  vowels,  and  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  changes  in  the  personal  terminations  which  apply  equally  to 
the  preterites  of  the  other  species.  The  Kal  infinitive  and  imperative 
are  peculiar  in  forming  a  new  initial  syllable  which  echoes  the  rejected 
vowel.  The  third  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future  affords  a  type  of  all 
the  forms  in  that  tense  which  end  with  the  final  radical ;  and  the  third 
plural  of  the  same  tense  is  a  type  of  all  the  future  forms  in  tiiis  and  in 
the  other  species  which  have  personal  terminations  appended.  The  par- 
ticiples undergo  the  same  changes  in  receiving  suffixes  with  nouns  of  like 
formation,  and  are  therefore  not  included  in  this  table. 


Paradigm  of  the  Perfect 


Singular. 
1  com.        2  masG.         2  fern,        3  masc.  Zfem. 


Kal  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  masc.      ^D^Dp         ijjbt^p         1]5t2p       iinSt^p  )        ^ibt^p 

3/m.    ^iri^t^j:    ^ri^^p    =1^^?P  ^nn?t:p )   nnbt^j? 


2  «iasc.    ^pribtip  > 

2/m.  ^rnbpp 


—     ™bt5p)    nnbt:p 

inbt:p ) 

^n^nbt:]^ )  trvbu\> 

rtba^^ ) 
!rj^ribt:p  'q'^nbtip    rn^t:p    n^nbtap 
pltte.  3  com.     ^:^Bt:p     ^6t:p     t]6t:p    ^in^b^p      n^bt^p 

2  wiosc.  ^3^ribt:p     — —     iin^ribt2p    n^nbt:p 

icom.     ^^3^t:p    Tj^bbt^p  ^ntbt^p     M^ibtap 


1  com. 


Infinitive.  ^Spp  )      iTjbt^p         t|btpp  ibtip  nbpp 


Future. 
Sing.  3  masc.     ^pbpp^  )     ^btip)'  )    "qbtpp;^     ^nStJp;' 

pltjr.  3  masc.  '^p^Spp:    ^^btpp;    ti^btpp;*  ^n^btpp;' 


ribpp^ 
nsbtjp^ 

TV    :  ' :  • 

nibtpp;- 


Imperative. 

Sing.  2  masc.       ^?bpp 

^nbtpp 

^?.??^ 

PiEL  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  masc.       ^pBtpp 

^^^I?         ^'??l? 

ibtpp 

fibtpp 

HiPHiL  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  masc.  '•Db^tDpH 

irjyt^pri  Tjb^tppri 

ib^tppn 

T      •    :    " 

138 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 


Plural. 


1  com. 

2  wa5c. 

2  fern. 

3  7W(ZSC. 

3/m. 

!i35r:p 

DSbt^i: 

I^^^I? 

0^?!? 

1?^? 

ii3r\bt2p 

Dinbg"^ 

'[T^m 

onSap 

—  T  t': 

I^5^?I? 

ii2ribt3p 

T  :  — ': 

Dnbt:p 

I^'^l? 

iiri^ib^i;) 

d^nbt:p 

rj?'^)? 

^D^nbt:-: 

Diibtip 

iT<: 

DDlDbt:p 

"ji^ribt:p 

D^nbt:-p 
D^b^p 

D^nbtip 
n^:bt:p 

■j^nbt:p 

iiDbtip 

••    .,(t 

Dibt:p 

1?^?"? 

dbt:p 

T    ;    r 

I^Pl? 

Ciibt:p^ 

Dbtsp"' 
..... 

D^btpp: 

j^tppr 

^3!?^15 

t3!?t5p 

^Dbt2p 

T    :  '• 

t^ib^p 

li^?P 

J=?^p 

i^^p 

T     •    ;    • 

Ciib^tspri 

1?r'?lrn 

Db^tppri 

-^^^^r} 

139 


140  etymology.  §  104 

Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

PEETEEITE. 

§  104.  a.  There  are  two  examples  of  (_)  as  the  union  vowel  of  the 
preterite,  '^iTS'^  Isa.  8:11,  Ty^i^''^  Judg.  4:20.  Daghesh-forte  euphonic  is 
Bometinies  inserted  in  the  suffix  ol' the  first  pers.  sing.,  "'3'^&7  P^-  118:18, 
•^23^  Gen.  30  :  6. 

■    -  T 

b.  The  suffix  of  the  second  masc.  sing,  is  occasionally  ■?]  ^  in  pause  !  '^'^^.^ 
Isa.  55  :  5,  so  with  the  infinitive,  Ti"i?3t"n  Deut.  28  :  24.  45 ;  and  a  similar 
form  with  the  future  may  perhaps  be  indicated  by  the  K'thibh  in  Hos.  4:6 
-jxcx^x.  §11.  I.  a,  where  the  K'ri  has  TiDN^QN .  With  isb  and  tih  verbs 
this  form  of  the  suffix  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  'T\^^  Isa.  30:  19.  Jer.23:37, 
T|N"i3n  Ezek.  28  :  15.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  a  is  represented  by  the 
vowel  letter  rt,  and  the  suffix  is  written  na,  ninss;]!,.  1  Kin.  18:44, 
nsn::2n  Prov.  2: 11,  n^iiina^  Ps.  145: 10,  na^::?^  Jen  7':''27. 

TV;:*  '  T  ;  IT  :  J  T         ":  I- 

c.  The  suffix  of  the  second  fem.  sing,  is  commonly  "?],,  "^l^^p  Isa.  54:6, 
Tt'^NQ  Isa.  60  :  9,  except  after  the  third  fem.  sing,  of  the  verb,  when  it  is 
Tivi  'H'^^'^^:  Ruth  4:  15.  Tifl^^niia  Isa.  47  :  10;  sometimes,  especially  in  the 
later  Psalms,  it  has  the  form  ''S  corresponding  to  the  pronoun  "'PiX , 
■'D'HstX  Ps.  137  :  6,  "layj??:!!  Ps.  103  :  4. 

d.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  sing,  is  written  with  the  vowel  letter  n 
instead  of  1  in  niyns  Ex.  32  :  25,  r\'ip_  Num.  28:8,  and  in  some  copies  n'Sssj 
1  Sam.  1:9,  where  it  would  be  feminine;  this  form  is  more  frequently  ap- 
pended to  nouns  than  to  verbs. 

e.  In  a  few  instances  the  ti  of  the  third  fem.  suffix  is  not  pointed  Avith 
Mappik,  and  consequently  represents  a  vowel  instead  of  a  consonant, 
n"n73':J  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  followed  by  an  accented 
eyllabie)  Am.  1  :  11,  so  with  the  infinitive,  JTnpjn  Ex.  9:  18,  ni:J?n  Jer. 
44  :  19,  and  the  future,  nnTSHFTi  Ex.  2:  3. 

J".  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  plur.  receives  a  paragogic  i  once  in  prose, 
'i73Pii!3'ia  Ex.  23:31,  and  repeatedly  in  poetry,  "iiaKbTaFi,  in'iiinin  Ex.  15:9; 
once  1  is  appended,  ^^^'pa^  Ex.  15:5;  on  is  used  but  once  as  a  verbal 
suffix,  Cfi"'NSi<  Deut.  32  :  26. 

g-.  The  suffix  of  the  third  fem.  plur.  1  is  seldom  used,  ')"'Pi:y'^'^  Isa.  48:7, 
'PTl'^  Hab.  2:17;  more  frequently  the  masculine  D  is  substituted  for  it, 
fiiianp  Gen.  26:  15,  18,  Dflirna'^l  Ex.  2: 17,  DnpN^.'i  1  Sam.  6:  10,  so  Num. 
17 : 3,  4,  Josh.  4 :  8,  2  Kin.  18':  13,  Hos.  2  :  14,  Prov!  6:21;  )n  is  never  used 
with  verbs.  When  attached  to  infinitives  a  paragogic  n^  is  sometimes 
added  to  T,  nsxia  Ruth  1 :  19,  n:rnb  Job  39 :  2. 

h.  Verbs,  which  have  Tsere  for  the  second  vowel  in  the  Kal  preterite,  re- 
tain it  before  suffixes,  '^^t^x  Deut.  7 :  13,  C'iinb  Lev.  16 : 4,  inXJb  Deut. 
24:  3,  WilN^'i  Job  37:24.  The  only  example  of  a  suffix  appended  to  a 
preterite  whose  second  vowel  is  Hholem,  is  I'^fi^S"?  Ps.  13:  5  from  ''Pi^s"', 


§105  PERFECT   VERBS    WITH    SUfTIXES.  141 

the  Hholem  being  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph  by  the  shifting  of  the 
accent.  Tsere  ol"  the  Piel  species  is  mostly  shortened  to  Seghol  before 
?j.  CD,  "iD,  i]S3p  Deut.  30:3,  T'jSSp';!  ver.  4,  but  occasionally  to  Hhirik, 
ciitSNN  (the  Methegh  in  most  editions  is  explained  by  §45.  2)  Job  16:. 5, 
if^ia-ai^x  Isa.  25:1,  ci?;:;'^;?^  Ex.  31  :  13,  ciiins  Isa.  1 :  15.  Hhirik  of  the 
Hiphil  species  is  retained  before  ail  suffixes  with  very  few  exceptions, 
sisniryi  1  Sam.  17:25,  Ps.  65:  10;  in  T^Vs^  Deut.  32:7,  the  verb  has  the 
form  of  the  apocopated  future. 

i.  The  third  fem.  preterite  sometimes  takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  in 
its  lull  form,  wn^^a  Prov.  31 :  12,  >inn^D5<  Ezek.  15 :  5,  so  in  pause  :  !innans, 
1  Sam.  18:28,  wnbDX  Gen.  37:2U,  :  ^nnDSD  Isa.  59:16,  and  sometimes 
contracted  by  the  exclusion  of  n ,  IPi^^?  1  Sam.  1:24,  innb-j  Rulh  4  :  15, 
!ini:a  Job  21  :  18.  The  third  fem.  suffix  is  always  contracted,  nn'ms^  Jer. 
49:24,  nnp^n  Isa.  34:17,  nriors  1  Sam.  1:6.  The  suffix  of  the  third 
masc.  plural  is  D_,  not  D^,  with  this  person  of  the  verb,  the  accent 
fallincr  on  the  penult.  oni';a  Gen.  31:. 32,  crN::^  Ex.  18:8,  Dr^S3  Ps. 
119:129,  DPS"^^  Isa.  47  :  14.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  before  Tj  the 
vowel  is  usually  short  in  this  person.  r(nnb';'  Jer.  22:26,  ^P^^x  Ezek. 
28:  18.  though  it  is  sometimes  long,  'ir'^^n  Cant.  8:5,  as  it  regularly  is  in 
pause  !  ^^^k"-  '^'^^- '  ^^  before  "^3  and  13  of  the  first  person,  "^anbDj^  Ps. 
69  :  10,  :  ^linxisa  Num.  20  :  14. 

j.  The  second  masc.  sing,  preterite  usually  takes  Pattahh  before  ''S  ex- 
cept in  pause,  "^sr-il^n  Ps.  139:  1,  ''Snnn  Job  7:14,  "^^PJ^!?^  Ps.  22:2.  It 
takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  either  in  its  full  form.  t^inrjiBS  Ezek. 
43:20,  or  contracted,  inSpwS  2  Kin.  5:6.  'ir.v'iv  Hab.  1:  12,  iri";?  (accent 
thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  Num.  23:27,  "ihbjrn  Ps.  89:  44. 

k.  The  second  fem.  sing,  preterite  assumes  (.),  commonly  without  Yodh, 
§11.  1.  a,  before  suffixes,  and  is  accordingly  indistinguishable  from  the  first 
person  except  by  the  suffix  which  it  receives,  §  102.  1,  or  by  the  connection 
in  which  it  is  found,  ''ihri'b'}  Jer.  15:10,  "'SPi^ab  Cant.  4:9,  isn-^rn  1  Sam. 
19:  17,  inn"'":i^  Ex.  2: 10;  once  it  takes  (J,  !i:nnnin  Josh.  2: 18.  and  in  a 
few  instances  the  masculine  form  is  adopted  in  its  stead,  :  >i:P)S3i!Jn  Josh. 
2: 17,  20,  Cant.  5:9,  IJnnb^  Jer.  2:27  K'ri,  inxan^  2  Sam.  uVlO.' 

I.  The  plural  endings  of  the  verb  may  be  written  fully  1  or  defectively 
(^),  thus,  in  the  third  person.  ■'?'i=^0  Ps.  18:6,  ""sino  Hos.  12:1;  the 
second  *'3n'2S  Zech.  7:5,  isn"'^?^  Num.  20:  5,  21 :  5;  and  the  first  iniia':!'^ 
1  Chron.  13  :"3. 

FTTTTJEE. 

§  105.  a.  The  union  vowel  a  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  future,  thus  "^S. , 
•'Sjbain  Gen.  19 :  19,  "'sirj?*?.  Gen.  29 :  32,  ^SKn^  Ex.  33 :  20,  Num.  22 :  33, 
i:^Vrinn  Isa.  56:3.  ""SSabV  Job  9:18;  !13^.  ^^^'S''.  Isa.  63:16;  i  (for  >inj, 
•is^n^Hos.  8:3.  T-isbpi  Ps.  35:8,  "ispn^  Eccles.4:l2,  "irtti':]  1  Sam. 21:  14, 
so  in  the  K'thibh,  1  Sam.  18:  1  nnnitil,  where  the  K'ri  has  sininx*^;  n^ 
(for  f}^l  t^y^V.  Gen.  37:33,  !:i3nn5  2  Chron.  20:7,  i^b'-S^J!  Isa.  26 :  5 ; 
D   ,  DCab"'  Ex.  29:30,   Di3"^ir-«   Deut.  7:15,   tn-^S   Num.  2l':30,  D3/3  Ps. 


142  ETYMOLOGY.  §106 

74:8.  cV^TaS!^  Ps.  118: 10;  \,  )TZ:^-^  Ex.  2: 17.  In  1  Kin.  2 :  24  the  K'ri 
has  'i25"'Uii'',  while  the  K'thibh  has  the  vowel  letter  "^  representing  the 
ordinary  e,  ''aiaiBT'. 

6.  Tlie  suffixes  with  Daghesh  inserted  occur  chiefly  in  pause  ;  thus  "^i).., 
•'Snrii  Jer.  50  :  44 ;  "^3 . ,  •'?i-i=n  Gen.  27 :  19,  '.  "'Sriy  an  Job  7  :  14,  9 :  34 ;  !12  ^ 
(1st  pkir.),  ^S^iis-;  Job  31:15V;i.,,  !,1-i;3pN  Isa.  43:5.  "0--^-  ^^^-  44:2* 
:7,'iiX  Ps.  30:13;  !13  ^.  (3  masc.  sing.),' il'snpSPi,  :  !l33nnn  Job7:lS,  ilS^^li"? 
Job  41:2  K'ri,  !lsk:2T2i  Hos.  12:5;  ns    ,  Vi'snt'i'n  Ps.'65:  10,  or  without 

,.■.■»:•  'TV'  TV::-  ' 

Daghesh,  tiDnpcn  Judg.  5 :  26,  Obad.  ver.  13  ;  the  unemphatic  form  of  the 
suffix  and  that  with  Daghesh  occur  in  conjunction,  Pib^BCJ^  n^lpiBia']  Isa. 
26 :  5.  There  are  a  very  few  examples,  Ibund  only  in  poetry,  of  3  inserted 
between  the  verb  and  the  suffix  without  further  change,  iDDl33";i  Ps.  50  :  23, 
^l?i^f}^.  Jer.  22:24,  ins^na?;!  Jer.  5:  22,  tiniD'ia'i  Ps.  72:  i5V1f^:'^a':  Deut. 
32':i6,'  nnj^tj'liS!  Ex.  15:2. 

/  :  >v  -:  I     : 

c.  The  plural  ending  "jl  is  in  a  few  instances  found  before  suffixes,  chiefly 
in  pause,  •'3?Nnp';i ,  "'iD'SqC'i ,  :  i3:nsi3'i  Prov.  1  :  28,  :  Ti^insc'i  Ps.  63  :  4, 
^:^i<^1  Ps.  9il  i2,  'n:*in^'^':  Isa.' '66:'7,  10,  s^nD^ar:;  Jer.  '5:22,  :n:^i<:£^i 
Jer.  2:24;  twice  it  has  tlie  union  vowel  a,  ■'silNiinn  Job  19:2,  iiis^'^ 
Prov.  5 :  22. 

d.  When  the  second  vowel  of  the  Kal  future  is  o,  it  is  rejected  before 
suffixes  requiring  a  union  vowel,  compound  ShVa  being  occasionally  sub- 
stituted for  it  in  the  place  of  simple,  B"'.©'^-  ^^s.  10:10.  'liE^.H!!  Num. 
35:20,  insnax  Isa.  27:3,  :  iisnp''  Isa.  62  iV.  rit'^'i'^   Ezek.  35:*6,'n53n3N 

'  T IV  t;  V  '  IV 'r:  •  'avt:  :  •  '         tavt:  j  v 

Jer.  31  :  33  ;  once  the  vowel  remains,  but  is  changed  to  Shurek,  iO^l^uin 
Prov.  14:  3 ;  a,  on  the  other  hand,  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel.  §61.  2, 
"iDiaabi  Job  29:14,  oiiabi  Ex.  29:30,  nsira^x  Cant.  5:3,  ispain  Gen. 
19:  19.  Hholem  is  shortened  before  ^,  Dd  ,  "p,  though  the  vowel  letter 
1  is  occasionally  written  in  the  K'thibh,  ?]"iiSN  Jer.  1 :  5. 

e.  The  following  are  examples  of  feminine  plurals  with  suffixes:  2  fern, 
plur.  ""sxnn  Cant.  1:  6,  3  fern.  plur.  "'inuinn  Job  19:  15,  "riDin  Jer.  2:  19. 
The  masculine  form  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  feminine,  n^llTL'X'j , 
riii^bni  Cant.  6:9. 

»       :  I- : 

INFINITIVE    AND    IMPERATIVE. 

§106  a.  Kal  Infinitive.  Before  V^ ,  DD ,  15,  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Ka- 
mets  Hhatuph,  i^bsx  Gen.  2:  17,  t;"i^S  (Methegh  by  §45.  2)  Obad.  ver. 
11,  fiibsx  Gen.  3:5,  dd^tdn  Mai.  1:7.  Pattahh  remains  in  the  single 
example,  D33?n  Isa.  30  :  18  ;  sometimes  the  vowel  of  the  second  radical 
is  rejected  before  these  as  it  is  before  the  other  suffixes,  and  a  short 
vowel  given  to  the  first  radical,  commonly,  Kamets  Hhatuph,  ^\^'^'S  Deut. 
29:11,  ^^.'ai^  2  Kin.  22:19,  ci'ins  Deut.  27:4.  once  Kibbuts,  ci'iSi^ 
Lev.  23:  22,'  Sometimes  Hhirik,  piisii  Gen.  19:  33.  35  but  i==lU  Ruth'3:'4', 
irjb  Zech.  3:1,  i^S?  2  Sam.  I:i0,  inrs  Neh.  8:5,  and  occasionally 
Pattahh,  Vj?.P^  Ezek.  25:6.  In  the  feminine  form  of  the  infinitive,  as  in 
nouns,  the  old  feminine  ending  n  is  substituted  for  rt ,  inr52UJ  Isa.  30:19, 
insrn  Hos.  7  :  4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  retains  its  pretonic  Kamets  before 
suffixes,  cins.'rn  Ezek.  21 :  29. 


§  107  IMPERFECT   VERBS.  143 

6.  Kal  Imperative.  The  first  radical  commonly  receives  Kamets  Hhatuph 
upon  the  rejection  of  Hholem,  ''3^2T,  ^:npQ  Jer.  15  :  15,  but  occasionally  it 
takes  Hhirik,  n'ii^?  (with  Daghesh-fbrte  euphonic)  Prov.  4:  13. 


Imperfect  Verbs. 

^107.  Imperfect  verbs  depart  more  or  less  from  the 
standard  already  given,  as  the  nature  of  their  radicals  may 
require.     They  are  of  three  classes,  viz. : 

I.  Guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  guttural  letter 
in  the  root. 

II.  Contracted  verbs,  two  of  whose  radicals  are  in  cer- 
tain cases  contracted  into  one. 

III.  Quiescent  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  quiescent  or 
vowel  letter  in  the  root. 

These  classes  may  again  be  subdivided  according  to  the 
particular  radical  affected.  Thus  there  are  three  kinds  of 
guttural  verbs : 

1.  Pe  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  a 
guttural. 

2.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  radical  is 
a  guttural. 

3.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical 
is  a  guttural. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  contracted  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Nun  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Nun, 
and  is  liable  to  be  contracted  by  assimilation  with  the  second. 

2.  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  and  third 
radicals  are  alike,  and  are  hable  to  be  contracted  into  one. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  quiescent  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Yodh. 


144  ETYMOLOGY.  §108,109 

2.  Ay  in  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodli  verbs,  or  those  whose 
second  radical  is  Vav  or  Yodh. 

3.  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical  is 
Aleph. 

4.  Lamedh  He  verbs,  or  those  in  which  He  takes  the 
place  of  the  third  radical. 

The  guttural  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  the  vowels 
only  ;  the  first  division  of  the  contracted  verbs  differ  only  in 
the  consonants  ;  the  quiescent  and  the  second  division  of  the 
contracted  verbs  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants. 

a.  The  third  class  of  imperfect  verbs  may  either  be  regarded  as  hav- 
ing a  quiescent  letter  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is  changed  into 
a  vowel,  or  as  having  a  vowel  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is 
changed  into  a  quiescent  letter.  As  the  settlement  of  this  question  is 
purely  a  matter  of  theory,  the  usual  name  of  quiescent  verbs  has  been 
retained  as  sufficiently  descriptive. 

b.  The  origin  of  these  various  technical  names  for  the  different  kinds 
of  imperfect  verbs  is  explained  §76.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§108.  Gutturals  have  the  four  following  peculiarities, 
§60,  viz.  : 

1.  They  often  cause  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
to  be  converted  into  Pattahh. 

2.  They  receive  Pattahh  furtive  at  the  end  of  a  word 
after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  or  before  a  vowelless  final 
consonant. 

3.  They  take  compound  in  preference  to  simple  Sh'va.. 

4.  They  are  incapable  of  being  doubled,  and  conse- 
quently do  not  receive  Daghesh-forte. 

§109.  Pe  guttural  verbs  are  affected  by  these  peculiari- 
ties as  follows,  viz. : 


§109  PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  145 

1.  The  Hhii'ik  of  the  preformatives  is  changed  to  Pat- 
tahh  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal  future,  if  the  second 
vowel  be  Hholem,  IW^'^  for  ^ii^;i ;  but  if  the  second  radical 
has  Pattahh  this  change  does  not  occur,  because  it  would 
occasion  a  repetition  of  the  same  vowel  in  successive  sylla- 
bles, §63.  1.  3.  In  the  Kal  future  a,  therefore,  in  the  Niphal 
preterite  and  participle,  where  the  vowel  of  the  second  sylla- 
ble is  likewise  a,  and  in  the  Hipliil  preterite,  where  i  is 
characteristic  and  therefore  less  subject  to  change,  Hhirik  is 
compounded  with  Pattahh,  or,  in  other  words,  is  changed  to 
the  diphthongal  Seghol,  piri^ ,  ^"av^ ,  "l^^^.^. .  Seghol  accom- 
panying i<  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future, 
§60.  1.  a  (5),  and  Kamets  Hhatuph,  characteristic  of  the 
Hophal  species,  sufiier  no  change.  The  same  is  true  of 
Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  participle,  Hhirik  of 
the  Piel  preterite,  and  Kibbuts  of  the  Pual  species,  for  the 
double  reason  that  these  vowels  are  characteristic  of  those 
forms,  and  that  their  position  after  the  guttural  renders  them 
less  liable  to  mutation,  §  60.  1.  a  (2) ;  the  second  reason  ap- 
plies Hkewise  to  the  Hhirik  of  the  feminine  singular  and 
masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  imperative,  which,  as  the  briefest 
of  the  short  vowels,  is  besides  best  adapted  to  the  quick  ut- 
terance of  a  command,  ''i'Q:? ,  'Ti'a^ . 

2.  As  the  guttural  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
there  is  no  occasion  for  applying  the  rule  respecting  Pattahh 
furtive ;  this  consequently  does  not  appear  except  in  "^rn^ , 
apocopated  future  of  nnn ,  and  in  one  other  doubtful  exam- 
ple, §114. 

3.  Wherever  the  first  radical  should  receive  simple  ShVa 
the  guttiu*al  takes  compound  Sh'va  instead ;  this,  if  there  be 
no  reason  for  preferring  another,  and  especially  if  it  be  pre- 
ceded by  the  vowel  Pattahh,  wiU  be  Hhateph  Pattahh,  whose 
sound  is  most  consonant  with  that  of  the  gutturals ;  this  is 
the  case  in  the  Kal  second  plural  preterite,  construct  infini- 
tive, future  and  imperative  with  Hholem,  and  in  the  Hiphilj 

10  ' 


k 


146  ETYMOLOGY.  §110 

infinitives,  future,  imperative,  and  participle,  Dri^'^'?  >  "^^r  • 
If,  however,  the  guttural  be  preceded  by  another  vowel  than 
Pattahh  the  compound  Sh'va  will  generally  be  conformed  to 
it ;  thus,  after  Seghol  it  becomes  Hhateph  Seghol  as  in  the 
Kal  future  and  imperative  a,  the  Niphal  preterite  and  par- 
ticiple, and  the  Hiphil  preterite,  PTC!,^ ,  ^"'^^^O  >  and  after 
Kamets  Hhatuph  it  becomes  Hhateph  Kamets  as  in  the 
Hophal  species,  "^^^v}.  If  this  compound  ShVa  in  the 
course  of  inflection  comes  to  be  followed  by  a  vowelless 
letter,  it  is  changed  to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  §>  61. 1, 
thus,  {.)  becomes  (.)  in  the  second  feminine  singular  and  the 
second  and  third  masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  future ;  (J  be- 
comes (..)  in  the  third  feminine  singular  and  the  third  plural 
of  the  Niphal  preterite ;  and  (^)  becomes  (J  in  the  corres- 
ponding persons  of  the  preterite  and  future  Hophal,  ''7^?r! , 

T     ;    viv    '  T     ;    T    IT 

a.  The  simple  Sh'va  following  a  short  vowel  thus  formed,  remains 
vocal  as  in  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  perfect  verb,  the  new  syllable 
being  not  mixed  but  intermediate,  and  hence  a  succeeding  aspirate  will 
retain  its  aspiration,  thus  li^?^  ynamhJIiu.  not  ^'^^3.',;^  yaanulu,  §22.  a. 
In  like  manner  the  Kal  imperative  has  "''l'?? .  iToy  not  "^^^S,  l'^'?? ,  show- 
ing that  even  in  the  perfect  verb  '■'^'op_  ,  ^'^P,  were  pronounced  kit'll. 
kWlu,  not  kitll,  kitlu. 

4.  The  reduplication  of  the  first  radical  being  impossible 
in  the  infinitive,  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  the  preceding 
vowel,  which  now  stands  in  a  simple  syllable,  is  lengthened 
in  consequence  from  Hhirik  to  Tsere,  §  60.  4,  "I'^n  for  I'^yn. 
§110.  1.  The  verb  ^^V  to  stand,  whose  inflections  are  shown 
in  the  following  paradigm,  may  serve  as  a  representative  of 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael  are  omit- 
ted, as  they  present  no  deviation  from  the  regular  verbs. 
The  Niphal  of  "Tiys  is  not  in  use,  but  is  here  formed  from 
analogy  for  the  sake  of  giving  completeness  to  the  paradigm. 


Paradigm 

OF  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

1 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  T 

T/bj: 

^rb2?n 

•  v.-  IV 

rhyn 

—  l;   ,T 

3/. 

T    :  IT 

T    :  viv 

T       •  v:  IV 

r    ;  T   !T 

2  m. 

r  :    —  r 

T  :   — vav 

ni/b^n 

rn-byn 

T  :    —  t;   IT 

2/. 

ni?b^ 

riTby?. 

ri^'bjn 

nTbrn 

:  :   —  t:  IT 

1(5. 

•  :  —  T 

^^"'^5 

^riTbs^n 

^m7b:''n 

.     ;     —  t:    IT 

Plur.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^'^"r??. 

sn^7b3?n 

•  "•■  IV 

:  r  IT 

2  m. 

DriT^? 

^'^T'^?.}. 

Dn^^ayri 

V    ;     —  1 :    IT 

2/. 

]t\j'^. 

W'^?^.. 

■nn-^^n 

1  V  :  —  i;  IT 

Ic. 

:  —  T 

^n^b^D 

^J7"b3:v! 

:  —•'■it 

Infin.  Aisol. 

T 

T    1- 

■^feO 

Constr. 

"l"^? 

I'brn 

•■  T    I" 

i^7b:?n 

•  -:  r 

"i/b^^n 

—  i:    IT 

FuT.  3  m. 

Tbr 

—  t:it 

3/. 

'^'a^^n 

l/b^Ti 

"^^V?.^ 

Tb^n 

—  t;  it 

2  m. 

■^'^?p? 

T/b^n 

•  -:  I- 

Tbz^'n 

—  t;  it 

2/. 

•    :  —  1- 

•    ;  IT   " 

■  -:  I- 

•     ;   r    IT 

Ic 

v:  IV 

n/b:?b5 

••  r  I" 

"l"'-??^ 

—  r.  'T 

PZ«r.  3  m 

:  —1- 

;  IT" 

rn2T 
•  —.1- 

r\i2T 

:  TIT 

3/. 

T  :       -:  1- 

T  ;    ••  T  1— 

M:77b?n 

T  :   —  t:  it 

2  m. 

Trcsr\ 

;  IT  •• 

^i"5brn 

•  -:  1- 

;  T  IT 

2/ 

T  ;        -:  1- 

riji^bsTi 

S^j7'r?^ 

n:^/b3>n 

T    :     —  T;    IT 

Ic 

^52?2 

W3 

••   Tl" 

•  -:i- 

Tb^^'D 

—  t:  it 

Imper,  2  m. 

^'a? 

^t?:n 

2/. 

*   •  * 

•     ;  IT    •• 

^T/b?ri 

wanting 

PZ«r.  2  m. 

^n5D3> 

;  IT    •• 

^T'^^v! 

2/. 

n^-i^b^n 

T   :     ••  r   !•• 

MjTbyn 

T  :    ••  -:  I- 

Pabt.  -4c<. 

n^b'y 

"I''r?'9 

Pa«s. 

T 

Tb3>D 

r  t:  IT 

147 


148  ETYMOLOGY.  §111 

2.  The  Kal  imperative  and  future  of  those  verbs  which 
have  Pattahh  in  the  second  syllable  may  be  represented  by 
PIT}  to  be  drong. 


Imperative. 

Singular.  -         Plural. 

masc.  fern.  masc.  fern. 

Future. 

3  masc.  Zfem.  2  masc.  "ifem.  1  com. 


_\ 


Sing.        pTti;^        pmn 

3.  Certain  verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  l!< ,  receive  Hholem 
in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  future  after  the  following, 
which  is  distinctively  called  the  Pe  Aleph  (S5S)  mode. 

Future  of  Pe  Aleph  Verbs. 

3  masc.  Zfem.  2  mmc.  '2,  fern.  1  com. 

Sing.         bi^^        by^T\        bi^H       ^3?!}<n       bi^^ 
Plue.       ^ibsK^     ntibii^n       5ibD^n     nsbi^n      bi«D 

:       I  T  :  -  :         I  t:  - 

Five  verbs  uniformly  adopt  this  mode  of  inflection,  viz.  : 
Thx  to  perish,  nix  to  be  willing,  ^35?  to  eat,  '^ttsj  to  sag,  nss 
to  bake ;  a  few  others  indifferently  follow  this  or  the  ordinary 
Pe  guttural  mode,  ins  to  love,  Tnij  to  take  hold,  5]0iJ  to 
gather. 

Remarks  on  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  HI.  1.  The  preformative  of  the  Kal  future  a  has  (.)  in  one  instance, 
abni  Ezek.  23  :  5.  That  of  the  Kal  future  O  has  (..)  in  Cj^n;;  Prov.  10 :  3, 
Clirim  Ps.  ^9 : 9.    Three  verbs  with  future  o,  d^n ,  Dnn ,  lan  have  Pat- 


§111  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  149 

tahh  in  the  first  syllable  when  the  Hholem  appears,  but  Seghol  in  those 
forms  in  which  tlie  Hholem  is  dropped.  Di~in.']!_  Job  12  :  14.  lOin^;^  2  Kin. 
3:25  but  lb":",:  Ex.  19:21,  24;  so  with  suffixes,  ■'?p^f^;^  Ps!  141:5, 
nb-ini  Isa.  22:  19,  -iniTsna  Isa.  53 : 2.    "nsn  has  ^-isni  but  nEn^. 

2.  a.  If  the  first  radical  be  ^t,  which  has  a  strong  preference  for  the 
diplithongal  vowels,  §60.  \.  a  (5),  the  preformative  takes  Seghol  in  most 
verbs  in  the  Kal  future,  whether  a  or  o,  p3XV  r|bx;^ ,  "iJNri.  tHnh  as  well 
as  I'Bx;;,  Cjix;],  ^"k^^.-  '^^'^.'i  '»  a  ^ew  with  future  a.  §110.3,  it  takes  the 
other  compound  vowel  Hholem  when  to  complete  the  diphthongal  charac- 
ter of  the  word  the  (.)  of  the  second  syllable  usually  becomes  (  )  in  pause, 
and  in  a  few  instances  without  a  pause  accent,  issi"^,  ^J^"' >  ^""i^"*)  '^^^'^  ■> 
and  in  two  verbs  it  becomes  (  .)  after  Vav  conversive,  ^?6<«] ,  TnX'l , 

6.  As  X  is  always  quiescent  after  Hholem  in  this  latter  form  of  the 
future,  §57.  2.  (2)  a,  Pe  Aleph  verbs  might  be  classed  among  quiescent 
verbs,  and  this  is  in  fact  done  by  some  grammarians.  But  as  N  has  the 
double  character  of  a  guttural  and  a  quiescent  in  different  forms  sprung 
from  the  same  root,  and  as  its  quiescence  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  a 
single  tense  of  a  single  species,  it  seems  better  to  avoid  sundering  what 
really  belongs  together,  by  considering  the  Pe  Aleph  as  a  variety  of  the 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  In  a  few  instances  X  gives  up  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter after  (..)  which  is  then  lengthened  to  (.),  nnsn  Mic.  4 :  8.  When 
thus  quiescent  after  either  Tsere  or  Hholem,  X  is  always  omitted  in  the 
first  person  singular  after  the  preformative  X,  ~ri5t  Gen.  32:5  for  "inxx , 
snx  Prov.  8:  17  for  anxx,  b=i<  Gen.  24:33  for  ^ixx ,  and  occasionally 
in  other  persons,  "iByn'jer.  2:36  for  ""liTNn ;  so  xn;]  Deut.  33:21,  xih 
Prov.  1:10.  Cibn  Ps.'  104:29,  iin^n  2  Sam.  19:14,  Tnrn  2  Sam.  20 : 9, 
IHEW  1  Sam.  28  :  24  ;  in  a  ^ew  instances  the  vowel  letter  1  is  substituted 
for  it,  -I^Dii  Ezek.  42  :  5  for  ^Isdx'',  niix  Neh.  2  :  7,  Ps.  42:  10. 

c.  A  like  quiescence  or  omission  of  K  occurs  in  ^SN*!  Num.  11:25  Hi. 
fut.  for  iiix^^  ^^2n  Ezek.  21  :  33  Hi.  inf  for  ^"'ix^-l ,  "^X  Job  32:  11  Hi. 
fut.  for  "jiTX^s ,  -pTa  Prov.  17:4  Hi.  part,  for  '/"^ix^',  §53.  2.  a,  ^^h^'q  Job 
35:  11  Pi.  part,  for  >15D^5<^ ,  §53.3,  "i^Tn  2  Sam.  22:  40  Pi.  fut.  for  ■'3t|'<r? , 
a-i'ji  1  Sam.  15  :  5  Hi.  iut!  for  'yy<^^ ,  si^rn  Isa.  21  :  14  Hi.  pret.  for  l^nxs^, 
in^  Isa.  13:  20  Pi.  fut.  for  bnx'^ ,  and  after  prefixes  ^axb  for  ^nxb  ,  the 
Kal  infinitive  of  l^X  with  the  preposition  b,  ^rjnajn  Ezek.  28:  16  Pi.  fut. 
with  Vav  conversive  for  ^"laNXl  .  ^OSXi  Zech.  11 :  5  Hi.  fut.  with  Vav 
conjunctive  for  "liisxi ,  Diniion  Eccles.  4:  14  Kal  pass,  part,  with  the 
article  for  D'^niitsxn." 

-:iT 

d.  The  diphthongal  Hholem  is  further  assumed  by  Pe  Aleph  roots 
once  in  the  Niphal  preterite,  sirnxj  Num.  32  :  30  for  ^Tni<3  ,  and  five  times 
in  the  Hiphil  future,  iTi"'ix  Jer.  46:8  for  nniixi* .  b-iiix  Hos.  11:4  for 
b^2XX.  nnriix  Neh.  13:'l3  for  iTi^sNX ,  bi<'i' 1  Sam.  14:24  abbreviated 
from  n^.><'l  for  n^x^*;,  -ini*i  2Sam.20:5  K'ri  for  "inx*l. 

e.  X  draws  the  vowel  to  itself  from  the  preformative  in  lari.xn  Prov. 
1 :  92  Kal  fut.  for  >i2nxri  in  pause  'lanxri  Zech.  8 :  17,  Ps.  4  :  3,  §60.  3.  c. 
Some  60  explain  ^in^^xVi  Job  20  : 2(^' regarding  it  as  a  Kal  future  for 


150  ETYMOLOGY.  ^112 

Jinbrxn  with  the  vowel  attracted  to  the  N  from  the  preformative  ;  it  is 
simpler,  however,  to  regard  it  as  a  Pual  future  with  Kamets  Hhatuph  io- 
Btead  of  Kibbuts,  as  C'hsTa  Nah.  2:4,  rr.zn-^  Ps.  94:20. 

3.  a.  Kamets  Hhatuph  for  the  most  part  remains  in  the  Kal  infinitive 
and  imperative  with  suffixes,  as  n~r?)  Tjil?  •  "^"7^?  >  being  rarely  changed 
to  Pattahh,  as  in  in^nn  Prov.  20:  16,  or  Seghol,  as  ""lEDX  Num.  11  :  16, 
riD"!:)  Job  33:  5.'  In  the  inflected  imperative  Seghol  occurs  once  instead 
of  Hhiriit,  ""isbn  Isa.  47 :  2,  and  Kamets  Hhatuph  twice  in  compensation 
for  the  omitted  Hholem,  "^Tbr  Zeph.  3 :  14  but  ^\hv  Ps.  68  :  5,  ^inn  Jer. 
2:12  but  13~in  Jer.  50:27,  though  the  o  sound  is  once  retained  in  the 
compound  Sh'va  of  a  pausal  form,  ""^^H  Isa.  44:27.  Ewald  explains 
D-nDrn  Ex.  20 :  5,  23  :  24,  Deut.  5  :  9,  and'cnnrs  Deut.  13  :  3  as  Kal  futures, 
the  excluded  Hholem  giving  character  to  the  preceding  vowels;  the  forms, 
however,  are  properly  Hophal  futures,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
words  may  not  be  translated  accordingly  be  induced  to  serve.  In  a  few  Kal 
infinitives  with  a  feminine  termination  n  has  (. ),  Hb^n  Ezek.  16:5, 
iri:r^n  Hos.  7:4. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  Pattahh  is  found  in  the  first  syllable  of  the 
Niphal  and  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  yiri  Ps.  89 :  8,  cn':nn  Judg.  8  :  19. 

§112.  1.  The  guttural  invariably  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  place  of 
simple,  where  this  is  vocal  in  the  perfect  verb  ;  and  as  in  these  cases  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  it  is  more  at  liberty  to  follow  its  na- 
tive preferences,  and  therefore  usually  takes  (..).  In  cn'^'^ii  2  plur.  pret., 
n^^■^  inf,  n^rj  imper.  of  rr^n,  the  initial  n  has  (.)  under  the  influence  of 
the  following  "^ ;  X  receives  (..)  in  the  second  plural  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
and  in  the  feminine  and  plural  of  the  passive  participle,  nnnzx  .  cnbss, 
D"'D!13X ,  but  commonly  (_)  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive,  §00.  3.  6,  bb'x 
imper.,  ViVi  and  bax^  inf,  ths  and  thx  inf,  yix  imper.,  iri.>5  inf.  and 
imper.  (but  ^^Nf]  Job  34:  IS  with  ii.  interrogative),  p':^,  ClDX  (with  n^ 
paragogic  nsDX),  and  in  a  very  few  instances  the  longvowel  („).  §60.  3.  c, 
>IBJ<  Ex.  16:  23  for  ^sn,  si-'rx  Isa.  21  :  12. 

2.  Where  the  first  radical  in  perfect  verbs  stands  after  a  short  vowel 
and  completes  its  syllable,  the  guttural  does  the  same,  but  mostly  admits 
an  echo  of  the  preceding  vowel  after  it,  inclining  it  likewise  to  begin  the 
syllable  which  follows.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  thus  formed,  §20.  2, 
the  vowel  remains  short,  only  being  modified  agreeably  to  the  rules 
already  given  by  the  proximity  of  the  guttural,  which  itself  receives  the 
corresponding  Hhateph.  The  succession  is,  therefore,  usually  (.._),  („  .)  or 
(,.  ^).  In  a  very  few  instances  this  correspondence  is  neglected;  thus,  in 
T(bn.n  3  fern.  fut.  of  T\?>1  to  go  (comp.  pri^l^  from  pn^  to  laugh)  the  Hhirik 
of  the  preformative  remains  and  the  guttural  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh ;  in 
f^^'?.v!  (o"ce,  viz..  Hab.  1 :  15  for  i^^^n)  and  n^J'h  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
preterites  of  ribs  to  go  up,  and  Pi"i3yn  (once,  viz.,  Josh.  7:7  lor  l^"i3i|'7) 
Hi.  pret.  of  ^is  to  pass  over,  the  guttural  is  entirely  transferred  to  the 
second  syllable,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  lengthened.  The  forms  Pi'^nb , 
n^ni ,  Dni-^nv  n^ns  from  n'*'!!  to  be,  and  n^)T>  from  n^n  to  live.are  pecu- 
liar  in  having  simple  vocal  Sh'va. 


^112  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  151 

3.  Where  (^)  or  (^  ^.)  are  proper  to  the  form  these  are  frequently- 
changed  to  (..)  or  (..__)  upon  the  prolongation  of  the  word  or  the  removal 
of  its  accent  Ibrward.  Thus,  in  the  Kal  future.  TiDn;;  2  Kin.  5 :  .3,  ISDN"' 
Ex.  4  :  29,  '^SEDn;]  Ps.  27  :  10,  "^DOxn  Josh.  2  :  18  ;  ^:i'-;j'i<;]  Isa.  59:  5,  "^i-^Wn 
Judg.  16:13;  the  Niphal,  D^?3  i  Kin.  10:3,  nibyj*  Nah.  3:11,  D-nbr3 
Ps.  26:4;  and  especially  in  the  Hiphil  preterite  with  Vav  conversive, 
nni:Nn  Job  14:19,  nisx.n']  Deut.  7:24,  cm^Nn"  Deut.  9:3  (comp. 
cnb^xn  Ps.  80:6),  "'nnaNini  Lev.  23:30;  "^FibSwvnf'lsa.  49:26;  "'FipTnn 
Neh.'5:16,  "'npintni  Ezek.' 30  :  25 ;  rpn-inrn' Iea?43 :  23,  'T^nnasni' Jen 
17:4;  T)i^\}.  Deut.  1:45,  miiiri)  Ex.  15:26,  "'Pinnn^  Jer.  49  :'37 ;"  after 
Vav  conjunctive,  however,  the  vowels  remain  unchanged,  "^Ppinr^")  1  Sam. 
17:35,  ■'nrnnm  Ps.  50:21.  The  change  from  (  )  to  (  ')  after  Vav 
conversive  occurs  once  in  the  third  person  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  'p'txni 
Ps.  77  :  2,  but  is  not  usual,  e.  g.  ri"'"ij"fTi  .  .  .  ll'-^rrm  Lev.  27  :  8.  There 
is  one  instance  of  (^  .)  instead  of  (___)in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  "'^''tH'^ 
Jer.  31 :  32. 

4.  A  vowel  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  in  consequence  of  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  of  a  following  consonant,  will  be  dropped  in  guttural  as 
in  perfect  verbs  upon  the  latter  vowel  being  restored  by  a  pause  accent, 

5.  Sometimes  the  silent  Sh'va  of  the  perfect  verb  is  retained  by  the 
guttural  instead  of  being  replaced  by  a  compound  Sh'va  or  a  subsidiary 
vowel  which  has  arisen  from  it.  This  is  most  frequent  in  the  Kal  future, 
though  it  occurs  likewise  in  the  Kal  infinitive  after  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, in  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  in  the  Hiphil  species,  and 
also  though  rarely  in  the  Hophal.  There  are  examples  of  it  with  all  the 
gutturals,  though  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  case  of  n,  which  is  the 
strongest  of  that  class  of  letters.  In  the  majority  of  roots  and  forms  there 
is  a  fixed  or  at  least  a  prevailing  usage  in  favour  either  of  the  simple  or 
of  the  compound  Sh'va;  in  some,  however,  the  use  of  one  or  the  other  ap- 
pears to  be  discretionary. 

a.  The  following  verbs  always  take  simple  Sh'va  under  the  first  radical 
in  the  species  whose  initial  letters  are  annexed  to  the  root,  viz. : 

cnx  Hi.  to  be  red.  bnn  K.  Hi.  to  be  vain.  lan  K.  to  gird. 

nnx  Ni.  Hi.  to  be  illus-  ri:n  K.  Hi.  to  meditate,  b^n  K.    (not    Ho.)    to 

trious.  tl'^n  K.  to  thrust.  cease. 

tiix  Hi.  to  close.  inn  K.  Ni.  to  honour.  -tin  K.  to  cut. 

-     T  -     T  -      » 

*^i:s  K.  to  shut.  fT^n  K.  Ni.  ^o  6e.  n^n  K.    (not    Hi.)     to 

-»  TT  T»^' 

vjbx  K.  to  learn.  *'*^^  K.toinjure,wound.  live. 

1Bi<  K.  to  gird  on.  Stan  Ni.  Hi.Ho.  to  hide.    Dsn  K.  Hi.  to  be  wise. 

D\lji<  K.  Ni.  (not  Hi.)    ain  K.  to  beat  of .         *t:Bn  K.  meaning  doubt- 

to  be  guilty.  ^zn  Hi.  to  join  together.  ful. 

*  airo|  KeySfievoy. 


152  ETYMOLOGY.  §    112 

*irn  K.  Ni.  to  desire.       *iEfi  K.  to  dig.  tTiS  K.  to  put  on  as  an 
hizn  K.  to  spare.                "isn  K.  Hi.  to  blush.  ornament. 

can  K.  Ni.  to   do  vio-    tosn  K.  Ni.  to  search.  Cl^^  Hi.  to  gather  much, 

lence  to.  "zkn  K.  (not  Hi.)foAeio.  "^yJ  Ni.  to  be  wanting. 

yan  K.  to  be  leavened,  ff^^^  K.  Ni.   /o  investi-  nis  K.  Ni.  /o  trouble. 

irrj  K.  to  ferment.  gate.  h'ZV  Hi.  ^o  fce  presump- 

"lin  K.  to  dedicate.  *  5'nn  K.  to  tremble.  iuous. 

■I  -      T  -     T 

bon  K.  to  devour.  nnn  K.  to  ia/re  t«p.  UrpS  K.  Ni.  to  pervert. 

ton  K.  to  muzzle.  Tinn  Ni.  to  6e  destined,    "libs  K.  Hi.  to  «i7Ae, 

-     T  »     -     T  -    T 

n6n  K.  Hi.  to  lack.  iinn  Ho-toftesicaf/cZ/ecZ.  *Br5  Ni.  to  be  burnt  up. 

n£n  Ni.  to  cover.  Drn  K.  Ni.  Hi.  to  seaZ.    prs?  K.    Hi.    to    6e  re- 

73n  K.  Ni.  to  fie  panic-  Cinn  K.  to  se/st-.  moved. 

struck.  "hn  K.  to  break  through,  ^hs  K.  Ni.  Hi.   to  en- 

yhn  K.  to  delight.  ais  K.  to  toiJe,  tZoto.  treat. 

i.  The  following  are  used  with  both  simple  and  compound  Sh'va,  either 
in  the  same  form  or  in  different  forms,  viz. : 

"iDX  to  bind.  nbn  to  trust.  nas  to  opear. 

-     T  T    T  IT 

T^Ef^  to  turn.  T(OT\  to  withhold.  IDS  to  encircle. 

bsn  to  take  in  pledge.  Clbn  to  uncover.  D^S  to  conceal. 

tinn  to  bind.  "D^jn  to  think.  "iks  to  shut  7ip,  restrain. 

p]n  to  6e  strong.  T]^n  to  6e  (Zarfc.  Dps  to  supplant. 

pbn  to  6e  sic/c.  "i3S  to  poss  over.  yjJS  to  smoke. 

pSn  Zo  divide.  ^rs  to  help.  *ias  to  fie  n"c^. 

c.  The  following  have  simple  Sh'va  only  in  the  passages  or  parts  al- 
leged, but  elsewhere  always  compound  Sh'va,  viz. : 

snsj  2  Chr.  19  :  2,  Pr.  15  :  9,  to  love.  Tnn  Ezek.  26 :  18,  to  tremble. 

"iTX  Ps.  65 :  7,  to  gird.  JTJJn  Hi.  part,  to  be  silent. 

ClOS  Ps.  47  :  10.  to  gather.  rnn  Jer.  49  :  37,  to  be  dismayed. 

TiVn  Ps.  109  :  23,  to  go.  ni»  Eccl.  5  :  8,  Zo  serve. 

C^n  Job  39  :  4,  Jer.  29:  8,  Zo  dream,  t^^  Jer.  15  :  17,  Ps.  149:5,  and 

C]^n  Job  20  :  24,  to  change,  pierce.  y^:^  Ps.  5  :  12,  to  exult. 

All  other  Pe  guttural  verbs,  if  they  occur  in  forms  requiring  a  Sh'va 
under  the  first  radical,  have  invariably  compound  Sh'va. 

The  use  or  disuse  of  simple  Sh'va  is  so  uniform  and  pervading  in  cer- 
tain verbs,  that  it  must  in  all  probability  be  traced  to  the  fixed  usage  of 
actual  speech.  This  need  not  be  so  in  all  cases,  however,  as  in  other  and 
less  common  words  its  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  may  be  fortuitous; 
additional  examples  might  have  been  pointed  differently. 

*  aTTol  \ey6nfyov.  f  Except  Ps.  44 :  22. 


§113-116  AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  153 

§113.  1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  prefix  is  in  the  Niphal  future,  imperative 
and  participle,  almost  invariably  lengthened  to  Tsere  upon  the  omission 
of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  ion';,  nix^;  Isa.  23 :  18,  ozh:,  (the  re- 
trocession of  the  accent  by  §35.1)  Isa.  28:27,  pbri;;  Job  38:24,  y^nz 
Num.  32 :  17,  psn^l  2  Sam,  17  :  23,  which  is  in  one  instance  expressed  by 
the  vowel  letter  ^  ,  ■^'i'S'^F]  Ex,  25  :  31.  The  only  exception  is  S^na  (two 
accents  explained  by  §42.  a)  Ezek.  26:  15  for  5niin2 ,  where  tlie  vowel 
remains  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  only  being  changed  to 
Seghol  before  the  guttural  as  in  the  Niphal  and  Hiphil  preterites.  Ac- 
cording to  some  copies,  which  differ  in  this  from  the  received  text,  the 
vowel  likewise  remains  short  in  nssx  Job  19 :  7,  inibyn  Ezek,  43 :  18, 
Cpbn»l  1  Chron.  24  :  3,  D'Jsa  Lam.  2:11, 

2,  The  initial  n  of  the  Hiphil  infinitive  is,  as  in  perfect  verbs,  rarely 
rejected  after  prefixed  prepositions,  as  p^nb  Jer.  37: 12  for  pbnnb  ,  K'^wnb 
Eccles.  5 :  5,  n^a^b  2  Sam.  19 :  19,  "iijrb  Deut.  26 :  12,  *'iis^  Neh.  10:39, 
"nitsb  2  Sam.  18  :  3  K'thibh ;  and  still  more  rarely  that  of  the  Niphal  infin- 
itive, Piiisa  Lam,  2: 11  for  qiirna.  a-ina  Ezek,  26  :  15, 

§114.  The  letter  "i  resembles  the  other  gutturals  in  not  admitting 
Daghesh-forte,  and  in  requiring  the  previous  vowel  to  be  lengthened  in- 
stead, cii'l  Jon,  1:5,  lia"!*"!  Ps.  106:25.  In  other  ca-ses.  however,  it 
causes  no  change  in  an  antecedent  Hhirik,  Srili";  Deut.  19 :  6.  tj'-i-'  2  Sam. 
7:  10,  nas^rt  Ps,  66:12,  except  in  certain  forms  of  the  verb  nxi  to  see, 
viz.,  N^*D  Kal  future  with  Vav  conversive,  shortened  from  rtxn';' ,  nx"!?! 
which  alternates  with  ■^i<"^f^  as  Hiphil  preterite,  and  once  with  Vav  con- 
versive preterite.  "'H''^?"'!^;  Nah.  3:5.  It  is  in  two  instances  preceded  by 
Hhirik  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  s-jin,  rknn  Jer.  50:34.  In  the  Hophal 
epecies  the  participles  fi'^ip  Isa.  14:6,  P?a"i^  Lev.  6:  14  take  Kibbuts  in 
the  first  syllable,  but  nxn  .  bs"i  have  the  ordinary  Kamets  Hhatuph, 
Resh  always  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  perfect  verbs  whether  silent  or 
vocal,  tf^"}  Gen.  44 : 4,  ''S^lS^"!  Ps.  129 :  86,  except  in  one  instance,  Ci'nn^ 
Ps.  7  :  6.  where  it  appears  to  receive  Pattahh  furtive  contrary  to  the  ordi- 
nary rule  Avhich  restricts  it  to  the  end  of  the  word,  §60.  2.  a. 

§115.  The  verb  b^x  reduplicates  its  last  instead  of  its  second  radical 
in  the  Pual,  V^^ax  ;  ",^n  reduplicates  its  last  syllable,  1^p"!^n  Lam.  2:  11, 
§92,  a.  '^Pjh^'jp)  Hos.  11:3  has  the  appearance  of  a  Hiphil  preterite  with 
T\  prefixed  instead  of  ii. 

bnn  is  a  secondary  root,  based  upon  the  Hiphil  of  bbn.     See  ^^  verbs. 

For  the  peculiar  forms  of  PjDX  and  T|^n  see  the  ""s  verbs,  P,D^  and  T]b^ . 


Atin  Guttural  Verbs, 

§116.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whicli  have  a  gut- 
tural for  their  second  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiarities 
of  these  letters,  §108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 


154  ETYMOLOGY.  ^117 

1.  The  influence  of  the  guttural  upon  a  following  vowel 
being  comparatively  slight,  this  latter  is  only  converted  into 
Pattahh  in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  the  feminine 
plural  of  the  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  Piel,  and  Hith- 
pael,  where  the  like  change  sometimes  occurs  even  without 
the  presence  of  a  guttural,  ^5?-^?  for  ^s^;^ ;  npbxsn  for  nsbikari . 

2.  No  forms  occur  which  could  give  rise  to  Pattahh 
furtive. 

3.  When  the  second  radical  should  receive  simple  ShVa, 
it  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh  instead  as  the  compound  Sh'va 
best  suited  to  its  nature ;  and  to  this  the  new  vowel,  formed 
from  ShVa  in  the  feminine  singular  and  masculine  plural  of 
the  Kal  imperative,  is  assimilated,  ''p^},  for  ''^xa . 

4.  Daghesh-forte  is  always  omitted  from  the  second  radi- 
cal in  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  in  which  case  the  preceding 
vowel  may  either  remain  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable, 
or  Hhirik  may  be  lengthened  to  Tsere,  Pattahh  to  Kamets, 
and  Kibbuts  to  Hholem,  §  60.  4,  ^ns ,  biia . 

^117.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  guttural  verbs  may  be 
shown  by  the  example  of  bka ,  which  in  some  species  means 
to  redeem,  and  in  others  to  pollute.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
are  omitted,  as  the  former  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  per- 
fect verbs,  and  the  latter  diff'ers  only  in  the  substitution  of 
compound  for  simple  Sh'va  in  a  manner  sufiiciently  illus- 
trated by  the  foregoing  species. 

a.  The  Pual  infinitive  is  omitted  from  the  paradigm  as  it  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  there  is  no  example  of  it  in  this  class  of  verbs.  As  the 
absolute  infinitive  Piel  mostly  gives  up  its  distinctive  form  and  adopts  that 
of  the  construct,  §92.  d,  it  is  printed  with  Tsere  in  thia  and  the  following 
paradigms. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

Guttural  Verbs 

• 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

niTIIPAEL. 

PeET.  3  TO. 

—  T 

bi?:o 

-^3 

b^^b 

bjj-irn 

••  r    :    • 

3/. 

T  ~; IT 

nb^i-i 

T    — !*• 

T  -:  1 

nbi^-inn 

T   -:(r   :     • 

2  TO. 

nb^5:o 

T  ;    ^  ;  • 

r)bj?r, 

nbi^b 

nbsk-PH 

T  :  —  T    ;    • 

2/ 

r^^^?;*? 

J^^^5 

nbsb 

nbi^^nr; 

Ic. 

"I   —  r 

^nb:k:o 

^nbb^^ 

"nb^^b 

'  :  —  T    ;    • 

PZwr.  3  c. 

~:iT 

^-2^f? 

^^^J 

^bNtsnr! 

2  TO. 

Dnbi^ri 

cir^bsro 

^^f^^ 

Dr^ibxb 

Dnbi^Brn 

2/ 

1^^^? 

"fef^?? 

'^^l 

"j^^^?'? 

"inbb5."nn 

1  V  :  —  IT   :    • 

\c. 

:  — T 

^jbs:o 

^:bsr, 

^"b^b 

r.b^5^^rI 

Infin.  J.5soZ. 

bi^^3 

X      • 

bvsri 

••  T 

CoTw^r. 

bi<5 

bssn 

"  T      • 

bxa 

••  T 

bksnn 

..  X    ;     • 

FUT.    3  TO. 

^^^f? 

bxr 

*•  T  • 

*•  T ; 

b'^T 

bk-in^ 

"  T    ;  • 

3/ 

bi^:*ri 

b^53n 

••  T      ' 

bwSjn 

••  r    ; 

bs^bn 

bx^nn 

••  r    ;     • 

2  TO. 

bs:vn 

b^3n 

b«:»n 

•*  T    : 

b^bn 

bx-irr, 

*•  r    ;     • 

2/. 

^bx:n 

»  — . .    • 

•    -:iT    • 

^b«.-n 

'    -:iT   ; 

"bsbn 

^bxsnn 

1  c. 

bJ?f!^ 

**  T     V 

b^:!j5 

"T  -; 

b^bjJ? 

^^^i'^sj 

PZwr.  3  TO. 

^^^?r 

^biMr 

-;  IT' 

-:it; 

^bxrin^ 

~:iT    ;  • 

3/. 

nsbjk^pi 

T  :   —  ;    • 

n^b^^sn 

T  :  —  T    • 

T  :  — T    : 

npbsbri 

njb.<5-inn 

T  :   —  T    ; 

2  TO. 

^b.s:n 

— ;  ;       • 

^bj^sn 

~:iT   • 

^b5<:n 

-:iT   : 

^bxbn 

^b.x-inn 

~:iT   ;     • 

2/ 

n:b.s3n 

T  :   -  :    • 

nrbjksn 

T  :   —  T    • 

r!Jb^^:n 

T  :  — T    : 

n:b!kbn 

nDbj^snn 

r  :  — T    :    • 

1  c. 

^>?f? 

b^ro 

••  T" 

b^5:o 

^^-9 

bk.-riD 

Impeb.  2  TO. 

b!J55 

bik-in 

••  T      • 

bxa 

bk-inn 

'•  T    ;     • 

2/ 

^b^:in 

*    •:  IT   • 

^bi^r* 

•    -:tT 

wanting 

"   "iiT  :    • 

Plur.  2  TO. 

'^^:'-^ 

-:iT   • 

^bx3 

~:iT 

iibwssnn 

-:iT    ;     • 

2/ 

T  ;  —  : 

n:b!f«!»n 

r  :   —  T    • 

MDbsn 

r  ;  — r 

Hjbjjirinn 

T  :  — T   :    • 

Pabt.  Act. 

b^b 

b^:i7j 

bj5-in7j 

•■  T   :    • 

Pass. 

T 

bx:a 

T       ; 

155 


156  ETYMOLOGY.  (»  118,  119 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§118.  1.  If  the  second  radical  is  "i,  the  Kal  future  and  imperative 
commonly  have  Hholem;  but  the  following  take  Pattahh,  T)'!'^  'o  belong, 
S'nn  io  be  dried  or  desolate,  1*n  to  tremble,  C)'^n  to  reproach,  to  winter, 
l^nn  to  sharpen,  y^^  to  be  sweet,  3"i|5  to  come  near,  Cif?  to  cover;  C\^'^  to 
tear  in  pieces,  has  either  Hholem  or  Pattahh  ;  uS'nn  to  plough  has  fut.  0, 
to  be  silent  has  fut.  a. 

2.  With  any  other  guttural  for  the  second  radical  the  Kal  future  and 
imperative  have  Pattahh ;  only  Dfi:  to  roar,  and  cnn  to  love,  have  Hho- 
lem ;  OST  to  curse,  hsr:  to  trespass,  and  bi'Q  to  do,  liave  either  Pattahh 
or  Hholem;  the  future  of  Tnx  to  grasp,  is  tHx^  or  tnx"'. 

3.  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  is  as  in  perfect  verbs  commonly  prolonged 
to  Kamets  before  suffixes,  w.here  Hholem  would  be  rejected,  f^^f^?*  Prov. 
4:6,  □rjntt:';  2  Kin.  10:14,  cfenm  2  Sam.  22:43,  •^:^^\D  lsa'.'45:ll, 
•ijiriN;;  Ge'n.  29:32. 

4.  The  feminine  plurals  of  the  Niphal  and  Piel  futures  have  Pattahh 
with  the  second  radical  whether  this  be  "i  or  another  guttural,  JiDbrian 
Ezek.7:27,  njsnirn  Prov.  6:27,  n::nnn  Ezek.  16 :  6,  :n3SX2n  Hos.'4:13, 
but  Tsere  occasionally  in  pause,  ni'in^on  Jer.  9  :  17. 

§119.  1.  With  these  exceptions  the  vowel  accompanying  the  guttural 
is  the  same  as  in  the  perfect  verb;  thus  the  Kal  preterite  mid.  e  izna 
Gen.  27  :  9,  f,qnx  Deut.  15  :  16;  infinitive  piJT  1  Sam.  7  :  8,  shp  Jer.  15:3' 
with  Makkeplii  -nn3  l  Kin.  5:20;  Niphal  infinitive,  Dn^n  Ex.  17:10, 
with  suffixes,  ?^33>ian  2  Chron.  16  :  7,  8,  with  prefixed  3,  Dtibj  Judg.  11  :25, 
bxiTD  1  Sam.  20  :  6.  28.  and  once  anomalously  with  prefixed  it ,  lan-ix  Ezek. 
14:  3  (a  like  substitution  of  X  for  n  occurring  once  in  the  Hiphil  preterite, 
:inbK5X  Isa.  63:3);  future  nhh'J  Ex.  14:14,  with  Vav  conversive, 
!  0X53*1  Job  7:5,  ^ii;3*n  Ex.  32 :  f,  pjjfl  Judg.  6:34,  insPil  Ex.  9:15, 
yhhT}'}  Num.  22:25,  or  with  the  accent  on  the  penult,  cn^'l  Ex.  17:8, 
tiSEini  Gen.  41  :  8  ;  imperative,  Dnibn  1  Sam.  18  :  17,  or  with  the  accent 
thrown  back,  incn  Gen.  13:9;  Hiphil  infinitive,  BNnn  1  Sam.  27:12, 
pnnn  Gen.  21  :  16,  Dnnn  Deut.  7 :  2,  apocopated  future,  Dy-i-i  1  Sam. 
2:  10,  bf)p^  1  Kin.  8:  1  (in  the  parallel  passage,  2  Chron.  5:2,  i'^lip:), 
rnrupi  Deut.  9 :  26,  nnD;:  Ps.  12  :  4,  with  Vav  conversive,  05*3^1  1  Kin.  22  :  54, 
in=N J  Zech.  11:8;  imperative,  n-^pn  Ex.  28  : 1,  with  Makkeph,  "annri  Ps. 
81  -Al,  ~PV.^  2  Sam.  20  :  4,  "brnpn  'Deut.  4  :  10,  with  a  pause  accent  the 
last  vowel  sometimes  becomes  Pattahh,  pn"in  Job  13:  21,  :  "is^r!  Ps.69:24, 
though  not  always,  blnpri  Lev.  8  :  3.  Hophal  infinitive,  3')rivJ  2  Kin.  3:23. 
Tsere  is  commonly  retained  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Piel  and  Hithpael, 
which  upon  the  retrocession  or  loss  of  the  accent  is  shortened  to  Seghol, 
rns  Lev.  5  :  22,  viTih-;  Hos.  9 :  2,  pni^  Gen.  39  :  14,  "pnbb  Ps.  104  :  26, 
tl^n"!  74  :  10,  nniyi}  Gen.  39  :  4,  orQnn.l  Dan.  2  : 1,  a")ynri  2  Kin.  18  :  23, 
and  occasionally  before  suffixes  to  Hhirik,  C3\y"iS  Isa.  1 :  15,  :?]nsai2  (fem. 
form  for  annyaa,  §61.  5)1  Sam.  16:  15  but  b='^nnb  Isa.  30:  18,  cannia 


4120,121     REMARKS    ON    AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  157 

Ezek.  5 :  16;  in  a  ^ew  instances,  however,  as  in  the  perfect  verb,  Pattahh 
is  taken  instead,  thus  in  the  preterite,  anb  Mai.  3:  19,  cnn  Ps.  103:13, 
pnn  Isa.  6:  12,  llinx  Deut.  20:7,  T\^^  Gen.  24:1  (""i?  rarely  occurs  ex- 
cept in  pause),  \Z3tQ  Isa.  25:11,  and  more  rarely  still  in  the  imperative, 
nnp  Ezek.  37  :  17.  and  future  n-^rni  Prov.  14 :  10,  isxani ,  ibNan""  Dan.  1 :  8. 

2.  bxi^,  which  has  Kamets  in  pause,  bj$^ ,  ''^^'^j  but  most  commonly 
Tsere  before  suffixes,  '^\^p.  ,  IJ'i^X'i^,  exhibits  the  peculiar  forms,  Dnbi<a 
1  Sam.  12:13,  JT^Pibxii' l' Sam.  r:20,  sin-^nbNUJ  Judg.  13:6,  W^N^n 
1  Sara.  1 :  28. 

3.  Kamets  Hhatuph  sometimes  remains  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal 
imperative  and  infinitive  with  suffixes  or  appended  M  ,  fi^f^l^J  Hos.  9 :  10, 
r|.%5  Ruth  3:  13,  DDX:q  Am.  2:4,  ciox^  (by  §61.  1)  IsaV^O:  12,  ODn-ij^ 
Deut.  20  :  2  (the  alternate  form  being  cs'i'^'^a  Josh.  22 :  16),  ninn  Ex.  30 :'  18, 
npni  Ezek.  8:6.  and  sometimes  is  changed  to  Pattahh,  T\pX).  Isa.  57:  13, 
oyVia' Ezek.  20:27,  f^hr.v  Hos.  5  :  2,  n^n X  Deut.  10:15,  nix^  Jer.  31 :  12, 
or  with  simple  Sh'va  under  the  guttural,  Tj':!?:^  Ps.  68:8,  Id^t  2  Chron. 
26:  19.  In  nirt  Num.  23:7,  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  lengthened  to  Hholem 
in  the  simple  syllable.  Once  the  paragogic  imperative  takes  the  form 
nbxilJ  Isa.  7: 11,  comp.  nnb'o,  nrruJ  Dan.  9:  19,  nxEl  Ps.  41 :  5. 

4.  Hhirik  of  the  inflected  Kal  imperative  is  retained  before  "i,  'inns 
Josh.  9:  6,  and  once  before  n,  sinn^j  Job  6 :  22 ;  when  the  first  radical  is  X 
it  becomes  Seghol,  lii^x  Ps.  31 :  24,  "^^ns  Cant.  2:  15  ;  in  other  cases  it 
is  changed  to  Pattahh,  -"'R^.t.  Isa.  14:  31,  'ipl}_  Judg.  10: 14. 

§  120.  1.  The  compound  Sh'va  after  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  (^.),  after 
Seghol  (_),  in  other  cases  (..),  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  examples 
already  adduced.  Exceptions  are  rare,  "'inx  Ruth  3:15,  "''^ndPi  Ezek. 
16:  33.  ^nnxni  vHha'rehu  Isa.  44:  13. 

w  t:  iT  :     •' 

2.  The  letter  before  the  guttural  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  pO?]^ 
Gen.  21:6;  in  "iXIU.N?.  Ezek.  9:8,  this  leads  to  the  prolongation  of  the 
preceding  vowel  and  its  expression  by  the  vowel  letter  N,  §11.  \.  a.  This 
fetter  form,  though  without  an  exact  parallel,  is  thus  susceptible  of  ready 
explanation,  and  there  is  no  need  of  resorting  to  the  hypothesis  of  an  error 
in  the  text  or  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  readings,  "iXiaa  and  "i5<<i^8<. 

3.  Resh  commonly  receives  simple  Sh'va,  though  it  has  compound  in 
some  forms  of  Tpa,  e.g.  ^inan  Num.  6:23,  13':  2  Gen.  27:27. 

§121.  1.  Upon  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the  second  radical 
the  previous  vowel  is  always  lengthened  before  "i,  almost  always  before 
K,  and  prevailingly  before  3>,  but  rarely  before  n  or  n.  The  previous 
vowel  remains  short  in  nS3  to  terrify,  DS3  to  provoke,  'OV'O  to  be  few,  "^JJ 
to  shake,  and  p?^  to  cry.  It  is  sometimes  lengthened,  though  not  always, 
in  1X3  to  make  plain,  C1X3  to  commit  adultery,  yxj  to  despise,  iNJ  to  re- 
ject, bxd  to  ask;  *iy3  to  consume,  "ijia  to  sweep  away  by  a  tempest,  arn  to 
abhor ;  bri3  to  affright,  Hns  to  be  dim,  bn3  to  lead.  It  is  also  lengthened 
in  nhp  to  be  dull,  which  only  occurs  Eccl.  10:  10.     The  only  instances  of 


158  ETYMOLOGY.  §  122, 123 

the  prolongation  of  the  vowel  before  n  are  cn^  Pi.  inf.  Judg.  5:  8.  "in'a  Pu. 
pret.  Ezek.  21:18,  sin'n  Pu.  pret.  Ps.  36:  13,  ■'ri^n'nnt7  Job  9:  30,  the  first  two 
of  which  may,  however,  be  regarded  as  nouns.  Daghesh-fbrte  is  retained 
and  the  vowel  consequently  remains  short  in  n'ns  Ezek.  16:4,  !  >ixi  Job 
33:21,unless  the  point  in  the  latter  example  is  to  be  regarded  asMappik,  §26. 

2.  When  not  lengthened,  Hhirik  of  the  Piel  preterite  commonly  re- 
mains unaltered  before  the  guttural,  l^ns  Job  15:18,  inriffl  Jer.  12:10, 
though  it  is  in  two  instances  changed  to  Seghol,  1"ins<  Judg.  5:  28,  ''^nini 
Ps.  51:7. 

3.  When  under  the  influence  of  a  pause  accent  the  guttural  receives 
Kamets,  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  converted  to  Seghol,  §63. 1.  a,  ipirriirj 
Ezek.  5:13,  cnsn"  Num.  23:  19,  nnnisn  Num.  8 :  7. 

§  122,  1.  '|3?.^  and  '\ii<J^  are  Piel  forms  with  the  third  radical  redupli- 
cated in  place  of  the  second ;  ""H'lriO  doubles  the  second  syllable  ;  and  ^anx 
1311  Hos.  4  :  18,  is  by  the  ablest  Hebraists  regarded  as  one  word,  the  last 
two  radicals  being  reduplicated  together  with  the  personal  ending,  §92.  a. 

2.  lU'ntJ  and  ^i'D  have  two  forms  of  the  Piel,  r-nd  and  t-;.il3,  ^2Jp  and 
nsb,  §92.' 6.;  and  \oh  two  forms  of  the  Hithpael,  sib^an";,  ilbssn-;  Jer. 
46:7,8;  'Y^'^^  Isa.  52:5,  follows  the  analogy  of  the  latter;  yail  Eccl. 
12:  5,  is  sometimes  derived  from  y^'i  to  despise,  as  if  it  were  for  ')'"^N3^  ; 
such  a  form  would  however  be  unexampled.  The  vowels  show  it  to  be 
the  Hiphil  future  of  y^i  or  rather  j'sa  tojiourish  or  blossom,  the  S  being 
inserted  as  a  vowel  letter,  §  11.  1.  a.  ^i^XS?  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4 :  14  is  a 
Niphal  formed  upon  the  basis  of  a  Pual,  §83.  c.  (2).  1L'i"^S^  Ezra  10  :  16 
is  an  anomalous  infinitive  from  UJ'i'n ,  which  some  regard  as  Kal,  others 
as  Piel. 


Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§123.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a 
guttural  for  their  third  radical,  are  aflPected  by  the  peculiari- 
ties of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 

1 .  The  vowel  preceding  the  third  radical  becomes  Pat- 
tahh in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  in  the  feminine 
plurals  of  the  future  and  imperative  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hith- 
pael, n^^r^ 

2.  Tsere  preceding  the  third  radical,  as  in  the  Piel  and 
Hithpael  and  in  some  forms  of  the  other  species,  may  either 
be  changed  to  Pattahh  or  retained ;  in  the  latter  case  the 
guttural  takes  Pattahh-furtive,  §17,  after  the  long  heteroge- 
neous vowel,  e.  g.  T\''iw'}  or  nl?T?^ . 


§124  LAMEDH  GUTTURAL  VERBS.  159 

3.  Hhirik  of  the  Hiphil  species,  Hholem  of  the  Kal  and 
Niphal  infinitives,  and  Shurek  of  the  Kal  passive  participle, 
suffer  no  change  before  the  final  guttural,  which  receives  a 
Pattahh-furtive,  n^Hffin  ,  ff'so  . 

4.  The  guttural  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  the  perfect 
verb  before  all  affbrmatives  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
though  compound  Sh'va  is  substituted  for  it  before  sufiixes, 
which  are  less  closely  attached  to  the  verb,  nnS^r ,  ^hI^t^  . 

5.  When,  however,  a  personal  affbrmative  consists  of  a 
single  vowelless  letter,  as  in  the  second  feminine  singular  of 
the  preterite,  the  guttural  receives  a  Pattahh-furtive  to  aid  in 
its  pronunciation  without  sundering  it  from  the  afiixed  ter- 
mination, P^^'?  • 

a.  Some  grammarians  regard  this  as  a  Pattahh  inserted  between  the 
guttural  and  the  final  vowelless  consonant  by  §61.  2,  and  accordingly  pro- 
nounce nnBd  shalahhnt  instead  of  shala''hht.  But  as  these  verbs  do 
not  sufler  even  a  compound  Sh'va  to  be  inserted  before  the  affixed  per- 
gonal termination,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  a  full  vowel  would  be  ad- 
mitted. And  the  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  Tav  and  the  Sh'va  under  it 
show  that  the  preceding  vowel  sign  is  not  Pattahh  but  Pattahh-furtive, 
§  17.  a. 

6.  There  is  no  occasion  in  these  verbs  for  the  application 
of  the  rule  requiring  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the 
gutturals. 

§124.  The  inflections  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs  maybe 
represented  by  n?©  to  send.  The  Pual  and  Hophal,  which 
agree  with  perfect  verbs  except  in  the  Pattahh-furtive  of  the 
second  feminine  preterite  and  of  the  absolute  infinitive,  are 
omitted  from  the  paradigm.  The  Hithpael  of  this  verb  does 
not  occur,  but  is  here  formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sib- 
ilant being  transposed  with  n  of  the  prefix,  according  to 
§82.5. 

a.  Instead  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  with  prefixed  n,  which 
does  not  happen  to  occur  in  any  verb  of  this  class,  the  alternate  form  with 
prefixed  3,  §91.  b,  is  given  in  the  paradigm,  tf^tz  being  in  actual  use. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh  Guttu 

RAL  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

HIPHIL. 

HITHPAEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

nb^ 

—       •  • 

nbiij 

—   ■    •   • 

nbran 

3/ 

nnbuj 

nhbir? 

nfib^ 

riM^b^rn 

nnbn^n 

T  :    -    :    • 

2  TO. 

T    ;  ~    T 

nnb'jj3 

T   ;  -     :  • 

nnb"d 

T   ;  -     • 

T  :  -    :    • 

nnbn-jr'n 

T    ;  -    -     ;    • 

2/ 

:   —    T 

nnb'jJD 

nnbd 
.  -  -  . 

nnbu;n 

nnbnujn 

Ic. 

•    ;  ~     r 

^nnb'^3 

^nnbu: 

^nnbujn 

^nnbnirn 

Plur.  3  c. 

Jirib^zj 

^inb^D 

^nbuj 

^n^b'iJn 

•    :    • 

^nbrnrn 

2  m. 

Dnnb-jj 

Dnnb^D 

Drinbu: 

Drinbirn 

Dnnbri'^n 

2/ 

1^!)^'^^ 

l^Dnb^? 

"S^r^V^ 

■]nnbu;n 

-nnbnujri 

1(5. 

:  -   T 

^Dnb^bp 

^D-b"^ 

^jnb^n 

iiinbriirr; 

IiTFiN".  Absol. 
Constr. 

T 

n3^ 

nbian 

"      T     . 

nbTii 

nbn"ffi"ri 

FCJT.  3  TO. 

nbTB'' 

**    •  • 

nbia^ 

nb^:;' 

n^bis"^ 

rbnizj" 

3/ 

—    ■   • 

nbian 

r^iPi 

ri-b'iJn 

nbr.ujn 

2  TO. 

nbiD'n 

n5;sn 

nbisn 

n^b'ijn 

nbri'^n 

2/ 

^nb^n 

^nbisn 

^fibiDn 

^n^bTiJn 

^nbn^n 

Ic. 

^b^^? 

"bi2^5 

nb^iJwNj 

""5^'^^ 

'^^lii'^^? 

PZur.  3  TO. 

^fibu:^ 

•  • 

jinbTS^ 

^nbiD":^ 

^n^biij^ 

^nbnuj^ 

3/ 

riDnbujn 

T   ;  -    T    ' 

riDnbujn 

liDnbirTi  nsribn-ajn 

2  TO, 

^ribirn 

• 

iifib^n 

^nV^iJn 

^n^b^n 

^nbnirn 

2/ 

n^nbuin 

ninb^n 

n^nbin'n 

riDnb^n 

n:nbrrt2n 

Ic. 

nbiTD 

nbii^3 

-      T  • 

nbizj? 

n^b'dp 

nbn'^ij? 

Impek.  2  TO. 

r6^ 

nbi^n 

nbuj 

nbirn 

nbniijrT 

2/ 

•^nbizj 

■^fibiiJn 

'nbiD 

^ri^b"i)'n 

^hbnirn 

PZttr.  2  TO. 

• 

^nbtjn 

:    IT   • 

iinbir 

^n^b^n 

iinbi^irrr 

2/ 

T   :  -    : 

T    :  -    T    • 

ranb'i: 

n^nb'^rn 

n:nbnirn 

T  :  "    -    :    • 

Paet.  Act. 

nb-^ 

nb;r7j 

n^b'iD'j 

nbnia?j 

Pass. 

T 

T    :  • 

160 


^125,120     REMARKS    ON    LAMEDII    GUTTURAL  VERBS.         IGl 


Hemarks  on  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  125.  1.  The  Kal  future  and  imperative  have  Pattahh  without  exception  ; 
in  one  instance  the  K'thibh  inserts  "1 ,  mbox  Jer.  5 :  7,  where  the  K'ri  is 
~nbpx .  The  vowel  a  is  retained  before  suffixes,  remaining  short  in  cy^ia 
Am.  9:1,  but  usually  lengthened  to  Kamets,  ri!li'p33';i  2  Chron.  21:17, 
"'Sr?:'::  Gen.  23:11.  In  the  paragogic  imperative  a  may  be  retained, 
nnb'o  ,  n^B^  Dan.  9 :  19,  or  rejected,  and  Hhirik  given  to  the  first  radical, 
-nrriy  Job  32  :  10,  nnbir  Gen.  43  :  8.  Hhirik  appears  in  n-np^s  Gen.  25:31, 
but  verbs  whose  last  radical  is  "i  commonly  take  Kamets  Hhatuph  like 
perfect  verbs  both  before  paragogic  n^,  and  suffixes,  TTiTSia  1  Chron. 
29 :  18,  cniyjs  Prov.  3:3. 

2.  The  Kal  infinitive  construct  mostly  has  o,  ?'^^b  Jon.  2:1,  :  S"i?^ 
Num.  17:28,  "lya  Isa.  54:9,  rarely  a,  n^iy  Isa.  58:9,  SlJ  Num.  20:  3, 
"T^nCTa  1  Sam.  15:  1.  With  a  feminine  ending,  the  first  syllable  takes 
Kamets  Hhatuph,  i^f^sa  Zeph.  3:11;  so  sometimes  before  suffixes,  inat 
2  Sam.  15:12,  "^i'^iU  Neh.  1:4,  cbyrd  Josh.  6:5,  but  more  commonly 
Hhirik.  cr;r3  Am-'l':  13,  iyas  Num.*  35:  19,  inns  Neh.  8:5,  rarely  Pat- 
tahh, TjSpV  Ezek.  25:6.       ' 

3.  Most  verbs  with  final  "i  haveHholem  in  the  Kal  future  and  impera- 
tive. But  such  as  have  middle  e  in  the  preterite  take  Pattahh,  §82. 1.  a  ; 
and  in  addition  the  following,  viz. :  ~UX  to  shut,  '^!<  to  say,  "i^ri  to  honour^ 
l^n  to  grow  pale,  ^rj  to  shake,  ^WS  to  be  rich,  ^ns  to  entreat,  'I'D'Q  to  slip 
away,  "ilSQ  to  press,  "i3^  to  drink  or  be  drunken.  The  following  have 
Pattahh  or  Hholem,  iTa  to  decree,  "I"]?  to  vow,  "iii|5  fut.  o,  to  reap,  fut.  a, 
to  be  short. 

§  126.  1.  Tsere  is  almost  always  changed  to  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 
in  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative;  but  it  is  re- 
tained and  Pattahh-furtive  given  to  the  guttural  in  pause,  and  in  the  in- 
finitive absolute  and  participle  wliich  partake  of  the  character  of  nouns 
and  prefer  lengthened  forms.  Thus,  Niplial :  infin.  constr.,  i'^T^'H  Esth. 
2:8,  nnsn  Isa.  51  :  14,  future,  nit'"'  Ps.  9:19,  :  rpn"^  Job  17  :  3,'impera- 
live,  even  in  pause,  fij^v!.  Piel :  preterite,  n^a  Lev.  14:8.  y'na  2  Chron. 
34  :  4,  infin.  constr.,  y^3  Hab.  1:13,  ?^3  Lam.  2  :  8,  future,  n^E":  Job  16:  13, 
:S|5ari  2  Kin.  8:  12,  ■,«i^Ti5n  Deut.  7  : 5,"  imperative,  n^j  Ex.  4:23.  Hiphil  : 
apocopated  future,  nija^  2  Kin.  18:30,  fut.  with  Vav  conversive,  2:32*] 
Ju;lg.  4:23,  fern,  plur..'  t^=ran  Ps.  119:  171,  imperative,  SOin  Ps.  86:.2, 
and  even  in  pause,  nH::n  l  Kin.  22:  12.  Hithpael:  J'li-rn  Prov.  17:  14, 
ni:n';i  Dan.  11:40,  nan'rri  Ps.  106:47;  this  species' sometimes  has 
Kamets  in  its  pausal  forms,  ^rpsnn  Josh.  9  :  13,  irtam  Ps.  107  :  27.     On 

'  '  'at  -    :    ■  11"'  "    '    ■ 

the  other  hand,  the  absolute  infinitives:  Piel.  nsd  Deut.  22:7,  Hiphil, 
Saan  Isa.  7:11.  Hophal,  nBian  Ezek.  16:4.  Participles:  Kal,  rjiih  Deut. 
28:52,  but  occasionally  in  the  construct  state  with  Pattahh.  riii  Ps.  94:  9, 
si-i  Isa.  51:15,  ypi  Isa.  42:5,  :'D':3  Lev.  11:7,  Piel,  naf^  1  Kin.  3:3, 
Hithpael,  5' Jnca  1  Sam.  21  :  15.  Tsere  is  retained  before  suffixes  of  the 
second  person  instead  of  being  either  changed  to  Pattahh  or  as  in  perfect 
11 


162  ETYMOLOGY.  ^127,128 

verbs  shortened  to  Seghol,  Pi.  inf.  const.  ?"(n^.^  Deut.  15  :  18,  fut.  ?m^'rK 
Gen.  31 : 'J7.  There  is  one  instance  of  Pattahh  in  the  Hiphil  inf  const., 
nsin  Job  6 :  26. 

2.  In  verbs  with  final  "i  Pattahh  takes  the  place  of  Tsere  for  the  most 
part  in  the  Piel  preterite  (in  pause  Tsere),  and  frequently  in  the  Hithpael 
(in  pause  Kamets) ;  but  Tsere  (in  pause  Tsere  or  Pattahh.  §65.  a)  is  com- 
monly retained  elsewhere,  -i2«j  Ps.  76:4,  :i3ia  Ex.  9 :  25,  I'^nrn  Prov. 
25:  6,  i-Tsm  Ps.  93:  1,  iJsN'^  Gen.  22:  14,  nbx"'  Gen.  10:  19.  np:-n  Zeph. 
2  :  4.  Two  verbs  have  Segliol  in  the  Piel  preterite,  "iS'n  (in  pause,  "'^'n) 
and  -iE2>. 

§  127.  1.  The  guttural  almost  always  has  Pattahh-furtive  in  the  second 
fem.  sing,  of  the  preterite,  n???©  Ruth  2:8,  'V^y^z^D  Ezek.  16:28,  T\virf 
Esth.  4:  14,  fin^^n  Ezek.  16:  4,  scarcely  ever  simple  Sh'va,  rinpb  1  Kin. 
14:3,  riniDiy  Jer.  13:5,  and  never  Pattahh  (which  might  arise  from  the 
concurrence  of  consonants  at  the  end  of  a  word,  §61.  2),  unless  in  rn^b 
Gen,  30:  5,  and  srinsb  Gen.  20: 16,  the  former  of  which  admits  of  ready 
explanation  as  a  construct  infinitive,  and  the  latter  may  be  a  Niphal  par- 
ticiple in  the  feminine  singular,  whether  it  be  understood  as  in  the  common 
English  version  "she  was  reproved"  or  it  is  adjudged  {\.  e.  justly  due 
as  a  compensation)  to  thee ;  the  latest  authorities,  however,  prefer  to 
render  it  Ihou  art  judged^  i.  e.  justice  is  done  thee  by  this  indemnification. 
Pattahh  is  once  inserted  before  the  abbreviated  termination  of  the  feminine 
plural  imperative,  l?^ia  Gen.  4  :  23  for  njsrui . 

2.  The  guttural  takes  compound  instead  of  simple  Sh'va  before  suf- 
fixes, not  only  when  it  stands  at  the  end  of  the  verb,  ?|?.3''3  Num.  24:  11, 
'TjS'.ab^  Prov.  25 :  17,  but  also  in  the  first  plural  of  the  preterite,  rj^nsia 
Pe.''44'-  18  (!l3n3':3  ver.  21),  DiiisT^  Isa.  59:  12.  Wlir^S  Ps.  35:  25,  C^3?.pin 
2  Sam.  21:6,  n^:'?.^ia  Ps.  132:6;  "i  retains  simple  Sh'va  before  all  per- 
sonal terminations  and  suffixes,  nnox  Judg.4:20,  cin^x  Mai.  1:7,  cinas 
Josh.  4 :  23. 

3.  In  a  ^evf  exceptional  cases  the  letter  before  the  guttural  receives 
compound  Sh'va,  rir^ass  Isa.  27:4,  ~nn|Db  Gen.  2:23. 

§128.  The  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  once  has  the  feminine  ending  ni, 
rsis^orn  Ezek.  24:26;  iiJ-'naJm  Ezek.  16:50  for  runism  perhaps  owes 
its  anomalous  form  to  its  being  assimilated  in  termination  to  the  following 
word,  which  is  a  Lamedh  He  verb.  In  np'^S  Am.  8  :  8  K'thibh  for  nrpira 
the  guttural  S  is  elided,  §53.  3. 


Pe  Nun  (fs)  Verbs. 

^129.  Nun,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs,  has  two  pecu- 
liarities, viz. : 

1.  At  the  end  of  a  syllable  it  is  assimilated  to  the  fol- 


I 


§130  PE    NUN    VERBS.  163 

lowing  consonant,  the  two  letters  being  written  as  one,  and 
the  doubling  indicated  by  Daghesh-forte.  This  occurs  in  the 
Kal  future,  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  and  in  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal  species  throughout ;  thus,  tih}"}  becomes  isa.);' , 
written  irr,  so  m:  for  Tt553?,  c^an  for  ©^ii:n.  In  the 
Hophal,  Kamets  Hhatuph  becomes  Kibbuts  before  the 
doubled  letter,  §  61.  5,  ttJan  for  iiJ5:n. 

2.  In  the  Kal  imperative  with  Pattahh  it  is  frequently 
dropped,  its  sound  being  easily  lost  from  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  when  it  is  without  a  vowel,  tJa  for  tJ^D,  §53.  2.  A 
like  rejection  occurs  in  the  Kal  infinitive  construct  of  a  few 
verbs,  the  abbreviation  being  in  this  case  compensated  by 
adding  the  feminine  termination  ti ;  thus,  ntDli  for  TW^  (by 
§  63.  2.  a),  the  primary  form  being  TiJi? . 

a.  In  the  Indo-European  languages  likewise,  n  is  frequently  conformed 
to  or  affected  by  a  following  consonant,  and  in  certain  circumstances  it  is 
liable  to  rejection,  e.  g.  eyypa.(f>o},  iix^dWo},  ovaTpicfxj}. 

§  130.  1.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  ©5 3  fo  approach.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael, 
they  do  not  differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  last  column  of 
the  paradigm  is  occupied  by  the  Kal  species  of  "jna  to  give, 
which  is  peculiar  in  assimilating  its  last  as  well  as  its  first 
radical,  and  in  having  Tsere  in  the  future. 

a.  The  Kal  of  ^JJas  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative, 
the  preterite  and  participle  being  supplied  by  the  Niphal,  which  has  sub- 
stantially the  same  sense:  the  missing  parts  are  in  the  paradigm  supplied 
from  analogy. 

h.  The  future  of  "jW  has  Pattahh  in  one  instance  before  Makkeph, 
-jn?  Judg.  16  :  5. 


Paradigm  op  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

TvAT,. 

NIPHAL. 

HIPHIL. 

nOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  T 

^"5? 

•   • 

•iD'iri 

1^5 

3/ 

T  ;  IT 

r;-i"3D 

T  ;  • 

T        •      ' 

T   :  IT 

2  TO. 

T    ;  — T 

T    :  — • 

T    :  —   • 

nin3 

T    — T 

2/. 

n"j:3D 

n-^'^D 

mijtn 

nirsn 

nirfl 

:   — T 

Ic. 

•    :  — T 

^rr^Bi 

^niijjn 

^niDsn 

^nh3 

•     — T 

Flur.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^m^ 

•   • 

^iD'sn 

:  IT 

2  TO. 

ntitj': 

Dri-j:"-;3 

Driiz33n 

nnifl'-in 

Di:^f]2 

2/ 

]^^y^. 

li?^'5? 

ir^^i'H 

",riir'5n 

1^^? 

Ic. 

:  — T 

^D-^SD 

^jiij^n 

iiD^Dsn 

—  T 

Infin.  JMoI. 

T 

T      ' 

iriin 

iD't^n 

",in$ 

Constr. 

^^i 

•*T      • 

is^iin 

nn 

FUT.    3  TO. 

123  .H" 

"T     • 

t^T 

— ••. 

•p: 

3/ 

••T     • 

^^sn 

iLiri 

'm 

2  TO. 

irsn 

"T      • 

■ic^sr! 

mv\ 

w 

2/ 

^icsn 

•  ;  IT   • 

^ir^sn 

^•i'sn 

*    •   * 

\c. 

■l^3^? 

■■T    •.• 

TD^Bi^ 

ir'^s; 

iri!? 

Plur.  3  TO. 

iiizjr 

:iT  • 

ra:^3^ 

iiib'ri'' 

13fl? 

3/ 

T     ;  —    • 

T    :  "T    • 

|-iD"iD'-»n 

nr::3n 

T     ;  —  ■•. 

(-?!?!?) 

2  TO. 

^iz^n 

;  IT    • 

iiir^sn 

^b'sn 

^jnn 

2/ 

njirsn 

T    :  --T    • 

n]i2"i)r) 

riJiE^n 

(-OTP) 

1  c. 

W33 

■•T  • 

iD^ro 

^5D 

|p; 

Impee.  2  TO. 

tD3 

■ic'iin 

t 

2/. 

^ir"3 

•  ;  IT    • 

'^'^n 

wanting 

"W 

PZwr.  2  TO. 

^ir'a 

;  IT   • 

v^j'^in 

!on 

2/ 

r     :  — 

T    :   "T    • 

^rP^^Il 

(n|P) 

Paet.  ^c*. 

ir'ib 

12J"^3'J 

1*:!^ 

Pass. 

T 

\D35 

T    • 

T     •.. 

1*5 

164 


i 


§131,132  REMARKS    ON    PE    NUN    VERBS.  165 


Remarks  on  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

§  131.  1.  If  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural  or  a  vowel  letter,  Nun  be- 
comes strong  by  contrast  and  is  not  liable  to  rejection  or  assimilation, 
Vri:  Num.  34:18,  sna  2  Kin.  4:24,  "'SPDn  Gen.  24:48,  siniix  Ex.  15:2. 
It  i.s,  however,  always  assimilated  in  CJi:  the  Niphal  preterite  of  cns  to 
repent,  and  occasionally  in  rnj  to  descend,  e.g.  vn'j  Jer.  21:13,  nnri 
Prov.  17:  10,  wnj  Ps.  38:  3  but  rn:n  ibid.,  nmn  Joel  4:  11. 

2.  Before  other  consonants  the  rule  for  assimilation  is  observed  with 
rare  exceptions,  viz.:  :  siassn  Isa.  58:3,  q^JSn  Ps.  68:3,  liD?-;!  Jer.  3:5, 
n-ibjr  Deut.  33:  9  (and  occasionally  elsewhere),  -^^i"]  Job  40  :  24,  nsp?-^ 
Isa.' 29:1,  Tfnsn  Ezek.  22:20,  icjb  (for  ^inb)  Num.  5:22,  tiniss  (for 
^n^rns  with  Daghesh-forte  separative,  §24.  5)  Isa.  33:1,  1pri:n' Judg. 
20:  31.' 

3.  Nun  is  commonly  rejected  from  the  Kal  imperative  with  a,  ra 
2  Sam.  1  :  15  (once  before  Mal<keph,  "11:5  Gen.  19:  9,  in  plural  fiX^  1  Kin. 
18:30  and  rda  Josh.  3:9),  -hvj  Ex.  3:5,  sj  Job  1  :  11,  ^lyp  Deut.  2:24, 
iflQ  Ezek.  37 :  9,  "iiTUin  Gen.  27  :  26,  though  it  is  occasionally  retained, 
Wij'd  2  Kin.  19  :  29,  KCD  Ps.  10  :  12,  or  by  a  variant  orthography,  no?  Ps. 
4  :  7  but  always  elsewhere  Nii  .  In  imperatives  witii  o,  and  in  Laraedh  Ho 
verbs  which  have  e  in  the  imperative,  Nun  is  invariably  retained,  uJ-ibi 
Prov.  17:14,  '''h  Ps.  24;  14,  cp?  Num.  31:2,  yn?  Ps.  58:7,  nip3  Gen. 
30:27,  n-ji  Ex.  8:1. 

4.  The  rejection  of  Nun  from  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  occurs  in  but 
few  verbs;  viz.:  r^'^.rt  (with  suffix,  in'cis)  from  llJaj,  nnQ  from  HDJ ,  rya 
(twice)  and  :?J3  from  Si2 .  r^b  (once)  and  S'i!:3  i'rom  ribi ,  am  has  rN^sU 
(by  §60.  3.  c),  with  the  preposition  h,  rm'tvh  by  §57.  2,  (3),  once  nuj 
(§53.  3)  Job  41:17,  once  without  the  feminine  ending,  H'i'ib  Ps.  89:  10,  and 
twice  Nii?  ;  "03  has  commonly  Pn  (for  ri:Fi),  with  sufBxes  "'TV},  but  "jhs 
Num.  20:21,  and  "i^S  Gen.  38:9. 

5.  The  absolute  infinitive  Niphal  appears  in  the  three  forms  'hrii  Jer. 
32  :  4,  r|=i:n  Ps.  68  :  3,  and  qib  Judg.  20  :  39. 

6.  The  n  of  the  prefix  in  the  Hithpael  species  is  in  a  few  instances 
assimilated  to  the  first  radical,  §82.  5.  a,  "n^nsi-i  Ezek.  5:13,  TiNisn 
Ezek.  37: 10,  Jer.  23:  13,  N\i:|n  Num.  24  :  7,  Dan.^U:  14,  :  yxs^  Isa.  52:  5. 

§132.  1.  The  last  radical  of  'ins  is  assimilated  in  the  Niphal  as  well  as 
in  the  Kal  species,  Or,n3  Lev.  26:25.  The  final  Nun  of  other  verbs  re- 
mains without  assimilation,  Firsit,  n3D\a,  npIS.  In  2  Sam.  22:41  nnn  is 
for  nPW  which  is  found  in  the  parallel  passage  Ps.  18:41.  '(Pin  1  Kin. 
6:  19,  17:  14  K'thibh,  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Ewald,  the  Kal  con- 
struct infinitive  without  the  feminine  ending  ("in)  prolonged  by  reduplica- 
tion, which  is  the  case  with  some  other  short  words,  e.  s.  13^'3  from  '^3. 
''a"'tJ  (or  "^a ;  others  regard  it  as  the  infinitive  ntn  with  the  3  (em.  plur.  suffix 
or  with  "j  paragogic ;  Gesenius  takes  it  to  be,  as  always  elsewhere,  the 


166  ETYMOLOGY.  §133,134. 

2  masc.  sing,  of  the  Kal  future,  nsn  Ps.  8:2,  is  the  Kal  infin.,  comp. 
nnn  Gen.  46 :  3,  not  the  3  fern.  sing.  pret.  for  nsnj  (Nordheimer),  nor  tlie 
imperative  with  paragogic  n^,  as  nin  is  always  to  be  explained  elsewhere. 

2.  The  peculiarities  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  are  shared  by  ni^b  to  take,  whose 
first  radical  is  assimilated  or  rejected  in  the  same  manner  as  3.  Kal  inf. 
const,  pnp  (with  prep,  b,  nnjbb,  to  be  distinguished  fi-om  PHj^b  2  fern, 
sing,  pret.),  once  "rnp  (by  §60.  3.  c)  2  Kin.  12:  9,  with  suffixes  •'Finjj, 
fut.  nfsr  imper.  np,  -ifip  rarely  nj^s,  '^npb ,  Hoph.  fut.  r^'^^ ,  but  Niph. 
pret.  11(5^3.  In  Hos.  11:3  cnj?  is  the  masculine  infinitive  with  the  suffix 
for  t3nni5  ;  the  same  form  occurs  without  a  suffix,  np?  Ezek.  17:  5,  or  this 
may  be  explained  with  Gesenius  as  a  preterite  for  njrb  . 

3.  In  Isa.  64:  5  bail  has  the  form  of  a  Hiphil  future  from  bVa,  but  the 
sense  shows  it  to  be  from  baj  for  baST ,  Daghesh-forte  being  omitted  and 
the  previous  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  §59.  a. 


Atin  Doubled  {vv)  Verbs. 

§133.  The  imperfect  verbs,  thus  far  considered,  differ 
from  the  perfect  verbs  either  in  the  vowels  alone  or  in  the 
consonants  alone ;  those  w^hich  follow,  differ  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants,  §107,  and  consequently  depart  much  more 
seriously  from  the  standard  paradigm.  The  widest  diver- 
gence of  all  is  found  in  the  Ayin  doubled  and  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  in  both  of  which  the  root  gives  up  its  dissyllabic 
character  and  is  converted  into  a  monosyllable ;  a  common 
feature,  which  gives  rise  to  many  striking  resemblances  and 
even  to  an  occasional  interchange  of  forms. 

§134.  1.  In  explaining  the  inflections  peculiar  to  Ayin 
doubled  verbs,  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  separate  the  in- 
tensive species  Piel  and  Pual  with  their  derivative  the  Hith- 
pael  from  the  other  four.  That  which  gives  rise  to  all  their 
peculiar  forms  in  the  Kal,  Niphal,  Hiphil,  and  Hophal 
species,  is  the  disposition  to  avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same 
sound  by  uniting  the  two  similar  radicals  and  giving  the  in- 
tervening vowel  to  the  previous  letter,  thus,  ^o  for  aio, 
no  for  anD§61.3. 

2.  In  the  Kal  species  this  contraction  is  optional  in  the 
preterite ;  it  is  rare  in  the  infinitive  absolute  though  usual  in 


§135  ATIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  167 

the  construct,  and  it  never  occurs  in  the  participles.  With 
these  exceptions,  it  is  universal  in  the  species  already  named. 
§135.  This  contraction  produces  certain  changes  both  in 
the  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back,  and  in  that  of  the  preced- 
ing syllable. 

1 .  When  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel  (pretonic  Kamets, 
§  82. 1),  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  absolute,  and 
in  the  Niphal  infinitive,  future  and  imperative,  this  is  simply 
displaced  by  the  vowel  thrown  back  from  the  second  radical, 
thus  nno ,  no ,  aiio ,  ab ;  nnsn ,  niDn ;  nnon ,  non , 

2.  When  the  first  radical  ends  a  mixed  syllable  as  in  the 
Kal  future,  the  Niphal  preterite,  and  throughout  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal,  this  will  be  converted  into  a  simple  syllable  by 
the  shifting  of  the  vowel  from  the  second  radical  to  the  first, 
whence  arise  the  following  mutations  : 

In  the  Kal  future  aMo^  becomes  no;'  with  ?  in  a  simple 
syllable,  contrary  to  §18.2.  This  may,  however,  be  con- 
verted into  a  mixed  syllable  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte,  and 
the  short  vowel  be  retained,  thus  no';' ;  or  the  syllable  may 
remain  simple  and  the  vowel  be  lengthened  from  Hhirik  to 
Tsere,  §59,  thus,  in  verbs  fut.  a,  ^'}.  for  'ri'a?;  or  as  the 
Hhirik  of  this  tense  is  not  an  original  vowel  but  has  arisen 
from  Sh'va,  §  85. 2.  fit  (l),it  may  beneglected  and  a,  the  simplest 
of  the  long  vowels,  given  to  the  preformative,  which  is  the 
most  common  expedient,  thus  no;' .  The  three  possible 
forms  of  this  tense  are  consequently  ib^ ,  i©;'  and  tjo;;'  . 

In  the  Niphal  preterite  aaoD  becomes  by  contraction  d63  . 
In  a  few  verbs  beginning  w^th  n  the  short  vowel  is  retained 
in  an  intermediate  syllable,  thus  "in?  for  "innp ;  in  other  cases 
Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  ins  for  ]iri3 ,  or  as  the  Hhirik 
is  not  essential  to  the  form  but  has  arisen  from  Sh'va, 
§82.2,  it  is  more  frequently  neglected,  and  Kamets,  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels,  substituted  in  its  place,  thus  303 . 
The  forms  of  this  tense  are,  therefore,  303 ,  "jn? ,  nns . 

In  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species  the  vowels  of  the  pre- 


168  ETYMOLOGY.  §  136 

fixed  n  are  cliaracteristic  and  essential.  They  must,  there- 
fore, either  be  retained  by  inserting  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical,  or  be  simply  lengthened ;  no  other  vowel  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  them,  npn  for  n^aon ,  n&:  or  no;'  for  n^io^ ,  non 
(Kibbuts  before  the  doubled  letter  by  §61.  5)  or  SD^n  for 
aaon. 

3.  The  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back  from  the  second  radi- 
cal to  the  first,  stands  no  longer  before  a  single  consonant,  but 
before  one  which,  though  single  in  appearance,  is  in  reality 
equivalent  to  two.  It  is  consequently  subjected  to  the  com- 
pression which  aff'ects  vowels  so  situated,  §61.  4.  Thus,  in 
the  Niphal  future  and  imperative  Tsere  is  compressed  to 
Pattahh,  nio;',  no;';  anon,  asn  (comp.  bDp,  n'prip)  though  it 
remains  in  the  infinitive  which,  partaking  of  the  character  of 
a  noun,  prefers  longer  forms.  So  in  the  Hiphil  long  Hhirik 
is  compressed  to  Tsere,  i^'^ion,  son  (comp.  ^''tbf?;?,  nsbtijpn). 

§136.  Although  the  letter,  into  which  the  second  and 
third  radicals  have  been  contracted,  represents  two  con- 
sonants, the  doubling  cannot  be  made  to  appear  at  the  end 
of  the  word.     But 

1 .  When  in  the  course  of  inflection  a  vowel  is  added,  the 
letter  receives  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  preceding  vowel,  even 
where  it  would  be  dropped  in  perfect  verbs,  is  retained  to 
make  the  doubling  possible,  and  hence  preserves  its  accent, 
§33.1,  nsD,  ^ao;'. 

2.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  personal  ending  which  begins 
with  a  consonant,  the  utterance  of  the  doubled  letter  is  aided 
by  inserting  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels,  o  (i)  in  the 
preterite,  and  e  ( ''..)  in  the  future.  By  the  dissyllabic  append- 
age thus  formed  the  accent  is  carried  forward,  §32,  and 
the  previous  part  of  the  word  is  shortened  in  consequence 
as  much  as  possible,  aon ,  niipn ;  ao; ,  np:|on  . 

3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  rules  already  given, 
§135.  2,  the  first  radical  has  been  doubled,  the  reduplica- 
tion of  the  last   radical  is  frequently  omitted  in  order  to 


§137,138  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  1G9 

relieve  the  word  of  too  many  doubled  letters.  In  this  case 
the  retention  of  the  vowel  before  the  last  radical,  contraiy  to 
the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs,  and  the  insertion  of  a  vowel 
after  it,  are  alike  unnecessary,  and  the  accent  takes  its  accus- 
tomed position,  ^S'? ,  nrnon  . 

§137.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Ilithpael  sometimes  preserve 
the  regular  form,  as  b^n ,  b|n ,  Vjnnn  .  The  triple  repetition 
of  the  same  letter  thus  caused  is  in  a  few  instances  avoided, 
however,  by  reduplicating  the  contracted  root  with  appro- 
priate vowels,  as  ^CDp ,  b'pb'^rir} .  Or  more  commonly,  the 
reduplication  is  given  up  and  the  idea  of  intensity  conveyed 
by  the  simple  prolongation  of  the  root,  the  long  vowel 
Hholem  being  inserted  after  the  first  radical  for  this  purpose, 
as  nniD ,  bShnn . 

§138.  In  the  following  paradigm  the  inflections  of  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  are  shown  by  the  example  of  230  to  surround. 
The  Pual  is  omitted,  as  this  species  almost  invariably  follows 
the  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb ;  certain  persons  of  the 
Hophal,  of  which  there  is  no  example,  are  likewise  omitted. 
An  instance  of  Piel,  with  the  radical  syllable  reduplicated,  is 
given  in  ^iddd  io  excite. 

a.  The.  Hithpael  of  -ISO  does  not  actually  occur  ;  but  it  is  in  the  para- 
digm formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sibilant  being  transposed  with  the  n 
of  the  prefix,  agreeably  to  §82.  5. 

h.  In  his  Manual  Lexicon,  Gesenius  gives  to  "O^P  the  meaning  to 
arm,  but  the  best  authorities  prefer  the  definition  subsequently  introduced 
by  him  into  his  Thesaurus^  to  excite. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

KAU 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

nno 

—  T 

^0 

ncu 

— T 

V. 

nniD 

8/ 

nino 

T   :  IT 

T   — 

T  — r 

T   :      1 

2ot. 

(^???) 

T             — 

T         — : 

nniio 

T  :  — 

2/. 

(^???) 

niiiD 

niic? 

nnnio 

\c. 

^nnno 

^niiiD 

'^niioi 

^riniio 

Plur.  3  c. 

:   rT 

^no 

— T 

:      1 

2  m. 

(Dmno) 

nni::iD 

DnincD 

Dn^i^io 

2/ 

{-km 

li^'i^^ 

1^^^^? 

l^?^''? 

le. 

:  —  T 

^2iiiD 

iiDiiiDD 

^DnniD 

Infik.  Absol. 

lino 

T 

no 

nisn 

• 

udiD 

Constr. 

--9 

no 

^bn 

niio 

FuT.  3  m. 

T 

ntD-; 

^^' 

niio": 

3/ 

T 

n'Dn 

n^n 

nnion 

2  TO. 

ncn 

T 

non 

nfen 

ndicn 

2/ 

T 

^iDn 

^aion 

^inicn 

Ic. 

T 

ns5< 

^k^. 

^4'ic!S! 

PZwr.  3  TO, 

T 

^^T. 

3/ 

T     V  ••.  : 

riDnbn 

T   :        • 

HDnsn 

T   ;  —   • 

nrniicn 

T    ;    ••           ; 

2  TO. 

iQbr, 

T 

^ion 

iaon 

iidsicn 

:     1    : 

2/ 

T   : 

riDnbn 

T   :  —   ■ 

n^ndicn 

T  :  ••         : 

Ic. 

noD 

n&5 

nfeD 

niioD 

ImPEE.  2  TO. 

2/ 

Plur.  2  TO. 

2/ 


SO 

^so 

iQO 

nrdo 


non 


nnio 
^inio 

•    :      I 

i^dnio 

:      I 

nsniio 


Paet.  Act. 
Pass. 


nb5 


nniD^j 


170 


Doubled 

Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

PIEL. 

^cn 

ncn 

niircn 

■^prp 

n^cn 

T    ••     •• 

T   — 

ninincn 

T   :       1    :    • 

nicDo 

T  :   :   • 

T          •  -: 

rinnircn 

T   :  —          :    • 

T  ;   —  :    • 

nniinpri 

nicsD 

^nniincn 

TODDD 

^^cn 

iQi^n 

:       1    :    • 

^5pip 

Dniscn 

DinnniDDin 

DnSDSD 

■jninpn 

•jniniriDri 

"P?P?P 

siDinDn 

^■niir.pn 

iljpppp 

••    T 

^piO 

-cn 

■•     T 

niincn 

t^p^p 

••T 

nc^-- 

••         •  • 

'IPPP: 

son 

••     T 

no^rr 

nnincn 

^P?PI^ 

••     T 

3c^n 

nniinpn 

■^b^pPl 

•     ••     T 

^ic^n 

•    :       I    :    • 

'PPPPI^ 

••    T 

n6^!}< 

niiFiD^ 

^PPP^ 

"T 

sinoii'' 

:       1    :  • 

^ipPP' 

T     V  •    : 

iiiniincn 

riiscicn 

••     T 

^ino^n 

:       1    :    • 

^ipppn 

ni^iiicn 

T     V  •    : 

T    :   ••          :    • 

n:5cxn 

nD5 

"T 

n&^3 

niiriD? 

■^^tP? 

non 

"     T 

■^P^P 

^:ncn 

•      •*     T 
••    T 

wanting 

^inircn 

:       1   :    • 

^PPPP 
^ippp 

^rtp^i 

T    :    ■•           ;     • 

T    :    ••    ;   — 

T 

niinp/j 

^^?P'9 

171 


172  ETYMOLOGY.  §139,140 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Doubled  Verbs. 

§  139.  1.  The  uncontracted  and  the  contracted  forms  of  the  Kal  preter- 
ite are  used  with  perhaps  equal  frequency  in  the  third  person;  the  former 
is  rare  in  the  first  person,  "^rnaiT  Zech.  8:  14.  15.  ^IDTTS  Deut.  2:35.  and 
there  are  no  examples  of  it  in  the  second;  ^ISI  Gen.  49:23  and  >l52"i  Job 
24:24  are  preterites  with  Hholem,  §82.1.  In  Ps.  118:11,  "'SiiasO-c?  ijsiio 
the  uncontracted  is  added  to  the  contracted  form  for  the  sake  of  greater 
emphasis.  Compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  used  with  these  verbs  instead 
of  simple  to  make  its  vocal  character  more  distinct,  §16,  1.  b,  ^pba  Gen. 
29  :  3,  8,  ib'b::  Ex.  15  :  10,  ri^iybn  Isa.  64:  10,  '^3=2'  Gen.  9  :  14,  sinptn"  Num. 
23 :  25. 

2.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  contracted  infinitive  absolute, 
:3p  Num.  23:25,  biJ  Ruth  2:16,  niS)  Isa.  24:19,  ti'J-\  (with  a  para- 
gogic  termination)  ibid.;  of  the  uncontracted,  "liix,  "pDa ,  'lisn ,  Ci'iE:? , 
mr3,  rins ,  Iiic5 ;  of  the  infinitive  construct,  t"u  and  IS,  320  and  lb, 
D0T2,  ITIJ ,  12,  on,  once  with  u  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  "i^a  Eccles.  9:  1, 
and  occasionally  with  a,  "Ti  Isa.  45 :  1,  '^'O  Jer.  5  :  26,  D"i3  (with  3  plur. 
suf )  Eccl.  3  :  18,  ci33n^  Isa.  30 :  18  (njsn  Ps.  102  :  14);  canb  Isa.  17  :  14, 
though  sometimes  explained  as  the  noun  orb  with  the  suffix  their  bread, 
is  the  infinitive  of  D^n  to  grow  warm;  DJiiJa  Gen.  6  :  3  Eng.  ver.  for  that 
also,  as  if  compounded  of  the  prep,  a,  the  abbreviated  relative  and  Da,  is 
by  the  latest  authorities  regarded  as  the  infinitive  of  J^a  in  their  erring  ; 
iin  Job  29:3  has  Hhirik  before  the  suffix.  The  feminine  termination  ni 
is  appended  to  the  following  infinitives,  nif  n  Ps.  77  :  10,  Job  19 :  17,  niaia 
Ezek.  36  :  3,  "'nisT  Ps.  17  :  3.  Tiie  imperative,  which  is  always  contracted, 
has  mostly  Hholem,  30,  ni^  and  ct  but  sometimes  Pattahh,  bi  Ps.  119:  22 
(elsewhere  ba),  nS3  Ps.  80  :  16.  Fiirst  regards  rn  as  a  contracted  par- 
ticiple from  nnn  ,  analagous  to  the  Ayin  Vav  form  Dj!?  . 

3.  The  following  uncontracted  forms  occur  in  the  Kal  future,  'in^  Am. 
5:15,  li^":  and  nnn  from  Tij ;  in  the  Niphal,  zb.^';  Job  11:12;  Hiphil, 
DBirn  Mic.  6:13,  n-^acJa  Ezek.  3;  15,  innnni  Jen  49 :  37,  and  constantly 
in  "|?n  and  b^;  ;  Hophal,  nn^  Job  20:8  froni  "rnj .  In  a  few  instances 
the  repetition  of  the  same  letter  is  avoided  by  the  substitution  of  St  for 
the  second  radical,  siDXa-^  =  160527  Ps.  58:8  and  perhaps  also  Job  7:5, 
n-'XT273  =  -1-1^:315  Ezek.  28:  24,  Lev.  13:  51,  52,  -j-^oxo^rppoij  Jer.  30:  16 
K'thibh.  Comp.  in  Syriac  >-a|?  part,  of  wfi> .  According  to  the  Rabbins 
siXTa  =  !nTSi  Isa.  18  :  2,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 


§140.  1.  Examples  of  different  forms  of  the  Kal  future:  (1)  With 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  cn^,  Ksx,  30';,  np^,  cir^,  err;!;  or 
with  a  as  the  second  vowel,  ba7 ,  "157,  ;1^ri7.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
personal  prefix,  DH^,  nn7,  ■in7,  r,n7,  bf^Pi,  lan;; ,  e  being  once  written 
by  means  of  the  vowel  letter  '',  crjij* .  (3)  With  Kamets  under  the 
personal  prefix,  "i^";,  367,  ti?;,  -\':i'^,  pn;,  5^7,  niij;;  this  occurs  once 
with  fut.  a,  "iri"^    Prov.  27 :  17.     With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 


§140 


REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  173 


back  to  the  simple  penult  syllable  in  this  form  of  the  future,  and  Hholem 

is  consequently  shortened,  §64.  1,  Tj^n,  l^jl,  T^n] ,  Ofi^],  V}\l-  There 
are  a  few  examples  of  u  in  the  future  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  ']l"i'j  Prov. 
29:6,  y^^;  Isa.  42:4,  Eccles.  12:6,  Dnn  Ezek.  24:  11  and  perhaps  ^^.^ 
Gen.  49  :  19,  Hab.  3:  16,  Tlia"^  Ps.  91 :  6.' though  Gesenius  assumes  the  ex- 
istence  of  "i^i  and  1^113  as  distinct  roots  from  "i^J  and  Tio  . 

2.  The  Niphal  preterite  and  participle:  (l)  With  Hhirik  under  the 
prefixed  3,  ni-isa  Job  20 :  28,  bna,  nm,  rn?.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
prefix,  •'Piina  Jer.  22:23,  n-^nNJ  Mai.  3:9,  D"i7an3  Isa.  57:5.  (3)  With 
Kamets  under  the  prefix,  3DD ,  ?j?5 ,  ina,  "^rj ;  sometimes  the  repetition 
of  like  vowels  in  successive  syllables  is  avoided  by  exchanging  a  of  the 
last  syllable  for  Tsere,  ^p3  and  bpi ,  D733  and  0^3,  0303  Ezek.  26:2, 
or  for  Hholem  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  ^ifhs,  y"^^  Eccl.  12:6,  ll'is  Am. 
3:11,  !lTiii3  Nah.  1 :  12,  ^^53  Isa.  34  :  4.  '         ' 

ft  J  T 

3.  The  Niphal  future  preserves  the  Tsere  of  perfect  verbs  in  one  ex- 
ample, bnn  Lev.  21  :  9,  but  mostly  compresses  it  to  Pattahh,  b^l,  b^7,  n:^, 
IB"^,  T|527 ,  0537,  nia^ ,  tlSX;  like  the  preterite  it  sometimes  has  Hholem, 
lian  Isa.  24  :  3,  pian  ibid.  If  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  and  incapable 
of  receiving  Daghesh,  the  preceding  Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  "in;;, 
bnx ,  eft;; ,  yr.n ,  sian;; .  The  Kal  and  Niphal  futures,  it  will  be  perceived, 
coincide  in  some  of  their  forms  ;  and  as  the  signification  of  these  species 
is  not  always  clearly  distinguishable  in  intransitive  verbs,  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  doubt  or  of  indifference  to  which  a  given  form  should  be  referred. 
Thus,  b'H^,  T(53?,  ri^^7  are  in  the  Niphal  according  to  Gesenius,  while 
Ewald  makes  them  to  be  Kal,  and  Ftirst  the  first  two  Niphal  and  the 
third  Kal. 

4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  :  Tian  Isa.  24:  3,  pian  ibid.,  or  with 
Tsere  in  the  last  syllable,  Dan  2  Sam.  17: 10.  The  infinitive  construct: 
D^n  Ps.  68  :  3,  bnn  Ezek.  20 : 9,  and  once  with  Pattahh  before  a  suffix, 
iSnn  Lev.  21  :4,     The  imperative:  ^lian  Isa.  52:  H,  sia'-^n  Num.  17:  10. 

5.  In  the  Hiphil  preterite  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  is  compressed 
to  Tsere,  aon ,  -,an  (in  pause  "isn,  so  !  I52'>3n ,  Ji^arn).  or  even  to  Pat- 
tahh, p'^ri ,  bpn ,  ^pi ,  -i4r! )  TpD)  s^nn ,  ncn ,  ii&^in ,  fiaon  ,  Both  infini- 
tives have  Tsere,  thus  the  absolute :  pnn  ,  "lan  ,  nsn  ,  i£n  ,  bnn  ;  the 
construct:  "lin,  TjOn  ,  "^Ef^  C^^i.^  Zecli.'ll :  10),  ^:^ri ,  bpn ,  cnn ,  in 
pause  ''"lan.  phn,  with  a  final  guttural,  inn,  5">n.  The  imperative: 
aon  ,  -icn ,  bpn ,  bnn ,  Sirn  ;  Jiat-n  Job  21  :  5  is'  a  Hiphil  and  not  a  Hophal 
form  as  stated  by  Gesenius,  the  first  vowel  being  Kamets  and  not  Kamets 
Hhatuph.  Futures  with  a  short  vowel  before  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical:  -4.2,  BP)'! ,  I^P,  ^^^1;  with  a  long  voAvel,  )!s'^,  ^^"^ ,  "S^i  ^H? 
Of  ^ri^j^v!^)  S^'in  and  S"^";,  T(t5ri,  ]^x:';  (e  expressed  by  the  vowel  letter 
X ,  §  U.  1.  a)  Eccles.  12 :  5.  When  in  this  latter  class  of  futures  the 
accent  is  removed  from  the  ultimate,  whether  by  Vav  Conversive  or  any 
other  cause,  Tsere  is  shortened  to  Seorhol,  ^J'l,  pt'^'',  "iS'V  Ti'^'i,  TiC, 
inpi,  and  in  one  instance  to  Hhirik,  y;Pi]  Judg.  9:53  (VIR!!  would  be 
from  y^'i)  before  a  guttural  it  becomes  Pattahh,  2.n^i,  in"!,  "^^^-  Par- 
ticiples: ao^,  ^^13,  bna,  b^^  Ezek.  31:3,  S^ia  Prov.  17:4.     In  a  very 


174  ETYMOLOGY.  §  141 

few  instances  the  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  retained  in  the  last 
syllable  of  this  species  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs.  TpD^  Judg.  3  :  24,  W^^^  Jer, 
49:20,  D'^TTS]  Num.  21:30. 

6.  Hophal  preterites:  bmn,  nwiin  ,  iiian  ;  futures:  ci'>i"' ,  "ixi'' ,  p*^!|i, 
in"',  -isn,  ^^^'',  la*!"^,  ns;',  7(3'';  participles:  TESia ,  "lia  or^  in  some 
copies  '^i\  2  Sam.  23  :  6  ;  infinitive  with  suffix,  n^sirn  Lev.  2G :  34,  with 
prep.,  ri52i:3ri3  ver.  43.  v 

§141.  1.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  vowel  affix  and  the  consequent  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  last  radical,  the  preceding  vowel  and  the 
position  of  the  accent  continue  unchanged,  131,  Ifb^,  n^airj  (distinguished 
from  the  fern.  part.  Sra'a:),  ^hn/^ ;  if  the  last  radical  does  not  admit 
Daghesh-fbrte  a  preceding  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  short  before  n, 
but  it  is  lengthened  to  Kamets  before  other  gutturals,  n^53,  sisni  (100.  2), 
!|">3n ,  nniij  and  ^lAlU .     When    the   first   radical    is  doubled.    Daghesh  is 

»     -     '  T      T  -  til  •  O 

omitted  from  the  last  in  the  Kal  fut.  0,  l^'^f;  '''^i??)  I'^Pi';!,  and  occasionally 
elsewhere  lri3^  Hi.  fut.  isan  Ho.  pret.  Other  cases  are  exceptional, 
whether  of  the  shifting  of  the  accent,  ^lan  Ps.  3 : 2.^  ssn  Ps.  55 :  22,  >l5;3 
Jer.  4  :  13,  and  consequent  shortening  of  the  vowel.  Va  Jer.  7  :  29  for  ■'•fa, 
in,  !isn  for  ■'Sn,  ^rn ,  I'Ti^  Jer.  49:28  (with  the  letter  repeated  instead 
of  being  simply  doubled  by  Daghesh,  so  likewise  in  O'l'iC'^  Jer.  5 :  6,  "'JJin 
Ps.  9:14),  for  ^I'niu ;  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  ntbij  1  Sam.  14:36,  ntsn 
Prov.  7:  13,  i:£3ri  Cant.  6:  11,  7  :  13,  !  ^ipn;;  Job  19^23,  -n=i5  Num.  22:'il", 
17  (Kal  imper.  with  n^  parag.  for  "nap  shortened  by  Makkeph  from  i^^'p, 
BO  -nns  ora  Num.  23 :  7),  or  in  addition,  the  rejection  of  the  vowel,  >l'an 
K.  futV^Gen.  11:6  for  lat^,  nrnj  Gen.  11  :  7  K.  fut.  for  nVis,  np^j  Isa. 
19:3  Ni.  pret.  for  n^=3  or  n;3=D,  r^yqi  Ezek.  41:7  Ni.  fut.  for  naps ; 
l^p  Judg.  5 : 5  according  to  Gesenius  for  1^13  Ni.  pret.  of  bh]  to  shake, 
according  to  others  K.  pret.  of  bT3  to  flow;  ^lliyni  Ezek.  36:3  for  iH'nT 
(Ewald)  from  hbv  to  enter,  or  for  ibrni  Ni.  fut.  of  n^S  to  go  vp,  Viqs 
Ezek.  7  :  24  Ni.  pret.  for  >km  ,  ->nn3  Cant.  1 :6  Ni.  pret.  for  -!inn3.  Once 
instead  of  doubling  the  last  radical  ">  is  inserted,  si*'5'n  Prov.  26  :  7  for  IS'5, 
comp.  ti^n'n  Ezr.  10  :  16  for  lai'n'n  . 

2.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  vowel  before  affixes  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant, the  accent  is  shifted  and  the  previous  part  of  the  word  shortened 
if  possible;  thus,  with  o  in  the  preterite,  ri'i'p ,  ''f?'i^*f^  (Kamets  before  1 
which  cannot  be  doubled),  onis?  ,  ^i-Ta  ,  ■'nips ,  crprs ,  nip-in^ ,  T'A?*^ 
(the  vowel  remaining  long  before  ')>  riOlv!  (P^<tahh  instead  of  compound 
Sh'va  on  account  of  the  following  guttural,  §60.  3.  c),  "'r'bnn ,  once  with 
ft,  !i3^'i33  Mic.  2:4;  with  e  in  the  future,  J^plon  ,  f^rH"?  '  ^rllf^  •  1^  the 
first  radical  be  doubled,  Daghesh  is  omitted  from  the  last,  and  the  cus- 
tomary vowel  is  in  consequence  not  inserted.  i^Jpan  ,  nsbsn  ;  other  cases 
are  rare  and  exceptional,  iipi-ipn,  Fibns,  "'nsns,  cnbps,  ^isrri  which 'is 
first  plur.  pret.  for  isan  not  third  plur.  for  ^lan  (Ewald),  §54.  3;  ipn'Sffl 
Deut.  32:41,  ipian  Ua.  44:16,  "'piij'n  Ps.  116:6,  have  the  accent  upon 
the  ultimate  instead  of  the  penult. 

3.  Before  suffixes  the  accent  is  always  shifted,  and  if  possible  the 
vowels  shortened,  ^aio^,  siniiD^  from  nb;;,  siab'j,  T}1^"J  from  n*iiir,  ^is^"?" 


§  141  REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  175 

from  cnn.  dnen  from  "EM;  in  Tijrf'  Gen.  43:29,  Isa.  30 :  19,  from  *,n''. 
Dsnsri  Lev.  26:  15  from  lEH,  the  original  vowels  have  been  not  only  ab- 
breviated but  rejected,  and  the  requisite  short  vowel  given  to  the  first  of  the 
concurring  consonants,  §61.  1.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  form  resembling 
that  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  is  assumed,  Daghesh  being  omitted  from  the  last 
radical  and  the  preceding  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  "ipsin  Prov. 
8:29  for  ipn  ver.  27.  Tj^"'nri  Isa.  33:  1  for  Tjanri ,  iin^niia^ijn  Ezek.  14:8 
for  in-iniBirn ,  n^ils-'Tn  Lam.  1:8  for  r\^hr}  Hi.  pret.  oi'h^T,'  -iP-n^  Hab. 
2 :  17  for  inn^  Hi.  fut.  of  nnn  with  3  fem.  plur.  suf,  cp'ix/  2  Sam.' 22  :  43 
in  a  few  editions  for  CiSTX  .  Nun  is  once  inserted  before  the  suffix  in  place 
of  doubling  the  radical,  "ija;?  Num.  23  :  13  for  -ia|5  . 

§  14\  1.  Of  the  verbs  which  occur  in  Piel,  Pual,  or  Hithpael,  the  fol- 
lowing adopt  the  forms  of  perfect  verbs,  viz. : 

"i"!!!*  to  curse.  32^  to  cry.  *(3|5  to  make  a  nest. 

tT3  to  plunder.  rns  to  smite,  break.  ykj^  to  cut  off. 

"1^3  to  purify.  33b  to  take  away  the  33n  to  be  many. 

\2JUJa  to  grope.  heart.  Tp/^  to  be  tender. 

ppT  to  rejine.  Pi3b  to  lick.  Tn'^y  to  harrow. 

Dan  to  warm.  ttJUJ^  to  feel,  to  grope.  "i^iiij  to  rule. 

Y^n  to  divide.  t^S  to  leap.  '|3123  to  sharpen. 

nnn  to  be  broken.  bbo  to  judge,  to  inter-  ccn  to  be  perfect. 
bba  to  cover.                               cede. 

2.  The  following,  which  are  mostly  suggestive  of  a  short,  quick,  re- 
peated motion,  reduplicate  the  radical  syllable,  viz. : 

"inn  to  bum.  nnia  to  linger.  y?Ta  to  sport,  delight. 

'n'^3  to  dance.  T)30  to  excite.  pp'a  to  run. 

prnb  to  be  mad.  ^ISS  to  chirp.  rs'tn  to  mock. 

3.  The  following  insert  Hholem  after  the  first  radical,  viz.  : 

■jix  ?o  complain.  TiJ  to  fly.  5Sn  to  break. 

b^3  to  mix.  CD3  to  lift  up.  nWd  to  sink. 

pp3  to  empty.  C]ED  to  occupy  the  thres-   b^i!3  to  spoil. 

*ina  to  cut.  hold.  oiir  to  be  desolate  or 

^na  to  sweep  away.  ^nS  to  bind.  amazed. 

cr'n  to  be  still.  Gpfj  to  cut  off.  C)Sn  to  beat. 

rrn  to  break  loose  ViV';^  to  gather. 

4.  The  following  employ  two  forms,  commonly  in  different  senses,  viz. : 

bJba  and  bbia  to  roll.  -jSn  to  make  gracious,   "jain   to  be 

bbn  to  praise,  bbln  to  make  mad.  gracious. 

bbn  to  profane,  b^in  to  wound.  b^B  to  speak,  bb'ia  to  mow. 


176  ETYMOLOGY.  §  142, 143 

S3Q  io  change,  siiO  to  surround.       b'b'p  to  curse,  ^p^P  to  whet. 

*,s's  to  gather  clouds^  ')biS  to  prac-    yk"}  and  ysii  ^o  crusA. 

<j"se  sorcery.  TnilJ  and    T^iy    /o    treat   with  vio- 

^I'nis  to  burst, 'i'&'^^  to shaketo pieces.  lence. 

5.  The  following  use  different  forms  in  different  species,  viz. : 

pph  Pi.  to  decree,  Pu.  ppn .  "js'-i  Pi,  to  shout,  Hith.  'ii^r;.-!.* 

ntiri  Pi.  to  measure,  Hith.  T^tirin .  T^iyi  Pi.  ^o  fireafc,  Pu.  uicBn  . 

"it's  Pi. ^omaA:e6/«er, Hith. I'b-i^rn.  *|3^  Pi.  to  inculcate,  Hith.   Tiindrj 

iobo  Pi.  to  cvall,  Hith.  is^'inpri .  to  pierce. 
Vh^V  Pi.  to  maltreat,  Hith.  b.^?nrt 
and  ^^I'ynn . 

6.  The  following  examples  exhibit  the  effect  of  gutturals  upon  redu- 
plicated forms:  Preterite,  SUJS'.d  Isa.  11:8;  Infinitive,  "innnb  Prov. 
26:21,  nbn^nn  Ex.  12:39;  Future,  ywnuJx  Ps.  119:47,  >irmsilJ'^  Ps. 
94:19;  Imperative,  dui?n\rn  Isa.  29:9;  Participle,  snsna  Gen.  27 :  12, 
ri^'H^f?'?  Prov.  26:18.    ''    " 

<3  §  14^  !•  Tiie  Pual  species  adheres  to  the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs 
with  the  exception  of  the  preterites,  Tii3  Nah.  3  :  17.  bbis  -Lam.  1 :  12,  the 
future  :  'ly'UJ^l^  Isa.  66 :  12,  and  the  participles,  '"'^^'i?^  Isa.  9 : 4,  b^n?a 
Isa.  53:5.  ''"  ' 

2.  !  rs'iy-'  Isa.  15  :  5  is  for  :  !i-»SJ"i55i  Pi.  fut.  of  nn5  .  6  57. 1 .     nnnn  2  Sam. 

I"      :  !*■:-:  -  t       ■>  at   t    ■ 

22  : 7  is  contracted  for  ■']32!in  Ps.  18  :  27,  probably  with  the  view  of  as- 
similating it  in  form  to  the  preceding  !  nsnn  ;  in  regard  to  ibsnn  in  the 
same  verse,  Nordheimer  adopts  the  explanation  of  Alting  that  it  is  a  simi- 
lar contraction  of  the  Hithpael  of  bSs  thou  wilt  show  thyself  ajudge,hut  as 
it  answers  to  tbnQnn  Ps.  18:27,  the  best  authorities  are  almost  unanimous 

IT    -    :     •  ' 

in  supposing  a  transposition  of  the  second  radical  with  the  first  and  its 
union  with  n  of  the  prefix. 

3.  brfi  and  b^n  .  The  prefixed  n  remains  in  the  Hiphil  future  of  b^n, 
e.  ff.  iipni ,  !ibhiT' ,  siiinnn  and  in  the  derivative  nouns  c&nn,  nisnrna, 
whence  these  forms  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  the  secondary  root  >nrt  . 


Pe  Yodh  C'S)  Verbs. 

\_L  ^  14^.  In  quiescent  verbs  one  of  the  original  radicals  is 
ii ,  1  or  "^ ,  which  in  certain  forms  is  converted  into  or  ex- 
changed for  a  vowel.  As  i5  preserves  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter when  occupying  the  second  place  in  the  root,  and  also 

*  "jiii^n^    Ps.   78:65   is   not  from  )^'^  (Gesenius)   but  from   )il,  see 
Alexander  in  loc. 


§144  PE    YODII    VERBS.  177 

(with  the  exception  of  the  Pe  Aleph  future,  §110.  3,  and  a 
few  occasional  forms,  §111.2)  when  it  stands  in  the  first 
place,  verbs  having  this  letter  as  a  first  or  second  radical  be- 
long to  the  guttural  class ;  those  only  in  which  it  is  the  third 
radical  (Lamedh  Aleph)  are  properly  reckoned  quiescent.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  first,  second,  or  third  radical  be  either 
Yodh  or  Vav,  the  verb  is  classed  as  quiescent.  All  verbs 
into  which  either  l  or  "^  enter  as  a  first  radical  are  promiscu- 
ously called  Pe  Yodh,  as  the  modes  of  inflection  arising  from 
these  two  letters  have  been  blended,  and  Yodh  in  either  case 
appears  in  the  Kal  preterite  from  which  roots  are  ordinarily 
named,  §  83.  «.  In  the  second  radical  the  Vav  forms  (Ayin 
Vav)  preponderate  greatly  over  those  with  Yodh  (Ayin 
Yodh).  In  the  third  radical  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  those  with  Vav,  though  the  current  de- 
nomination of  the  verbs  is  derived  from  neither  of  these 
letters  but  from  He  (Lamedh  He),  which  is  used  to  express 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  in  the  Kal  preterite  after  the 
proper  radical  has  been  rejected. 

a.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  the  consonant  n  belong  to  the  guttural 
class,  e.  g.  tnia,  t^TaPi,  and  are  quite  distinct  from  the  quiescent  verbs  Hib 
in  which  n  always  represents  a  vowel,  e.  g.  nsa  ,  riDQ . 

0   §14\.  1.  In  Pe  Yodh  verbs  the  first  radical  is  mostly 

Yodh  at  the  beginning,  §  56.  2,  and  Vav  at  the  close  of  a 

syllable.     It  is  accordingly  Yodh  in  the  Kal,  Piel,  and  Pual 

species,  and  commonly  in  the  Hithpael,   ^td;'  ,    rnr^ ,    niD^ , 

atD^nn ,     It  is  Vav  in   the  Niphal  and  commonly  in  the 

Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  ai'is ,  n^isin ,  ainn . 

2.  In  the  Kal  future,  if  Yodh  be  retained,  it  wiU  quiesce 

in  and  prolong  the  previous  Hhirik,  and  the  second  radical 

will  take  Pattahh,  e.  g.  t'l'^*^ ;  if  the  first  radical  be  rejected 

the  previous  Hhirik  is  commonly  lengthened  to  Tsere,  ^p."? , 

the  Pattahh  of  the  second  syllable  being  sometimes  changed 

to  Tsere  to  correspond  with  it,  §  63.  2.  c,  e.  g.  ^t?.':'  ;  in  a  few 

instances  Hhirik  is  preserved  by  giving  Daghesh-forte  to  the 
12 


178  ETYMOLOGY.  §145,146 

second  radical  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  the  following  vowel  being 
either  Pattahh  or  Hholem,  t^k': ,  pi;' . 

3.  Those  verbs  which  reject  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  re- 
ject it  likewise  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive  construct, 
where  it  would  be  accompanied  by  Sh'va  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  §  53.  2.  a,  the  infinitive  being  prolonged  as  in 
Pe  Nun  verbs  by  the  feminine  termination,  "2^ ,  nnia . 
fc  §14^.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle  Vav 
quiesces  in  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hholem,  niaiD ,  siri3 ;  in 
the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative,  where  it  is  doubled  by 
Daghesh-forte,  it  retains  its   consonantal  character,  ^i??n, 

2.  In  the  Hiphil  Vav  quiesces  in  Hholem,  n'liiJin,  n'^pi"'; 
a  few  verbs  have  Yodh  quiescing  in  Tsere,  S'^pin ,  a''t:i.';' ; 
more  rarely  still,  the  first  radical  is  dropped  and  the  preced- 
ing short  vowel  is  preserved,  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  by  doubling 
the  second  radical,  y^^T) ,  v^kr^ . 

3.  In  the  Hophal  Vav  quiesces  in  Shurek,  a©i!i,  yiDV; 
occasionally  the  short  vowel  is  preserved  and  Daghesh-forte 
inserted  in  the  second  radical,  ^^.^^ . 

a.  The  Hholem  or  Tsere  of  the  Hiphil  arises  from  the  combination  of 
a,  the  primary  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  in  this  species,  §82.  5.  b.  (3); 
with  u  or  i,  into  which  the  letters  1  and  "^  are  readily  softened,  §57.  2.  (5). 
The  Hholem  of  the  Niphal  is  to  be  similarly  explained  :  the  Hhirik  of 
this  species,  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  cannot  combine  with  Vav, 
is  exchanged  for  the  simplest  of  the  vowels  a  (comp.  303 ,  Dipj),  and  the 
union  of  this  with  1  forms  6.  The  Hophal  retains  the  passive  vowel  u, 
which  is  occasionally  found  in  perfect  verbs,  §95.  a. 

§14"^.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  those  of  nto;"  to  sit  or  dwell.  The  Piel,  Pual, 
and  Hithpael  are  omitted  from  the  paradigm,  as  they  do  not 
differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  alternate  form  of  the  Kal 
future  is  shown  by  the  example  of  T2Ji^  to  he  dry. 


1 


Paradigm  of 

Pe  Yodh 

Verbs. 

KAL. 

KIPHAL. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  r 

mriD 

n^tin 

iizi^n 

"T 

8/ 

T   :  IT 

T    :    1 

r        • 

T    :       1 

nib" 

T    ;  IT 

2  m. 

T   :   — r 

T   :   — 

T   ;    — 

nnir^n 

T    :  — T 

2/. 

:    :    — T- 

nr^iD 

nniu^n 

mir^r; 

nu5r 

:    :   — r 

Ic. 

•    :    — T 

^nniri] 

^nnirin 

^nn-ii^n 

•    :   — T 

Plur.  3  <5. 

:  IT 

:     1 

^n-^irin 

:       1 

:  IT 

2ot. 

cife^"^": 

nnniijiD 

V  :    —      1 

V   :   -      1 

°^'^5t 

2/ 

■jnniij': 

1  V  :  -    1 

■jnn^in 

)  V   :   -      1 

"inirn': 

Ic. 

:    — T 

^DniciD 

^rzirin 

ii:niD^n 

:  — T 

Infin.  -45s(?Z, 

T 

nirin 

T 

Constr. 

^?^" 

■■T      • 

n^TTin 

nir^n 

iri;' 

FuT.  3  m. 

^^?. 

n^-iji^ 

^•qr 

njn^^ 

3/ 

^"i?^ 

n^TTin 

niij^n 

irn^ri 

2  m. 

nirn 

n^TiJin 

n-ijin 

^i-n 

2/ 

•     ;iT    • 

^n^-diin 

*    :       1 

1(J. 

^■^^"i? 

n^ici^^ 

nir^i^ 

irn^N! 

Piar.  3  m. 

;  i~ 

:iT  • 

^n^-[av 

1 

:    !■ 

3/ 

T   :   —  •• 

T    ;     "T    • 

T   :     ■• 

rirnizi^n 

nriJi^i^ 

2  m. 

^n^'iin 

:       1 

2/ 

riDn^n 

T    :    "T    • 

T    ;    •• 

T    ;    — 

n:u:n-n 

r     ;    —       • 

Ic. 

^'4?3 

••T' 

n^-^iD 

^{d'^d 

td^p 

Imper.  2  m. 

^^. 

rnBin 

tzji^ 

2/ 
Plur.  2  m. 

;iT    • 

wanting 

•    • 

2/ 

T    ;     •• 

T    ;    "T    • 

T   :    •• 

r    :   — : 

Part.  AeL 

n{o-' 

n^^i7j 

irn^ 

Pass. 

T 

T 

T 

T 

179 


180  ETYMOLOGY.  §  147 


Remarks  on  Pe  Yodh  Verbs. 

%       §14\  1.  The  following  verbs  retain  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  viz. : 

ttJi^  to  be  dry.  T\kl  io  be  poured.  X"!^  to  fear. 

sa'j  to  toil.  1S^  to  appoint.  n^^  to  cast. 

•nn^  to  delay.  C)?^  to  be  weary.  l2Jn^  to  possess. 

nj*  to  oppress.  yv"^  to  counsel.  cirj  to  put. 

pD^  to  suck.  ns^  to  be  beautiful.  'jffl'J  to  sleep. 

The  concurrence  of  Yodhs  in  the  third  person  of  the  future  is  some- 
times prevented  by  omitting  the  quiescent  TU3'?,  ^i^'}'^.,  ^^^^,  the  long 
vowel  receiving  Methegh  before  vocal  Sh'va,  and  thus  distinguishing  the 
last  two  words  from  the  Lamedh  He  forms,  ixi'^  from  nXT  and  sii'izi^  from 
niia,  §45.  2. 

2.  The  following  have  Tsere  under  the  preformative ;  those  in  which 
the  second  vowel  is  likewise  Tsere  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  : 

ST^  to  know.  *  lb"!  to  bear.  Sp"'  to  be  dislocated. 

ln^  to  be  joined.  *  N^^  to  go  out.  *  T^ll  to  go  down. 

Dn"!  to  conceive.  1S""  to  be  straitened.     *  SUJ"^  to  sit,  dwell. 

The  second  syllable  has  Pattahh  in  ^nn  Jer.  13:  17,  Lam.  3:48,  and 
in  the  feminine  plurals,  nj'i^n,  nj'i'in;  njssn  has  Seghol  after  the 
analogy  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs;  ri3aiy"'n  (with  the  vowel-letter  "^  for  e) 
occurs  only  in  the  K'thibh,  Ezek.  35 :  9,  and  of  course  has  not  its  proper 
vowels.     In  !Si'''i  Ps.  138  :6  the  radical  Yodh  remains  and  has  attracted 

IT"  : 

to  itself  the  Tsere  of  the  preformative.     Comp.  §60.  3.  c. 

3.  The  following  insert  Daghesh-forte  in  the  second  radical,  viz. :  "iD'^ 
to  chastise,  instruct,  nk"^  to  burn.  In  ^nin  Isa.  44 :  8  short  Hhirik  re- 
mains  before  a  letter  with  Sh'va ;  "^T^ll  Job  16  :  11  is  explained  by  some 
as  a  Kal  future,  by  others  as  a  Piel  preterite. 

4.  The  following  have  more  than  one  form  :  31?;;  to  be  good  fut.  nt?"'^  , 
once  ''3t3"'n  Nah.  3:8;  pk^  to  pour  p's-",  once  p:^h  1  Kin.  22:35;  "^k^ 
to  form,  "127  and  is-^si ;  np';  to  burn,  'ip;:  Isa.  10  :  16,  and  ip^n  Deut 
32:22;  yp^  to  awake,  y^''^  once  yp^  1  Kin.  3:15;  np';  to  be  precious, 
"■'P^7  and  ip"; ,  or  with  a  vowel  letter  for  e,  "^pi]  ;  cia;  to  be  desolate,  ciun 
once  H:riiij-'r)  Ezek.  6:6;  "liy^  to  be  righ t, -^b'^-^ ,  once  nsniT?  (3  fem.plur., 
§88)  1  Sam.  6  :  12.     Some  copies  have  ^vz"^,  Isa.  40  :  30  for  li'a^ . 

5.  In  futures  having  Tsere  under  the  preformative,  the  accent  is  shifted 
to  the  penult  after  Vav  Conversive  in  the  persons  liable  to  such  a  change, 
viz. :  3  sing.,  2  masc.  sing.,  and  1  plur.,  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  being  in  con- 
sequence shortened  to  Seghol,  y^^),  l^riT,  1"i3l .  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate 
becomes  Seghol  in  "'S);^,  "is"!^;;  (with  a  postpositive  accent)  Gen.  2:7,  19, 
ct:-'i  Geii.  50:26;  but  si:'''^^,  ^T»i,  yhp'^'^,  yp.'''^.1,   only  once  before  a 


§148-150  REMARKS    ON    PE    YODH    VERBS.  181 

monosyllable,  §35.  1,  Th?"?^  Gen.  9:24.  The  accent  remains  on  the  ulti- 
mate in  the  Lamedh  Aleph  form  Nri."^] ,  unless  the  following  word  begins 
with  an  accented  syllable,  e.  g.  fi^^^T  Gen.  4 :  16,  8:  18.  The  pause  re- 
stores the  accent  in  all  thes6  cases  to  its  original  position,  ;  -i^^]  Ruth 
4:1,!  ?nm  Ps.  139  :  1,  i^'n  Ps.  18  :  10,  §35.  2. 

n  §143.  1.  Kal  construct  infinitives  with  Yodh  :  VJ^"^  and  with  a  feminine 
ending  n'^i';' ,  rbb"^,  107  with  suf  "''ip^,  once  with  prep.  i"iD"'b  2  Chron. 
31  :  7,  Daghesh  conservative  after  «,  §14.  a;  •^X"!';',  §87,  once  X*!';'  Josh. 
22:25  and  with  prep.  X"ib  1  Sam.  18:29  from  itn^;  nin^  once  Nin^  2  Chron. 
26:  15  from  n^'^ ,  'iW''. 

2.  Infinitives  without  Yodh  :  m"^  (with  euf.  "'m'^),  ni"^  Ex.  2  :  4,  and 
without  the  feminine  termination  ST,  nnb  (with  suf.  "'Fi'ib)  and  mb ,  once 
r^  ]  Sam.  4:19,  §54.  2,  nsk  (with  suf  "'nxri),  'npM.',  r^"]"!!  (with  euf. 
''Fin-i)  once  nn-i  Gen.  46:3,  nuin  (with  suf.  nri^n),'n3ia  (nnia,  with 
Buf  "'FiHii?  once  Tino  Ps.  23 : 6).  Yodh  is  perhaps  dropped  from  the  ab- 
solute infinitive  2i<U  Jer.  42: 10,  which  is  usually  explained  to  be  for  ^iib^  ; 
it  may,  however,  be  derived  from  the  Ayin  Vav  verb  z^'v  . 

3.  Imperatives  with  Yodh:  i\'i1,  K'n'^,  irn^  .  Without  Yodh:  3?'n  (with 
n  parag.  ny'n  Prov.  24:  14),  2^  (with  n  par'ag.  nsti;  for  ^lifi  Hos.  4:18, 
see  §92.  a),  NS  (nxs,  fem.  plur.  ri:-'i<^  Cant.  3:11),  si)  ("2^,  ^'^^). 
With  both  forms:  pS  and  pik-'  (iipUSi),  in  (nnn),  twice  in"'  Judff.  5:13'li3T 
t'-\  and  nia-ii. 

AT  T   T  ; 

[^Q  §'Wftr  1.  The  Niphal  of  ni^  has  fi  instead  of  0,  ^513  Zeph.  3  :  18,  Pl'S^a 
Lam.  1:4;  li*^3  1  Chron.  3  :  5,  20  :  8  has  u  followed  by  Daghesh.  t^\^: , 
which  according  to  Gesenius  is  from  r:i^  ,  has  ij  Ewald  assumes  the  root 
to  be  inns ,  and  refers  to  it  likewise  the  Kal  future  and  the  Hiphil  ascribed 
to  nk"',  §147.3.  and  §150.4.  In  that  case  the  Daghesh  in  sina^  Isa.  33:12, 
Jer.  51 :  58,  will  not  require  the  explanation  suggested  in  §24.  c,  but  the 
K'thibh  nin-':nn  2  Sam.  14:30  will  be  unexplained.  UJpia  Ps.  9 :  17  is 
not  the  Niphal  preterite  or  participle  of  ^p"^ ,  but  the  Kal  participle  of  t*pD . 
2.  Yodh  appears  in  the  Niphal  future  of  two  verbs  instead  of  Vav, 
bn^^l  Gen.  8  :  12,  1  Sam.  13:  8  K'ri,  nn^7  Ex.  19  :  13.  In  the  first  person 
singular  X  always  has  Hhirik,  snjx,  nbjwH,  "iCJX,  t-^^i^ ,  ?t;jx  ,  "injx. 

'  §  1^.  1.  In  the  Hiphil  the  following  verbs  have  Yodh  preceded  by 
Tsere,  viz. :  -i:^  to  be  good,  bb^  to  howl,  *)i^  to  go  to  the  right,  ^a'j  to 
change,  p3'^  to  suck.  Yodh  is  likewise  found  in  "'St'n'^n  Judg.  16:26 
K'thibh,  and  in  the  following  instances  in  which  the  prefix  has  Pattahh  as 
in  perfect  verbs,  c-n^O'^N  Hos.  7 :  12,  ^T'iJ"^:  Prov.  4  :  25,  "iir-^n  Ps.  5:9 
K'ri  (K'thibh  lujin), '  xi?^  Gen.  8:17  K'ri  (K'thibh  K^jn'n),  c'^'r'p'^T? 
1  Chron.  12  :  2.  ' 

2.  In  S''^!!'?  Job  24 :  21  (elsewhere  ^■'i!?'';;)  and  ^''}y:  (once  iib-'lJ'^N  Mic. 
1 : 8),  the  radical  Yodh  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel  of  the  preformative, 
comp.  §  147.  2.  He  remains  after  the  preformative  in  'ib'^^'^H'^  Isa.  52  :  5, 
nnin-j  Neh.  11:17,  Ps.  28:7,  S^mi^  1  Sam.  17:47,  Ps.  116:6.  Both 
Yodh  and  Vav.  quiescing  in  their  appropriate  vowels,  are  liable  to  omis- 
sion, T'rin,  ^P''}f?.,  T^Vn,  iHU-^iri,  and  once  the  vowel  Tsere  is  dropped 
before  a  suffix,  >inJ2''3Pi  Ex.  2 :  9  for  ini^is-^n . 


182  ETYMOLOGY.  §150,151 

3.  Vav  conversive  draws  the  accent  back  to  the  penultimate  Tsere  or 
Hholem  of  the  Hiphil  future  in  the  persons  liable  to  be  affected  by  it, 
§147.5,  and  shortens  the  final  vowel,  ^'Jii^i ,  prP]^  ^'^'^^1 ,  3^.2;],  SSPl ; 
but  with  a  pause  accent  t  "^rpil  Ruth  2  :  1^. 

4.  The  following  verbs  insert  Daghesh  in  the  second  radical  in  the 
Hiphil,  viz. :  ji;  to  set,  place,  ^^"^  to  spread,  p:i^  to  pour,  except  ;  rpi^ia 
2  Kin.  4 : 5  K'ri  (K'thibh  PFS'''2),  rk^  to  burn,  except  •T^n'^sin  2  Sam. 
14 :  30  K'thibh. 

5.  In  the  Hophal  a  few  examples  occur  of  u  followed  by  Daghesh,  5S7 
Ex.  10:24,  yk;;  Isa.  14:  11,  Esth.  4:3,  ibilTS  Isa.  28:16,  pS^  Job  11 :  15; 
and  a  few  of  Hholem,  5>nin  Lev.  4  :  23,  28,  N^i-i  Prov.  1 1  :  25  for  nni-"  from 
nni  .  The  construct  infinitive:  loin  Ezr.  3:  11,  and  with  the  feminine 
termination  rq^^n  Ezek.  16:4,  nn|n  Gen.  40:20,  Ezek.  16:5. 

♦■y  §  15^.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  Yodh  is  once  dropped,  ^7  Judg.  19  :  11  for 

*Tn'' .  Hhirik  occurs  with  the  second  radical  of  1^'^  and  lan""  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  singular  with  suffixes,  and  in  the  second  person  plural, 
which  is  perhaps  due  to  the  assimilating  power  of  the  antecedent  Yodh, 

e,  g.  ■'snl^'?,  •'^niz^l'?,  Ci^:!^'?'?- 

2.  In  the  Piel  future  the  prefix  Yodh  of  the  third  person  is  contracted 
with  the  radical  after  Vav  conversive,  intoa?]  Nah.  1:4  for  inba^';'],  nri^l 
Lam.   3:33,    si^^l    Lam.   3:53,    cnffi^l    2    Chron.   32:30   K'ri  '  (K'thibh 

O-lllJ'ii'l). 

3.  Three  verbs  have  Vav  in  the  Hithpael,  n^inn,  rt)_^nn ,  ns'inn;  n 
is  assimilated  to  the  following  1  and  contracted  with  it  in  1"i&!i3  Ezek. 
23 :  48  for  *i^&ir:  a  peculiar  Niphal  formed  on  the  basis  of  a  Hithpael, 
§83.  c.  (2).  In  nknn  Ex.  2  :4  for  -k^ntn  Yodh  is  rejected  and  its  vowel 
given  to  the  preceding  letter,  §53.  3.  6. 

A  §  15l.  1.  Tirrj  and  Ty?"^  .    T\?'!^  to  go  in  the  Hiphil  and  for  the  most  part  in 

the  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative  Kal  follows  the  analogy  of  Pe 
Yodh  verbs,  as  though  the  root  were  T\i'^  .  Thus.  Kal  inf.  const.  riD^  (riDb , 
with  suf.  "^nsb)  rarely  Ti'^n ;  fut.  Tj^;;'  (once  with  the  vowel  letter  "^  for  e, 
tthh^^_  Mic.  1:8,  fern.  pi.  nsDyn),  occasionally  in  poetry  fl'^n;:  (3  fem.  sing. 
t)^nn);  imper.  T\?.  (with  fi^  parag.  nib,  or  without  the  vowel  letter  ?)b , 
fem.  pi.  nsoS  and  ;p.B)  once  libn  Jer.  51:50.  Hiphil:  Tj^'i^in  once  in 
the  imper.  ■'3''l'"'n  Ex.  2:9,  and  once  in  the  participle  D"'b^ii^  Zech.  3:7 
for  ci-ibna,  §94.  e. 

2.  Cibit  to  gather  and  tiD^  to  add  are  liable  to  be  confounded  in  certain 
forms.  In  the  Hiphil  future  of  wib^,  0  is  twice  represented  by  the  vowel 
letter  X,  ClD.S'i  1  Sam.  18:29.  {ispsn  Ex.  5:7;  Cipx  drops  its  N  in  the 
Kal  future,  when  it  follows  the  Pe  Aleph  inflection,  §110.  3,  which  it  does 
only  in  the  following  instances,  r|p>'l  2  Sam.  6  :  1,  Clfch  Ps.l04  :  29,  nbpX 
Mic.  4  :  6,  i^SDX  1  Sam.  15  :  6,  where  the  Hhirik,  being  abbreviated  from 
Tsere,  is  short,  notwithstanding  the  Methegh  in  the  intermediate  syllable, 
§45.  2.  a.  The  apoc.  Hiph.  fut.  of  Cip";  when  joined  with  the  negative 
particle  bx  is  accented  on  the  penult,  ClpiPi-bs  Deut.  3 :  26,  and  in  one  in- 
stance the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  dropped  entirely,  CjOiFrbx  Prov.  30 : 6. 


$152,153     AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODH    VERBS.  183 

3.  D"'ri3':3in  Zech.  10 : 6  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Geseniu8  and 
Hengsteriberg,  lor  nipiaoin  from  ~b;  lo  dwell,  though  Ewald  derives  it 
from  :lilJ  to  relurn.  as  if  for  n-^ni^Trn,  and  Kimchi  supposes  it  to  be  a 
combination  of  both  words  suggesting  the  sense  of  both,  in  which  he  is 
followed  by  the  English  translators,  I  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them. 

d"'X2H  Isa.  30:  5  "is  regarded  byGesenius  as  an  incorrect  orthography 
for  UJ'^iin ;  but  Maurer  and  Knobel  read  it  ^""X^n  and  assume  a  root  UJka 
synonymous  with  Uiia  ".     Alexander  in  loc. 

t^iain  Ps.  16:5,  see  §90. 


Ayin  Vav  (iy)  AND  Ayin  Yodh  ("^y)  Verbs. 

^-  §15^.  Yodh  and  Vav,  as  the  second  radical  of  verbs, 
have  the  following  peculiarities,  viz  : 

1.  They  may  be  converted  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  i  and  u. 

2.  They  may  be  rejected  when  accompanied  by  a  hetero- 
geneous vowel,  which  is  characteristic  of  the  form.  Yodh 
forms  are  confined  to  the  Kal  of  a  few  verbs ;  in  the  other 
species  Vav  forms  are  universal. 

a.  Yodh  is  never  found  as  a  quiescent  middle  radical  in  any  species 
but  Kal:  it  enters  as  a  consonant  into  the  Piel  of  two  verbs,  and  the  Hith- 
pael  of  two,  §  161. 1,  the  Niphal  of  n^n  to  be,  and  the  Hiphil  of  n^n  to  live. 

5  §15|5.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  and  active  participle  and 
in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  the  quiescent  is  rejected 
and  its  vowel  given  to  the  preceding  radical.     Thus, 

Kal  preterite :  u^  for  Dip  where  a,  which  arises  from 
blending  a  with  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §62. 1,  is  in  partial 
compensation  for  the  contraction,  T)h  for  rij'a ,  tJ3  for  izj'o , 
y)  for  n'i:'! .     For  an  exceptional  formation,  see  §  158.  1. 

Active  participle  :  Dj?  for  dip  ,  trn  for  t^^)2 ,  ira  for  O'la , 
IT  for  ^1"^ ,  the  ordinary  participial  form  being  superseded 
by  that  of  another  verbal  derivative,  as  is  the  case  in  some 
perfect  verbs  of  a  neuter  signification,  §  90. 


184  ETYMOLOGY.  §154 

Hipliil  and  Hoplial :  D^j?n  for  D'^iipn,  Q'^p?  for  U^)'^':, 
cf^^n  for  D^Ip?^,  the  short  vowel  of  the  prefix  being  pro- 
longed in  a  simple  syllable,  §  59. 

2.  In  the  Kal  construct  infinitive,  future,  imperative  and 
passive  participle,  the  quiescent  is  softened  into  its  homo- 
geneous vowel,  D^p ,  l"''i ;  in  the  future  the  preformative 
commonly  takes  the  simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a,  Dip^, 
^■'n;',  comp.  30^ . 

3.  In  the  Kal  absolute  infinitive  and  in  the  Niphal 
species  a  similar  softening  of  1  occurs,  which,  with  the 
accompanying  or  preceding  a,  forms  o,  §  57.  2.  (5),  Dip  (kom= 
kaum)  for  ni'i.p ;  nip3  for  Dip? ,  the  prefix  usually  taking  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a ;  Dip^  for  Dip;' . 

4.  In  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Niphal  and 
Hiphil  preterites  o  (i)  is  inserted  before  the  afiixed  termina- 
tion in  order  to  preserve  the  long  vowel  of  the  root  from  the 
compression  incident  to  standing  before  two  consonants, 
§61.4;  in  the  feminine  plurals  of  the  Kal  future  v  [^..)  is 
sometimes  inserted  for  a  similar  reason,  this  prolongation  of 
the  word  being  attended  by  a  shifting  of  the  accent  and  a 
consequent  rejection  of  the  pretonic  vowel  of  the  first  sylla- 
ble, nniiaipD,  ni^-'pn,  np^bipn.  In  the  Niphal  preterite, 
when  the  inserted  i  receives  the  accent,  the  preceding  i  is  for 
euphony  changed  to  'n,  e.  g.  '^niiaips. 

5.  In  the  Kal  and  Hiphil  species  the  apocopated  future 
takes  the  diphthongal  vowels  o  and  e  in  distinction  from  the 
ordinary  future,  which  has  the  pure  vowels  u  and  i,  §65.2.3, 
thus  niij;' ,  nilj^ .  With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 
back  to  the  simple  penult,  and  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable 
is  shortened,  2t»H  ,  m»^l . 

(a  §15^.  1.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  the  form  of 

perfect  verbs  is  rarely  adopted,  the  second  radical  appearing 
as  1 ,  e.  g.  ^!!3?,  or  as  "^ ,  e.  g.  D^p. 

2.  Commonly  the  third  radical  is  reduplicated  instead 


^155       AYIN  VAV  AND  AYIN  YODH  VERBS.         185 

of  the  second,  which  then  quiesces  in  Hholem,  Pi.  D'bSp, 
Pu.  ni2ip ,  Hith.  oigipnn . 

a.  In  the  Pual  o  is  the  passive  vowel  here  adopted  in  preference  to  u: 
in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael  it  arises  from  the  combination  of  u,  to  whicli  1  is 
Boftened,  with  the  antecedent  a,  chip  for  DTSip .  §82.  5.  b  (3). 

3.  Sometimes  the  quiescent  letter  is  omitted  from  the 
root,  and  the  resulting  biUteral  is  reduplicated,  Pi.  bsbs, 
Pu.  IJ?'?? . 

a.  The  two  forms  of  the  intensive  species,  which  depart  from  the  regu' 
lar  paradigm,  precisely  resemble  in  appearance  those  of  Ayin  doubled 
verbs,  though  constructed  upon  a  different  principle,  as  already  explained. 

"1  §15^  The  inflections  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  are  shown  in 
those  of  D^^p  to  stand  or  rise,  in  the  following  paradigm ;  the 
divergent  forms  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  in  the  Kal  species  are 
exhibited  by  l"^"!  to  contend. 

a.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  are  named  not  from  the  Kal 
preterite,  in  which  the  quiescent  is  rejected,  but  from  the  construct  infini- 
tive, the  simplest  form  in  which  all  the  radicals  appear. 

b.  No  Hophal  forms  occur  in  those  persons  in  which  the  inflective  ter- 
minations begin  with  a  consonant.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Ayin  Yodh 
imperative. 


Paradigm  of 

Ayin  Vav 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Pbet.  3  m. 

»=fe 

m 

D7bip 

D7bip 

8/ 

•     ^'tI^ 

n^jip; 

Tit'Ti]:) 

titqip^ 

2  m. 

n7jj2 

TOip: 

n-j/j^ip 

T    ;    —    > 

nd^p 

2/ 

ri7^12 

riii:pD 

n7j7bip 

ri7;7^ip 

Ic. 

-ri7jp 

^TOpD 

^n^^'bip 

^n7j7bip 

Plur.  3  c. 

^^1? 

^■Jip3 

il7J7^il^ 

^7j7jip 

2  w. 

dn"9j2 

DinTjipD 

Dn'f^ip 

Dn7^7jijD 

2/ 

Pr^ 

•jhi^^ipD 

1  V    :   -     1 

"S^'f^^ip 

Ic. 

r/ui) 

iiji?jp3 

^j7^7bip 

^DT^Tbip 

Infin.  ^JsoZ. 

Dip 

Dipn 

Constr. 

Cl^p 

Dipn 

D7bip 

FuT,  3  w. 

dp: 

Dip: 

Ci'i?ip: 

D7bip: 

3/ 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D7jipri 

D7^ipn 

2m 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D7iipn 

Dtipn 

2/ 

^'^^pn 

•       »        T 

^aipn 

^^tmr) 

^/b^ipn 

Ic. 

D^pjJ 

Dipi$ 

D?bipy: 

D7ji":y| 

PZwr.  3  m. 

^:j^p: 

ii-3ip: 

^7b7jip^ 

:    *i  : 

:      1  : 

3/. 

nr^bpn 

nrjipn 

nrfbiprn 

nrj7bipn 

2  m. 

\-^^pn 

^■::ipn 

^7b7^ipn 

^rjaipn 

2/ 

nr-bpi^ 

r;5':iipn 

n"^7bipn 

nr^bipn 

Ic. 

'  Q^P? 

Dip? 

D7bipD 

•  •    1     ; 

D7bip3 

ImPKE.  2  OT. 

D^p 

Dipn 

D7jip 

2/ 

^7^ilp 

^aipri 

^7br)ip 

wanting 

PZwr.  2  wi. 

ipJip 

^::iipri 

il7b7jij5 

. 

2/. 

np'rP 

nD^:iipn 

T    ;     ) 

n57j7bip 

Part.  -4c«. 

t=)^ 

D7bip7j 

Pass. 

D^p 

Dij3; 

Umi2 

186 


AND  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 


HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

KAL. 

fi"Pn 

cp^n 

D'bipnri 

1 

T 

— \ 

^■fpn 

r;"!:p^r; 

HI'S 

T    T 

C'^'^'pn 

(n-j^q-) 

n-:!-jiprn 

nnn 

T                   • 

nrj^-pr; 

(n:jp^n) 

Hfj^pnn 

^r^'i-'p^l 

(^n-^fe^n) 

^r-fbipnri 

^m;i 

^nin^n 

^-"?n 

^Qp^n 

^•J53ipnri 

Sinn 

T 

• 

Dht^^pri 

(nn^p^n) 

Dn^jii^nn 

^5t^ 

inr^-^ji 

(i^f^^v) 

"r)53:aipirri 

■jnnn 

iiDi-ri:ri 

(^-^p^n) 

^:/j7bipriri 

ii:nn 

Dpn 

nin 

1 

• 

•      T 

D^iipnn 

1 

•    T 

npv 

^'i^vri? 

•  r 

D^pn 

Dp^n 

D:biprn 

•     T 

n^n 

Dp^n 

D-bipnn 

•     T 

^7j-pn 

•         •     T 

•   :      1 

^/bgiprri 

•    r 

•      T 

D-b^i^ 

D7jipn5< 

•    r 

il7J-p; 

^•jp^: 

^7j-jipn^ 

•  r 

nrapn 

(n:53p^n) 

nrj-jipmn 

T    :    ••    '     :    • 

T   :  ••  T 

^•j-pn 

^!ap^n 

^■j/jiprn 

•     T 

^"rP^ 

(nrjp^n) 

nr-^bitjrn 

T    :    ••         :    • 

nrnnn 

T   :   ••  r 

t3-l?? 

Dp^3 

ttbipn? 

•  r 

npn 

>■•    T 

d^bi-:!:!!! 

• 

•      T 

•wanting 

^7bpi):jnri 

^^i 

^■j-pn 

^7j-j^pnr; 

:    'i    :    • 

« 

T    :     •    T 

nrj^bipnn 

T   :    ••    •      :    ' 

(-?n:) 

D'f?'i? 

Dp^-J 

©bibn^j 

'^ 


187 


1 


188  ETYMOLOGY.  §156,157 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 

0  §  lol^  1.  Medial  Yodh  and  Vav  remain  without  quiescence  or  rejection 
in  a  few  verbs,  whose  root  contains  another  feeble  consonant  by  contrast 
with  which  these  letters  acquire  new  strength.  This  is  always  the  case 
in  Lamedh  He  verbs,  e.  g.  '^^f^.  <^^3  ;  so  likewise  in  the  following  guttural 
verbs  and  forms.  5i;a  to  expire,  ''^'•^T}^.  Isa.  29:22,  :  ^injsi  Isa.  42:11, 
s'":ist  to  be  an  enemy,  'jHs  1  Sam.  18:9  K'ri  (K'thibh  "p?),  ns':^  Jer. 
4:  31,  which  are  confined  to  the  Kal  species,  and  in  nin  to  be  airy  or  re- 
freshing, which  is  besides  found  in  the  Pual  participle. 

2.  The  Kal  preterite  has  Pattahh  in  two  instances  as  in  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  12  Zech.  4 :  10,  ni  Isa.  44  :  18  but  nb  Lev.  14 :  42.  It  has  Tsere 
in  na  to  die,  li  Isa.  17  :  11  but  ^na  Jer.  60  :  3,  and  Hholem  in  i"ii<  to  shine, 
ttJia  to  be  ashamed,  aitt  to  be  good,  §82.  1.  a,  and  in  1S3  Jer.  27  :  18,  else- 
where ^X3,  1^1  Isa.  1:6,  Ps.  58:4,  elsewhere  11T.  Hhirik  once  occurs 
instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  second  person  plural,  oniTQ  Mai.  3  :  20.  The 
following  participles  have  Tsere,  D'^Db  ,  y 3  ,  ya ,  TTD  ,  "125  ;  the  following 
have  Hholem,  D-'Dia,  D-^iiia  ,  ci^sip  2  Kin.  16:7  (comp.  cni?3p  Ex.  32:25 
in  the  Samaritan  copy),  elsewhere  nia]:? . 

3.  The  vowel  letter  K  is  written  for  a,  §  11.  1.  a,  once  in  the  preterite, 
DN|b  Hos.  10:14,  and  occasionally  in  the  participle,  l3xB  Judg.  4:21, 
nwxn  Prov.  24 : 7,  T^xn  2  Sam.  12  :  1,  4,  Prov.  10 :  4,  'l3  :  23,  D-'-oxd 
despising  Ezek.  16  :  57,  28  :  24.  26,  to  be  distinguished  from  D"'t2d  rowing 
Ezek.  27:8,  26.  The  consonant  N  is  once  introduced  in  place  of  the 
omitted  1.  n7:X"i  Zech.  14:  10  for  n^"i ;   the  ancient  versions  favour  the 

T        •  IT  ,  T     T     ^ 

assumption,  that  "'")X.3  Ps.  22  :  17  is  in  like  manner  for  D"''i3  piercing, 
though  the  most  recent  and  ablest  expositors  take  it  to  be  a  preposition 
and  noun  like  the  lion.     Alexander  in  loc. 

4.  The  accent  regularly  remains  upon  the  radical  syllable  before 
affixes  consisting  of  a  vowel  or  a  simple  syllable,  though  with  occasional 
exceptions,  e.  g.  rii<;5  Lev.  18  :  28,  lin  Gen.  26  :  22,  ^nab  Gen.  40  :  15,  :i"in 
Num.  13  :  32.  In  a  lew  instances  it  is  shifted  by  Vav  conversive  preterite, 
§100.2.  !ii-bl  Obad.  ver.  16,  ^ISDI  Am.  3  :  15,  rthi'y  Isa.  11:2,  OT:i  Isa.  7: 19 
but  1X21  ibid.,  i^x^l  Zech.  5  :  4,  n^bi  ibid.,  where  the  feminine  ending  is 
n_.  instead  of  n  j  so  in  the  passive  participle,  rrilT  Isa.  59  :  5  for  trilT . 

§15^.  1.  Hholem  is  in  a  few  instances  found  instead  of  Shurek  in  the 
construct  infinitive,  xiil ,  \!Jia  Judg.  3:25,  tii72,  nii  and  rwb,  S"i3  Isa.  7:2, 
elsewhere  S^3 ,  ti:?  Isa.  30 :  2.  which  is  not  from  lh.  30  Josh.  2 :  16,  else- 
where Sib,  and  with  suf  DTsi-i  Ezek.  10  :  17,  ina  Ps.  71 : 6,  which  is  not 
the  participle  from  HTa  (Gesenius),  ''ns  my  breaking  forth,  i.  e.  the  cause 
of  it  Ps.  22:  10,  see  Alexander  in  loc;  Gesenius  explains  this  form  as  a 
participle,  but  is  obliged  in  consequence  to  assume  a  transitive  sense 
which  nowhere  else  belongs  to  the  verb. 

2»  The  following  imperatives  have  Hholem,  "^"lix  Isa.  60:1,  N2 ,  dia, 


§153  AYIN   VAV    AND    AYIN    YODH    VERBS.  189 

•"na   Mic.   4:10,    "'iri^  Mic.  4:13.      With  paragogic  n,    t^Wp   or    na!|p, 
nira  or  navij.     Examples  of  the  feminine  plural,  njTs'p ,  n3^&. 

3.  The  following  futures  have  Hhoiem,  NiislJ,  '|in;^  Gen.  6  :  3,  elsewhere 
I'l'i^,  aiDD  Ps.  SO:  19,  Din;  and  Dw; ,  lljii;^  where  the  Hhirik  of  the  per- 
fect paradigm  is  lengthened  to  Tsere  under  the  preformative.  Examples 
of  the  feminine  plural :  nrxhn  and  nsxsn.  njibian,  HDiklsn  and  Zech. 
1:17  n::i^sn  (in  some  editions  without  Daghesh),  nrmrn  and  njsdn, 
nj-ixn,  nsni^Pl  Ezek.  13:  19.  Tlie  accent  is  shifted  and  Kamets  rejected 
from  the  preformative  upon  the  addition  of  a  suffix  or  paragogic  Nun,  the 
latter  of  which  is  particularly  frequent  in  this  class  of  verbs  both  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  future,  ''32>'':J'?,  ^li^^x,  ^!■^•^'''^')  °''^^'!' >  T'^^^P'?,  lin^l^QFl, 
riijyri  Ezek.  4  :  12,  with  Daghesh  euphonic  in  the  a  which  is  omitted  in 
some  copies.  Apocopated  future:  nia;i ,  ^h"^  and  "a'^r  >  ^^^^^  VP^'  ^'^^> 
Bp;^  with  the  accent  thrown  back  to  the  penult  Dp'j .  Future  with  Vav 
conversive:  riD^l  (in  pause  P'a)'?),  aui^i  (aiiJ^i),  ^^*l ,  cp^l ,  yp^l ,  cis*l 
the  last  vowel  is  changed  to  Pattahh  before  a  final  guttural,  y3*i .  n;'i, 
and  sometimes  before  i  or  after  an  initial  cputtural  if'"!  but  "i2'»i,  Ciy^  he 
was  weary,  ^^'^1  hejiew,  onri] ;  the  vowel  of  the  preformative  is  likewise 
changed  to  Pattahh  in  UJnn:  Job  31 :  5,  i:?^!  1  Sam.  14:  32,  a?n5  1  Sam. 
15 :  19  but  '05^1  1  Sam.  25  :  14. 

-   T    - 

l(fO  §"4«&8.  1.  The  verbs  which  exhibit  peculiar  Ayin  Yodh  forms  in  Kal, 
with  unimportant  exceptions,  either  do  not  occur  in  the  Hiphil  or  retain 
the  same  signification  in  both  these  species.  This  has  led  some  gram- 
marians to  entertain  the  opinion  that  these  are  not  Kal  but  abbreviated 
Hiphil  forms,  while  others  suppose  that  the  Hiphil  in  these  verbs  is  a 
secondary  formation,  and  has  arisen  from  the  Kal  future  having  the  form 
of  the  Hiphil.  Only  three  examples  occur  of  quiescent  Yodh  in  the  Kal 
preterite,  nii-'-i  Job  33:13  (Fian  Lam.  3:58),  "^nra  Dan.  9:2  (nma  Ps. 
139:2)  Dsij'-'i  Jer.  16  :  16.         " 

2.  The  following  verbs  have  "^  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  '"'a 
to  understand,  TT'i  (once  "'m  Mic.  4:  10)  to  break  forth,  h^i  (once  iiia^ 
Prov.  23 :  24  K'thibh)  to  eandt,  yh  (once  lin;;  Gen.  6 :  3)  in  judge,  "p^  to 
lodge,  a**"!  to  contend,  'n-'ib  to  muse,  D^ti?  (once  Dlib;  Ex.  4:11)  to  put, 
iyb  (once  Cfltbb'^  Isa.  35  :  1)  to  rejoice,  l"'©  (once  nil'^  Job  33  :  27)  to  sing, 
rr^ia  to  place ;  bm  or  b-^fl  to  twist,  writhe,  has  both  Yodh  and  Vav.  To 
these  are  to  be  added  in^i  Jer.  4  :  3,  Hos.  10:  12,  rra'^n  Ps.  71 :  12  K'thibh, 
K'ri  mrw  as  always  elsewhere  ;  "j'^'K^  to  urge,  Y'^'^l  io  flourish,  ii'n;;  to 
wander,  are  in  the  Hiphil  according  to  Gesenius  :  but  as  the  corresponding 
preterites  are  not  Hiphil  but  Kal,  and  there  are  no  other  forms  of  the  Kal 
future,  they  might  with  equal  propriety  be  regarded  as  Kal  futures  of 
Ayin  Yodh  roots  ;  the  second  of  them  is  so  regarded  by  Ewald.  Apoco- 
pated futures:  'A"^ .  bi"<  and  ba^ ,  aAi ,  nib"',  nt"^.  "(bn  and  f|bn.  With 
Vav  conversive  :  55'i ,  p^i .  Qb'"! ,  lani ,  bnm ,  njni ,  -nrni .  With  para- 
gogic  Nun  and  suffixes:  I'lbia'],  T'PTin,  L-)2^^'; .     Feminine  plural :  njMri. 

3.  The  infinitives  show  a  stronger  disposition  to  adopt  Vav  forms. 
Yodh  is  only  retained  in  the  following  absolute  infinitives:  V^  Prov. 23:  1, 
r?^a  and  njl,  b-^a  Prov.  23:24  K'ri  (b^a  K'thibh),  a-'n  Jer,  50:34,  else- 


190  ETYMOLOGY.  ^159,160 

where  sh.  Construct  infinitives:  'ji'n .  "pr  Gen.  24:23,  elsewhere  "fl^ , 
:i^'-)  once  211  Judg.  21  :  22  K'thibh,  n^ib  and  nvij,  t^ib  Job  20:4,2  Sam. 
14:7  K'ri,  elsewhere  D^iib,  "i^u:  1  Sam.  18:6  K'ri  (K'thibh  liuj),  rT'UJ, 
also  with  suf.  lUJ'^'n  Deut.  25:4,  elsewhere  Vin .  In  the  difficult  verse 
Hos.  7:4  ■'■'S'a  has  been  variously  explained,  as  the  Kal  infinitive  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  )'0  or  as  the  Hiphil  participle.  The  only  certain 
instance  of  a  Kal  passive  participle  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  is  nr^ib  2  Sam. 
13:  32  K'ri  (K'thibh  nTS-^iU) ;  some  explain  CW  Num.24:  21,  Obad.  ver.4, 
as  a  passive  participle,  others  as  an  infinitive. 

4.  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  adopt  the  Vav  forms  in  all  the  derivative  species, 
e.g.  ■'^'1233,  Tii;,  'i'^?.?"'?^  U'^^^'n,  riirsi-i;  ii'tj  coo/cefZ,  i.  e.  po«ag-e,  is  the 
only  instance  of  a  Niphal  participle  with  Yodh. 

If  §+§«;  1.  Examples  of  the  Niphal   preterite:    iiaJ,    SiD3 ,   yiD3,  -ilNS; 

'  '^*  '  the  accidental  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  preserved  in  bias  by 
means  of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical  ;  in  "li:.".?  it  is  lengthened  to 
Tsere  before  the  guttural;  in  5  "irj  Jer.  48:  11  the  radical  1  is  rejected, 
which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  an  Ayin  doubled  verb.  Inflected  forms  : 
njiDD  (part.  fem.  niiss),  sisas ,  ^inij ,  rdh ,  tibia?,  "'nJiiDD ,  visaEj ,  Dni:£is3, 
cnb'pD . 

2.  Infinitive  absolute:  bisn ,  Construct:  bisn,  nian,  with  n  re- 
jected after  the  preposition  m^b  Job  33:30,  §91.  b;  once  it  has  Shurek, 
vi^'hn  Isa.  25:  10.     Imperative,  "jiin.  ^bian . 

3.  Future:  ■;ii';,  tiia^  hi)2^ ,  -p^  Ps.  72 :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  ^3^),  ^i^^ , 
?ip,  ^bi;:,  iinN.-;,  -iisv    Participle:  ',1=3,   Ti^3 ,  c-iiS3 ,  c^inD3,   n-^Drs , 

V^  §  16p.  1.  The  short  vowel  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  in  a  few  instances 
preserved  in  (he  Hipiul  by  doubling  the  first  radical,  thus  rptTj  and  H'^in, 
n-^en  and  rr^bn ,  b-'in ,  r^: ,  v^-  >  »"d  T-^,  >  "'"'^t  ^"'^  ^'^--^  ^  ^^™- 
22 :  33. 

2.  Hiphil  preterite  inflected:  n^-^kn,  !l3"'=r!,  ISJ-'-nn  and  iil'nrt,  with 
syllabic  affixes :  n-iran  ,  niir^nn ,  ni^-'"in^  and  n'S'iv'  ,  ^t^Jinn^  and 
criJ^;!!. ,  cr!b"'Cr! , '  inia-i£ril ,  or  when  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural, 
Tnn^s'n,  n4'"':;r!  and  f^n^^f],  or  without  the  inserted  Hholem,  _  risin, 
•inniri  'and  •'nin"'3n  ,  ^isin  and  I3ir3n ,  G'r\nzrf._  and  cnjf'npi^ ,  Tirn  and 
Dto,  §61.  4.  a.  "  With  suflixes,  '^i^?^,  ^TP^,  ^=?^?CI)  ^^^^'"^^..^  "^^'^i^^- 

3.  Hiphil  future  inflected:  tlS"'-?';  ,  Vi^=n,  feminine  plural  ns^t^n , 
n373"'pn,  n:p"inr\.  With  Nun  paragogic  and  suffixes:  •,iii:^r':,  cn-'5:"j . 
Apocopated    future  :    ^S?"; ,    nb^  ,    ns"; ,    m.'-;  .      With   Vav  conversive  : 


I.  Hiphil  infinitive  absolute:  nirn,  nrn,  tpn  once  n-'pn  Jer.  44 :  25 ; 
struct,  b-^in  ,  n^in,  a^'rn,n^pn,  with  suffix _^:Q^-in,  ^■J^cn,  DSTs'^nn, 


4. 

constr 

cis''3n  and  once  with  a  feminine  termination  nDjri  Isa.  30  ;  28. 


^161,162  LAMEDH    ALEPH    VERBS.  191 

5.  In  a  few  instances  u  is  found  in  the  Hophal  before  Daghesh  forte  or 
Sh'va.  iirrzn  Zech.  5:11,  njp  Ezek.  41:9,  11  but  n'r^in  Lam.  5:5,  and 
in  some  editions  C|5n  2  Sam.'  23:1.  : bu3^  Job  41:1,  Wen  2  Sara.  21:9, 
though  others  read  cpn  ,  :  b'J'^ ,  ^iran .       * 

3  §16/1.  1.  The  following  verbs,  which  are  only  found  in  one  or  more  of 
the  three  reduplicated  species,  double  the  middle  radical  either  as  Vav  or 
as  Yodh,  viz. :  ^jn  to  render  liable.  i|iS  to  do  wickedly,  "ips  to  blind.  rJii' 
to  pervert.,  S?rj  to  cry  fur  help,  ^iDn^a^Jn  Josh.  9:12,  'l'V|q:i'i  Josh.  9:4;  so 
also  c^p  fut.  DJsp'^  and  cbip';',  1^,2?  fut.  I'^S''^ ,  which  have  quiescent  Vav 
in  other  species,  and  nn  ,  which  has  consonantal  Vav  likewise  in  the  Kal. 

2.  The  following  omit  the  quiescent  in  the  Piel  and  double  the  result- 
ing biliteral,  bsba  to  sustain,  n-^nx-JX-j  Isa.  14:23.  r^h-Jbpja  Isa.  22:17, 
^■"^H!^  Hab.  2:7,  '^jifQ^lS':  Job  16:  12  but  y^^-;  Jer.  23:29,'  -^pip  Num. 
24:  17  and  ip-Jp^  Isa.  22:' 5.  "^apsbn  Isa.  17:11;  :  I^SS'?  Isa.  15:5  is  for 
''^^}:y.1,  §57.  i;  U'bs";i  Job  39:  3  is  perhaps  for  ^''hh'J'!  from  bni?,  comp. 
pON  Ps.  130:8  for  p^DN,  §88,  though  Gesenius  conjectures  that  it  is  an 
erroneous  reading  for  li'^i;^  from  S^b  .  The  only  Hithpael  formed  by  a 
like  reduplication  is  ^'flbpinpi  Esth.  4:4,  elsewhere  bSinnn. 

3.  Other  verbs  double  the  third  radical  in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael.  Ex- 
amples of  the  feminine  plural :  ri:Tii:£n,  nsbipn,  !nD5.m'52nn,  nit;i:'icnn, 
Hholem  is  changed  to  u  before  the  doubled  letter  in  the  contracted  form, 
!is:^3-'l  Job  31 :  15  for  !i3;DiD-n  ,  §61.  3.  Furst  explains  ^:;5nTam  Isa.  64  :  6  as 
in  like  manner  for  ^JWI'sn] ,  while  Gesenius  makes  it  a  Kal  future,  used  in 
this  single  instance  in  a  transitive  sense.  C3DTl;ia  Am.  5  :  11  is  probably  a 
variant  orthography  for  ODCDia  ,  §  92.  b. 

4.  The  following  are  the  only  examples  of  the  Pual  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs, 
viz.:  With  1  doubled,  mbo  Eccles.  1:  15,  n^n^nia  Jer.  22:  14.  Redupli- 
cated biliteral,  ^^r^S  1  Kin.  20:27.  The  third  radical  reduplicated,  bBm 
to  be  born,  :  m^^  Ezek.  28  :  13.  Ps.  37  :  23,  n:7:brri  Ps.  75  :  1 1  and  obi-.a 
Neh.  9:5.  i'ln-i  Isa.  16: 10,  iiESii''  Job  26:  IL  nnsida  Ezek.  38  :  8.    ' 

o.  OD^niinsn  Jer.  25:  34  is  an  anomalous  preterite  from  y^Q  to  scatter, 
with  ri  prefixed  and  inflected  after  the  analogy  of  Niphal ;  some  copies 
have  the  noun  C3"'ni:jiEn  your  dispersions. 

In  "^nb-jni  Ezek.  36:  11  for  "ina-jni  from  sSij ,  Tsere  is  retained  under 
the  prefix  as  though  the  word  were  Irom  the  related  Pe  Yodh  verb  2^^, 
e.  g.  ''n:'j-«nv  On  the  other  hand,  in  ^np-^Dni  Ex.  2:  9  from  p3"« ,  Tsere 
is  rejected  as  though  it  were  from  an  Ayin  Vav  verb. 


ti- 


Lamedh  Aleph   (i5b)  Verbs. 


§16^.  1.  Aleph,  as  the  third  radical  of  verbs,  retains  its 
consonantal  character  only  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  nsi^a ,  is^i^n . 


192  ETYMOLOGY.  §  163 

2.  At  the  end  of  the  word  it  invariably  quiesces  in  the 
preceding  vowel,  §57.2.  (2),  i^'i-a ,  ak'n ,  iJ^iian  •  If  this 
vowel  be  Pattahh,  as  in  the  Kal  and  Niphal  preterites  and 
in  the  Pual  and  Hophal  species,  it  is  in  the  simple  syllable 
lengthened  into  Kamets,  I  59,  si^  for  xi^ ,  xi^D  for  ^^-a; ; 
so  likewise  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  where  N  as 
a  guttural  requires  a,  xi^^  for  xiia'' ,  siia  for  i^i'q  .  A  like 
prolongation  of  Pattahh  to  Kamets  occurs  before  medial  « 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  C^^''?  > 

3.  With  the  single  exception  just  stated,  medial  i5  quiesces 
in  the  diphthongal  vowel  e  before  syllabic  affixes  ;  thus,  in  the 
first  and  second  persons  of  the  preterites  of  the  derivative 
species  in  Tsere,  Jn^^^'as ,  inxi'jan ,  in  the  feminine  plurals  of 
all  the  futures  and  imperatives  in  Seghol,  roxiian ,  nps2"a . 

a.  This  e  may  arise  from  the  diphthongal  preferences  of  S ,  §60. 1.  a  (5), 
or  it  may  be  borrowed  from  the  corresponding  forms  of  nb  verbs,  between 
which  and  Nb  verbs  there  is  a  close  affinity  and  a  strong  tendency  to 
mutual  assimilation.  In  Chaldee  and  Syriac  no  distinction  is  made  be- 
tween them. 

S"^  ^1Q\.  This  class  of  verbs  is  represented  in  the  follow- 
ing paradigm  by  i?i^  to  find ;  the  Piel  and  Hithpael,  though 
wanting  in  this  verb,  are  supplied  from  analogy.  The  Pual 
and  Hophal  are  omitted  because  they  are  of  rare  occurrence, 
and  they  present  no  peculiarities  but  such  as  are  common  to 
the  other  species. 

a.  In  their  ordinary  inflection  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  differ  from  the 
perfect  paradigm  in  the  vowels  only. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Ale 

PH  Verbs 

• 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

niPHiL. 

imnPAEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

i!<±l2 

T    :  • 

^^I"^ 

N"r^n 

i!(T>2T\r> 

3/ 

r^^-i'u 

T    ;     :  • 

ni?!2^ 

T      •    ;    • 

iii<2irrn 

2  m. 

T        T    r 

T        ■•    ;  • 

T             •■     • 

T        ■•    ;    • 

r             .•    —     ;      • 

2/. 

nsi:^ 

J^^^'r? 

nss^ 

i^^^^n 

n^5^■^nrI 

1  c. 

^r.i^rj 

^n«rjD 

^t}i<k-2 

^nt^r^n 

^nxii-^nn 

PZwr.  3  c. 

;    IT 

^^^"^? 

^k^p 

^&^-i:!ar; 

2  m. 

T    : 

Dn5<rjD 

Drii^^-J 

Dnxr^n 

nnx^^^nri 

2/ 

1^^?'^ 

1^^^^"^? 

ir)^^^ 

■nxr^n 

■jjii^r^rn 

1  c. 

r   T 

^Dj^r^j 

^rj^r^ 

^^s^r^n 

^;i?!i'^nH 

Infix.  ^JsoZ 

r 

i^±'22 

^^T^ 

^^^u 

Constr 

«b2/j 

^^'5 

^"r^n 

;j5^-^nn 

Fdt.  3  m. 

"     T  • 

^11'2^ 

2?^"^'-?' 

^k'^T^I 

3/. 

T    :     • 

**     T      ' 

i^k-2P^ 

x^r;n 

^T2rT] 

2  m. 

^'l^n 

••     T      • 

^s-;ri 

^^:it:ri 

«2i-^rp 

2/. 

■    ;    •    • 

•     ;    IT    • 

^i^r-n 

"isi-'r^n 

^i^^12pr] 

!<;. 

T    :    ••• 

^i^=^ 

^5■::^^^ 

^^4:'^'^^ 

PZwr.  3  m. 

'^kTT 

:    IT' 

^krj^ 

il^5■::■r 

^^ii-2r\': 

3/ 

rr.a^ti^n 

T             V      T        ■ 

T        V  —   : 

1 

rr.^T2T\ 

M-Ji^^npi 

2  7?Z. 

^^rjn 

^kr/2r\ 

:    IT   • 

^^H'ZX^ 

^1^5-r^n 

^kr^nn 

2/. 

T             V      T      • 

r'j^-i-2r\ 

n]^^r::n 

n:^:i-^rin 

1  e. 

••      T  • 

^^■^? 

^*T2l 

^^"=f?5 

Impek.  2  TO. 

T    : 

..  ,-  • 

i^ii'n 

i^T2tl 

5^!i-^nn 

2/ 

^fej 

*kii2n 

"^trj 

^js;"ki;n 

"£<r:nri 

PZwr.  2  m. 

^kz'2 

:    IT   • 

^i^^2 

ii.s^rjn 

^2j5r^rir; 

2/ 

T        V    ; 

r         V    T    • 

rz^-1'2 

nrjirrn 

Part.  Act. 

N::b 

^k'^'^ 

t5"r;'j 

j^ii-^r-j 

Pass. 

r 

r     ;  • 

13 


193 


194  etymology.  §164,165 

Remarks  on  Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs. 
b 

§16\,  1.  Verbs  having  Tsere  as  their  second  vowel,  §82.  1.  a,  retain  it 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  riK^;^,  rxbu  ,  ipxbiy . 

2.  Q,uiescent  K  is  occasionally  omitted  from  the  body  of  the  word, 
e.  g.  Kal  pret.  T\^1  Job  1:21  for  '^rss^,  in:i^  Num.  11:  11,  ircs  Judg. 
4:  19,  T^^  Job  32:  18,  ^=3  1  Sam.  25:8  for  ^3X3:  fut.  nr^an  and  nSK^n  ; 
rs^  Deut.  28:57  part.  fern.  sing,  for  nxk^  ;  ih^ia  Job  4i:17  for  ir.Jt'vaia 
const,  inf.  with  prep,  and  suf.  from  Nii^J.  Niph.  pret.  CP3n:  Josh.  2:16, 
CriJlJD  Lev.  11:43.  Otiant  N,  §16.  1,  may  in  like  manner  be  dropped 
from  the  end  of  the  word  after  quiescent  Vav  or  Yodh.  e.  g.  "i^n  Gen. 
20:6  for  Ki'Jn  ,  iaji  1  Kin.  12:12  for  Nii*;:,  ^i:nn  2  Kin.  13:6,  '"^iinn 
Jer.  32:35,  ^i;  Ps.^Ui :  5,  ^4":  Ps.  55:16,  "^ix  1  Kin.  21:29,  Mic.  1:15", 
"i^  2  Sam.  5:2.  and  in  three  other  passages;  ''zn  Ruth  3:15  is  Hiph. 
imper.  fem.  for  "'^■'an ,  §  62.  2. 

3.  The  vowel  following  K  is  in  a  few  instances  given  to  a  preceding 
vowelless  consonant,  and  the  X  becomes  otiant  or  quiescent,  §57.2(3), 
N!iti53  Ps.  139:  20  for  iX'rj,  H^Vi"^  Jer.  10:5  for  txbS"',  ix'n'^  imp.  for  flx-17, 
Ni''  Eccles.  10:5  Kal  part.  fem.  for  nx:i^ .  n-ix-jn  1  Sam.  14:33  for 
t4<-jn,  CX'iia  Neh.  6:8  Kal  part,  with  suf  for  ci'iia,  siXQ-jD  Ezek.  47:8 
for  ^XQ'^3;  and,  on  the  contrary,  quiescent  N  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel 
of  the  preceding  consonant  in  'K'^p  Ex.  2:20  Kal  imp.  for  <^3S"ip  and 
ns-iNS    Cant.  3:11  for  n3xk    fromxi'^. 

TV:  ▼       •••  t» 

4.  Final  K  resumes  its  consonantal  character  upon  the  addition  of 
suffixes  ixbs,  receiving  (.)  before  ?],  CD  and  "3  .  in  consequence  of  which 
a  previous  Tsere  or  Sh'va  is  converted  into  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  ^x.^3.  ^xs'i), 
iis-ia,  hxian,  ?:xn72  Pi.  inf,  ddxhu,  n=x:ib  Kal  inf  for  c=s:;'3,  §61.  I.e. 

5.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  mostly  retained  before  suffixes  and  para- 
gogic  n,  ?(X^T2'),  nsis"!  Ps.  41:5,  riN-;pxi  1  Sam.  28:  15,  but  "X2D3  Isa. 
56:12.  Tsere  is  rejected  -"iNSX  Neh.  2:13,  2  Chron.  1:10,  or  retained 
only  in  pause  !  <^X^  Judg.  9:29. 

I  §  16.|.  1.  He  is,  in  a  few  instances,  substituted  for  S,  ncn  Ps.  60:4  for 
NCn,  ni:nn  Jer.  19:11  for  XE'^v'.,  i^O?  Ps.  4 :  7  for  NiiJ3 ,  §3.'l.  a,  nsns  Jer. 
49^10  for'xins,  ninn  l  Kin.'  22:25,  2  Kin;  7:  12  for  xinn  n^ig^  Job 
8:21  for  x|^v' 

2.  Sometimes  X  remains,  but  the  vowels  are  those  of  M 1=  forms,  "^rixba 
Ps.  119:101  for  "^nx^s,  X-jh  Eccl.  8: 12,  9:  18,  Isa.  65:20  for  Xi:h,  ahl 

1  Sam.  22:2,  Isa.  24:^2.  xii^D  Eccl.  7:26,  «%  1  Kin.  9:  11,  Am.  4:2  Pi. 
pret.  for  xfei,   XS'n  Ps.    143:3  for  XSn  ,  nj^z   Jer.  51:34   for  i<j^ ,  ''rXB-i 

2  Kin.  2:21  for  T'^?1 ,  ^^^^1  Jer.  51:9  for  13XB-i,  "X5351  Job  39:24  lor 
-x»57,  X^sn  Deut.  28:59  Hiph.  pret.  for  X-'V^H ,  ^V'^  Ps-  135:7  Hiph. 
part,  const,  for  ii^ki^  from  X^;| ;  to  which  may  be  added  i^:''i<'»gn  Ezek, 
23  :  49    !i3'^X2IBn  Jer.  50  :  20,  with  "^  inserted  as  in  n"b  verbs. 


^  166-168  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  195 

3.  Sometimes  the  n"b  form  is  adopted  both  in  consonants  and  vowels. 
^i-Q  Ezek.  28 :  16  for  ixb^ ,  1^3  1    Sam.    6 :  10,  ^p}    Ezek.  39 :  26,  •'iht'S 

1  Sam.  25:  33  for  •':nx^3','nii^'Ruth  2:9  for  nsis,  n^D-^  Gen.  23:6  Ibr 
x^3i,  n^D-in  Job  5:  IS  (or  n:xE"in  comp.  Jer.  8:  11,  51  :9,  2  Kin,  2  :  22^ 
■'Vra  Ps.'32:'l  for  8<v>y: ,  n-'a; 'jeV.  26 :  9  for  nxas.  n^ainn  l  Sam.  10:6, 
niasrin  l  Sam.  10:13,  ?(n"'S^n  2  Sam.  3:8,  rj-'ail  Isa.'29:7for  vj^'xas; 
fiipT^i  Ezek.  8  :  3  is  by  some  interpreters  thought  to  be  for  K'^spia  provok- 
ing- to  jealousy,  and  by  others  explained  in  the  sense  of  the  n"b  verhselling 
(Israel  to  their  foes). 

*&  §16li.  1.  The  3  fem.  preterite  has  the  old  ending  n^,  §86.  6,  in  nXBH 
Ex.  5:  16  tor  nxan,  pxn;?  Deut.  31  :29,  Isa.  7:  14.  Jer.  44:23,  Pixan  Gen' 
33:11  Hoph.  from  Nia'  nx^S?  Ps.  118:23  (ri<^B3  Deut.  30:ll''is  the 
feminine  participle),  to  which  the  customary  ending  n^  is  further  added 
in  nnxbs:  2  Sam.  1 :  26,  nnxann  Josh.  6 :  17  for  nx-'iinn. 

2.  A  feminine  termination  n^,  n,  or  as  in  rib  verbs  Pn",  is  occasionally 
added  to  the  construct  infinitive,  e.  g.  Kal,  nxria.  nxn^,  nxJb,  nx^p  from 
Stn]5  to  meet,  distinguished  from  it'np  and  mxnp  Judg.  8 : 1  from  X^J?  to 
call,  nx^t?  and  n-.x^a  never  xinj  nxbb  Pro  v.  8:  13,  with  suf  inxan 
Ezek.  33:12.  Niphal,  inxasn  Zech.  13:4.  Piel,  mx^^  and  X_^^ , 
•inxSjD  2  Sam.  21 :  2;  nixUJ^  Ezek.  17:  9  is  a  Kal  inf.  const.,  formed  as  in 
Chaldee  by  prefixing  a. 

3.  There   are  two  examples  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute,  X'^i^p 

2  Sam.  1  :  6  and  xian  Ex.  22  :  3:  the  analogy  of  the  former  has  been  re- 
tained in  the  paradigm  for  the  sake  of  distinction  from  the  construct.  Piel 
infinitive  absolute :  x:;^,  xsn  ,  xna.     Hiphil  inf.  abs.:  xSsn  ,  xi'H  . 

4.  The  Hiphil  future  with  Vav  conversive  commonly  has  Tsere  in  the 
ultimate,  though  Hhirik  also  occurs  xnpni ,  Xt?J] ,  xin^l ,  xanpiT ,  xsi'l 
and  xii^n,  xa'l,  once  X'la'l  Ezek.  40 :  3,  and  once  X'^i'i  Neh.'8:2. 

5.  Kamets  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ultimate  of  the  Hithpael  future, 
X'^BDn^  Num.  23:24  but  xi^ann  Ezek.  29:  15,  so  xisnn-' ,  xaa^,  x^Dnn, 
;  "jixs^n';' ;  more  rarely  in  the  preterite,  nxiaan . 

\      §  16V  1.  The  following  are  the  only  Pual  forms  which  occur.  Pret. : 

!ix3'n ,  iixan ,  xnp .  Fut. :  xst^  .  Part. :  xsta ,  nx5S'j« ,  D-'X^ra ,  n-^xsOTa , 
nix'rjTS ,  with  suf.  "^xipn  . 

2.  The  following  are  the  only  Hophal  forms:  Pret.  ixanvj)  i^'J^'"^? 
xa^n,  nxan,  nnxan.  sixann.    Fut.:  xa'i"',  ixai"'.    Part.:  xa^n,  nxs^io. 

3.  For  the  anomalous  forms.  nnxiaPl  Deut.  33:  16,  ?inxi3n  Job  22;  21, 
nxan  1  Sam.  25  :  34  (K'thibh  Tixan),  see  §88  (sing.  3  fern.)  ' 


Lamedh  He  (nb)  Verbs. 

no 

§  1-6^  In  these  verbs  the  third  radical,  which  is  Yodh  or 
Vav,  does  not  appear  at  the  end  of  the  word  except  in  the 


196  ETYMOLOGY.  §  169 

Kal  passive  participle,  e.  g.  "'^ba ;  in  all  other  cases  it  is  re- 
jected or  softened,  the  resulting  vowel  termination  being 
usually  expressed  by  the  letter  n ,   ^11.  1.  a. 

In  the  various  preterites  n  stands  for  the  vowel  a,  and 
is  hence  pointed  n  ^  . 

In  the  futures  and  participles  it  stands  for  e,  and  is 
pointed  n   . 

In  the  imperatives  it  stands  for  e,  and  is  pointed  n  _ . 

In  the  absolute  infinitives  it  stands  for  6  or  e ;  in  the 
Kal  it  is  pointed  ri ,  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  n  „ ,  in  the 
Niphal  and  Piel  n '  or  n  _ .  There  are  no  examples  in  Pual 
and  Hithpael. 

The  construct  infinitives  have  the  feminine  ending  ni . 

a.  In  this  class  of  verbs  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost  entirely  super- 
seded those  with  Vav.  The  latter  are  confined  to  the  construct  infinitive 
where  ni,  occurring  in  all  the  species,  is  best  explained  by  assuming  1  to 
be  radical  (comp.  nnxi  Ezek.  28 :  17  as  an  alternate  of  ni^n)  and  to  a  few 
other  sporadic  cases,  viz. :  a  single  Kal  preterite,  ''W?'^  Job  3 :  25,  the 
reduplicated  forms  of  three  verbs,  ^^^^{^ ,  "^irja^,  ninndn,  and  the  pecu- 
liar form,  ri"'"iS  Isa.  16:9. 

b.  In  the  Kal  preterite,  Yodh  is  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous 
vowel  Pattahh,  §57.  2.  (5),  which  is  then  prolonged  to  Kamets  in  the  sim- 
ple syllable,  nSa  for  "'ia.  As  Pattahh  is  likewise  the  regular  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  in  the  preterites  of  Niphal  and  Hophal,  and  occasionally  appears 
in  Piel,  §92.  c,  and  Hithpael,  §96.  b,  the  final  Kamets  of  these  species  may 
be  similarly  explained.  The  ending,  thus  made  uniform  in  the  other 
species,  passed  over  likewise  into  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  it  did  the 
more  readily  since  a  belongs  at  least  to  some  of  its  persons  in  the  perfect 
verb.  Yodh  is  in  like  manner  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous  Hholem 
of  certain  infinitives,  while  it  leaves  the  homogeneous  Tsere  of  others  un- 
modified. 

c.  The  futures,  imperatives,  and  participles  of  certain  of  the  species 
have  e  as  the  normal  vowel  of  their  ultimate ;  in  this  Yodh  can  quiesce, 
leaving  it  unchanged.  Those  of  the  other  species  (except  the  Hipliil, 
which  is  once  more  attracted  into  conformity  with  the  rest)  have  or  may 
have  a  in  the  ultimate  ;  this,  c-ombined  with  the  i  latent  in  "< .  will  again 
form  e.  In  the  future  this  becomes  e  (.)  in  distinction  from  the  ending  e(„) 
of  the  more  energetic  imperative  ;  and  the  absolute  is  distinguished  from 
the  construct  slate  of  the  participle  in  the  same  way. 

l"l\      §W^.  1.  Before   personal   endings   beginning   with    a 
vowel  the  last  radical  is  occasionally  retained  as  "',  particu- 


§170  LAMEDH  HE  VERBS.  197 

larly  in  prolonged  or  pausal  forms,  n^on ,  v^n ,  :  '{^''cn;;! ;  it 
is,  however,  commonly  rejected  and  its  vowel  given  to  the 
antecedent  consonant,  "^^  for  ^^'^a ,  i^sp  for  "''^'pisn ;  in  like 
manner  the  preterite  3  fern.,  which  in  these  verbs  retains  the 
primary  characteristic  n , ,  ^  86.  <5,  t\%  for  rr^bs ,  to  which  is 
further  appended  the  softened  ending  n  ^ ,  thus  nnba ,  in 
pause  nnba . 

a.  The  rt^  of  the  3  fem.  pret.  is  frequently  explained  as  a  second  fem- 
inine ending  added  after  the  first  had  lost  its  significance  in  the  popular 
consciousness.  It  nsight,  perhaps  with  equal  propriety,  he  regarded  as 
paragogically  appended,  §61.6,  comp.  such  nouns  as  nnysiC^,  nnVs , 
nnr'^X,  in  order  to  produce  a  softer  termination  and  one  more  conformed 
to  that  which  obtains  in  the  generality  of  verbs.  Nordheimer's  explanation 
of  the  n  as  hardened  from  n.  nnbs  for  rinba,  labours  under  the  double 

T    :iT  »  ;  T  " 

difficulty  that  there  is  neither  proof  nor  probability  for  the  assumption  that 
the  consonant  n  could  be  exchanged  for  n  ,  and  that  n  in  the  preterite  of 
these  verbs  is  not  a  radical  nor  even  a  consonant,  but  simply  the  represen- 
tative of  the  vowel  a. 

2.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a  consonant 
the  third  radical  *^  remains  but  is  softened  to  a  vowel,  so 
that  in  the  Kal  preterite  it  quiesces  in  Hhirik,  in  the  Pual 
and  liophal  preterites  in  Tsere,  in  the  Niphal,  Piel,  Hiphil, 
and  Hithpael  preterites  in  either  Hhirik  or  Tsere,  and  in  the 
futures  and  imperatives  of  all  the  species  in  Seghol,  ri"'?a , 

3.  Forms  not  augmented  by  personal  endings  lose  their 
final  vowel  before  suffixes,  e.  g.  ^?^5 ,  ?;ba  from  nba ,  ^by_ 
from  Mb^i,  ^byr}  from  npsn.  The  preterite  3  fem.  takes  its 
simple  form,  e.  g.  innSa  or  ^r\^a ,  and  in  pause  ^riba  . 

"i-  §  1 7j!(.  The  Lamedh  He  verbs  will  be  represented  by 
nSa  to  uncover t  reveal,  which  is  used  in  all  the  species. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh 

^ 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

Pket.  3  m. 

T    T 

r;b3D 

T  ;  • 

T   • 

3/ 

nnba 

T  :  IT 

nlhbj3 

T  ;  • 

2  m. 

T       •     T 

m^bro 

T    •■  : " 

T       •     • 

2/. 

•      T 

'^\b'f? 

•  • 

1«5. 

^r>^b:o 

•    •  • 

Plur.  3  c. 

T 

iib^D 

• 

2  TO. 

-  dh^br, 

C3i;!"b:o 

fii^^ba 

2/ 

li^-b? 

in^b^? 

Ic. 

•     T 

^3'!?^? 

^3^b'3 

•    • 

Infin.  Absol. 

rrba 

T 

n^'f? 

nb'ii 

Gonstr. 

nib'ii 

nibsn 

T      • 

niba 

FuT.  3  m. 

nb:>^ 

V   :  • 

•^by 

~.fe 

3/ 

,    nbr^n 

nbun 

V    T      • 

Mb'r»n 

27?». 

nb'sn 

V    T      • 

nb'r^n 

2/. 

^b^n 

•    T      • 

^fep> 

Ic. 

^•^f^ 

V   r    V 

nbji^ 

Plur.  3  TO. 

5ib3'' 

•  • 

T  " 

^: 

3/ 

n-^b:*n 

TV:- 

ns^b'sn 

T      V    T      • 

^Tf^ 

2  TO. 

T      • 

ii'jr\ 

2/. 

T    V   :    • 

nD^bun 

T      V    T     • 

r;]"^b':.n 

Ic. 

nb:o 

V   :  • 

nb53 

V    T  • 

'nbba 

ImPEE.  2  TO. 

n'ia 

nban 

'*  T     • 

nb'a 

2/ 

'33 

^bsn 

•     T      • 

-%■ 

PZwr.  2  TO. 

6? 

^br,n 

^% 

2/ 

r     V   ; 

nrb'sn 

T      V    T      • 

T      V  — 

Part.  ^c«. 

nbik 

•nbj^ 

Pa«s. 

^^3 

r 

!^.?f? 

198 


He  Verbs. 

PUAL. 

HIPHIL. 

nOPHAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

nV5 

T  ;     • 

nban 

T  ;    T 

1  l^itljlj 

nnban 

T  ;  ; 

r  :  ;    T 

nnbann 

n-b'an 

T    •  :    • 

n^b'an 

•  •    • 

n^ban 
n^ban 

n^arn 
n^Vann 

-n^Va 

T^^'^n 

*n^b'an 

^n^'jarn 

^^r.  • 

^Han 

fen 

:    r 

iibann 

Q^i^ba 

tD^-ban 

cjn^ban 

V    ••  :    T 

Dn^bann 

"jn^ba 

l-b'^?" 

"in^ban 

1  •:    ••  :    T 

-n^bann 

iirb'a 

iis^b'an 

^rbann 

(ri^a) 

ri-'an 

nban 

••  :    r 

(nbarn) 

n^-a 

riHan 

(r^^S;-.) 

nibarn 

*  1 

V  ;  r 

nVan^ 

J^.Vr'J^ 

nb'an 

nban 

nbarn 

nbr^n 

nb'an 

nban 

V  :    r 

nb'ann 

^5an 

^b'an 

^ban 

^b'ann 

nb'a^5 

V  •..  -: 

i^b'a^ 

nb'ai^ 

nb'apK 

^^^3^ 

Hi 

^5a: 

^ba^ 

;  r 

^ban^ 

\^an 

nrb'an 
^ban 

nrban 
^ban 

nrb'ann 

T    V  —  :    • 

^bann 

r;.)'a3 

nrban 

T      V   :      T 

nb:a 

V  :  r 

nrb'ann 

T    V  —  :    • 

n^an 

nb'ann 

wanting 

^ban 

wanting 

^Varn 

wU— 
^^,»ij 

^bann 

{^r.)'-?n 

r    V  —   ;     • 

nb'a^j 

nVanj 

H^>^ 

V  ;    T 

199 


200  ETYMOLOGY.  ^171,172 


BHOETENED  F U T U E E  AND  IMPERATIVE. 

3 

§  17^.  1.  The  final  vowel  n  .  is  rejected  from  the  futures 
when  apocopated  or  when  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  The 
concurrence  of  final  consonants  thence  resulting  in  the  Kal 
and  Hiphil  is  commonly  relieved  by  hiserting  an  unaccented 
Seghol  between  them,  §61.  2,  to  which  the  preceding  Pat- 
tahh  is  assimilated  in  the  Hiphil,  §  63.  2.  «,  the  Hhirik  of 
the  Kal  either  remaining  unchanged  or  being  lengthened  to 
Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable. 


EAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

HIPHIL. 

HITHPAEL. 

Future. 

r^%^. 

nl-i^ 

5^?-)? 

"I^n:' 

Apoc.  Fut. 

b5^    or 

^5^ 

br 

T   • 

''^ 

^?: 

^3n7 

Vav.  conv.    b^^T  or  b.VT       b^^i       b^]'!       bifjT       bsn^i 

2.  The  final  vowel  n..  is  sometimes  rejected  from  the  im- 
perative in  the  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hithpael  species,  e.  g.  Pi.  % 
for  r^}^ ,  Hiph.  b^n  for  nb.in ,  Hith.  bsnn  for  nsann. 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  He  Verbs. 

§17^.  1.  Kal  preterite  :  The  third  person  feminine  rarely  occurs  with 
the  simple  endinor  n^ ,  ncr  Lev.  25 :  21,  n-'n  2  Kin.  9 :  37  K'thibh  ;  so  in 
the  Hiphil,  i^sbn  Ezek.'  24 :  12,  n^nn  Lev.  26  :  31,  and  Hophal,  rb^jn 
Jer.  13:19.  Yodh  is  occasionally  retained  before  asyllabic  affixes,  n^on 
Ps.  57  :2,  the  only  instance  in  which  the  feminine  has  the  ending  usual  in 
other  verbs,  ron  Dent.  32  :  37,  I'^is  Ps.  73  :  2  K'ri ;  so  in  the  imperative, 
s-inx,  ii^i'a  lsa.'2l:12;  future,  't^^^"! ,  't^^)?,"^ ,  'i'^^}^^  ^  'i^'''^Vi2  ■  "i^^'?^'"'' 
*,!i'irn^";,  l^'irrn.  I^ai"',  '\'l'}'}'! .  i^^P?,  >i"'rN;;',  Niphal  preterite,  ri::,  Piel 
future,  "I'l'is'iPi,  ^•o^qi'},  Hiphil  future,  "jl^sn,  imperative,  sfnn  for  ^''^xn  . 

2.  Infinitive:  Vav  is  sometimes  written  for  the  final  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive absolute  instead  of  n,  iia,  1S5,  ian,  -inn,  "ina,  iiijy,  i:p^.  -ix";,  ina, 
and  in  a  few  instances  the  feminine  termination  is  added,  mbx ,  rix"!, 
ninuj.  There  are  also  examples  of  the  omission  of  this  termination  from 
the  construct  infinitive,  nia?.  and  iia?. ,  nijD,  nii-i,  'inilj ;  once  it  has  the 
form  nixn  Ezek.  28  :  17.        ' 

3.  Future  :  There  are  a  very  few  examples  of  Tsere  as  the  last  vowel 
of  the  future,  ns-iR  Dan.  1:13,  nirn  .Tosh.  7:9,  nrrs]  Josh.  9:24, 
-HTin  Jer.  17:  17;  eo  in  the  Piel,  n^:n  Lev.  18:7  tf. ;  and,  on  the  other 


^173  REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  201 

hand,  there  is  one  instance  of  an  imperative  ending  in  Seghol,  viz.,  the 
Piel,  M31  Judg.  9 :  29.  The  radical  "^  remains  and  rests  in  Hhirik  in 
•^i.Tm  (3  fern.)  Jer.  3  :  6,  in  f.lie  Hiphil,  "^nTSp  (2  masc.)  Jer.  18  :  23,  and  in 
the  Kal  imperative,  "'Sn  (2  masc.)  Isa.  26:  20.  Yodh  appears  once  as  a 
consonant  before  a  suffix,  "^Jinj^i'l  Job  3 :  25,  and  once  belbre  n  paragoffic, 
n^Tsnx  Ps.  77:4,  whicli  is  very  rare  in  these  verbs,  but  perhaps  displaces 
the  final  vowel  in  -"'i'l^'?  Ps-  119  :  117,  and  the  Hithpael,  nrnc?  Isa.  41: 23. 
In  a  few  instances  "^  is  restored  as  a  quiescent  before  suffixes,  ^S^^n"^  Hus. 
6:2,  "iJ^sn  1  Kin.  20:35,  i'S'^E?':  Ps.  140:10K'ri,  cyNSX  Deut.  32 :  26. 
Examples   of  the   feminine   plural:  n^-'Snn ,    nj^npi ,    -pnr.ri ,    nrlij'm  , 

nr:yn  and  nsjyn. 

4.  The  future  of  a  few  verbs  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  con- 
versive  simply  drops  its  last  vowel,  either  retaining  Hhirik  under  the  per- 
sonal prefix  or  lengthening  it  to  Tsere,  Fid*i  ,  aiDfli,  'n3'\  'n-i''i ,  Dia'i  , 
ri;r;"1;  so  in  the  Pe  Nun  forms,  t?]  and  T'l  ,  a^  ,  and  Pe  Yodh  rp^l ,  with 
Pattahh-furtive  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Pe  guttural,  '^n'*;,  §  17.  ,  or 
the  vowel  of  the  personal  prefix  changed  to  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  ris<j;l,  K"i'^T 
but  N1*; ,  Xini .  Most  commonly  Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concur- 
ring consonants,  T3'fi,  'n'"),  ii57,  ni'sT,  hz/]  and  V^ri,  y^s*],  "(3*1  and  "iElh}, 
^^?!  'l^y."!:  "^i^?!!?  '^i^THj  2?.']  and  ^'liFi] ,  Cli.-fl ,  v:;ri_\  N1*T,  N^m ,  h^_j\  or 
Pattahh  if  one  of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  §61.  2;  thus,  in  Ayin  gut- 
tural verbs,  y^jT^,  t^?P!,  ^ij  ,  ynn,  in  Pe  guttural  'iH'fi  from  nin'i , 
§60.  I.a.  (3),  "in*;!  from  n%"|V  or  with  the  additional  change  of  the  vowel 
of  the  prefix  to  Pattahh,  "inP! ,  Tnn  from  J^inP} ,  yn;|i}  from  n^n;; ,  irn^ , 
arp  Isa.  59:17  (in  1  Sam.  15:19,  14:32  K'ri,  this  same  form'  is  from 
Vi'!\y  or  a-'S,  §157.  3),  hv^"] ,  ',r*:i,  iar^V  The  rejection  of  the  final  vowel 
takes  place  frequently  even  in  the  first  person  singular,  which  in  other 
verbs  is  cnmmotdy  exempt  from  shortening,  §99.  3.  a,  "|£5<T .  M";X1  and 
nx^x;,  nrif;,  tnj*,  brxi,  •,yxi,  brxn  and  fitbyxi.  In  a'fe'w  instances 
the  final  vowel  is  retained  in  other  persons  after  Vav  conversive,  e.  g. 
niari;!   I  Kin.  16 :  25,  ^IZ^l  2  Kin.  1 :  10,  .1:2']  Josh.  19  :  50.  ns2ri]  1  Sam. 

1  :9,'  riS?^^  1  Kin.  ,^16 :  l?"^  ^HT--  ^  ^''^"^-  ^^  '  ^^'  '^"^■?'-  ^  Kin.  6: 23,  ■'irn 
Deut.  32 :  IS  is  fut.  apoc.  of  n'^d  as  "^n"'  or  '^ni  of  n^n .  *" 

5.  The  passive  participle  drops  the  final  "^  in  ID::  Job  15:22  for  '"'0^, 
ICS  Job  41:25  for  ""^hv,  and  fem.  plur.  mrJ3  Isa.'  3:16  K'thibh  (K'ri 
rrp'j?),  miias  l  Sam.  25':  18  K'thibh. 

V     §17^.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  Yodh  may  quiesce  in  either  Tsere  or 
Hhirik,  though  the  former  is  more  frequent,   r\^^i  and  ''n"'|S3 ,  rT'!^!;:  and 

!i:-^:3.  nn'ca?  and  ^3-'fa-j;,  "^n^^s:  and  13"');e3  . 

2.  Examples  of  the  infinitive  absolute  :  n'Sas ,  n^ins ,  f^ptif  .  Construct : 
rriitn  and  nisas ,  niian ,  nixin  and  nbi-in ;  with  suffixes,  ir'^yn ,  ihibrn , 
once  as  though  it  were  a  plural  noun,  cbTintn  Ezek.  6:8,  so  the  Kal 
infin.,  ~'?n'i33  Ezek.  16:  31,  once  with  a  preposition,  rivh  Ex.  10:3. 

3.  Future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  bjri,  nKani ,  nbx"  , 
Vnn,  t'yn,  i<y.},  ^{s*."!,  and  in  one  verb  with  Pattahh  before  n,  nsfi 
Gen.  7:23,  Ps.  109: 13,  though  some  editions  omit  the  Daghcsh-ibrte  in  the 
former  passage,  thus  making  it  a  Kal  future. 


202  ETYMOLOGY.  §174,175 

§174.  1.  Piel:  Two  verbs,  nsa  to  be  becomhig  and  Mna  to  draw  (the 
bow),  having  a  guttural  lor  their  second  radical,  double  the  third  instead, 
which  in  the  reduplication  appears  as  Vav,  though  the  general  law  is  ad- 
hered to  requiring  its  rejection  from  the  end  of  the  word  and  the  substitu- 
tion of  the  vowel  letter  n .  The  only  forms  which  occur  are,  of  the 
former,  the  preterite  niS3  Ps.  93 : 5,  lix:  Cant.  1 :  10,  Isa.  52 :  7,  and  of 
the  latter  the  participle  plur.  constr.  ''intjTa  Gen,  21 :  16.  There  are 
three  examples  of  Hholem  inserted  after  the  first  radical,  §92.  b,  ''nai'j 
Isa.  10 :  13  from  nod ,  the  W  being  an  orthographic  equivalent  for  D , 
§3.  1.  a,  and  in  the  infinitive,  ish,  inh  Isa.  59:  13. 

2.  In  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite  ^  sometimes  quiesces 
in  Tsere ;  in  all  the  other  persons,  however,  and  even  in  the  first  singu- 
lar, when  a  suffix  is  added,  it  invariably  quiesces  in  Hhirik,  ''n"'Sa  and 
•'n-'ya,  in->!ip,  once  "'n'^.^p ,  "^n^^s  and  Ti^r^  >  T^""^^)  D-ini^s. 

3.  Infinitive  absolute:  ri^|5  and  mp,  n^3 ,  n{33 ,  nb,  iah,  iVn .  The 
construct  always  ends  in  ni  with  the  exception  of  nibs  also  ni33 ,  and 
■^sn  Hos.  6:9. 

4.  Future:  in  Ti"'"i5t  Isa.  16:9  from  n'"*"!,  the  second  radical  is  doubled 
as  '^,  §153.  1,  and  the  third  appears  as  1,  §56.  3.  aj  ^r'-?2<.  Ex.  33:  3  is 
for  ?;^2i<,  §63.1.6.  With  Vav  conversive :  bv;; ,  bb"]! ,  ob'^T,  ik"^!, 
^pm  .  irm  .  so  in  the  first  person  singular,  bbx'i  ,  lixi  :  once  Pattahh  is 
lengthened  to  Kamets,  in'i'l  1  Sam.  21:  14;  so  in  pause,  sbsFi  Prov.  25:  9. 

5.  The  imperative  has  Seghol  in  a  single  instance,  nan  Judg.  9:29 
and  sometimes  drops  its  final  vowel  bj ,  bn,  "jia ,  D3 ,  i::  and  M)3S . 

6.  Pual  infinitive  construct  with  suffix :  iniJS  Ps.  1.32:1. 

I  §175.  1.  Hiphil  preterite:  The  prefixed  n  has  occasionally  Seghol, 
nb'jn  and  ^'^^r\,  rxbn,  rrnsn,  nxnn,  r,-'r-'K-in.  Yodh  may  quiesce  in 
Hhirik  or  Tsere,  r'^irsn,  "'n"'b;n ,  nijTn,  ^n'^isn ,  Yodh  once  remains  as 
a  quiescent  in  the  3  masc.  sing.,  "'bnn  Isa.  53:  10,  and  once  in  the  3  masc. 
plur.,  l"'D^n  Josh.  14:8  for  fl-^Oisn ,  '§62.  2. 

2.  The  infinitive  absolute  has  Kamets  in  na^-l  by  way  of  distinction 
from  '~i3"i<l  and  •^2"in  Jer.  42:2,  which  are  always  used  adverbially. 
Construct:  The  prefixed  n  has  Hhirik  in  one  instance,  niipn  Lev. 
14:43  ;  ni'iinb  2  Kin.  19:25  K'thibh  is  for  nixiunb  . 

3.  The  future,  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  some- 
times simply  rejects  its  final  vowel,  Pb\  ,  KT^i,  n"i;i,  pUJ^i,  "li'l  from 
ni'^,  t'1  from  nT3,  a^l  from  rii:3,  r.'ni  from  iiij ;  commonly,  however, 
Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concurring  consonants,  bx*l  from  nHx, 
§111.2.  a,  b,y;»5,  -(j'l,  Ci^n.\  irni ,_  ^e|:i  ,  an^i,  q-ip,  or  Pattahh  if  one 
of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  in^i ,  nrn,  bs^T ,  yn^i .  Occasionally  the 
final  vowel  remains,  nbr.^1  i  Kin.  16:17.  18:42,  "3":"^  Ezek.  23:19; 
once  the  radical  ^  appears  quiescing  in  Hhirik,  "^n^jn  (2  masc.  apoc.  for 
rrsn)  Jer.  18:23.  The  retention  or  rejection  of  the  vowel  is  optional  in 
the  first  person  singular,  n3"iN"'  ,  npirxi  ,  nbxi  and  ~i*<i  from  nbD.  brxi, 
I2X  from  na3. 


$176,177       REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE   VERBS.  203 

4.  The  imperative  is  sometimes  abbreviated,  nann  and  ""lii ,  •iQ'^n 
and  ri"!-!,  b?n  for  H^?;!^,  ^k^  and  wn.  nisr}  and  7\T};  'On  (accent  on 
the  ultimate)  Ps.  39:  li  is  for  n^cn ,  the  same  word  Isa.  6 : 9  is  from 
ysUJ,  §  140.  5. 

w  5.  Hophal  infinitive  absolute:  <T^Sf7  Lev.  19:20. 

'  §171.  1.  Hithpael:  One  verb  nn'>a  reduplicates  its  third  radical,  which 
appears  as  I,  ninnan  to  worship,  iut.  ni^tnc^ ,  with  Vav  conv.  irp]!r'»i 
for  ^nnir^i,  §61.  2,  "plur.  I'nPiir'^T,  infin.  nnn'rn,  and  once  with  suf. 
Ti'^'innuin  2  Kin.  5:  18,  the  accent  being  thrown  back  by  a  followirio- 
monosyllable.  For  the  inflected  participle,  cn'^'inrid^  Ezek.  8:16,  see 
§90,  page  120. 

2.  In  the  preterite  "^  mostly  quiesces  in  Tsere  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar, and  in  Hhirik  in  the  other  persons,  ■^n'^'iNrn,  "^t^'^inriTrn,  ri'^'^nnuir, 
tn-^-innuin,  n-isiTin,  r-'js-inn,  ninann,  nirnitin. 

3.  The  future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive :  bsr*?  j  ^1^'- t 
"innn,  byr^"^. ,  S'^riri,  ynt'ri,  or  with  Kamets  in  the  accented  syllable, 
"''jri'!!,  "'js'P,  so  always  in  pause,  ^n^*!,  JO^r^l  Gen.  24:65. 

4.  The  shortened  imperative :  "ijriti,  hvrfi . 

§  n\j  1.  n;^n  to  be,  fat.  <^!1!7|^ .  Hhirik  being  retained  before  the  guttural 
under  the  influence  of  the  following  Yodh,  whence  the  Sh'va,  though 
vocal,  remains  simple  ;  so  in  the  inf  const,  with  prep.  n'i"'H3,  rii'Tib,  ri"'na, 
though  without  a  prefix  it  is  PlTi,  once  >12'2  Ezek.  21:  ]5.  The  apoco- 
pated future  "T)";!  (in  pause  "'in^^)  and  with  Vav  conversive  "'n?''i  is  (or 
^n^ ,  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  returning  to  the  Sh'va  from  which  it  arose, 
§85.  2.  a  (1).  page  116,  when  the  quiescence  of  the  middle  radical  gives  a 
vowel  to  the  first.  The  same  thing  occurs  in  the  peculiar  form  of  the 
future  Xin^  Eccl.  11  : 3,  where  the  second  radical  appears  as  I,  which  it 
sometimes  does  in  the  imperative,  M^n  and  flirt  Gen.  27 :  29  or  X'n  Job 
37:6,  and  in  the  participle  n'in  Neh.  6-6,  Eccl.  2:22,  fem.  njin  Ex.  9:3. 

2.  ITTI  to  live.  The  root  ^"^n  is  usually  inflected  as  a  Lamedh  He 
verb  pret.  tTi^n,  fut.  rt^n^,  apoc.  "^n"?  i  with  Vav  conversive  "^n'p.,  though 
in  the  preterite  3  masc.  it  occasionally  takes  an  Ayin  doubled  form,  ^n, 
e.  g.  Gen.  3:  22,  5:  5,  and  once  in  the  3  fem.  an  Ayin  Yodh  form  !  n"in  Ex. 
1 :  16,  or  it  may  be  explained  as  an  Ayin  doubled  form  with  Daghesh-forte 
omitted,  §25. 

3.  In  a  few  instances  X  is  substituted  for  the  third  radical  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  "'rxs";!  Ezek.  43:27,  xnx  Isa.  21:12,  NC3  Jer.  23:39,  xin"^ 
2Chron.  26:  15,  s<=n  Prov.  1 :  10  from'ni:x .  Nn*5  Deut.' 33:21  from  nrx', 
'*^D;"J  2  Chron.  16:12,  SDd^  Lam.  4:l,'x2C  2  Kin.  25:29.  Hit';  Eccl. 
SiCnitsbri  2  Sam.  21  :  12  K'ri  for  wbri,  D^x^bn  Hos.  11:7,  DeuL'28:66 
for  Ci'^iibpij  §56.  4,  O-'xn'isin .  ilX^^I  2  Sam.  11:24  from  nn-i  ;  the  vowels 
are  those  ofLamedh  Aleph  verbs  in  ^iJrx  Jer.  3 :  22  for  ^irrx ,  nb:n  1  Kin. 
17 :  14  for  n^^n,  n^p-i  Dan.  10 :  14  for  n%p"i  ;  and  the  full  Lamedh  Aleph 
form  is  adopted  in  X'^'^E^  Hos.  13 :  15  for  n'^SJ'^ . 


204  ETYMOLOGY.  §178,179 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs. 

§  lr5^  Verbs  which  have  two  weak  letters  in  the  root,  or 
which  are  so  constituted  as  to  belong  to  two  different  classes 
of  imperfect  verbs,  commonly  exhibit  the  peculiarities  of 
both,  unless  they  interfere  with  or  limit  one  another.  Thus, 
a  verb  which  is  both  i«s  and  n"b  will  follow  the  analogy  of 
both  paradigms,  the  former  in  its  initial  and  the  latter  in  its 
second  syllable.  But  in  verbs  which  are  both  iV  and  n'^ 
the  1  is  invariably  treated  as  a  perfect  consonant,  and  the  n  b 
peculiarities  alone  preserved.  All  such  cases  have  been  re- 
marked upon  individually  under  the  several  classes  of  verbs 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


Defective  Verbs. 

§1-?^.  1.  It  has  been  seen  in  repeated  instances  in  the 
foregoing  pages  that  verbs  belonging  to  one  class  of  imper- 
fect verbs  may  occasionally  adopt  forms  from  another  and 
closely  related  class.  Thus  a  s'b  verb  may  appear  with  a 
Tib  form,  or  an  ly  verb  with  an  y'b  form  or  vice  versa..  The 
occurrence  of  an  individual  example,  or  of  a  few  examples 
of  such  divergent  forms,  may  be  explained  in  the  manner 
just  suggested  without  the  assumption  of  an  additional  verb 
as  their  source.  Sometimes,  however,  the  number  of  diver- 
gent forms  is  so  considerable,  or  the  divergence  itself  so  wide, 
that  it  is  simpler  to  assume  two  co-existent  roots  of  the  same 
signification,  and  differing  only  in  the  weak  letter  which  they 
contain,  than  to  refer  all  to  a  single  root. 

a.  Thus.  Nbs  means  io  shut  up  or  restrain,  and  n^s  to  he  finished: 
yet  a  few  Si"?  Ibrms  occur  in  the  sense  not  of  Ihe  latter  but  of  the  former 
verb.  They  are  accordingly  held  to  be  from  N^3 ,  but  assimilated  in  inflec- 
tion to  the  rib  paradigm.  On  the  other  hand,  Nn;^  means  to  call,  and 
ST^;?  to  meet;  but  so  many  x'b  forms  are  found  with  this  latter  significa- 
tion that  it  seems  necessary  to  assume  a  second  root  N'^p  having  that 


§180  QUADRILITEllAL    VERBS.  205 

meaning.  The  verb  to  run  is  ordinarily  yi"i ;  but  XiST  Ezek.l:  14  is  loo 
remote  from  an  IS  form  to  be  reierred  to  that  root;  hence  it  is  traced  to 
another  verb  n;;~i  of  tiie  same  sense.  No  clear  line  of  distinction  can  be 
drawn  between  the  cases  in  which  divergent  Ibrms  are  to  be  traced  to  a 
single  root,  and  those  in  which  the  assumption  of  a  second  is  admissible  or 
necessary.  This  must  be  decided  in  detail,  and  the  best  authorities  not 
inli-equently  ditfer  in  their  judgment  of  particular  examples. 

2.  Where  two  verbs  exist  which  are  thus  radically  con- 
nected and  identical  in  signification,  it  not  infrequently  hap- 
pens that  they  are  defective  or  mutually  supplementary,  that 
is  to  say,  that  one  of  them  is  in  usage  restricted  to  certain 
parts  or  species,  the  remainder  being  supplied  by  the  other. 

a.  The  following  are  examples  of  defective  verbs  :  -il3  to  be  good,  used 
in  the  Kal  species  only  in  the  preterite,  the  corresponding  future  is  from 
213^;  "5^  Kal  pret.  io  fttar,  the  fut.  and  imper.  from  "li ;  p"S^  Kal  pret. 
and  inf.  lo  spit,  fut.  from  p^T  ;  723  Kal  pret.  and  inf.  to  break  or  disperse, 
fut.  and  imp.  from  71Q ;  rp3  Kal  pret.  to  be  alienated,  fut.  from  "p;  ;  trib 
K.  pret.  to  be  a  prince,  fut.  from  ~lb  ;  331  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  be  many, 
fut.  from  n3T  which  is  used  throughout  the  species  ;  ^vr^  Kal  fut.  to  be  hot, 
pret.  and  inf.  from  crn  ,  which  is  also  used  in  the  future  ;  7?^  to  counsel, 
borrows  its  Kal  imper.  from  7*13  ;  yp^  Kal  fut.  to  awake,  pret.  from  the 
Hiphil  of  yip,  which  is  also  used  in  inf  imper.  and  fut.;  3S3  to  place,  the 
reflexive  is  expres.^ed  by  3St^rn  from  3:11'  ;  "^n^j  lo  drink,  the  causative 
is  np-rn  from  npd;  ir^iin  from  ci"!  is  used  as  the  causative  of  di3  to 
be  ashamed,  as  well  as  '.T^in  ;  ~pn  to  g-o,  derives  many  of  its  forms  from 
"?'J ;  -r?'^  to  give,  is  only  used  in  the  Kal  imperative,  it  is  supplemented 
by  ")n3  of  totally  distinct  radicals. 


QUADRILITERAL   VeRBS. 

^ISj/  Quadriliteral  verbs  are  either  primitives  formed 
from  quadriliteral  roots,  whose  origin  is  explained,  §68.  <2, 
or  denominatives,  the  formative  letter  of  the  noun  or  adjective 
being  admitted  into  the  stem  along  with  the  three  original 
radicals.  The  former  class  adopt  the  vowels  and  inflections 
of  the  Piel  and  Pual  species,  while  the  latter  follow  the 
Hiphil. 

a.  Theonly  examples  of  quadriliteral  verbs  are  the  following,  viz. :  Piel 
pret.  Tt^Q  he  spread.,  Job  26;  9,  where  the  original  Pattahh  of  the  initial 
syllable  of  the  Piel,  §82.  5.  b  (3),  is  preserved;  fut.  with  suf.  nsio"i:'7  he, 


206  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  181 

shall  wasle  it,  Ps.  80  :  14.  Pual  pret.  ttiDi:^  it  freshened,  Job  33  :  25,  the 
Methegh  and  the  Hhateph  Pattahh  being  used  to  indicate  that  the  Sh'va 
is  vocal,  and  that  the  form  is  equivalent  to  ^2^"?  ;  part.  OBOno  scaled  off 
or  resembling  scales,  Ex.  16:  14,  i>a'^='3  clothed^  \  Chron.  \b\'21.  Hiphil 
pret.  in-'iTX.v!  they  stank,  Isa.  19 : 6  lor  !ini3Tsn  as  1"i^S5  for  I^BSS,  de- 
rived from  niiN  putrescent,  w^hich  is  simpler  than  to  make  it  with  Gesenius 
a  double  or  anomalous  Hiphil  from  n2T,  §94.  a,  comp.  Alexander  in  loc. ; 
fut.  nb■^K^bX  I  will  turn  to  the  left.  Gen.  13  :  9 ;  ib-^XTDbn  Isa.  30  :  21,  part. 
ciSxTabis  1  Chron.  12 :  2  from  ixib  the  left  hand,  elsewhere  reduced  to  a 
triliteral  by  the  rejection  ofx,  ^"'^bnb  2  Sam.  14:19,  "^b^^'n  Ezek. 
21 :21.  To  these  may  be  added  the  form,  which  occurs  several  times  in 
the  K'thibh  Binssn^a  1  Chron.  15:  24,  etc.,  and  ni-.nsna  2  Chron.  5  :  12, 
for  which  the  K'ri  substitutes  n'^nsna  or  nin^n^ ,  As  it  is  a  denomina- 
tive from  n^sbin  a  trumpet,  it  has  been  suspected  that  the  form  first  men- 
tioned should  be  pointed  ninsirn.19  ;  the  other,  if  a  genuine  reading,  is 
probably  to  be  read  D">-n:£nia  . 

Nouns. 

1^  THKIE     FOEMATION. 

^IS'^.  Nouns,  embracing  adjectives  and  participles  as 
well  as  substantives,  may  be  primitive,  i.  e.  formed  directly 
from  their  ultimate  roots,  or  derivative,  i.  e.  formed  from  pre- 
existing words.  Those  which  are  derived  from  verbs  are 
called  verbals;  those  which  are  derived  from  nouns  are 
called  denominatives.  The  vast  multiplicity  of  objects  to 
which  names  were  to  be  applied  and  the  diversity  of  aspects 
under  which  they  are  capable  of  being  contemplated,  have  led 
to  a  variety  in  the  constitution  of  nouns  greatly  exceeding 
that  of  verbs,  and  also  to  considerable  laxity  in  the  significa- 
tions attached  to  individual  forms.  But  whatever  complexity 
may  beset  the  details  of  this  subject,  its  main  outlines  are 
sufficiently  plain.  All  nouns  are,  in  respect  to  their  forma- 
tion, reducible  to  certain  leading  types  or  classes  of  forms, 
each  having  a  primary  and  proper  import  of  its  own.  The 
derivation  of  nouns,  as  of  the  verbal  species,  from  their 
respective  roots  and  themes  calls  into  requisition  all  the  expe- 
dients, whether  of  internal  or  external  changes,  known  to  the 
language,  §  69.  Hence  arise  four  classes  of  nouns  according 
as  they  are  formed  by  internal  changes,  viz. : 


^182,183  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  207 

1.  The  introduction  of  one  or  more  vowels. 

2.  The  reduplication  of  one  or  more  of  the  letters  of  the 
root.     Or  by  external  changes,  viz. : 

3.  The  prefixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  root. 

4.  The  affixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  end. 

a.  The  mass  of  nouns  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitives  and  not  as  de- 
rived from  their  cognate  verbs.  Many  roots  are  represented  by  nouns 
alone,  without  any  verbs  from  which  they  could  have  sprung,  e.  g.  -X 
father.  yjX  earth.  And  where  verbs  of  kindred  meaning  do  exist,  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  not  the  source  or  theme  of  the  nouns,  but  that 
both  spring  alike  directly  from  their  common  root,  as  T(^T3  to  reign,  and 
T^'iz  king  from  the  root  ~^^ .  Since,  however,  these  roots  or  elemental 
themes  are  destitute  of  vowels,  and  consequently  are  incapable  of  being 
pronounced  in  their  primitive  or  abstract  state,  it  is  customary  and  con- 
venient in  referring  to  them  to  name  the  verb  which  though  a  derivative 
form  has  the  advantage  of  simplicity  and  regularity  of  structure,  and  is 
often  the  best  representative  of  the  radical  significalion.  Accordingly, 
Ty^Pri.  king  may  be  said  to  be  derived  from  the  root  T\?'>^  to  reign,  that  is,  it 
is  derived  from  the  root  ~b^  of  which  tliat  verbal  form  is  the  conven- 
tional designation,  §68. 

h.  Infinitives,  participles,  nouns  which  follow  the  forms  of  the  secondary 
or  derived  species,  §187.  2.  a,  and  some  others,  are  evidently  verbals. 
Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  as  well  as  some  others,  are  denominatives. 

^1  Class  I. — Nouns  formed  ty  the  insertion  of  vowels. 

§18|.  The  first  class  of  nouns,  or  those  which  are 
formed  by  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root,  embraces  three 
distinct  forms,  viz. : 

1.  Monosyllables,  or  those  in  which  the  trihteral  root 
receives  but  one  vowel. 

2.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  second  is  the  principal 
vowel  and  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

3.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  first  is  the  principal  vowel 
and  the  second  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

A  1.  Triliteral  Monosyllables. 

§18^  The  formative  vowel  may  be  given  either  to  the 
second  radical  ^t2]5 ,  b^bp ,  bit:]? ,  brjp ,  or  to  the  first,  bt2J5 , 


208  ETYMOLOGY.  §184 

Vjp,  bipp;  in  tlie  latter  case  an  unaccented  Segliol  is  com- 
monly interposed  between  the  concurring  consonants,  §61.2, 
to  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  assimilated,  §63.  2.  a,  bt:]5 , 
b'jp ,  bup .  Forms  thus  augmented  by  the  introduction  of 
an  auxiliary  vowel  are  termed  Segholates. 

a.  In  this  and  the  following  sections  ^ap  is  used  as  a  representative 
root  in  order  more  conveniently  to  indicate  to  the  eye  the  formation  of  the 
different  classes  of  nouns.  No  root  could  be  selected  which  would  afford 
examples  in  actual  use  of  the  entire  series  of  derivative  forms;  bap  has 
but  one  derivative  blip  slaughter^  and  this  only  occurs  in  Obad.  ver.  9. 

b.  As  i.  6,  and  u  rarely  or  never  occur  in  mixed  accented  syllables,  §  19, 
they  are  excluded  from  monosyllabic  nouns.  Every  other  vowel  is,  how- 
ever, found  with  the  second  radical,  thus  a,  uria  a  Utile  prop,  paucity, 
)ai;'i  honey,  ^25  man;  d,  -'X  strength.  -nS  ivn'ling,  isd  residue;  e,  CD'CJ 
shoulder,  n:o  bush;  e,  bb^  ho^oling^  2N3  grief,  -NT  a  wolf;  especially  z, 
0,  and  u.  which  occur  with  greater  frequency  than  any  others.  Wlien  the 
first  radical  receives  the  vowel,  I  and  u  are  likewise  excluded,  inasmuch  as 
they  rarely  or  never  stand  before  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  Few  of 
these  nouns  remain  without  the  auxiliary  Seghol  N'^5  a  valley,  l!<y:J 
vanity,  N::n  sin,  'i"ii)  spikenard,  tsirp  truth.  Kamets  is  only  found  before 
Vav,  §63.  2.  a,  ri^,  and  in  pause,  §65,  irx ,  rro. 

c.  When  the  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  there  is  a  concurrence 
of  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  prefixing  St,  §53.  1.  a,  with  a  short  vowel,  mostly  e,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  but 
occasionally  a,  S'a^s  finger  for  ri^ ,  -J  r"-^  lattice,  libx  belt,  ?ini!<  and 
?i"iT  arm,  bibnx  and  biTSPi  yesterday. 

§18^.  These  nouns,  standing  at  the  first  remove  from 
the  root,  express  as  nearly  as  possible  its  simple  idea 
either  abstractly,  e.  g.  b^bi?  emptiness,  biDic  hereavement,  TiT^ 
stren(jt1i,  yjl  righteousness,  "iTS?  help,  ^"^  greatness,  or  as  it 
is  realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded 
as  its  embodiment  or  representative,  "^^i^  lord  from  lia  to  he 
mighty,  T^'i^J*  man  from  'C2S  to  he  sick,  bnia  houndary,  ^9? 
lihation  y^^s^.  pouring  out,  p'o?  valley  prop,  dejjth,  f^n  vine- 
gar prop,  sourness. 

a.  That  the  position  of  the  formative  vowel  before  or  after  the  second 
radical  does  not  materially  affect  the  character  of  the  form,  appears  from 
the  following  considerations:  (1.)  The  sameness  of  signification  already 
exhibited,  and  which  may  be  verified  in  detail.  (2.)  The  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  the  same  word  in  both  forms,  e.  g.  ^^5  and   "aa  man,  r^3 


^  185  FORMATION  OP  NOUNS.  209 

and  ri23  plant,  N^.3  and  X'^Vs  prison,  )i^i  and  ")in3  thumb,  Prab  and  nniaj 
brightness.  (3.)  The  concurrence  of  both  forms  in  the  Kal  construct  infi- 
nitive blip  and  r(^'^p,,  §87,  ''Hap  and  oib-jp .  (4.)  The  fact  that  Segho- 
lates  may  arise  alike  from  b6p  and  ^ap ,  §61.1.6.  (5.)  The  cognate 
languages ;  monosyllables  in  Arabic,  whose  vowel  precedes  the  second  radi- 
cal, answer  to  those  whose  vowel  succeeds  the  same  radical  in  Aramasan, 
and  both  to  the  Hebrew  Segholates,  e.  g.  13?  servant,  Aram.  13?.,  Arab. 

S    CI  ^ 

6.  The  presence  of  imperfect  letters  in  the  root  may  occasion  the  fol- 
lowins:  modifications: 

KB  roots.  Aleph,as  a  first  radical,  sometimes  receives  a  long  vowel  (_) 
instead  of  Sh'va  (J,  §60.  3.  c,  )^hi<  fidelity  for  l^iox ,  liTX  girdle  for  liTS  . 

S  Guttural  and  b'  Guttural.  If  the  third  radical  be  a  guttural,  Pat- 
tahh  is  substituted  for  the  auxiliary  Seghol,  §61.  2,  naa  confidence,  rrij 
hearing,  ri3a  height ;  if  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural,  the  preceding 
vowel  if  Hholem  remains  unchanged,  otherwise  it  also  commonly  becomes 
Pattahh  ^yi  young  man,  "i?3  youth,  ins  year  but  bns  tent,  onb  bread. 

''S  and  "iS  roots.  A  vowelless  "^  or  3  is  in  a  ^ew  instances  rejected 
from  the  beginning  of  a  word,  §53.  2.  a,  b>i3  produce  for  ^'13';',  "ii'O  famil- 
iarity for  "TiD7 )  ^'''^.  elevation  for  N'^bs,  "^ii  lamentation  for  "^n? ,  particu- 
larly in  feminines  and  secondary  derivatives ;  thus,  nrn  ,  nn? ,  n^S,  n\IJ"l 
drop  an  initial  Yodh,  and  n3p ,  "'^"'3  an  initial  Nun.  Nun  may  also  ex- 
perience assimilation  when  it  is  a  second  radical,  CjX  anger  for  w|3X,  Dib 
cup  for  033 . 

IS  a7id  "^3  roots.  In  Segholates  1  is  preceded  by  Kamets  b"»  (accord- 
ing to  Kimchi  biS  in  Ezek.  28  :  18)  wickedness,  TOI^  midst,  unless  the  last 
radical  is  a  guttural,  n}"!  space;  "^  is  preceded  by  Pattahh  and  followed 
byHhirik,  b^p  night,  "p?  eye.  These  letters  frequently  give  up  their  con- 
sonantal character  and  become  quiescent,  §57.  2.  Vav  is  rejected  in  a  few 
words  as  "^3  brand  for  "^is  ,  ''X  island  for  "''^x  ,  "i"]  watering  for  '^'ii ,  §53.  3. 

nb  roots.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  proper  final  radical  is  rejected, 
as  it  is  in  verbs,  and  the  final  vowel  written  !i,  as  ii.3p  bush,  !iD3  weep- 
i>l?,  "i^n  thought.  When  "^  appears  as  the  radical,  it  prefers  the  form 
''ss  weeping,  '^~\^  fruit,  "'bs  vessel;  ^  retains  its  consonantal  character  in 
ino  winter,  ibb  quail,  or  it  may  be  changed  to  its  cognate  vowel  u, 
which  combines  with  the  preceding  a  to  form  o,  §62.  1,  i"'1  (for  d.'y&u) 
ink,  ixn  antelope.  In  Segholates  1  quiesces  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4),  inib 
swimming  hv  iniy,  >in3  emptiness;  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius  contains  the 
forms  l"!^  garment,  i2Cp  end.,  ibia  security,  but  these  words  only  occur  in 
the  plural  or  with  suffixes,  and  the  absolute  singular  is  quite  as  likely  to 
have  been  ^nia,  i:£p  ,  sibii;, 

•*  2.   7%e  main,  vowel  in  the  ultimate. 

^18\j.  1.  The  second  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
with  one  of  the  long  vowels  in  the  second  which  is  its  prin- 
14 


r 


210  ETYMcI^OlGY.  ^185 

cipal  syllable,  and  in  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets,  for  which 
Tsere  is  occasionally  substituted  when  the  second  vowel  is 
I^amets,  thus  bb;?  or  bb]?  ,  bbjp ,  b^bjp ,  bib^ ,  b^b;? . 

2.  These  are  properly  adjectives,  and  have  for  the  most 
part  an  intransitive  signification  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  «,  e,  or  u,  and  a  passive  signification  when  it  is 
i  or  w,  )^'i>  and  fbp  small,  )^.^/at,  tT\:  made  of  brass,  'T'na 
chosen.  Those  with  a  and  l  in  the  ultimate  are,  however, 
prevailingly  and  the  others  occasionally  used  as  substantives, 
and  designate  objects  distinguished  by  the  quality  which 
they  primarily  denote,  P'^^  herbs  prop,  (/reen,  "lii?  strong 
drink  prop,  intoxicating,  lias  leopard  prop,  spotted,  t]"'?^  and 
'^^  turban  prop,  wound  around,  ^ii?  glory,  that  which  is 
glorious. 

a.  The  intransitive  adjectives  supply  the  place  of  Kal  active  partici- 
ples to  neuter  verbs,  §90.  and  in  IS  verbs  they  iiave  superseded  the  regu- 
lar formation,  §153.  1.  Df3  for  Dip5.  Kal  passive  participles  are  verbals 
with  u.  This  formation  with  I  in  the  ultimate  is  adopted  in  several  names 
of  seasons;  ^''SX  Abib,  the  time  of  ears  of  corn,  CT'ps  ingathering  prop. 
the  being  gathered,  "''^^^  vintage,  'T'?2t  pruning-time,  UJ"'"in  ploughing- 
time,  "I"':!):?  harvest,  Comp.  §  201.  1.  b. 

b.  Adjectives  with  6  commonly  express  permanent  qualities,  those 
with  e  variable  ones,  biia  great,  bna  growing  great ;  pjn  strong,  pTn  be- 
coming  strong ;  Slip  near,  3"lp  approaching ;  pini  remote,  pn"i  receding. 
Hence  the  former  are  used  of  those  physical  and  moral  conditions  which 
are  fixed  and  constant,  such  as  figure,  colour,  character,  etc.,  ""ix  long, 
hi'S  round,  pis  deep,  n'da  high ;  cHx  red,  1^3  spotted,  "ipD  speckled,  pin; 
green,  np^  striped,  ^Hs  white.  plO  bay,  ^ri'iU  black;  pin^  sweet,  ~nna 
pure,  ^i"ip  holy.  And  tlie  latter  are  employed  of  shifting  and  evanescent 
states  of  body  and  of  mind,  NS^  thirsty,  2yT  hungry,  'S'Z'C  sated,  C)t; 
weary,  b^x  grieving,  ysn  desiring,  1r^T\  fearing,  '^b'S  exulting. 

c.  The  active  signification  asserted  for  the  form  i"it3)5  in  a  few  instances 
cannot  be  certainly  established;  li-'Tp^  or  T^p'^  fowler,  is  intransitive  in 
Hebrew  conception  as  is  shown  by  the  construction  of  the  corresponding 
verb,  comp.  Lat.  aucupari,  aucupatus.  Other  alleged  cases  are  probably 
■not  nouns  but  absolute  infinitives  of  Kal.  '|iri3  Jer.  6:  27  may  as  well  be 
rendered  1  have  set  thee  to  try  nsfor  a  trier  (of  metals)  ;  I'l^an  Isa.  1  :  17  is 
not  oppressor  nor  oppressed  bnt  wrong-doing,  to  dStKeti',  see  Alexander  in 
loc. ;  and  even  p^lU^  Jer.  22  :  3  may  in  like  manner  be  oppression  instead 
of  oppressor. 

d.  T\h  roots  are  restricted  to  forms  with  i,  in  which  the  radical  "^ 
quiesces,  ''na /res/ij  "^33  afflicted^ '•p':  or  N"'p3  with  otiant  K,  §16.  ],j9Mre; 


^18G  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  •         211 

or  with  a  which  combines  with  it  to  form  e,  n  _,  I'^ia  and  T\^p^  field ^  ns^ 
fair,  Hxa  high;  in  a  few  nouns  this  final  vowel  is  dropped,  V^  fish  for 
na'n,  in  mark  for  nnn,  yb  tree  for  nks,  "la  son  for  Ji32  ,  no  mouth  (or  n'-^Q, 
unless,  indeed,  these  and  the  like  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitive  bilit- 
erals.  Vav,  as  a  final  radical,  may  be  preceded  by  a.  "13?  meek,  or  e,  i^© 
secure. 

3.   The  main  vowel  in  the  penult. 

^185k  1.  The  third  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
having  an  immutable  vowel,  mostly  Hholem,  though  occa- 
sionally Shurek  or  Tsere  in  the  first,  which  is  its  principal 
syllable,  and  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  second,  thus 

bDip,  bbip,  bbip,  bu^p,  "^b-^^^. 

2.  These  indicate  the  agent,  and  are  either  active  par- 
ticiples, baip  killing,  or  substantives,  Dnin  signet-ring  prop. 
sealer,  s'l^ix  enemy,  one  practising  hostility,  bS'l©  fox  prop. 
digger,  C]^^?  hammer  prop,  pounder,  ^TT^  morning  star  prop. 
shining  one. 

a.  A  number  of  nouns,  indicative  of  occupation,  follow  the  participial 
form,  which  thus  serves  to  express  permanent  and  professional  activity, 
•ipia  herdsman,  hzn  sailor  prop,  rope-handler,  ^"lin  ploughman,  ^si"'  potter 
prop,  former.  0213  fuller,  )T}'2  priest,  cnb  vine-dresser,  "itnio  merchant, 
"isio  scribe,  bbii  trafficker,  nyn  shepherd,  KS"i  physician,  njb"!  dealer  in 
unguents,  X:^^  embroiderer,  "icilJ  icatchman,  "^yiilJ  porter  prop,  gate-keeper, 

6.  In  a  very  ^c\v  instances  u  in  the  first  syllable  is  shortened  and  fol- 
lowed by  Daghesh-ibrte  conservative,  25W  and  35^  pipe,  ysia  pit. 

c.  SJS  roots.  The  contraction  of  yy  and  the  quiescence  of  IJ'  roots,  by 
reducing  them  to  biliteral  monosyllables,  obliterates  to  <i  considerable  ex- 
tent the  distinctions  which  have  been  described  and  which  are  possible 
only  in  triiiterals.  The  contracted  forms  wiiich  arise  from  SS  roots  are 
ab,  20,  20,  20,  §  183.  b.  Of  these  20  =  220  belongs  to  the  monosylla- 
bic formation,  and  is  chiefly  used  of  abstracts,  ^3  jmrily,  21  multitude,  DFi 
integrity,  V^  yoke  ;  and  20  =  220  to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  em- 
bracing adjectives  and  concrete  nouns.  On  perfect,  i.n  feast ;  while  20 
and  20  may  arise  indiff"erently  from  either,  p^  rottenness  is  an  abstract 
noun  for  pp^ ,  but  T\1  tender  is  an  adjective  for  Tjbn  ,  Kamets  being  com- 
pressed to  Pattahh  before  the  doubled  letter,  comp.  §135.  3;  2i:  heart  is 
for  the  dissyllable  22b,  but  'iH /ai'o?<r  for  the  monosyllable  ."n. 

IS*  and  "'is'  roots.  Nouns  from  quiescent  IS  and  "I's  roots  may  be 
divided  into  three  pairs  of  forms,  cp  ,  2^  ;  Dip  ,  2">n  ;  dp  ,  zr'-) .  Of  these 
the  last  pair  (with  the  exception  of  Kal  passive  participles)  belong  to  the 
primitive  monosyllabic  formation,   S"*"!  strife,  2ia  goodness ;  the  first  pair 


212  ETYMOLOGY.  §  187 

to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  1!5'l  poor,  ^T  proud,  bx  God  prop,  the 
mighty  one;  and  the  second  pair  may  belong  to  either,  ui'^n  =.  UJ"^"!  poverty, 
p-'n  :=  ph'^  empty,  "JIK  =.'ll''5  strength,  aili  =  si'a  g-oot/. 

Class  II. — Nouns  with  reduplicated  radicals. 

§18Y.  1.  The  simple  form  proper  to  adjectives  is  ex- 
plained §185;  it  may  be  converted  into  an  intensive  by 
doubling  the  middle  radical,  retaining  the  long  vowel  of  the 
second  syllable  and  giving  a  short  ?  or  a  to  the  first.  This 
reduplicated  or  intensive  form  denotes  what  is  characteristic, 
habitual,  or  possessed  in  a  high  degree.  Adjectives  of  this 
nature  are  sometimes  used  as  descriptive  epithets  of  persons 
or  things  distinguished  by  the  quality,  which  they  denote, 
tijn  very  weak,  rijbE)  seeing  prop,  (having  eyes)  wide  open, 
pi'12  righteous,  "ii34  miglity  man,  "j^sn  full  of  grace,  Din'Ti 
merciful. 

a.  As  a  general  though  not  an  invariable  rule,  the  first  syllable  has 
Pattahh  when  a  pure  vowel  a,  I,  or  u  stands  in  the  ultimate,  but  Hhirik 
when  the  ultimate  has  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  or  o.  Several 
nouns  with  a  in  the  second  syllable  are  descriptive  of  occupations  or 
modes  of  life,  comp.  §186.  2.  a,  "iSN  husbandman,  y^"^  Jisherman,  )'^''[  judge, 
IZJ'in  (^z'Ui'hn)  workman,  ns::  cook,  Ms??  seaman  (from  Tib'q  salt),  ^20 
bearer  of  burdens,  l^S  hunter,  niBp  bowman.  225  thief,  not  a  mere  equiva- 
lent to  23ia  one  who  steals,  but  one  who  steals  habitually,  who  makes  steal- 
ing his  occupation. 

b.  Since  the  idea  of  intensity  easily  passes  into  that  of  excess,  the 
form  h^p  is  applied  to  deformities  and  defects,  physical  or  moral,  D3S 
dumb,  "laa  hump-backed,  TZJ^n  (^latin)  deaf,  "i|iS  blind,  HSQ  lame,  tinp 
bald,  ajjjy  perverse. 

c.  In  a  few  instances  instead  of  doubling  the  second  radical,  the  pre- 
vious Hhirik  is  prolonged,  §59.  a,  TlJi^ap  and  HJija^p  nettle  prop,  badly 
pricking,  liii'^P  smoke,  "nfi"",!:  the  Nile  prop,  very  black,  p'ib"'^  prison, 
■nn"'3  spark,  linis  battle,  yii"^?  spark. 

d.  The  following  double  the  third  radical  in  place  of  the  second,  rinns 
brood,  iiZ"^  green,  "JJX.izJ  quiet,  rinsj  comely  from  nX3,  the  lasf  radical 
appearing  as  1 ,  §  169,  b^px.  feeble,  where  the  long  vowel  Tsere  is  in- 
serted to  prevent  the  concurrence  of  consonants. 

e.  V3  and  more  rarely  1"?  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  formed  by  their 
contraction,  babs  and  ijba  wheel  prop,  roller,  nnnn  frightful,  *T^T"iT  girt, 
"ipTI?  crown  of  the  head  prop,  dividing  (the  hair) ;  so  fem.  n^nbn  severe  pain, 
inbaba  casting  down,  f^baba  skull,  and  plur.  ni^obo  baskets,  u->b'}'S  turning 


§188  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  213 

upside  down  from  til?  =  1]3,  nixbl^  (sing,  "^^^i^)  loops  and  fi'^^i^b  (sing, 
probably  nl?^b  =  1.7'^)  winding  stairs  from  nib  =  lib  ;  a  root  bib  is  need- 
lessly assumed  by  Gesenius.  Sometimes  the  harsh  concurrence  of  con- 
sonants is  prevented  by  the  insertion  of  a  long  vowel,  b:ib^  (const,  bkbs) 
cymbal  prop,  tinkling,  li'i?  and  "^^l^?.  stark  naked,  totally  destitute,  bj?bp 
despicable,  or  the  softening  of  the  former  of  the  two  consonants  to  a  vowel, 
§57.  1,  -313  star  for  -323,  niSwia  bands  worn  on  the  forehead  for 
niBlJsa ,  "|ib|^"'p  (with  the  ending  )i  added)  ignominy  for  "libi^bp,  b33 
Babylon  for  bsba ,  or  its  assimilation  to  the  succeeding  consonant,  "^33 
something  circular,  a  circuit  for  "i3")3 .  The  second  member  of  the  redu- 
plication suffers  contraction  or  change  in  'Ty'iiiJ  chain  for  rrSuin^u  and 
^bl^  floor  for  -il5'iI5 . 

2.  Abstracts  are  formed  with  a  doubled  middle  radical 
by  giving  u  to  the  second  syllable  and  i  to  the  first,  pan 
folding  the  hands,  Q^^ic  retribution,  f^ptj  abomination,  and 
in  the  plural  D'''is3  atonement,  Diiips  commandments,  crn^io 
divorce. 

a.  These  may  be  regarded  as  verbals  formed  from  the  Piel.  A  like 
formation  is  in  a  few  instances  based  upon  other  species,  e.  g.  Hiphil  "IFin 
melting  from  ~r3 ,  risSfn  cessation  from  the  '\'S  root  51Q ,  Niphal  cbinSD 
"Wrestlings :  D"'Bin3  when  derived  from  the  Niphal  means  repentings,  when 
from  the  Piel  consolations. 

c.  SS  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  to  which  they  are  contracted,  "^nnn 
inflammation,  ci'iL'sa  delight, 

c.  A  few  roots,  which  are  either  12  or  S  guttural,  or  have  a  liquid  for 
their  third  letter,  double  the  last  radical  with  u  in  the  final  syllable, 
"j^lSSJ  thorn-hedge,  "i1"HxD  (:="i1~iXQ)  ruddy  glow,  C'lnnn  upri ght columns 
designed  for  way-marks,  JTins'O  horror,  D^EISXD  adulteries,  C'Spsa  ridges, 
also  with  (5  or  2  in  the  last  syllable,  rjn"'3  acquiescence,  bbn:  pasture, 
linao  shower,  "i"'"i^3  obscuration,  ">''~iSir  (K'thibh  "iT>SO)  tapestry,  b-^b'sn 
whence  "'p'bDn  dark.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  is  relieved  in  bibsUJ 
(in  some  editions)  snail  by  Daghesh-forte  separative. 

§1-8^,  A  few  words  reduplicate  the  two  last  radicals. 
These  may  express  intensity  in  general,  nip'ril^s  complete 
opening,  n^B-ns^  very  beautiful,  or  more  particularly  repeti- 
tion, ^SD&n  twisted  prop,  turning  again  and  again,  p^p^n 
slippery,  ^p^p?  crooked,  ^vhr\^  perverse,  CIDSPS!  mixed  multi- 
tude prop,  gathered  here  and  there,  ninanin  spots  or  stripes, 
niiB'^Bn  moles  prop,  incessant  diggers.  As  energy  is  con- 
sumed by  repeated  acts   or   exhibitions  and  so  gradually 


214  ETYMOLOGY.  ^189,190 

weakened,  this  form  becomes  a  diminutive  wlien  applied  to 
adjectives  of  colour,  D'i'atf^  reddish^  P'^I?'^!'  greenish,  "innnrj 
blackish. 

a.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  softened  to   a  vowel  in 
nn:j:jn  tmmpeL  for  rrisn^n,   and  probably  VlXTS.  Lev.  16:8  for  Mbts. 

h.  ■'S  roots  drop  their  initial  radical,  C^sn^ri  gifts  from  -H^,  CNSNS 
oring,  issue  from  K:£^ . 


■•O! 


^  I  Class  III. — Nouns  formed  hy  prefixes, 

§189.  The  third  class  of  nouns  is  formed  by  prefixing  J 
either  a  vowel  or  a  consonant  to  the  root.  In  the  following 
instances  the  vowel  a  is  prefixed  with  u  in  the  ultimate  to 
form  adjectives  of  an  intensive  signification,  STDS?  utterly  de- 
ceitful^ "1TDS5  violent,  'jn^'S  (^'jn^ii)  perennial,  nits  (only 
represented  by  a  derivative,  §  94.  a)  very  foul,  fetid,  'J'aTBX  d 
exceedingly  gross  or  thick  (applied  to  darkness,  Isa.  59  :  10), 
or  verbal  nouns  borrowing  their  meaning  from  the  Hiphil 
species,  JT^ITX  memorial,  nnnx  declaration. 

a.  This  form  corresponds  with  JJcjil  the  Arabic  comparative  or  super- 
lative. Its  adoption  for  Hiphil  derivatives  corroborates  the  suggestion, 
§82  5.  6  (2).  respecting  the  formation  of  the  Hiphil  species  and  the  origin 
of  its  causal  idea. 

b.  The  letter  X  is  merely  the  bearer  of  the  initial  vowel  and  has  no 
significance  of  its  own  in  these  forms;  ti  is  substituted  for  it  in  i'b'n 
(  =  ^3'^5<)  palace,  temple  prop,  very  capacious  from  bib^  in  the  sense  of  its 
cognate  bis  tn  contain.  So,  likewise,  in  a  few  verbals  with  feminine  ter- 
minations, MS^Diyri  Ezek.  24:26  causing  to  hear  used  for  the  Hiph.  infin., 
§128,  nbsrt   deliverance  from  bs3,   i^njn  grant  of  rest  (=nnj:n)  from 

c.  The  short  vowel  prefixed  with  N  to  monosyllables  of  the  first 
species,  as  explained  §  183.  c,  has  no  effect  upon  the  meaning,  and  does  not 
properly  enter  into  the  constitution  of  the  form. 

§19'8i^^  The  consonants  prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns 
are  "a,  ri,  and  "'.  They  are  sometimes  prefixed  without  a 
vowel,  the  stem  letters  constituting  a  dissyllable  of  them- 
selves, ^b(5'a ,  liica ,  b>'nr\ ,  n^i^sn ;  more  commonly  they 
receive  a  or  i  followed  by  a  long  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  e.  g. 
bhpi2,  bhp)2. 


§191  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  215 

a.  Pattahh  commonly  stands  before  e,  2,  and  u.  and  Hhirik  before  a  and 
C,  unless  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  or  an  assimilated  Nun,  when  Pattahh 
is  again  preferred,  ^ix^  food^  viy^  planting,  "iiii5'Q  saw,  D»npi  a  species 
of  bird,  D'bn'^  a  kind  of  gem.  Seghol  is  occasionally  employed  before  a 
guttural  or  liquid  followed  by  a,  §63.  1.6,  "^I^n^.  depth,  ^S'^'a  chariot, 
W'h'^'q  pair  of  tongs.  These  rules  are  not  invariable,  however,  as  will 
appear  from  such  forms  as  n2T^,  "(SOia  ,  ibo^  ,  llJipb??  ,  CjipuJ^  .  A  few 
words  have  d  in  the  ultimate,  rVn^  harp,  pjno  strangling.  The  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  separative  in  the  first  radical  is  exceptional,  "O-^pJo 
Ex.  15 :  17.  ninna^  Job  9 :  IS,  nin.l53^  Joel  1:17. 

6.  "^B  roots.  The  first  radical  appears  as  "^  resting  in  Hhirik  or  Tsere, 
"liU"'^  and  i^3"'t3  rectitude,  UJiiT)  new  wine,  "|^''P1  south,  or  as  1  resting 
in  Hholem  or  Shurek,  li^i^  appointed  time,  "iD^l^a  correction,  abin  sojourner, 
nsin  sornno.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  rejected,  ^zn  world,  or  assimilated 
to  the  following  radical,  V'S.'O  bed,  y^^  knowledge. 

^S  and  ■'S  roots.  The  root  is  reduced  to  a  monosyllabic  biliteral  by 
the  quiescence  or  rejection  of  the  second  radical,  the  prefix  receiving 
Sh'va,  1^^  citadel,  Cha  sound  place,  nVin  ocean,  Cip7  living  thing,  or 
more  commonly  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  "lixia  luminary,  "piTa ,  T^^^ 
and  'i^^  strife,  yi"!^  race,  S'^'n^  adversary.  The  feminine  form  is  almost 
always  adopted  after  n,  Hi'iidri  salvation,  na^ipi  oblation. 

53  roo^s.  The  root  is  mostly  contracted  to  a  biliteral  and  the  vowel 
compressed  to  d,  a,  e  or  6,  §61.  4,  the  prefix  sometimes  receiving  Sh'va 
which  gives  rise  to  a  Segholate  form,  §61.  1.  6.  D3?3  tribute  for  0373,  "iTiTa 
bitterness  hv  "ic^ ,  ban  defilement  for  ban,  Tp.^a  year  for  T|1'3 .  "|"iih  niasi 
for  ')"iri ;  more  frequently  it  receives  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  T)0^ 
covering,  'J^a  shield,  tiy^:  fortress,  "i^to  anguish.  In  pTi'T?  running,  the 
short  vowel  of  the  perfect  root  is  preserved  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte  in 
the  first  radical,  n  is  almost  always  (bllowed  by  the  feminine  ending, 
nbnn  folly,  n^nn  beginning,  riiisn  prayer. 

rib  roots.  The  ultimate  has  n. ,  fTi"iT3  disease,  •^?^'2  pasture,  which 
is  apocopated  in  a  few  words,  hvjo  lifting  up,  hy^a  higher  part,  'jS'b  and 
'l?';;  o?i  «cco?/n^  q/^  and  always  disappears  before  the  feminine  ending  n^, 
§62.  2.  c,  i^b";:  ascent,  ii^^^    commandment,  n^pPi  ^ope,  f^-jbn  weari  less.  \/ 

Before  the  feminine  termination  n  the  final  radical  appears  as  quiej,^ent  -/ 

"^  or  1,  rriaipi  interest,  rsiDtn  rnhoredom,  rnsnn  encamping,  r\'''S^'q  pailiire. 
Yodh  is  retained  as  a  consonant  after  u,  ni^bna  diseases. 


§1^.  The  letter  "a  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronoun  '''P 
w/io  or  r.'a  w//a^.     Nouns,  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  denote 

1.  The  agent  w/io  does  what  is  indicated  by  the  root,  as 
the  participles,  §  84.  5,  formed  by  an  initial  "a ,  and  a  few 
substantives,  ^'^silJ'Q  didactic  psaliu  prop,  instructor,  ^2"a 
(from  ^2? )  c/taff  prop,  loliat  falls  off. 

2.  The  instrument  hy  which  it  is  done,  np£^  /•<?y  from 


216  ETYMOLOGY.  §  192 

nns  to  open,  'Tob'a  ^oad  from  TQ^  to  learn,  lii^T?  5«w  from 

3.  The  place  or  time  in  which  it  is  done,  nsra  altar 
from  nnr  /o  sacrifice,  f?'!'''?  /^zV,  'js'p''?  brick-kiln,  yitya  period 
of  residence. 

4.  The  action  or  the  quality  which  is  expressed  by  the 
root,  n?"^''?  slaughter,  ^BC'a  mourning,  "T^''?  sickness,  "^T^p 
^^^0^^  ^t^TQ  straightness.  Verbals  of  this  nature  sometimes 
approximate  the  infinitive  in  signification  and  construction, 
as  nisTO  overturning,  trik'm  Ezek.  17:9,  §166.  2.  In 
Chaldee  the  infinitive  regularly  takes  this  form,  e.  g.  ^tijp'a 
to  kill. 

5.  The  object  upon  which  the  action  is  directed  or  the 
subject  in  which  the  quahty  inheres,  bij^'a  food  from  bDSj  to 
eat,  ^'ynl'a  psalm  from  "ilsT  to  sing,  l^ip'pi?  (5oo/^  from  npb  ^ 
^«/[r,  Di^T^^/«2f  M%5  from  li'niD  to  he  fat,  nbiiia  that  which 
is  small,  p'7'7''9  that  which  is  remote. 

a.  These  different  significations  blend  into  one  another  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  it  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the  precise  shade  of  meaning 
originally  attached  to  a  word:  and  not  infrequently  more  than  one  of  these 
senses  co-exist  in  the  same  word.  Thus,  "ixia  luminary,  may  suggest  the 
idea  of  agency,  dispenser  of  light,  or  of  place,  reservoir  of  light ;  rbDN.79 
knife,  may  be  so  called  as  an  agent  a  devourer,  or  as  an  instrument,  used  in 
eating;  ^'^T?'?  means  both  a  holy  thing  Rnd  a  holy  place  j  "^3^^  sale  and 
something  sold  or  for  sale  ;  nDb?353  royal  authority  and  kingdom  ;  H'sixi  the 
act.  place,  and  time  of  going  f 07th  and  that  which  goes  forth  ;  SCia  the  place 
and  lirne  of  sitting  or  dwelling  as  well  as  they  who  sit  or  dwell. 

M 

^\9\.  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  "^  or  fi  denote  persons 
or  things  to  which  the  idea  of  the  root  is  attached. 

1.  '1  is  identical  in  origin  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  masc. 
future  in  verbs,  and  is  largely  used  in  the  formation  of  names 
of  persons,  pT}'^'^  Isaac,  firis?  Jephtha,  but  rarely  in  forming 
appellatives,  ii"'')^  adversary  prop,  contender,  'i^o^  apostate 
prop,  departer,  '^'^p^!  bag  prop,  gatherer,  D^pt*  living  thing 
prop,  that  (which)  stands,  ^ns;i  fresh  oil  prop,  that  {which) 
shines. 


^193  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  217 

2.  T\ ,  probably  the  same  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  fern, 
future  of  verbs,  which  is  here  used  in  a  neuter  sense,  is  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  a  few  concrete  nouns,  T}'^^  oak 
prop,  that  {ivliicli)  endures,  ^"^"^sn  cloak  prop,  that  {which) 
loraps  up,  l^sn  furiiace  prop,  that  {ivhich)  burns,  H^sn  apple 
prop,  that  {which)  exhales  fragrance.  But  it  more  frequently 
appears  in  abstract  terms  like  the  feminine  ending  in  other 
forms,  l^n  trnder standing,  "TTi'xpri  bitterness,  ^^3?r)  delight. 
It  is  very  rarely  found  in  designations  of  persons,  and  only 
when  they  occupy  a  relation  of  dependence  and  subordina- 
tion, and  may  consequently  be  viewed  as  things,  Tttbri 
learner,  SiDin  one  dwelling  on  another's  lands,  tenant,  vassal. 

a.  The  great  majority  of  nouns  with  n  prefixed  have  likewise  a 
feminine    ending,   nis'nnr)   deep    sleep,  nsTi'n    salvation,    ri";j<Bri    beauty, 

^>  Class  IV. — Kouns  formed  hy  affixes. 

§192C  The  nouns  formed  by  means  of  an  affixed  letter 
or  vowel  are  chiefly  denominatives.  The  consonant  "}  ap- 
pended by  means  of  the  vowel  o,  or  less  frequently  a,  forms 

1.  Adjectives,  I'i'^ri?  last  from  "iHi?  after,  "\'%^'^  first  from 
TTsin  head,  'i"i3"'n  middle  from  ^;:ri  midst,  iJniJJns  brazen  from 
rnrn;  brass.  A  very  few  are  formed  directly  from  the  root, 
■ji^nx  poor,  'j'i'"^'?:?  most  high,  l^^s?  widowed. 

2.  Abstract  substantives,  the  most  common  form  of 
which  is  li^t2p ,  e.  g.  "ji^^y  blindness,  linm  confidence,  "jii^:? 
pain,  "jip^;;  paleness,  though  various  other  forms  likewise 
occur,  e.  g.  'ji'iss  and  n^i?  destruction,  "jiins  dominion,  I'i'^TJ^s 
success,  IS^^ip  offering. 

a.  In  a  few  words  the  termination  '|i  has  been  thought  to  be  intensive, 
rillj  sabbath,  ■(■i^la^j  a  great  sabbath,  'IT  proud,  Ti"!"^!  exceedingly  proud, 
and  once  diminutive  \!J"'X  man,  '|'iiu''X  little  man,  i.  e.  the  pupil  of  the  eye, 
Eo  called  from  the  image  reflected  in  it.  The  word  '^^'■i5?  Jeshiirun  from 
"^IB^  upright,  is  by  some  explained  as  a  diminutive  or  term  of  endearment, 
while  others  think  that  the  termination  '|^  has  no  further  meaning  than 
to  make  of  the  word  a  proper  name,  comp.  *jl^2T .  See  Alexander  on 
Isaiah  44 :  2. 


218  ETYMOLOGY.  §  194,  195 

b.  )  is  occasionally  affixed  with  the  vowel  e,  'jT'na  axe,  ')";Q2  nail. 

c.  A  few  words  are  formed  by  appending  D,  e.  g.  oi'^Q  and  "pHQ  ran- 
som, D^D  ladder  from  b^O  <o  ///i  i<p,  cbin  sacred  scribe  from  K^.n  stylus, 
Dinn  so;<;/j.  from  -in'n  /o  shine;  or  b,  e.  g.  bona  garden  from  D-)3  mVze- 
7/ard,  hsz:^  calyx  or  cup  of  a  flower  from  S'^ia  a<p,  bb-i)5  an/c/e  from  D-ij? 
_;oin/,  bain  locust  from  ann  indicative  of  tremulous  motion,  b^ns  i/iic/c 
darkness  from  Cl"^i5  c/owrf,  ina  iron  probably  from  ina  ^o  pierce. 

§19^.  The  vowel  "^ .  forms  adjectives  indicating  relation 
or  derivation. 

1.  It  is  added  to  proper  names  to  denote  nationality  or 
family  descent,  '^'b^S'  Hebrew,  "'P^^''  Jebusite,  ''rit^^s  Philistiney 
'^^'!i^  Aramean,  '^'l^'a  Egyptian,  ■^?s5nir7  Israelitish,  an  Israel- 
ite, "'i?'?  Danite,  TOl?  KohatJdte,  ^k"^^}.  Gershonite. 

2.  It  is  also  added  to  other  substantives,  ''?'iS2  northerner, 
'^'y^^  foreigner.^  "'Hs  villager,  '^\T\  footman,  ^n?'  timely,  '^^'^pS 
2^?2cr  from  the  plural  D"^D9 ;  to  a  few  adjectives,  ''"i'TDS  and 
"iTDi?  viole7it,  ""^"X  and  ^''')^^  foolish,  and  even  to  prepositions, 
""hnn /o2^?^5if  from  nnn,  ibsb/ro^zif  from  ''bsb  +  v  ,  §62.2. 

a.  The  feminine  ending  rt^  is  dropped  before  this  ending,  '''i^n';'  Jew 
from  mini,  135^-13  Beriite  from  ni;"ii3,  or  the  old  ending  n  takes  its 
place,  '^nry'Q  Maachathile  from  nDS'^  ,  or  3  is  inserted  between  the  vowels, 
''jbilJ  Shelanile  from  nbw.  Final  "' _  combines  with  the  appended  "'.  into 
I,  §62.  2,  ■'^b  Levite  and  Z/ei^t,  "'STiJ  Shunite  and  Shuni. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  "i.  takes  the  place  of  "^ . ,  e.  g.  "'iin  ic/ti7e 
stuffs,  •'n'n  basket,  "'^ib  /oop,  and  perhaps  "'iiiJn ,  in  a  collective  sense 
windows,  "^Slian  uncovered,  ■'b"'3  which  Gesenius  derives  from  bsj  and 
takes  to  mean  cunning ;  it'  however,  it  is  derived  from  n^3 ,  §187.  1.  c, 
and  means  spendthrift,  the  final  Yodh  will  be  a  radical. 


MULTILITERALS. 

§19^.  1.  Quadriliteral  nouns  are  for  the  most  part 
evenly  divided  into  two  syllables,  S'^jp?  scorpion,  "iSTa  treas- 
urer, "^^y)  sickle,  l^^'pa  barren.  Sometimes  the  second  rad- 
ical receives  a  vowel,  that  of  the  first  radical  being  either 
rejected,  pT^^"7  damask,  ^'Q'ln  frost,  "Ti^O  vine  blossom,  or  pre- 
served by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte,  isibbn  fint,  ©"lis? 


^  196  GENDER   AND    NUMBER   OF    NOUNS.  219 

spider,  i^^^s  and  ©?^''S  concubine.     Occasionally   tlie   third 
radical  has  Daghesh-forte,  ?|X?  bat,  "y^k^ojin. 

2.  Words  of  five  or  more  letters  are  of  rare  occurrence 
and  appear  to  be  chiefly  of  foreign  origin,  ')'25"iN  jjurjjle,  TT)'^'^ 
fro(j,  Trj?T2?  cloth,  Tir>T2:nN  mule,  'JS'iTli^ni?  satrap. 

3.  Compound  words  are  few  and  of  doubtful  character, 
Jni'bba  shadow  of  death,  <Ta^X"a  anything  prop,  what  and  what, 
n^iba  nothing  prop,  no  what,  by^ba  worthlessness  prop,  no 
profit,  n'jbsst:  darkness  of  Jehovah,  ThT\^7hib  fame  of  Jeho- 
vah, except  in  proper  names,  p'li'isb'a  Melchizedek,  king  of 
righteousness,  ^n'J'Tni?  Obadiah,  serving  Jehovah,  D"'p^ini  /^_ 
hoiakim,  Jehovah  shall  establish. 


Gender  and  Number. 

^19^.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  other  Semitic 
languages,  but  two  genders,  the  masculine  ("i^T)  and  the 
feminine  ("^ij??).  The  masculine,  as  the  primary  form,  has 
no  characteristic  termination ;  the  feminine  ends  in  n^  or  ri , 
e.  g.  bpp  7nasc.,  nb-Lpp  or  rib'jp  fem. 

a.  The  only  trace  of  the  neuter  in  Hebrew  is  in  the  interrogative,  nia 
what  being  used  of  things  as  "^"O  who  of  persons.  The  function  assigned 
to  the  neuter  in  other  lansjuaores  is  divided  between  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine,  being  principally  committed  to  the  latter. 

6.  The  original  feminine  ending  in  nouns  as  in  verbs,  §85.  \.  a  (1),  ap- 
pears to  have  been  n,  which  was  either  attached  directly  to  the  word, 
pibij'p  which,  by  §61.  2.  becomes  nba'p,  or  added  by  means  of  the  vowel  a, 
Th'Sp^  or  rbq'p,  which  by  the  rejection  of  the  consonant  from  the  end  of 
the  word,  §55.  2.  c,  becomes  nbup.  The  termination  n  or  n  is  still 
found  in  a  very  few  words,  rp-13  emerald,  nxp  -pelican,  nySiiJ  company 
2  Kin.  9 :  17,  nnn^  morrow,  nio  portion,  rip  end.  rhvo  Josh.  l.S :  13,  and 
the  poetic  forms,  rnTST  song,  nbn3_  inheritance,  fT^T?  help,  r.^D  fi-uitful, 
niir  sleep.  Two  other  words,  'n?n  Ps.  74  :  ly  and  rraa  Ps.  61  :  1,  have 
been  cited  as  additional  examples,  but  these  are  in  the  construct  state, 
which  always  preserves  the  original  n  final ;  it  is  likewise  always  re- 
tained before  suffixes  and  paragogic  letters,  §61.  6.  a,  i^nyii::^,  nrrVJ]", 
•in";!! . 

c.  The  feminine  ending  H^  receives  the  accent  and  is  thus  readily  dis- 


220  ETYMOLOGY.  §197 

tinguished  from  the  unaccented  paragogic  n^ .  In  a  few  instances  gram- 
marians have  suspected  that  forms  may  perhaps  be  feminine,  though 
the  punctuators  have  decided  otherwise  by  placing  the  accent  on  the 
penult,  e.g.  ir^^S  burning  Hos.  7  : 4,  nbi^a  Galilee  2  Kin.  15:29,  iT^Cp 
destruction  Ezek.  7 :  25,  n»ni  vulture  Dent.  14 :  17,  nboa  low  Ezek. 
21  :  31. 

d.  The  vowel  letter  X ,  which  is  the  usual  sign  of  the  feminine  in 
Chaldee  and  Syriac.  takes  the  place  of  n  in  SC':!  threshing  Jer.  50:  11, 
Njn  terror  Isa.  19:  17,  xrn  wrath  Dan.  11  :44,  i<^3^  lioness  Ezek.  19:2, 
Nnt373  ??7arA;  Lam.  3:12,  x^a  bitter  Ruth  1:20,  kfr^p  baldness  Ezek. 
27:31,  N2Td  s/eep  Ps.  127:2.  No  such  form  is  found  in  the  Pentateuch 
unless  it  be  xnT  loathing  Num.  11:20,  where,  however,  as  Evvald  sug- 
gests, K  may  be  a  radical  since  it  is  easy  to  assume  a  root  Nnt  cognate  to 
"^1T .  The  feminine  ending  in  pronouns  of  the  second  and  third  persons,  and 
in  verbal  futures  is  e  "^ . ;  an  intermediate  form  in  e  appears  in  rTi>iT  Isa. 
59  :5  and  <^^t^?  the  numeral  tert,  or  rather  teen^  as  it  only  occurs  in  num- 
bers compounded  with  the  units.  For  like  unusual  forms  in  verbs  see 
§86.  6.  and  §156.  4. 

e.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  in  the  Indo-European  languages  is  a  final 
vowel,  corresponding  to  the  vowel-ending  in  Hebrew;  the  Latin  has  a,  the 
Greek  a  or  17,  the  Sanskrit  I.  And  inasmuch  as  the  feminine  in  Hebrew 
covers,  in  part  at  least,  the  territory  of  the  neuter,  its  consonantal  ending 
n  may  be  compared  with  f,  the  sign  of  the  neuter  in  certain  Sanskrit  pro- 
nouns, represented  by  d  in  Latin,  id^  illud,  istud,  quid;  in  English  ?7, 
what^  that.  This  distinctive  neuter  sign  has,  however,  been  largely  super- 
seded in  Indo-European  tongues  by  m  or  v,  which  is  properly  the  sign  of 
the  accusative,  boiium,  KaXov,  the  passivity  of  the  personal  object  being 
allied  to  the  lifeless  non-personality  of  the  neuter,  Bopp  Vergleich. 
Gramm.  §152.  In  curious  coincidence  wilh  this,  the  Hebrew  sign  of  the 
definite  object  is  nx  prefixed  to  nouns;  and  its  principal  consonant  is 
affixed  to  form  the  inferior  gender,  the  neuter  being  comprehended  in  the 
feminine. 

C\ 

^19\  It  is  obvious  that  this  transfer  to  all  existing 
things,  and  even  to  abstract  ideas,  of  the  distinction  of  sex 
found  in  living  beings,  must  often  be  purely  arbitrary.  For 
although  some  things  have  marked  characteristics  or  associa- 
tions in  virtue  of  which  they  might  readily  be  classed  with 
a  particular  sex,  a  far  greater  nmiiber  hold  an  indeterminate 
position,  and  might  with  quite  as  much  or  quite  as  little 
reason  be  assigned  to  either.  It  hence  happens  that  there  is 
no  general  rule  other  than  usage  for  the  gender  of  Hebrew 
words,  and  that  there  is  a  great  want  of  uniforaiity  in  usage 
itself. 


M97 


GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS. 


221 


a.  The  following  names  of  females  are  without  the  proper  distinctive 
feminine  termination : 

OX  mother.  "jinx  she-ass.        '^'^'•^  concubine.       ^aia  queen. 

So  the  names  of  double  members  of  the  body,  whether  of  men  or  ani- 
mals, which  are  feminine  with  rare  exceptions : 


•jtx  ear. 
S2SX  finger. 
"ina  thumb. 
Tj";a  knee. 


silt  arm. 
T'  hand. 

T 

tl33  wing. 


CJS  palm. 
Cjns  shoulder. 
17?  eye. 
slss  side. 


yyp^  horn. 
ban  foot, 
iq  tooth. 
pi  a  leg. 


The  following:  nouns  are  also  feminine ; 


PIS  brazier. 

t 

nv::N  footstep. 
-ika  well. 

D"in  sword. 


tJis  c?<p.  IT';'?  Grea<  Z?ear.      nnbj  Z/g-Ar. 

133  circuit.  biis  couch.  v'^'S.  side. 

T    •  V  V  T     " 

Piaa  brightness.    rd5  workmanship.  Xiai  myriad. 
^53  sAoe.  riB  morsel.  iif}  world. 

6.  The  following  nouns  are  of  doubtful  gender,  being  sometimes  con- 
strued as  masculine  and  sometimes  as  feminine.  Those  which  are  com- 
monly masculine  are  distinguished  thus  ('^j  j  those  which  are  commonly 
feminine  are  distinguished  thus  (f). 

Tp."!?  way.  * 'y^'yn  fortress. 

*^i"^n  temple.  *  n2Ti3  altar. 
*  ■)i'3n  multitude.     Pi.?n^  camp. 

irjT  beard.  *  na?2  rocZ. 

■jijin  window.  *  oipa  place. 

"isn  cow/Z.  nirris  brass. 


t  'jax  stojze. 

*  nix  light. 
nix  s?o-n. 
•^rx  /eeZ. 

'liix  ark. 
nnx  /ja^A. 
t  ynx  mr/A. 
t  WX  _^re. 

*  112  garment. 

*  n'^a  house. 
nia  ■mjqZZ. 
X'^a  valley. 

")?  garden. 
t  "BJ  rine. 
*  ")ia  threshing-   f  liiij^  tongue. 

floor.        *  ^^X'a  /oocZ. 
t  ribi  door. 

Gesenius  ascribes  only  one  gender  to  a  few  of  these  words,  but  2^  is 
once  fern.  Prov.  12:25;  so  bbxia  fem.  Hab.  1:16,  iis2?3  fern.  Hab.  1:10, 
niia  fem.  Ezek.  43  :  13,  oss'masc.  Ezek.  24  :  10.     The  list  might  be  re- 


^"^1  peg. 
*  li23  glory. 

15  pail. 
*  013  vineyard. 

*  zh  heart. 

cnb  bread. 


t  T\bp  flour. 
3y  cloud. 

r 

*  c?  people. 
f  D2S  6o7ze. 
21  r  evening. 


f  DSQ  iim6  (repe- 
tition). 
■|iss  Jzor^A. 
ni;:p.  ftow. 

t  n>i"i  spirit. 

,    .1 

t  2ni  street. 

*  oni  womb. 

*  CI]"i  jumper. 
bixd  AeZZ. 

*  Ii2il3  sceptre. 
nid  sabbath. 

iria  g-aZe. 


t  ns  time{dura-    Dinpi  ocean. 

tion).         *  ■[^"'n  south. 

*  CJQ  /ace.  *  "isn  razor. 


222  ETYMOLOGY.  ^198 

duced  by  referring  the  vacillation  in  gender,  wherever  it  is  possible,  to  the 
syntax  rather  than  the  noun.  Verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  which  be- 
long to  feminine  nouns  may  in  certain  cases,  as  will  be  shown  hereafter,  be 
put  in  the  masculine  as  the  more  indefinite  and  primary  form.  While,  on 
the  other  hand,  those  which  belong  to  masculine  names  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects are  sometimes  put  in  the  feminine  as  a  substitute  for  the  neuter. 

c.  Some  species  of  animals  exhibit  a  distinct  name  for  each  sex,  the 
feminine  being  formed  from  the  masculine  by  the  appropriate  termination, 
IS  bullock,  iris  heifer,  ba?  calf,  fem.  nS:3>,  b23  lamb,  Jem.  iiiyas,  or 
being  represented  by  a  word  of  different  radicals,  "li^n  ass.  fem.  linsj. 
When  this  is  not  the  case,  the  name  of  the  species  may  be  construed  in 
either  gender  according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual  spoken  of,  as  ^723 
camel,  ^p33  cattle,  ilQlI  bird,  or  it  may  have  a  fixed  gender  of  its  own 
irrespective  of  the  sex  of  the  individual;  thus,  sbs  dog,  ys^  wolf,  "liuj  ox, 
are  masculine,  riaD"it<  hare,  Hji"^  dove,  bnn  sheep,  are  feminine. 

d.  The  names  of  nations,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  commonly  mascu- 
line, those  of  countries  and  cities  feminine.  Accordingly,  such  words  as 
Dinx  Edom,  3X153  Moab,  nniin'i  Judah,  Cnii'a  Egypt,  a'^V'^?  Chaldees, 
are  construed  in  the  masculine  when  the  people  is  meant,  and  in  the  fem- 
inine when  the  country  is  meant. 

§1'98.*  The  feminine  ending  is  frequently  employed  in 
the  formation  of  abstract  nomis,  and  is  sometimes  extended 
to  the  formation  of  official  designations  (comp.  /as  Honour, 
V  fits  Excellency,  his  Reverence),  nhs  (governor,  ^32  colleague, 

ribnp  preacher,  and  of  collectives  (comp.  humanity  for  man- 
kind), "^  afsh,  Tsy^Jlsh,  15^  a  cloud,  n::?  clouds,  f?  a  tree, 
TflV  timber,  Tntfi  a  traveller,  ^H'^ij!  caravan,  ""tyV^  Zeph.  3:19 
the  halting,  ntb^bs  the  escaped. 

a.  (1)  The  feminine  ending  added  to  Segholates  gives  new  prominence 
to  the  originally  abstract  character  of  this  formation,  S'dn  and  ni"l3"i 
wickedness,  distinguished  by  Ewald  as  to  ahiKov  and  aStKta,  nB"]n  shame, 
rib::y  slolhfulness. 

(2)  So  to  monosyllables  whose  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  "^i^^^ 
righteousness,  which  is  more  abstract  and  at  the  same  time  u.sed  more  ex- 
clusively in  a  moral  sense  than  the  Segholate,  p'm  rightness,  n^sx  dark- 
ness, equivalent  to  iiSN,  finJS  (=n5b)  brightness,  nb^'C']  (=:yTy^  )  salva- 
tion. Or  nouns  of  this  description  might  be  supposed  to  have  sprung  from 
the  adjectives  belonging  to  the  second  form  of  Class  I.,  the  pretonic  vowel 
falling  away  upon  the  addition  of  the  feminine  ending,  bSN  dark,  nirDN 
the  dark,  to  ctko ret j/oV,  nrsiUJ';!  the  being  saved  from  y^^"^,  T\'^''\^  justice 
from  b"'^a  judge.  The  following  nouns,  descriptive  of  the  station  or  func- 
tions of  a  particular  class,  follow  this  form,  ~b^  king,  ns^ib^  kingly  office 
or  sway,  5<"'2.3  prophet,  Hx^id:  prophecy.  *,n'3  priest,  Jisns  priesthood  or 
priestly  duty,  hzr\  merchant,  tn^sn  traffic. 


§198  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  223 

(3)  The  feminine  ending  occasionally  gives  an  abstract  signification  to 
reduplicated  forms,  nis  blind,  nnn?  blindness,  naa  having  a  bald  fore- 
head, nnaa  baldness  in  front,  Ki2n  sinner,  rxijn  and  HNlsn  sin,  nnba 
terror,  no^p  scoffing,  n^nbri  anguish,  or  to  those  which  have  a  prefixed 
letter  13,  nisna  overthroio,  nbrr"2  dominion,  nfeina  confusion,  or  particu- 
larly  n,  nysidn  salvation,  nn^irn  testunony,  ni|?n   Ao/)e,   nfctbtn  weariness. 

(4)  It  is  likewise  added  to  forms  in  ''_,  niiy^Q  judgment,  M|'^"'^^'.  icork- 
ing,  rTiBxT  beginning,  ri''"ini<.  encZ,  ri^nNia  remnant,  the  termination  H!) 
being  often  found  in  place  of  n->.,  n-<esn  2  Chron.  26:21  K'ri,  n'.rsn 
K'thibh.  disease  prop,  freedom  from  duty,  ■'TZfBn  /ree,  Mbbsn  redness, 
•"B-'iiDn  re(/,  niini-iTa  bitterness,  ^ni-ia  6j7/er,  nnns  heaviness,  rKizha 
W(ioi/;^oocZ,  and  occasionally  ni,  m'^?n  wisdom.,  rribpin  y"o//;/,  though  the 
latter  may  perhaps  be  a  plural  as  it  is  explained  by  Gesenius.  Ewald 
suggests  a  connection  between  the  final  ">  of  the  relative  adjective,  which 
thus  passes  into  1  and  even  to  i  in  this  abstract  formation,  and  the  old 
construct  ending  "i.  and  i.  The  further  suggestion  is  here  offered  that 
both  may  not  improbably  be  derived  from  the  pronoun  Wn ,  which  was 
originally  of  common  gender,  §71.  a  (3).  Thus,  y]N"'iri'in  Gen.  1:24 
beast  of  earth  is  equivalent  to  7")N  N^n  P^n  beast  viz.  that  of  earth,  and 
p^^^^slsTa  (which  may  be  for  13^^  as  the  plural  ending  Ci"'  for  C^l,  §  199.  e), 
is  equivalent  to  p'l^c  Nin  T|^?3  king  viz.  that  of  righteousness.  The  ap- 
pended pronominal  vowel  thus  became  indicative  of  the  genitive  relation; 
and  its  employment  in  adjectives,  involving  this  relation,  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  this  same  use,  ■'bxnilJ';'  of  or  belonging  to  Israel,  Israelitish.  The 
further  addition  of  the  feminine  ending  in  its  abstract  sense,  has  mostly 
preserved  the  vowel  from  that  attenuation  to  I  which  it  has  experienced  at 
the  end  of  the  word,  comp.  §101.  1.  a,  m3?alpx  widowhood  prop,  the  state 
of  a  widow  "j'a^x  ,  m^sn  wisdom  prop,  the  quality  belonging  to  the  wise 
DDn.  The  rare  instances  in  which  the  termination  ri^l  is  superimposed 
upon  •'.  viz.:  n!i'»~iT3X  ,  nsi'^TSip,  may  belong  to  a  time  when  the  origin 
of  the  ending  was  no  longer  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness.  The 
termination  n"^,  or  M  in  abstracts  derived  from  tib  roots  is  of  a  different 
origin  from  that  just  explained  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  it;  ■>  or  1 
is  there  the  final  radical  softened  to  a  vowel,  §168,  as  n^^'O  or  ni20  cap- 
tivity from  ni^  to  lead  captive. 

b.  In  Arabic,  nouns  of  unity,  or  those  which  designate  an  individual, 
are  often  formed  by  appending  the  feminine  termination  to  masculines 
wliich  have  a  generic  or  collective  signification.  This  has  been  thouglit 
to  be  the  case  in  a  few  words  in  Hebrew,  "^ix  j?ee/,  ii*2N  ship,  "lyb  hair, 

rinrtZJ  a  hair,      a  j  swarm,  Jr^i-^  a  bee. 

c.  Some  names  of  inanimate  objects  are  formed  from  those  of  ani- 
mated beings  or  parts  of  living  bodies,  which  they  were  conceived  to 
resemble,  by  means  of  the  feminine  ending,  taken  in  a  neuter  sense,  CX 
mother,  nax  metropolis,  ri^'}'^^  thigh,  Hs-i^  hinder  part,  extremity,  t{3  palm 
of  the  hand,  iiDS  palm-branch,  n^a  forehead,  nn::^  greave,  HE  mouth. 


224  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  199 


^  r- 


§  IWr  There  are  three  numbers  in  Hebrew,  the  singular 

(Tn,-'  "jiicb),  dual  (Q??t»  'jiiiJ'?),  and  plural  (D-^an  ^liinb).  The 
plural  of  masculine  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  D"' . ,  or  de- 
fectively written  D . ,  to  the  singular,  0^0  /lorse,  D''P^D  horses, 
yh%  righteous  {man),  D"^p^?  or  Dp'i?  righteous  {men).  The 
plural  of  feminine  nouns  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  ni , 
also  written  ri",  the  feminine  ending  of  the  singular,  if  it 
has  one,  being  dropped  as  superfluous,  since  the  plural  ter- 
mination of  itself  distinguishes  the  gender,  Di3  cu^,  niob 
cups,  nS^na  virgin,  ni^ina  and  n'b^na  virgins,  nstbn  sin, 
nisDn  sins;  in  two  instances  the  vowel-letter  i?  takes  the 
place  of  1 ,  ^ll.l.a,  nsnb  Ezek.  31 : 8,  ni?^a  Ezek.  47  :  11. 

a.  The  masculine  plural  sometimes  has  'i"*,  instead  of  D^  ,  e,  g.  '^"'^'q 
oftener  than  D"^^^  in  the  book  of  Job,  T?^,"^,  Prov.  31 :  3,  -pun  2  Kin.  11 :  13, 
T^^S  Mic.  3:12,  ra^iT2J  Lam.  1:4,  V'^r"  Ezek.  4:9,  'ckl  Dan.  12:13. 
This  ending,  which  is  the  common  one  in  Chaldee,  is  chiefly  found  in 
poetry  or  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible. 

6,  Some  grammarians  have  contended  for  the  existence  of  a  few  plurals 
in  "^  without  the  final  O,  but  the  instances  alleged  are  capable  of  another 
and  more  satisfactory  explanation.  Thus,  i"^3  2  Kin.  11:4,  "'n'lSi,  "^rbs 
2  Sam.  8:  18,  ""i^'V^  2  Sam.  23:8,  and  "^sn  1  Sam.  20 :  38  K'thibli  (K'ri 
n-iin),  are  singulars  used  collectively;  ''a?  2  Sam,  22:44,  Ps.  144:2, 
Lam.  3 :  14,  and  "orsn  Cant.  8 :  2,  are  in  the  singular  with  the  suffix  of  the 
first  person ;  "^2^  Ps.  45  :  9  is  not  for  U'^l'O  stringecl  instruments,  but  is  the 
poetic  form  of  the  preposition  ^^  from ;  i^NJ  Ps.  22 :  17  is  not  for  D-'As 
piercing,  but  is  the  noun  "'"^.X  with  the  preposition  3  like  the  lion,  §  156.  3. 

c.  There  are  also  a  few  words  which  have  been  regarded  as  plurals  in 
''_ .  But  -^y}  Zech,  14  :  5  and  "^nb  Judg.  5  :  15,  are  plurals  with  the  suffix 
of  the  first  person.  In  :  "^jin  2  Chron.  33  :  19.  which  is  probably  a  proper 
name,  and  "'ih  Am.  7  :  1,  Nah.  3  :  17,  which  is  a  singular  used  collectively, 
final  "^  is  a  radical  as  in  "inb  =  n^^  .  5"';iin  Isa.  19  :  9  is  a  singular  with 
the  formative  ending  "i. ,  §194.6;  ""bibn  j'er.  22:  14  and  ''i^^vn_  Isa.  20  :  4, 
might  be  explained  in  the  same  way,  though  Ewald  prefers  to  regard  the 
former  as  an  abbreviated  dual  lor  o'^ii^n  double  (i.  e.  large  and  showy) 
windows,  and  the  latter  as  a  construct  plural  for  '^Slbn  ,  the  diphthongal  S 
being  resolved  into  ay,  comp.  §57.  2  (5).  ''^'^  Ezek.  13:  18  is  probably  a 
dual  for  C^t!^,  though  it  might  be  for  the  unabridged  singular  nn^,  which, 
however,  never  occurs.  The  divine  name  "''na  Almighty  is  best  explained 
as  a  singular;  the  name  "'JiX.  Lord  is  a  plural  of  excellence,  §201.2, 
with  the  suffix  of  the  first  person,  the  original  signification  being  my 
Lord. 

d.  In  a  ^&w  words  the  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  retained  before 
the  plural  termination,  as  though  it  were  one  of  the  radicals,  instead  of 


§  200  GENDER   AND    NUMBER   OF    NOUNS.  225 

being  dropped  agreeably  to  the  ordinary  rule,  rb'n  door  pi.  inin^'7.  So, 
ros  pillow,  ncfr  bow.  rpia  trough,  iT'in  spear,  r^ii^abx  widotohood,  nin^ns 
divorce,  nsiSTP)  %choredom,  HBO  //p  pi.  m'rsb.  To  these  must  be  added 
»^T"^)  provided  it  be  derived  from  '"^ni^  in  the  sense  of  pit  j  it  may,  how- 
ever, signify  (Zes^rjicijow,,  from  the  root  rino,  when  the  final  ri  will  be  a 
radical.     See  Alexander  on  Psalm  107  :  20. 

e.  The  original  ending  of  the  plural  in  nouns,  verbs,  and  pronouns, 
seems  to  have  been  CI,  §71.6.  (2).  In  verbs  the  vowel  has  been  pre- 
eerved,  but  the  final  nasal  has  been  changed  or  lost,  'l^yp'?  or  1^t:p7 , 
§85.  1.  a.  (1).  In  masculine  nouns  and  pronouns  the  final  nasal  has  been 
retained,  but  the  vowel  has  been  attenuated  to  2  ore,  cpio,  Drt,  crix  : 
the  Arabic  has  una  (or  the  nominative  and  Ina  for  the  oblique  case.  If 
we  suppose  n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  to  be  added  to  ni ,  the  sign  of  the 
plural,  the  vowel  will  regularly  be  changed  to  i  before  the  two  con- 
sonants, §61.4;  then  if  the  nasal  be  rejected  before  the  final  consonant, 
agreeably  to  the  analogy  of  ra  for  Pisa  and  tsis  for  p3i3,  the  resulting 
Ibrm  will  be  rii,  the  actual  ending  of  the  feminine  plural.  If  the  sign  of 
the  plural,  like  all  the  other  inflective  letters  and  syllables,  is  of  pronom- 
inal origin,  this  D,  which  is  joined  to  words  by  the  connecting  vowel  ^1, 
may  perhaps  be  related  to  tia  taken  indefinitely  in  the  quantitative  or 
numerical  sense  of  quot  or  aliquot,  comp.  Zech.  7:3;  and  the  adverbial  or 
adjective  ending  n  or  n  may  in  like  manner  be  referred  to  the  same  in 
its  qualitative  sense,  comp.  Ps.  8 :  5.  so  that  C]:?'!'!  vacue,  would  strictly  be 
quA  vacuus.  The  pronoun  seems  in  fact  to  be  preserved  without  abbrevia- 
tion in  the  Syriac  jj^oia^l  =  c^i'^  interdiu. 
**■ 

§  20^.  The  gender  of  adjectives  and  participles  is  care- 
fully discriminated,  both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural,  by 
means  of  the  appropriate  terminations.  But  the  same  want 
of  precision  or  uniformity  which  has  been  remarked  in  the 
singular,  §197,  characterizes  likewise  the  use  of  the  plural 
terminations  of  substantives.  Some  masculine  substantives 
take  tr\  in  the  plural,  some  feminines  take  D''.  ,  and  some 
of  each  gender  take  indifferently  D"'.   or  ni . 

a.  The  following  masculine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  m' : 
those  which  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  are  sometimes  construed  as 
feminine. 

Z^  father.  *  n"^'^  path.  *  "jna  threshing-     *|i"'-Tn  vision 

■)S5<  bowl.  "p'3'^x  palace.  Jloor.  oiBn  dream, 

^"ik  familiar  Vs'l'x  cluster.  '|2"i'n  goad.  V^^'H  invention. 

spirit.  nii  pit.  zbl  tail.  nsi  handbreadtk.. 

"i^ix  treasure.  55  roof.  7^n  street.  N33  throne. 

*  rix  sign.  iinia  lot.  r/m  breast.  ty^  tablet. 
15 


226 


ETYMOLOGY. 


^200 


V 


^^'^  night. 

*  n2T^  altar. 

"naa  rain. 

T      T 

nirsia  liihe. 
•  Ik's  summit. 

t    : 

*  Dipa  /)Zace. 


'1X3  bottle. 
13  lamp. 
"lis  sA-in. 

T    T 

ytib  herb. 
SJ'^Q  leader. 


*-iics  6/rcZ, 
ni-is  bundle. 
bip  voice. 
"i"ip  ica/i. 


pin")  chain. 

'in^ia  ia6/e. 

c\U  name. 

"lEiiu  trumpet. 
I, 
nuJ  pillar. 

*  Dinn  c/eep. 


6.  The  following  feminine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  d"^, :  those 
marked  thus  (f)  are  sometimes  masculine: 


t  'i-K  stoJie.  t  m'^T  '"'<^y- 

n^x  terebinth.  n^  Zaw. 

T      »  T 

ri^iiabx  widowhood.  iTniiQl  branch. 


nttJx  woman. 
pbna  coaZ. 
t  '21}  rme. 
n^n'n  Jig-cake. 


ni3t  whoredom. 
nan  wheat. 

T     • 

n^cn  darkness. 
nDi"i  cZore. 

T 

1 13  pitcher. 


n22b  brick. 
n^a  word. 

T       * 

nxo  measure. 
ts  she- goat. 

TlJSiis  concubine. 


nndQ^ax. 
nQ  morsel. 

hri'^  sheep. 
n"^3>ia  6ar/ej/. 
nbiaia  ear  of  corn. 

nbd  acacia. 


Also  C'^k'^S  f^g'S  which  is  not  found  in  the  singular. 

c.  The  following  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  either  d"^,  or  ni: 


MASCULINE     NOTJN8. 


Dli'^S  porch. 

•'•ix  Ztora. 

"i"*,":?  generation. 

n2T  sacrifice. 
*(in3T  memorial. 

Di^  rfay. 

'1?':  /oresf. 

"liis  laoer. 
.1     , 


a^b  heart. 

"lOiia  foundation. 
"iDia  6o7icZ. 
n'iJia  seai. 

T 

pntia  feoTcZ. 
nio^J  nai'Z. 


•j*!?^  delicacy. 
']isi2  fountain. 
-3Ja  6eJ. 
'{3'C'q  dwelling. 
"ins  river. 

T  T 

flp  basin. 
'|i3  iniquity. 
-p5  AeeZ. 


FEMININE     NOVNB. 


na'^X  terror.         nuj^dx  grape-cake.     ^S3  sAoe. 
nrbs  sAea/.  i^"^^^.  Astarte.        •^'J"]?,  Aeap. 

nax  people.  ri'iin  spear. 


y^Q  breach. 

"i2p  grave. 
nsp  reecZ. 

.1 
CTip    0076. 

nniy  /eZa'. 

-  T 

a«?n  delight. 


nO"^Q  Aoq/". 
nr'iU  year. 


N0TTN8     CONSTRUED     IN     EITHER     GENDEE. 


C^^iX  ,  nilinx  aloes,    'liij'n  window.  naia  rocZ. 

I  I  .      I  . 

152  garment.  "istn  court.  ^'33  soul. 

aa  rrm.  ~i33  circle.  'T'O  thorn. 

iii'^n  temple.  ^'i'yq  fortress.  3a  cZourf. 

JinT  ar?ft.  '^.;'^:'2  camp.  nss  cord. 


CSS  6one. 

Qys  /oo^ 
yb's  sicZe. 


^  201  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  227 

d.  The  two  forms  of  the  plural,  though  mostly  synonymous,  occasion- 
ally differ  in  sense  as  in  Latin  loci  and  loca.  Thus  ninss  is  used  of 
round  masses  of  money,  talents,  ninss  of  bread,  round  loaoes ;  C^'^O 
thorns,  nin-^q  hooks;  D^i;;?S  heels,  r\Sii;^y.  foot-prints ;  WXiVn  footsteps  of 
men,  niiirs/eei  of  articles  of  furniture.  Comp.  §198.  c.  Sometimes  they 
differ  in  usage  or  frequency  of  employment:  thus  mi^  days,  ni:iy  years, 
are  poetical  and  rare,  the  customary  forms  being  D-'ri'^,  CiO. 

e.  Nouns  mostly  preserve  their  proper  gender  in  the  plural  irrespective 
of  the  termination  which  they  adopt;  though  there  are  occasional  excep- 
tions, in  which  feminine  nouns  in  D^  are  construed  as  masculines,  e.  g. 
Q-iibj  women  Gen.  7  :  13,  D-'^a  words  Job  4 :  4,  D"'r'9?  «"'«  Prov.  30 :  25, 
and  masculine  nouns  in  m"  are  construed  as  feminines,  e.  g.  masir^  dwell- 
ings Ps.  84  :  2. 

f.  In  explanation  of  the  apparently  promiscuous  or  capricious  use  of  the 
masculine  and  feminine  endings,  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  termination 
C  in  strictness  simply  indicates  the  plural  number,  and  is  indeterminate 
as  to  gender,  §  199.  e,  though  the  existence  of  a  distinct  form  for  the  fem- 
inine left  it  to  be  appropriated  by  the  masculine.  The  occurrence  of  D"^  in 
feminine  nouns,  and  even  in  the  names  of  females,  as  Di03  women,  C-fJ 
sAe-g-oaf^,  may  therefore,  like  the  absence  of  the  distinctive  feminine  ending 
from  the  singular,  be  esteemed  a  mere  neglect  to  distinguish  the  gender  by 
the  outward  form.  The  occurrence  of  the  feminine  ending  in  a  masculine 
noun,  whether  singular  or  plural,  is  less  easily  accounted  for.  Such  words 
may  perhaps,  at  one  period  of  the  language,  have  been  regarded  as  fem- 
inine, the  subsequent  change  of  conception,  by  which  they  are  construed 
as  masculine,  failing  to  obliterate  their  original  form.  Such  a  change  is 
readily  supposable  in  words,  which  there  is  no  natural  or  evident  reason 
for  assigning  to  one  sex  rather  than  the  other;  but  not  in  r\1Z^  fathers, 
which  can  never  have  been  a  feminine.  One  might  be  tempted  in  this 
case  to  suspect  that  ni  was  not  the  sign  of  the  plural,  comp.  ninx  sister, 
nirn  mother-in-law,  but  that  1  belonged  to  the  radical  portion  of  the 
word,  and  that  ri  was  appended  to  form  a  collective,/a^/ier/ioofZ,  §193, 
which  has  in  usage  taken  the  place  of  the  proper  plural.  More  probably, 
however,  the  idea  of  official  dignity,  which  was  so  prominently  attached 
to  the  paternal  relation  in  patriarchal  times,  is  the  secret  of  the  feminine 
form  which  ::x  assumes  in  the  plural,  comp.  niy^D  leaders,  r^^np  'preacher, 
while  its  construction  as  a  masculine  springs  so  directly  out  ot  its  significa- 
tion as  to  remain  unaffected.  And  this  suggests  the  idea  that  the  like  may 
have  happened  to  names  of  inanimate  objects.  They  may  receive  the 
feminine  ending  in  its  neuter  sense  to  designate  them  as  things.  §198.  c, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  are  so  conceived  that  the  masculine  construc- 
tion is  maintained. 

^20\.  1.  Some  substantives  are,  by  their  signification  or 
by  usage,  limited  to  the  singular,  such  as  material  nouns 
taken  in  a  universal  or  indefinite  sense,  ti<  fre,  2'r\'j  ^olcl, 
mb'ii?  ground;  collectives,  vjt?  children,  ^V  foiol,  t3^?  birds  of 


228  V  ETYMOLOGY.  §  202 

prey,  *ij?3  large  cattle  (noun  of  unity  "liiiJ  an  ox),  li^s  small 
cattle  (noun  of  unity  nib  a  sheep  or  goat)  \  many  abstracts, 
ytjii  salvation,  fTi^.?  blindness.  On  the  other  hand  some  are 
found  only  in  the  plural,  such  as  nouns,  whose  singular,  if  it 
ever  existed,  is  obsolete,  D;^'b  water,  D'^ps  face  ox  faces,  C'b© 
heaven,  0''^^  botvels,  cri'a  men,  nitSiJ'n^  adjacent  to  the  head, 
and  abstracts,  which  have  a  plm'al  form,  D''';n  life,  D"^3ni? 
love,  '0'^%TT\  mercy,  niS^anri  government. 

a.  The  intimate  connection  between  a  collective  and  an  abstract  is 
shown  by  the  use  of  the  feminine  singular  to  express  both,  §198.  In  like 
manner  the  plural,  whose  office  it  is  to  gather  separate  units  into  one  ex- 
pression, is  used  to  denote  in  its  totality  or  abstract  form  that  common 
quality  which  pervades  them  all  and  renders  such  a  summation  possible, 
comp.  TO,  hiKaia  right,  to.  aStKa  wrong.  Some  abstracts  adopt  indifferently 
the  feminine  or  the  plural  form,  ri:!i:ax  and  nijsinx  fidelity,  '^''^^'h  ^"'^ 
C^Jtxa  redemption,  n^n  and  Cii*n  life,  fniirn.  and  ci^jn  darkness,  •^5?^'? 
and  D'^x^^  setting  of  gems. 

6.  The  form  D''b>i::p  is  adopted  by  certain  words  which  denote  periods 
of  human  life,  Di^iii'D  childhood,  W'lZ'^b'J  youth,  D^nna  adolescence,  D'i^wa 
virgiriity,  nib^bs  period  of  espousals,  D'^sp't  old  age. 

c.  Abstracts,  which  are  properly  singular,  are  sometimes  used  in  the 
plural  to  denote  a  high  degree  of  the  quality  which  they  represent,  or  re- 
peated exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it,  iT^I-a  might,  nii>l3a  deeds  of 
might. 

2.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  employment  of  the 
plural  form  when  a  single  individual  is  spoken  of,  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  exaltation  or  greatness.  It  is  thus  intimated  that 
the  individual  embraces  a  plurality,  or  contains  within  itself 
what  is  elsewhere  divided  amongst  many.  Such  pliu-als  of 
majesty  are  D'^n'^i'  God  the  supreme  object  of  worship,  ''i'l^ 
Supreme  Lord  prop,  my  Lord,  §  199.  c,  and  some  other  terms 
referring  to  the  divine  being,  T^T?  Eccles.  12:1,  D'lnina 
Eccles.  5  :  7,  V^  Isa.  54  :  5,  D^ininjp  Hos.  12:1;  also,  D^ini? 
(rarely  with  a  plural  sense)  lord,  C^^Si  (when  followed  by  a 
singular  suffix)  master,  fri^visi  Behemoth,  great  least,  and 
possibly  D'^s'^r^  Teraphim,  which  seems  to  be  used  of  a  single 
image,  1  Sam.  19  :  13,  16. 
U-      §  20^  The  dual  is  formed  by  adding  d;'.  to  the  singular 


§203  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  229 

of  both  genders,  M  as  the  sign  of  the  femmine  remaining 
unchanged,  and  n^  reverting  to  its  original  form  T\^,  §  VdO.d, 
^)  hand  du.  D^i;- ,  n^^  door  du.  Drnb^ ,  rsir  I'q^  du.  D^nsiri . 

a.  The  dual  ending  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  Indo-European  hinguages, 
Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramin.  §206.  is  a  modified  and  strengthened  form  ofthe 
plural  ending.  The  Arabic  goes  beyond  the  Hebrew  in  extending  the 
dual  to  verbs  and  pronouns.  The  Chaldee  and  Syriac  scarcely  retain  a 
trace  of  it  except  in  the  numeral  two  and  its  compounds. 
•>' 

§  208^.  The  dual  in  Hebrew  expresses  not  merely  two,  but 
a  couple  or  a  pair.  Hence  it  is  not  employed  with  the  same 
latitude  as  in  Greek  of  any  two  objects  of  the  same  kind, 
but  only  of  two  which  belong  together  and  complete  each 
other.     It  is  hence  restricted  to 

1.  Double  organs  of  men  or  animals,  D*??!?!?  ears,  l3'?Bi? 
nostrils,  D'??'^p  horns,  Q???-?  "things. 

2.  Objects  of  art  which  are  made  double  or  which  con- 
sist of  two  corresponding  parts,  ti'}'^^.},  pair  of  shoes^  D??|i^^ 
^air  of  scales,  '^'fl'^^^  pair  of  tongs,  '^y^^  folding  doors. 

3.  Objects  which  are  conceived  of  as  constituting  to- 
gether a  complete  whole,  particularly  measures  of  time  or 
quantity,  U'^'ny^  period  of  tico  dags,  biduum,  D'^?^t3  two  weeks, 
fortnight,  cnp'tO  two  gears,  biennium,  D;^tiSD  two  measures, 
D^Sss  two  talents,  D^inT  Prov.  28  :  6,  18  double  wag  (comp. 
in  English  double  dealing),  '^*h^}.  pair  of  rivers,  i.  e.  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  viewed  in  combination. 

4.  The  numerals  D"'?!^  tivo,  C^^s?  double,  0'?^^''?  tioo  hun- 
dred, D'^S^s?  tico  thousand,  0'^ni3"\  two  mgriads,  D^r^S'n©  seven- 
fold, O'lxbs  of  two  sorts. 

5.  A  few  abstracts,  in  which  it  expresses  intensity,  D!^r)f2? 
double-slothfulness,  'W'hy^  double-rebellion,  D^'bv}?  double-light, 
i.  e.  noon,  D^nyoi  double-wickedness. 

a.  Names  of  objects  occurring  in  pairs  take  the  dual  form  even  when  a 
higher  number  than  two  is  spoken  of.  D-^JTin  TlJ'tJizi  1  Sam.  2  :  13  the  three 
teeth,  D':S33  5.'3"ix  Ezek.   1 :  6  foitr  wings,  D*DD3  iyi?  Isa.  6 :  2  six  wings, 


230  ETYMOLOGY.  §  204, 205 

D'^S'^?  nS3"iJ  Zech.  3 : 9  seven  eyes,  Q'^3"i3"V3'i  n'^"*n-b3  all  the  hands  and 
all  knees  Ezek.  7  :  17.  Several  names  of  double  organs  of  the  human  or 
animal  body  have  a  plural  form  likewise,  which  is  used  of  artificial  imita- 
tions or  of  inanimate  objects,  to  which  these  names  are  applied  by  a  figure 
of  speech,  §198.  c,  c"'i-i;5  horns,  niinp  horns  of  the  altar,  D"'E33  wings, 
nisrs  extremities.  D^snB  shoulders,  riisns  shoulder-pieces  of  a  garment, 
Dii/y  eyes.,  riii;;'?.  fountains,  D-'Bjn  feet,  el's")  times  prop,  beats  of  the 
foot.  In  a  few  instances  this  distinction  is  neglected,  n";nsiy  and  nirs^U 
lips,  D';i"i^  and  r'i'i'^  sides,  n^nsn;)  extremities. 

b.  The  dual  ending  is  in  a  very  few  words  superadded  to  that  of 
the  plural,  niiin  walls  of  a  city.  D"'r)an  double  walls,  nin^ib  boards, 
D^n'nb  double  boarding  of  a  ship,  fi'?!;;"!^.^  name  of  a  town  in  Judah,  Josh. 
15:36. 

c.  The  words  c^i??  water  and  C^ia  heaven  have  the  appearance  of 
dual  forms,  and  might  possibly  be  so  explained  by  the  conception  of  the 
element  of  water  as  existing  in  two  localities,  viz.  under  and  above  the 
firmament,  Gen.  1 :  7,  and  heaven  as  consisting  of  two  hemispheres.  They 
are,  however,  commonly  regarded  as  plurals,  and  compared  with  such 
plural  forms  in  Chaldee  as  y\^  Dan.  5:9  from  the  singular  Ksd.  In 
ci^Jii"!*^  Jerusalem,  or  as  it  is  commonly  written  without  the  Yodh  cbcJiiT^, 
the  final  Mem  is  not  a  dual  ending  but  a  radical,  and  the  pronunciation  ia 
simply  prolonged  from  ob'dn'i ,  comp.  Gen.  14 :  18,  Ps.  76 :  3,  though  in 
this  assimilation  to  a  dual  form  some  have  suspected  an  allusion  to  the 
current  division  into  the  upper  and  the  lower  city. 

§  204.  It  remains  to  consider  the  changes  in  the  nouns 
themselves,  which  result  from  attaching  to  them  the  various 
endings  for  gender  and  number  that  have  now  been  recited. 
These  depend  upon  the  structure  of  the  nouns,  that  is  to  say, 
upon  the  character  of  their  letters  and  syllables,  and  are  gov- 
erned by  the  laws  of  Hebrew  orthography  already  unfolded. 
These  endings  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  M,  which,  consisting  of  a  single  con- 
sonant, causes  no  removal  of  the  accent  and  produces  changes 
in  the  ultimate  only. 

2.  The  feminine  n^ ,  the  plural  D"'.  and  ni,  and  the 
dual  d\ ,  which  remove  the  accent  to  their  own  initial 
vowel,  and  may  occasion  changes  in  both  the  ultimate  and 
the  penult. 

\  20^.'  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  vowel  undergo  no 
change   on   receiving   the   feminine   characteristic  n ,  ''^lij'i^ 


^  206        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         231 

Moabite,  n^ij$i^  Moabitess,  XSi'D  piding  fern,  nssb ,  ism 
sinner y  nsbn  sin,  §198.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  con- 
sonant experience  a  compression  of  their  final  syllable,  which, 
upon  the  addition  of  t\ ,  ends  in  two  consonants  instead  of 
one,  §CG.  2,  and  an  auxiliary  Seghol  is  introduced  to  reheve 
the  harshness  of  the  combination,  §61.  2.  In  consequence 
of  this  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  changed  from  a  or  a  to 
e,  §63.  2.  a,  from  t  or  i  to  c,  or  in  a  few  words  to  e,  and 
from  o  or  u  to  o,  §61.  4.  natJs  broken  fern,  nnaic?,  DTO^x 
reddish  fem.  irai'a'^ii} ,  tf?n  yozV/^/  fem.  tiD^h ,  n'>iia  master , 
trji^  mistress,  tj^bn  ^^^  feui.  rnc'bn ,  Tij"'i?  M<2i^,  rtDN  woman, 
§214.  1.  3,  fisD  5c«^/(?r<?d^  fem.  n:2iS3,  niuins  and  ntjns  (5ra:55. 
When  the  final  consonant  is  a  guttural,  there  is  the  usual 
substitution  of  Pattahh  for  Seghol,  TQt2  hearing  fem.  M?^TO, 
T^yi  touching  fem.  n?57a  . 

a.  In  many  cases  the  feminine  is  formed  indifferently  by  ri  or  by  T\^ ; 
in  others  usage  incHnes  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other  ending,  though  no 
absolute  rule  can  be  given  upon  the  subject.  It  may  be  said,  however, 
that  adjectives  in  "'.  almost  always  receive  H;  active  participles,  except 
those  of  SjJ ,  l:.'  and  rtb  verbs,  oftener  take  ri  than  n^ ;  n  is  also  found, 
though  less  frequently,  with  the  passive  participles  except  that  of  Kal, 
from  which  it  is  excluded. 

6.  A  final  " ,  "i  or  n  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  the  feminine  charac- 
teristic n  and  contracted  with  it,  §54,  n?  for  P5a  daughter,  PFii?  for 
riDFir  gift,  niwN  for  rDrx  truth,  nnx  for  mfix  one.  nndTO  ]  Kin.  1  :  15 
for  r.nnc3?3  ministering,  nniTTD  Mai.  1  :  14  for  nnn^jia  corrupt,  nina  for 
nniri.TS  pan.  The  changes  of  the  ultimate  vowel  are  due  to  its  comprea- 
eion  before  concurring  consonants. 

c.  The  vowel  u  remains  in  nnsiirn  Lev.  5 :  21  deposit,  and  the  proper 
name  nrn:n  Tanhumeth.  From  riN  brother,  en  father-in-law  are  formed 
ninx  sister,  niiin  mother-in-law,  the  radical  1 ,  which  has  been  dropped 
from  the  masculine,  retaining  its  place  before  the  sign  of  the  feminine, 
comp.  §  101.  1.  a  J  11X^33  difficult  Deut.  30:  11  is  for  ntt^Ea  from  iStii . 

§20lp.  The  changes  which  result  from  appending  the 
feminine  termination  ri^ ,  the  plural  terminations  D''.  and  r>i, 
and  the  dual  termination  D"". ,  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
mixed  syllable. 


232  ETYMOLOGY.  §  207 

2.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
eimple  syllable. 

3.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  penult. 

0 
§  20X.  When  the  ultimate  is  a  mixed  syllable  bearing 

the  accent,  it  is  affected  as  follows,  viz. : 

1 .  Tsere  remains  unchanged,  if  the  word  is  a  monosylla- 
ble or  the  preceding  vowel  is  Kamets,  otherwise  it  is  rejected; 
other  vowels  suffer  no  change,  ria  dead  fem.  "n^ ,  pi,  D'^lhtt ; 
?in^^  t/ii^/i  du.  n':i'\^,  dS©  complete  fem.  rvnbw  ^  pi.  D-i^abia, 
f.  pi.  niiab© ;  ?j^n  ^oin^  fem.  rcbh ,  pi.  n^bbh ,  f.  pi.  niibh . 

a.  The  rejection  of  Tsere  is  due  to  ihe  tendency  to  abbreviate  words 
which  are  increased  by  additions  at  the  end,  §66.  I.  It  is  only  retained 
as  a  pretonic  vowel,  §64.  2,  when  the  word  is  otherwise  sufficiently  abbre- 
viated, or  its  rejection  would  shorten  the  word  unduly.  Tsere  is  retained 
contrary  to  the  rule  by  niili|a,  D"'y2n  children  of  the  third  and  fourth 
generations,  by  a  few  exceptional  forms,  e.g.  nn;2  Jer.  3  : 8,  11,  n^S^'^ 
Ex.  23:26,  nnab  Cant.  1:6,  HK^ilU  Isa.  54:1.  and  frequently  with  the 
pause  accents.  §65,  e.g.  i^l^^'i;  Isa.  21:3,  crricJ  Lam.  1 :  16,  :nirii3ia 
Jsa.  49:8,  D^i::^5<  Ex.  28:40.  a'^^.'iro  Gen.  19  :  11,  2  Kin.  6  :  18  (once  with 
Tiphhha),  :  D"'oi-JS  Isa.  2  :  20,  D-'D'^-iS  Eccles.  2  :  5.  ninsTT?  Isa.  2  :  4.  It 
also  appears  in  several  feminine  substantives,  both  singular  and  plural,  e.  g, 
nbsna  overthrow,  ri'i:J3."ia  counsels.  i'^'ZV^V\  abomination,  ri;yi!Ji2  staff.  HEt's^ 
witch.  On  the  other  hand,  the  following  feminines  reject  it  though  pre- 
ceded by  Kamets,  hy"^  wild-goat,  fem.  <^^?."  ,  1?^  ostrich,  fem.  <^J?.!^ ,  TQ"^ 
thigh,  fem.  "^S"}^.  It  is  also  dropped  from  the  plural  of  the  monosyllable 
'2  son,  and  its  place  supplied  by  a  pretonic  Kamets,  D"i:3  sons,  Pisla  daugh- 
ters, the  singular  of  the  feminine  being  r.2  for  P??,  §205.6;  so  5^T^ 
fork -pi.  nii^tB. 

h.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel,  '2^  white, 
fem.  n;2b,  pi.  ciD2b,  f.  pi.  nii^b ;  "^^"2^  fortress,  pi.  c-'i22^  and  nin^Dia, 
only  disappearing  in  a  few  exceptional  cases,  "isb  hair.  fem.  Hny'JJ,  ibv 
guail,p\.  C^i^ia,  0*1573  pasture,  pi.  n-iiynaT:  once  rrii::-!?,??.  ni'n2S73  and  r.i-i23.'T9 
fords,  132  talent  du.  C'^'nss  but  in  pause  D']'^33 ,  "hj  river  du.  C'^'^.ri.D  .  The 
Kb  participles,  ^h:)  prophesying ])\.  D'^Jt23,  xriiS  pollutedpl.  CXriiD,  siiiS 
found  pi.  D^N^ra  adopt  the  vowels  of  fi'h  forms,  §  165.  2 ;  but  with  the 
pause  accents  Kamets  returns,  D"'N23  Ezek.  13:2,  :  n'^N^TSS  Ezr.  8:25. 
The  foreign  word  i2"iS  suburbs  forms  its  plural  irregularly  D'^'hins. 

c.  Hholem  and  Hhirik  commonly  suffer  no  change;  but  in  a  few  words 
Shurek  takes  the  place  of  the  former,  and  in  one  Tsere  is  substituted  for 
the  latter,  §66.2(3),  "liaia  terror  pi.  D"''^'':^ ,  "JISM  habitation  pi.  C'iiJ'O , 
pinTO  sweet  km.  n;^ina  pi.  n"ip!ino,  pis  distress  i'em.  npi:i£,  "ii'^  lodging 
fem.  nilbp ,  Dii^  flight  fem.  nfansiq .  niiia  rest  fem.  nn«?2  ,  nia^a  fortifica- 
tion fem.  Vrjis^',  pis:?   deep  fem.   nj^^Tas  Prov.   23:27  and  nj5«?,,  p^n^ 


§  207  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  233 

chain  pi.  nipwn    1   Kin.  6:21   K'rij  u^^D  escaped  pi.  t2'^i?'^!?Q  or  ti-^bbs 
fem.  ni:"'bQ  or  mbbc, 

d  Hholem  is  dropped  from  the  plural  of  "lio:!:  bird  pi.  n^ns::,  as  well 
as  from  the  plural  of  nouns  having  the  feminine  characteristic  n  in  the 
singular;  thus  rib'ihi,  skidl,  by  the  substitution  of  the  plural  ending 
ni  for  n. ,  §199,  Jse'comes  riHaba ,  nir'bn^^  course,  pi.  ripbnn ,  or  with 
Hhateph-Kamets  under  a  doubled  letter,  §16.  3.6,  n:Fi3  coat  pi.  Pbns, 
nbaTT  earof  corn,^\.  n''J33"J;  in  two  instances  a  pretonic  Kamets  is  inserted, 
n-isa  drought  pi.  ninaa';  ^i^'^'^.  Aslarte  pi.  ninnc? . 

e.  Seghol  in  nouns  with  the  feminine  characteristic  n  affixed  mostly  fol- 
lows the  law  of  the  vowel  from  which  it  has  sprung,  §205;  if  it  has  been 
derived  from  Tsere  it  is  rejected,  if  from  any  other  vowel  it  is  still  in  some 
instances  rejected,  though  more  commonly  it  reverts  to  its  original  form 
and  is  retained,  ripb/ii  sucker  (from  pi'i"')  pi.  nipsili,  ni.^X  epistle  (from 
^is)pl.  mnas,  nbiN^ig  knife  (from  bax^)  pi.  nibax^,  n^a^^ns  reddish, 
(from  n^i3"ix)  pi.  nia'no'ix^,  npi-it:  nurse  (from  p''}'"'^^  pi.  nipir^,  nbp'yUp 
scale  pi.  D"'UJpbp  and  niipbp .  Pattahh,  which  has  arisen  from  a  Seghol 
so  situated  under  the  influence  of  a  guttural,  follows  the  same  rule,  riJ^SD 
ringT^\.  nira::,  nr53  (from  ssb)  ^oitcAmo- pi.  fi'sb. 

f.  A  few  nouns  with  quiescents  in  the  ultimate  present  apparent  ex- 
ceptions, which  are,  however,  readily  explained  by  the  contractions  which 
they  have  undergone.  Thus  nin  for  nin,  §57.2(5),  thorn,  has  its 
plural  □■'in'in  or  t:"in;n ;  ci-i  (d;;)  day,  pi.  n-'i^  (Q-'ri'^);  -^in-a  (li*)^)  strife, 
pi.  D"'?i")'2;  "lib  (ivij  oa\  pi.  Ci'niia;  1!l^  for  I^^M  or'V;^,  §  186.  2.' c, /jo/,  pi. 
n^nn"n  Vr  n-'ni^,  §208.  3;  p^ii  (piu  or  pjib)  street,  pl.'c-pid  ;  "i-'ir  {-^^b  or 
^"^b)  city,  pi.  once  C-'V?.  Judg.  io :  4  usually  contracted  to  D'^n^  ;  dxn 
(irx'"i)  head,  pi.  cBn"!  (c"^CXi).  So  nxp  measiire  becomes  in  the  dual 
ffixo  for  f^nxO  and  nxn  one  hundred,  du.  n-'rST3  for  DifiSTS  ;  nixba 
(nsxbo  ,  §57.  2  (3)  ),  work,  probably  had  in  the  absolute  plural  niaxbo  , 
whence  the  construct  is  nis^biD  . 

2.  The  final  consonant  sometimes  receives  Dagliesli-forte 
before  tlie  added  termination,  causing  tlie  preceding  vowel 
to  be  shortened  from  a  to  il,  from  e  or  *  to  i,  and  from  o  or 
u  io  li,  §01.  5.  This  takes  place  regularly  in  nouns  which 
are  derived  from  contracted  TJ  roots,  Dri  perfect  fem.  n^p  , 
d';"  sea  pi.  D'^i?::;  -ji^  (from  V?5)  shield,  pi.  U'^h'q  and  niL)^, 
fem.  nj.^'a ;  ph  statute  pi.  U'^'^Ti ,  fem.  nj^n ,  pi.  nipn  ,  or  in 
whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have  coalesced,  ?1S5  for  ?12S5 
du.  D^sx  nose ;  ti?  for  f:?  she-goat  pi.  D^tS?  ;  n?  for  nnj?  //;;z^ 
pi.  D^ny  and  niriy ;  t:^x  for  irii?  ?/2^;?,  ni^x  woman,  and  it 
not  infrequently  occurs  in  other  cases. 

a.  Nouns  with  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  with  few  exceptions  double  their 
final  letter,  being  either  contracted  forms,  \h  weak  pi.  B"'*'^  fem.  nH  pi. 


234  ETYMOLOGY.  §  207 

riiilT,  or  receiving  Daghesh-forte  conservative  in  order  to  preserve  the 
short  vowel,  D5X  pool  pi.  Q'^aas^;  so  "|2ix  wheel,  Dnn  myrtle,  'Ss-qfew,  rnrn 
frightful,  P'bp"!')  greenish,  ""ix^  desire.  Before  gutturals  Pattahh  may 
be  retained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  rib  fresh  pi.  C^H^,  or  lengthened 
to  Kamets,  §60.4,  "i6  prince  pi.  D"''iia  fem.  i^V^ ;  so  niyasx  fngers, 
fi?3"ix  four,  cilia  helmets,  D"<n:i^  straits  and  D"'Xi!i'n  baskets,  nSh  hops, 
which  do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  but  are  commonly  referred  to  '''nw, 
•'Kiib,  §194.  b,  •>  being  changed  to  N  as  in  §208.  3.  d ;  also  lO  breast, 
which  omits  Dacrhesh  du.  end  .  Pattahh  is  in  the  fidlowing  examples 
changed  to  Hhirik  before  the  doubled  letter,  §58.  2,  T2  prey  fem.  nj3,  nn 
year  fem.  nnn,  na  wine-press  pi.  nina ,  la  garment  pi.  c^ia  and  D^'n?: , 
Oa  tribute,  r|b  6a6'!"?i,  ng  m.orsel,  lk  s/f/i^,  baba  u'^ee^,  m'sobo  baskets, 
D'^SD;©  palm- branches,  ani^  threshing-sledge  pi.  D"^a"ii73  or  by  the  resolu- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a.  D^a">"iio  .  It  is  rejected  from  ^k^S  cymbal 
pi.  D^yabs,  '|i[  sori  pi.  D">iT  ,  C'^iS'ia  6err/e.9,  probably  from  nana  and  0"'na 
we«,  from  the  obsolete  singular,  ra .  The  plural  of  ci'  people  is  D''E» 
and  in  a  very  few  instances  with  the  doubled  letter  repeated,  C^rr?.  ;  so 
nn  mountain  pi.  Q-inn  and  c^nnri  Deut.  8:9,  bit  shadow  pi.  n"'^bs ,  pPI 
statute  pi.  C^sn,  and  twice  in  the  construct,  ""^i^pn  Judg.  5 :  15,  Isa.  10: 1, 
which  implies  the  absolute  form  D"'pi3n  . 

6.  The  final  letter  is  doubled  after  Kamets  in  the  following  words  be- 
sides those  from  VS  roots,  D^^X  porch  pi.  csbs  ;  so  •|5^^{  hire,  bia  camel, 
',»1  time,  T(i3nT3  darkness,  pH"io  distance,  )hi^  small,  )\^.'^  green,  '|3Sll} 
^m'e^,  'iibia  /i/j/,  "jSia  coney,  to  which  should  perhaps  be  added  3".;?^  Deut. 
8 :  15  scorpion,  though  as  it  has  a  pause  accent  in  this  place  which  is  the 
only  one  where  it  is  found  with  Kamets,  its  proper  form  may  perhaps  have 
been  2npy ,  §65.  The  Niphal  participle  123?  honored  has  in  the  plural 
both  0"'"i333  and  C'naD: .  Several  other  words,  which  only  occur  in  the 
plural,  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  singulars  with  Kamets  in  the  ulti- 
mate ;  but  the  vowel  may,  with  equal  if  not  greater  probability,  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  Pattahh.  Kamets  is  shortened  to  Pattahh  before  n, 
which  does  not  admit  Daghesh-forte,  in  the  plurals  of  nk  brother  pi.  DTiS, 
nh  hook,  niJ3T3  confidence,  §60.  4.  a. 

c.  The  following  nouns  with  Hholem  in  the  ultimate  fall  under  this 
rule,  in  addition  to  those  derived  from  SV  roots,  'ibnapea/c  pi.  C^rana,  Cbnn 
sacred  scribe,  linn  band,  cbib  nation,  d't'S  naked,  and  several  adjectives 
of  the  form  bbi^,  which  are  mostly  written  without  the  vowel-letter  1, 
§  14. 3,  e.  g.  t2nx  red  fem.  na^N^ ,  Q-'Mnx^ ,  c^'x  terrible,  Tpx  long,  etc. ; 
nsax  dunghill  takes  the  form  mnsCN  in  the  plural. 

d.  There  are  only  two  examples  of  doubling  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  Shurek,  B"'^~in  Prov.  24:31  nettles  or  brambles  from  b|l"in, 
ni'»K"i  Esth.  2  :  9  from  "^ilNn  Kal  pass,  part  of  nxn  . 

e.  IC'^X  (vim)  man  is  not  contracted  in  the  plural  Q'^iTJX  men;  in  the 
feminine,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  the  initial  weak  letter  is  dropped,  6"^^^ 
women,  which  is  used  as  the  plural  of  nii'X  woman;  'o^V'^H  men  and  rt'X 
women  are  rare  and  poetic,  rix  ploughshare  has  either  CTiN  or  D'^PiX  ia 
the  plural. 


^208  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  235 

10 

^2%&.  1.  Segholate  nouns,  or  those  which  have  an  unac- 
cented vowel  in  the  ultimate,  drop  it  when  any  addition  is 
made  to  them,  §66.  2.  (1).  As  this  vowel  arose  from  the 
concurrence  of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
the  necessity  for  its  presence  ceases  when  that  condition  no 
longer  exists.  Segholates  thus  revert  to  their  original  form 
of  a  monosyllable  ending  in  concurrent  consonants,  §183. 

2.  Monosyllables  of  this  description  receive  the  feminine 
ending  with  no  further  change  than  the  shortening  due  to  the 
removal  of  the  accent,  in  consequence  of  which  o  becomes  u 
or  more  rarely  u,  e  becomes  ^  or  more  rarely  c ;  a  may  be 
restored  to  a  from  which  it  has  commonly  arisen,  §183,  or 
Hke  e  it  may  become  ^  or  a,  Di^  (P^2^)  strength  fem.  f"''?^:^, 
mn  (mn)  fem.  nmn  freedom,  n^i?  {^"9^)  saijivg  fem.  rnTSi? 
and  nn^^ ,  Jjbia  ( tjbi? )  kw(/  n^b^  cimen,  nnb  slaiir/hter  fem. 

a.  Nouns  havinsr  either  of  the  forms  S^bBp,  nViip,  nbcp .  nBap. 
npap ,  are  consequently  to  be  regarded  as  sprung  from  monosyllables  with 
the  vowel  given  to  the  first  radical. 

3.  Before  the  plural  terminations  a  pretonic  Kamets  is 
inserted,   and  the  original  vowel  of  the  monosyllable  falls 

away,  ?jb^  ( ifq )  king  pi.  D^ib^ ,  nib^  qiLeen  pi.  niib)2 ,  ^'ax 
(nri?)  saying  pi.  c-'n^N ,  r\yi;^  id.  pi.  nii'sax ,  b?3  (b::?s)  work, 
pi.  D^V:i73 ,  Nipn  si7i  pi  Q^Ntjq . 

a.  Pretonic  Kamets  is  not  admitted  by  the  numerals  Qinirs  twenfif 
from  ^bs  ten,  Q"'?3d  seventy  from  V'Z^_  seven,  C^yirn  vinety  from  yen 
nine.  The  words  ciaa  pislachio-nuts,  D"'i2n  ebony,  cb'x^  Job  40:21  22 
B-irnn  mercies,  a"'Bpa  and  m?3piy  sycamores,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
singular,  have  been  regarded  as  examples  of  a  like  omission.  But  there 
need  be  no  assumption  of  irregularity  if  the  first  is  taken  with  Fiirst  from 
nsaa  ,  the  second  with  Gesenius  from  "'Jnn  ,  and  the  others  are  exfilained 
after  a  like  analogy.  Q,uadriiiteral  Segholates  also  receive  pretonic  Ka- 
mets in  the  plural  1S33  pi.  a"^py:3  merchants,  unless  the  new  letter  creates 
an  additional  syllable,  in  which  case  the  introduction  of  Kamets  would 
prolong  the  word  too  much,  'J^Vq  concubine  pi.  D">U.;5|3  ,  1"iQS  vail  D"'3"iOS  . 

b.  The  superior  tenacity  of  Hholem,  §60.  1.  a  (4).  is  shown  by  the  occa- 
sional  retention  of  o,  not  only  as  a  compound  Sh'va  under  guttural-s,  Itdx 
waypL  ninnx,  so  dnh  month,  Ui-ih  thicket,  nrS?  sheaf,  "t^V  fawn;  but  as 


236  ETYMOLOGY.  §  209 

Kamets-Hhatuph  in  t'lp  holiness  pi.  c'^ij'7;?  and  C^trni^,  t'-iiij  root  pL 
Oiijind,  §  19.2,  or  as  a  long  vowel  in  ^nx  ^e/t^pl.  cVrj^*!  '"'i'l'*  «'«'^  pl-  ^''1^) 
§60.  3.  c,  or  shifted  to  the  following  letter  so  as  to  take  the  place  of  the 
pretonio  Karnets  in  "jtii  thumb  pl.  niiinS ,  fn:3  brightness  pl.  ninj?  , 
§  184.  a.  Comp.  boQ  (/^jps)  graven  image  pl.  C^-iDQ.  In  other  nouns  it  is 
rejected,  ip2  morning  pl.  cin;:33 ;  so  T^a  threshitig-Jloor,  1S3  cypress,  y^p 
handfalU  no'n  spear,  cnn  juniper,   blPib  hollow  of  the  hand. 

c.  Middle  Vav  quiesces  in  the  plural  of  the  following  nouns:  ri"73  fZea/^ 
pl.  n"'nia  ,  n^iS  iniquity  pl.  nsiy.  Gesenius  regards  a'':ix  Prov.  11:7, 
Hos.  9  :  4,  as  the  plural  of  "1.1.X,  while  others  derive  it  from  "px,  translating 
it  riches  in  the  former  passage  and  sorrow  in  the  latter,  the  primary  idea 
out  of  which  both  senses  spring  being  that  of  toil.  Middle  Yodh  quiesces 
in  the  plural  of  b?^  ram  pl.  D^.H'^x ,  rii_T  olive  pl.  niniT ,  b"^^  night  pl.  ni5"'b , 
but  not  in  b^h  strength  pl.  D'^b';;'!!,  '{^_b  fountain -pl.  nij^S ,  "i"'35  ass-coll  pi. 
Din"?.,  ui'l'n  g-oa/ pl.  Dibl^ri.  The  plural  of  K^a  va/Ze;/  is  ni^xa  by  trans- 
position from  the  regular  form  n"iX"ia  which  is  twice  found  in  the  K'thibh 
2  Kin. 2:  16,  Ezek.  6:3;  n^2  house  has  as  its  plural  n^ri3,  whether  this 
be  explained  as  for  CWS  from  rtjS  to  build  or  for  DTina  from  Ma  to 
lodge.  Middle  Yodh  always  quiesces  before  the  feminine  and  dual  endings, 
17a  provision  ?e.xx\.  fT^"'^,  "i";?  eye  Aa.  c';':"'^. 

d.  Monosyllables  in  1.  from  Hb  roots  belong  properly  to  this  forma- 
tion, §57.  2  (4)  and  §184.  6,  and  follow  the  rules  given  above  both  in  the 
feminine  "''^n  (?bn)  necklace  fem.  M'jbn,  and  the  plural  "''iX  (7"iX)  lion 
pl.  D'^'jiS;  and  rirnx ,  lia  kid\>\.  C^na,  or  with  the  change  of"'  to  X, 
§56.4,  which  also  occurs  in  verbs,  §177.  3,  "'bq  necklace  pl.  Q'tx^n,  ins 
simple  pl.  filers,  D^ra  and  tD^xrQ ,  '•'z'S.  gazelle  pl.  C)i';r:j ,  Disn:s  and 
rik^s ;  in  like  manner  D''xas  branches,  tx^b  lions  are  referred  to  ""Sis'. 
and  "^ib  though  these  singulars  do  not  occur;  -')>3  (f^S)  utensil  does  not 
receive  Kamets  in  the  plural  n"'b3. 

4.  The  dual  sometimes  takes  a  pretonic  Kamets  like  the 
plui'al,  but  more  frequently  follows  the  feminine  in  not  re- 
quiring its  insertion,  M^'^  (ri'pt)  door  dii.  D^nb^ ,  tfii  (tj'i'^) 
wa^  du.  D^?":^,  nfe  (^inj?)  /wrn  du.  D^i^lp  and  n'^i'^]^ ,  V) 
cheek  du.  D?:"'?,  ^"^I  ixk)  ^^^^(^^  ^lu.  D^sna,  so  D!';™ ,  t3^%, 

^^        §S00:  When  the  ultimate  is  a  simple  syllable,  the  follow- 
ing cases  occur,  viz : 

1.  Pinal  n..  is  rejected  before  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  ns^  beautiful  fem.  ns;»  f,  pl.  nis;; ,  ^i'?'?  tvork  pl. 

n^ib5?72 ;  so  nin^.  m^;//*  du.  o'lrnTa  . 

a.  The  last  radical  in  words  of  this  description  is  properly  "^ ,  which  is 
rejected  after  a  vowelless  letter,   §62.  2.  c,  so  that  ris;j  is  for  n'jE^   and 


§  209        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         237 

C'irs^  for  d'^''^b5>.T3  .  In  a  very  few  instances  the  radical  "^  remains,  e.g. 
nyjs' Cant.  iVT'Vrom  nii3>  (■'i:2>)  ts^rnaia  Isa.  25 :  6  from  nn?3?D  Cfi^^) 
and  is  even  strengthened  by  Daghesh-forte,  §207.2,  n*3"i3  Lam.  1:16 
from  nbi3,  njns  and  nnb,  §196.  6.  fem.  of  n-^Q,  ni'nn  Hos.  14:  1,  else- 
where mnn,  ns  vioitth,  edge  pi.  CS,  m'lQ  and  ni'S ,  or  changed  to  N, 
§56.  4,  r\)i-S  (ib'-j)  young  lamb  D'^xb:^  (D-'^b.:),  so  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  assume  a  singular  "'^a  which  no  where  occurs,  nobn  Ps.  10 : 8  n^^Dbn 
ver.  10.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

2.  Final  "i.  may  combine  with  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  so  as  to  form  n;^ . ,  D^^ . ,  ni^ . ,  or  it  may  in  the 
masculine  plural  be  contracted  to  D\  ,  §62.  2,  '''1:33?  Redrew 
pi.  D^nn:?  and  D^^'^^y  fem.  n'^ns?  f.  pi.  ni'^in:? ;  ^i  §//?>  pi. 
D^i  and  ti^'^i?,  ''irBn//',?^  pi.  D^irsn,  ^ppjo?crc  pi.  o^^p2.  So 
nouns  in  fr^.  upon  the  exchange  of  the  feminine  singular  for 
the  pliu"al  termination  rr'Sl^?  Ammomtess  pi.  ril^2i73? ,  rr^nn 
Ilittitess  n^'pn. 

a.  In  t]"'X"'2'n?  2  Chron.  17:  11  Arabians  from  "^i"!?  an  X  is  interposed, 
elsewhere  ci"!?  ;  rii'b'^  branches,  m'^'T  corners  and  ri'^Dia  6ow/s,  which 
do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  are  assumed  to  be   from  n'lb'n ,   n"'';T   and 

b.  A  few  monosyllables  in  "'.  form  their  feminines  in  this  manner, 
though  in  the  masculine  plural  they  follow  the  rule  before  given,  §208. 3.  (Z, 
•'nj  kid  fem.  n^nj ,  •'sb  lion,  H^^h  lioness,  §  196.  d,  "'i^  gazelle  fem.  n^23 
(♦tJ^S  and  x'jSS  are  used  as  proper  names),  "iria  drinking  fem.  H^nu  . 

3.  There  are  few  examples  of  final  ^  or  i  with  added 
endings.  The  following  are  the  forms  Avliich  they  assume  : 
^ptj  dritd  pi.  Q"'i;^^ ,  niibia  Ungdom  pi.  rii^Db^ ,  §62.2, 
n^'i?  testimony  pi.  f^i^y ,  ninx  525/6"r  pi.  ninx  and  tni'^ns?  for 
ninnx,  ian  and  i^inn  myriad  pi.  niin,  n^sian  and  riikian; 
the  dual  D^^riS'i  inserts  the  sign  of  the  feminine. 

a.  ni'pn  or  ni'^:n  Jer.  37 :  16  cells  is  referred  to  the  assumed  singular 
P^lin  ;  mrj:  Isa.  3  :  16  K'thibh  and  mibS  1  Sam.  25  :  18  K'thibh  are 
formed  from  ^123,  Vas  abbreviated  Kal  passive  participles,  §172.  5,  but  in 
the  absence  of  the  appropriate  vowel  points  their  precise  pronunciation 
cannot  be  determined. 

6.  Nouns  ending  in  a  quiescent  radical  X  may  be  regarded  as  termina- 
ting in  a  consonant,  since  this  letter  resumes  its  consonantal  power  upon 
an  addition  being  made  to  the  word.  Comp.  §162.  i<:i"23  found  fera. 
nisT33 ,  i<-Q  wild  ass  pi.  n-ist^Q . 


238  ETYMOLOGY.  §210 

§21^.  The  changes,  which  occur  in  the  penult,  arise 
from  the  disposition  to  shorten  the  former  part  of  a  word, 
when  its  accent  has  been  carried  forward  by  accessions  at  the 
end,  ^6Q.  1.  They  consist  in  the  rejection  of  Kamets  or 
Tsere,  biia  ^reat  fern,  npin^  pi.  D^liina  f.  pi.  nibi':^,  ni'i 
word  pi.  D"''?^'7 ,  I'iiST  memorial  pi.  nis'iDT ,  fjDS  winj/  du. 
D^£53,  ^•'Tr-a  restoring  pi.  D^n■'^^:'a  fem.  !"'i"'Tt'^,  ni^  distress 
p].  n''n2'a ,  ">))>  Levite  pi.  D''"'!^ ,  except  from  nouns  in  n..  in 
which  the  place  of  the  accent  is  not  changed  by  the  addition 
of  the  terminations  for  gender  and  number,  §209.  1,  Tki\ 
beautiful  fem.  ns^  pi.  trk-^ ,  niil?  field  pi.  niiia ,  nirip  hard 
pi.  D^iiJjp,  n:^:'a  pi.  d^^t?  and  ni:^^  3o?^;e/5,  ni;  smitten  pi. 
ci? .  Other  penultimate  vowels  are  mostly  exempt  from 
change. 

a.  Kamets,  which  has  arisen  from  Pattalih  in  consequence  of  the  suc- 
ceeding letter  not  being  able  to  receive  Daghesh-forte,  as  the  form  properly 
requires,  is  incapable  of  rejection.  Such  a  Kamets  is  accordingly  retained 
without  change  before  *i,  e.  g.  Dnn  for  ^'^n,  §  187. 1,  workman  pi.  D'liLnn, 
eo  ly^Q  horseman,  Tv^'i^  fugiiive,  C^O  (const.  ti''~\p)  eunuch,  Y'^')'3  terri- 
ble, Y'^~'-'^  violent,  'J'lin  diligent,  or  shortened  to  Pattahh  before  n, 
§60.  1.  a  (4),  "i!ir,3  young  man  p\.  d'^'^^ina.  Kamets  is  also  retained  in 
certain  "SV  and  nb  derivatives  as  a  sort  of  compensation  for  the  reduction 
of  the  root  by  contraction  or  quiescence,  e.  g.  "313  shield  pi.  Ci^is  and 
T\^^ya ,  -ivj-o  fortress  pi.  cira,  niBn  branch  pi.  ni'sbi ,  ni-,T  comer  pi.  ni'it . 

■it'  t  J  I  -V't'  't  »  'rr'  'T,  ^  -IT 

Other  instances  of  its  retention  are  rare  and  exceptional,  "liaa  treacherous 
fem.  nni:;3,  i'^id  (const,  rni:;)  iceeA:  pi.  d-yrii:  and  nii'nili  but  du.  d-iynilj, 
r3"'bu  warrior  pi.  C"^a;"'PUJ. 

6.  When  Kamets  following  a  doubled  letter  is  rejected,  and  Dagheeh- 
forteis  omitted  in  consequence,  §25,  the  antepenultimate  vowel  is  in  a  few 
instances  changed  from  Hhirilc  to  Seghol,  §61.  5.  ')'i'''-!rH  vision  p\.  m'3i"^fn, 
■jir^as  a  tenth  pi.  C^i'lb:^, ,  but  "j-iAs:  memorial  pi.  niin=T . 

c.  Tsere  is  not  rejected  if  it  has  arisen  from  HhiriU  before  a  guttural 
in  a  form  which  properly  requires  Daghesh-forte,  ^^n  for  TW'nn,  §  187. 1.6, 
deaf])\.  d"'UJ"}n ,  or  if  it  is  commonly  represented  by  *',  §14.3,  ?|Vs  or 
nb"'3,  §1S6,  hammer  pi.  m'Qb"'3.  or  a  radical  "^  quiesces  in  it,  '^"'^?  or  "ni* 
(from  "r;;,  HS9)  peretmial  pi.  n'^in'^X  or  dirx,  hb^rt  temple  pi.  ti^J3D-''n 
and  rii^^'^ri,  o-'nO"'^  and  C-^irp,  reclHude,  ci""'',!  (from  liif  or -f))  proud. 
Other  cases  are  rare  and  exceptional,  e.  g.  C^^brs  Neh.  3  :  3i  feeble. 

d.  Hholem  is  almost  invariably  retained  in  the  penult,  yet  it  yields  to 
the  strong  tendency  to  abbreviation  in  the  following  trisyllables  :  n^nTnCS 
Ashdodiless  pi.  ni'nnas  Neh.  13  :  23  K'ri  (K'thibh  mimidx).  n-^iia?  Am- 
monitess  pi.  ni'3BS  id.  (K'thibh  nT^ras,    1  Kin.  11:  1  rn'sias),  "in-'S 


§  211        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         239 

Sidonian  f  pi.  ri^':"??  where  long  Hhirik  becomes  Tsere  before  concurrent 
consonants,  §61.  4. 

e.  When  the  penult  is  a  mixed  sjdiable  containing  a  short  vowel,  it  ia 
ordinarily  not  subject  to  change,  §58.  2.  The  tendency  to  the  greatest 
possible  abbreviation  i.s  betrayed,  however,  in  a  few  examples  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  diphthongal  Seghol  to  Pattahh,  comp.  §60.  3.  6,  VsCJI 
duster  pi.  m'Sb'Jx  Cant.  7  :  8.  rsn^.  chariot  fern.  nisn^.  pi.  niissno  ,  pnn^. 
distance  pi.  n"';5n-i73  and  D-'pn-no,  or  of  Pattahh  to  the  briefest  of  the 
short  vowels  Hhirik,  comp.  §207.  2.  a,  nb'bt  fury  pi.  nisJ'M  ,  ^hri  fork 
pi.  niibTtt.  §190.  a,  nn^^  dish  pi.  riinba:  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh- 
forte  for  mn^s,  §59.  a;  "inx  for  "inx  other  has  in  the  plural  Qinnx  ,  m-inx. 
as  if  from  "inx ,  n!^^^  coal  has  pi.  D^bna  by  §63.  1. 

§211\  In  forming  the  plural  of  nouns,,  wliicli  have  a 
feminine  ending  in  the  singular,  the  latter  must  first  be 
omitted  before  the  rules  already  given  are  applied.  Thus, 
nib^s'a  kingdom  by  the  omission  of  the  feminine  ending  be- 
comes l^^iyq  ,  hence,  by  ^  207.  l,its  plural  is  nibb^^ ;  so  nib^ 
queen  becomes  ^jbia ,  and  by  ^  208.  3.  its  plural  is  tnibb'a ; 
^"jk^  epistle  becomes  "la^?,  and  by  §207.1.  its  plural  is 
riiiai? .  As  precisely  the  same  changes  result  from  append- 
ing the  feminine  n^  and  the  plural  endings,  except  in  the 
single  case  of  Segholate  nouns  or  monosyllables  terminating 
in  concurrent  consonants,  §  208,  nouns  in  n^  become  plural 
with  no  further  change  than  that  of  their  termination ;  only 
in  the  exceptional  case  referred  to  a  pretonic  Kamets  must 
be  inserted.  Nouns  in  T\ ,  after  omitting  the  feminine  end- 
ing, are  liable  to  the  rejection  or  modification  of  the  vowel 
of  the  ultimate  in  forming  the  plural,  as  explained  §  207. 1. 6/. 
and  e.  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  dual  ending  is  not  substi- 
tuted for  that  of  the  feminine  singular,  but  added  to  it,  no 
such  omission  is  necessary  in  applying  the  rules  for  the 
formation  of  the  dual,  it  being  simply  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  old  ending  n^  takes  the  place  of  n^ ,  §  202.  Thus 
nil?  (nbiu)  year,  by  piO,  becomes  in  the  dual  n':n?Tr,  th^ 
door,  by  §  208. 4,  du.  D*nb^  ,  rnrha  brass  du.  di^potd  . 

a.  In  the  following  examples  a  radical,  which  has  been  rejected  from 
the  singular,  is  restored  in  the  plural,  nix  (for  nn^QX)  maid-servant  pi. 


240  ETYMOLOGY.  §  212-214 

ninnx,  ri:T3  (for  'nh'q  from  n:^)  portion  pi.  fri'^J^  and  riksis ,  comp. 
§208.  3.  c/,  nap  (for  ni3p  from  nk|5)  pi.  n'l'sp;  in  like  manner  nVj!?  co^ 
Zeao-2<es  is  referred  to  the  assumed  singular  n33.  tins  (niRS)  governor 
has  in  the  plural  both  friina  (const,  niins)  and  riins . 


The  Construct  State. 

^21Sl^.  When  one  noun  stands  in  a  relation  of  depend- 
ence on  another,  the  second  or  specifying  noun  is,  in  occi- 
dental languages,  put  in  the  genitive  case ;  in  Hebrew,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  second  noun  undergoes  no  change,  but  the 
first  is  put  into  what  is  commonly  called  the  construct  state 
(tfi'QD  or  tfboD  supported).  A  noun  which  is  not  so  related 
to  a  following  one  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state  (fr^s^'s 
cut  off).  Thus,  "li^  word  is  in  the  absolute  state ;  but  in  the 
expression  tl^ian  "in'i  verhum  regis,  the  word  of  the  king,  ^l"! 
is  in  the  construct  state.  By  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two 
nouns  a  sort  of  compound  expression  is  formed,  and  the 
speaker  hastens  forward  from  the  first  noun  to  the  second, 
which  is  necessary  to  complete  the  idea.  Hence  results  the 
abbreviation,  which  characterizes  the  construct  state. 

a.  The  term  absolute  state  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin;  he  called  the 
construct  the  state  of  regimen. 

§213^1  The  changes,  which  take  place  in  the  formation 
of  the  construct,  affect 

1.  The  endings  for  gender  and  number. 

2.  The  final  syllable  of  nouns,  which  are  without  these 
endings. 

3.  The  syllable  preceding  the  accent. 

§  21^  The  following  changes  occur  in  the  endings  for 
gender  and  number,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  ending  n^  is  changed  to  M. ,  nnstj 
handmaid  const,  f^ns© ;  the  ending  t\  remains  unchanged, 
rrratj^  observance  const.  frn'OTT'D . 


§215  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  241 

a.  The  explanation  of  this  appears  to  be  that  the  construct  state  re- 
tains the  old  consonantal  ending  ri_,  the  close  connection  with  the  follow- 
ing noun  preserving  it  as  if  in  the  centre  of  a  compound  word,  §55.  2.  c; 
whereas  in  the  isolation  of  the  absolute  state,  the  end  of  the  word  is  more 
liable  to  attrition  and  the  consonant  lidls  away. 

b.  Some  nouns  in  n^  preceded  by  Kamets  adopt  a  Segholate  form  in 
the  construct,  nsb?:^  kingdom  const,  "noi^-q  instead  of  rrbT^a,  §61.  1.6, 
nycrTO  dowinion  const,  nbijrp,  nixb?2  work  const,  nrxbia  .  ni;^":^  chariot 
const',  nns-ia,  r\^-^v  crouni  const,  nil::',  ninb  //o/hc  const.  r:nb,  nnbs 
ten  const,  rrni"?  ,  or  with  the  Seghols  changed  to  Paitahhs  under  the  influ- 
ence of  a  guttural,  TWXi^'C'O  family  const.  rnsiriD  ,  ny3"ixyoz<7-  const.  rii'S'.N  ; 
60  f^^^T  Jig-cake  const,  ribs'n ;  n'lJx  ivoman,  though  it  occurs  in  the  abso- 
lute. Deut.  21 :  11,  1  Sam.  28  :  7.  Ps.  58 :  0,  is  mostly  used  as  the  construct 
of  nii'X .  On  the  other  hand,  r^n  bottle  has  in  the  construct  rnn  Gen. 
21 :  14  (the  accent  thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  as  if  from  nrti. 

2.  The  ending  D''.  of  the  mascuHne  plural  and  d;'.  of  the 
dual  are  alike  changed  to  '^.. ,  W^izy  nations  const,  ""i?:? ,  Q??7P 
horns  const.  ''b';ij? ;  rii  of  the  feminine  plural  suffers  no  change 
niSp  voices  const,  rii^p . 

a.  The  compression  of  e  to  e  regularly  takes  place  upon  its  being  fol- 
lowed by  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  This  is  here  suggested  as  the 
explanation  of  the  change  of  vowel  in  the  plural.  It  results  from  the 
close  connection  of  the  construct  state,  which  as  it  were,  unites  the  two 
words  into  one  compound  term;  tlius,  DTis  houses  joined  to  niTj  hewn 
stone  would  become  r'^T3C"ri3,  and  by  the  dropping  of  the  nasal,  accord- 
ing to  §55.  2.6,  rf'S  ""ria  houses  of  hewn  stone.  Comp.  §199.  e.  In  the 
dual  the  final  nasal  is  likewise  rejected,  and  ay  combines  to  form  the  diph- 
thongal e,  §  57.  2  (5). 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  vowel  ending  of  the  masculine  plural 
construct  is  added  to  feminine  nouns  ''rrs  (the  accent  invariably  thrown 
back  by  §35.1),  commonly  in  the  K'thibh  •'ni?33  const,  of  niis  high- 
places,  •'nirxn^  1  Sam.  26:12;  this  takes  place  regularly  before  suP- 
fi.xes,  §220.2." 

§21ly  1.  In  a  mixed  final  syllable  Kamets  is  commonly 
shortened  to  Pattahh  :  so  is  Tsere  when  preceded  by  Kamets  ; 
other  vowels  remain  without  change,  1^'  /mnd  const.  1!! , 
niri^  seat  const.  niri"a,  ns^s  ^leck  const.  "iN*^^,  "jpT  old  const 
•jpT  ,  nS  heart  const,  ll? ,  n^'sa  mighty  man  const.  TSa  . 

a.  Kamets  remains  in  the  construct  of  cbiix  porch,  -PS  writing.  'jPi^ 
gift,  iv  cloud  (once  const,  "zb  Ex.  19:9),  C?na  decree  and  D^  sea,  e.  g. 
'^^^H""^,^  •'?e«  of  salt,  except  in  the  phrase  CilD  c?;  sea  of  weed,  i.  e.  Red 
Sea;  -^n  milk  becomes  iBn,  and  "li^  white  "sb  Gen.  49:12  in  the  con- 
struct. 

16 


0J,0 


ETYMOLOGY. 


§215 


6.  Tsere  remains  in  tlirn  five  const.  Xii'bn  ,  ll"^  mire  const,  'jl'i,  nsn 
breathing  const,  noi' ,  3p:^  AeeZ  const.  Sj:;;?, ,  in  the  S'S  derivative  "|iT3 
shield  const,  "lio  and  in  ^ix  found  in  several  proper  names.  It  is  occa- 
sionally shortened  to  Segliol  before  MaUkeph  in  bsx  mourning  const. 
-b::x  ,  nsJ  time  const,  ni' ,  -r\V  and  "PS .  O'iJ  name  const.  ni3,  "ou:  and  "od: 
•ja  so/i,  which  in  the  absolute  retains  Tsere  before  Makkeph,  Gen.  30:  19, 
Ezek.  18:  10,  has  in  the  construct  "|3 ,  ""iS  or  ~"|2.  Tsere  is  shortened  to 
Pattahh  in  a  kvf  cases  not  embraced  in  the  rule,  viz.:  -ip  nest  const.  ~",p, 
bjST?  rod  const.  h^_-Q  and  h'p/q ,  "lix  Deut.  32 :  28  perishing  const,  of  li'x . 
tiie  Kal  participles  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  §126.  1,  and  the  following 
nouns  with  prefixed  "O  in  several  of  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  likewise 
chaiiged  to  Hhirik,  §  190.  a,  "li?.^  tithe  const,  ^iyp ,  1B073  mourning  const. 
nso^,  nns^  key  const.  npi3?3  and  nrSTO,  y^"!^  lair  const.  -73-173,  np^ 
clamour  const.  riTi^,  "iSCTS  wa^^-ij;  const.  "'S'^'?,  rinc^  corruption  const, 
nnuia,  02712  a//ar  const.  112713. 

c.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Kamets-Hhatuph  before  Makkeph  in  tha 
construct  of  monosyllables  from  VV  roots,  pn  statute  const,  pn  and  "pn , 
rarely  in  other  words  "b-ia  Prov.  19  :  19,  Ps.  145  :  8,  Nah.  1  :  3  (in  the  last 
two  passages  the  K'thibh  has  bna),  — in-j  Job  17  :  10,  Prov.  22  :  11,  ~l^:p 
Ex.  30  :  23,  "lubd  Ex,  21:11;  this  becomes  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 'in 
-■■n^a  for  1^33  construct  of  il3a  high.  b3  kOl  construct  of  b's  all  occurs 
twice,  viz.  :  Ps.  35  :  10,  Prov.  19  :  7,  without  a  Makkeph  following,  §  19.  2.  a; 
it  must  not  be  confounded  with  bs  kal  Isa.  40 :  12  he  comprehended  pret. 

d.  The  termination  "'_  becomes  i„  in  the  construct,  ^57.  2  (5),  I'n 
enoMg-A  const,  '^'n ,  Ti  ///e  const,  "^n. 

e.  Three  monosyllabic  nouns  form  the  construct  by  adding  a  vowel,  3X 
father  const.  3X  Gen.  17:4,  5,  elsewhere  "'ZX  ,  nx  6ro//ter  const,  "'ns  ,  2."n 
friend  const,  nin  2  Sam.  15  :  37,  1  Kin.  4  :  5.'  or  ni;n  2  Sam.  16  :  16,  Prov. 
27  :]0  K'thibh.  These  may  be  relics  of  the  archaic  form  of  the  construct, 
§218,  or  the  monosyllables  may  be  abridged  from  ii'b  roots,  §185.  2.  c. 

2.  In  a  simple  final  syllable  n .  is  changed  to  n  ,  niij 
sheep  const,  nib ,  nyn  shepherd  const.  W'"i ,  rrfi:  field  const. 
rijiu ;  otlier  vowels  remain  unchanged. 

a.  This  is  an  exception  to  the  general  law  of  shortening,  which  obtains 
in  the  construct.  It  has,  perhaps,  arisen  from  the  increased  emphasis 
thrown  upon  the  end  of  the  word,  as  the  voice  hastens  forward  to  that 
which  is  to  follow.  In  like  manner  the  brief  and  energetic  imperative 
ends  in  Tsere  in  n"b  verbs,  while  the  future  has  Seghol,  §  168.  c.  An 
analoiious  fact  is  found  in  the  Sanskrit  vocative.  The  language  of  address 
calls  for  a  quick  and  emphatic  utterance;  and  this  end  is  sometimes  at- 
tained by  shortening  the  final  vowel,  and  sometimes  by  the  directly  oppo- 
site method  of  lengthening  it.     Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramm.  §205. 

h.  ns  month  has  '^'^  in  the  construct. 

c.  Nouns  ending  in  quiescent  X  preserve  their  final  vowel  unchanged 
in  the  construct,  XT'i/earmo- const.  X'i"' ,  N3:£  host  const.  N3S. 


I 


§21G        THE  CONSTRUCT  STATE  OF  NOUNS.         243 

% 

§21^.  1.  Kamets  and  Tsere  are  commonly  rejected  from 
the  syllable  preceding  the  accent,  Dipri  place  const.  Qip^ , 
T\)lD  ^ear  const,  f^?^ ,  CSTT  ymr5  const.  ''3^,  ni'n^is  treas- 
ures const,  tiin^ix ,  U'li^  hands  const.  ''T ,  ni^  /^e«r^  const. 
inb ,  n^n  ^6T<2//^  const,  ri^n . 

a.  Kamets  preceding  the  accented  syllable  is  retained  (1)  when  it  has 
arisen  from  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  in  consequence  of  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  irnn  (for  TT-nn)  workman  const.  ti^r\.  ^-ns  (^'^s)  horse- 
man  const.  tJ-iQ,  nans  (nDris)  vail  const.  nDIQ,  mi£  fn'ms)  distress  const. 
rns ;  (2)  in  words  from  13!  and  "'S  roots.  D'^'n^  (from  i"'?)  cities  const,  "^n^, 
n'^xa  (from  S<i3)  coming  const.  ''N3;  (3)  under  a  prefixed  to  SS  roots, 
T(C^  (from  ~3D)  covering  const.  ~p^,  "(i^  (from  ',:J)  shield  const.  '3^, 
'ri:'7a  (from  ^yj)  fortress  const,  tis'^;  (4)  in  nb  derivatives  of  the  form 
mba  (I'rom  •^bj)  e.riVe  const,  riiibj,,  n^isn  meditation  const,  n^isn.  (5)  in  the 
construct  dual  and  plural  of  triliteral  monosyllables  or  Segholates  from 
ikh  and  H'b  roots,  ^':\Tf?  (from  "^nb)  cZ/ee/irs  const.  "'I^'rib,  Di';na  (from  "ins) 
fr/fis  const,  i^ns ,  c"'x::n  (from  xdn)  sms  const.  "'N^n  ;  (6)  in  the  follow- 
ing nouns  in  most  of  which  it  stands  immediately  before  or  after  a  guttural, 
§60.  3.  c,  nbx  curse,  ^^"^"^  cave,  nbi'n  conduit,  and  the  plurals,  "'xn^l'^ , 
•"iLnn,  "'33-^;d  Lev.  7:  SS.^-'NrjsijJ:,  "^x^"'^',  "'i'^'iti,  "^ra^,  ins^  2  Kin.  12:8, 
•'nb'^a  Ezek.'27:9,  ins-a  Job  34  :  25^  ^xnpTi'^,  '"^n::? 'EccIcs.  9:  1,  "^idin  . 

6.  Tsere  is  retained  in  words  in  which  it  is  commonly  represented  by 
the  vowel-letter  '^,  or  has  "^  quiescing  in  it,  bb"!?!  temple  const.  bDin,  and 
in  addition  in  the  following,  D12X  crib  const.  0^2S  ,  so  "iItn  girdle,  "liiX 
thread,  "^z:  foreign  land  const.  — C3,  tin^X  /oss  const.  nn:s  .  so  nSsx  Isa. 
58:10  darkness,  nana  jyoo/,  nn:a  Ex.  22:2  theft,  n£:>T3  plague,  n3E"73 
overthrow,  rinq-Q  Gen.  49 :  5  sword,  nDrs/q  molten-image,  nnn?3  Job  16:13 
g-a//,  n^-iy.  /ieap.  nxs  excrement,  T^ZiiV)  fg-tree.  ^r'n'in  deep  sleep,  and  the 
plurals  ■'pilN;.  vionrning  from  ni'iisx  (bi^5;),  so  "'^sn  desiring,  ■;'r7  s/eep- 
77ZO-,  "^n^'^  and  "^n^b  rejoicing,  "'nsd  forgetting,  ^ixT  wolves  from  cixT 
(3S1) ;  C'rl";  weary  becomes  ■'S^5';i  in  the  construct,  and  ts'iabs  escaped 
■'B-'bQ  .  ' 

c.  Hholem  is  rejected  from  the  syllable  before  the  accent  in  m':^"i5< 
const,  pi.  of  ■ji'i'ix  palace.  nibsDN  and  ri'^Dirx  const,  pi.  of  Vs'iTx  cluster, 
■i^isn  Cant.  4:5  and  "^ONn  Cant.  7:4  j;wn».9,  Tiia  from  niida  /??>/»- 
places,  see  ^214.  2.  6;  it  is  changed  to  u  in  ^3'3i?^  from  csbuia  treasures, 
comp.  ^88. 

d.  Medial  Vav  and  Yodh,  though  they  may  retain  their  consonantal 
power  in  the  absolute,  quiesce  in  Hholem  and  Tsere  in  the  construct,  "jn 
midst  const.  Tp'Pi,  riibp  cups  const,  niap,  nia  house  const,  r"'?.  nii^:.; 
fountains  const.  nirjJ,  x^a  valley  const.  X^a ,  pi.  rT"'i<a  ,  ^208.  3.  c,  const. 
PiS"'a  Ezek.  35:8.  Exceptions  are  rare,  bis  (according  to  Kimchi  bir) 
Ezek.  28:18  iniquity,  "'3*1^  Prov.  19:13  contentions  "iNn:J  Jiec/c  const. 
"1x5a  and  "^^Nii:! .  '  ' 

e.  A  few  nouns  of  the  forms  baj?,  bbp.  bbp  have  bl5f?  or  bujjr  in  the 
construct  instead  of  bi:p?,  ^61.  1.  6,  Tna  wall  const.  "I'lJ,  bn  robbery  const. 


4  ETYMOLOGY.  §21G 

^^?^  m'^t  i'^"V^  const.  T(":^. ,  lis  /imi'?/ const.  ^23  and  *^;:i3 ,  t^rs  shoulder 
const.  Cins,  "(tj:?  sHio/ce  const,  "li"?.  and  '"cb,  rbri  s/(/e  const,  sb^  and  rii; 
T|Tl^<  ^owg"  is  only  found  in  the  construct,  the  corresponding  absolute  was 
probably  "n"^*?  >  J'nis  helmet  simply  shil'ts  its  accent  in  the  construct,  S'nil) . 
On  the  other  hand,  wliile  most  Segholate  nouns  suffer  no  change  in  the 
construct,  a  few  adopt  the  form  '"^^^i  ^ID  chamber  const,  "i"!!!!,  "S"^^).  seed 
const,  once  ~y^T  Num.  11:7  elsewiiere  "^T,  ^XiZ  plant  const,  ri::  .  ")5b 
fcBtiis  const.  "iS',:: ,  3"50  sei"e?i  const,  r^'::: ,  y^sn  ?ii?2e  const.  i'CPi ;  in  like 
manner  blin  vanity  const.  t::n  . 

2,  When  this  rejection  occasions  an  inadmissible  concur- 
rence of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable, 
§61.1,  it  is  remedied  by  inserting  a  short  vowel  between 
them,  commonly  Hhirik,  unless  it  is  modified  by  the  presence 
of  gutturals,  bib^  tinkling  const,  bl^bs  for  bib^  ,  D-^nn^  loords 
const,  "^^y^  for  '^"in'^ ,  np'i:^  righteousness  const,  r^^^^r ,  pi. 
rip"!^  const,  fi'ip"!^,  HTani  ^,?«5if  const.  J^^na ,  D^i?Dn  ?ase 
const.  ^^DH  .  In  the  construct  plural  and  dual  of  Segholates, 
however,  the  vowel  is  frequently  regulated  by  the  character- 
istic vowel  of  the  singular  which  has  been  dropped,  comp. 
§208.2,  D^3b)3  from  i}^.  (^br)  kings  const,  ^ib^ ,  D^pni^ 
(t:nr)  trihes  const.  ^tpriC,  n^ii^a  (]nii)  threshing-floors  const. 
Tiina,  r'Enn  (ri'^n)  reproaches  const.  niEnn,  n^nb-i  (nb'ji 
or  T^)^})  futding  doors  const,  '^^bb'^,  yet  not  invariably  O'lby^ 
(b^icj) //fl;2f/^^;^/5  const.  ^b?izj,  t^-^^  trough  (pi.  M'npiD)  const. 
™p^.. 

a.  When  in  the  construct  plural  the  introduction  of  a  new  vowel  is 
demanded  by  the  concurrence  of  consonants,  the  syllable  so  formed  is  an 
intermediate  one,  so  that  the  following  Sh'va  is  vocal,  and  the  next  letter, 
if  an  aspirate,  does  not  receive  Daghesh-lene.  thus.  "^"1^7.  "'^^^ ,  riirb^, 
ri"id"in  not  '^•nbi.  "'3^73,  rinb'n.  r"'3-n,  §22.  a.  3.  Exceptions  are  infre- 
quent', as  P'nrs  Dent.  3 :  17.  "'fion  Lam.  3 :  22  but  ''■ipn  Ps.  89:  2,  ris"" 
Ps.  69:10,  "^cn-J  Ezek.  17:9,  "^bos  Gen.  42:25,  35'.  ''SO?  Lev.  23:18, 
-":;-c:r  Isa.  5  :  lb,  nrnir;:?  Neh.  4  : 7,  ^Si:;":  Cant.  8  :  6  but  -"'S^-n  Ps.  76 :  4.  In 
a  few  instances  Daghesh-forte  separative  is  inserted  to  indicate  more  dis- 
tinctly the  vocal  nature  of  the  Sh'va,  §24.5.  "';r^n  Isa.  57  : 6,  ^%p_  Lev. 
25:5,  "^is?  Isa.  58:3.  ■'i]53  Gen.  49:17,  ria;?:!  Ps.  89:  52,  n^i^^S  Prov. 
27  :  25,  or  compound  Sh'va  is  taken  instead  of  simple  for  the  same  reason, 
Pirpd  Gen.  30 :  C8.  The  presence  or  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the 
dual  construct  depends  upon  the  form  of  the  absolute,  thus  ''riSb  from 
C"rsb  //ps  but  ''S'^a  from  C';""^3  kvees.  When  the  concurring  con- 
Bonants  belong  to  different  syllables  a  new  vowel  is  not  needed  between 


^217  DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS.  245 

them;  one  is  sometimes  inserted,  however,  after  a  guttural,  "'S'^SiQ, 
rii-isa  but  niii-I-na.  In  the  opinion  of  Ewaid  "^UJli^a  Ezel<.  7  ;  24  is  lor 
'"r^p'O  irom  D-'Uf'^ip^  ,  and  rJJ^jDO  Ex.  26 :  23,  36 :'  28  for  ni'isp^a  ;  they 
may  be  better  explained,  however,  as  Piel  and  Puai  participles. 

b.  The  second  syllable  before  the  accent  rarely  undergoes  any  change. 
In  a  very  few  instances  Seghol  becomes  Hhirik  or  Pattahh,  the  pure 
vowels  being  reckoned  shorter  than  the  diphthongal,  comp.  §210.  e. 
rasiia  chariot  const.  n23i<3.  The  changes  in  ninb  flame  const,  n^hb 
pl.  nianb  const,  nianb,  cibra  coals  const,  "ibn^  are  due  to  the  influence 
of  the  proximate  vowels,  §63.  1;  those  in  •|i"'"n  vision  const.  *)i"'Tn ,  Pins 
coals  const,  rbnii  are  consequent  upon  the  dropping  of  Daghesh-forte, 
§61.  5;  that  in  cbn's  (from  bnx)  teiifs  const,  ""brix  arises  from  the  con- 
version  of  a  simple  into  an  intermediate  syllable,  §59. 


§  SIX-  The  following  table  of  the  declension  of  nouns 
will  sufficiently  exemplify  the  rules  which  have  been  given. 


Declension  of  IN'ouns. 

I.  Nouns  wliicJi  -suffer  a  cliange  in  the  vowels  only. 
\.     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  penult. 

Sing.    Ahs.       "ll^S^  master  Const.     "lll^S  Pl.  Ahs.  D"i5l5S:  Const.  iblJSS 

■jiniT  memorial  pSpT  t]^^npT  "'DlpT 

f  ^b/2  interpreter  p^'^  tl^i^bTO  ^^^^^ 

Masc.  bin^  great  Fern.  nb1l!\  Masc.  G'blTS  Feyn-  tli^iil^ 

T  T  : 

brjp^  Kal.  pass.  part.        Hb^tlj?  Q-'b'qtOp  ilii^tOp 

ii.     With  Tsere  in  the  ultimate. 

a.     Monosyllables. 

I  III 

Srao.    Als.  V;?  tree.  Const.      y^_        Pl.  Als.    ti^^lS^?  Const.    ^^5? 

h.     Polysyllables  having  pretonic  Kamets  in  the  penult. 

S:.w.     Abs.       lis  heavy  C'oMsi.  "lis  or  ^53      Pl.  ^&5.  Qi'l^S         Const.  "^^^"^ 
Masc.  tun"!,  dry       Fern,    n'©!!"'  Masc.  tj'^tlJl''        Fern.  fl'tU^'' 

c.     Polysyllables  having  any  other  vowel  than  Kamets  iu  the 

penult. 

'   .  .  I  I  ' 

Sing.     Ahs.    TO STi2?  judge.  Const.    tlSl©"    Pl-    ^6^.  QipSiJ        Cons ^.  ipStJ 

,  III  I 

Masc.  btOP  Kal.  Act. part.  Fem.Xiblb'^  or  tlbtOD  Masc.  D''bt3p       ^e'«-  ^IID "DP 

■■  )  T     :  I  I  V    V  I  •     :  I  I  :  11 

b-Jp.^  Piel  part.         Hb'tDp.^  or  tnbt^pT?         C^btSp^  tllitpp-^ 


DECLENSION   OF 

NOUNS. 

iii.     With  Kamets  in 

the  ultimate. 

Sing. 

Abs,           ti'i  fiali 

T 

1 
Const        y^ 

PL.  Abs.    ly^Tl 

•       T 

Cons?,     ^:\T 

1 

1^'^p)2  sancluary 

m'^ri 

t^Plp^ 

'^IP^ 

1 
"IH"^  word 

T      T 

^^1 

■  T     r 

'i^'^ 

155?  cloud 

1^? 

^'Pt? 

"'DD:? 

iib  heart 

T    *• 

nib 

Q-^nnb 

*    T  : 

^^;> 

Masc.     WDTI  "^se 

T     T 

Fern.    n^DH 
T  T  -: 

Masc. 

Q'^?n 

1 

bt5D!D  Niph.  part. 
T  )  :  • 

nbtopD  or  nbi:p5 

T   T  1 :  •             V    V  1  :  • 

•    T  ) :   • 

nib^p? 

iv 

.     With  final  n.,. 

Sing. 

1 

Abs.     ni!^"l73    appearance 

co»s(.  n5ii:l^ 

Pl,    Abs 

.  D^2>5"!7? 

Const.  "'iSJ'l^i 

1 
^^?r   reed 

npp 

^^pp. 

'? 

1 

Masc      T\B^    fair 

V    T 

1 

Fem.     nC 

T    T 

1 

Fem.  t^iSi 

T 

V.     Segholates. 

Sisa. 

Abs.        Tjb^S  king 

Const,     tlb^b 

PL,     ^6s, 

tD^ibTa 

*    T       t 

Consf,    i:Db)3 
„ .   - 

1 
"lilD  covert 

^DP 

*  T     ; 

^^.OP 

.  1 
S^5?  strougth 

tD|i 

•    T  t: 

b3>n  lord 

b?i 

n^b3?n 

1 
Jn)2  death 

V    T 

rii?3 

c^rii'^ 

■"iiro 

1 

*jn3J  eye 

r? 

Dual. 

^^5'?. 

^i^3? 

b!i"l  foot 
•*  • 

b;>i 

i^i)?^ 

'Jr. 

Itii  ear 

1t^ 

•  -  ;  T 

••  ;  T 

II.     Nouns  wldcli  douUe  their  final 

I  consonant. 

SiNO. 

1 

^^s.        ^^"^  camel 

T     T 

Cows;;.     ^^?^ 

Pl.   Abs. 

^4^'} 

Const,   ^bm 

1 

"|5  garden 

?- 

0^33 

■   'b 

pn  statute 

pn 

Q-ipn 

"pn 

1 
-|t2J  tooth 

i^. 

Dual. 

DlStp 

'5W 

1 

"'"iZi^  Hebrew 

^■i:;:?  pl.  D^Hns^oi 

■  G^n^S? 

"r.^^ 

246 


DECLENSION   OF   NOUNS. 


Masc.       ItOp  small 

.  I 
'pyyS  deep 

lltJ  fresh 


Fern.  nSpp     PL.  Ma^c.  tD^StDj?         Fern.  illSpp 

np^5?  tD^p^^?.  rn'p)33?. 

n^nt:  Qi'intD  rii^-it: 


III.     Other  nouns  suffer  no  change. 

Sing.     ^&s.  "©qSp^  garment      Const.  "ttJ^lnb)?  PL- ^^^f.  Q^tp^lSb)?  Const.  "''©^Sb!'? 

I  I  I 

Masc.   iitO  good  Fern.    M^I'D  -^«s«-   Q^lHltO     -^'ew^-      illnlti 

T  • 

b^pp^  Hiph.  part.  nb^pp)2  or  ribip^    Q'b^Pp^    i^ii^Pp^ 

JSFoims  ivith  the  feminine  ending  M^. 

i.     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  penult. 

I  III 

Sing.    Abs.        TTX^  fisli         Const.  'Z\y^    Pl.  Abs.        fll^^       Cohs^.     fllt^'^ 

T    T  —      ;  T  : 

nipp  vengeance  Jn?;p5  iTliTip?  S^l^ip? 

ni:^  counsel  tk:!.  nii?  mis', 

nsiu  lip  nsiu  ^^^^-     t]\"i&tD  ^'nsb 

T  T  -    :  •  -    T   :  ••    :    ■ 

ii.     From   Segholates. 
I  I  I  I 

Sing.     Ahs.    5l3b?3  queen       Const.        il3b)2    Pl-  ^^s.    JnlDb^'^    C'ows^-     lnlDb?3 

nnno  covert  tnnno  ninno         mSno 

T  ;     •  ~    ;     *  T    ;  ;     • 

n?2:23'  strength  t^m^  niir^i?         inl^i:^:? 

T     ;    T  -     :     T  T   t:  ;     t 

iii.     All  others. 

I  III 

Sing.     Ahs.        flSy  garden        Const.  Jl3!\    ^^  ^^■*-         fllSii       ^o^sf.     fTJS^ 

n:?^T2Ji  salvation  tii^t^^  nii^ti)"'.         nli^©^. 

Nouns  with  the  feminine  eliding  in. 
I  III 

Sing.  Ahs.'^'^yy^y^  observance Consf.Jn'n^D'©^  Vl.  Abs.  rill^DllJ^  Cojisf.  ini-|?2t2J!0 

npir  sucker  tnppv  tnipsi"',  J^ipp"', 

nb^b-i  skull  ^'^i'?'^  ^"^^^^^  ^■'"^^r^ 

...  •   ■ •  1 ' " ■  I     ' 

n^nni?  Hebrew-woman       ^^^^3?  i^l''"!.^?  Til^'^llni'' 

n^Db^D  kingdom  n^5b)2  M^DbD  nl^sbrs 


247 


248  ETYMOLOGY.  ^218,219 


Paragogic  Vowels. 

§  3+8*.  The  termination  ■• .  or  i  is  sometimes  added  to 
nomis  in  the  construct  singular,  §61.  G,  "'ba  Gen.  49  :  11  for 
•ja,  Ticbia  Isa.  1  :  21  for  rkhi2 ,  ^ni'n  Lam.  1:1  for  nan, 
'iS-'ST^^  Ps.  113:6  for  b^sii'Ta,  in^n  Gen.  1:24  for  n^in. 
This  occurs  chiefly  in  poetry  and  is  regarded  as  an  archaism. 
These  vowels  for  the  most  part  receive  the  accent,  and  com- 
monly occasion  the  rejection  of  Pattahh  or  Tsere  from  the 
ultimate. 

a.  Examples  of  this  antique  formation  of  the  construct  are  likewise 
preserved  in  proper  names,  as  pn^"^S^'2  Melchizedek,  nbciP2  Methuselah. 
Respecting  the  origin  of  these  vowel  endings,  see  §  198.  a  (4). 

XA^[  §-S+9T  1.  The  unaccented  vowel  n^  added  to  nouns  in- 
dicates motion  or  direction  towards  a  place,  M2is|  no?ihvard, 
na^b  southward,  Ts^q'fc^'ib  heavenward,  nn^an  to  the  house, 
olicov'Be,  THnr^  to  the  mountain,  w\\(sncQ  it  is  called  He  directive 
or  He  local.  The  subsidiary  vowel  of  Segholates  is  rejected 
before  this  ending,  ^QQ.  2  (1),  but  other  vowels  are  mostly 
unaffected,  nnK  from  T^ ,  mn^  from  Ylk ,  ^7^  from  na^?3 , 
nn3'^'a  1  Kin.  19  :  15  from  the  construct  stato  "la*'?. 

a.  He  directive  is  appended  to  the  adverb  D'J  there,  H72ui  thither,  and 
to  the  adjective  ^""^n  profane  in  the  peculiar  phrase  T'h'^bn  ad  profanuni 
i.e.  be  it  far  from,  etc.  It  is  rarely  used  to  indicate  relations  of  time, 
na^iii  C3''52^'a  1  Sam.  1  :  3  from  days  to  days  i.  e.  yearly.  TW'b'^h'q  Ezek, 
21  :  19 /or  the  third  time,  nri35  7iow  prop,  at  {this)  time.  For  the  sake  of 
greater  force  and  definiteness  a  preposition  denoting  direction  is  some- 
times prefixed  to  words,  which  receive  this  ending,  so  that  the  latter 
becomes  in  a  measure  superfluous,  i^^"^^  trpwards.  ntsrb  downwards, 
nnnirib  2  Chron.  31  :  14  to  the  east,  nbixc^  Ps.  9 :  18  fo  Slieol  comp.  aTro 

b.  Tlie  ending  ti^  rarely  receives  the  accent  nrt'i'ra  Deut.  4:41;  in 
D1X    ni'ns    it   receives   in   some  editions   an  alternate   accent,   $42.  a,  in 

'■•'TV-  ^  )        i  , 

others  the  secondary  accent  Metiiegli.  §33.  1.  a.  In  fnnn  Gen.  14:  10  and 
n;TiQ  a  is  changed  toe  before  this  endin<T.  §63.  1,  in  n:n'n  Ezek.  25:  13, 
ti'^i  1  Sam.  21  :  2  the  vowel  of  the  ending  is  itself  changed  to  e. 

c.  He  directive  is  probably  to  be  traced  to  the  same  origin  with 
the  definite  article  n,   vvhose  demon«trative  force  it  shares.      The  syl- 


§220  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  249 

lable  n  is  prefixed  to  a  noun  to  single  out  a  particular  thing  from  all 
others  oC  liUe  kind  as  the  object  of  attention.  Appended  to  a  word  ila 
weak  guttural  would  be  rejected  and  its  vowel  prolonged  to  n  ,  §53.3; 
and  in  this  form  it  is  added  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  object  or  direction  of 
motion,  and  to  verbs  to  indicate  the  object  of  desire,  §97.  1.  In  Chaldee 
this  appended  vowel  forms  what  is  called  the  emphatic  state,  and  has  the 
sense  of  the  definite  article,  Ty^'O  king,  •^3^'?  or  i^sbr:  the  king. 

2.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  nouns,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  for  the  purpose  of  softening  the  termina- 
tion without  affecting  the  sense,  ^Gl.  6. 


Nouns  with  Suffixes. 
*U     . 

^  22b.  The  pronominal  sufRxes,  whose  forms  are  given 
§72,  are  appended  to  nouns  in  the  sense  of  possessive  pro- 
nouns, "i)  hand,  "h^^  my  hand,  etc.  They  suffer,  in  conse- 
quence, the  following  changes,  viz  : 

1.  Of  the  suffixes,  which  begin  with  a  consonant,  ^ ,  DD , 
15  of  the  second  person  are  connected  with  nouns  in  the  sin- 
gular by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  ^3  of  the  first  person  plural  and  ^ 
of  the  second  fem.  singular  by  Tsere,  and  ^n ,  n ,  d  ,  "j  of 
the  third  person  by  Kamets ;  ^n^  is  invariably  contracted  to 
i  ,  rarely  written  tr,  §  62. 1,  and  n,  to  f^, ,   §  101.  2. 

o.  There  is  one  example  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  before  the  full  form 
of  tiie  prorjoun,  N."'h  "b"'  her  days  Nah.  2:  9. 

b.  First  person:  ID  is  in  a  few  instances  preceded  by  Kamets,  iirnynb 
Ruth  3:2,  «r-^p  Job22:20. 

Second  person.  The  final  vowel  of  ?]  is  occasionally  expressed  by  the 
vowel  letter  n ,  nbi"'  Ex.  13  :  16,  ni^arn  Jer.  29:  25.  In  pause  ihe  Sh'va 
before  ?^  becomes  Seghol.  §65,  !"('^=?  Gen.  33:5,  :n=S3  Ps.  139:5,  or 
Kamets  may  be  inserted  as  a  connecting  vowel,  particularly  after  nouns 
in  n_,  whereupon  the  final  Kamets  is  dropped  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  like  sounds.  r,;n  Ps.  53:6.  In  the  feminine  the  connecting  vowel  e 
is  rarely  written  "^ ,  ""^rdbp  Ezek.  5:  12;  "'.,  which  belongs  to  the  full 
form  of  the  pronoun,  §71.  a  (2).  is  sometimes  added  1o  the  suffix.  "'rrrT 
Jer.  11:15,  "siina  Ps.  116:  19.  •'2^\i:d  2  Kin.  4:7  K'thibh,  where  the  KVi 
has  ""^"i^'r  •  Sometimes  tlie  "distinction  of  gender  is  neglected  in  the  plural 
and  C3  is  used  in  place  of  the  feminine  "3.  Di"^"?*.  Gen.  31:9.  -=.j]5<, 
cb-'rba  Jer.  9: 19;  n^  is  sometimes  added  to  the  leminine  eufiix  as  to  the 
full  pronoun,  njira?  Ezek.  23:49. 


250  ETYMOLOGY.  §220 

Third  person.  The  connecting  vowel  before  in  and  fn  is  occapionally 
e.  ins-^rb  Gen.  1:12.  Wirsb-^B  Judg.  9:24.  inib  Nah.  1:13,  inniit  Job 
25:3.  so  lny"i  from  ^"i  and  1'"i2?n^  from  'Sy^_  and  ti-equently  with  nouns  in 
"... ,  ^'^ky^  ti"d  n^""^  '''■o™  ^kn"^:  ^^'^,  from  nnb,  inino,  inkp? ;  e  does 
not  occur  before  the  plural  D  unless  it  is  represented  by  the  vowel-letter 
•>  in  Dinn::T:a  2  Chron.  34:5  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  has  cninaT^  ;  it  is 
once  found  in  the  fern,  plural  njanp  Gen.  41:21.  The  Ibrm  n"  in  the 
masc.  sing,  is  commonly  reckoned  an  archaism,  n'bnx  Gen.  12:8,  nH^d 
Ps.  42:9.  nSs  Jer.  2:21.  so  several  times  in  the  K'thibh  m^y,  nmo  Gen. 
49:11,  nnxinn  Ex.  22:4,  nnx'.DD  Ex.  22:26,  n:02  Lev.  23:13,  nu3bTr! 
2  Kin.  9:25,  nnxi-n  Ezek.  48:  18,  where  the  K'ri  in  each  instance  sub- 
stitutes i.  In  a  few  instances  the  consonant  is  rejected  from  the  femi- 
nine, n  being  retained  simply  as  a  vowel-letter;  where  this  occurs  it  is 
commonly  indicated  in  modern  editions  of  the  Bible  by  Raphe.  ""^^''^U  Lev. 
13:4.  nx::n  Num.  15:28,  or  by  a  Masoretic  note  in  the  margin,  nrirx 
Isa.  23:17.  18  for  Piszns;  once  K  is  substituted  for  n.  n^s  Ezek.  36:5. 
The  longer  forms  of  the  plural  suffi.xes  nri .  ',n  are  rarely  affixed  to  nouns 
in  the  singular,  in-nnb  Gen.  21:28,  "na^Ta  Ezek.  13:17,  "tirl^u:  Ezek. 
16:53,  or  with  the  connecting  vowel  Kametu,  cn^s  2  Sam.  23:6,  or  with 
n^  appended,  "JH^S  1  Kin.  7:37,  nanbipi  Ezek.  16:53.  The  vowel  n^  is 
also  sometimes  added  to  the  briefer  form  of  the  fem.  plural,  HDiab  Gen. 

ji  r  '        T  T  -  : 

21:29,  n:33  Gen.  42:36.  The  distinction  of  gender  is  sometimes  ne- 
glected in  the  plural,  D  or  CH  being  used  for  the  feminine,  cbs  Cant. 
4:2,  6:6  for  1^3,  cri-'n':  Job  1  :  14  for  ^^^^^ 

c.  The  nouns  -X  father,  nx  brother,  nc  month  take  the  endinor  "^  be- 
fore  suffixes,  as  they  do  likewise  in  the  construct  state,  ^"^^X ,  n3"'^X  ;  "'.  of 
the  first  person  coalesces  with  this  vowel,  "^x.  T'^j  "^^  '""id  '''"'  of  the 
third  person,  commonly  becomes  1  §62.2,  I'^SN.  1'^nx,  T^B  more  frequent 
than  I.T'ix,  in-'nx,  !|.T'D.  In  ra  Zeph.  2:9  the  vowel-letter  "^  of  the 
first  person  suffix  is  dropped  after  the  final  "^  of  the  noun. 

2.  The  masculine  plural  termination  D"".  and  the  dual 
D''.  are  changed  to  "*..  before  suffixes  as  in  the  construct  state ; 
the  same  vowel  is  likewise  inserted  as  a  connective  between 
suffixes  and  feminine  plural  nouns,  §214.  2.  3.  This  '',.  re- 
mains unchanged  before  the  plural  suffixes  ;  but  before  Tj  the 
second  masc.  singular  and  n  third  fem.  singular  it  becomes 
'^.. ,  and  before  tlie  remaining  suffixes  the  diphthongal  voAvel 
is  resolved  into  "^ . ,  which  combined  with  "> .  the  first  singular 
forms  "'. ,  with  1\  the  second  feminine  ^?. ,  and  with  in  the 
third  masculine  T*^ ,   §02.2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  suffixes  are  appended  to  feminine  plurals 
without  the  vowel  "'..or  its  modifications,  '^rbnpi  2  Kin.  6:8  lor  "'rinn, 
■'nnjs  Ps.  132: 12  for  ^hiv,  ^ri^-q  Deuf.  28:59  for  ^^rj^^,  Tibi-'nN  Ezek. 


§  221  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  251 

1(3:52  for  "T^ni^ns.  cninx  and  crfrn'^x  ,  crhix  Ps.  74:4,  nhxtsn  ,  tininnn, 
cnnaiia,  orhs^.  On  the  other  hand,  suffixes  proper  to  plural  nouns  are 
occasionally  appended  to  feminine  nouns  in  the  f^ingular.  perhaps  to  indi- 
cate that  they  are  used  in  a  plural  or  collective  sense,  "i^nOTsri  Lev.  5:  24, 
r^h^nn  Ps.  9: 15,  n-'njtJb  Ezek.  35: 11,  TC^:i?.  Isa.  47  :  13. 

6.  The  vowel-letter  "^  is  not  infrequently  omitted  after  plural  and  dual 
nouns,  rp-\-i  Ex.  33:13  for  Tj-'i?.^'^ ,  oin^  Ps.  134:2  for  ci-'-i'^,  iniB  Ex. 
32:19  K't'hibh  (K'ri  Ti^^^),  "n^r  ]  Sam.  18;22  K'lhibh  (K'ri  T'^t?), 
cni^ia  Gen.  10:5  for  tan'^^ia,  'I'l^bn  Gen.  4:4  for  ininbr). 

c.  Second  person.  The  vowel  "^^  remains  unchanged  before  the  fern. 
.■sing.  T)  in  Ti"^^ax  Ecci.  10  :  17  and  with  n  appended  :  nsDxb^  Nah.  2:  14. 
Sometimes,  as  in  the  full  pronoun,  "'_  is  appended  to  the  fern.  sing,  suffix 
and  n  to  the  plural,  : -^i-^w^iibnn  Ps.  103:3,  tia-^^n  ver.  4,  nDiirinD3 
Ezek.  13:20. 

Third  person.  The  uncontracted  form  of  the  masc.  sing,  ^irr^  occurs 
in  ^-i^nisj  Nah.  2:4  for  iiniaa ,  Jini'i''  Hab.  3:10.  ^n-'i^s  Job  24:23: 
ehu  =  aihu  by  transposition  of  the  vowels  becomes  auhi  =  okl  \'7'i  which 
is  found  once  "^niPTOsn  Ps.  116: 12,  and  is  the  ordinary  form  of  this  suffix 
in  Chaldee.  The  final  a  of  the  fem.  sing,  is  once  represented  by  X, 
5<'7"'fe''r'?  Ezek.  41:  15.  In  a  few  instances  n^  is  appended  to  the  plural 
of  either  gender,  n^Jn'-bs  Ezek.  40:16,  nsn-^r^sis  Ezek.  1:11,  and  i  to 
the  abbreviated  masc.  D,  i^"'n'bx  Deut.  32  :'37,  'i»"'n3T  ver.  38,  i5a"'B3  Job 
27:23;  in^3Q  Ps.  11:7. 

3.  The  suffixes  thus  modified  are  as  follows,  viz. : 

Appended  to  singulab.  plural. 

Ic.       2w.     2/       3  TO.      3/. 

^3       U2      ID        D         1 


^r    D5^   \T  urr  'p>^ 


Ic.    2  m.    2/   Sm.    3/ 
Sing.  Nouns       ^^      ^       ^        1     H^ 

Dual  and      )   ^      S^     tT^    I''     Tl^ 
Plur.  Nouns    (     -    ^  ...    M--   '  r    'r'  ... 

§  221k  Certain  changes  likewise  take  place  in  nouns  re- 
ceiving suffixes,  which  arise  from  the  disposition  to  shorten 
words,  which  are  increased  at  the  end,  ^6Q.  1.  These  are 
as  follows,  viz. : 

1.  The  grave  suffixes,  §72,  03,  "jD,  on,  in  shorten  the 
nouns,  to  which  they  are  attached,  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent.  Before  them,  therefore,  nouns  of  both  genders  and 
all  numbers  take  the  form  of  the  construct,  ^i^  /tearf,  oinnb 
^^/oitr  heart,    lO^^l?  their  hearts;    nsir  I'q:)  du.    oH'^riDTS   pi. 

a.  en  6Zood  becomes  csr'n  and  *i^  hand  cbi*^. 


252  ETYMOLOGY,  ^221 

2.  Feminine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  take  the 
construct  form  before  the  light  suffixes  likewise,  with  the  ex- 
ception that  in  the  singular  the  ending  ri_  becomes  n^  in 
consequence  of  the  change  from  a  mixed  to  a  simple  syllable, 
§  59,  nsi^  lip,  ihsii;  Us  lip,  nnsia  their  lip,  TJ:}'iJ^sip  thy  lips, 
vn^rm  his  lips. 

a.  If  the  construct  has  a  Segholate  form  it  will  experience  the  change 
indicated  in  5,  n^i^J^^  const.  Tbhpr'9.  suf.  inbcriTD .  If  two  consonants 
have  coalesced  in  the  final  letter,  it  will  receive  Daghesh-forte  agreeably 
to  6,  iP3  from  n3,  innx  from  nis,  :^nr373  1  Sam.  16: 15  from  the  fem. 
of  n?5a,  §205.6. 

b.  In  a  few  exceptional  instances  the  absolute  form  is  preserved  before 
eufRxes,  "'nb^J  Isa.  26:19  from  ni:33  but  Tinbns,  inb^S:  •'hs"'  Cant.  2:10 
from  ns"'  const.  nE"' ;  so  "^rbx ,  mnna  ,  Trnni ,  Diiini>3a  but  const. 
niyad,  comp.  cn-^y-Q  const,  ly^. 

3.  Masculine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  on  receiv- 
ing hght  suffixes  take  the  form  which  they  assume  before  the 
absolute  plural  termination,  sib  heart,  "O.'^  my  heart,  ^^^, 
thy  heart,  iS'^nnb  our  hearts. 

a.  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  is  shortened  to  Hhirik  or  Seghol  before  T^, 
CD,  ID,  e.  g.  t;33,  niirniTTa,  obb^^,  or  with  a  guttural  to  Pattahh,  T^:3ln5<, 
csbxa,  though  with  occasional  exceptions,  'rj:::2S  Isa.  22:21,  ^TibiJ 
1  Sam.  21:3,  ^5*03  from  N03.  Before  other  suffixes  it  is  rejected  ft-om 
some  monosyllables,  which  retain  it  in  the  plural,  ico  from  DUJ  plur. 
m'TStti,  iia  l>om  'it  plur.  D-'ia  but  "^ia,  rj;;?,  "^rn,  T}r;i.  ' 

4.  Dual  nouns  retain  before  light  suffixes  the  form  which 
they  have  before  the  absolute  dual  termination,  '^ris'©  my  lips, 
"^Ttysw  our  lips,  "^bys  my  ears,  ^s'^iiTX  our  ears;  D'^'i'^j?  and 
0*?'?"^)?  horns,  1"'5'i|?  and  1''5'^)?  his  horns. 

5.  Segholate  nouns  in  the  dual  and  plural  follow  the 
preceding  rules,  but  in  the  singular  they  assume  before  all 
suffixes,  whether  light  or  grave,  their  original  monosyllabic 
form  as  before  the  feminine  ending  n^ ,  §208,  ^^^b  kiny, 
"liib^a  my  kiny,  02 sb"??  your  kiny ;  "jtfi?  ear,  "'itij  my  ear ;  in 
like  manner  nipbi""  sucker,  irijpai;'  his  sucker. 

a.  When  the  first  radical  has  Hholem  in  the  absolute,  Hhateph-Kamcts 
or  Kamets-Hhacuph  is  sometimes  given  to  the  second  radical  before  sui- 


§222  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES,  253 

fixes,  il3S;Q  and  fpys  from  ^rs.  ^^'-^l^  Hos.  13:14,  with  Daghesh-forte 
separative!  i^s;;?  Eze'k.  26:9.  ""h^  '\  Kin.  12:10,  'i%D  Isa.  9:3,  iisD 
Jer.  4:7;  n32  garment  has  "insa,  "i-isa  instead  of  "i-n::}  ,  Tn^a. 

b.  Middle  Yodh  and  Vav  mostly  quiesce  in  e  and  o  before  suffixes,  '>5"'S 
from  *)';'?  eye.  "^ni'Ci  from  n;;ri  deulh;  hut  nn'S  Gen.  49:11  from  'i'^b 
young  ass,  iniO  Isa.  10:  17  from  nyiJ  t/iorn,  iiS^S  Ezek.  18:26,  33: 13  from 
h^s  iniquily. 

c.  Triliteral  monosyllables  sometimes  shift  their  vowel  from  the  second 
radical  to  the  first,  tlius  assuming  the  same  (brm  with  Segholates,  comp, 
§184.  a.  •'ira'n  from«Ji^,  '^as'r  from  ci'::.  but  *iir-i3  from  bn3 ;  r^-^is  from 
1^3  :  •'^"iB  ,  Ti-'iQ  ,  Di-^ns  .  o'^'nQ  but  nhi-iQ  from  "^nB  ;  i-^aiy  ,  n"'Si!J  but 
c5-'3'r  fi-om  -liJ.  By  a  like  transposition  C3E5S  Ezek.  36:8  is  for  tsoBJS 
from  535 . 

f/.  The  noun  "iii.;5t  blessedness,  which  only  occurs  in  the  plural  con- 
struct and  with  suffixes,  preserves  before  all  suffixes  the  construct  (brm, 

:;"'nax ,  Tinrx  not  n-inax ,  i-'-'im  . 

6.  Nouns  in  whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have 
coalesced,  or  which  double  their  final  letter  in  the  plural, 
§207.  2,  receive  Daghesh-forte  likewise  before  suffixes,  the 
vowel  of  the  ultimate  being  modified  accordingly,  "^h^  and 
•^T^  from  ry  (root  Try),  nina  from  ni  (n:?),  niins  from 
•jin^  (pi.  Q"^3:nN). 

a.  3;':3i?  lattice^  ^'?!"i3  garden,  -iiil"2  refuge,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
plural,  take  Daghesh-forte  before  suffixes;  ri2':3  has  in  the  plural  mnao 
but  before  suffixes  inailJ,  DDFiad;    "3  (root    "jir)  6«se  has  *iS3,   i:3 . 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  final  liquid  is  repeated  instead  of  being 
doubled  by  Daghesh,  comp.  §207.  2.  a.  •'"i'ln  Jer.  17:3,  ■'nnn  Ps.  30:8, 
Dnnn  Gen.  14:6  from  ih ;  l^bs  Job  40:22  and  "^S  from  hk';  rA^  Ezek. 
16:4  and  Tl"!"!^  Cant.  7:3.  Once  Daghesh-forte  is  resolved  by  the  in- 
sertion of  3,  ri-'-iVJiz  Isa.  23:11  for  r.i.Tr-Q,  §54.3. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  n.  drop  this  vowel  before  suffixes 
as  before  the  plural  terminations,  §209.1,  trw  feld  ''lin, 
Ti7i2 ,  .ilis  ;  nbj?)3  cattle  ?13]5^ . 

a.  The  vowel  e  commonly  remains  as  a  connecting  vowel  before  suf- 
fixes of  the  third  person  singular,  §220.  1.  b;  and  in  a  few  instances  the 
radical  "^  is  restored,  giving  to  singular  nouns  the  appearance  of  being 
plural,  n-'irS'  Isa.  22:11,  rpv^tya  Hos.  2 :  16,  Cin^tJIJ  Isa.  42:5,  niij  sheep 
becomes  i'^'O  or  in^'CJ. 

§  22\  The  following  examples  of  nouns  with  suffixes 
will  sufficiently  illustrate  the  preceding  rules  : 


Paradigm  of  Nouns  with  Suffixes. 


Singular. 

heart       ^!hb    king       Tjb'b    queen     tl'2b'2      hand     T^ 

comt.  nib  'nb7j  nsb/j  r 


Sing.  1  c.   my 

il 

^3bl2 

•  1   ■" 

(C 

"h3b:j 

•  T  ;  — 

•  T 

2  m.  thy 

!  :  it: 

u 

'^sb^ 

u 

^r^2b-^ 

ni: 

2/.   thy 

V:i^ 

ii 

■^5^'^ 

u 

^r)?^-5 

t: 

3  m.  his 

iizb 

ii, . 

ii;b:j 

11 

ihsbTj 

T  :  — 

i-r 

T 

3/   her 

ninb 

T  T  : 

ii 

nsb:j 

u 

nh3b:j 

ft;   — 

TT 

Plur.  1  c.    our 

^:i:ib 

*•  T  ; 

u 

^-?^'^ 

u 

^:h3b7^ 

••T 

2  m.  your 

nb^^"? 

u 

t2isb:j 

(I 

Qin|b-^ 

DbT 

2/.    your 

"p-^b 

Li, 

1?3^'^ 

u 

l^n?^^ 

15": 

3  m.  their 

Dn::b 

U 

Dib-j 

T  :  — 

u 

T  r  :  — 

TT 

3/    their 

pnb 

(1. 

■jSb^a 

(r  ;  — 

u 

)  TT  :  - 

'q: 

Plural.  Dual. 

hearts   D^il^b   kings  Wt'b°2   queens  niib'J    hands  Wl"' 

Const.  -nnb  ^ibtj  niib^j  ^i^ 


AS'in.^.  1  c.  my 

-iinb 

—  r  : 

u 

^ib-^ 

—  r    ; 

(1 

^nibb^j 

11 

— T 

2  TO.  thy 

^-inb 

u 

n-?V^ 

11 

T^^^"^ 

11 

Ti: 

2/   thy 

x^i^ 

u 

T^^J? 

a 

^;^ni::b:a 

11 

Tr 

3  TO.  his 

rh2b 

11 

T  T    : 

11 

rhisb-:) 

T        :  — 

11 

TT 

3/.   her 

?^'^^"? 

l( 

11 

rrt\^±'2 

11 

n^l^ 

Plur.  1  c.   our 

iij^inb 

••  T  : 

u 

rj^bb-2 

"  T   : 

11 

^]-niDb^^ 

u 

2  TO.  your 

D^-nnb 

u 

05'?^^ 

11 

Di-r\i5b-.2 

11 

dD^n;^ 

2/.   your 

■i^nnb 

11 

l^'^^'i? 

11 

p^niijbtj 

1  V      ••      1  .    — 

u 

"5'T 

3  TO.  their 

t^^i"?^^ 

11 

nri^3b*a 

11 

Dn-ri5b7j 

11 

Dn'n^ 

3/.    their 

"iT^^^ 

u 

•|n-5b:a 

11 

in^nibb:^ 

1  V     ••     1  :  - 

11 

WT 

254 


§223 


NUMERALS. 


255 


Numerals. 

§22^.  1.  The  Hebrew  numerals  (isOTsn  ni^ir)  are  of 
two  kinds,  cardinals  and  ordinals.  The  cardinals  from  one 
to  ten  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


Masculine. 

Feminink. 

Ahsol. 

Constr 

^&so?. 

Constr. 

One 

T    V 

lfi« 

nn^5 

nn« 

Two 

D-3"i' 

^Dir 

D;np 

"P'lj 

Three 

HTboJ 

T       ; 

nujB-aJ 

T 

irjboj 

Four 

T    r  :   — 

n^nn^ 

^3-1^ 

^'^7^^ 

Five 

1  • 

ft   (UJ^^J   \ 
T    •  -: 

r^'^'^n 

•     1 
-•    T 

TT'bn 

Six 

T      • 

■jjiD' 

•cis 

Seven 

t"   :    * 

n^TJ 

•    ^"^"^ 

rnir 

Eight 

T         : 

nib'jp 

nib^ 

Nine 

ft  i^o^FI 

r     ;     • 

rjirn 

rjjn 

j-irn 

Ten 

T   T  -; 

'n^ib? 

^'^? 

^bi? 

a.  IPX  is  for  'inx .  §63.  t.  a;  the  Seghol  returns  to  Pattahh  from 
which  it  has  arisen,  upon  tiie  shortening  of  the  following  Kainels  in  the 
construct  and  in  the  feminine,  rns  for  Pins ,  i^bi.  2,  hut  in  pause  rnx; 
nnx  occurs  in  the  ahsolute  in  Gen.  48 ':  22.  2  Sam.  17:32,  Isa.  27^12, 
Ezek.  33  :  30,  Zech.  11 :  7,  and  once  nn  Ezek.  33  :  30.  The  plural  D'^'inx^ 
is  also  in  use  in  the  sense  of  one.  Gen.  11:1,  Ezek.  37  :  17,  or  some.  Gen, 
27  :  44,  29  :  20.     Comp.  Span.  unos. 

C^irilL'  is  for  DTJli ;  for  the  Daghesh  in  n  see  §22.6;  this  is  once 
omitted  after  Daghesh-forte,  '^h'^t-a  Judg.  16  :  28. 

A  dual  form  is  given  to  some  of  the  units  to  denote  repetition,  C';'rir3*;!X 
fourfold,  W'h'S^'ZiC  sevenfold. 

nyar  occurs  once  with  a  paragogic  syllahle,  !^2"-^  Job  42:  13,  and 
once  with  a  sulfix  in  the  form  cnrnd  2  Sam.  21  :  9  K'ri. 

2.  In  all  the  Semitic  languages  the  cardinals  from  three 
to  ten  are  in  form  of  the  singular  number,  and  have  a  femi- 
nine termination  when  joined  to  masculine  nouns,  but  omit 
it  when  joined  to  feminine  nouns.     The  explanation  of  this 


256 


ETYMOLOGY. 


^224,225 


curious  phenomenon  appears  to  be  that  they  are  properly  col- 
lective nouns  like  triad,  decad,  and  as  such  of  the  feminine 
gender.  With  masculine  nouns  they  appear  in  their  primary 
form,  with  feminine  nouns,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  they 
undergo  a  change  of  termination. 

a.  An  analoorous  anomaly  meets  us  in  this  same  class  of  words  in  Indo- 
European  tongues.  Tiie  Sanskrit  cardinals  from^ue  to  tev^  though  they 
aoree  in  case  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  belong,  are  in  form  of  the 
neuter  o-ender  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  they  are  of 
the  sintTular  number.     In  Greek  and  Latin  they  are  not  declined. 

^22^.  The  cardinals  from  eleven  to  nineteen  are  formed 
by  combining  '^'S  or  nnil):^  modifications  of  the  numeral 
ten  with  the  several  units,  those  which  end  in  'r^^  preserving 
the  absolute  form  and  the  remainder  the  construct.     Thus, 


Eleven 

Twelve 

Thirteen 

Fourteen 

Fifteen 

Sixteen 

Seventeen 

Eighteen 

Nineteen 


Feminine. 

^■^'^^ 

rtv!^ 

»^^*^? 

'^^1 

""i^J?: 

D"n-^" 

rr^'ir:^ 

"n-^p 

»^^'^? 

t^t 

nViry 

y%^)^ 

»^^'^? 

^'fen 

»^"]^'? 

^"ij 

^6^<, 

"bii 

i^^'l?? 

nibiD 

rr^^y 

j'Tzin 

a.  The  origin  of  "^^1:3?,  the  alternate  of  ins  in  the  number  eleven^  is 
obscure.  R.  Jona  thinks  it  to  be  an  abbreviation  for  I'C?  "^riu:  is  next  to 
twelve.  Comp.  Lat.  wideviginti,  nineteen.  Kimchi  derives  it  from  Tcv 
to  think,  ten  being  reckoned  upon  the  fingers,  and  eleven  the  first  nuhiber 
w^jiich  is  mentally  conceived  beyond. 

■iirs  rrrn  ffleen  occurs  Judg.  8 :  10,  2  Sam.  19 :  18,  and  ii"?  rib'd 
eighteen  Judg.  20  :  25. 

§22!^.'  1.  The  tens  are  formed  by  adding  the  masculine 


P26, 227  NUMERALS.  257 

plural  termination  to  the  units,  D"'nto?  twenty  being,  however, 
derived  not  from  two  but  from  ten  ^W  . 


Twenty 

•     :  V 

Sixty 

•     • 

Thirty 

Seventy 

•      •      • 

Forty 

•   T  ;  — 

Eighty 

: 

Fifty 

D^tj-i3n 

Ninety 

•   1  • 

a.  These  numbers  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  feminine,  and  are  used 
indifferently  with  nouns  of  either  gender.  nHiU?.  Ex.  18  :  21,  25,  Deut.  1 :  15 
means  not  twenty  but  tens. 

2.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  the  con- 
junction 1  and;  the  order  of  precedence  is  not  invariable, 
though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  earliest  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  commonly  place  the  units  first,  e.  g.  D^JBtD 
'^^m1fl^  two  and  sixty  Gen.  5:18,  while  the  latest  writers  as 
commonly  place  the  tens  first,  D'??!^')  D'^i'i^  sixty  and  two 
Dan.  9:25. 

§  226.  Numerals  of  a  higher  grade  are  ns'D  one  hundred, 
vjbx  one  thousand,  ^3^"^ ,  "is"!  or  s^iil  ten  thousand.  These 
are  duplicated  by  affixing  the  dual  termination  D^O^'?  two 
hundred,  D'?s^s?  two  thousand,  D''tiia'i  or  ttk")  '^Piffi  twenty 
thousand.  Higher  multiples  are  formed  by  prefixing  the 
appropriate  units  nixx?  t%^  three  hundred,  D"^sb5<  rnslio 
three  thousand,  niiis'i  ttJizJ  sixty  thousand,  D''Sb^?  f|bi^  one 
million.    . 

§22'?.'  1.  The  ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  "'.  to  the 
corresponding  cardinals,  the  same  vowel  being  likewise  in- 
serted in  several  instances  before  the  final  consonant ;  "jicxn 
first  is  derived  from  t^\  head. 


First 

"|1•a:^^1 

Sixth 

• 

Second 

•   •• 

Seventh 

•     •    • 

Third 

"     "    • 

Eighth 

•     •    • 

Fourth 

Ninth 

^^"^rn 

Fifth 

*TiJ^'::n 

or  ^^*CP^ 

Tenth 

^n^Tr:^ 

17 


258  ETYMOLOGY.  §  228, 229 

The  feminine  commonly  ends  in  fr^ . ,  occasionally  in  si^ , . 

a.  There  are  two  examples  of  the  orthography  'liiJ^X^  Josh.  21  :  10, 
Job  15:7,  and  one  of  )'^^'''}  Job  8 :  8,  in  all  of  which  the  K'ri  restores  the 
customary  form. 

2.  There  are  no  distinct  forms  for  ordinals  above  ten, 
the  cardinal  numbers  being  used  instead. 

3.  Fractional  numbers  are  expressed  by  the  feminine 
ordinals,  n"'t:''b'C3  one  third,  fT'3^"'?"!i  one  fourth,  etc.,  and  by 
the  following  additional  terms,  ""in  one  half,  V'y)  and  ^3^  one 
quarter,  ID'O'^  oneffth,  X^'y^'S  one  tenth. 

Prefixed  Particles. 

^2!?8.  The  remaining  parts  of  speech  are  indeclinable, 
and  may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  name  of  par- 
ticles.    These  may  be  divided  into 

1.  Prefixed  particles,  which  are  only  found  in  combina- 
tion with  a  following  word,  viz.  the  article.  He  interrogative, 
the  inseparable  prepositions,  and  Vav  conjunctive. 

2.  Those  particles,  which  are  written  as  separate  words, 
and  which  comprise  the  great  majority  of  adverbs,  preposi- 
tions, conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

a.  No  word  in  Hebrew  has  less  than  two  letters;  all  particles  of  one 
letter  are  consequently  prefixes.  There  is  one  example  of  two  prefixes 
combined  constituting  a  word  bn  Deut.  32  :  6,  though  editions  vary. 


The  Article. 

^2«^.  1.  The  Definite  Article  (n^^l^n  Kn)  consists  of- 
n  with  Pattahh  followed  by  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  letter 
of  the  word  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  '^^^  a  king,  ?I^^n  the 
king. 

a.  As  the   Arabic    article  J|  is    in   certain   cases  followed  by  a  like 
doubling  of  the  initial  letter,  some  have  imagined  that  the  original  form  of 


§229  THE    ARTICLE.  259 

the  Hebrew  article  was  Vti  and  that  the  Daghesh-forte  has  arisen  from 
the  assimilation  of  b  and  its  contraction  with  the  succeeding  letter.  Since, 
however,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  form,  it  seems  better  to  acquiesce  in 
the  old  opinion,  which  has  in  its  favour  the  analogy  of  other  languages, 
that  the  article  n  is  related  to  the  personal  pronoun  Kin ,  whose  principal 
consonant  it  retains,  and  that  the  following  Daghesh  is  conservative,  §24.  3  ; 
comp.  the  demonstrative  particle  Kti  and  xn  behold!  In  ST'in  Jer.  29:23 
K'thibh  (if  read  y"]""!")  the  article  may  perhaps  be  found  in  an  unabridged 
form  ;  the  K'ri  has  J'^t<!!  •  The  Arabic  article  is  supposed  to  be  found  in 
the  proper  name  i^i^^X  Gen.  10:  26,  la'^ijbx  hail,  the  equivalent  of  ^"'is, 
and  possibly  in  ntipbNProv.  30:31. 

b.  There  is,  properly  speaking,  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew,  al- 
though the  numeral  ins  one  is  so  employed  in  a  few  instanced,  as  X'^DJ 
Ins  a  prophet  1  Kin.  20:  13. 

2.  If  the  first  letter  of  the  word  have  ShVa,  Daghesh- 
forte  may  be  omitted  except  from  the  aspirates,  §25,  "^i^*n, 
"lii^ian  but  nbnan,  whsn. 

••  -    :    r-  T  T    :    -    ?  v        :    - 

3.  Before  gutturals,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh-forte, 
§  60.  4,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets ;  the  short  vowel 
Pattahh  is,  however,  commonly  retained  before  H  and  n ,  and 
sometimes  before  V ,  the  syllable  being  converted  into  an  inter- 
mediate, §20.  2.  a,  instead  of  a  simple  one,  ^>ii<r} ,  *^^T^ ,  t^^yn 
Gen.  15  :11,  2>i?"^n  but  ^iiJnn,  s^hn,  'Qyr\  Jer.  12  :  9. 

a.  The  article  very  rarely  has  Kamets  before  n,  "^nn  Gen.  6:19, 
D'^sann  Isa.  17:8;  in  a  very  few  instances  initial  N  quiesces  in  the  vowel 
of  the  article,  C]OSDsn  Num.  11:4. 

4.  Before  n  with  Kamets  or  Hhateph-Kamets,  Pattahh 
is  changed  to  Seghol :  before  n  or  ^  with  Kamets,  it  is 
hkewise  changed  to  Seghol  if  it  stands  in  the  second  syllable 
before  the  accent,  and  consequently  receives  the  secondary 
accent  Methedi,  5*nn ,  oinn ,  D^ir-inn ,  D-^nnn ,  D^nyn . 

a.  This  change  very  rarely  occurs  before  X,  ""^^sn  Mic.  2:7.  When 
n  is  followed  by  Kamets-Hhatuph.  Pattahh  remains  niiznn. 

6.  The  article  does  not  usually  affect  the  vowels  of  the  word  before 
which  it  stands ;  in  in  mountain  and  C?  people,  however,  Pattahh  is 
changed  to  Kamets  to  correspond  with  the  vowel  of  the  article  "inn,  csn, 
BO  Y'}if.,  earth  but  y^sn  .  The  plurals  of  bnx  tent  and  u;~!p  holiness  with- 
out the  article  are  D-linisi  Gen.  25:27,  n-'ajni;?  Ex.  29:37,  but  with  the 
article  D-^^nsa  (for  B-^^nsria)  Judg.  8:11,  o^onpn  Ex.  26  :  33,  §208.  3  b 


260  ETYMOLOGY.  §  230, 231 

nxp3  pelican  Isa.  34 :  11,  Zeph.  2  :  14,  is  pointed  inijisn  Lev.  11 :  18,  Deut. 
14  :  17  upon  receiving  the  article. 

5.  When  preceded  by  the  inseparable  prepositions  the 
letter  ti  of  the  article  is  mostly  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given 
to  the  preposition,  §  53.  3,  D^ia^^s  for  CJ'lTbtDna,  see  §231.5. 


He  Interrogative. 

^23H.  1.  The  letter  n  (nb'siL^n  i^h)  may  also  be  pre- 
fixed to  words  to  indicate  an  interrogation;  it  is  then  pointed 
with  Hhateph-Pattahh,  1\)?^T\  shall  we  go?  fc^irrsibn  is  he  not? 

2.  Before  a  vowelless  letter  this  becomes  Pattahh,  §  61. 1, 
nbiTDn  Gen.  34  :  31,  ^??^'?n  Job  18  :  4,  "^i^n  Jer.  8  :  22. 

a.  The  new  syllable  thus  formed  is  an  intermediate  one,  §22,  and  the 
succeeding  Sh'va  remains  vocal,  as  is  shown  by  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  such  forms  as  cn3>'i';ri  Gen.  29:5.  In  order  to  render  this  still 
more  evident  recourse  is  frequently  had  to  Daghesh-forte  separative, 
§24.5,  ")=^n  Gen.  17:17,  sini^r;|3r!  18  :21,  Methegh,  §45.2,  biy^ti  Judg. 
9  :  2,  nVurn  Job  38:  35,  or  compound  Sh'va,  §  16.  3.  6.  nbinn  Gen!  27:  38. 

h.  He  interrogative  has  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  one  instance 
before  a  letter  with  a  vowel  of  its  own,  n^'^'^il  Lev.  10: 19. 

3.  Before  gutturals  it  likewise  usually  becomes  Pattahh, 

^b'sn  Ex.  2  :  7,  nisxn  2  Kin.  6  :  22,  n^^-^nn  Jer.  2  :  11,  n?n 
Hag.  1:4. 

a.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  He  interrogative  with  Kamets  be- 
fore N,  tihxn  Judg.  6:31,  ifiiSitn  Judg.  12:5.  UJ^xn  Neh.  6:11. 

'  V    -  IT  O  '  •  T    ;    V    IT  "  '  •     r 

4.  Before  gutturals  with  Kamets  it  is  changed  to  Seghol, 
niixn  Ezek.  28  :  9,  nn^'nn  Joel  1  :  2,  d^nr^  Eccles.  2:19. 


Inseparable  Prepositions. 

§.23X^1.  The  prepositions  n  in,  D  according  to,  ^  to,  are 
regularly  prefixed  with  Sh'va,  M*^iDS5nsi  in  the  beginning^  ^33 
according  to  all,  Dnnssb  to  Abraham. 


§  232  INSEPARABLE    PREPOSITIONS.  261 

2.  Before  vowelless  letters  this  Sh'va  is  changed  to 
Hhirik,  T'p'}^  for  ?^pn3 ,  bic^b  for  ViCTsb ,  nh^s  for  "id'is . 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  compound  Sh'va  it  is  changed 
to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  '''^555 ,  biiiib ,  inns . 

a.  Initial  K  quiesces  in  the  following  words  after  the  inseparable  pre- 
positions, §57.  2.  (2)  a,  'pTX  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
•'ins  Lord,  B"^n'^x  God,  and  also  in  the  inf  const,  "ibx  to  say  after  b, 
•^Sxin,  i"inx3,  n'^pxb,  ''Ksb,  Ciin'bxa  for  n^ribxa  the  Seghol  lengthened 
to  Tsere  in  the  s'imple  syllable,  inbxb  but  t!]"i%|"  liiJ^l?  but  l^N3,  -152X3. 
Before  the  divine  name  mn'^  the  inseparable  prepositions  are  pointed  as 
they  would  be  before  ''nx  or  O'lfibs,  whose  vowels  it  receives,  §47,  fiVrr^b 
Gen.  4:3,  ti'^h-^^  Ps.  68  :  21. 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up 
their  vowel  to  the  preposition  and  become  quiescent,  "1^2X3  Isa.  10  :  13  for 

niass  ,  'jinn-'S  Eccles.  2 :  13  for  ■ji'^n'^s . 

4.  Before  monosyllables  and  before  dissyllables,  accented 
upon  the  penult,  these  prepositions  frequently  receive  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.2,  n^X3,  rnkh ,  cj&ib. 

a.  This  regularly  occurs  with  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  of  "(3  ,  "^S  ,  2>S> 
IS  and  •'»  verbs  when  preceded  by  b,  e.  g.  nirib,  nnb,  ri'i'ib,  anb ,  2"i'ib  ; 
also  with  different  forms  of  the  demonstrative  nt  and  with  personal  suf- 
fixes; and  with  monosyllabic  or  Segholate  nouns  when  accompanied  by 
disjunctive  and  especially  pause  accents.  Before  the  pronoun  ii73  what 
they  are  commonly  pointed  •^aa ,  nas,  tiab'  or  followed  by  a  guttural, 
nab . 

T  T 

5.  Before  the  article  its  T^  is  rejected  and  the  vowel 
given  to  the  preposition,  li-is  for  ni'iTO ,  y^i^)  for  f  ni«nb , 
n-iins  for  D'l'inna . 

■    T   r.'  •    T    r.'  : 

a.  n  not  infrequently  remains  after  3 ,  Di'HS  Gen.  39  :  11,  more  rarely 
afler  the  other  prepositions,  csnb  2  Chron.  10 : 7.  The  initial  n  of  the 
Hiphil  and  Niphal  infinitives  is  occasionally  rejected  in  like  manner, 
n-^airb  Am.  8 : 4  for  n-^auinb ,  i^nrsa  Prov.  24 :  17  for  ibirsna . 

•    :  ~  •    :   -  !  '  :  IT   •  ;  it    •  i 

§23\  The  preposition  1'nfrom,  though  used  in  its  sep- 
arate form,  may  also  be  abbreviated  to  a  prefix  by  the  assim- 
ilation and  contraction  of  its  final  Nun  with  the  initial  letter 
of  the  following  word,  which  accordingly  receives  Daghesh- 
forte,  ^"1^^  for  '^'fl  "]ia .     Before  n  Hhirik  is  commonly  re- 


262  ETYMOLOGY.  §  233, 234 

tained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  but  before  other  gutturals 
it  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  ym  for  y^ri  yn  ,  ynsti ,  tjiin^ ,  d?)3  • 

a.  "JO  is  sometimes   poetically  lengthened  to  ''i'O,  and  once  has  the 
form  of  a  construct  plural,  "'S^  Isa.  30  :  11. 

§  23"^.  These  prepositions  are  combined  with  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  in  the  following  manner : 

SiNGUL  AE. 

3/     ni  Plb'  TO3  512537^ 

''  T  T  T  T  T    V    • 

PlUE  A  L. 

Ic.     ^D^  ^53  ^Di^bS  il5i2^ 

T  T  ^  V     • 

V    T  V  T  V  T    '  V  :  V     • 

3m.   Dn,DJi:n   Tbb,Dhb  DTO.Dhto  nnpj.nti^j 


a.  The  syllable  iia  inserted  between  3  and  the  suffixes,  and  which  is 
in  poetry  sometimes  added  to  3,  3  and  h  without  suffixes  to  convert  them 
into  independent  words,  iaa ,  ias.  ia!? ,  is  commonly  thought  to  be  re- 
lated in  its  origin  to  the  pronoun  n^  what,  so  that  "^sioS  would  in  strict- 
ness denote  like  what  I  am,  i.  e.  like  me.  The  preposition  )'0,  with  the 
exception  of  some  poetical  forms,  reduplicates  itself  beffire  the  light  suf- 
fixes, •'352B  =  "'S^?'? .  Comp.  a  similar  reduplication  of  a  short  word,  ''a'^a 
or  ""a  construct  of  ca  water. 


Vav  Conjunctive. 
C 

A. 

§  23\  The  conjunction  and  is  expressed  by  1  prefixed 
with  Sh'va,  tri^ni ,  ynseni .  Before  one  of  the  labials  i ,  ti , 
fi,  §  57.  2  (1),  or  before  a  vowelless  letter  Vav  quiesces  in 


§235  SEPARATE    PARTICLES.  263 

Sliurek,  V^^  ^?ts  D^isi,  Hnnb^.  Before  a  vowelless 
Yodli  it  receives  Hhirik,  in  which  the  Yodh  quiesces,  DriJ?r;!i , 
•'Hi'i .  Before  a  guttural  with  compound  Sh'va  it  receives  the 
corresponding  short  vowel,  '^'^.^^.,  '^'^^^.,  ''^Cl!3-  Before  mono- 
syllables and  dissyllables  accented  on  the  penult  it  frequently 
receives  a  pretonic  Kamets,  ^nni ,  r.b-i^i ,  5?"iT . 

a.  After  Vav  with  Shurek,  compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  substi- 
tuted for  simple  Sh'va  in  order  to  indicate  more  distinctly  its  vocal 
character,  nntfi  Gen.  2:12,  "^liipansi   Ezek.  26:21,   nnsDH  1  Kin.   13:7, 

J  —.1  '  •  *:  \   ":i  J  TrtT  r:i  ' 

■"pTSil  Jer.  22:20, 

'  •  T  t:  I 

6.  Vav  receives  Hhirik  before  He  followed  by  Yodh  in  the  forma 
bn"'\"}'^,  1"'ni,  Dni';ini,  ITni  2  plur.  preterite  and  imperative  of  the  verbs 
n^n  to  be  and  n^n  to  live;  before  the  2  masc.  sing,  imperative  of  the 
same  verbs  it  has  Seffhol,  riTn ,  nTil  for  Jr'Tn,  n'inl. 

to  3  ,.      ;,...    J  ..       .^  ..    vllV    J  -   ■.•!l¥ 

c.  a  quiesces  after  Vav  conjunctive  as  after  the  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, §231.  3.  a.  in  ")inij  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
linx  Lord  and  n-^n'^x  God,  "^nxi ,  ''sHni  ,  "^h^xT ,  sirrtbsi  the  Seghol 
being  lengthened  to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable.  Hence  also  tiJiiT'T 
when  mni  has  the  vowels  of  "'pN  ,  A  very  few  instances  occur  in  which 
K  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up  their  vowel  to  Vav  conjunctive 
and  become  quiescent,  "nuisxi  Zech.  11:5  for  iiiJSNI,  ^^Y)  Jer.  25 :  36 
for  rb'b^l. 


Separate  Particles. 

AD  VEEBS. 

^2'6%.  1.  A  few  adverbs  of  negation,  place  and  time,  are 
commonly  classed  as  primitive,  although  they  are  probably 
related  to  pronominal  roots,  as  bx  and  iib  not,  Dtb  t/iere, 
TX  f/ien. 

a.  It  is  natural  to  suspect  that  the  pronominal  root  b,  which  gave  rise 
to  the  near  demonstrative  bx,  nbx  these  and  to  the  prepositions  indicative 
of  nearness  or  approach,  h  to,  bx  unto,  and  which  has  a  remote  demon- 
strative force  in  i^xbn  yonder,  beyond,  may  also  be  the  basis  of  x'b  and  bx 
the  idea  of  remoteness  taken  absolutely  forming  a  negation.  The  same 
idea,  in  a  less  absolute  sense,  may  be  traced  in  the  conditional  conjunction 
lb  if.  The  pronoun  Mt,  of  which  probably  TU  is  originally  only  a  modi- 
fication (conip.  the  relative  use  of  ^IT,  §73.  1),  is  plainly  connected  with  TK 
at  that  time  and  Diu  in  that  place. 


264  ETYMOLOGY.  §236 

2.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed 

(1.)  By  affixing  the  terminations  D^  or  tJ",  05 "ax  and 
Db'ai<  truly  from  'J'ai?  truth,  osn  gratuitously  from  ^n  grace, 
Dbii  by  day  from  □i'''  ^(xy,  Dj5'''i  in  vain  from  p"''n  empty,  DiiriB 
suddenly  from  yriS  moment,  Di2Jb;j3  ^/^^  ^/(^y  before  yesterday 
from  tJ^iiO  ^/^r^^. 

(2.)  By  abbreviation,  as  ^i?  surely,  only  from  "jisj. 
(3.)  By  composition,  as  ?^1^  w/^y  /  from  "S^T  tra  ^^^zW 
edoctus,  T^v^b'a  front  above  from  "jip ,  ^  and  •^^^''a . 

3.  Besides  those  adverbs,  which  are  such  originally  and 
properly,  other  parts  of  speech  are  sometimes  used  as  ad- 
verbs.    Thus 

(1.)  Nouns,  1S^  mightily,  exceedingly  prop,  might,  ^"'30 
around  prop,  circuit,  'W  again  prop,  repetition,  0S5^  no  more 
prop,  cessation;  vrith  a  preposition,  'I5?'a3  exceedingly,  ^ib 
<2/?«r^  prop.  ^0  separation,  or  a  suffix  Ivf}!?  together  prop,  we  2/5 
«;2«o;^.  Compare  the  adverbial  accusative  and  adverbial 
phrases  of  Greek  and  other  languages. 

(2.)  Absolute  infinitives,  which  are  really  verbal  nouns, 
StJ'iri  well  prop,  recte  faciendo,  nsnn  much,  ^^nia  quickly. 

(3.)  Adjectives,  particularly  in  the  feminine,  which  is 
used  as  a  neuter,  3it3  loell,  niTZJX'i  at  first,  rr'Sio  the  second 
time,  nsn  and  Tbr\  rnuch,  niiin^  in  Jewish  i.  e.  Hebrew,  ini^'nK 
2*;?  AramcBic,  sni^bsp  loonderfully . 

(4.)  Pronouns,  !^T  /^ere,  ^zom?  prop,  ^/^/s  place,  this  time, 
nsn  hither  prop,  fo  i'/^e*^  places,  with  a  preposition  nb  ^/^^^^ 
prop,  according  to  it,  13  50  perhaps  for  "jn?  according  to  these 
things,  though  others  explain  it  as  an  adverbial  use  of  the 
participle  "}?  right,  true,  fib  here  probably  for  ia  in  this 
(place).  ^ 

§23)^.  A  few  adverbs  are  capable  of  receiving  pronom- 
inal suffixes,  as  "jn  or  nan  behold,  "liy  yet,  ''S?  where,  to  which 
may  be  added  'J'^fi?  Mer^  is  not  prop,  non-existence  and  ©!? 


§237  PREPOSITIONS.  265 

there  is  prop,  existence.  As  the  idea  of  action  or  of  exis- 
tence is  suggested  by  them,  they  take  the  verbal  suffixes, 
frequently  with  5  epenthetic.     Thus 

1.  nsn.  First  person  ''bfn,  ^ssn  and  ''?3n;  issn,  ^issn 
and  ^2|n.  Second  person  masc.  ^iT\  once  •^5?^'^  '^^f^'j  f^m. 
^in.     Third  person  iin  and  ^nin^  dJn. 

2.  ^ys .  First  person  ^^f^V  and  ^T^V -,  once  with  jc/e^^r. 
isiiiy  Lam.  4:17  K'ri.  Second  person  masc.  ^y\'S  fem.  ^I'iiy . 
Third  person  masc.  ^sniy ,  DT>  fem.  Tsyf^S . 

3.  ""i?,  Second  person  ns^x  .     Third  person 'y^i^ ,  Q^i? . 

4.  "J^s?.  First  person  ''ss'^^!; .  Second  person  Tndi&c.  ^pi?, 
DDS'^x ,    fem.   tTD-^i? .     :Z%?V6/  jo^r^o^  masc.   ^si^s? ,    dd'^x  and 

i^^rx  fem.  nsb-^x . 

5.  t^..  Second  person  ^to;;,  Di©^  and  QD©:'.  7%2Vc? 
person  isic^ . 

Prepositions. 

§23\.  1.  The  simple  prepositions  in  most  common  use, 
besides  the  inseparable  prefixes,  §231,  are  chiefly  'in^ 
behind,  after,  '^i?  to,  unto,  ^:£&?  beside,  t^S,  with^  'J"'3  between, 
''nba  without,  iy^  through,  n^iT  except,  1?^  on  account  of, 
bi'Q  or  ^^''0  oz;er  against,  'l^s  m  presence  of,  HDb  m  front  of, 
before,  1?  2<!^?ifo,  b?  «/^o??,  D^  with,  t\r\7\  under.  Most  of  these 
appear  to  have  been  originally  nouns  ;  and  some  of  them  are 
still  used  both  as  nouns  and  as  prepositions. 

2.  Other  prepositions  are  compound,  and  consist  of 
(1.)  Two  prepositions,  as  "ViT^i^y^  from  after,  f^i?'a  and  Dlbu 

from  toith,  ^TQfrom  upon,  Ti'nh'Qfrom  under,  y^  from,  "ijsb 

and  riDbb  before^  b^Ta-bx  toward. 

(2.)  A  preposition  and  a  noun  lib  and  ^ib-a  besides 
from  "13  separation,  ''SSb  before  and  '^is'a,  15Bb'a/row^  before 
from  D^25/«c^,  bbsa  and  n^n?a/or  the  sake  of,  'I'la  (5y  prop. 


266  ETYMOLOGY.  §  238, 239 

hy  the  hand  of,  "is^'^J*  beyond,  ^  iSS?ia  from  beyond,  fTQ^^  in 
conjunction  with,  "J?^^  and  ij5?"b?  on  account  of,  "^ES ,  ^sb 
and  ''i?"^?  according  to  prop,  c^  ///^  mouth  of. 

(3.)  A  preposition  and  an  infinitive,  t^snjpb  toward  prop. 

(4.)  A  preposition  and  an  adverb,  'Vit^r^  and  '''i?^3'a 
without  from  ba  ^^o^  'I?  e^^zfo,  b  nxbri'a  beyond,  ''bna  without. 
Li^  0  §  28^.  1 .  The  prepositions  take  suffixes  in  the  same 
manner  as  singular  nouns,  e.  g.  "^psx  beside  me,  '^rib'iT ,  'I'^^S , 
"'iay,  except  nns?  after,  "bx  ^,  ^?  e^;^ifc>,  by  2^0;^  and  nnn 
under,  which  before  suffixes  assume  the  form  of  nouns  in  the 
mascuhne  plural,  e.  g.  "'"nnx ,  ^j'^^ni? ,  l"''i'ri^? ;  T?  between 
adopts  sometimes  a  singular,  sometimes  a  masculine  plural, 
and  sometimes  a  feminine  plural  form,  e.  g.  "'i'^? ,  irs  and 
1^3^2,  ^D-^r?  and  ^D^niD"'3 . 

a.  The  plural  form  '^'I'^.X  occurs  without  suffixes  more  frequently  than 

^nx  ;  *>_b?>t ,  "n^. ,  ^^S^  also  occur  in  poetry. 

6.  nnn  in  a  very  few  instances  takes  a  verbal  suffix,  ''srill'^  2  Sam. 
22 :  37,  40,  48 ;  with   the   3  masc.  plur.   suffix  it  is    DPnn   oftener  than 

2.  The  preposition  mx  with  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
ns  the  sign  of  the  definite  object,  M^hich  is  prefixed  to  a  pro- 
noun or  definite  noun,  to  indicate  that  it  is  the  object  of  an 
active  verb.  With  pronominal  suffixes  the  M  of  the  prepo- 
sition is  doubled  and  its  vowel  shortened  to  Hhirik,  thus 
'^ns ,  !r|n« ,  oiris ;  the  sign  of  the  accusative  becomes  trii? 
before  suffixes  or  before  grave  suffixes  commonly  ni« ,  thus, 
^nii,  ^ni?,  ninj*  rarely  tjbnisjt ,  wn'm  rarely  dfinix  and 
onnx . 

a.  Sometimes,  particularly  in  the  books  of  Kings,  Jeremiah,  and  Eze- 
kiel;  the  preposition  takes  the  form  "^nix ,  J^nix . 

Conjunctions. 

H"!     ^  ^80p  1.  In  addition  to  the  prefixed  copulative  ) ,  §  234, 
the  following  are  the  simple  conjunctions  in  most  common 


§240  INTERJECTIONS.  267 

use,  ifi5  or,  Cjs?  also,  Ds?  and  i^  if,  'ifcif:  and  "'S  that,  lecausCy 

2.  Compound  conjunctions  are  formed  by  combining 

(1.)  Two  conjunctions  DN  ^3  but,  "^3  tji?  how  much  more 
prop,  also  that. 

(2.)  The  conjunction  "^3  or  ^iDS  with  a  preposition,  as 
nfej^s  «5,  "lies?  "J?^"?  2^  order  that,  "licic  i?^  and  "licx  njp?  3e- 
cai^.s^,  ■'S  '^?  z*5^^z7,  "^3  tint!)  because. 

(3.)  An  adverb  with  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  D'l'ua 
before,  "J?^  or  "ji'b?  therefore,  ""^^^  2^^/e«5  from  ^b  z/  i^b  not. 


Interjections. 
\^ 

§  24f).  The  Hebrew  interjections,  like  those  of  other  lan- 
guages, are  of  two  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Natural  sounds  expressive  of  various  emotions,  as 
ni5,  nn,  nnx  ah!  oh!  Tkr^aha!  '^^r\ho!  woe!^^'i^,  n^is, 

T      ?  T      7  T      "t  TV  *  T  *■ 

"liiiii;,  ''S  woe!  ^^;X  «/«5/  en  hush! 

2.  Words  originally  belonging  to  other  parts  of  speech, 
which  by  frequent  use  were  converted  into  interjections, 
nnn  come!  prop,  ffive,  nib  co77ie !  prop,  yo,  nin  behold! 
prop,  a  demonstrative  adverb,  nbibn  /«r  be  it !  "^3  j^ray ! 
from  ^;?3  entreaty,  K3  ?zo2^.^  I ])ray  thee! 


PART  THIRD. 

SYNTAX. 

§  241.  1 .  Syntax  treats  of  sentences  or  of  the  manner 
in  which  words  are  employed  in  the  utterance  of  thought. 
Its  office,  therefore,  is  to  exhibit  the  several  functions  of  the 
different  parts  of  speech  in  the  mechanism  of  the  sentence, 
the  relations  which  they  sustain  to  each  other,  and  how  those 
relations  are  outwardly  expressed. 

2.  Every  sentence  must  embrace  first  a  subject  or  the 
thing  spoken  of,  and  secondly,  a  predicate  or  that  which  is 
said  about  it.  Upon  these  two  simple  elements  is  built  the 
entire  structure  of  human  speech. 

The  Subject. 

^  242.  The  subject  of  every  sentence  must  be  either  a 
noun,  as  D^nbx  i«n3  God  created  Gen.  1  : 1,  or  a  pronoun, 
as  ''2^  toil)?  /(am)  holi/  Lev.  11  :  44.  This  includes  infini- 
tives, which  are  verbal  nouns,  liib'iib  p^i^b  ffiib?  to  punish 
the  just  is  not  good  Prov.  17  :  26,  and  adjectives  and  partici- 
ples when  used  substantively,  N'bt:  S5in;'"iib  an  unclean  (per- 
son) shall  not  enter  2  Chron.  23  :  19,  njnbbn;*  D^nian  «S  the 
dead  shall  not  praise  the  Lord  Ps.  115  :  17. 

a.  The  subject  of  a  sentence  may  be  a  noun  preceded  by  the  preposition 
"IP  in  a  partitive  sense,  Dyr"i3  !ixs;  there  went  out  (sonnie)  of  the  people 
Ex.  16:27,  or  by  the  particle  of  comparison  3,  t^K"i3  Ssis  (something) 
like  a  plague  has  appeared  Lev.  14  :  35. 


§  243  THE   SUBJECT.  269 

6.  When  the  subject  is  an  infinitive,  it  is  mostly,  as  in  English,  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  ^  to,  Pining  aiu  (it  is)  good  to  give  thanks  Ps. 
92:2,  unless  it  is  in  the  construct  before  a  following  noun  Pi''in  S'ii5"!sb 
V\:ih  D'lxn  mail's  being  alone  (is)  not  good  Gen.  2: 18. 

-:ttit  -^  ^      ^  ° 

c.  The  subject  is  very  rarely  an  adverb,  Bsn"']^_  Vi23  fiS"!!  many 
(prop,  much)  of  the  people  have  fallen  2  Sam.  1 :  4. 

§  243.  The  subject  may  be  omitted  in  the  following  cases, 
viz. : 

1.  When  it  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection, 
^lias?  'liyn  is  titer e  yet  ivitli  thee  (a  corpse)  ?  Am.  6  :  10,  or  is 
obvious  in  itself,  nib;;  ins  (his  mother)  hare  Mm  1  Kin.  1:6. 
The  personal  pronouns  are  for  this  reason  rarely  used  before 
verbal  forms,  which  of  themselves  indicate  the  person,  ''nii^i? 
I  said,  nn'as  tliou  saidst,  unless  with  the  view  of  expressing 
emphasis  or  opposition,  ^3'ap  i3n?55i  ^bspi  lyns  n'Bn  they  are 
brought  down  and  fallen ,  hut  ive  are  risen  Ps.  20  :  9. 

2.  When  it  is  indefinite ;  thus,  if  an  action  is  spoken  of 
and  it  is  not  known  or  is  not  stated  by  whom  it  is  performed. 
The  third  person  plural  may  be  so  employed,  b^Xicb  T[1>;'^^  and 
they  told  Saul  1  Sam.  18  :  20,  or  third  person  singular,  comp. 
the  Trench  on  and  German  man,  bia  ntn»  xnj?  one  called  its 
name  Bahel  i.  e.  its  name  icas  called  Bahel,  or  the  second 
person  singular,  particularly  in  laws  or  in  proverbs,  the  lan- 
guage of  direct  address  being  employed  while  every  one  who 
hears  is  intended,  boD  ^b-nTiD?n-iib  thou  shall  not  make  unto 
thee  a  graven  image  Ex.  20  :  4,  t||b  no^^b  nx^nn  apply  thine 
heart  unto  instruction  Prov.  23  :  12. 

a.  Sometimes  the  word  Tii'X  man  is  used  as  an  indefinite  subject, 
♦is'n  iFi=^3  Ui-^xn  nax  ns  a  man  said  thris,  when  he  went,  etc.  1  Sam.  9:9, 
and  sometimes  the  participle  of  the  following  verb,  y^'^'r!  ^'^"^"^  and  the 
hearer  shall  hear  2  Sam.  17  : 9,  Q'^iiiin  ^iir-^n  ploughers  plotighed  Ps.  129 : 3. 

b.  The  third  person  plural  indefinite  seems  to  be  used  sometimes  with- 
out any  thought  of  the  real  agency  concerned  in  the  action  spoken  of  and 
where  the  English  would  require  a  passive  construction,  ""^"IS^  ^52^  nip"'b 
wearisome  nights  are  appointed  to  me  lit.  they  have  appointed  Job  7  ;  3. 

•  ^y\  is  an  abbreviation  for  ^oij")  et  completio,  and  so  forth,  §9.  1. 


270  SYNTAX.  ^244,245 

3.  When  the  construction  is  impersonal;  in  this  case 
the  third  person  singular  masculine  is  the  form  commonly 
adopted,  tT'^5'^5'3  yil^'bx  let  it  not  he  grievous  in  thy  sight  Gen. 
21 :12,  ^n^n  ts  then  it  was  begun  i.e.  men  began,  though 
the  feminine  is  also  employed  on  account  of  its  special  affinity 
with  the  neuter,  ^^?'^il'^^  "i2n!i  and  Israel  was  distressed  lit.  it 
was  strait  to  Israel  Judg.  10:9. 

^244.  1.  The  subject  maybe  extended  by  connecting  two 
or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  and  thus  forming  what  is  called 
a  compound  subject,  Dknsz-bDi  V'^i^ni  D^^T?n  ^h^^  and  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  their  host  were  finished  Gen. 
2  : 1,  nibs  nyin^i  'lis;!  and  I  and  the  lad  will  go  Gen.  22  :  5. 

2.  Or  it  may  be  extended  by  adding  to  the  noun  an 
article,  adjective,  demonstrative  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  another  noun  with  which  it  may  be  either  in  apposition 
or  in  construction.  When  thus  united  with  other  qualifying 
words  the  noun  alone  is  called  the  grammatical  subject,  the 
noun,  together  with  its  adjuncts,  is  called  the  logical  subject. 


The  Article. 

§  245.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Hebrew  as  in  other 
languages  to  particularize  the  object  spoken  of,  and  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others.  It  is  accordingly  prefixed  in  the 
following  cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  thing  referred  to  is  one  which  has  been 
mentioned  before,  and  God  said.  Let  there  he  T^'yT}  a  firma- 
ment, etc.,  and  God  made  T^y}  the  firmament  Gen.  1  :  6,  7. 

2.  When  it  is  defined  by  accompanying  words,  as  a  rela- 
tive clause,  ^'y\  ^^n  biS  -res?  tj-^xn  inirx  blessed  is  the  man 
who  has  not  lualked,  etc.,  Ps.  1:1,  an  adjective,  bnsn  nixisn 
the  greater  light,  pjjn  nisrin  the  lesser  light  Gen.  1  :  16/  or 
a  demonstrative  pronoun,  'nn  a  mountain,  nin  "inn  this  moun- 
tain, iJ^nn  nnn   that  mountain,   or   by   being   directly  ad- 


P45  THE   ARTICLE.  271 

dressed,  ^bin    0  Icing  1   Sam.  17:55,  Q^'ai^n    0  heavens, 
ynkn  0  earth  Deut.  32  : 1. 

3.  When  it  is  obviously  suggested  by  the  circumstances, 
or  may  be  presumed  to  be  well  known :  she  emj)tied  her 
'pitcher  into  ^ij^tDn  the  trough  Gen  24  :  20,  viz.,  the  one  which 
must  have  been  by  a  well  used  for  watering  cattle  ;  Ahime- 
lech  looked  through  I'l^nn  the  window  Gen.  26  :8,  i.  e.  of  the 
house  in  which  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  he  was ;  let  us  go 
to  ns'-in  the  (well-known)  seer  1  Sam.  9  :  9. 

a.  The  article  is  accordingly  used  as  in  Greek  and  in  some  modern  lan- 
guages in  place  of  an  unemphatic  possessive  pronoun :  she  took  C)"'^sn  the 
veil  Gen.  24:65,  i.  e.  the  one  which  she  had,  or,  according  to  the  English 
idion:i,  her  veil;  David  took  "lissn  the  harp  i.  e.  his  harp  1  Sam.  16:23,  so 
the  LXX.  iXd[x^av€  AatitS  rrjv  KLVvpav. 

b.  With  words  denoting  time  it  expresses  the  present  as  that  which 
would  most  readily  occur  to  the  mind,  ni'n  the  day  i.  e.  that  which  is  now 
passing,  to-day  Gen.  4: 14,  nb^^n  the  night  i.  e.  to-night  Gen.  30: 15,  fi3^'<1 
the  year  i.  e.  this  year  Jer.  28 :  16,  ci'sn  the  time  i.  e.  this  time  Gen.  29 :  35, 
unless  another  idea  is  more  naturally  suggested  by  the  context,  oiTi  "'iH'jl 
and  it  came  to  pass  on  the  day  i.  e.  at  the  period  before  spoken  of  at  that 
time  1  Sam.  1 : 4,  Job  1 :  6. 

4.  AVhen  it  is  distinguished  above  all  others  of  like  kind 
or  is  the  only  one  of  its  class,  ri^in  the  house  viz.  of  God,  the 
temple  Mic.  3  :  12,  linsn  the  Lord  Isa.  1  :  24,  Q-'n'bxn  the 
(true)  God,  U^^^r^  the  heavens,  ynijn  the  earth  Gen.  1:1, 
cm^n  the  sun  Gen.  15  :  12. 

5.  When  it  is  an  appellative  noun  used  in  a  generic  or 
universal  sense,  ^"inri  the  sword  devoureth  one  as  well  as 
another  2  Sam.  11  :  25  ;  theg  shall  mount  tip  with  wings 
D"^"nr33  as  the  eagles  Isa.  40  :  31,  and  sometimes  when  it  is  a 
material  or  abstract  noun,  in  which  case  the  English  idiom  does 
not  admit  the  article,  where  there  is  ^T^^Vi  gold  Gen.  2:11 
LXX.  TO  ^/jya-t'oi/;  thy  wine  mixed  C'sa  with  water  Isa.  1 :  22, 
where  shall  ^ro^nn  wisdom  he  found?  Job  28  :  12  LXX.  ■^  Se 
cro^ia  kt\;  theg  smote  the  men  D'''il3Da  with  blindness  Gen. 
19:11. 


272  SYNTAX.  §246 

a.  The  article  is  thus  used  with  adjectives  to  denote  the  class,  which 
they  describe,  God  shall  judge  Sirnn-nxi  pi^SfiTN  the  righteous  and  the 
wicked  Eccl.  3:17;  the  proverb  of  '^yori'PS]  the  ancients  1  Sam.  24:14; 
and  with  Gentile  nouns,  which  are  properly  adjectives,  §194.  1,  "'^^NH  the 
Amorite,  iJ^ssn  the  Canaanite,  Gen.  15:21. 

b.  The  Hebrew  infinitive  does  not  receive  the  article;  fi?'^ ,  which  is 
the  only  exception,  see  Gen.  2  : 9  and  elsewhere,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
noun.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  article  is  prefixed  to  finite  tenses  of  the 
verb  with  the  force  of  a  relative  pronoun,  it^lDblir!  icho  went  Josh.  10:24, 
?iii>l''i'i  that  shall  be  born  Judg.  13:  8,  liJ"'^p?in  which  he  sanctijied  1  Chron. 
26:28,  >iS2?22ri  who  are  present  \  Chron.  29:17,  T^i^ia  into  (the  place) 
which  he  prepared  2  Chron.  1:4;  so  also  2  Chron.  29:36,  Ezr.  8:25, 
10 :  14,  17,  Isa.  56 : 3,  Jer.  5:13,  Dan.  8:1.  It  is  once  prefixed  to  a  prepo- 
sition, rj"'?r?v!  what  (was)  upon  it  1  Sam.  9  :  24. 

c.  In  the  uses  of  the  article,  as  stated  above,  Nos.  4  and  5  are  really 
varieties  of  No.  3,  since  the  prominent  member  of  a  class  is  the  best  known 
and  most  readily  suggested,  and  when  a  word  is  used  generically  it 
designates  a  definite  and  well-known  class  of  objects  which  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  every  other  class. 

d.  The  Hebrew  article  is  sometimes  found  where  the  English  requires 
the  indefinite  article  or  none  at  all ;  but  it  must  not  on  that  account  be  sup- 
posed that  it  ever  loses  its  proper  force  or  becomes  equivalent  to  an  in- 
definite article.  The  difference  of  idiom  is  due  to  a  difference  in  the  mode 
of  conception.  Thus,  in  comparisons  the  Hebrew  commonly  conceived  of 
the  whole  class  of  objects  of  which  he  spoke,  while  we  mostly  think  of 
one  or  more  individuals  belonging  to  the  class,  iJSS  as  (the)  a  tiest,  Isa. 
10 :  14,  nSDS  as  (the)  a  scroll  Isa.  34 : 4,  like  rending  inafi  (the)  a  kid 
Judg.  14 :  6,  a5  ninh-nn  (the)  bees  do  Deut.  1  :  44,  WW'S  as  (the)  scarlet, 
sbli'S  as  (the)  snow,  J'Sin^  as  (the)  crimson,  "lOSS  as  (the)  wool  Isa.  1 :  18. 
Cases  also  not  infrequently  occur  in  which  the  article  may  either  be  in- 
serted or  omitted  with  equal  propriety  and  without  any  material  change 
of  sense,  according  as  the  noun  is  to  the  mind  of  the  speaker  definite  or 
indefinite.  In  speaking  of  the  invasion  of  his  father's  flocks,  David  says, 
inxn  the  lio7i  and  aiin  the  bear  came  1  Sam.  17  :  34,  because  he  thinks 
of  these  as  the  enemies  to  be  expected  under  the  circumstances;  had  he 
thought  of  them  indefinitely  as  beasts  of  prey  he  would  have  said,  without 
the  article,  a  lion  and  a  bear.  It  is  said,  Gen.  13:2,  that  Abram  was  very 
rich  an-rni  ClOSi  <^?p533  in  (the)  cattle,  in  (the)  silver,  and  in  (the)  gold, 
since  these  are  viewed  as  definite  and  well-known  species  of  property; 
but  in  Gen.  24:35  he  hath  given  him  shn  Cioil  "if^^l  )i<:i  Jlocks  and  herds 
and  silver  and  gold,  these  are  viewed  indefinitely  in  Hebrew  as  in  English. 

\  246.  Nouns  are  definite  without  the  article  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases,  viz. : 

1.  Proper  nouns,  which   are  definite   by  signification, 

Dnnni?  Abraham,  "j??!  Canaan,  P^t?^^^  Jerusalem. 


§246  THE    ARTICLE.  273 

a.  Proper  names,  originally  applied  in  an  appellative  sense,  sometimea 
retain  tlie  definite  article,  bs2r]  (he  lord,  Baal,  'lijTan  the  aclversar-y,  Satan, 
"njiirt  the  river,  the  Euphrates,  Tn"J*n  the  descending  (stream),  the  Jor- 
dan, "(isZiri  the  ichile  (mountain),  Lebanon,  ^o"i2r!  the  garden,  Carmel, 
^SSri  the  circuit  of  the  Jordan,  nsaiafi  the  watch-tower,  Mizpah,  onxn 
and  cnx  the  (first)  man,  Adam,  D'^n'bxri  and  o-'ribs  the  (true)  God.  In. 
ntiD^r.  anJiJ  "^kq  the  half  tribe  of  Manasseh  Deut.  3:13  and  often  else- 
where, the  article  makes  more  prominent  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression: it  also  occurs  without  the  article,  e.  g.  Num.  32:33. 

2.  Nouns  with  suffixes,  which  are  rendered  definite  by 
the  appended  pronoun,  ^rnsj  our  father,  iia©  his  name,  but 
in  Greek  6  irarr^p  'qpuwv,  TO  ovofxa  avTOV. 

a.  There  are  a  few  instances  in  which,  for  special  reasons,  the  article 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  having  suffixes.  It  is  emphatic  in  i^snn  the  (other) 
half  of  them  Josh.  8:33,  opposed  to  a  preceding  i"'Sn  one  half  of  them  ;  so 
in  nnnnas  Isa.  24:2.  In  ^S"}?!^  nbsTa  the  worth  of  thy  estimation  Lev. 
27  :  23,  it  serves  to  indicate  more  clearly  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression ;  so  ■^I'i^iji^  T(in3  in  the  midst  of  my  tent  Josh.  7  :  21,  ■i"i2'nn  Tjina 
in  the  midst  of  its  fold  Mic.  2  :  12,  •^''ninrin-bs  the  whole  of  the  women  with 
child  2  Kin.  15:  16;  in  in3?^l3b  Prov.  16:4  it  distinguishes  the  notm  ni?^ 
from  the  preposition  'J?'?^. 

b.  A  suffix  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  participle  does  not  supersede 
the  necessity  of  the  article,  insan  the  (one)  smiting  him  Isa.  9 :  12, 
'n'??^r!  '^^  (one)  bringing  thee  up  Ps.  81 :  11,  "'D'^Dyrir]  the  (one)  crowning 
thee  Ps.  103  :  4. 

3.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  definite  noun, 
whether  this  has  the  article  D^^^'n  ""i^is  the  stars  of  heaven 
Gen.  26  :  4,  D^inipn  ^Sr^n  the  feet  of  the  priests  Josh.  3:13; 
is  a  proper  name,  b2kn©;>  "^'oni^  the  tribes  of  Israel  Ex.  24 : 4, 
rnn;'  ni^  the  loord  of  Jehovah  Gen.  15  : 1,  has  a  pronominal 
suffix,  'n^i;?^  '^'^^321  the  first  fruits  of  thy  labours,  1'';n-^»3  the 
wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  or  is  itself  definite  by  construc- 
tion, r.SsD^n  niis  my^  the  cave  of  the  field  of  Machpelah 
Gen.  23  :  19,  nnh^-n-'na  '\r\^__  the  ark  of  the  covenant  of  Je- 
hovah Josh.  3:3. 

a.  Nouns  in  the  construct  are  occasionally  found  with  the  article, 
nnb  nbrsn  to  the  tent  of  Sarah  Gen.  24  :  67,  bx-n"'?  bsn  the  Gnd  of^ 
Bethel  Gen.'  31  :  13,  J-ixn  in-n  the  pin  of  the  web  Judg.  16  :  14.  r'innn  hi 
D^iiin  all  the  abominalions  of  the  nations  1  Kin.  14  :  24,  c-nbxn-O'^S  "i^isn 
the  grave  of  the  man  of  God  2  Kin.  23  :  17,  ^isn  ni3!:^;an-b3  all  the  kirig- 
18 


274  SYNTAX.  §247  248 

doms  of  the  earth  Jer.  25 :  25.  MjP^en  "^BErT  the  hill  of  the  purchase,  Jer. 
32:12,  nnnto  )piri  Jer.  48:32;  see  Josh.  3:11,  8:11,  1  Chron.  15:27, 
2  Chron.  8  :  16,  15  :  8,  Ezr.  8  :  29,  Isa?  36  :  8,  Ezek.  45  :  16,  47  :  15,  Zeph. 
3:19,  Zech.  4:7,  Ps.  123:4;  also  1  Sam.  26:22  K'thibh,  2  Kin.  7:13 
K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  omits  the  article. 

b.  Gentile  nouns,  derived  from  a  compound  proper  name,  frequently  re- 
ceive the  article  before  the  second  member  of  the  compound,  '^?'' 53 '[in—, a 
the  Beiijamite  Judg.  3:15,  iBiaTrri-n'^a  the  Bethshemite  1  Sam.  6:14, 
•inri^n  n-'a  the  Belhlehemite  l' Sam.  16 :  18,  "'"•^^jn  lix  the  Ahiezrite 
Judg.  6:11,  though  this  last  word  also  appears  in  the  abbreviated  form 
"•nry-'Nn  Num.  26:30. 

§  247.  The  article  is  frequently  omitted  in  the  brief  and 
emphatic  language  of  poetry,  where  it  would  be  required  in 
prose,  7"?is:"^?'?^  kin^s  of  (the)  earth  Ps.  2  :  2,  t-dt  ''isb  in 
the  presence  of  (the)  sun  Ps.  72  :  17,  "^I^n  Knsj  n^ia  ^)2X  (the) 
watchman  says,  (the)  morning  comes  Isa.  21 :  12  ;  to  give 
xns'i  tj'ip'i  hoth  sanctuary  and  host  to  he  trampledJ)diw.  8  :  13. 

a.  Occasional  instances  occur  of  its  being  dropped  from  familiar  or  fre- 
quently repeated  expressions  in  prose,  HDU  rr^'inN  IS  to  year''s  end  Deut. 
11:12,  l?iT3  ^nixa  in  (the)  tabernacle  q/"  (the)  congregation's..  21  -.2]. 
(comp.  English  in  church),  Na^~"ib  (the)  captain  of  (the)  host  1  Kin. 
16:16,  T|r!^  ^!*"'3^  king  Lemuel  Prov.  31:1;  also  in  geographical  and 
architectural  details,  such  technical  terms  as  bsiaJ!)  and  (the)  border  Josh. 
13  :  23,  rnn-il  and  (the)  breadth  2  Chron.  3  : 3. 

6.  When  two  definite  nouns  are  connected  by  and  the  article  is  com- 
monly repeated;  it  may,  however,  particularly  in  poetry,  stand  only  before 
the  first  and  be  understood  with  the  second.  •M/'oe  unto  W'p'^xyi  the  (persons) 
decreeing  unrighteous  decrees  D"'ari37j!i  and  writing,  etc.  Isa.  10:1,  bsSfl 
^iSDl  O  psaltery  and  harp  Ps.  57  :  9.  Still  more  rarely  a  pronominal  suffix 
may  be  attached  to  the  first  only  of  two  words  to  which  it  belongs^  i-JS 
nnian  viy  strength  and  song  Ex.  15:2. 

§  248.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew ;  indefinite 
nouns  are  sufficiently  characterized  as  such  by  the  absence 
of  the  article.  Thus,  nna  a  river  Gen.  2:10,  D^ipns-Qa  3DTDa 
both  chariots  and  horsemen  Gen.  50 : 9,  tJn'7^  abn  milh  and 
honey  Ex.  3  :  8,  D''tt;'  bny  an  infant  of  days  Isa.  65  :  20. 

a.  The  numeral  ins  one  is  occasionally  employed  in  the  sense  of  an 
indefinite  article,  inx  bb  a  basket  Ex.  29:3,  ini<  B-'N  a  man  Judg.  13:2. 
or  in  the  construct  before  a  plural  noun,  nibasn  nriN  one  of  the  foolish 
women  i.  e.  a  foolish  woman  Job  2 :  10. 


^249  ADJECTIVES    AND    DEMONSTRATIVES.  275 


Adjectives  and  Demonstratives. 

^249.  1.  Adjectives  and  participles,  qualifying  a  noun, 
are  commonly  placed  after  it  and  agree  with  it  not  only  in 
gender  and  number  but  in  definiteness,  that  is  to  say,  if  the 
noun  is  indefinite  they  remain  without  the  article,  but  if  the 
noun  is  made  definite,  whether  by  the  article  or  in  any  of  the 
ways  specified  in  §  246,  they  receive  the  article.  Din  )i  a 
wise  son  Prov.  10:11,  i«^''^  inn  a  hridegroom  going  out  Ps. 
19  :  6,  nniDn  ^-kx)  the  good  land 'S^^Mi.  1  ;35,  Q-^ann  ^^iarin 
thg  manifold  mercies  Neh.  9:19.  If  more  than  one  adjec- 
tive accompany  a  definite  noun,  the  article  is  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  ^"^"13^1  ^^^^n  Dien  the  glorious  and  fearful 
name  Deut.  28  :  58. 

a.  The  adjective  CST  many  is  in  a  few  instances,  for  the  sake  of 
greater  emphasis,  prefixed  to  the  noun  which  it  qualifies,  niD3  ca^  many 
sons  1  Chron.  28:  5,  n^ns  ni3T  many  times  Neh.  9  :  28.  so  Ps.  32 :  10,  89: 51, 
Jer.  16:16.  Other  instances  are  rare,  inib"T2  "iT  his  strange  work,  iT~i33 
lnT33  his  strange  task  Isa.  28:21,  ""^^S  P"''^S  my  righteous  serva7it  Isa. 
53:11,  i^ninx  misa  her  treacherous  sister  Jer.  3:7,  10. 

b.  Some  exceptional  cases  occur,  in  which  an  adjective  qualifying  a 
definite  noun  does  not  receive  the  article,  Mllj'in  M^5S;n  the  new  cart 
2  Sam.  6:3,  n^-i23  )s:iri  the  strange  vine  Jer.  2:21,  Ezek.  39:27,  Dan. 
8:13,  11:31,  or  when  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  a  suffix,  "inx  C3"'nit 
your  other  brother  Gen.  43: 14,  'Jnx  USrsn  the  one  lamb  Num.  28:4,  Ezek. 
3i  :  12,  Hag.  1:4.  In  nrn  cna'n  a?i  evil  report  respecting  them  Gen.  37 : 2, 
the  suffix  denotes  the  object  and  the  noun  is  really  indefinite.  Comp. 
§  246.  2.  6. 

c.  On  the  other  hand,  the  article  is  sometimes  dropped  from  the  noun, 
but  retained  before  tiie  adjective,  nBin^n  nkn  the  great  court  1  Kin.  7: 12, 
^^iljyn  d-'X  the  rich  man  2  Sam.  12:  4J  binjn  nii  the  great  well  1  Sam. 
19:22,  Neh.  9:35,  Ps.  104:  18,  Jer.  27:3.  32^:  14.  40:3  K'thibh,  Ezek.  9:2, 
Zech.  4:7;  so  with  the  ordinal  numbers,  "'t't"!!  DT^  the  sixth  day  Gen. 
1:31,2:3,  Ex.  20:10,  Deut.  5:  14,  Judg.  0:25^  Jer.  38:14. 

2.  Demonstrative  pronouns  follow  the  same  rule  of  posi- 
tion and  agreement,  only  the  nouns  which  they  qualify  are 
invariably  definite,  §245.  2,  nin  rr?T\  this  dag  Gen.  7  :  13, 
n^xn  n-'na^in  these  things  Gen.  15:1,  nrinn  D^sn  those 
men  Num.  9:7.     If  both  an  adjective  and  a  demonstrative 


276  SYNTAX.  P50 

qualify  the  same  noun,  the  demonstrative  is  placed  last,  T'^i^'^ 
niJTn  nniian  Deut.  9  :  6,  r^^.r}  nibn  ninbn  u-'b^n  these  good 
years  that  (are)  coming  Gen.  41  :  35. 

a.  The  demonstrative  iTr  occasionally  stands  emphatically  before  its 
noun,  tiCTa  nt  this  Moses  Ex.  32:1,  where  it  is  probably  contemptuous 
like  the  Latin  isie^  ^^rnb  riT  this  our  bread  Josh.  9:  12,  Judg.  5:5,  1  Sam. 
17:55,  5G,  crn  nt  this'people  Isa.  23:  13,  Hab.  1 :  11.  The  demonstrative 
both  follows  the  noun  and  is  repeated  after  the  adjective  in  n|5<<^  n'^^iirt 
riiJXin  n"'"isu52r|  these  nations  these  that  remain  Josh.  23  :  7.  12. 

6.  The  article  is  sometimes  omilted  from  the  demonstrative,  It  "ni^rt 
this  generation  Ps.  12:8,  Nin  nb'^^2  in  that  night  Gen.  19:33,  30:16, 
32:23,  1  Sam.  19:10,  particularly  if  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  means 
of  a  suffix,  rXT  "'nrpili  this  my  oath  Gen.  24:8,  r\\k  ''rhi<  these  my  signs 
Ex.  10:1,  11:8,  Deut.  11:18,  Josh.  2:14,  20,  Judg.  6:14,  1  Kin.  22:23, 
2Chron.  18:22,  24:18,  Jer.  3i:21. 

c.  The  article  is  still  more  rarely  dropped  from  the  noun,  i^^i'n  iri'n  Bsa 
this  small  quantity  of  honey  1  Sam.  14:  29,  T^l^  iniSN  la^X  that  Ephrathilt 
17 :  12,  nt  "ibn  this  sickness  2  Kin.  1 :  2,  8 :  8. 


Numerals. 

Cardinal  Numhers. 

§250.  1.  The  numeral  ^ns  one  is  treated  like  other  ad- 
jectives, and  follows  the  rules  of  position  and  agreement 
already  given,  'rnx  Dip^  one  place  Gen.  1  :  9,  nris?n  Win^n 
the  one  curtain  Ex.  26  :  2. 

a.  In  a  very  ^evf  instances  the  noun  is  in  the  construct  before  the  nu- 
meral one,  "nnN  i:b©73  one  law  Lev.  24:22,  inx  ',i"ii<  a  chest  2  Kin.  12: 10, 
inx  nriQ  one  governor  Isa.  36:  9,  comp.  §254.  6.  b. 

2.  The  other  cardinal  numbers  are  joined  to  nouns  as 
follows,  viz. : 

(1.)  They  commonly  stand  before  the  noun   to  which- 
they  belong  and  in  the  absolute  state,  D'^ib'a  nyanx  four 
kings  Gen.   14  :  9,  ^^b  mt  sixty  cities  Deut.   3  : 4,  nijtt 
Q"'p^'n2  a  hundred  calces  of  raisins  2  Sam.  16:1,  Csbs  ri'iSizJ 
D'liJnB  sioe  thousand  horsemen  1  Sam.  13:5. 

(2.)  Such  as  have  a  distinct  form  for  the  construct  (viz. 


§  251  NUMERALS.  277 

2-10,  f^i?''9  hundred,  "^S^s?  thousands)  may  also  stand  before 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  D'^in  "ibrj  two  so?is  prop,  two 
of  sons  Gen.  10  :  25,  w^h-^  nyanx  four  days  Judg.  11  :  40, 
D^i:^^  ri<)2  «  hundred  sockets  Ex.  38 :  27,  D-^^^a  ^£bx  tstht 
three  thousand  camels  Job  1  :  3. 

a.  The  numbers  two.  three,  four.^  and  seven,  occur  witli  the  suffixes  of 
pronouns  which  are  in  apposition  with  them,  13n':x  1D"'5d  v:e,  both  of  us 
1  Sam.  20  :  42,  "in-^nia  they  two  or  both  of  them  1  Sam.  25  :  43,  oirnrbiu  ye 
three.,  ondb\r  ;/iey  //tree  Num.  12  :  4,  cnyanx  they  four  Dan.  1:17,  tnisfaia 
they  seven  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri.  The  following  numerals  occur  with  pro- 
nominal suffixes  having  a  possessive  sense,  ?]i'tai2n  thy  ffty,  I'^fe^n  his 
ffty  2  Kin.  1 :  10,  Dh-'TTan.  their  fifties  ver.  14,  ■'bbx  viy  thousand  Judg. 
6:15,  cb'^sbx  your  thousands  1  Sam.  10:19,  I'^nhn'i  his  ten  thousands 
1  Sam.  18:7? 

(3.)  Less  frequently  the  numerals  stand  after  the  noun 
in  the  absolute  state,  ^2:5  niS^ia  seven  steps  Ezek.  40 :  22, 
n^nic?  rihx  twenty  she-asses  Gen.  32:16,  qbx-nij^  D^'n23  a 
hundred  thousand  talents  1  Chron.  22  :  14. 

§251.  1.  The  units  (including  ten),  whether  they  stand 
singly  or  are  compounded  with  other  numbers,  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  gender,  ninb^  irbts  three  leaves  Jer.  36 :  23, 
"'in  i^D  nirbia  three  baskets  of  bread  Gen.  40:16,  wans 
Diib33  "\h'S  fourteen  lambs  Num.  29  :  15 ;  the  other  numerals 
observe  no  distinction  of  gender. 

a.  When  the  units  qualify  riiNT?  hundreds  or  fi'^E^x  thousands,  their 
gender  is  determined  by  that  of  these  words  respectively.  In  'i"'ja"'iia5  rioblZJ 
the  three  wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  the  masculine  adjective  is  probably 
to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  noun,  though  in  reality  feminine,  has 
a  masculine  termination. 

2.  Nouns  accompanied  by  the  units  (2-10)  are  almost 
invariably  plural,  while  those  which  are  preceded  by  the  tens 
(20-90)  or  numbers  compounded  with  them  (21,  etc.),  are 
commonly  put  in  the  singular,  nb'^b  D'^i'^ns'i  Di^  tpi^y^^  forty 
days  and  forty  niyhts  Gen.  7  :  4,  n;^  D'^febpi  '$%'\^four  and 
thirty  years  Gen.  11  :  16,  D''bffl  yno"]  nbl^  W'^W  twenty  years 
and  seven  years  Gen.  23:1. 


278  '  SYNTAX.  §251 

a.  This  phenomenon  is  probably  to  be  accounted  for  upon  a  principle 
analogous  to  that  by  which  the  anomalous  terminations  for  gender  in  the 
numerals  has  been  explained,  §223.  2.  When  the  numeral  has  itself  a 
plural  form,  as  it  has  in  the  tens,  the  plurality  of  the  entire  expression  is 
sufficiently  indicated  without  giving  a  plural  ending  to  the  noun  likewise. 
But  with  the  units  which  have  a  singular  termination,  the  noun  must  take 
a  plural  form.  It  may  be  observed,  however,  that  this  peculiarity  chiefly 
affects  a  certain  class  of  nouns,  viz.  those  which  are  most  frequently 
numbered,  and  in  which,  consequently,  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  the 
expression  by  retrenching  the  plural  ending  is  most  strongly  manifested. 
These  are  such  as  li'^S  man,  and  various  measures  of  time,  space,  weight, 
etc.,  e.  g.  nid  year,  ni^  day,  nriX  cubit,  bj^iu  shekel.  These  nouns  are 
also  found,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  singular  with  hundreds  and 
thousands,  Tii'd  r^^N^  Siin  nine  hundred  years  Gen.  5 : 5,  nax  CJ^k  a 
thousand  cubits  Num.  35:4,  and  with  the  numbers  from  11  to  19,  Hia^sn 
^pa  "libs  fifteen  shekels  Lev.  27 :  7.  Comp.  in  German  hundert  Fuss  lang, 
funfzig  Pfund  schwer,  and  in  English  twenty  head  of  cattle,  a  ten  foot 
pole. 

b.  The  numbers  from  2  to  10  are  very  rarely  found  with  singular  nouns, 
njd  niao  eight  years  2  Kin.  22:  1,  n^S  ttibd  three  cubits  25:  17  K'thibh 
where  the  K'ri  has  Piiax .  The  tens  are  occasionally  followed  by  the 
plural  Dirnia  ciib-j  thirty  companions  Judg.  14:11,  i)';'n~'':3  D-'Siad 
eighty  sons  of  valour  2  Chron.  26:  17,  D-'nb';!  "^b^rsi  n-^yanx /oWj/-fu;o  chil- 
dren  2  Kin.  2:  24.  When  the  noun  precedes  the  numeral  it  is  always  put 
in  the  plural. 

c.  In  enumerations  of  familiar  objects  the  noun  is  sometimes  omitted, 
when  the  meaning  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection,  Snj  ■rn'iZJS'  ten 
(shekels)  of  gold  Gen.  2A :  22,  qD3  nixa  ^h-d  three  hwidred  (shekels)  of 
silver  Gen.  45:22,  nnii-iniu  two  (loaves)  of  bread  1  Sam.  10:4,  D'^'ii'b-llJd 
six  (ephahs)  of  barley  Ruth  3:  15.  In  measurements,  the  word  fiMX  cubit 
is  occasionally  preceded  by  the  preposition  2 .  thus  n53N3  2?2"i5<  four  by 
the  cubit  i.  e.  four  cubits. 

3.  Compound  numbers  may  either  proceed  from  the 
higher  to  the  lower  denomination,  nyanxi  D^ir^n  D:^nNr)  t\)i^ 
a  thousand  two  hundred  jifty  and  four  Neh.  7  :  34,  or  the  re- 
verse, n':^  ri?T3i  D'^Trbir^  ynio  seven  and  thirty  and  a  hundred 
years  Ex.  6:16.  The  noun  sometimes  stands  at  the  begin- 
ning or  end  of  the  entire  series  as  in  preceding  examples, - 
and  sometimes  it  is  repeated  after  each  numeral,  <ni;»  nk'sa 
ci©  yiii^l  nbiD  d'^'^TCI^I  a  hundred  years  and  twenty  years  and 
seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 

4.  Numeral  adjectives  may  receive  the  article  when  they 
represent  an  absolute  number,  or  the  noun  is  not  expressed ; 


^  252  ORDINAL    NUMBERS,    ETC.  279 

but  when  tliey  are  joined  to  a  definite  noun  the  latter  alone 
receives  the  article,  n??Tfn  {the)  two  are  better  than  '^nsn 
{the)  one  Eccles.  4  :  9,  D"i^2';ixn  the  forty  Gen.  18  :  29,  D''#^n 
Qp'n^n  the  fifty  riyhteous  ver.  28,  Vnbs  ^nic  his  two  dauyh- 
ters  19  :  30,  Di^n  n^i?s-is?  the  forty  days  Deut.  9  :  25. 

a.  When  compound  numbers  11,  12,  etc.,  receive  the  article,  it  maybe 
given  to  the  first  member  of  the  compound,  libs  B''3Tiin  the  twelve  1  Chron. 
25:19.27:15,  1  Kin.  6:38,  or  to  the  second,  UJ-'X  ^ibrn  Q-'io  the  twelve 
men  Josh.  4 :  4,  1  Kin.  19 :  19.  In  the  example  just  cited  the  article  is  given 
to  the  numeral  instead  of  to  the  noun,  but  in  "iib5>"C"'5u:  "ipan  the  twelve 
oxen  1  Kin.  7:44,  the  general  rule  is  observed.  In  cn:j3~ii<  i^^xn  n'lnVilifi 
these  four  children  Dan.  1 :  17,  the  numeral  following  a  definite  noun  re- 
ceives a  pronominal  suffix  referring  to  it. 


Ordinal  Numbers^  etc. 

§252.  1.  The  ordinal  numbers  follow  the  general  law 
of  adjectives  in  position  and  agreement  with  the  substantive, 
to  which  they  belong,  ''ii??  iS;  a  second  son  Gen.  30  :7,  nbiBS 
nnffiibffiin  in  the  third  year  1  Kin.  18:1. 

2.  The  lack  of  ordinals  above  ten  is  supplied  by  using 
the  cardinals  instead,  which  are  then  commonly  preceded  by 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  isi'ifei  ^''l^V,  f^?®  the  twenty- 
seventh  year  1  Kin.  16  :  10,  although  this  order  is  not  always 
observed,  ni©  JTitc^-TiJbTr  thirteenth  year  Gen.  14  :  4. 

a.  A  fuller  form  of  expression  is  sometimes  employed,  e.  g.  1^21IJ3 
nid  n:td!i  niiijbd  in  the  thirty-eighth  year  prop,  zn  the  year  of  thirty-eight 
years  1  Kin.  16:29,  2  Kin.  15:  1, 

h.  In  dates  the  cardinals  are  used  for  the  day  of  the  month  and  some- 
times for  the  year,  even  though  the  number  is  below  ten;  the  words  day 
and  month  are  also  frequently  omitted,  yD'JJ  niiy  the  seventh  year  2  Kin. 
12:1,  "^sirinn  uinrib  nra-is  the  fnurlh  (day)  of  the  nirith  mo?ithZech.  7: 1, 
iS'^3\E3  ?n  the  seventh  (month)  ver.  5. 

3.  When  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts, 
§  227.  3,  they  stand  before  the  noun,  "J^nn  mbw  the  third 
of  a  hin  Num.  15:6. 

4.  Distributive  numbers  are  formed  by  repeating  the  car- 
duials,  oritO   D^iir  two  by  two  Gen.  7 : 9,  n;^^©   nyntD  by 


280  SYNTAX.  §253 

sevens  ver.  2.  The  numeral  adverbs  once,  twice,  etc.,  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  feminme  of  the  cardinals,  nns  once,  D'^ri© 
twice  2  Kin.  6:10,  Ps.  62:12,  or  by  means  of  the  noun 
D?5  stroke  or  heat,  a':tt?B  twice  Gen.  27  :  36,  D^isi^s  ^m 
ten  times  Job  19:3  or  '^^%")  steps,  ^^T)  t^jStd  three  times 
Ex.  23:14. 

a.  This  use  of  these  nouns  has  arisen  from  the  method  of  counting  by 
beats  or  taps  with  the  hand  or  foot. 


Apposition. 

§253.  When  one  noun  serves  to  define  or  to  describe 
another  it  may  be  put  in  apposition  with  it.  This  construc- 
tion, of  which  a  more  extended  use  is  made  in  Hebrew  than 
in  occidental  languages,  may  be  employed  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  both  nouns  denote  the  same  person  or  thing, 
ni^  ?jbi2n  2  Sam.  6:16,  or  less  commonly,  ^btn  Hy^  13 :  39 
Icing   David,    •^'j'obi?    Tm^    a   woman    (who   was)    a   widow 

1  Kin.  7  :  14. 

2.  When  the  second  specifies  the  first  by  stating  the 
material  of  which  it  consists,  its  quantity,  character  or  the 
like,  rnsnsn  "ijban  the  oxen  the  brass  i.  e.  the  brazen  oxen 

2  Kin.  16:17,  n^]^  cifto  t^t  three  measures  (consisting  of) 
meal  Gen.  18:6,  nyn  citD'^nia  seven  years  (of)  famine 
2  Sam.  24  :  13,  Q^'a;'  D'^i^nTr  T\t^t  three  weeks  (of)  dai/s  Dan. 
10:3,  "ispT3  D^'a;'  days  (which  are)  a  number,  i.  e.  such  as  can 
be  readily  numbered,  a  few  Num.  9  :  20,  nisK  n-^nri?  words 
(which  are)  truth  Prov.  22  :  21. 

a.  In  this  latter  case  the  closer  connection  of  the  construct  state 
might,  with  equal  propriety,  be  employed,  §254.  4,  etc.  The  following 
examples  will  show  with  what  latitude  the  rule  of  apposition  is  occasion- 
ally applied,  yn^  Dt'?  water  (which  is)  affiiclion  i.  e.  identified  with  it  or 
characterized  by  it  1  Kin.  22:27,  ny^nn  ",•^2  wine  (which  is)  intoxication 
i.  e.  produces  it  Ps.  60:5,  '^S'l  if^3  pasture-cattle  i.  e.  those  whose  charac- 
teristic it  is  that  they  have  been  in  the  pastures  1  Kin.  5:3;  bearing 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  2S1 

ninati  "iiiNn  the  ark  viz.  the  covenant,  which  was  the  thins'  of  chief  con- 
sequence  about  the  ark  Josh.  3: 14,  a  hundred  thousand  IJSS  Dip'N  2  Kin. 
3:4,  which  is  by  some  understood  to  mean  wool-bearing  rams  i.  e.  charac- 
terized by  the  production  of  wool ;  according  to  others,  the  first  word  de- 
notes the  quantity  and  the  second  the  material,  rams  (of)  wool  i.  e,  as 
much  as  rams  have,^eeces. 

h.  Proper  nouns,  which  have  no  construct  state,  may  be  followed  by 
qualifying  nouns  in  a  loose  sort  of  apposition,  nniin'^  onb  rr^a  Bethlehem 
(in)  Judah  1  Sam.  17:12,  compare  in  English,  Princeton,  New  Jersey; 
Ci^nriS  Dnx  iina  Pethor  (in)  Mesopotamia  Deut.  23 : 5,  D^ruibB-ra  Gath 
(of)  the  Philistines  Am.  6:2;  the  destined  possessor  of  my  honse  is  pii;'52'n 
^.''.?''r'?<  Damascus  (in  the  person  of  its  citizen)  Eliezer  Gen.  15:2,  O'Tibx 
rixnil  God  (of)  Hosts  Ps.  80:5,  8,  15,  20;  when  c'^h'bwS  is  regarded  as  an 
appellative  noun  instead  of  a  proper  name,  this  divine  title  becomes 
mx3S  ''ribx  Ps.  89 : 9. 


The  Construct  State  and  Suffixes. 

^254.  When  one  noun  is  limited  or  restricted  in  its 
meaning  by  another,  the  first  is  put  in  the  construct  state ; 
if  the  hmiting  word  be  a  personal  pronoun  it  is  suffixed  to 
the  noun.  The  relation  thus  expressed  corresponds,  for  the 
most  part,  to  the  occidental  genitive  or  to  that  denoted  in 
English  by  the  preposition  of.  The  primary  notion  of  the 
grammatical  form  is  simply  the  juxtaposition  of  two  nouns, 
or  the  union  of  a  noun  and  a  pronoun,  to  represent  the  sub- 
ordination of  one  to  the  other  in  the  expression  of  a  single 
idea,  §  212.  The  particular  relation,  which  it  suggests,  is 
consequently  dependent  on  the  meanings  of  the  words  them- 
selves, and  is  in  each  case  that  which  is  most  naturally  sug- 
gested by  their  combination.  Thus,  the  second  noun  or  the 
pronominal  suffix  may  denote 

1 .  The  possessor  of  that  which  is  represented  by  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  T\)'n'^  biin  tke  temple  of  Jehovah  1  Sam.  1  :  9, 
Dib^Dn  their  substance  Gen.  12:5.  This  embraces  the  various 
degrees  of  relationship,  nn'ini^"]^  son  of  Abraham  Gen. 
25  :  12,  ^r}irN  %  IV  fe  Gen.  12:5. 

2.  The  whole,  of  which  the  preceding  word  denotes  a  part, 


282  SYNTAX.  §254 

?ji3?  •'i)''nx  the  poor  of  thy  people  Ex.  23  :  11,  'j^nx-^-iaDi  the 
honourable  of  the  earth  Isa.  23:9. 

a.  The  construct  relation,  when  thus  employed,  indicates  that  the  part 
singled  out  from  the  whole  possesses  the  quality  referred  to  in  an  eminent 
degree.  The  first  word  is  sometimes  an  abstract  noun,  T^Tns  ribip  the 
height  of  his  cedars  i.  e.  his  highest  cedars  2  Kin.  19:23.  Here  too  be- 
long the  superlative  expressions,  ciJ^S  ^"'P  ^'^^V  of  holies.  W'^'^X^ti  li^ 
the  song  of  songs,  D'^"'^?'.  13S  servant  of  servants,  one  that  is  a  servant  by 
way  of  eminence  when  compared  with  all  others. 

3.  An  individual  of  the  class  denoted  by  the  preceding 
noun,  thus  serving  the  purpose  of  a  more  exact  designation, 
uiri^  Ifi^  the  land  of  Egypt  Gen.  41 :  19,  nn&-nn3  the  river 
(of)  Euphrates  Gen.  15:18,  D^nsj!  ''i?  cedar  trees,  2  Chron. 
2 : 7,  np?p.  nySin  imrm  (of)  Jacob  Isa.  41 :  14,  D-innn  i©5s 
men  (who  are)  merchants  1  Kin.  10  :  15. 

4.  The  material  of  which  the  preceding  noun  is  com- 
posed, IHT  nn  a  ring  of  gold  Gen.  24 :  22,  f^""^'??  vessel  of 
wood  Lev.  11 :  32,  D^iyri  n'li?  the  flock  of  goats  Cant.  4:1. 

5.  The  measure  of  its  extent,  value,  duration,  etc.,  ^^H'^ 
n^'a^  rrtiM  a  journey  of  three  days  Jon.  3  :  3,  ""133  b^tri  the 
weight  of  a  talent  1  Chron.  20  :  2,  "iSD)3  '^n'a  men  of  nu7nber 
i.  e.  readily  numbered,  few.  Gen.  34  :  30,  D?i2?  ^i'^^,  a  pos- 
session of  perpetuity  Gen.  17:8. 

6.  An  attribute,  by  which  it  is  characterized,  b^in  "lina 
mighty  ynan  of  valour  Judg.  11  :  1,  "^IS  fi?  ^r^e  of  fruit  Gen. 
1:11,  li'^jn  JS'^a  valley  of  vision  i.  e.  distinguished  as  the  one 
where  visions  are  received  Isa.  22  :  1,  f^^"ir;'n  1^^  the  flock  of 
slaughter  i.  e.  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  Zech.  11  :  4. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  Hebrew  uses  nouns  to  express  many  of 
the  ideas  for  which  adjectives  are  employed  in  other  languages ;  thus,  in 
the  examples  under  Nos.  4,  5,  and  Q,vesselqfwood  for  wooden  vessel,  posses- 
sion of  perpetuity  for  perpetual  possession,  viighty  man  of  valour  fnr  valiant 
mighty  man,  flock  of  slaughter  tor  gre.v  mactanda.  This  both  arises  from 
and  explains  the  comparative  paucity  of  adjectives  in  Hebrew:  though 
even  where  corresponding  adjectives  exist  the  other  construction  is  fre- 
quently preferred,  t'^.p  ■''^?3  garments  of  holiness  Ex.  2S  :  2,  p'i^"''n2T 
sacrifices  of  righteousness,  ^"i""?;  holy  and  P'^'^^  righteous  being  used  with 


^254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  283 

less  latitude  and  with  a  stricter  regard  to  the  ethical  idea  which  they  in- 
volve. Attributives  are  frequently  formed  by  prefixing  such  words  as 
UJ''!!t  man^  b^a  lord^  '{2.  son,  P3  daughter,  to  abstract  nouns  or  other  sub- 
stantives, thus.  "iJSFl  TIJ""!!;  a  man  of  form  i.  e.  comely  1  Sam.  16:18,  IIJ'X 
C'S"!  man  of  words  i.  e.  eloquent  Ex.  4  :  10.  nio'^nn  hv2  the  possessor  of 
dreams  i.  e.  dreamer  Gen.  37  :  19,  ni^;  n5t'j"|3  son  of  eight  days  i.e.  eight 
days  old  Gen.  17:12,  ri^'^a  son  of  death  i.  e.  deserving  to  die  1  Sam. 
20  -..31,  biy^ba'^JS  sons  of  worthlessness  i.  e.  wicked  Deut.  13  :  14,  B'^y'JiriTa 
nsiU  daughter  of  ninety  years  i.  e.  iiinety  years  old  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  Occasionally  in  poetry  an  adjective  instead  of  agreeing  with  its  sub-    ,o 
Btantive  is  treated  as  though  it  were  an  abstract  noun,  "(ijisn  i^3  vessels    I  "^tt-ij  .  1- vf ; 
of  small  (capacity)  Isa.  22  :  24,  vA^  ^-q  waters  of  fulness  Ps.  73  :  10,  rris-bs  C«u:t.  *1  '  < 
binsn  perhaps  every  house  of  great  (size),  though  others  render  every  great  * 

(man's)  house  Jer.  52:13.  So  sometimes  an  adverb,  i:???  "rrafew  men 
Deut.  26:5,  TiaPl  W^'^S  continual  bimit-qferi^ig  Num.  28 :h,  titn' •'h'r\  blood 
(shed)  causelessly  1  Kin.  2:31,  Doi"!  i-iia  enemies  in  the  day  //we  Ezek. 
30  :  16,  ni^n  •jix  dumb  stone  Hab.  2  :  19,  or  adverbial  phrase,  'y^'^'O  "'n'bx 
a  God  nigh  at  hand,  pfriT?  ^ribx  a  God  afar  off  Jer.  23:  23. 

7.  The  source  from  which  the  preceding  noun  is  derived, 
nih;'  nnin  t/ie  law  of  Jehovah  Ex.  13  : 9,  nicia  120  the  book 
of  Moses  2  Chron.  25:4,  r.nnx  nbin  sick  from  love  Cant.  2 : 5. 

8.  The  subject  by  which  an  action  is  performed,  or  in 
which  an  attribute  inheres,  n^iii^  f^^H^  the  love  of  God  i.  e. 
exercised  by  him  1  Kin.  10:9,  rrabt  trq^n  the  wisdom  of 
Solomon  1  Kin.  5  :10. 

9.  The  object,  upon  which  an  action  is  directed,  rii'n';' 
D^n'bx  the  fear  of  God  Gen.  20  :  11,  Di^n  nbin^^a  the  rule  of 
the  day  Gen.  1:16. 

a.  After  nouns,  which  express  or  imply  action,  the  following  noun  or 
suffix  denotes  the  subject  or  the  object  as  the  sense  or  the  connection  may 
demand.  T\'\rv\  PX3p  the  zeal  of  Jehovah,  which  he  feels  Isa.  37:32,  Di-rx3p 
zeal  of  the  people,  which  is  felt  for  them  Isa.  26:  11  ;  ono  rfrj;T  the  cry 
against  Sodom  Gen.  18:20,  l:n-np?.]i_  the  cry  of  the  poor  Prov.  21:13; 
■io^ori  his  wrong  i.  e.  done  by  him  Ps.  7:  17,  "'b^n  wy  wrong  i.  e.  done  to 
me  Gen.  16:5;  D'';-T-j-i'n  the  way  of  the  sea  i.e.  leading  to  it  1  Kin.  18:43, 
Drnn^^^  TQ^.  the  way  of  Jeroboam  i.  e.  in  which  he  walked  1  Kin.  16:  26. 

b.  Active  participles  are  frequently  put  in  the  construct  state  before 
their  object,  tJS^^  ^2"'^'3  restoring  the  soid  Ps.  19:8.  r^ia  ""iinj*  loving  thy 
Tjame  Ps.  5 :  12,  i?b  "^xa  entering  the  gale  Gen.  23:10.  So  even  before 
an  infinitive  which  they  govern,  C>lp  iXJ-'SUi??  being  early  to  rise  Ps.  127:  2. 
Passive  participles  may  be  in  the  construct  before  the  subject  of  the  ac- 
tion, cn'bx   risia  smitten  of  God  Isa.  53 : 4,  nt'X  *\'A^  born  of  a  woman 


284  SYNTAX.  §255 

Job  14:1,  or  before  the  secondary  object,  if  the  verb  is  capable  in  the 
active  of  having  a  double  object,  pbTTian.  girded  with  sackcloth  Joel  1 :8, 
Qi'^am  lUi;b  clothed  with  linen  Ezek.  9:11.  When  a  noun  follows  the  in- 
finitive  it  may  be  in  construction  with  it  as  its  subject,  ~t\^.'^  ^"ip3  on  the 
king^s  reading  2  Kin.  5  :  7,  "ny'in  his  driving  out  Num.  32  :21,  or  be  gov- 
erned by  it  as  its  object,  bxiiaui-K-ip  to  call  Samuel  1  Sam.  3:8,  ca'^nin 
to  drive  them  out  Deut.  7  :  17. 

10.  The  respect  in  which  a  preceding  attribute  holds,  so. 
that  it  answers  the  purpose  of  specijication,  D'^nsiC'S'at:  un- 
clean as  to  lips  Isa.  6:5,  '^T'^V^  hard  hearted  Ezek.  3 :  7, 
wnyi  *ii?nj?  rent  as  to  (garments,  2  Sam.  13  :  31. 

a.  This  answers  to  what  is  known  as  the  Greek  accusative,  TroSa?  w/cu's ; 
the  English  has  in  certain  cases  adopted  the  Hebrew  idiom,  so  that  we 
can  say  swift  of  foot,  blind  of  an  eye,  etc. 

§255.  1.  When  the  relation  between  two  nouns  is  ex- 
pressed by  an  intervening  preposition,  the  first  commonly 
remains  in  the  absolute  state :  it  may,  however,  particularly 
in  poetry,  be  put  in  the  construct,  ?i3^5n  inn  mountains  in 
Gilboa  2  Sam.  1  :  21,  DS^'a  '^k'''^'^ prophets  out  of  their  oion 
heart  Ezek.  13:2,  ^3:i  ""il  according  to  the  ahility  in  us 
Neh.  5  : 8. 

2.  A  noun  is  sometimes  put  in  the  construct  before  a 
succeeding  clause  with  which  it  is  closely  connected :  thus, 
before  a  relative  clause,  "ni^i?  oipfja  the  place  where,  etc..  Gen. 
89  :  20,  ni?s?  ^-frsfor  the  reason  that  Deut.  22 :  24,  par- 
ticularly when  the  relative  is  itself  omitted,  nbtDn-l^a  hy  the 
hand  of  (him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  nihi~in'n  n'inn 
the  beginning  of  (what)  Jehovah  spake  Hos.  1  :  2,  or  before 
the  conjunction  1  and,  tiy^l  f^'SDH  wisdom  and  knowledge  Isa. 
33  :  6,  r^^'P  i^'il  frnsiJ?  drunken  and  not  with  loine  Isa.  51 :  21. 

3.  Three,  four,  or  even  five  nouns  are  sometimes  joined 
tos^ether  in  the  relation  of  the  construct  state,  Dnh55"nin  lirsn 
the  heads  of  the  houses  of  their  fathers  Ex.  6  :  14,  *'t?^TiJ  nsD^ 
bi?ntoi-i;n  the  number  of  the  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
Josh.  4:5,  n^TiJs-^b)?  aab  b^r^ns  the  fruit  of  the  greatness 
of  heart  of  the  king  of  Assyria  Isa.  10  :  12. 


§  256  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  285 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  two  words  of  like 
meaning  are  united  in  tlie  construct  before  tlie  same  noun,  lann  "'^n.s  "'"nn,,?. 
rivers,  brooks  of  honey  Job  20  :  17,  nr;? -^riin  -^ptii  Ps.  78  :  9,"  if  rendered 
as  it  is  by  some  armed  with,  shooting  the  bow,  though  "'h'lIJ'is  may  be  in  con- 
struction not  with  nirp  but  with  "^'sii  armed  ones  of  those  who  shoot  the 
bow,  armed  bowmen.     See  Alexander  in  he. 

§256.  When  two  words  are  in  the  construct  relation 
they  must  stand  in  immediate  conjunction,  and  no  other 
word  can  be  suffered  to  come  between  them  as  it  would  ob- 
scure the  sense.  Hence  an  adjective,  participle  or  demon- 
strative, qualifying  a  noun  in  the  construct  state,  cannot 
stand  immediately  after  it,  but  must  be  placed  after  the  gov- 
erned noun,  bin^n  nih;i  nib^'a  the  great  work  of  Jehovah 
Judg.  2:7,  nSi^ta  nnr  nnu?  a  great  crown  of  gold  Esth. 
8:15.  So  an  article  or  suffix,  belonging  to  a  noun  in  the 
construct,  must  be  attached  not  to  it  but  to  the  governed 
noun,  b^nn  iniaa  the  mighty  men  of  valour  Josh.  1 :  14,  '^Y^'^, 
innr  Us  idols  of  gold  Isa.  2:20,  ''ia^l?  oil?  mg  name  of  holi- 
ness i.  e.  mg  holy  name  Lev.  20  :  3. 

a.  When  the  governing  and  the  governed  noun  are  of  the  same  gender 
and  number  it  may  be  doubtful  to  which  of  them  the  following  adjective 
is  to  be  referred,  thus  biisn  rS7.  ""nx  Gen.  10 :  21  may  either  mean  the 
elder  brother  of  Japheth  or  the  brother  of  Japheth  the  elder. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  a  noun  with  a  suf- 
fix stands  in  the  construct  belbre  a  following  word,  nriiu:^  Tj-'tnhS'na  thy 
chariots  of  salvation  Hah.  3:8,  Ti;""'Dn?9  my  refuge  of  strength  Ps.  71:7, 
nai,  -31'n  thy  way  of  lewdness  Ezek.  16 :  27,  though  these  are  rather  to  be 
regarded  as  instances  of  apposition  in  the  wide  sense,  §253.  2.  Nouns  in 
the  construct  occasionally  receive  the  article,  §246.  3.  a. 

c.  In  the  following  passages  a  brief  word  intervenes  between  b's, 
which,  though  properly  a  noun  signifying  totality,  is  in  usage  equivalent 
to  a  pronominal  adjective  all,  every,  and  the  noun  which  it  governs, 
fs  Xibn-bs  take  away  all  iniqjiity  Hos.  14  :  3,  so  2  Sam.  1  :  9,  Job  27 :  3, 
and  perhaps  Isa.  38  :  16;  but  see  Alexander  in  loc.  Like  the  Greek  ttSs, 
when  followed  by  a  definite  noun  bs  means  the  whole  or  all,  oyrfbs  all 
the  people,  yiJsn'bs  the  whole  earth,  when  followed  by  an  indefinite  noun 
every,  P'^2~b3  every  house ;  though  here  as  elsewhere  the  poets  may  omit 
the  article,  which  would  be  necessary  in  prose,  uix-.'bs  the  whole  head 
Isa.  1:5.  Connected  witli  a  negative  adverb  it  forms  a  universal  nega- 
tion no,  or  if  the  words  be  rendered  separately  our  idiom  requires  us  to 
translate  bs  by  any,  ntys;;-s<b  nbxba-bs  no  work  shall  be  done  Ex.  12  :  16, 


286  SYNTAX.  §  257, 258 

ttj-in-bs  )-'H  there  is  no  new  thing  Eccl.  1  :  9.  r!'i%-^3  "^oV^  xb  neither  can 
any  god  2  Chron.  32  ;  15.     Comp.  ov  SiKaiw-^T/o-erai  irao-a  crdpi  Rom.  3 :  20. 
d.  He  paragogic  may  be  attached  to  a  noun  in  the  construct  state, 
ttjauj  nfnta  tovxird  the  rising  of  the  sun  Deut.  4  :  41,  Gen.  24  :  67. 

§257.  The  preposition  b  to,  belonging  to,  with  or  with- 
out a  preceding  relative  pronoun,  may  be  substituted  for  the 
construct  relation  in  its  possessive  sense,  n'^ns'p  mbi?  "jiiin 
her  father  s  sheep  prop,  the  sheep  which  belonged  to  her  father 
Gen.  29  :  9,  comp.  nrpni?:  yd  Gen.  37  :  12,  ^i^^'px^  ri;'an  the 
house  of  Elisha  2  Kin.  5  :  9,  comp.  Latin  jpater  mihi.  This 
is  particularly  the  case 

1.  When  the  first  noun  is  omitted  I'i'nb  (a  psalm)  of 
David  Ps.  11:1,  D?^n^b  "jiiris  Amnoii  (son)  of  Ahhioam 
2  Sam.  3  :  2. 

2.  When  the  first  noun  is  indefinite  and  the  second 
definite,  ^i^lb  li  a  son  of  Jesse  1  Sam.  16:18  {'^i^TV^  2  Sam. 
20  : 1  is  the  son  of  Jesse,  §  246. 3),  xr'Vf:^'^r\  nirb  ^ny  a  servant 
of  the  captain  of  the  guard  Gen.  41  :  12. 

a.  Hence  the  frequent  use  of  \  {Lamedh  aiictoris)  in  the  titles  of  the 
Psalms  and  other  compositions,  11"^^  "'1'2T73  a  psalm  of  David  i.  e.  belong- 
ing to  him  as  its  author,  p'lpsrb  n^SPi  a  prayer  of  Habakkuk. 

8.  When  the  first  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  numeral 
adjective,  especially  in  dates,  TiJ"inb  Dii  nibi^-ni^Tan  the  fifteenth 
day  of  the  month  1  Kin.  12  :  32,  tfb^b  rr^ip^Tann  nk'3  in  the 
fifth  year  of  the  king  1  Kin.  14  :  25,  fi^Dsb  t%  niica  in  the 
third  year  of  Asa  1  Kin.  15  :  33. 

4.  When  several  genitives  are  connected  together,  'IDD 
n'lin-'  ''bb^b  D'^'b^n  •^nn'^  the  book  of  the  Chronicles  ofthekitigs 
of  Judah  I  Kin.  15:23. 

The  Predicate. 

§258.  1.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence,  if  a  substantive, 
adjective,  or  pronoun,  may  be  connected  with  its  subject 
without  an  intervening  copula,  their  mutual  relation  being 


§259  THE    PREDICATE.  287 

sufficiently  suggested  by  simply  placing  them  together, 
niS©  n^nin^nrbs  dl  her  paths  (are)  peace  Prov.  3:17,  niu 
V?0  the  tree  (was)  cjood  Gen.  3  :  6,  XJT^  ^t  ^/««s  (is)  the  way 
Isa.  30:21. 

2.  Or  the  pronoun  i?'^n  of  the  third  person  may  be  used 
as  a  copula,  tr^s  ^"^  ''^"'^'^D  *^0?n  the  fourth  river  is  Eu- 
phrates  prop,  it  (is)  Euphrates  Gen.  2 :  14,  n^i!!?  •T^snTra 
«^/^(2^  <2r^  ^//e^e .''  Zech.  4:5,  ""Sb^  K^trnrii?  ^i^oz^  art  my  king 
Ps.  44 :  5,  cn  D'^'ial?^  !^^2!?n  n^irJDxn  these  men  are  peaceable 
Gen.  34:21. 

3.  Or  the  verb  «ijn  to  be  may  be  employed  for  a  like 
purpose,  particularly  if  the  idea  of  past  or  future  time  is  in- 
volved, ^nn  nn'n  V"iijn  the  earth  was  desolate  Gen.  1  :  2, 
ni-iijnn  ^'^n  njban  ^/^^  OcZ-^i^  were  ploughing  Job  1  :  14. 

a.  Verbs  which  denote  some  modification  of  being  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  the  same  way;  thus,  his  eyes  nina  liinn  began  (to  be)  dim 
1  Sam.  3:2;  S^^^^n  ^^t?  ^^  ^"t-^  ««|^  Noah  began  (to  be)  a  husbandman 
Gen.  9:20;  t'/'i^  T^^'^nns  when  thou  ceasest  spoiling  Isa.  33:  1,  the  hair 
"jib  TjSn  has  turned  white  Lev.  13  :  3  ;  so  io  be  called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc. 

6.  Simple  existence  or  non-existence  is  predicated  by  means  of  the 
particles  'Q')  and  "N,  the  latter  of  which  retains  its  absolute  form  when 
following  the  noun,  but  takes  the  construct  form  '"'X  wbpn  it  precedes  the 
noun  either  immediately  or  separated  from  it  by  intervening  words,  bxa  th 
there  is  a  kinsman  Ruth  3 :  12,  "i^X  c^x  there  was  not  a  man  Gen.  2  : 5, 
r^h  ",-'X  there  was  no  king  in  Israel  Judg.  21  :  25.  These  particles  may 
also  be  used  as  copulas  with  the  personal  pronouns,  when  the  predicate  is 
a  participle,  n.^^"'a  ^^^  ^hou  art  not  letting  go  Ex.  8  :  17.  S'^liJia  'n^;^  thou 
art  saving  Judg.  6  :  36. 

^259.  1.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  may  receive  the  same 
adjuncts  as  in  the  subject,  §  244. 

2.  Adjectives  and  demonstrative  pronouns  in  the  predi- 
cate agree  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  relate  in  gender  and 
number,  but  differ  from  qualifying  adjectives  and  demonstra- 
tives, §  249,  in  standing  before  the  noun  and  in  not  receiv- 
ing the  article,  though  the  noun  be  definite,  li'^n  mu  the 
word  is  good  Dent.  1  :  14,  1'^'bn'i  'D''i'^  his  mercies  are  great 
1  Chron.  21  :  13,  'crai^T)  ni^bin  nbjjs  these  are  the  genera^ 
tions  of  the  heavens  Gen.  2  :  4. 


288 .  SYNTAX.  ^  260 

a.  A  predicate  adjective  may  also,  though  less  frequently,  stand  after 
the  noun,  ns)"'  Tr^vin  the  damsel  was  fair  1  Kin.  1:4,  ^^r^'n  vixn  2riT!i 
2113  and  the  gold  of  that  land  is  good  Gen.  2  :  12. 

6.  If  tlie  sense  require  the  predicate  to  be  made  definite,  it  will  receive 
the  article,  ""SlSfl  "^k  ^^V  inouth  is  the  (one)  speaking  Gen.  45 :  12. 


Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

^  260.  1.  Adjectives  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  com- 
parative or  superlative.  Comparison  is  expressed  by  means 
of  the  preposition  "^froyn  placed  after  the  adjective,  nnii3 
D"'i'ipsi3  rraDH  wisdom  is  better  than  rubies  prop,  is  good  from 
rubies,  differs  from  them  and  by  implication  is  superior  to 
them  in  point  of  goodness,  Prov.  8:11;  ''lia'Q  nrix  p'^^s 
thou  art  more  righteous  than  I,  1  Sam.  24  :  17. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  may  be  expressed 

(1.)  By  adding  bb  all  to  the  comparative  particle  "J^a, 
D'ip"'i;a"b3^  bi'ia  great  from  all  the  sons  of  the  east  i.  e.  the 
greatest  of  all,  etc.,  Job  1:3. 

(2.)  By  an  emphatic  use  of  the  positive,  so  as  to  imply 
the  possession  of  the  attribute  in  an  eminent  degree,  I'^ja  fibjp 
the  least  of  his  sons  prop,  the  little  (one)  2  Chron.  21  :  17, 
m^'2  ns^n  0  fairest  among  women  Cant.  1 : 8,  "itjii^n  the 
least,  binsn  the  greatest  1  Chron.  12:14,  nnii3  the  best  of 
them  Mic.  7  : 4. 

a.  When  the  predicate  is  a  verb  instead  of  an  adjective,  comparison 
may  be  expressed  in  the  same  manner,  "53^  b^iJX  /  will  be  greater  than 
thou  prop,  great  from  thee  Gen.  4 1 :  40,  cnxn-is^  D3n|;1  and  he  was  the 
wisest  of  all  men  1  Kin.  5:11.  In  a  few  passages,  chiefly  occurring  in  the 
book  of  Ecclesiastes,  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  the  adverb  "ini"^ 
more,  "in">  TX  ''SS  Ti?33n  Ivtas  then  more  wise  Eccl.  2  :  15. 

b.  The  construction  with  "i^  may  also  be  used  to  denote  excess,  Plia 
Jfiibj^a  "^51?.  my  iniquity  is  too  great  to  be  forgiven  prop,  greater  than  (it  ia 
possible)  to  forgive  Gen.  4: 13,  ^1212  Dria  too  little  for  thee  Job  15  :  11. 

c.  A  comparative  sense  is  commonly  ascribed  to  "|^  in  the  following 
passages,  in  which  an  adjective,  suggested  by  the  context,  must  be  supplied, 
niiioa'O  "lia^  the  upright  (is  sharper)  than  a  thorn-hedge  Mic.  7:4,  OSN15 
less  than  nothing  Isa.  40  :  17,  41 :24,  Ps.  62:10,  Isa.  10:  10,  Job  11 :  17;  in 
some  of  these  cases,  however,  yci  may  have  the  sense  o{  from  or  nf  and 
denote  that  from  which  any  thing  is  derived  or  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 


§261,262  the  primary  tenses.  289 

Verbs. 

§261.  1.  The  doctrine  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  rests  upon 
a  conception  of  time  radically  different  from. that  which  pre- 
vails in  our  own  and  in  other  Indo-European  languages. 
Time  is  conceived  of,  not  as  distributed  into  three  portions, 
viz. :  past,  present,  and  future,  but  as  consisting  of  the  past 
and  future  only.  The  present  is,  in  this  view,  an  inappreciable 
moment,  without  extension  or  cognizable  existence,  the  mere 
point  of  contact  between  two  boundless  periods  of  duration, 
or  the  instant  of  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  and,  as 
such,  not  entitled  to  be  represented  by  a  distinct  verbal  form. 
Every  action  or  state  of  being  is  accordingly  viewed  as  be- 
longing to  the  past  or  to  the  future ;  and  such  as  do  not 
belong  exclusively  to  one,  may  be  referred  indifferently  to 
either. 

2.  Within  these  two  grand  divisions  of  time  no  account 
is  made  of  those  minuter  distinctions,  in  the  expression  of 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  employ  such  a  variety  of  tenses, 
nor  of  those  modal  differences  which  are  with  us  indicated 
by  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  potential,  except  to  that 
limited  extent  to  which  these  may  be  regarded  as  covered  by 
the  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures,  §  264.  Whatever  is, 
or  is  conceived  of  as  past,  must  be  put  in  the  preterite ;  the 
future  is  used  for  all  that  is,  or  is  conceived  of  as  future, 
while  all  subordinate  modifications  or  shades  of  meaning 
are  either  suggested  by  accompanying  particles,  or,  without 
being  precisely  indicated,  are  left  to  be  inferred  from  the 
connection. 

m 

The  Primary  Tenses. 

§  262.  The  preterite  is  accordingly  used  of 
1.  The  past,  whether  our  idiom  would  require  the  abso- 
19 


290  SYNTAX.  §  262 

lute  past  tense,  i.  e.  the  historical  imperfect,  in  the  her/inning 
God  i5^3  created,  etc.,  Gen.  1:1,  God  nfe?  tempted  Abraham 
Gen.  22 : 1 ;  or  one  of  the  relative  tenses,  viz.  the  past  viewed 
in  relation  to  the  present,  i.  e.  the  perfect,  what  is  this  that 
n^O  thou  hast  done  Gen.  3:13,  thee  ''P'^fi?'^  have  I  seen  right- 
eous Gen.  7:1;  the  past  in  relation  to  another  past,  i.  e.  the 
pluperfect,  God  ended  his  loork  which  ^tv  he  had  made  Gen. 
2:2;  a?id  they  did  so  as  the  Lord  n^.^  had  commanded  Ex. 
7:10;  or  the  past  in  relation  to  a  future,  i.e.  the  future 
perfect,  ^vhen  the  Lord  fnn  shall  have  loashed  aioay,  etc.,  Isa. 
4  :  4,  until  the  time  that  she  which  travailefh  <Tib^  shall  have 
brought  forth  Mic.  5:2;  or  a  conditional  mood,  except  the 
Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very  small  remnant  ^3"^'?^  we 
should  have  been  as  Sodom  Isa.  1:9,/  loould  there  were  a 
sword  in  mine  hand,  for  now  tf^ri^^n  L  loould  have  killed  thee 
Num.  22 :  29  ;  or  an  optative,  denoting  something  which  was 
to  have  been  desired  but  which  nevertheless  did  not  occur, 
wt"i^  0  that  we  had  died  Num.  14:2,  ^^on  "b  0  that  they 
had  been  loise  that  they  (fut.)  ivould  consider  this  Deut. 
32 :  29,  or  a  subjunctive  (the  Jordan  was  dried  up),  that 
Qhsn'^  ye  might  fear  the  Lord,  at  that  time  and  thencefor- 
ward/or^yer  Josh.  4 :  24. 

a.  In  all  these  cases  the  verbal  form  merely  expresses  in  the  general 
that  the  action  belongs  to  the  past,  but  whether  this  is  to  be  taken  abso- 
lutely, relatively,  or  conditionally,  must  be  learned  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  or  from  accompanying  words.  The  proper  English  imperfect 
is  expressed  in  Hebrew  not  by  the  preterite  but  by  the  participle,  3U."^  ^'^T^^ 
and  he  (was)  silting  Gen.  18:  1,  §266.  3. 

h.  In  promises,  contracts,  etc.,  the  preterite  is  sometimes  employed, 
where  we  might  have  expected  the  future,  because  the  inward  act  or  pur- 
pose is  intended  rather  than  its  outward  execution,  itrito  Ihy  seed  Tirj  / 
have  given  this  land  Gen.  15  :  18.  the  grant  was  made  though  they  were 
not  yet  put  in  possession;  accordingly,  when  the  latter  idea  is  prominent, 
the  future  is  used  of  the  same  transaction,  imto  thy  sepd  "|nx  /  will  give 
this  land  Gen.  12 :  7,  26  :  3.     Comp.  Gen.  4  :  14,  23 :  11,  13. 

2.  The  present,  regarded  as  the  continuation  or  natural 
sequence  of  a  pre-existing  action  or  condition.     Anything 


^262  THE   PRIMARY    TENSES.  291 

begun  in  the  past  and  continued  in  the  present  may  be  con- 
sidered to  belong  to  the  past  and  accordingly  spoken  of  in 
the  preterite,  give  me  a  little  water  for  ^'^y^  I  am  thirsty 
Judg.  4:19  prop.  I  have  been  thirsty  and  (it  is  implied)  I 
am  so  still ;  the  earth  ^iJr'o  is  fall  of  violence  prop,  has  been 
and  still  \sfull  Gen.  6:13;  now  ^T\T}'^  I  know  that  Jehovah 
is  the  greatest  of  all  the  gods  Ex.  18  :  11,  prop.  I  have  known, 
the  knowledge  being  in  fact  contemporaneous  with  the  in- 
formation upon  which  it  was  based.  Comp.  in  Latin  novi, 
meminiy  odi. 

a.  It  is  comparatively  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  preterite 
or  the  future  be  used  to  designate  the  present.  That  which  now  exists 
may  either  be  regarded  as  continued  from  the  past  or  as  perpetuated  in  the 
future  ;  and  as  it  is  contemplated  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  aspects, 
will  the  tense  be  determined  accordingly.  Thus,  the  question  whence  come 
ye  is  in  Gen.  42:7  crN3  "j'^X^  whence  have  ye  come,  but  in  Josh.  9:8 
!iX3Fi  "i^xp  whence  are  ye  coming  or  will  ye  come  ;  because,  in  the  former 
instance,  the  past  action  of  coming  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker, 
and  in  the  latter  this  action  is  regarded  as  having  not  yet  ceased. 

3.  Permanent  facts  or  general  truths ;  these,  though  true 
for  all  time,  are  gathered  from  experience  and  observation, 
and  hence  may  be  appropriately  referred  to  the  past,  an  ox 
3ri^  kno'weth  his  owner  Isa.  1 : 3,  oxen  always  have  done  so 
and  it  is  implied  that  they  always  will ;  the  Lord  onn  pitieth 
them  that  fear  him  Ps.  103  :  13. 

a.  The  future  is  used  in  this  case  with  the  same  frequency  and  pro- 
priety as  the  preterite.  An  ox  will  know  his  owner  expresses  the  same 
general  truth  as  an  ox  has  known  his  orcner;  only  in  the  former  case  at- 
tention is  chiefly  drawn  to  its  future,  and  in  the  latter  to  its  past  reali^^a- 
tions,  §263.  3. 

4.  The  future,  when  viewed  as  past;  the  prophets,  in 
their  inspired  descriptions  of  events  which  had  not  yet  come 
to  pass,  often  transport  themselves  to  the  time  when  they 
shall  have  been  accomplished  :  and,  surveying  the  future  from 
this  ideal  point  of  view,  they  give  to  their  predictions  the 
form  of  a  recital  of  what  has  already  taken  place,  Bahjlon 


292  SYNTAX.  §  263 

n^B3  lias  fallen  Isa.  21 :  9,  he  i^^?  hath  home  our  griefs  Isa. 
53 : 4, /or  /  ^V\t!by)  have  made  Esau  hare  Jer.  49  :  10. 

a.  The  counterpart  of  this  prophetic  preterite  is  the  use  of  the 
future  in  vivid  descriptions  of  the  past,  in  which  the  w^riter  appears,  in 
imagination,  to  Uve  over  again  what  has  already  taken  place,  §  263.  5. 

%  263.  The  future  is  used  in  speaking  of 

1 .  The  future,  whether  absolutely,  ^^!^,  I  will  make  of 
thee  a  great  nation  Gen.  12  : 2,  or  relatively  to  something  in 
the  past,  he  took  his  eldest  son  who  Ij^''?'?  was  to  reign  2  Kin. 
3 :  27,  Elisha  was  fallen  sick  of  his  sickness  whereof  ril'a^  he 
was  to  die  2  Kin.  13:14;  or  conditionally,  (would  that  I 
had  died)  for  I  would  have  lain  down  (pret.)  a7id  tiipffij? 
would  he  at  rest  Job  3:13;  hut  (if  it  were  my  case)  /  icnns 
would  seek  unto  God  Job  5:8;  or  optatively  in  the  various 
grades  of  desire,  determination,  permission,  or  command,  so 
I'ins'i  mai/  all  thine  enemies  2J6rish  Judg.  5  :  31 ;  0  that  my 
grief  ^p'"^?  might  he  weighed  Job  6:2;  all  that  thou  com- 
mandest  us  nib^S  we  will  do  Josh.  1  :  16;  deeds  that  ^to:^"'. 
ought  not  to  he  done  Gen.  20:9;  of  the  fruit  of  the  trees  of 
the  garden  %^^  we  mag  eat  Gen.  3  : 2,  ^3DS?h  iiS  ge  shall  7iot 
eat  ver.  3,  mine  ordinances  '^yt2tiT\  ge  shall  keep  Lev.  18:4; 
or  subjunctively,  especially  after  conjunctions  signifying  thaty 
in  order  that,  lest,  etc.,  (bring  the  venison)  ^^'^5^  1?^^  «^ 
order  that  my  soul  may  Mess  thee  Gen.  27  :  25,  against  thee 
have  I  sinned  that  p'^^r^  thou  mightest  he  justified  Ps.  51 : 6. 

a.  When  employed  in  requests,  the  future  is  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  particle  N3,  thus,  N5-~i3'i7  let  thy  servant  speak,  I  pray  thee  Gen. 
44:  18,  xi'i^S"^  let  the  wickedness  of  the  wicked  cease,  I  pray  Ps.  7: 10. 

6,  The  future  is  idiomatically  used  with  tD-ib  and  t'luS  not  yet,  before, 
whether  the  period  referred  to  is  past  or  future,  the  time  denoted  by  the 
particle  being  antecedent  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus,  referring  to  the 
past,  /  ate  of  all  Nnn  onaa  bffore  thou  earnest  Gen.  27:  33,  the  lamp  of 
God  n337  D-tCJ  had  not  yet  gone  out  1  Sam.  3:4;  to  the  future,  that  my 
soul  may  bless  thee  r^ins  oncia  bffore  I  die  Gen.  27 : 4,  OX'np':  B-Jt?  bpfore 
they  call,  I  will  answer  Isa.  65:  24.  There  are  three  examples  of  the  use 
of  the  preterite  with  these  particles,  the  reference  being  to  past  time, 
1  Sam.  3 : 7,  Ps.  90 : 2,  Prov.  8 :  25. 


§  263  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  293 

2.  The  present,  when  it  is  conceived  of  as  extending 
into  the  future,  comfort  my  people  n^s?"'  saith  your  God  Isa. 
40  : 1,  the  divine  utterance  though  begun  is  not  yet  finished; 
ly'in  i^Sn  do  ye  not  know?  ver.  21,  are  you  ignorant,  and 
is  this  ignorance  to  continue?  why  *'33r'  weepest  thou? 
1  Sam.  1 :  8. 

3.  General  truths  or  permanent  facts,  when  the  attention 
is  du'ected  to  their  vaUdity  for  all  time  to  come,  righteousness 
cbinn  exalteth  a  nation  Prov.  14 :  34,  it  does  so  now  and 
always  wiU ;  a  son  '13?'?  honoureth  his  father  Mai.  1  : 6. 

4.  Constant  or  habitual  acts  or  states  viewed  as  con- 
tinuing for  an  indefinite  period  from  the  time  spoken  of, 
even  though  they  may  have  ceased  at  the  time  of  speaking, 
and  so  belong  entirely  to  the  past,  a  mist  nS?|i  used  to  go  up 
from  the  earth  Gen.  2  : 6,  i.  e.  not  only  at  the  moment  of  time 
previously  referred  to  but  from  that  onward ;  thus  Job  nib?)^ 
did  continually  Job  1:5;  the  daughters  of  Israel  npDbn  were 
in  the  habit  of  going  from  time  to  time  Judg.  11 :  40  ;  so  Gen. 
29  :  2,  Ex.  13  :  22,  Num.  11 :  5,  1  Sam.  2  :  19. 

5.  The  past,  when  the  speaker  or  writer  assumes  an  ideal 
point  of  vision  prior  to  its  occurrence,  and  so  regards  it  as 
future.  Thus,  a  historian  in  animated  description,  as  we 
might  use  the  present,  nirtt'litLJ;;!  TX  then  sings  Moses  Ex. 
15:1,  Balak  '^2nr  brings  me  from  Aram  Num.  23  :  7  ;  or  a 
poet,  who  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  of  which  he  sings,  ^ii?"" 
*ii  ^^ji?  Ci"^  let  the  day  perish  on  which  I  am  to  be  born  Job 
3  :  3,  where  the  speaker,  by  a  bold  figure,  places  himself  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  prays  that  the  day  which  was  to  give  him 
existence  might  be  annihilated,  so  that  he  might  be  saved 
from  the  misery  of  living ;  ni'bs?  DIi"!'Q  i?S  nisb  why  may  I 
not  die  from  the  womb  ?  ver.  11,  where  his  position  is  shifted 
to  the  time  immediately  after  his  birth ;  niz)^^  l^inn  T^y^  he 
makes  known  his  ways  unto  Moses  Ps.  103  :  7. 

a.  The  intermingling  of  different  tenses  in  relation  to  the  same  sub- 
ject, which  is  so  frequent  in  poetry,  foreign  as  it  may  be  to  our  modes  of 


294  SYNTAX.  §  264, 265 

thought,  does  not  justify  the  conclusion  that  they  are  used  promiscuously 
or  without  regard  to  their  distinctive  signification.  Thus  the  preterite 
and  the  future  are  frequently  combined  in  order  to  give  greater  emphasis 
and  compass  to  the  statement  made,  by  asserting  it  at  once  of  both  the 
grand  divisions  of  time,  the  wicked  who  "^vn"^  have  wasted  me,  my  deadly 
enemies  13*^131?  will  surround  me  Ps.  17:9,  ^re  i^^s^t  devoured  before  them, 
and  after  them  a  fame  tsnbn  shall  consume  Joel  2:3.  Or  the  writer  may 
place  himself  in  the  midst  of  an  event,  and  regard  part  as  having  already 
taken  place  and  part  as  yet  to  be  performed;  thus,  in  Ex.  15:14,  15,  the 
nations  ^iJ^ia  have  heard  TlTSn^  they  will  be  afraid;  pangs  THN  have 
seized  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Philisti a ;  then  the  dukes  of  Edom  ^i^if.?? 
were  troubled,  the  mighty  men  of  Moab  trembling  i^atnx"'  shall  seize  them, 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Canaan  ^abj  have  melted.  Or  a  verb  may  be  put  in 
the  future  to  show  that  the  action  which  it  denotes,  though  in  reality  past, 
is  subsequent  to,  or  a  consequence  of^  a  preceding  preterite,  they  were  both 
naked  Jiuban""  xpi  and  were  not  ashamed  Gen,  2:  25.  Deut.  2: 12. 

§  264.  The  apocopated  and  paragogic  forms  of  the  future 
are  mostly  used  in  their  respective  persons,  §  97,  to  express 
its  optative,  conditional,  or  subjunctive  senses,  ^263.  1.  The 
negative  imperative  is  made  by  prefixing  bs  not  to  the  apoco- 
pated future,  ^yb3^"'3i?  harm  not  Ps.  105  :  15  ;  ^3''nn  iiS  would 
mean  you  shall  not  harm. 

a.  These  modified  forms  of  the  future,  although  they  give  a  more  dis- 
tinct expression  to  the  modal  senses  just  indicated,  are  not  essential  to  that 
end,  since  the  same  shades  of  meaning  may  be  and  often  are  suggested 
by  the  simple  future.  Instances  are  more  rare,  and  only  found  in  poetry, 
in  which  the  apocopated  or  paragogic  forms  are  used,  when  simple  futurity 
is  intended,  Job  13 :  27,  24 :  25. 


The  Secondary  Tenses. 

h  265.  The  secondary  tenses  agree  in  signification  with 
their  respective  primaries.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive, 
forming  a  secondary  preterite,  ^  99. 1,  has  the  same  variety  of 
senses  with  the  primary  or  proper  preterite,  and  is  in  fact  a 
simple  substitute  for  it.  In  like  manner,  the  secondary 
future  or  the  preterite  with  Vav  conversive,  §100.  1,  is  a 
substitute  for  the  primary  future.  A  narrative  or  a  para- 
graph, which  begins  with  one  of  the  primary  tenses,  is 
mostly  continued  by  means  of  the  corresponding  secondary 


§265  THE  SECONDARY  TENSES.  295 

tense,  provided  the  verb  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  clause, 
so  that  it  can  be  attached  to  the  conjunction,  which  is  an 
essential  part  of  the  secondary  formation.  If,  for  any  reason, 
this  order  of  the  words  is  interrupted  or  prevented,  the 
primary  tense  must  again  be  used.  Thus,  Gen.  22  : 1,  God 
nB3  tempted  Abraham  *i^si'^T  and  said . . .  'i^N'^l  and  he  said. . . 
ver.  3,  oi'tc^l  and  he  rose  up  early  . . .  ti2'2'n^^  and  saddled . . . 
nj?!'!?  and  took  . . .  y^S!'^  and  clave  . . .  Dj^^i  and  rose  tip  ^^ln 
and  went  unto  the  place  iS""n2K~"n?jy!  of  ivhich  God  had  told 
him.  Gen.  17:5,  thy  name  ^'y^^'j"!^  shall  not  be  called  Abram 
n^ni  and  it  shall  be  . . .  ver.  6,  '^ri"}^?!'}  and  I  will  make  thee 
fruitful . . .  ^^k^^'^  and  I  will  make  nations  of  thee  D'^i^'OT 
^xi';'  'Tj'a'a  and  kings  shall  come  out  of  thee. 

a.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  describes  an  act  subsequent  to  or 
contemporary  with  the  time  denoted  by  the  words  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected. It  can,  therefore,  only  relate  to  the  past  when  it  is  preceded  by 
a  preterite  with  a  past  signification,  or  by  some  other  word  or  phrase  which 
refers  to  past  time,  in  the  year  of  king  UzziaWs  death  ■^5<'in)  {and)  I  saw 
Isa.  6: 1.  But  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  future  tense,  it  has  a  future  significa- 
tion, pniu"^  he  shall  deride  every  stronghold  ■'3^11^  and  shall  heap  rip  earth 
Pnsb*;!  and  take  it  Hab.  1 :  10,  who  ti'hv^l  shall  do  evil . . .  li?,*]  T^}.^  and 
shall  go  and  serve  other  gods  Deut.  17:2,  3;  unless  a  pause  intervenes  in 
which  a  preterite  is  to  be  supplied,  as  in  Hab.  2: 1,  2,  /  will  watch  to  see 
what  he  will  say  to  me  . ..  i^ljn^  "'I'l?!^!  and  (after  I  had  thus  watched)  the 
Lord  answered  me.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  occurs  in  a  preterite 
sense  at  the  beginning  of  certain  books,  because  they  were  regarded  by 
their  authors  as  supplements  or  continuations  of  preceding  histories,  "^in^l 
And  it  came  to  pass  Josh.  1 : 1,  Judg.  1 : 1,  1  Sam.  1 :  1.  etc.,  etc. 

6.  The  preterite  with  Vav  has  a  future  signification  only  after  a  future 
tense  or  an  expression  suggestive  of  futurity,  e.  g.  in  thy  distress  TyW.'^tyn 
when  there  shall  come  upon  thee  all  these  things  Deut.  4 :  30 ;  or  as  the 
initial  word  of  a  prophecy,  which  is  regarded  as  linked  with  other  dis- 
closures of  the  future  previously  made,  n^riT  and  it  shall  come  to  pass 
Isa.  2:2.  After  an  imperative  it  commonly  has  an  imperative  sense,  this 
being  one  of  the  significations  of  the  future,  §263.  1,  go  unto  Pharaoh 
P.ipNT  and  say  to  him  prop,  and  thon  shall  say  Ex.  7:26.  When  a 
preterite  precedes,  the  Vav  is  not  conversive.  thy  servant  was  keeping  his 
father^s  sheep  xil  and  there  came  . . .  N\i::^  and  took . . .  ''^i^^''}  o72d  I  went 
ouf . . .  l"'r3nT  and  smote  him.  etc.,  1  Sam!  17:34,  35,  unless  it  involves  a 
reference  to  what  is  to  take  place  hereafter,  /  have  blessed  him  (the 
blessing  is  of  course  prospective),  "'ri'^'^sni  and  1  will  make  him  fruitful, 
•'n'^anni  and  I  will  multiply  him  Gen.  17:20. 


296  SYNTAX.  §  266 

Participles. 

^266.  The  participles  being  properly  verbal  nouns,  do 
not  in  strictness  involve  any  definite  notion  of  time,  and  the 
connection  must  decide  whether  they  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  past,  present,  or  future,  thus  ^sb  means  falling  Num. 
24  :  4^,  fallen  Judg.  4  :  22,  or  about  to  fall  Jer.  37  :  14.  Their 
principal  uses  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1 .  They  express  what  is  permanent  or  habitual,  §  1 86.  2. «, 
(the  Lord)  3ni5  lovefh  rigJdeousness  and  justice  Ps.  33  :  5,  a 
generation  ^!?n  goeth,  and  a  generation  i53  cometh,  and  the 
earth  '^yp  abidethfor  ever  Eccles.  1 : 4.  Passive  participles 
so  used  suggest  not  only  a  constant  experience  of  what  is 
denoted  by  the  verb,  but  in  addition  a  permanent  quality  as 
the  ground  of  it,  t^y\^  not  only  feared  but  worthy  to  he 
feared  J  ^Jv}''?  worthy  to  he  praised,  'l^f7?  desirable . 

2.  When  a  particular  time  is  intended  the  active  partici- 
ples most  commonly  relate  to  the  present  or  to  the  proximate 
future,  and  passive  participles  to  the  past,  MJ^'i  JiPis?""^  lohat 
seest  thou?  Jer.  1 :  11,  ^"k^  ''iiin  behold,  I  am  about  to  bring 
the  food  Gen.  6:17,  "jrii  giving  "JtiS  given,  SitC)?  restoring 
nir^'a  restored. 

a.  The  active  participles  of  neuter  verbs,  which  have  no  passive  forms, 
are  used  in  both  a  past  and  a  present  sense,  na  dying  and  dead^  h"^}  fall- 
ing and  fallen  J  this  is  less  frequently  the  case  with  active  verbs,  loho  then 
is  he  'T;l:^"^a^  that  hath  hunted  venison  Gen.  27 :  33 ;  these  are  the  gods 
D"^3Bli  that  smote  Egypt  1  Sam.  4:8.  Participles  of  passive  form  but 
active  sense  are  ordinarily  used  of  the  present  or  proximate  future,  tsnbs 
fighting. 

3.  In  narrations  and  predictions  the  time  of  the  partici- 
ples is  reckoned  not  from  the  moment  of  speaking  but  from 
the  period  spoken  of,  the  two  angels  came . . .  ltd''  t:iST  and 
Lot  (was)  sitting  in  the  gate  of  Sodom  Gen.  19  : 1 ;  he  spake 
to  Ms  sons-in-law  TT^il  ''nj^'b  who  (were)  to  marry  his  daugh- 
ters ver.  14 ;  he  came  to  Shiloh  . . .  D'^i?"i|p  1''"^^^  with  his  clothes 


^  2G7  INFINITIVE.  297 

rejit  1  Sam.  4:12;  thou  slialt  meet  a  comjpany  of  prophets 
D">'7"i""'  coming  down  1  Sam.  10:5;  they  shall  declare  his 
righteousness  unto  a  people  'rpia  (who  shall  then  be)  born  Ps. 
22:32,  102:19,  Judg.  13:8. 

a.  The  period  to  which  a  participle  is  to  be  referred  is  sometimes  de- 
termined by  connecting  with  it  the  past  or  future  tense  of  the  substantive 
verb,  Muses  iis")  r\^T\  was  keeping  the  Jlock  of  Jethro  Ex.  3:1,  his  throne 
■jias  mSII?  shall  be  established  for  ever  1  Chron.  17:4. 


Infinitive. 

\  267.  The  infinitive  is  an  abstract  verbal  noun,  and,  like 
the  participles,  partakes  of  the  character  both  of  a  nomi  and 
a  verb.  As  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  of  a  proposition, 
§  242,  or  it  may  be  governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition ; 
it  may  also  be  put  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  de- 
noting either  its  subject  or  its  object. 

a.  The  Infinitive  as  a  subject:  r]N3l  "iiv]  ns'i'i  ^hy)  iT'Ss  (there  is) 
cursing  and  lying  and  killing  and  stealing  and  committing  adidtery  Hos. 
4:2,   i3Qirp  niib?.  to  do  justice  (is)  a  joy  to  the  righteous  Prov.  21 :  15. 

b.  The  construct  infinitive  is  used  after  verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositionf?, 
and  when  governed  by  a  verb  or  noun  it  is  usually  though  not  invariably 
preceded  as  in  English  by  the  preposition  h  to,  ia  cn^nb  bzix  1  shall  be 
able  to  fight  with  him  Num.  22:11,  niib  nil  nilsb  ni?  a  time  to  be  born 
and  a  time  to  die  Eccl.  3:2;  b  is  seldom  omitted  in  prose  but  ollen  in 
poetry,  /  know  not  (how)  tiil  rsi  to  go  out  and  to  come  in  1  Kin.  3:7, 
cbsn  P5!«t^  thou  hast  rpfiised  to  be  ashamed  Jer.  3 :  3,  "n{r"i  ryn  niso  ns  a 
time  to  mourn  and,  a  time  to  dance  Eccles.  3:4,  '^'^S'  C'Vr?.  ready  to  rouse 
leviathan  Job  3:8.  Various  prepositions  may  precede  the  infinitive,  as  b 
to,  a  777,,  3  like,  at,  '^Q  from,  n?  until,  b?  upon,  isnb  in  order  to,  ')?';;  be- 
cause of,  ■'JSb  before,  etc. 

c.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  rarely  governed  by  a  verb,  Sui'Ti  in^b 
learn  to  do  well,  yi^sn  sinirx  redress  wrong  Isa.  1 :  17,  until  he  knows 
eix^  to  refuse  the  evil,  ninati  and  to  choose  the  good,  7 :  15,  l"'in"'n  dx-xbl 

T  -/  J  r  Ol  -Tr:-Ti: 

T]"ibn  and  they  xpould  not  walk  in  his  ways,  42 :  24,  thou  wilt  make  us  off- 
scouring  Dix^l  and  refuse  Lam,  3:45. 

d.  The  infinitive  in  the  construct  before  its  subject,  nxiar^a  in  their 
being  created  i.  e.  when  they  were  created;  in  the  day  D"'nbx  ^^'^1  rics 
of  the  Lord  God's  making  earth  and  heaven  Gen.  2:4;  there  was  no  water 
Drn  ntnab /or  the  drinking  of  the  people  Ex.  17: 1 ;  "'Ta'^)  and  my  dwelling 


298  SYNTAX.  §  268, 269 

(shall  be)  i.  e.  I  shall  dwell  Ps.  23:  G.  Before  its  object,  5>^y•^-'^3Q  pxb  the 
accepting  of  the  person  of  the  wicked  Pro  v.  18:5,  PjnS'nn  to  yield  its 
strength  Gen.  4: 12. 

^  268.  The  absolute  infinitive,  expressing  as  it  does  the 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb  irrespective  of  tense,  number,  or 
person,  may  be  used  instead  of  any  of  the  finite  forms  of  the 
verb,  when  the  sense  is  duly  qualified  by  the  context.  Thus, 
it  may  take  the  place  of 

1 .  The  preterite  or  the  future,  when  one  of  those  tenses 
immediately  precedes,  ^^pri^'l  a?id  t/iej/  blew  the  trumjpets 
pspi  and  brake  the  pitchers  prop,  (there  was)  a  breaking  of 
the  pitchers  Judg.  7:19;  all  this  "^ib-ni?  xb^)  ^tm^  I  have 
seen  and  applied  my  heart  Eccl.  8:9;  ^2]5^  they  shall  buy 
fields  for  money  Girls'!  and  torite  the  papers  wr\iv\  and  seal 
(them)  l^ril  and  take  witnesses  Jer.  32  :  44. 

a.  This  rarely  occurs  when  no  verb  precedes  in  the  same  sentence, 
"I'io'i  'i'|i\2;-DS  nHn  (shall)  the  fault-finder  contend  with  the  Almighty  Job 
40 :  2,  n'lBi  Xiin  ni^rii^  the  living  creatures  ran  and  returned  Ezek.  1 :  14, 
■'ix  naa  /praised  Eccl.  4:2. 

2.  The  imperative,  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence,  *iibT  remember  the  sabbath-day  prop,  (let  there 
be)  a  remembering  Ex.  20 : 8,  ^')^y\  T^^  yo  c^^d  say 
2  Sam.  24:12. 

§  269.  The  dependence  of  one  verb  upon  another  is 
most  distinctly  expressed  by  putting  the  second  verb  in  the 
infinitive.  The  second  verb  may,  however,  be  in  form  co- 
ordinated with  the  first  by  being  put  in  the  same  or  an 
equivalent  tense  with  or  without  a  copulative,  the  true  rela- 
tion between  the  verbs  being  left  to  be  inferred  from  their 
obvious  signification,  tfSn  b"'Sin  he  was  willing,  walked  i.  e.- 
he  was  willing  to  icalk  or  loalked  toillingly  Hos.  5:11, 
on'iii!  "rb  vi"^bix  i^b  /  will  no  more  add  to  pity  i.  e.  will  not 
again  pity  Hos.  1  :  6,  tjSh  zr2ti2  being  early  to  go  or  goiiig 
early  Hos.  6  : 4,  how  ''ri^xnT  b5^«  shall  I  endure  and  see  i.  e. 
endure  to  see  Esth.  8:6. 


^  270  OBJECT  OF  VERBS.  299 

a.  This  co-ordination  most  frequently  occurs  when  the  second  verb  ex- 
presses the  principal  idea  and  the  first  simply  qualifies  it,  so  that  the  latter 
miofht  be  rendered  bv  an  adverb.  Though  even  in  this  case  the  second 
verb  is  often  put  in  the  infinitive,  nsid  C)0'*]  Gen.  8:  10  and  he  added  to 
send  or  nyb*]  qo'"]  1  Sam.  19:21  a7id  he  added  and  sent  for  he  sent  again. 

b.  In  the  following  instances  the  verbs  thus  co-ordinated  have  different 
subjects,  iii"n33  bs^s  /  shall  be  able,  we  shall  smite  him  i.  e.  I  shall  with 
your  aid  be  able  to  smite  him,  Num.  22:6.  rt^"*iJ<'}P'?  ''S'^pin  N^  thou  shalt 
not  add,  they  shall  call  thee  i.  e.  thou  shalt  no  more  be  called  by  them,  Isa. 
47: 1,  5  ;  or  are  in  different  tenses,  nssx.  ^T\-J^1  xb  I  know  not  (how)  I  shall 
flatter  i.  e.  how  to  flatter,  Job  32:  22';  O  that  ViXS^aXT  "ipyn;  /  knew  and 
might  flnd  him  i.  e.  how  to  find  him,  Job  23  : 3. 


Object  op  Verbs. 

§  270.  The  object  of  a  transitive  verb  ordinarily  stands 
after  both  the  verb  and  its  subject,  and  if  it  is  an  indefinite 
noun  is  distinguished  simply  by  its  position  or  by  its  rela- 
tion to  the  verb  as  determined  by  its  meaning ;  if  a  definite 
noun,  or  a  demonstrative,  relative,  or  interrogative  pronoun, 
it  may,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  writer,  be  further  distinguished 
by  prefixing  to  it  rix  the  sign  of  the  definite  object ;  if  a 
personal  pronoun,  it  is  suffixed  either  to  ris  or  to  the  govern- 
ing verb. 

a.  Considerable  liberty  is  allowed  in  respect  to  the  position  of  words, 
particularly  in  poetry  ;  although,  according  to  the  natural  order  in  Hebrew, 
the  verb  stands  first,  its  subject  next,  and  its  object  last,  nx  Cn'bx  N"^a 
D'^oian  God  created  the  heavens  Gen.  1 : 1,  this  is  liable  to  any  alteration 
that  emphasis  may  require:  the  subject  may  precede  the  verb,  and  the  ob- 
ject may  stand  between  them  or  before  them  both. 

b.  A  noun,  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  may  receive  rx, 
whether  it  is  definite  by  signification,  as  a  proper  noun,  God  tempted 
cnn^XTX  Abraham  Gen.  22:1,  or  is  made  so  by  the  article,  God  saw 
"lixn-rx  the  light  Gen.  1 : 4,  a  pronominal  suffix,  take,  now,  insia'PS  my 
blessing  Gen.  33:11,  or  construction  with  a  definite  noun,  Jacob  called 
cipari  ciD'nx  the  name  of  the  place  Gen.  35:15.  The  particle  rx  is  not 
essential  in  any  of  these  cases  and  is  often  omitted,  particularly  in  poetry. 
If  several  definite  nouns  are  connected  together  as  the  object  of  a  verb, 
or  if  a  verb  has  more  than  one  definite  object,  PX  may  be  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  /  hare  given  Pxin  y-ixn-rx  this  /aHf/ .. .  "'i'^isn-px  the 
Kenite  "'•TDpjn-px"]  and  the  Kenizzite,  etc.,  etc..  Gen.  15 :  18-21 ;  they  stripped 
C]t3ii-px  Joseph  ihsns-px  of  his  coat  Cssn  p;p3-px  the  full-length  coat 


300  SYNTAX.  ^271 

Gen.  37:23;  or  it  may  stand  before  a  part  of  them  only,  Deut.  12:6,  or  it 
may  be  omitted  altogether,  Deut.  11:14.  In  a  very  lew  instances  the 
article  is  dropped  after  mx,  which  of  itself  indicates  the  definiteness  of  the 
noun,  he  reared  up  for  /«'mse//"  nakoTiN  the  pillar  2  Sam.  18:18;  and 
carver  strengthened  tjnil'nN  gilder  Isa.  41: 7,  where  the  omission  of  the 
article  is  poetic.  §247. 

c.  Pronouns  with  ins :  t^)"!"^^.  this  ye  shall  eat  Lev.  11:9;  put  •^J'l^'J 
this  (fellow)  in  the  prison  I  Kin.  22:27;  "i'^^^.  r^>?  whom  they  have  cast 
into  the  prison  Jer.  38:9;  he  knew  nibs-iax^  nx  what  his  youngest  son 
had  done  to  him  Gen.  9:24;  ino^n  iJSTiX  whom  hast  thou,  reproached? 
Isa.  37:23;  it  does  not  occur  before  the  neuter  ma.  It  is  also  extended 
sometimes  to  the  following  words,  which  partake  to  a  certain  degree  of  the 
pronominal  character,  bs  all,  every,  Gen.  1:29,  TU"'!!?  any  one,  each  Ex. 
21:28,  inx  one  1  Sam.  9:3.  With  personal  pronouns,  Cinns  T^}^""^  Gen. 
32: 1,  or  oiia'^l  Gen.  48 :  20  and  he  blessed  them. 

*  ••  -:  IT  :  - 

§  271.  Many  verbs,  wliicli  are  not  properly  transitive,  are 
nevertheless  capable  of  a  transitive  construction ;  thus 

1.  Verbs  signifying  plenty  or  want :  D'^i2??^50  i^!?'?  f^?5n  t/ie 
house  was  full  (of)  men  Judg.  16  :  27,  n'l^^^?  ni^i?  ^ns'nto  lam 
sated  (with)  hurnt-oferings  of  rams  Isa.  1:11,  ^b  ^Tpr\  we 
lacked  every  tUng  Jer.  44  :  18.  Here  belongs  that  peculiar 
Hebrew  idiom,  which  expresses  abundance  by  such  phrases 
as  the  following :  the  hills  nSn  n:D^r\  shall  run  (with)  milk 
Joel  4:18,  mine  eye  D"^^  rrin'i  runneth  down  (with)  loater 
Lam.  1:16;  n^biilJySp  iS3  mS;^  it  had  all  come  up  (with)  thorns 
i.  e.  was  overgrown  with  them,  Prov.  24  :  31. 

2.  Verbs  signifying  motion  may  have  for  their  object  the 
place  which  it  immediately  concerns,  whether  it  be  directed 
upon  it,  to  it,  or  from  it,  ni^ion-bs  ri?  tjbh  and  we  went 
(through)  all  the  wilder7iess  Deut.  1:19,  and  figuratively, 
nip'12  tfSh  walking  (in)  righteousness  Isa.  33:15,  ^"^l^n  ^sn^^n 
and  they  came  into  the  city  Josh.  8:19,  n^i^n-ns*  ^"S^  they 
went  out  (of)  the  city  Gen.  44  : 4. 

3.  Intransitive  verbs  may,  as  in  other  languages,  govern 
their  cognate  noun,  DiSn  ""rnaSn  /  have  dreamed  a  dream 
Gen.  37:9;  ^SO^  oia-^^BO'^n  and  they  lamented  there  a  lamen- 
tation Gen.  50  :  10  ;  ^^S^i?  ^:?n  ye  will  he  vain  a  vanity  i.  e. 
utterly  vain'i^  27  :  12  ;  or  even  one  from  a  different  root  if 


§272         '  OBJECT  or  verbs.  301 

it  be  related  or  analogous  in  signification,  ^^•^i'p  •^^''i'^-)  ""'^r? 
/  have  been  zealous  a  threat  fury  Zech.  8 :  2,  M^jfen  'jw-'S  / 
shall  sleep  death  i.  e.  the  sleep  of  death,  Ps.  13  : 4. 

4.  Any  verb  may  take  as  its  object  a  noun  which  defines 
the  extent  of  its  application,  T'b^'i'ini?  npn  he  loas  diseased  in 
his  feet  1  Kin.  15  :  23  ;  only  ^S%^.  ^S?-!!  in  the  throne  will  I 
he  greater  than  thou  Gen.  44  :  40 ;  Xh  ^^y^'^  ye  perish  as  to 
the  way  i.  e.  lose  the  way  Ps.  2:12. 

a.  By  an  impersonal  construction  of  passive  verbs  their  subject  is  some- 
times converted  into  the  object,  which  in  fact  it  logically  is,  ynxriTiN  "jn^ 
dandum  est  terrain,  let  the  land  be  given  Num.  32:5,  '^nn'i-nN  i^l^^"?^  ''i*!] 
111"?  and  it  was  told  to  Rehekah  (i.  e.  some  one  told  her)  the  words  of  Esau 
Gen.  27:42,  so  Gen.  17:5,  Ex.  10:8,  Lev.  10: 18,  2  Sam.  21 :  11,  etc.  This 
construction  is  sometimes  extended  to  neuter  verbs  in  familiar  phrases, 
w^hich  have  become  associated  with  an  active  idea,  'i3'^n"nx  ?]"'3"'S3  yn|)  >X 
let  not  he  evil  in  thine  eyes  (i.  e.  do  not  regard  as  evil)  the  thing  2  Sam. 
11 :  25,  1  Sam.  20 :  13,  Josh.  22 :  17,  Neh.  9 :  32.  In  2  Kin.  18 :  30  n-^yfi-nst  -jhrn 
the  city  shall  be  given,  the  verb  agrees  with  'T'S  notwithstanding  its  re- 
ception of  the  sign  of  the  object:  rx  is  omitted  in  the  parallel  passage, 
Isa.  36 :  15. 

6.  A  noun,  about  which  a  statement  is  to  be  made,  sometimes  stands 
absolutely  and  is  preceded  by  the  sign  of  the  object,  bh^  ^I'^.^'l'^^.  as  for 
the  iron,  it  fell  2  Kin.  6:5;  b^n  liyDx  n^N-bs-nx  as  for  all  these  (they 
were)  meii  of  valour  Jadg.  20:  H;  "inipn-nx  as  for  my  statutes  they  did 
not  walk  in  them  Ezek.  20: 16.  Some  regard  MX  as  the  sign  of  the  object 
in  such  passages  as  ni^n-riNT  inxn  sa  1  Sam.  17:34,  and  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  Arabic  conjunction  is  followed  by  the  accusative  when  it  is  used 
in  the  sense  of  together  with  ;  more  probably,  however,  rx  is  the  preposi-  • 
tion  with,  §238.  2,  and  the  passage  is  to  be  rendered  the  lion  came  and  (that 
too)  with  the  bear,  so  Num.  3 :  26,  1  Sam.  26 :  16,  1  Kin.  11 :  25,  etc. 

§272.  1.  When  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  regarded  as  the 
indirect  object  of  a  verb,  the  relation  is  indicated  by  means 
of  the  appropriate  preposition. 

2.  Many  verbs  vary  their  construction  without  any  ma- 
terial diflerence  of  meaning  according  to  the  form  of  the  con- 
ception in  the  mind  of  the  speaker  or  writer,  being  followed 
by  one  preposition  or  by  another  or  by  none  at  all,  as  he  views 
the  relation  as  direct  or  indirect,  and  if  the  latter,  under  one 
aspect  or  another :  thus,  they  went  out  from  the  city  may  be 
expressed  by  the  direct  relation,  n'^i^n-nx  ^xs;;  Gen.  44 : 4, 


302  SYNTAX.  ^273 

or  by  tlie  indirect,  ^^i'rrya  ^ik^;;  Josli.  8  :  22 ;  Qnbi  tof^/U  is 
followed  by  D3?  wit/e.  Josh.  10:29,  by  a  in  (f^3  in  earn) 
ver.  31,  by  b?  against  ver.  38,  by  nx  Judg.  12:4. 

a.  A  number  of  verbs  are  indifferently  construed  with  a  direct  object  or 
with  b  to.  in  reference  to,  thus,  31~tN  to  love  any  one  and  to  have  love  to 
any  one,  NQi  to  cure  and  ^o  perform  a  cure  for  any  one,  S^uiin  to  save  and 
to  grant  salvation  to  any  one,  rinir  ^o  destroy  and  io  6rmg-  destruction  to 
any  one. 

6.  As  the  object  of  an  action  may,  in  certain  cases,  be  regarded  as  the 
instrument  with  which  it  is  performed,  some  transitive  verbs  also  admit  a 
construction  with  a  with,  thus  "isittj  li'pn  blow  the  trumpet  Hos.  5 :  8, 
-iDiira  ypr'^  a«^  ^e  blew  with  the  trumpet  Judg.  3:27;  Cl^n^n  ujns  /o 
spread  forth  the  hands  Ps.  143  : 6,  but  followed  by  3  to  spread  forth  with 
the  hands  Lam.  1 :  17. 

3.  By  a  condensed  style  of  expression  {consfructio  praeg- 
nans)  prepositions  are  sometimes  connected  with  verbs,  to 
whose  meaning  they  are  not  strictly  conformed ;  thus,  motion 
may  be  suggested  by  the  preposition  though  the  verb  of  it- 
self implies  no  such  idea,  ynsj^  nb^n  thou  hast  profaned  to 
the  (/round  i.  e.  profaned  by  casting  to  the  ground,  Ps.  89  :  40, 
'i"?"!'"^^  ^''^  'I'^ns  the^  trembled  one  unto  another  i.  e.  one 
turned  tremblingly  to  another,  Jer.  36: 16,  ^sn-i??  Qi'an  ^vy^yi 
thou  hast  answered  (by  saving)  me  from  the  horns  of  the  uni- 
corns Ps.  22  :  22. 

^273.  Some  verbs  have  more  than  one  object,  viz. : 

1.  The  causatives  of  transitive  verbs :  •j'^Di^-ns  •'nbDNni 
Dnto3"nx  and  I  will  make  thy  oppressors  eat  their  own  flesh 
Isa.  49  :  26  ;  nb^-b2-nx  ^si^'in  iib  he  loould  not  have  caused  us 
to  see  all  these  things  Judg.  13  :  23 ;  bsniD:'-ni5  ns^n;^  he  shall 
cause  Israel  to  inherit  it  Deut.  1  :  38. 

2.  Verbs  whose  action  may  be  regarded  under  different 
aspects  as  terminating  upon  different  objects,  or  which,  under 
the  rules  abeady  given,  may  take  a  direct  object  of  more 
than  one  kind,  all  if^N  n^2  nirs?  ^vhich  God  commanded  him 
Gen.  6:22;  D^j^nn-bs  ns?  bs'niij')  -"b-rs  rninb  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  all  the  statutes  Lev.  10  :11 ;  "'i^bj-bs-ns  n^in 
""nb  thou  hast  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the  cheek  Ps.  3:8; 


§273  OBJECT   OF   VERBS.  303 

l&'ip  oi'i^nxte  lift  up  your  hands  to  the  sanctuary  Ps.  134 :  2 ; 
Jiia^ma  D'oni  and  he  shall  discomjit  them  a  discomfiture 
Deut.  7  :  23. 

3.  The  instrument  of  an  action,  the  material  used  in  its 
performance,  its  design,  or  its  result,  is  often  regarded  as  its 
secondary  or  remote  object,  I^N  ini5  ^^iin'^l  and  they  over- 
whelmed him  with  stones  Lev.  24  :  23  ;  tDSnx  nni?  rii.^nn  and 
thou  shall  yird  them  with  a  belt  Ex.  29  :  9  ;  thy  seed  yHTn""i©iC 
H'b'iNn'nN  with  which  thou  shall  sow  the  ground  Isa.  30  :  23  ; 
"IBS'  Dixrrns  12^^1  and  he  formed  the  man  of  dust  Gen.  2:7; 
vnnbffi  nfci? /or  which  I  have  sent  it  Isa.  55:11;  nin^i 
riST'a  D'^iniin-njj  and  he  built  the  stones  into  an  altar  1  Kin. 
18:32. 

a.  The  person  affected  by  an  action,  of  which  he  is  not  the  immediate 
object,  is  occasionally  regarded  as  its  remote  object,  though  not  eo  fre- 
quently as  in  English,  "'^Pri?  3?^^!  Y'}}<  thou  hast  given  me  the  land  of  the 
south  Judg.  1:15,  comp.  in  the  same  verse,  "'b  nnnj"!;  Vjlbra  nin  they  did 
thee  evil  Gen.  50:  17,  comp.  nyi  nhb  fi^aa  Isa.  3:9;  nis'ia  r.bi-PN  ^^3b*l 
lU'^N  Cl^k  and  they  hired  of  the  king  of  Maacah  a  thousand  men  1  Sam.  10:6. 
The  same  thing  occurs  in  a  few  instances  after  intransitive  verbs,  "'^bna 
he  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Job  31 :  18;  *'3ri'32  did  ye  fast  unto  me 
Zech.  7:5. 

4.  Some  verbs  may  govern  the  subject  and  predicate  of 
a  subordinate  clause,  ^503  yts")  nrib  to  know  loiclcedness  (to 
ho)  folly  Eccl.  7  :  25,  the  latter,  if  it  be  an  adjective  or  par- 
ticiple, will  remain  without  the  article,  §259.  2,  ^"^^'^^  T^'^i? 
Tiiari'a  I  have  heard  Ejjhraim  bemoaning  himself  ^ ex.  31 :  18, 
p">v?  T^'^yi'i  T|ni5  thee  have  I  seen  righteous  Gen.  7:1. 

5.  If  an  active  verb  is  capable  of  governing  a  double 
object,  its  passive  may  govern  the  more  remote  of  them, 
^'^XJT}'4  "'^'^  ^^  DJ^'p'rf^  and  ye  shall  be  circumcised  in  the  flesh 
of  your  foreskin  Gen.  17:11,  QnJ<  T")^\i  ^!?'?Pi!]  and  the  land 
was  filled  with  them  Ex.  1 :  7,  inpjns  y^np  rejit  as  to  his  coat 
i.  e.  with  his  coat  rent  2  Sam.  15  :  32,  nirjp  r\i^ii  sent  (or 
charged)  with  a  painful  message  1  Kin.  14  :  6. 


304  SYNTAX.  §  274 


Adverbial  Expressions. 

§274.  The  predicate  of  a  proposition  may  be  furtlier 
qualified 

1 .  By  adverbs,  which  commonly  stand  after  the  words  to 
which  they  refer,  "ii^^  ai'bTiin'i  and  behold  (it  was)  very  good 
Gen.  1 :  31 ;  ninn  D?d^1  and  lie  was  greatly  provoked '^^. 
3:33;  I  am  '^^  J^t^n  'n"?5^  thy  exceeding  great  reward 
prop,  thy  reward  very  much  Gen.  15:1. 

a.  Adjectives  belonging  to  the  subject  may  of  course  be  qualified  in 
the  same  mapner  as  though  they  were  found  in  the  predicate. 

2.  By  nouns  used  absolutely  to  express  the  relations  of 
time,  place,  measiu-e,  number,  or  manner. 

a.  Thus,  time  when :  B'?'']!7.^!i  '^VM  ^"-^  evening  and  morning  and  noon 
will  I  pray  Ps.  55 :  18 ;  tarry  here  nb-^i^n  to-night  Num.  22 : 8 ;  Gideon 
came  ni^dxri  latin  at  the  beginning  of  the  watch.  Time  how  long:  and 
he  shall  shut  up  the  hou.se  Qii^  riSDW  seven  rfa?/s  Lev.  14:38;  the  land 
rested  niiy  D'^iiaiu  eighty  years  Judg.  3:  30. 

6.  The  place  where:  the  absolute  use  of  nouns  in  this  sense  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  the  familiar  words,  nnb  at  the  door  of  Gen.  18: 1.  Judg. 
9:35,  IT'a  at  the  house  of  Gen.  38:11,  Num.  30:11,  and  a  few  proper 
names,  unh  rr^a  at  Bethlehem  2  Sam.  2:32,  bx-n"'5  at  Bethel  Hos.  12:4. 

c.  Measures  of  space:  rT35  niSN  T!3il=iy  three  cubits  high  Ezek.  41:22; 
he  went  d'i^  r|1'^  a  day^s  journey  1  Kin.  19:4. 

d.  Number :  d'^nS'Q  3>aiij  SlU  return  seven  times  1  Kin.  18 :  43 ;  he  of- 
fered sacrifices  0^3  "Bpa  according  to  the  number  of  them  all  Job  1 : 5. 

e.  Manner,  answering  to  the  Greek  adverbial  accusative :  ye  shall 
dwell  niiil  in  security  Deut.  12 :  10 ;  ye  shall  not  go  nbii  loftily  Mic.  2:3; 
the  tribes  went  up  hk'fa'h  n^i'iS  according  to  a  law  of  Israel  Ps.  122:  4  ; 
thou  shall  not  go  there  "i''V'V  ^k'}'!  fof  fi(^f  of  briers  Isa.  7:25;  to  serve 
him  inx  ciia  with  one  consent  prop,  shoulder  Zeph.  3 : 9. 

3.  By  nouns  preceded  by  a  preposition  forming  a  qualify- 
ing phrase. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  the  several  prepositions  see  the 
lexicon. 


^275  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  305 


Neglect  of  Agreement. 

§  275.  The  general  rule  that  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  respectively  relate,  is  subject  to  some  remarkable  excep- 
tions ;  the  principal  of  which  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  predicate  adjective  or  verb  precedes  the 
noun  it  often  prefers  a  primary  to  a  secondary  form,  that  is 
to  say,  the  masculine  may  be  used  instead  of  the  feminine 
and  the  singular  instead  of  the  plural.  The  reason  of  this  is 
that  the  attention  is  not  so  particularly  drawn  to  the  acci- 
dents of  gender  and  number  in. the  subject  until  it  is  uttered, 
and  consequently  the  predicate  is  not  required  to  conform  so 
precisely  to  it. 

a.  Thus,  the  masculine  for  the  feminine:  V'^xn  enx  KbS'xb  the  land 
could  not  bear  them  Gen.  13:6,  iiyiTIJ^  Di^dn^  pinn  salvation  is  far  from 
the  wicked  Ps.  119: 155,  nibxTlJ  ITiH  tremble  ye  careless  women  Isa.  32: 11. 
The  singular  for  the  plural :  ^""^.^l  S<^'J  let  thy  words  come  to  pass  Judg. 
13: 12,  T^-'iisilJa  -i^;i  upright  are  thy  judgments  Ps.  119: 137,  n'^rijis^  nltjsijx 
her  wounds  are  incurable, or  the  singular  maybe  understood  distributively, 
each  of  her  wounds  is  incurable  Mic.  1 :  9.  The  masculine  singular  for  the 
feminine  plural :  m'abs  307  xb  reproaches  cease  not  Mic.  2 : 6,  "ids^'n? 
riin  zintil  calamities  be  overpast  Ps.  57:2,  cBj  'i^""''"!'?!  <^^<^  there  were  to 
him  wives  1  Kin.  11:3. 

6.  When  the  predicate  consists  of  several  verbs  or  adjectives,  one  of 
which  precedes  and  the  rest  follow  the  noun,  the  latter  must  agree  with  it, 
while  the  first  may  be  put  in  its  primary  form,  rnii^z  ""n^  let  there  be 
lights . ..  nnsb  l-^nn  and  let  them  be  for  signs  Gen.  1 :  14,  liJN  ^'^'OiiiH  ''H'^l 
n^Xiaa  ^^ft  and  there  were  men  who  were  defiled  Num.  9:6.  In  1  Kin. 
10 :  12  two  verbs  are  put  in  the  masc.  sing,  with  a  plural  subject. 

c.  The  predicate,  even  when  it  follows  the  subject,  occasionally  departs 
from  it  in  gender  or  number,  retaining  its  primary  form;  this  takes  place 
with  passive  or  neuter  verbs  of  familiar  occurrence,  and  which  are  proba- 
bly used  impersonally  as  the  same  verbs  are  elsewhere,  §271.4.  a,  the  sons 
of  Jacob  ib'ife"^  "ibx.  whom  (his  wives)  had  born  to  him  prop,  there  had 
been  born  to  him  Gen.  35:26,  comp.  Gen.  4:  18,  4G:22,  27,  •'^  n'^^n  n'^i-'Ja 
there  was  to  me  (i.  e.  I  had)  house-born  servants  Ecclcs.  2:7.  comp.  Gen. 
47:24,  Ex.  12:49,  28:7,  Num.  9:14,  15:29,  Deut.  18:2,  1   Chron.  24:28.. 
2  Chron.  17:  13,  n^n  nijbr  it  was  dark  prop,  darkness  Gen.  15:  17.     The' 
disposition  to  recur  to  their  primary  form  discovers  itself  in  a  very  few 
instances  in  qualifying  adjectives  when  separated  from  the  noun  to  which 
20 


306  SYNTAX.  §  275 

they  belong,  ptnl  ii^'i'ia  nsin  a  great  and  strong  wind  1  Kin.  19:11;  in 
Ps.  63:2,  Ciy^i  H'lr-j'nfiia  quoted  by  Nordheimer  as  an  additional  exam- 
ple the  second  adjective  may  agree  not  with  yiVi  but  with  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  '''[liys  for  thee  longs  my  Jiesh,  in  a  dry  land,  and  weary. 
Alex,  in  loc. 

2.  Collective  nouns  may  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  ^lii?,'!^  D:^n  iSn^in 
and  the  people  hasted  and  passed  over  Josh.  4:10,  mini?  ysi 
lost  sheep  Jer.  50:6,  Diicijp  d^s  rrprfrz  all  the  congregation, 
all  of  them  are  holy  Num.  16:3. 

a.  When  a  predicate  consists  of  more  than  one  verb  or  adjective,  the 
first  sometimes  agrees  with  it  formally  in  the  singular  and  the  rest 
logically  in  the  plural,  Dyip-n«  !liri',T  rr^sn-bs  Nibm  and  all  the  congre- 
gation lifted  up  and  uttered  their  voice  Num.  14:1;  ^i"2ir*l  orn  "j^N'l 
and  the  people  believed  and  they  heard  Ex.  4:31. 

6.  The  noun  yn^  land,  earth,  which  is  properly  a  feminine  singular, 
may,  when  it  is  put  for  its  inhabitants,  be  construed  with  the  masculine 
plural,  2  Sam.  15:23,  Ps.  66:4.  Names  of  nations  borrowed  from  those 
of  their  progenitors,  as  Israel,  Edom,  Amalek.  may  be  strictly  construed  in 
the  masculine  singular,  Ex.  17 :  11.  Am.  1  : 1 1,  or  as  a  collective  in  the  mas- 
culine plural,  Hos.  8:2,  Ob.  ver.  6,  2  Sam.  10:  17,  or  again  in  the  feminine 
singular,  whether  this  arises  from  a  prominent  reference  to  the  land  or 
from  the  frequent  personification  of  a  people  as  a  maiden,  2  Sam.  10:  11, 
Jer.  13:19,  49:17;  so  D3J  people  in  the  following  examples,  T^^S  pxbn 
thy  people  has  done  wrong  Ex.  5:  16,  raibi"'  D?n  the  people  dwelling  Judg. 
18:7.  Different  constructions  may  be  united  in  the  same  passage,  Jer. 
48:15,  Hos.  14:1. 

3.  Nouns,  which  are  plural  in  form  but  singular  in  sig- 
nification, commonly  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns 
agreeing  with  them  in  the  singular,  Dinbs  iJ-^a  God  created 
Gen.  1:1,  rraii  T^b'^a  its  owner  shall  he  put  to  death  Ex. 
21 :29,  nic^p  n-ins  a  hard  master  Isa.  19  : 4,  ^T^y^'S}  T^'lirinn 
thy  youth  is  renewed  Ps.  103:5. 

a.  When  the  word  tJ^n'^X  refers  to  false  deities,  the  sense  is  plural 
and  it  is  construed  accordingly,  t^^n'^x  nijx  these  are  thy  gods  Ex.  32:  4,  8, 
D"i|-|'bx  l!|iiJ^;'2"nb  so  may  the  gods  do  1  Kin.  19:2;  but  where  it  refers  to 
the  true  God,  it  is  with  few  exceptions  construed  in  the  singular.  Yet 
see  Gen.  20:13,  35:7,  Ex.  22:8,  Josh.  24:19,  1  Sam.  17:26,  2  Sam. 
7:23.  The  exceptional  construction  in  these  and  similar  passages  may 
have  arisen  from  the  attention  being  directed  to  the  Supreme  Being  in 
general,  and  to  the  fulness  or  variety  of  his  manifestations  without  epe- 


§276  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  307 

cific  reference  to  the  divine  unity,  and  may,  besides,  involve  an  allusion  to 
the  personal  distinction  in  the  Godhead.  See  Alexander  on  Ps.  11:7  and 
58 :  12. 

4.  Plural  names  of  inanimate  or  irrational  objects  of 
either  gender  are  occasionally  joined  with  the  feminine  singu- 
lar, Tj-^b's?  yi^^p.  nito  niiann  the  beasts  of  the  field  pa7it  for 
thee  Joel  1 :  20,  n'^niso  ti'ibi^n  its  floods  wash  away  Job 
14:19,  nnrns?  ^ii^n  pangs  have  taken  her  Jer.  49:24, 
nsnn  n"'3n  wild  beasts,  their  lair  Isa.  35  :  7. 

a.  In  objects  devoid  of  personality  the  individual  is  of  small  account, 
and  may  be  easily  sunk  in  the  mass.  A  pluralis  inhumanus  may  conse- 
quently be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  a  collective,  the  proper  form  of  which 
is  the  feminine  singular,  §  198,  and  words  belonging  to  it  may  be  dealt 
with  accordingly.  The  same  principle  prevails  in  the  construction  of  neu- 
ter plurals  in  Greek,  ra  ^wa  Tpe'x". 

5.  Masculine  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  some- 
times used  when  females  are  spoken  of  from  a  neglect  to  note 
the  gender,  if  no  stress  is  laid  upon  it,  0^^?''^?!l  «^^  ^^^(^y  (queens 
and  concubines)  praised  her  Cant.  6:9;  the  Lord  deal  kindly 
BSTsy  with  you  (Ruth  and  Orpah)  as  oH'^to?  ye  have  dealt 
Ruth  1:8;  "^n^  my  dead  (Sarah)  Gen.  23:4;  n^ni?  ''Pk  thou 
art  destroyed  Jer,  4  :  30  ;  this  last  passage  may,  however,  be 
rendered  thou,  it  is  destroyed,  what  wilt  thou  do  ? 

6.  Singular  predicates  and  pronouns  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  a  distributive  sense  of  plural  subjects,  1\T\'i  '^"'i'^S'a 
they  that  bless  thee  shall  each  be  blessed  Num.  24  :  9  ;  tffiTiyi 
t^  niis  they  loho  profane  it  shall  every  one  be  put  to  death 
Ex.  31 :  14 ;  ^3i?^  ^1^6 ;<  Q^p^a  np-i2  they  take  aioay  the  right- 
eousness of  the  righteous  from  each  of  them  Isa.  5  :  23. 

§276.  1.  AVhen  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more 
words  connected  by  the  conjunction  and,  the  predicate,  if  it 
precedes  its  subject,  may  be  put  in  the  masculine  singular  as 
its  primary  form,  "jipi  niin  Dnia  n^;^'i  and  from  them  shall 
proceed  thanksgiving  and  a  voice  Jer.  30  :  19,  or  it  may  be 
put  in  the  plural,  referring  to  them  all,  f^^!*^   5^^^^  ^^?^5 


303  SYNTAX.  ^  277-279 

and  Moses  and  Aaron  did  so  Ex.  7:20,  or  it  may  agree  with 
the  nearest  word,  prj^^n  o'jn'a  "O.'^Ty'y  and  Miriam  and  Aaron 
spake  Num.  12 : 1  ;  T^;!^^?-  ^^^  '^V'^  ^^'  ifi'OU  and  thy  fathers 
have  not  known  Deut.  13:7. 

2.  If  the  predicate  follows  a  compound  subject  it  is 
commonly  put  in  the  plural,  though  it  may  agree  with  the 
principal  word  to  which  the  others  are  subordinate,  ^!b'"^p*i  ''i^ 
D^ijJ  I  with  my  maidens  will  fast  prop,  and  my  maidens  Est. 
4:16,  N3  nxi^l  n^^i  ^nn?  the  servants  of  David  and  Joab 
came  2  Sam.  3  :  22. 

3.  If  a  predicate  refers  equally  to  two  words  of  different 
genders,  it  will  be  put  in  the  masculine  in  preference  to  the 
feminine,  D'^bj^T  '^Wl  ^'7'?^^  Abraham  and  Sarah  were  old 
Gen.  18  :11  ;  if  they  are  of  different  persons,  the  predicate 
will  be  put  in  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third,  and  in 
the  first  in  preference  to  either  of  the  others,  ""ba  if)f^Tl  "'^^ 
n^np  I  and  Jonathan  my  son  will  he  1  Sam.  14:40,  •^jTU? 
DPia'iT  ^"^nsj  fnns"!  thou  and  Aaron  thy  brother  and  ye  shall 
speak  Num.  20  :  8. 

^277.  If  two  or  more  nouns  are  united  in  the  construct 
state  the  predicate  ordinarily  agrees  with  the  first  as  the  lead- 
ing word  in  such  combinations  :  it  may,  however,  agree  with 
the  second,  if  that  is  the  more  important,  or  the  predicate 
might  with  propriety  be  referred  directly  to  it,  V^tm  ria'itD 
bVriS  the  fields  of  Heshbon  languish  Isa.  16:8,  nfe  D^  m)23 
D'^ii'^DX  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  the  poor  Jer.  2 :  34. 

a.  The  predicate  agrees  generally  though  not  invariably  with  the 
second  noun  when  the  first  is  V3,  or  an  abstract  expressing  a  quality  of 
that  which  follows,  niu-'a^-bs  rn^T  and  all  the  days  of  Seth  were  Gen. 
5:8,  D"^i"sn-bD  ixitni  and  all  the  women  went  out  Rx.  15:20,  TibbilJ  -ina^ 
^sai?  the  choice  of  his  captains  were  drowned  ver.  4. 

§  278.  Nouns  in  the  dual  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  tiisn  nsb  15 iy 
(he  eyes  of  Leah  loere  tender  Gen.  29 :  17. 

§  279.  The  abrupt  changes  of  the  person  from  the  third 


^280  REPETITION    OF   WORDS.  309 

to  the  first  or  second,  and  vice  versa,  which  are  esj^ecially 
frequent  with  the  prophets  and  psalmists,  Isa.  1 :  29,  Ps. 
81 :  17,  are  due  to  the  boldness  and  vividness  of  their  con- 
ceptions, in  virtue  of  which  they  often  pass  in  the  course  of 
the  same  sentence  from  speaking  of  God  to  speaking  in  his 
name,  and  from  describing  men  to  directly  addressing  them. 

a.  The  occasional  combination  of  the  pronoun  of  the  first  person  with 
a  verb  in  the  third  is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis,  ^S7  "'Ssn  behold  /(am 
he  who)  has  laid  Isa.  28 :  16,  ;]6i'^  "^bDrj  behold  I  (am  he  who)  will  add 
29:14,38:5. 

Repetition  of  Words. 

§  280.  The  repetition  of  nouns  may  denote 

1.  Distribution,  nbi^  nitj  ^ear  hy  year  Deut.  14 :  23, 
ij^laa  npaa  in  the  morning,  in  the  rtiorning  i.  e,  every  morning 
2  Sam.  13:4,  tjn'ilJb  nnx-tj^x  "inx-tj^s  one  man  for  each  tribe 
Josh.  3:12;  SO  with  numeral  adjectives,  §  252. 4,  nibnir  n^no 
by  sevens  Gen.  7  : 2,  and  adverbs,  'OS12  t2^^  little  by  little 
Ex.  23 :  30. 

2.  Plurality,  "I'l^""!^  generation  and  generation  i.  e.  many 
generations  Deut.  32  : 7,  ij?^  1]?  lj:b  1^  lirb  ii  Tib  ii  pre- 
cejjt  upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept,  line  upon  line,  line 
upon  line  Isa.  28:10,  13,  f^^i?^  ^"^^5  P^i^  on  pits  Gen. 
14 :  10  •  or  with  the  implication  of  diversity,  I^SJT  "s^k  a 
weight  and  a  weight  i.  e.  weights  of  two  sorts  Deut.  25  :  13, 
:i!?T  nS  a  double  heart  Ps.  12:3. 

3.  Emphasis  or  intensity,  p'lS  p'li  justice,  justice  i.  e. 
nothing  but  justice  Deut.  16:20,  ytys  pby  exceeding  deep 
Eccl.  7  :  24 ;  so  with  adverbs,  IS'a  ^ii'a  mightily,  mightily 
Gen.  7:19,  and  even  a  conjunction,  1?!!^^  "pA  because  even 
because. 

a.  Sometimes  the  second  word  is  put  in  a  different  gender  from  the 
first,  n:rrT2!i  ysjtq  all  kinds  of  support  Isa.  3:1,  comp.  Jer.  48  :  19,  or  a 
different  number,  cnntn  "li^n  a  heap,  two  heaps  Judg.  15:16.  rrnia 
ni'niri  Eccl.  2:8.  Or  a  cognate  word  may  be  employed,  il^d^asi  •""5'?^ 
V3asle  and  desolate  Ezek.  6:  14,  linaa  P2d  Lev.  23:3. 


310  SYNTAX.  ^81, 282 

b.  Instances  occur  of  triple  repetition,  Viilp^  ^''''i^  ^i"ip  holy.  holy,  holy 
Isa.  6 :  3,  y^M  y-ix  j'-nx  O  earth,  earth,  earth]  Jer.  22  :  29'  Jer.  7  :  4,  Ezek! 
21  :  32,  Ex.  25  :  35." 

§281.  A  separate  pronoun  may  be  added  to  a  pro- 
nominal suffix  for  the  sake  of  emphasis,  ''3N  "^ni^  mv  dying, 
mine  2  Sam.  19:1,  '7^r&^  nns«  thee,  thee  shall  they  praise 
Gen.  49  :8,  or  to  a  noun  to  which  it  refers,  «^h-D5  ntcb  to 
Seth,  to  him  also  Gen.  4:26. 

§  282.  In  verbs  the  absolute  infinitive  is  joined  with  the 
finite  forms  to  add  emphasis  or  intensity  to  the  idea,  T^'lsrn 
•f'bian  shall  thou  actually  reign  over  us?  Gen.  37  :  8,  n^-an  mi'n 
thou  shall  surely  die  Gen.  2:17.  This  combination  some- 
times expresses  continuance  or  repetition,  particularly  when 
two  infinitives  are  connected  together  and  both  follow  the 
finite  verb,  Si»l  «is;»  si^l  and  it  went  out  going  out  and  re- 
turning i.  e.  it  kept  going  to  and  fro  Gen.  8  : 7,  W  %^r\  ^bbn 
they  went  on  lowing  as  they  went  1  Sam.  6:12,  D5'>1?X  '^%^'^'), 
"tini  DSTCn  and  I  spake  to  you  rising  up  early  and  speaking 
Jer.  7:13. 

a.  The  infinitive  is  mostly  of  the  same  species  with  the  finite  verb  to 
which  it  is  added,  although  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Thus,  the  Kal, 
on  account  of  its  greater  simplicity  of  form,  may  be  joined  with  a  deriva- 
tive species,  e.g.  Niphal  b^&7  bipO  Ex.  19:13,  Piel  r|i^3  ^^i'!'^  Josh. 
24:10,  Pual  Cinia  Ci"i-J  Gen. '37  :  33^,  Hiphil  cis;:  tj-is  1  'Sam."'23: 22, 
Hophal  vrw^  nia  Ex.'l9:12,  Hithpael  nBai^pn  aii  183.24:19;  or  one 
derivative  species  with  another  of  like  signification,  nn^BJ  nS  n'^EIi  Lev. 
19:20,  nbnn  ^  bnnn  Ezek.  16:4.  Occasionally  the  infinitive  "is  bor- 
rowed from  a  cognate  verb,  Ci6i<  tlDit  Zeph.  1 : 2  (C]6s«  and  Cj^O),  tJniJ 
Mi&!n;i  Isa.  28  :  28  (\i.nx  and  ttjsi'n).' 

h.  The  construct  infinitive  is  very  rarely  used  in  such  combinations  in- 
stead of  the  absolute,  sisbin  ban  Neh.  1  : 1.  nfnN-nrn  Ps.  50  :  21  ;  once 
it  is  added  in  a  varied  form  to  a  preceding  construct  infinitive,  mbjtns 
ni^as  2  Sam.  6:20.  The  finite  verb  is  repeated,  "'siilJ':  "zrii^i  2  Sam.  15:8 
K'thibh.  A  verbal  noun  takes  the  place  of  the  infinitive,  lisn  n^'is 
Hab.  3:9. 

c.  When  two  verbs  are  connected  together  to  express  continuous  ac- 
tion, a  participle  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  absolute  infinitive  in  the 
case  of  one  or  both,  niinsi  nBs ...  nb'i)  liri  2  Sam.  15:  30,  r\-sh^  rf^n  ri^h 
Jer.  41  :6  ;  an  adjective  may  even  take  the  place  of  the  second,  "^ibn  Tjb^n 
bnan    Gen.  26  :  13,   nbp^)   ^lisn  , . .  r,bni    Judg.  4  :  24  ;  the   finite  verb  '  is 


§283,284  INTERROGATIVE    SENTENCES.  311 

omitteJ  in  binji  "b'h  "'i'^'^^  Est.  9  :  4.  the  substantive  verb  takes  its  place, 
^iom  rpb'n  fl%-i'  Gen.  8:5,"  b"i;i  Ti^n  BSiri.T^  in-^l  2  Chron.  17:  12.  The 
second  verb  may  also  be  put  in  one  ol  the  finite  tenses,  ISpri  '^'^^'7  ^"'?'?^ 
Josh.  6:  13.  ^^T^ll  T{i^r\  ...  T\?h  2  Sam.  16:  13,  and  in  fact  other  construc- 
tions, begun  with  a  participle  or  infinitive,  are  not  infrequently  continued 
in  the  preterite  or  future,  Job  12  :21. 


Interrogative  Sentences. 

§  283.  1.  A  direct  question  is  indicated  by  the  interroga- 
tive particle  n ,  "^i^f^n  wiit  thou  go  ?  Gen.  24 :  58,  nnnn 
ipx  D'^nbx  am  I  in  the  place  of  God?  Gen.  50  :19  ;  an  in- 
direct question  by  •!  or  Di?  if,  to  know  D'^ini^  Dsi^^'n  whether 
you  love  Deut.  \Z -A,  inquire  n^nx-nx  whether  I  shall  re- 
cover prop,  if  I  shall  2  Kin.  1:2. 

a.  The  particle  H.  is  in  Job  4 :  2  separated  from  the  proper  interroga- 
tive clause. 

2.  In  a  disjunctive  question  the  first  member  is  commonly 
introduced  by  n  and  the  second  by  DX  or  DSl ,  T|S3  t^^risn 
kS-dx  sin  is  this  tliy  son's  coat  or  not?  Gen.  37  :  32 ;  T^snn 
is  it  any  pleasure  to  the  Almighty  that  thou  art  righteous 
ysa'DX"!  or  is  it  gain  to  him,  etc.,  Job  22  :3. 

a.  The  second  member  is  more  rarely  introduced  by  IX  or^  who  know- 
eth  bbo  ix  n'Tf  ninn  whether  he  shall  be  a  wise  man  or  a  fool  Eccl.  2 :  19, 
or  by  ri,  repeated  ns^n  x^in  pjriii  whether  they  be  strong-  or  weak  Num. 
13:18,  X^n  sisb  dns'ip  'iso'i^bri  have  ye  called  us  to  impoverish  us  omot? 
Judg.  14  :  15.  The  construction  of  the  second  clause  is  interrupted  and  re- 
sumed again  in  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  If  a  question  stand  in  a  disjunctive  relation  to  something  previously 
expressed  or  implied,  it  may  begin  with  DX,  "i^'^n  "la'ns'DX  oiSBrt  your 
ptrwrsion  !  or  is  the  potter  to  be  reckoned  as  the  clay?  Isa.29 ;  IG,  Pxa  DX 
•'in.N!.  or  is  this  thing  from  my  lord  ?  1  Kin.  1 :  27, 

§  284.  A  question  may  also  be  asked  by  means  of  the 
interrogative  pronouns  or  interrogative  adverbs.  Or  it  may, 
without  any  particle  of  interrogation,  be  indicated  simply  by 
the  tone  of  voice  in  which  it  is  uttered,  ?ixi3  D"^^  thy  coming 
is  peaceful?  1  Sam.  16:4. 


^<r\ 


312  SYNTAX.  ^285 


Relative  Pronoun. 

^285.  1.  From  simple  we  pass  to  compound  sentences. 
These  are  made  up  of  distinct  clauses  united  for  the  most 
part  by  the  relative  pronoun  or  by  conjunctions.  As  the  rela- 
tive invariably  occupies  the  first  place  in  its  own  clause,  and 
as  the  Hebrew  admits  of  no  inflections  to  represent  case, 
some  special  device  was  necessary  to  indicate  its  relation  to 
the  following  words.  Accordingly,  when  the  relative  ^^i$^  is 
governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition,  this  is  shown  by 
appending  an  appropriate  pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing 
word,  inb©  -nrt5  w/wm  he  has  sent  2  Kin.  19:4;  the  ground 
n-inx  ^-m  ivhich  he  has  cursed  Gen.  5  :  29  ;  ii^"iT  nTDs«  whose 
seed  Gen.  1:11;  houses  of  clay  D7"^0!'  ^?5'3  "li'S  whose-foun- 
dation  is  in  the  dust  Job  4:19;  the  place  1"'^!:?  . . .  "iirs«  upon 
which  Ex.  3:5;  thou  ^'^i^yvii.  itijn  whotn  I  have  chosen  Isa. 
41:8. 

a.  When  the  relative  is  the  object  of  a  verb  the  suffix  is  frequently 
omitted,  the  sense  being  sufficiently  plain  without  it,  "'nxna'n^Ji*  whom 
I  have  created  Gen.  6  :  7. 

2.  When  the  relative  ^trJx  is  preceded  by  nx  the  sign 
of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  preposition,  these  pertain  not 
to  the  relative  but  to  its  antecedent,  which  is  in  this  case 
embraced  with  it  as  in  the  English  compound  relative 
what —  that  which,  irr^n-b:?  "ii?s<j-nx  li^ij  and  he  commanded 
him  who  loas  over  his  house  Gen.  44  : 1 ;  to  make  thee  under-^ 
stand  rH^;:--yt;^._  rk  what  shall  befall  Dan.  10  :  14. 

a.  The  only  exception  is  "nrN:.  tif  with  whom  Gen,  31 :  32.  Geseniua 
finds  another  in  "liiixa  Isa.  47  :  12,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

3.  The  relative  is  frequently  omitted,  not  only  as  in 
English,  when  it  is  the  object  of  its  clause,  ^ibs'  nnfes  into 
the  pit  (which)  the?/  have  made  Ps.  9:16,  but  also  when  it  is 
the  subject,  and  he  forsook  God  intby  (who)  made  him  Deut. 
32:15,  and  even  when  it  would  stand  for  the  compound 


§286,287  CONJUNCTIONS.  313 

relative  and  include  its  antecedent,  nb©n-i;>s  hy  the  hayid  of 
(him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  (so  doth)  ixun  bix© 
the  grave  (those  who)  have  sinned  Job  24  :  19. 

§  286.  The  demonstrative  nr  or  ^T  is  frequently  used  in 
poetry  with  the  force  of  a  relative,  and  it  then,  like  the 
English  that,  suffers  no  change  for  gender  or  number,  nip's 
r^7'?T  "^I  t^^^  place  that  thou  hast  founded  Ps.  104  :  8,  niliiT^ 
!i3TCri  IT  devices,  which  they  have  contrived  Ps.  10  :  3. 


Conjunctions. 

§  287.  The  Hebrew  sedulously  avoids  all  involution  of 
sentences.  Consequently,  instead  of  linking  its  clauses  to- 
gether into  a  complex  whole  by  conjunctions  of  various 
power  expressing  their  precise  relation  of  dependence  and 
subordination,  it  prefers,  where  this  is  possible,  to  connect 
them  by  means  of  the  simple  conjunction  ^  and,  leaving  the 
exact  nature  of  the  connection  intended  to  be  inferred  from 
the  meanings  of  the  clauses  themselves. 

1.  The  conjunction  "i  may  accordingly  be  employed  not 
only  where  we  would  use  and,  but  before  an  adversative 
clause,  of  every  tree  thou  mayest  eat  f  ?'''?^  ^^i  of  the  tree  of 
the  knowledge,  etc.,  Gen.  2  :  16,  17,  or  one  expressing  a  rea- 
son, give  us  help  from  trouble  i^'iio'i  for  vain  is  the  help  of 
man  Ps.  60  :  13,  an  inference,  I  have  no  pleasure  in  the  death 
of  him  that  dieth  'in^iijn'i  wherefore  turn  Ezek.  18  :  32,  design, 
i^ni  ^1b?  MKT  do  this  and  live  i.  e.  in  order  that  you  may  live. 
Gen.  42 :  18,  a  comparison,  man  is  horn  unto  trouble  vITCt  ^sni 
and  (i.  e.  as)  the  sparks  fy  upward  Job  5  :  7,  or  a  co-existing 
act  or  condition,  Noah  was  six  hundred  years  old  ^^312711  and 
(i.  e.  when)  the  flood  was  upon  the  earth  Gen.  7  :  6. 

2.  It  serves  to  introduce  the  apodosis  or  second  member 


314  SYNTAX.  §287 

of  a  conditional  sentence,  if  God  will  he  with  me  and  keep  me 
r\\r\^  Thr\^  then  shall  Jehovah  he  my  God  Gen.  28 :  20,  21. 

3.  It  may  also  connect  a  statement  of  time  or  a  noun 
placed  absolutely,  witli  the  clause  to  which  it  relates,  Di*2 
nip?-fi2!5  Dn^:?i?  x'^'5  ■'©"'^'^r?  on  the  third  day  Ahraham  lifted 
up  his  eyes  Gen.  22  : 4  ;  'H'^lt'"?  ^'^^  ^"^l^^^  t^  hope,  (is  it  not) 
the  integrity  of  thy  ways  ?  Job  4:6.  Both  these  uses, 
which  are  wholly  foreign  from  our  idiom,  are  combined  in 
2  Sam.  15 :  34,  thy  father  s  servant  ''3X1  I  have  heen  so  hith- 
erto, hut  now  ^V^'^.  I  will  he  thy  servant. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  other  conjunctions  see  the  lexicon. 


GRAMMATICAL  ANALYSIS. 

GENESIS,  CHAPTER   I. 
VERSE  1. 

tT'tsS'ia  composed  of  the  inseparable  preposition  S, 
§231.1,  with  Daghesh-lene,  §21.1,  and  the  feminine  de- 
rivative noun  fT^Cfi^T,  §198.  a.  (4),  without  the  article, 
§248,  comp.  Iv  apxv  John  1:1,  Ger.  anfangs,  Eng.  at  first; 
position  of  the  accent,  §  32. 1. 

n;i3  ,  i?b  verb,  §  162.  2,  the  preterite  denoting  past  time 
absolutely,  §262.  1,  lack  of  formal  agreement  with  its  sub- 
ject, §  275.  3,  order  of  words,  §  270.  <2,  position  of  accent, 
§32.2. 

Qinbst  a  ihonosyllabic  noun  of  class  I.,  §183,  plural, 
§199,  of  majesty,  §201.  2,  without  the  article,  §246. 1. 

n^  sign  of  the  definite  object,  §  270. 

D^m'n  the  article,  §229.1,  §245.4,  and  noun  of  the 
second  form  of  class  L,  §185.  2.  d,  only  used  in  the  plural, 
§201.1,  §203.  5.  c. 

rs'i  the  conjunction  1,  §234,  and  tii?. 

t  n^n  the  article,  §  229.  3,  and  Segholate  noun  of  class  I., 
§  183  ;  Seghol  changed  to  Kamets  by,  §  229. 4.  h,  or  §  05  (1). 

This  verse  is  divided  by  the  accents  into  two  clauses, 
§  36. 1 ;  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha, 
§38.  2  ;  Silluk  by  Merka  and  Tiphhha,  and  Tiphhha  again 
by  Merka,  §38.1. 


316  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

VERSE  2. 

nn^'fi,  nb  verb  njn,  §169.1,  with  Metliegh,  ^5.  2, 
Kamets  distinguished  from  Kamets-Hhatuph,  §19.  2. 

inn,  hr^  Segholate  nouns  of  class  I.  from  nb  roots, 
§184.(5,  abstracts  used  instead  of  adjectives,  §254.  6. «, 
assonance  or  paronomasia.     Double  accent,  §  30. 1. 

i;s-b?  Makkeph,  §43,  nss  noun  of  class  I.,  form  2, 
§185.  2.d,  only  used  in  the  plural,  §201. 1,  §  209. 1 ;  here 
in  the  construct  state,  §  214.  2,  §  216.  1,  with  its  possessive 
sense,  §  254, 1. 

Dinn  noun  of  class  III  from  "ly  root  §  190.  h,  article  omitted 
as  if  from  a  proper  noun,  §  246. 1,  or  by  a  kind  of  poetic 
brevity,  §247,  the  face  of  ocean. 

rsnn^  Piel  participle  of  the  Ayin  Guttural  verb  tin'i , 
§116.4,  §121.  1,  feminine,  §205,  as  the  predicate  without 
the  article,  §  259.  2,  although  its  subject  is  definite,  §  246.  3; 
the  participle  expresses  continuous  action,  §266.  1,  belong- 
ing to  the  period  before  spoken  of,  §  266.  3. 

JD'^'sn  noun  used  only  in  the  plural,  §  201.  1,  §  203.  5.  c; 
vowel  changed  by  the  pause  accent,  §65.  1. 

This  verse  consists  of  two  clauses,  §36. 1 ;  the  clause  of 
Athnahh  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon  and  R'bhia,  §  36. 2 ; 
Zakeph  Katon  is  preceded  by  Pashta,  and  Pashta  by  Merka, 
§38.4,  Athnahh  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha,  §38.2.  The 
clause  of  Silluk  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon ;  this  is 
preceded  by  Munahh,  §  38. 4,  and  Silluk  by  Merka  and 
Tiphhha,  §38.1. 

VERSE  3. 

n^i^^n  Kal  future  of  Pe  Aleph  verb  Tax ,  §110.  3,  with 
Vav  Conversive,  §99. 1,  §265,  which  removes  the  accent  to 
the  penult  and  changes  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  §99.  3.  a, 
§111.  2.  a. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER   I.  317 

''n;'  apocopated  future  of  'rh  verb  n':;n,  §171.1,  §177.1, 
with  a  jussive  sense,  §  264. 

"■•n^l  future  witli  Vav  Conversive ;  Daghesh-forte  omitted, 
§99.3,  Methegh,  §45.2. 

VERSE  4. 

xn;:'!  Kal  future  of  'rh  verb  rtkn  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§171.  1,  §172.4. 

ait:  the  predicate  adjective  without  the  article,  §259.  2. 

bjiir'l  Hiphil  future  of  ^^3  with  Vav  Conversive,  §  99.  3. 

V?^  Vav  Conjunctive,  §234,  with  the  preposition  l^a, 
§237.1. 

VERSE  5. 

sni^t"!  from  the  ^^  verb  ^^"^ ,  §162.2. 

,D^n-bx  Fsik,  §38.  l.«. 

nisb  preposition  b  with  the  vowel  of  the  article,  §  231.  5. 

tir^  noun,  whose  plural  is  D^'o;' ,   §207. 1./. 

«n)?  the  preterite,  used  rather  than  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  because  the  verb  does  not  begin  the  clause, 
§265,  the  accent  removed  to  the  penult,  §  35. 1. 

nb;^b  paragogic  n^ ,  §61.  6,  §219.  2,  with  the  noun  ^^^, 
a  Segholate  of  class  I.  from  an  ""'b  root,  §184.  3,  having  a 
pause  accent,  §65. 1. 

:^n^  numeral,  §223.1,  agreement  and  position,  §250.1. 

YERSE  6. 

yii^n  noun  of  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1. 

^ina  preposition  i,  §231. 1,  with  the  construct  of  Xk* 
§216.  1.  d,  in  a  partitive  sense,  §254.  2. 


318  GRAMMATICAL   ANALYSIS. 

bi'i^'a  Hiphil  participle  of  ^i^ ,  ^  84.  5,  denoting  con- 
tinuous action,  §266. 1,  and  referred  by  the  tense  of  the  ac- 
companying substantive  verb  to  the  future,  §  266.  3.  a* 


VERSE  7. 

toy;;'!  s  guttural  and  Sib  verb  Mtb:^  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§109.3,  §171.1,  §172.4. 

nnnia  composed  of  the  prepositions  yCj  and  >nnp, 
§237.2(1). 

b?'?  composed  of  the  prepositions  "JU  and  b? . 

VERSE  8. 

O'l'tt©  with  pause  accent,  §65  (1). 

n]5h,  iy^  class  I.  Segholates,  §183. 

J''^©  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  agreement  with  noun  and 
position,  §252. 1. 

VERSE  9. 

^1]?:' Niphal  future  of  nb  verb  m]?,  §169.1,  with  an 
imperative  sense,  §263.  1. 

DijPtt  noun  of  class  III.  from  an  "W  root,  §190.  h. 

fi^"?D  Niphal  future  of  ni«n ,  §  109.  4,  §  168. 

VERSE  10. 

n;i)?l2bl  conjunction  ^,  §234,  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  and 
noun  of  class  III.  from  nb  root,  §190.  h,  in  the  construct 
state,  §215.  2,  followed  by  the  material  of  which  it  consists, 
§254.4. 

D'l'a;^  plural,  §  207.  2,  of  D^ ,  a  noun  of  class  I.  from  an 
iv  root,  §186.  2.  c. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER   I.  319 

VERSE  11. 

Kffi'in  apocopated  Hiphil  future  of  mm,  §97.2,  §264, 
governing  its  cognate  noun  i^m ,  §271.3.  Methegh  by 
§45.  2. 

T")]"^  the  participle  expresses  what  is  constant  and  habit- 
ual, §266.1. 

V;?  collective  noun,  §201. 1,  probably  abridged  from  a 
n^  root,  class  I.  form  2,  §  185.  2.  d,  in  the  construct,  §215. 1, 
with  the  following  word,  which  denotes  its  quality,  §254.  6. 

"'12  noun  from  ^ib  root  class  I.  form  1,  §184.  6. 

TW'^  Kal  participle  of  t\b  verb,  §168;  the  accent  is  not 

Y'thibh  but  Mahpakh,  as  is  shown  by  its  standing  before 
Pashta  in  the  subdivision  of  Zakeph  Katon,  §  30.  2,  §  38.  4, 
shifted  to  the  penult  by,  §35.  1,  followed  by  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive  in  the  first  letter  of  the  next  word,  §  24.  a. 

ir'ob  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  noun  y^'n  from  an  ^^  root 
class  I,  §186.  2. 6,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §220. 1. 

in-is?"!?  nttjx  oblique  case  of  the  relative  pronoun,  §74, 
§285. 1 ;  the  preposition  l  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  §233. 

VERSE  12. 

xiini  Hiphil  future  of  ^s  and  sb  verb,  §144. 1,  §162, 
with  Vav  Conversive,  the  accent  remaining  on  the  ultimate, 
§147.5,  §166.4. 

insi^ab  suffix  of  third  person,  §220.  1.  d,  singular  in  dis- 
tributive sense  referring  to  the  preceding  collective,  §275.  6. 

VERSE  13. 

i^t^biD  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  §252. 1. 


320  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS 

VERSE  14. 

*'Sn;'  lack  of  agreement  with  subject,  §275. 1. 

irm'Q  masculine  noun  in  the  plural,  §  200.  c,  class  III. 
from  an  H'y  root,  §190.  3. 

^"•t^r?^  the  construct  form  of  the  infinitive  used  with  pre- 
positions, §  267.  3. 

1^51'!  preterite  with  Vav  Conversive,   §100.1,  §265,  in 
the  plural  because  following  the  noun,  §  275. 1.  ^. 

VERSE  15. 

T'iJOi'  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  of  13?  verb,  §153. 1. 

VERSE  16. 

"Otj    cardinal    number,    §223.  1,    joined    with    noun, 
§250.  2  (2),  without  the  article,  §251.  4. 

D'^bnan  qualifying  adjective  with   the   article   after  the 
noun,  §249.1. 

•jbj^n  . . .  Snsn  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1,  emphatic  use  of 
the  positive  degree,  §260.  2  (2). 

nbffi'a)?  noun  of  class  III.,  §190,  in  the  construct  state, 
§214. 1.  ^,  the  following  noun  denoting  the  object,  §254.  9. 
tO'iSDisn  noun  of  class  11.  from  an  T^  root,  §187.  I.e. 

VERSE  17. 

•jn^l  fi'om  as  verb  )bh  §129.1. 

ens  sign  of  the  definite  object  with  a  pronominal  suffix, 
§  238"  2. 

VERSE  18. 

b^'innb^i , . .  Sto'a':'!  construct  infinitive  with  the  preposi- 
tion, §267.3;  Metheghwith  ^,  §45.  2.«. 


GENESIS    CHAPTER   I.  321 

VERSE  20. 

tlBi:?;<  Piel  future  of  nV  verb,  ^154.  2. 

VERSE  21. 

DS-'snn  plural  of  l^n ,  §  199  ;  the  Hhirik  of  the  ultimate 
is  long,  §  19.  1. 

nto^hn  Kal  feminme  participle,  §205,  with  the  article, 
§249.1. 

"ilDX  the  object  of  the  verb  li'^^s  though  without  the  ap- 
propriate pronominal  suffix,  §285.  l.<2. 

Dnsi^b  plural  noun  with  plural  suffix,  §  220.  2.  b. 

VERSE  22. 

1\^y-!^  Piel  future  of  ^  Guttural  verb,  §116.4,  §121.  1, 
with  Vav  conversive,  §99.  2>.a,  no  Daghesh-lene  in  a  since 
the  preceding  Sh'va  is  vocal,  §25. 

"ibsb  the  preposition  with  Tsere,  \22>\.Z.a,  so  as  to  say 
i.  e.  in  saying. 

''.in,  ^-is  Kal  imperatives  of  ran,  nns,  §169.1. 

"yy^  Kal  apocopated  future,  §171.1,  Hhirik  short  though 
accented,  §  1 9. 1 . 

VERSE  24. 

-in^m  construct  of  n^n,  §214.1,  with  i  paragogic, 
§218.     Methegh,  §45.  2,  Daghesh-forte  omitted,  §25. 

VERSE  26. 

riwi  Kal  future  of  no,  §109.1,  §168,  in  the  plural 
number,  §275.  3.  <2. 

^Sttto  preposition,  §231.1,    Segholate   noun,   class  I., 
§183,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §221.  5. 
21 


322  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

r:'^:)  from  nnn,  §169.1. 

n^^n  preposition,  §231.2,  construct  of  the  collective 
noun  nsn,  §198,  §214.1,  §216.1;  no  Daghesh-lene  in  a, 
§22. «  (5). 

VERSE  27. 

nsjpsi  "I3T  predicates,  §273.4,  and  consequently  in- 
definite. 

J  ani<  pronoun,  referring  to  both  genders  put  in  the  mas- 
culine, §  276.  3. 

VERSE  28. 

nmpl  conjunction  1,  §234,  imperative  Kal  of  tJM, 
§84.4,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §101.  Kibbuts  is  long, 
§19.1. 

VERSE  29. 

""Fifip  from  "{ns,  §130.1,  preterite  in  the  sense  of  the 
present,  §262. 1.  (^. 

n^n;;i  singular,  referring  formally  to  the  nearest  collective 
subject,  §276. 1,  or  taken  distributively,  §  275. 6. 

VERSE  3a 

pn;;-b3-n« ,  n«  before  ^3  without  the  article,  §  270.  c. 

VERSE  31. 

^t^'n  position  of  adverb,  §274. 1. 

jwri  Di,""  article  omitted  before  the  noun,  §249.  I.e.  . 


IISTDEX    I. 


SUBJECTS  TREATED  FULLY  OR  INCIDENTALLY. 


The  numbers  in  this  and  the  follovoing  Indexes  refer  to  the  Sections  of  the  Grammar. 


Abbreviations  9.  1. 

Absolute  infinitive.     See  Infinitive  abso- 
lute. 
Abstract  nouns,  feminine  198,  plural  201. 

1.  a,  c. 

Accents  28,  use  in  cantillation  28.  6,  forms 
and  classes  29,  meaning  of  names  29.  6, 
like  forms  distinguished  SO,  position  of 
32-35,  aid  in  distinguishing  words  34, 
change  of  position  35,  effect  of  Vav 
conversive  33.  4,  99.  3,  100.  2,  in  place 
of  Methegh  39.  3.  6,  45.  5,  give  sta- 
bility to  vowels  60.  1.  a,  vowel  changes 
produced  by  64. 

Accents,  consecution  of  in  prose  36-39, 
poetic  31,  consecution  of  40-42. 

Accents  pause  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2. 

Accentuation  double  39.  4.  a,  42.  a. 

Addition  of  letters  50.  3. 

Adjectives  in  place  of  participles  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  185.  1.  a,  formation  of  185.  2, 
expressing  permanent  or  variable  quali- 
ties 185.  2.  a,  intensity  187.  1,  189, 
defects  187.  1.  6,  diminutives  of  color 
188,  declension  of  217,  qualifying  nouns 
249.  1,  qualifying  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct 256,  predicate  259.  2,  compari- 
son of  260,  emphatic  use  with  verbs 
282.  c. 

Adjectives  numeral  223-227,  250-252. 

Adverbial  idea  expressed  by  a  verb  269.  a. 

Adverbial  expressions  274. 

Adverbs  235,  with  suffixes  236,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  c,  numeral  252.  4,  position  of 
274. 

Affixes  33. 

Agreement  neglected  275-279. 

Aleph,  sound  of  3.  4,  used  as  a  vowel-letter 
11.  1,  in  a  few  verbal  forms  120.  2,  122. 

2,  156.  3,  once  in  3  f  s.  suffix  220.  2. 
6,  otiant  16.  1,  with  Mappik  26,  with 
Daghesh  forte  (?)  121.  1,  substituted  for 


He  in  Chaldee  51.  3,  in  Niphal  infini- 
tive 91.  6,  in  Hiphil  94.  a,  b,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a,  in  feminine  ending  of  verba 
86.  b,  and  nouns  196.  c?,  for  Vav  in  fem, 
plur.  of  nouns  199,  prosthesis  of  53.  1. 
a,  183.  c,  omitted  53.  2,  3,  57.  2  (2)  a, 
111.  2.  6,  c,  151.  2,  164.  2,  quiescent 
57.  2,  after  prefixed  prepositions  231.  3. 
a,  b,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c,  pre- 
fers diphthongal  vowels  60.  1.  a,  110.  3, 
111.  2,  previous  vowel  rarely  short  if 
Daghesh  forte  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86  6, 
prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns  189. 

Alphabet  2,  order  of  6,  Lepsius'  theory 
6.  a. 

Animals,  names  of  197.  c. 

Apocopated  future  97.  2,  264,  not  in  pas- 
sive species  97.  2.  b,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh  Guttural  126.  1, 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,  158.  2,  160.  3,  Lamedh  He  171.  1, 
172.  4,  173.  3,  174.  4,  175.  3,  176.  3. 

Apocopated  imperative  98.  2,  171.  1. 

Apposition  of  nouns  253. 

Arabic  letters  3.  1.  a,  currently  read  with- 
out vowels  10.  a,  syllables  18.  2.  c, 
Teshdid  23.  3.  6,  accent  33.  4.  a,  Elif 
prosthetic  53.  1.  a,  conjugations  83.  e 
(1),  comparative  or  superlative  189.  a, 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  piural  ending 
199.  c,  dual  202,  article  229.  1.  a,  con- 
junction with  the  accusative  271.  4.  b. 

Article  definite  229,  use  of  245,  with 
verbs,  etc.  245.  5.  6,  with  proper  nouns 
246.  1.  a,  before  nouns  with  suffixes 
246.  2.  a,  before  nouns  in  the  construct 
246.  3.  a,  when  omitted  247,  249.  1.  6, 
c,  249.  2.  6,  c. 

Article  indefinite  229.  1.  b,  248.  a. 

Aspirates  3.  1,  7.  2,  receive  Daghesh  lene 
21,  their  original  sound  21.  6,  affftcted 


324 


INDEX    I. 


by  concurrence  of  consonants  or  doub- 
ling 54.  1. 

Athnahh  divides  verse  36. 1,  train  of  38.  2. 

Augment,  Greek  and  Sanskrit  99.  1.  a. 

Ayin,  sound  of  3.  4,  Chaldee  substitutes 
for  Tsadhe  51.  3,  elided  63.  3.  a,  128, 
previous  vowel  sometimes  short  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a. 

Ayin  doubled  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  133-137,  paradigm 
138,  remarks  139-142. 

Ayin  Guttural  verbs  116,  paradigm  117, 
remarks  118-122. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of 
term  76.  3,  their  peculiarities  152-164, 
paradigm  155,  remarks  156-161. 

Biliteral  roots  68.  b. 

Bohemian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Cardinal  numbers  223-266,  with  dual  end- 
ing 223.  1.  a,  position  and  agreement 
250,  251,  with  suffixes  250.  2  (2)  a, 
261.  4.  a,  with  the  article  251.  4. 

Chaldee  syllables  18.  2.  c,  words  modified 
from  Hebrew  61.  3,  dual  202. 

Changes  of  person  279. 

Cities  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Collectives  with  feminine  ending  198,  con- 
strued with  the  plural  275.  2. 

Commutation  of  letters  50.  1,  Aleph  for 
He  86.  6,  91.  6,  94.  a,  96.  a,  196.  d,  He 
for  Aleph  189.  6,  Aleph  for  Yodh  56. 
4,  or  Vav  56.  4.  a,  199,  Vav  for  Aleph 
57.  2  (2)  a,  111.  2.  6,  d,  Yodh  for  Vav 
56.  2,  Teth  for  Tav  54.  4,  82.  5. 

Comparison,  how  expressed  260. 

Compound  numbers  224,  225.  2,  with 
nouns  251.  3,  with  the  article  251.  4.  a. 

Compound  predicate  275.  1.  6,  275.  2.  a. 

Compound  sentences  285.  1. 

Compound  species  83.  c  (2). 

Compound  subject  244.  1,  276. 

Conjugations  76.  1. 

Conjunctions  239,  287. 

Consecution  of  accents  in  prose  36-39,  in 
poetry,  40-42. 

Consonant  changes,  53-56. 

Consonants  changed  to  vowels  57,  vowel 
changes  occasioned  by  contiguous  con- 
sonants 60,  by  concurrent  consonants, 
61. 

Construct  infinitive.  See  Infinitive  con- 
struct. 

Construct  state  of  nouns  212-216,  rela- 
tions denoted  by  254,  resolved  by  pre- 
position Lamedh  257. 

Constructio  praegnans  272.  3. 

Contraction  of  two  similar  letters  61.  3, 
134.  1. 

Contracted  verbs  107. 

Copula  258.  2,  3. 

Countries  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Daghesh  meaning  of  word  21.  2.  a. 


Daghesh-forte  23,  distinguished  from  Da- 
ghesh-lene  23.  2,  from  Shurek  23.  3, 
different  kinds  of  24,  conjunctive,  in- 
stances of  24.  a,  75.  1,  separative  24.  6, 
190.  a,  216.  2.  a,  221.  5.  a,  230.  2.  a, 
emphatic  24.  c,  86.  a,  149.  1,  omission 
of  25,  resolved  by  the  insertion  of  a 
liquid  54.  3,  221.  6.  6,  or  Yodh  141.  1, 
or  by  prolonging  the  previous  vowel, 
59.  a,  never  in  gutturals  60.  4,  108, 
rarely  in  Resh  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  omitted 
from  Hithpael  96.  a,  in  suffixes  of  verbs 
104.  a,  105.  b. 

Daghesh  lene  21,  22,  omitted  from  Kal 
imperative  89  (f  s.  and  m.  pi.),  from 
guttural  forms  109.  3.  a,  from  construct 
plural  of  nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  prefixes 
101.  2.  b. 

Daleth  assimilated  to  the  feminine  ending 
Tav  54.  2,  148.  2,  205.  b. 

Day  of  the  month  252.  2.  b. 

Declension  of  nouns,  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples 217. 

Demonstrative  pronouns  73,  qualifying 
nouns  249.  2,  qualifying  nouns  in  the 
construct  256,  predicate  269.  2,  used  for 
relative  286. 

Dental  letters  7.  1. 

Dialects,  effect  upon  words  51.  3. 

Diphthongal  vowels  15. 

Distributive  numbers  252.  4. 

Distributive  sense  expressed  by  repetition 
252.  4,  280.  1. 

Division  erroneous,  of  words  43.  b. 

Divisions  of  Grammar  1. 

Dual,  ending  of  202,  signification  of  203, 
superadded  to  the  plural  203.  6.  6, 
nouns  with  suffixes  221.  4,  joined  with 
the  plural  278. 

Emphasis  expressed  by  repetition  280-282. 

English  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Excess,  how  denoted  260.  2  (2)  b. 

Feminine  endings  196,  how  related  56.  2. 
c,  196.  6,  compared  with  Indo-European 
endings  196.  e,  used  to  form  abstracts, 
collectives,  official  designations  198,  and 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  appended  to  in- 
finitive.    See  Infinitive  construct. 

Feminine  nouns  without  fem.  ending  in 
the  singular  197.  a,  with  masc.  ending 
in  plural  200.  6,  with  two  plural  forms 
200.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  2. 

Feminine  sign  of,  duplicated  88  (3  f.),  167.' 
3,  169.  1.  a  (?),  neglected  88  (2  f.  s, 
3  f  pi.),  197.  a. 

Final  forms  of  letters  4,  in  middle  of 
words  4.  a. 

Flexibility  various,  of  different  languages 
69.  b. 

Formative  syllables  differ  from  prefixes 
and  suffixes  33,  69.  c,  101.  2.  6,  123.  4. 

Fractional  numbers  227.  3,  252.  3. 


INDEX    I. 


325 


Future,  formation  of  84.  3,  its  personal 
endings  and  prefixes  85.  1.  a  (2)  with 
suffixes  105,  uses  of  263,  siiortened 
form.     See  Apocopated  future. 

Galilean  pronunciation  51.  4.  a. 

Grammar,  function  and  divisions  of  1. 

Grammatical  subject  244.  2. 

Grave  suffixes  72,  221.  1. 

Greek  alphabet  5.  a,  6.  b,  7.  2.  a,  accent 
33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  feminine 
and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223.  2.  a, 
construction  of  neuter  plurals  275.  4.  a. 

Guttural  letters  7.  1,  their  peculiarities  60, 
108,  attract  or  preserve  vowels  60.  3.  c. 

Guttural  verbs  107. 

He  and  Hheth  3.  3. 

He  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  57.  2(2)6, 
with  Mappik  26,  prosthesis  of  53.  1.  a, 
rejection  of  53.  2,  3,  85.  2.  a  (1),  95.  6, 
211.  a,  229.  5,  231.  5,  preceding  vowel 
often  short  when  Daghesh  omitted  60. 

4.  a,  121.  1,  229.  3,  added  to  2  m.  s. 
and  2  f  pi.  preterite  86.  6,  to  2  m.  s. 
Buffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix 
220.  2.  c,  to  2  and  3  f.  pi.  suffix  104.  p, 
220.  1.  6,  220.  2.  c,  for  3.  m.  s.  suffix 
104.  d,  220.  1.  b,  omitted  from  f  pi. 
future  88  and  imperative  89,  omitted 
after  prefixes  85.  2.  a  (1),  91.  b,  94.  6, 
95.  6,  113.  2,  229.  5,  retained  in  excep- 
tional cases  95.  e,  142.  3,  150.  2,  231. 

5.  a,  for  Aleph  165.  1,  prefixed  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  189.  6. 

He  directive  219.  1. 

He  interrogative  230. 

He  paragogic,  effect  on  accent  83.  1,  with 
Methegh  33.  1.  a,  examples  of  61.  6.  a, 
219.  2,  distinguished  from  feminine 
ending  196.  c,  added  to  preterite  93.  c, 
to  future.     See  Paragogic  future. 

Hhateph  Seghol  in  1  Sing,  future  Piel  92.  e. 

Hheth,  preceding  vowel  mostly  short,  when 


Daghesh   omitted 


60.    4.    a,    121.    1. 


229.3 

Hhirik,  quantity  of  14,  19.  1,  between 
concurring  consonants  61.  1,  85.  2.  a, 
216.  2,  231.  2,  234,  in  Segholates  61.  2, 
184.  6,  never  in  the  ultimate  of  Kal  ac- 
tive participles  90,  in  1  sing.  Niphal  fu- 
ture 91.  c,  149.  2,  in  Piel  before  suffixes 
104.  A,  in  penult  of  Piel  infinitive  92.  d, 
in  Hiphil  infinitive  94.  b,  rejected  from 
Hiphil  future  94.  c,  and  participle  94.  e, 
in  the  inflected  preterite  of  Kal,  Hiphil 
119.  2,  and  Hithpael  96.  b,  retained  in 
Hiphil  before  suffixes  104.  h,  in  the  ul- 
timate of  nouns  207.  1.  c,  209.  2. 

Hholem,  stability  of  60.  1.  a  (4),  in  in- 
flected verbs  Ayin  doubled  61.  3,  136. 
2,  141.  2,  and  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin 
Yodh  153.  4,  159.  1,  160.  2,  shortened 
to  Kamets  Hhatuph  in  KaJ  infinitive 


construct  87,  future  88,  and  imperative 
89,  once  retained  in  Kal  future  before 
Makkeph  88,  in  intensive  species  92.  6, 
rejected  from  Kal  future  before  suffixes 
105.  d,  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1. 
c,  d,  207.  2.  c,  215.  1.  c,  209.  2,  in  the 
penult  210.  d,  216.  1.  c. 

Hiphil,  signification  of  79,  relation  to  Piel 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  4,  origin 
of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b  (2),  nouns  de- 
rived from  187.  2.  a,  189. 

Hithpael,  signification  of  80,  relation  to  Ni- 
phal 80.  2.  a  (2),  formation  of  82.  5, 
origin  of  prefixed  syllable  82.  5.  6(1), 
verbs  having  two  forms  of  122.  2.  141. 

Hophal,  signification  of  79.  3,  formation 
of  82.  4,  origin  of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  6 
(2),  no  imperative  84,  except  in  two  in- 
stances 95.  d,  in  Ayin  doubled  verba 
140.  6,  in  Pe  Yodh  verbs  150.  5,  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  160.  5,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  167.  2,  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  175.  5. 

Imperative,  formation  of  84.  4,  its  per- 
sonal endings  85.  1.  a  (3),  Kal  with  suf- 
fixes 101,  3.  106.  6,  paragogic  98.  1, 
111.  3.  a,  125.  1,  132.  1,  148.  3,  157.  2, 
apocopated  98.  2,  171.  2,  twice  in  Ho- 
phal 95.  d. 

Imperfect  verbs  classified  107. 

Impersonal  subject  243.  3,  construction  of 
passive  and  neuter  verbs  271.  4.  a,  275. 
1.  c. 

Inanimate  objects,  names  of  198.  c,  in  plu- 
ral 203.  5.  a,  plural  with  feminine  sin- 
gular 275.  4. 

Indefinite  subject  243.  2,  article  229.  1.  6, 
248.  a 

Indo-European  roots  69.  a,  pronouns  71. 
6,  feminine  and  neuter  196.  e,  dual  202, 
a,  numerals  223.  2.  a,  conception  of 
time  261. 

Infinitive,  a  verbal  noun  267,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  b,  267.  a,  does  not  admit  the 
article  245.  5.  b,  with  prepositions  242. 
6,  267.  6,  governed  by  verbs  or  nouns 

267.  6,  c,  construction  changed  to  pret- 
erite or  future  282.  c. 

Infinitive  absolute,  formation  of  84.  1, 
with  feminine  ending  160.  4,  for  pret- 
erite or  future  268.   1,    for  imperative 

268.  2,  emphatic  use  of  282. 
Infinitive  construct,  formation  of  84.  2,  in 

Kal  usually  without  Vav  87,  with  femi- 
nine ending  in  perfect  verbs  87,  in  Pe 
Guttural  111.  3.  a,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
119.  3,  in  Lamedh  Guttural  125.  2,  in 
Pe  Nun  131.  4,  in  Avin  doubled  139.  2, 
in  Pe  Yodh  148,  in  Piel  92.  d,  in  Ho- 
phal 150.  5,  in  Hiphil  128,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  166.  2,  in  Lamedh  He  168, 
with  suffixes  101.  3,  106.  a,  following 


326 


INDEX    I. 


noun  or  suffix  denote  subject  or  object 
102.  3,  254.  9.  6,  emphatic  use  of  282.  b. 

Inseparable  prepositions  231-233. 

Intensity  expressed  by  repetition  280.  3, 
282. 

Interjections  240. 

Interrogative  and  indefinite  pronouns  75, 
trace  of  neuter  in  196.  a. 

Interrogative  sentences  283,  284. 

Intransitive  verbs  construed  transitively 
271. 

Irrational  objects,  plural,  with  feminine 
singular  275.  4. 

Jews  modern,  use  Rabbinical  letter  2, 
their  pronunciation  of  Ayin  3.  4,  use 
abbreviations  9.  1. 

Kal,  meaning  of  term  76.  2,  formation  in 
perfect  verbs  82.  1,  remarks  upon  86-90. 

Kamets  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  distinguished 
19.  2. 

Kamets  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1.  b, 
207.  2,  6,  215.  1,  in  the  penult  210, 
216.  1. 

Kamets-Hhatuph  in  Kal  infin.  constr.  be- 
fore Makkeph  87,  before  suffixes  106, 
in  future  88,  in  imperative  89,  106,  in 
passive  species  82.  5.  b  (3),  93.  a,  96.  a. 

Kaph  and  Koph  3.  2. 

Kaph  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  assimilation 
of  54.  2.  a. 

Karne  Phara  38.  10. 

Kibbuts,  quantity  of  19.  1,  in  passive  spe- 
cies 82.  6.  b  (3),  93.  a,  95.  a,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a. 

K'ri  and  K'thibh  46-48,  number  of  46.  a. 

Kushoi  21.  2.  a. 

Labial  letters  7.  1. 

Lamedh  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  132.  2, 
medial  rejected  53.  3.  6,  88  (1  c),  assim- 
ilated to  following  consonant  54.  2,  132. 
2,  appended  in  formation  of  nouns  193. 
2.  c. 

Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  162,  paradigm  163, 
remarks  164-167. 

Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  123,  paradigm  124, 
remarks  125-128. 

Lamedh  He  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  168,  169,   paradigm 

170,  shortened  future   and  imperative 

171,  remarks  172-177. 

Latin  alphabet  6.  b,  7.  2.  a,  accent  33.  4.  a,, 
feminine  and  neuter  196.  2,  numerals 
223.  2.  a. 

Lazian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Letters,  sounds  of  3,  double  forms  of  4, 
of  unusual  size  or  position  4.  a,  names 
of  5,  order  of  6,  classification  of  7,  nu- 
merical use  of  9.  2,  commutation  of  50. 
1,  transposition  of  50.  2,  addition  of 
50.  3. 

Lettish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Light  suffixes  72,  221.  2-4. 


Linguals  7.  1,  substituted  for  sibilanta  in 
Chaldee  51.  3. 

Liquids  7.  2. 

Logicid  subject,  244.  2. 

Makkeph  43. 

Manner  274.  2.  e. 

Mappik  26,  omitted  from  3  f.  s.  suffix  104. 
«,  220.  1.  b. 

Masculine  for  feminine,  suffixes  104  g, 
220.  1.  6,  future  88  (3  f.  pi.),  105.  e, 
predicate  and  pronouns  275.  1.  a,  275.  5. 

Masculine  nouns  with  suffixes  221.  3,  with 
fem.  ending  in  plural  200.  a,  with  two 
endings  in  plural  200.  c. 

Matres  lectionis  11.  1. 

Measure  274.  2.  c. 

Medial  letters  for  finals  4.  a. 

Medium  strength,  letters  of  7.  2. 

Mem  dropped  from  Pual  participle  53.  2.  a, 
93.  e,  final  rejected  55.  2,  214.  2,  ap- 
pended to  3  m.  pi.  future  (?)  88,  pre- 
fixed in  formation  of  nouns  193.  2.  c, 
omitted  from  plural  ending  (?)  199.  b. 

Methegh  44,  45,  aid  in  distinguishing 
doubtful  vowels  19,  45.  2.  a,  with  He 
paragogic  33.  1.  a,  in  place  of  an  accent 
shifted  in  position  35.  1,  or  removed  by 
Makkeph  43,  44.  a,  64.  1.  a,  after  He 
interrogative  230.  2.  a,  its  place  sup- 
plied by  an  accent  39.  3.  6,  45.  5. 

Modern  Hebrew  read  without  vowel  points 
10.  a. 

Monosyllabic  nouns  183. 

Mountains,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 

Multiliteral  nouns  195. 

Mutes  7.  2,  a  p-mute  missing  (?)  7.  2.  a. 

Names  of  letters  5,  their  antiquity  5.  o, 
their  origin  and  signification  5.  6. 

Nations,  names  of  197.  d,  275.  2.  6. 

Neuter  gender,  trace  of  196.  a. 

Neuter  verbs  rarely  have  participles  90, 
with  suffixes  102.  2. 

Niphal,  signification  of  77,  relation  to 
Hithpael  80.  2.  a  (2),  its  formation  82. 
2,  origin  of  the  prefixed  Nun  82.  5.  b 
(1),  participle  from  a  noun  91.  e,  from 
an  adverb  80.  2.  6,  nouns  derived  from 
187.  2.  a. 

Nouns,  formation  of  181,  Class  1 182-186, 
Class  II  187,  188,  Class  III  189-192, 
Class  IV  193,  194,  multiliterals  195, 
from  imperfect  roots  184.  6,  185.  2.  c?, 
186.  2.  c,  187.  1.  d,  e,  187.  2.  b,  c,  190. 
6,  plural  from  quiescent  roots  207.  1.  /, 
208.  3.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  5.  a. 

Nouns,  gender  and  number  of  196-211, 
construct  state  of  212-216,  declension 
of  217,  with  suffixes  220,  221,  para- 
digm 222. 

Nouns,  feminine,  without  fem.  ending  197. 
a,  with  masc.  ending  in  plural  200.  6, 
masculine  with  fem.  ending  in   plural 


INDEX    I. 


327 


200.  a,  with  either  ending  200.  e,  of 
doubtful  gender  197.  b,  200.  c,  having 
but  one  number  201.  1,  definite  witiiout 
the  article  246,  used  for  adjectives  254. 
6.  a,  in  construct  before  adjectives  250. 
1.  a,  254.  6.  6,  in  construct  before  pre- 
positions 265.  1,  in  construct  before  a 
clause  255.  2,  placed  absolutely  271.  4. 
6,  274.  2,  repetition  of  280. 

Nouns,  primitive  181.  a,  derivative  181.  b, 
of  unity  198  b. 

Number,  relations  of  274.  2.  d. 

Numeral  adjectives  223-227,  250-252,  ad- 
verbs 252.  4. 

Numerical  use  of  letters  9.  2. 

Nun,  rejected  53.  2.  a,  b,  55.  2,  from 
verbs  129.  2,  131.  3,  4,  from  nouns  184. 
6,  194.  2.  b,  assimilated  to  a  following 
consonant  54.  2,  in  verbs  129.  1,  131.  2, 
132.  1,  in  nouns  184.  b,  190.  a,  205.  b, 
to  initial  Mem  (?)  55.  1,  88  (m.  pi.), 
inserted  in  lieu  of  reduplication  54.  3, 
221.  6.  b,  epenthetic  56.  1,  101.  2,  105. 
b,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86.  b,  to  fu- 
ture 88  (2  f.  s.,  m.  pL),  before  suffixes 
105.  c,  in  Niphal  absolute  infinitive  91.6, 
131.  5,  166.  3,  173,  2,  in  Niphal  impera- 
tive (?)  91.  d,  appended  in  formation  of 
nouns  193,  in  masc.  plur.  ending  199.  a. 

Object,  definite,  sign  of  238.  2,  270,  of 
transitive  verbs  270,  of  intransitive  verbs 
271,  indirect  272,  multiple  273. 

Occupations  186.  2.  a,   187.  1.  a. 

Office,  names  of  198.  a  (2), 

Official  designations  198. 

Ordinal  numbers  227,  252. 

Orthographic  symbols  1-49,  changes  50- 
66. 

Orthography,  various  11.  1.  6,  51.  4.  a. 

Palatal  letters  7.  1. 

Paradigm,  see  Verba  paradigms  of,  and 
Nouns. 

Paragogic,  future  97.  1,  264,  not  in  passive 
species  97.  2.  b,  in  Lamedh  He  verbs 
172.  3,  imperative  98,  1. 

Paragogic  letters,  effect  on  accent  33.  1, 
instances  of  61.  6.  a,  218,  219. 

Participles,  formation  of  84.  5,  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  with  personal  inflections  90, 
declined  217,  qualifying  nouns  249.  1, 
qualifying  nouns  in  the  construct  256, 
in  the  construct  before  nouns  and  in- 
finitives 254.  9.  b,  signification  of  266, 
emphatic  use  of  282.  c,  construction 
changed  to  preterite  or  future  282.  c. 

Particles  prefixed  228-234,  separate  236- 
240. 

Parts  of  speech  70. 

Passive  species  with  suffi.xes  102.  2,  of 
doubly  transitive  verbs  273.  5. 

Pattahh  preferred  by  gutturals  60.  1,  108, 
changed  to  Seghol  63.  1,  assimilated  to 


Seghol  61.  1.  6,  63.  2,  to  Kamets  or 
Tsere  63.  2,  in  Segholates  61.  2,  with 
pause  accents  65,  in  Kal  constr.  infin. 
87,  inf.  pi.  future  Niphal  91.  c,  and  Piel 
92.  e,  in  preterite  and  imperative  Piel 
92.  c,  in  Hithpael  96.  b,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  207.  2.  a. 

Pattahh  furtive  17,  60.  2,  109.  2,  114  (?), 
123. 

Pausal  forms  with  inferior  accents  65.  b. 

Pause  accents  ^.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2, 
occasion  vowel  changes  65,  with  the 
preterite  86.  a,  with  the  future  88,  with 
the  imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  with 
2  m.  s.  suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  with  Pe 
Guttural  verbs  112.  4,  with  Ayin  Guttu- 
ral 119,  1,  121.  3,  with  Lamedh  Guttu- 
ral 126.  1. 

Pazer,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  7. 

Pe  Aleph  verbs  110.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  verbs,  origin  of  term,  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  108,  109,  paradigm 
110,  remarks  111-115. 

Pe  Nun  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  their 
peculiarities  129,  paradigm  130,  re- 
marks 131,  132. 

Perfect  verbs  81-85,  paradigm  of  85.  2, 
remarks  86-96,  with  suffixes  101,  102, 
paradigm  103,  remarks  104-106. 

Periods  of  human  life  201.  1.  b. 

Persian  construct  state  61.  6.  a. 

Personal  endings  and  prefixes  of  verbs  85. 

1.  a,  before  suffixes  101.  1,  more  closely 
attached  than  suffixes  or  prefixed  prepo- 
sitions 101.  2.  b. 

Personal  pronouns  71,  not  expressed  in 
the  subject  243.  1. 

Pe  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  pe- 
culiarities 143-145,  paradigm  146,  re- 
marks 147-151. 

Piel,  signification  of  78,  relation  to  Hiphil 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  3,  with  the 
active  vowels  82.  5.  b  (3),  unusual  forms 
of  92.  a,  b,  verbs  with  two  forms  of  122. 

2,  141.  4,  nouns  derived  from  187.  2.  a. 
Pilel,  Pilpel,  Poel  not  distinct  species  from 

Piel  83.  c  (1). 

Place  where  274.  2.  b. 

Plural  endings  199. 

Plural  for  singular  in  verbs  (?)  88  (3  f.  pi.), 
of  majesty  201.  2,  275.  3. 

Pluralis  inhumanus  275.  4.  a. 

Plurality  expressed  by  repetition  280.  2. 

Points  extraordinary  4.  a. 

Points  Masoretic  10,  accuracy  of  49. 

Polish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Predicate  258,  compound  275.  1.  6,  275. 
2.  a,  agreement  with  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct relation  277. 

Prefixed  particles  228-234,  two  constitut- 
ing a  word  228.  2.  a. 


%. 


328 


INDEX   I. 


Prepositions  inseparable  231-233,  separate 
237,  with  sutfixes  238. 

Preterite,  personal  endings  of  85.  1.  a(l), 
with  suffixes  101.  1,  104,  Kal  before 
suffixes  101.  3,  uses  of  262. 

Pretonic  vowels  64.  2,  in  Kal  preterite 
82.  1,  not  rejected  from  Niphal  91.  6, 
106.  a. 

Primary  preferred  to  a  secondary  form 
275.  1. 

Pronominal  roots  68,  the  basis  of  adverbs, 
prepositions  and  conjunctions  235.  1.  a. 

Pronominal  suffixes  72.     See  Suffixes. 

Pronouns,  personal  71,  243.  1,  repetition 
of  281,  demonstrative  73,  249.  2,  256, 
259.  2,  relative  74,  285,  interrogative 
and  indefinite  75,  196.  a,  284. 

Proper  nouns  with  the  article  246.  1.  a,  in 
loose  apposition  253.  2.  b. 

Pual,  signification  of  78.  3,  formation  of 
82.  3,  with  the  passive  vowels  82.  5. 
b  (3),  no  imperative  84,  in  perfect  verbs 
93,  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  121.  1,  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  142.  1,  Ayin  Vav  verbs 
161.  4,  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  167.  1, 
Lamedh  He  verbs  174.  6. 

Pure  vowels  15. 

Quadriliteral  roots  68.  a,  verbs  180,  nouns 
195.  1,  Segholates  plural  of  208.  3.  a. 

Question,  direct  and  indirect  283.  1,  dis- 
junctive 283.  2. 

Quiescent  letters  11.  1,  their  two  uses  dis- 
tinguished 13,  softened  to  vowels  57.  2. 

Quiescent  verbs  107,  143. 

Quinqueliteral  roots  68.  a,  nouns  195.  2. 

Radical  letters  7.  3. 

Raphe  27. 

R'bhi*,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  6. 

Reduplication  of  second  radical  in  verbs 
82.  3,  in  nouns  187,  of  third  radical  in 
verbs  92.  a,  115,  122.  1,  154.  2,  161.  3, 
174.  1,  176.  1,  in  nouns  187.  1.  d, 
2.  c,  of  two  radicals  in  verbs  92.  a, 
122.  1,  137,  141.  2,  154.  3,  161. 
nouns  187.  1.  e,  187.  2.  b,  188, 
short  word  132.  1,   233.  a. 

Relative  pronoun  74,  285. 

Repetition  of  nouns  280,  pronouns  281, 
verbs  282. 

Resh,  sound  of  3.  3,  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing consonant  54.  2,  inserted  in  lieu 
of  reduplication  54.  3,  preference  for 
Pattahh  60.  1.  a,  with  Pattahh  furtive  (?) 
60.  2.  a,  114,  with  simple  or  compound 
Sh'va  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with  Daghesh- 
forte  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  previous  vowel 
lengthened  on  the  omission  of  Daghesh, 
60.  4.  a,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs  114, 
as  the  second  radical  118.  1,  120.  3,  as 
■  the  third  radical  125.  3,  126.  2,  127.  2. 

Rivers,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 


187. 
115, 
2,  in 
of  a 


Roots  of  words  67,  68. 

Rukhokh  21.  2.  a. 

Samaritan  Pentateuch,  its  negligent  or- 
thography, 51.  4.  a,  99.  1.  a,  and  va- 
riant forms  156.  2. 

Samekh,  Shin  and  Sin  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Sanskrit  laws  of  euphony  21.  2.  6,  55.  1.  a, 
accent  33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  femi- 
nine and  neuter  196.  e,  nimaerals  223. 
2.  a. 

Scriptio  plena,  defectiva  14. 

Seasons,  names  of  185.  2.  a. 

Seghol  inserted  between  concurring  con- 
sonants 61.  2,  171.  1,  in  Ayin  doubled 
verbs  61.  3,  136.  2,  141.  2,  in  Ayin 
Vav  verbs  153.  4,  157.  3,  160.  3,  final 
rejected  66.  1  (1),  171.  1,  with  pause 
accents  65,  in  Kal  active  participle  90, 
in  Niphal  91.  a,  b,  in  Piel  92.  c,  d,  126. 

2,  before  suffixes  104.  A,  in  Hiphil  94. 
<z,  6,  in  Hithpael  96.  6,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  208,  209.  1,  215.  2,  in  the 
penult  of  feminine  nouns  207.  1.  e. 

Segholate  forms  from  triliteral  monosylla- 
bles or  final  syllables  61.  1.  6,  183,  184. 
«,  in  feminine  205,  construct  214.  1.  b. 

Segholate  nouns  183,  signification  of  184, 
their  feminine  208.  2,  plural  208.  3, 
dual  208.  4,  construct  216.  2,  with  He 
paragogic  219.  1,  with  suffixes  221.  5. 

Segholta,  verse  divided  by  36.  1,  train  of 
38.  3. 

Sentence,  elements  of  241.  2,  subject  of 
242,  predicate  of  258.  1. 

Separate  particles  235-240. 

Septuagint,  equivalents  for  Ayin  3.  4, 
mode  of  writing  Hebrew  words  49.  2,  3. 

Servile  letters  7.  3,  anagrams  of  7.  3.  a, 

Shalsheleth,  when  used  38.  9. 

Shin,  Sin,  and  Samekh  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Shurek,  quantity  of  14.  19.  1,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  Segholates  61.  2,  in  the  penult 
of  Segholates  61.  4.  a,  205.  c,  in  Kal 
future  of  perfect  verbs  88,  before  suffix- 
es 105.  c?,  in  Kal  active  participle  90,  in 
the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  2.  d,  209.  3. 

Sh'va  16,  silent  and  vocal  16.  2,  20.  1, 
simple  and  compound  16.  3. 

Sh'va  compound,  with  gutturals  16.  3,  60. 

3,  108,  with  Resh  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with 
strong  letters  16.  3.  6,  before  gutturals 
120.  2,  127.  3,  in  construct  plural  of 
nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  He  interrogative 
230.  2.  a,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  a, 
which  is  selected  60.  3.  6,  109.  3,  112, 
changed  to  a  short  vowel  60.  3.  c,  with 
pause  accent  to  a  long  vowel  65. 

Sh'va  simple  with  gutturals  60.  3.  a,  in 
Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  2,  5,  in  Lamedh 
Guttural  verbs  123.  4,  127.  1,  changed 
to  Seghol  by  pause  accent  65. 

Sibilants  7.  2. 


INDEX   I. 


329 


Silluk,  position  of  36.  1,  train  of  38.  1. 
Singular  prudicate  or  pronoun  with  plural 

subject  275.  1.  a,  276.  6. 
Sounds  of  the  letters  3. 
Species  of  verbs  76-80,  mutually  supple- 
mentary 80.  2.  a  (3),  what  number  in 
use  in  different  verbs  80.  2.  a  (4),  forma- 
tion of  82,  with  double  forms  in  distinct 
senses  83.  <r  (1),  122.  2,   141.  4,  com- 
pound 83.  c  (2). 
Strong  letters  7.  2. 

Subject  242,  omitted  243,  indefinite  243. 
2,  impersonal  243.  3,  compound  244.  1, 
276,  grammatical  and  logical  244.  2. 
Suffixes,  pronominal  72,  of  verbs  101.  2, 
of  nouns  220.   3,  relation  denoted  by 
254,  more  loosely  attached  than  affixes 
101.  2.  6,  with  neuter  verbs  and  passive 
species  102.  2,  with  infinitives  and  parti- 
ciples 102.  3,  with  cardinal  numbers  223. 
1.  a,  250.  2  (2)  a,  omitted  247.  6,  with 
nouns  in  the  construct  256. 
Superlative  degree  260. 
Syllables  18,  intermediate  20.  2,  mutations 

in,  a  source  of  vowel  changes  59. 
Syriac  currently  read  without  vowels  10. 
a,  aspirates  21.  a,  doubling  of  letters 
23.  3.  6,  words  modified  from  Hebrew 
51.  8,  dual  20.  2. 
Systema  morarum  18.  b. 
Tav  and  Teth  3.  2. 

Tav   unites  with  Tav  of  personal  affixes 
86.  6  (2  m.),  or  feminine  ending  54.  1, 
205.   6,   prefixed  in   anomalous  verbal 
forms  94.  a,  115,  161.  5,  in  the  forma- 
tion of  nouns  190,  192.  2,  in  Hithpael 
assimilated  54.  2,  54.  4.  a,  82.  5,  131.  6, 
transposed  54.  4,   82.  5. 
Tav  of  feminine  ending  rejected  55.  2.  c, 
196.  6,  origin  of  196.  e,  added  to  verbs 
86.  6,   166.  1,  169.  1,  172.  1,  m  nouns 
196.  6,  205. 
Tenses,  primary  84,  262-264,  secondary 
99,  265,  past  and  future  not  promiscu- 
ously used  2G3.  5.  a. 
Time,  conception  of  261. 
Time,  when  and  how  long  274.  2.  a. 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 

train  of  38.  8. 
Transitive     construction    of    intransitive 

verbs  271. 
Transposition  of  letters  50.  2,  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tsere  rejected  from  the  ultimate  of  verbs 
66.  1  (1),  171.  2,  in  Kal  preterite  86.  a, 
164.  1,  in  fem.  plur.  future  Niphal  91.  r, 
and  Piel  92.  e,  in  Piel  inf.  abs.  92.  d,  in 
Hiphil  94.  6,  e,  in  Hophal  inf  abs.  95.  c, 
with  Aleph  in  place  of  Sh'va  60.  3.  c, 
92.  e,  112.  1,  184.  b,  as  union  vowel 
with  the  preterite  104.  a,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  verbs  before  suffixes  104.  h, 
of  Lamedh  Guttural  verba  126.  1,  of 


Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  164.  5,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  nouns  207,  215.  1,  in  the  penult 
of  nouns  210,  216.  1. 
Vav  rejected  after  vowelless  consonants 
53.  3.  a,  184.  6,  initial  changed  to  Yodh 
56.  2,  144.  1,  rarely  reduplicated  56.  3, 
in  verbs  154.  1,   161.  1,  or  nouns  187. 

2.  c,  softened  or  rejected  57.  2,  152, 
184.  6,  186.  2.  c,  190.  6,  207.  1./,  208. 

3.  c,  211.  a,  216.  1.  d,  preceding  a  vow- 
elless consonant  61.  1.  a,  234,  paragogic 
61.  6.  a,  218,  omitted  from  3.  pi.  pre- 
terite 86.  b,  in  Kal  infinitive  87,  in  Kal 
future  88,  in  Kal  imperative  89,  in  Kal 
passive  participle  90,  in  Pual  93.  b, 
added  to  3.  m.  pi.  suffix  104.  /. 

Vav  in  K'thibh,  where  K'ri  has  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  13.  a,  88,  105.  d,  215.  1.  c, 
Pattahh  125.  1,  or  Hhateph-Kamets  13. 
a,  214.  2.  6,  89  (f.  s.). 

Vav  Conjunctive  234,  287. 

Vav  Conversive  of  the  future  33.  4,  99, 
with  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  119. 1,  Lamedh 
Guttural  126.  1,  Ayin  doubled  140.  1.  5, 
Pe  Yodh  147.  5,  150.  3,  150.  2  (p.  182), 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 

3,  158.  2,  160.  3,  Lamedh  Aleph  166.  4, 
Lamedh  He  171.  1,  172.  4,  173.  3,  174. 

4,  175.  3,  176.  3,  time  denoted  by  265.  a. 
Vav  Conversive  of  the  preterite  33.  4,  99, 

with  Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  3,  time  de- 
noted by  265.  b. 

Verbs,  their  species  76-80,  occurring  in 
all  the  species  80.  2.  a  (4),  denomina- 
tives 80.  2.  6,  perfect  81-100,  with  suffix- 
es 101-106,  imperfect  107-177,  doubly 
imperfect  178,  defective  179,  quadrilite- 
ral  180,  syntax  of  261-269,  coordinated 
269,  object  of  270-272,  with  more  than 
one  object  273,  passive,  object  of  273.  5, 
repetition  of  282. 

Verbs,  paradigms  of,  perfect  85.  2,  with 
suffixes  103,  Pe  Guttural  110,  Ayin  Gut- 
tural 117,  Lamedh  Guttural  124,  Pe 
Nun  130,  Ayin  doubled  138,  Pe  Yodh 
146,  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  155, 
Lamedh  Aleph  163,  Lamedh  He  170. 

Verbs,  personal  endings  and  prefixes  of 
86.  1.  a,  85.  2.  a,  suffixes  of  101-106. 

Verbs,  middle  e  and  o  82.  1.  a,  have  Pat- 
tahh in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a  (1),  inflected 
86.  a,  before  suffixes  104.  h. 
'  Verbs  with  Pattahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a, 
111.  1,  116.  1,  123.  1,  140.  1,  144.  2, 
with  Tsere  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  b,  130, 
144.  2,   147,   172.  3. 

Vowel  changes  58-66,  significant  58.  1, 
euphonic  68.  2,  causes  of  59,  due  to 
mutations  of  syllables  59,  to  contiguous 
gutturals  60,  to  concurrent  consonants 
61,  to  concurring  vowels  63,  to  the  ac- 
cent 64,  to  pause   accents   65,  to  the 


330 


INDEX   I. 


shortening  or  lengthening  of  words  66, 
of  short  vowels  in  mixed  penult  58.  2, 
210.  e,   216.  2.  b. 

Vowel  letters  7.  2,  use  of  11.  1,  distin- 
guished from  their  consonantal  use  13. 

Vowels  10-17,  Masoretic  signs  for  12, 
different  modes  of  dividing  them  12.  a, 
meanings  of  their  names  12.  i,  mutual 
relations  of  their  notation  by  letters  and 
by  points  13,  14,  mutable  and  immuta- 
ble 14,  58.  2,  pure  and  diphthongal  15, 
ambiguity  of  certain  signs  19,  20,  o  and 
u  more  stable  than  i  and  e  60.  1.  a,  in- 
serted between  concurrent  consonants 
61.  1,  2,  e  and  6  preferred  before  con- 
current consonants  61.  4,  t  and  u  before 
doubled  letters  61.  5,  paragogic  61.  6, 
218,  219,  concurring  62,  proximity  of, 
a  source  of  changes  63,  pretonic  64.  2, 
rejected  or  shortened  66.  1,  2,  of  union 
before  suflBxes  101.  2,  twice  e  with  pre- 
terite 104.  a,  sometimes  a  with  future 
105.  a,  final  of  verbs  before  suffixes 
104.  k,  I,  vowel  a  retained  in  ultimate 
before  suffixes  105.  d,  118.  3,  164.  5. 

Weak  letters  7.  2,  effect  of  upon  syllables 
18.  2.  c. 


Words  not  divided  in  writing  8,  ambiguity 
when  unpointed  10.  a,  sources  of  change 
in  51,  three  stages  in  the  formation  of  67, 
changes  in  formation  and  inflection  69. 

Written  symbols  of  two  sorts  2. 

Yodh  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  in  Kal  active 
participle  90,  in  Niphal  future  113.  1, 
before  suffix  105.  a,  220.  1.  b,  initial  re- 
jected 53.  2.  a,  b,  144.  3,  148,  150.  1, 
184.  b,  188.  b,  medial  rejected  53.  3. 
a,  6,  150.  3,  168,  169,  softened  or  re- 
jected 57.  2,  152,  184.  b,  186.  2.  c, 
190.  b,  207.  1.  /,  208.  3.  c,  211.  a, 
216.  l.d,  changed  to  Aleph  56.  4,  para- 
gogic 61.  6.  a,  218,  added  to  2  f.  s.  pre- 
terite 86.  6,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix  104.  c,  220. 
1.  b,  220.  2.  c,  omitted  from  1  sing, 
preterite  86.  6,  from  Hiphil  94,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  169,  172.  1,  prefixed 
in  formation  of  nouns  190,  192.  1,  ap- 
pended in  formation  of  nouns  194, 
quiescent  after  prefixed  prepositions 
231.  3.  6,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c. 

Zakeph  Gadhol,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
when  used  38.  5. 

Zakeph  Katon,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
tram  of  38.  4. 


II^DEX    II. 


TEXTS  OF  SCRIPTURE  EXPLAINED  OR  REFERRED  TO. 


GENESIS. 

4  :  17 ...  §  35.  1 

12:  12...  §243.  3 

18  . . .  275.  1.  c 

20 ...  43 

1 :  1 ...  §  21.  1,  36.  1, 

23 ...  88  (f.  pi.),  89 

13  :  2 ...  245.  5.  d 

242,  245.  4,  262. 

(f.  pi.),  98.  2, 

4...  4.  a 

1,  270.  o,  275.  3 

127.1 

6...  275.  \.a 

2 ...  21.  1,  258.  3 

26 . . .  281 

9 . . .  119.  1,  180.  a 

4...  270.  6 

5:  5...  177.  2,  251. 

14  :  2 ...  71.  a  (3) 

5 ...  31.  1 

2.  a 

4 . . .  252.  2 

6,  7  . . .  245.  1 

8  .  . .  277.  a 

6 . . .  221.  6.  6 

7...  36. 1,203. 5.  c 

n  ...  38.  1.  a 

8  . . .  203.  5.  c 

9 . . .  250.  1 

18  .  .  .  225.  2 

9 .  .  .  250.  2 (1) 

11 . . .  45.  2,  254.  6, 

29 .  . .  39.  4.  a,  285. 1 

10...  63.  1.  a,  219. 

285.  1 

6  :  3  ...  74.  a,  139.  2, 

1.  6,  280.  2 

12  . . .  220.  1.  b 

157.  3,  158.  2 

19 ...  10.  a 

14 . . .  275.  1.  b 

7  . . .  285.  1.  a 

15  :  1 .  .  .  246.  3,  249.  2, 

16 .  .  .  245.  2,  254.  9 

9 ...  96.  6 

274.  1 

18 . . .  45.  2.  a 

13  .  .  .  262.  2 

2 ...  47,  253.  2.  6 

22 . . .  38.  1.  a 

17  . . .  266.  2 

8 . . .  262.  1.  6 

24...  198.  a  (4),  218 

18 . . .  100.  2.  a  (1) 

11 .  .  .  229.  3 

24,  26 .  . .  38.  1.  a 

19 .  .  .  45.  2.  a,  229. 

12  .  . .  245.  4 

29 .  .  .  270.  c 

3.  a 

17  . . .  275.  1.  c 

31...  249.1.0,274.1 

11...  273.  2 

18 .  .  .  254.  3 

2 :  1 ...  244.  1 

7  :  1 . . .  262.  1,  273.  4 

18-21 .  . .  270.  6 

2 .  . .  262.  1 

2 . .  .  252.  4,  280.  1 

22 . . .  245.  5.  a 

3  ...  249.  1.  c 

4...  251.  2 

16  :  5  ...  4.  a,  254.  9.  a 

4...  4.  a,  259.  2. 

6 . . .  287.  1 

11...  90  (2  f.  8.) 

267.  d 

9  .  . .  252.  4 

13, 15  ...  43.  a 

5  .  . .  258.  3.  b 

13 .  .  .  200.  f ,  246.  3, 

30  . .  .  60.  3.  6  (2) 

6 .  .  .  263.  4 

249.  2,  251.  1.  a 

17  :  4  ...  65.  a 

7  .  . .  147.  5,  273.  3 

19  . .  .  280.  3 

4,  5  .  .  .  215.  1.  e 

9 ...  245.  5.  6 

23  . .  .  173.  3 

5  ...  271 .  4.  a 

10 . . .  248 

8  :  5 . .  .  282.  c 

5,  6 ...  265 

11 .  . .  245.  5 

7  ...  282 

8  ...  30,  2,  254.  5 

12...  16.  3.  b,   234. 

10  .  .  .  269.  a 

11 .  .  .  273.  5 

a,  259.  2.  a 

12  . .  .  149.  2 

12  .  .  .  254.  6.  a 

14  .  .  .  258.  2 

17  .  . .  150.  1 

17  .  . .  24.  6,  230.  2. 

16,  17  . .  .  287.  1 

18  . .  .  147.  5 

a,  254.  6.  a,  283. 

17  . . .  106.  a,  282 

9  :  14  .  .  .  139.  1 

2.  a 

18  .  . .  242.  6 

20  .  . .  258.  3.  a 

19...90(f.  B.) 

19 . .  .  147.  5 

24 . . .  147.  5,  270.  c 

20 .  .  .  265.  6 

23...  16.  3.  b,  2i. 

10  :  5  .  . .  220.  2.  6 

18  :  1 . . .  262. 1.  a,  274. 

a,  127.  3 

19  .  . .  56.  4,  126.  2 

2.6 

25  . , .  263.  5.  a 
3  :  2,  3 ...  263.  1 

21 .  .  .  256.  a 

6 . .  .  253.  2 

25  . . .  250.  2  (2) 

11 . .  .  276.  3 

6..  .  106.  a 

26 .  . .  229.  1.  a 

20 . .  .  254.  9.  a 

6 . . .  258.  1 

11 :  1 .  .  .  223.  1.  a 

21 ...  24.  6,  39.  3.  6, 

13...  262.  1 

6,  7 .  .  .  141.  1 

230.  2.  a 

15 ...  30.  2 

7 ...  86.  a 

28,  29...  251.  4 

16 . . .  53.  3.  a 

9  ...  57.  1 

19  :  1,  4  .  .  .  266.  3 

22 .  . .  21.  1,  177.  2 

16 .  .  .  251.  2 

9  .  .  .  131.  3 

4:  3...231.  3.  a 

30 ...  56.  2 

11 .  .  .  207. 1.  a,  245. 

4...  220.  2.  b 

31 ...  22.  6 

5 

12 . .  .  267.  d 

12  :  2 .  . .  263.  1 

12 .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

13  .  .  .  260.  2  (2)  b 

4 ...  10.  a 

14 ...  24.  a 

14...  245.  3.  6,262. 

5 .  . .  254.  1  bis 

19...  86.  b   (2m.), 

1.6 

7  . . .  262.  1.  h 

105.  (7, 105.  d 

16...  147.  5 

8. ..19. 1,220. 1.6 

30 ...  251.  4 

19  :  33 

33, 

35. 

20:    5 

6 

9 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25: 


26: 


11, 
13, 
18. 

6 

8, 
14, 
16, 
17, 
28, 

1 

3. 

4 

5. 

8. 
14, 

1, 

4, 

6, 
10, 
11 

11, 
16, 
19 

1 

8. 
14 
15. 
20, 
22, 

23, 

30. 

33, 

35. 

42 

42, 

48, 

58, 

65, 

67. 

5 

8 
12 
27 
31 
34 

3 


.  .  §  249.  2.  h 

35  .  .  .  106.  a 

. .  38.  1.  a 
. . .  71.  a (3) 
. . .  164.  2 
...22.  6,   75.   1, 
263.1 
. . .  254.  9 
.  .  .  275.  3.  a 
. . .  127.  1 
. .  .  60.  2.  a,  120. 2 
.  .  .  65.  a 
.  .  .214,  1.  6 
.  .  .  119.  1,  174.  1 
.  .  .  39.  3.  6 

29 .  .  .  220,  1.  6 
,  .  .  262.    1,    265, 
270.  b 
, . .  265 
. . .  287.  3 
, . .  244.  1 
...44 
, . .  126.  2 
.  . .  251.  2,  3 
. . .  275.  5 
.  . .  165.  3 
,  . .  254.  9.  6 
,  .  .  125.  1 

13 .  .  .  262.  1.  b 
, . .  36,  1 
.  . .  246.  3 
...119.  1 
. . .  249.  2.  b 
. . .  39.  4 
.  .  .  39.  3.  a 
.  .  .  245.  3 
. . .  251.  2.  c,  254. 
4 

. . .  158.  3 
.  . .  36.  1 
.  .  .  111.  2.  6 
. . .  245.  5.  d 
.  . .  £1.  1 

48,  65  ...  S9.  4 
.  . .  131.  1 
, . .  283.  1 
. .  .  73.  2.  a,  176. 
3,  245.  3.  a 
246. 3.  a,  25& 

a 

..43 

.  .  38.  1.  a 

. .  254.  1 

.  .  229.  4.  6 

..98.1.0,125.1 

. .  65.  a 

. .  262.  L  b 


332 


INDEX    II. 


26: 


27: 


80: 


31: 


S2: 


33: 


84: 


28: 


29: 


4....5  30.  2,246.  S 

34 

:  30. 

6.... 36.  1 

31. 

8.... 245.  3 

35 

:    7. 

13.... 282.  c 

15. 

15,  18.... 104.  g- 

18. 

22.... 166.  4 

22. 

28.... 36.  1 

26. 

29.... 60.  3.  a 

29. 

1....88(f.  pi.) 

37 

:    2. 

4.... 263.  1.  b 

8. 

9.... 119.  1 

9. 

12.... 141.  6 

12. 

16.... 36.  2 

14. 

19.... 105.  b 

19. 

23.... 270.  b 

25.... 263.  1 

20. 

26.... 131.  3 

22. 

27.... 120.  3 

32. 

29.... 177.  1 

33. 

33.... 263. 1.  6,266. 

38 

:    9. 

2.  a 

11. 

36.... 252.  4 

25. 

38....  16.  3.  6,230. 

39 

:    4. 

2.  a 

7, 

42....271.  4.  a 

11. 

44.... 223.  1.  a 

12. 

2, 5, 6, 7.... 33.1.  a 

14. 

9.... 39.  4 

14, 

12.... 55.  1 

20. 

20,  21.... 287.  2 

40 

:  15. 

2.... 263.  4 

16. 

3.... 139.  1 

20. 

6.... 22.  a, 230.  2. a 

41 

:    8. 

6. ...34 

11. 

8.... 139.  1 

12. 

9.... 34,  257 

19. 

10.... 10.  a 

21. 

17.... 278 

33. 

20.... 223.  1.  a 

35. 

23.... 10.  a 

40. 

32.... 105.  a,  118.3 

43. 

36.... 245.  3.  6 

51. 

1....34 

42 

7. 

5.... 127.  1 

11. 

6.... 104.  a 

13. 

7. ...252.  1 

18. 

15 245.  3.  b 

21. 

16.... 249.  2.  6 

25, 

19.... 215.  1.  6 

36. 

27.... 131.  3 

43 

7. 

31.... 43 

8. 

32.... 44.  a 

14. 

33. ...24.  a 

38.... 45.   2,   88  (f. 

26. 

pl.)bis,  216.  2.  a 

29. 

39.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

44 

1. 

4.... 45.  2.  a 

4. 

6.... 71.  a  (2) 

9.... 220.  1.  6 

17. 

13.... 19.  2.  a,  246. 

18. 

3.  a 

40. 

27.... 126.  1 

45 

oo 

30.... 86.  6  (2m.), 

25! 

91.  b 

28. 

32....  104.    i,    285. 

46 

2. 

2.  a 

3. 

S6....75.  1 

22, 

39.... 61.  6.  a 

28. 

1....270.  c 

47 

24. 

6. ...111.  2.  b 

48 

20. 

16..,. 250.  2(3) 

22. 

20.... 61.   1.    c,   88 

49 

3. 

(pi.),  55.  2.  a 

5. 

22.... 45.  3 

8. 

23.... 249.  2.6 

10. 

5.... 220.  1.  6 

11. 

6....88cf.  pi.) 

11....  43,     166.    1, 

270.  h 

12. 

17.... 100.  2.a(l) 

21.... 258.  2 

17. 

....§254.  5 
...230.  2 
...275.  3.  a 
...270.  b 
...34 
. .  .39.  4.  a 
....275.  1.  c 
. .  .22.  6 
...249.  1.  6 
...282 
. .  .271.  3 
...257 
....10.  a 
....73.  2.  a,  254. 
6.  a 

...104.  i 
...60.  3.  6(2) 
. .  .24.  6,  283.  2 
...105.  a,  282.  a 
....131.4 
...274.  2.  6 
...71.  a (3) 
...119.  1 
,  12.... 98.  1 
...231.  5.  a 
...22.  6 
...119.  1 
,  17.... 92.  d 

.255.  2 
....93.  d,  156.4 
...251.  1 
...150.  5 
...119.  1 
...99.  3 
...257.  2 
...254.  3 
...220.  1.  6 
...35.  2 
...249.  2 
...260.  2  (2)  a 
. .  .94.  6 
. .  .92.  c 

262.  2.  a 

.71.  a  (1) 
.38.  1.  a 
.287.  1 
....39.  4 
,36. ...216.  2.  a 
.220.  1.  6 
.45.  1 
....125.  1 
....65,  a,  82.  l.a 
(3),  249.  1.  6 

.26 
....141.  3 
.285.  2 
....114,    271.    2, 
272.  2 
.  .30.  2 
..263.  1.  a 
..271.4 
....251.  2.  c 
.  .45.  3 
.  .45.  5.  a 
..38.  1.  a 
..148.  2 
,27.... 275.  1.  c 
...22.  6 
...275.  1.  c 
. .  .270.  c 
...223.  1.  a 

65.  a 

.  .216.  1.  6 
..281 
..24.  6 
....53.  2.  a,  61.  6. 
er,  218,  220.  1.  6, 
221.  6.  6 

.  .215. 1.  a,  259. 
2.  6 
. . .  .216.  2.  a 


49:  19....5  140.  1 
23 139.  1 

50:    9 248 

10.... 271.  3 
17. ...273.  3.  a 
19.... 283.  1 
23.... 22.  a 
26.... 147.  5- 


EXODUS. 

1 

■    I- 

...§21.1 

7. 

...273.5 

10. 

...88  (3f.  pi.) 

10. 

...177.2 

2 

:    3. 

...24.  6,104.  e 

4. 

...53.  3.  6,  148. 
2,  150.  3  (p.  182) 

7. 

. .  .230.  3 

9. 

...150.  2,151.1, 
161.  6 

10. 

...104.  k 

17. 

...104.  g-,  105.  a 

20. 

...60.  3.  c,  98.2, 
164.3 

23. 

...51.  2 

3 

1. 

. .  .266.  3.  a 

2. 

...53.  2.  a 

4. 

...39.  1,  a 

5. 

...131.3,  285.1 

8. 

. . .248 

13. 

...75.1 

4 

2. 

...24.  a,  75.  1 

10. 

...254.  6.  a 

11. 

...158.  2 

13. 

. .  .255.  2,  285.  3 

23. 

...126.  1 

29. 

...112.3 

31. 

...275.  2.  a 

5 

5. 

...86.  6(2in.) 

7. 

. .  .151.  2 

8. 

. .  .39.  1.  a 

16. 

...166.  1,  275. 
2.6 

6 

14. 

...255.3 

16. 

...251.3 

29. 

...10.  a 

7 

10. 

. .  .262.  1 

11. 

...53.  2.  a 

20. 

...276.  1 

22. 

...53.2.  a 

26. 

...265.  6 

8 

1. 

...131.3 

17. 

...258.3.  6 

23. 

...100.  2.  o(l) 

9 

3. 

...10.  0,177.  1 

15. 

...119.  1 

18. 

. .  .27,  104.  e 

25. 

...126.  2 

29. 

...88  (pi.) 

10 

1. 

. .  .249.  2.  6 

3. 

...173.  2 

8. 

...271.  4.  a 

24. 

. .  .150.  5 

11 

8. 

...249.2.  6 

12 

7. 

. .  .45.  2 

16. 

. .  .256.  c 

21. 

...89  (f.  B.  & 
[11.  pi.) 

39. 

...141.  6 

49. 

...275.  l.c 

13 

1. 

...24.  a 

2. 

...92.  c 

9. 

. .254.  7 

16. 

..220.  1.  6 

22. 

...263.4 

14: 

4. 

...22.  6,91.  c 

14. 

..119.  1 

17. 

..22.  6,91.  c 

15: 

1. 

.  .22.  6,  263.  6 

15:    2 

4 
5 
6 


10. 

11, 
14, 

16. 
17. 
20. 
21. 
26. 
16:    5. 

7, 
14. 
15. 
23. 
27. 
17:    1. 

8, 
11. 
18:  8. 
10. 
11. 
21, 
26. 

5. 

9. 
12. 
13. 
21, 

2- 

4. 

5. 

8. 

10. 

11. 

13. 

21:    7. 

9. 
11. 
19 
22 


19: 


20: 


28 
30 
35, 

36, 

22:    2 

3 

4 

8 

26, 
23:  11, 

14, 

26, 

30. 

SI. 
24:  4. 
25:  31. 

35, 
26:    2, 

23. 

24. 

33. 


27:  21. 

28:    1. 

2. 

7. 

40. 

29:    3. 

9. 

20. 

30. 


...§56.  1,  105. 
6,131.  1,247.  6 
...277.  a 
...61.6,104./ 
...60.  3.  a,  61. 
6.  a 

...104./ 
...11.1.6,61.6, 
139.  1 
13.... 22.  6 
16.... 263.  5.  a 
...22.  6,61.  6.  a 
...24.  6,  190.  a 
...277.  a 
...22.  6 
...112.  3 
...38.  1.  a 
8.... 71.  a(l) 
...180.  a 
. .  .39.  3.  6 
...38.1.0,112.1 
...242.  a 
. .  .267.  d 
10.... 119.  1 
...275.  2.  6 
...104.  i 
...215.  1.  6 
. .  .262.  2 
25.... 225.  1.  a 
...88 
...44. a 
. . .215.  1.  a 
...282.  a 
...149.  2,  282.  a 
24. ...111.  1 
17.... 39.  4.  a 
...27,  243.  2 
...111.  3.  a 
...268.  2 
...249.  1.  c 
...43 
...27 

...98.1.  a 
...275.  3 
...215.  1.  c 
...92.  d 

...19.  2.  a,  39. 
3.  6 

...270.  c 
...55.  1 

...19.  2.  o,  39. 
3.  6 

...92.  d 
...216.1.  6 
...166.  3 
...220.  1.  6 
. .  .43,  275.  3.  a 
. .  .220.  1.  6 
...254.  2 
...252.  4 
...207.  1.  a 
...280.  1 
...104./ 
. . .246.  3 
...11.1.6,113.1 
...280.  3.  6 
...250.  1 
...216.  2.  a 
...53.  3'.  a 
...100.  2.  a(l), 
100.    2.    a   (2), 
229.  4.  6 
...247.  a 
...119.  1 
...254.  6.  a 
...275.  1.  c 
...207.  1.  a 
...248.  a 
...273.3 
...38.  4.  a 
...105.  a 


INDEX    II. 

533 

29:  36.. ..5  65.  a           | 

23:  17. ...§26 

22:  33.. ..§105.  a 

7:    2....§119.  1 

37 229.  4.  6 

18.... 216.  2.  o 

37.... 141.  1 

5.... 126.  1 

30:  18 109.  3 

22.... 106.  a 

23:    7.... 19.  2,  119.3, 

10.... 92.  c 

23.... 215.  1.  c 

30. ...112.  3 

141.  1,  263.  5 

13.... 104.  h 

34.... 38.  1.  a 

39.... 22. a 

13.... 141. 3 

15.... 105.  a 

SI:  13.... 104.  h 

24:    5.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

17.... 254.  9.  6 

14.... 276.  6 

22.... 250.  1.  a 

19.... 121.  3 

23 273.  2 

32:    1....75.  1,  119.  1, 

23.... 273.  3 

24.... 166.  6 

24.... 94.  6,112.3 

249.  2.  a 

25:    5....216.  2.  a 

25.... 139.  1,2 

8:    3.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

4,  8.... 275.  3.  a 

21.... 172.  1 

27.... 104. 7 

9.... 207.  2.  a 

19.... 220.  2.  6 

46.... 39.  3.  6 

24:    3....61.  6.  a 

16.... 55.   2.  a,  86. 

25.... 104.  d,  156.  2 

26:    9.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

4.... 266 

6  (3  pi.) 

33:    3.... 63. 1.6,174.4 

bis. 

7.... 19.  2.  6, 131.  6 

9:    3.... 112.  3 

13.... 220.  2.  b 

15.... 141.  3 

9.... 275.  6 

6.... 38. 4.  a, 249.  2 

20 105.  a 

18.... 92.  d 

11. ...127.  2 

14.... 98.  2 

24. ...111.  3.  a 

25.... 132.  1 

15.... 61.  6.  a 

25.... 251.  4 

36:    3....38.  1.  a 

33. ...92.  e 

17.... 161.  2 

26. ...119.  1 

28 216.  2.  a 

34. ...172.1 

21.... 158.  3 

10:  15.... 119.  3 

38:  27.... 250.  2(2) 

34,36 65.  a 

22.... 35.  1 

17.... 30.  2 

39:  30.... 106.  d 

34,  43.... 140.  6 

25:  13. ...24.  a 

11:  12.... 247.  a 

40:    3.... 166.  4 

27:    7 251.  2.  a 

26:  SO.... 246.  3.  b 

14.... 270.  6 

8.... 112.  3 

62.... 96.  a 

18.... 249.  2.  6 

23.... 246.  2.  a 

28:    4....249.  1.  6 

22. ...87.  88  (pi.) 

LEVITICUS. 

6.... 254.  6.  6 

12:    6.... 270.  6 

8. ...104.  d 

10.... 274.  2.  e 

2:  15....5  71.  a(3) 

NUMBERS. 

26.... 39.  3.  b 

31.... 45.  5 

4:  13.... 60.  3.  a 

29:  15.... 261.  1 

13:    3. ...111.  3.  a 

1:  10.... §13.  b 

30:  11. ...274.  2.  6 

4....283.  1 

6:  21.... 61.  4.  a, 

47. ...96.  a 

31:    2.... 131.  3 

6.... 65.  6 

206.  e 

2:  33 96.  a 

12.... 45.  5.  a 

7.... 276.  1 

22.... 119.  1 

3:  26.... 271.  4.  b 

32:    5....271.  4.  a 

14.... 254.  6.  a 

24 220.  2.  a 

49.... 55.  1 

7.... 113.  1 

14:    5. ...67.  2  (3)  a 

6:  14.... 114 

4:  23.... 22.  a 

21. ...254.  9.  b 

7. ...196.  c 

15.... 95.  a 

5:  13,  14.... 71.  a  (3) 

33. ...71.  a  (1),  246. 

17.... 229.  4.  6 

7:  38.... 216.  1.  a 

22. ...131.  2 

1.  a 

22.... 280.  1 

8:    3....119.  1 

6:  23.... 120.  3 

42.... 27 

15:  16.... 119.  1 

6:    7....98.  1.  a 

8:    7. ...121.  3 

33:  SO.... 111.  2.  d 

18.... 126.  1 

10:    4....39.  4.  a 

24.... 22.  a 

34:    5....61.6.  a 

16:    1....22.  6 

11.... 273.  2 

9:    6....275.  1.  6 

6,  7,  9. ...24.  a 

3.... 30.  2 

12.... 39.  3.  6 

7.... 249.  2 

18.... 131.  1 

20.... 280.  3 

18.... 271.  4.  a 

14.... 275.  1.  c 

28.... 57.  2(2)6 

17:    2,  3.... 265.  a 

19.... 230.  2.  6 

20.... 253.  2 

35:    4....261.  2.  a 

18:    2....275.  1.  c 

11:    7....126.  1 

10:  23.... 45.  5 

19.... 125.  2 

19:    6.... 114 

9.... 270.  c 

29.... 21.  1 

20....105.rf 

15.. ..43 

18.... 229.  4.  6 

36.... 4.  a 

20:    2.... 19.  2, 119.  3 

32.... 38.1.  a,  254.  4 

11:    4.... 57.    2  (2)  a, 

7. ...119.  1 

39 71.  a  (3) 

229.  3.  a 

DEUTERONOMT. 

21:    7.... 13.  6,  86.  I 

42.... 4.  a 

5.... 263.  4 

(3  pi.) 

43 164.  2 

11.... 164.  2 

1:    2....§38.  1.  a 

8.... 83.  c.  (2) 

44.... 96.  6,242 

15. ...71.  a  (2) 

14. ...259. 2 

11. ...214.  1.6 

13:    3....258.  3.  a 

16. ...111.  3.  a 

16.... 225.  1.  a 

22:    7....126.  1 

4 27,  57.  2  (2) 

20.... 196.  d 

19. ...271.  2 

24.... 265.  2 

6,  220.  1.  6 

26.... 111.  2.  c 

22 99.  3.  a 

23:    5....263.  2.  6 

10, 21.... 71.  a  (3) 
51,  52 139.  3 

12:    1....276.  1 

28.... 38.  1.  a 

11. ...24.  6 

4.... 250.  2(2)o 

S5....38. 1.  a,249.1 

24:    3.... 104.  A 

55,  56 96.  a 

13:  18.... 283.  2.  a 

38.... 273.  1 

4 96.  a 

14:    8 126.1 

32.... 156.  4 

44.... 245.  5.  d 

25:    4.... 158.  3 

13 176.  2 

14:    1....275.  2.  a 

45. ...112.  3 

7 60.  3.  a 

35 242.  a 

2.... 262.  1 

2:    9 60.  4.  a 

13 280.  2 

38 274.  2.  a 

15:    6.... 252.  3 

12.... 203.  5.  a 

26:    2. ...39.  4 

42 156.  2 

21.... 39.  3.  b 

24.... 131.  3 

5 254.  6.  6 

43 92.  d,  94.  6 

28.... 27,  2i0.  1.  6 

35.... 139.  1 

12.... 94.  6,  113.  2 

15:  24 87 

29.... 275.  1.  c 

3:    4. ...250.  2(1) 

27:    4 106.  a 

29 100.  2.  a  (2) 

16:    3.... 275.  2 

13 246.  1.  a 

7 24.  a 

32 87 

17:    3,  4.... 104.  g- 

17.... 216.  2.  a 

28:  24 104.  b 

16:    4 104.  A 

10 140.  4 

26....21.  1, 151.  2 

46 104.  b 

8 11. 1.  a,188.a 

28.... 125.  2 

4:  10.... 119.  1 

48 94.  6 

31.... 71.  a(3j 

20:    3.... 125.  2 

11 99.  3.  a 

52 126.  1 

18:    4 263.1 

5.... 104.  / 

26.... 44.  6,91.  6 

67 164.  2 

7  ff 172.  3 

8 276.  3 

30.... 265.  6 

58 249.  1 

59.... 165.    2,    220 

28.... 156.  4 

14.... 104.  J 

33.... 35.  1 

19:  20 175.  5,  282.  a 

21. ...131.  4 

41.... 219.     1.      6, 

2.  a 
66.... 177.  3 

20:    3 256 

21:    5....104.  Z 

256.  d 

7 96.  h 

30....  105.  a,  140.  5 

5:    6-21.... 39.  4.  a 

29:  11 106.  o 

21;    1 96.  a 

33,35 44.  a 

8. ...27 

30:    3 92.  c 

3,  4.... 104.  A 

4 140.  4 

22:    6.... 269.  b 

9.... 111.  3.  a 

5 97.  1.  a 

8.... 274.  2.  a 

14.... 249.  1.  c 

11 166.1,205.0 

9.... 71.  a  (3), 
140.  3 

11....  19.  2,  141.1, 

267.  b 

17.. ..27 
24.... 71.  a (2) 

20 39.  4,87 

31:  28.... 22.  b 

23:    3 280.  3.  a 

25.... 119.  1 

6:    4. ...4.  a 

29 166.  1 

13.... 220. 1.  6 

29.... 262.  1 

25.... 45.  1 

32:    1....245.  2 

334 


INDEX    II. 


82:    6....5  228.  2.  o 

12:  21....5  55,  2.  a 

9:  11.... 5  53.    2.    6, 

2:    8....§88,88(2f.), 

7.... 104.  A,  280.  2 

13:  13.... 196,  b 

95.  6 

127.  1 

8.... 11.  1.  6,94.6 

23 247.  a 

12.... 89    (f.   8.    & 

9....88(pl.),  16i 

10.... 63.  c,  105.  b 

14:     8.... 62.  2,  175.  1 

m.  pi.) 

3 

13 13.  a 

15:  36 203.  5.  b 

13.... 95.  b 

14.... 150.  3 

15.... 285.  3 

38.... 22.  a 

14. ...89 

16.... 139.  2 

18.... 172.  4 

66.... 22.  a 

24.... 220.  1.  6 

3:    3.... 86.  6(2  f.) 

21....111.  2.  ft 

17:     1....30.  2 

25.... 174.  5 

4....16,1,55.  2.  a, 

22.... 147.  4 

18:  12,  14.... 86.   b    (3 

29....  164.  5,172.3 

88  (2  f.),  106.  a 

26.... 104.  /■,  172.  3 

pl.) 

35.... 274.  2.  b 

12.... 258.  3.  b 

28.... 216.1.  6 

20.... 88 

38.... 91.  b 

13.... 119.  3 

29.... 252.1 

19:  43.... 61.  6.  a 

48. ...75.  1 

15.... 60.  3.   6  (2), 

32.... 24.  b,    57.   2 

50.... 172.  4 

53.... 140.  5 

120.    1,   164.    2, 

(2)  a 

51.... 39.  1.  a 

10:    2....60.  3.  &(1) 

251.  2.  c 

34 90  (pass.) 

21:  10.... 227.  1.  a 

4.... 207.  1./ 

20.... 220.  1.  6 

36 35.  1,  86.  b 

22:     5. ...87 

9.... 243.  3 

4:    1....147.  5 

37.... 172.  1 

12.... 45.  5 

14.... 119.  4 

15.... 104.  c,  »• 

37,  38.... 220.  2.  c 

16.... 119.  3 

11:    1....254.  6 

41.... 141.  2 

17....271.  4.  a 

18.... 99.  3.  a 

33:  16.... 61.    6.   a,   88 

25.... 148.  i 

25.... 91.  &,  119.  1 

1  SAMUEL. 

(3  f.),  167.  3 

27. ...44.  6 

37... .98.  2 

21.... 177.  3 

23:    7,  12.... 249.  2.  a 

40.... 250.     2    (2), 

1:    !....§  265.  a 

24:  10.... 92.  d,  282.  a 

263.  4 

3.... 219.  1.  a 

15....88(pl.) 

12:    4.... 272.  2 

4.... 245.  3.  6 

JOSHUA. 

19.... 275.  3.  o 

6.... 230.  3.  a 

6.... 24.  6,104.  ( 

6.... 3.  1.  a 

8.... 263.  2 

1:    !....§  265.  a 

13:    2.... 248.  a 

9....  104.  d,  172. 4, 

8.... 36.  2 

JUDGES. 

3.... 16.  1 

254.  1 

14.... 256 

5,  7.... 90  (2f.  6.) 

14.... 88  (2  f.) 

16.... 263.  1 

1:    !....§  265.  a 

6.... 119,  2 

17.... 53.  2.  o 

2:    8.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 273.  3.  a 

8.... 93.  b,  245.  5. 

20.... 119.  2 

14 249.  2.  b 

2:    7.... 256 

b,  266.  3 

24.... 104.  t 

16.... 157.  1,  164.  2 

3:  15.... 246.  3.  b 

12.... 275.  1.  a 

28.... 119.  2 

17,  18,  20.... 104.  k 

24.... 140.  5 

23.... 273.  1 

2:    5....24.  c 

18.... 112.  3 

25.... 157.  1 

14:    1....61.  6.  a 

10.... 119.  1 

20 249.  2.  6 

27.... 272.  2.  b 

6.... 245  5.  d 

13.... 203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 246.  3 

30.... 274.  2.  a 

11.... 251.  2.  6 

22....88(pl.) 

9.... 131.  3 

4:  19.... 164.  2,  262.  2 

15.... 283.  2.  a 

27.... 91.  6 

11 246.  3.  a 

20 104.  a,  127.  2 

18 61.  6.  a 

3:    2....258.  3.  a 

12.... 280.  1 

21.... 11.1.  a,  156.  3 

15:  16 280.  3.  a 

4.... 263.  1.  6 

13.... 246.  3 

22 266 

16:    5....130.  1.  & 

7.... 263.  1.  6 

14.... 253.  2.  a 

23.... 126.  1 

13.... 112.  3 

8.... 254.  9.  6 

4:    4....251.  4.  a 

24.... 282.  c 

14.... 246.  3.  a 

19.... 203.  4 

6. ...255.  3 

5:     5.... 86.  a,  141.1, 

16.... 27 

4:    8....266.  2.  a 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

249.  2.  a 

25.... 51.  2 

12....26G.  3 

8....104. ^ 

7.... 24.  c, 74,74.  o 

26.... 150.  1 

14.... 75.  1 

10.... 275.  2 

8....92.  rf,  121.  1 

27.... 271. 1 

19.... 148.  2 

13.... 45.  5.  a 

12.... 45.  2.  a 

28....  22.  &,  27,  223. 

6:  10....104.  ;?■,  165.  3 

23.... 127.  2 

13.... 148.  3 

1.  a 

12.... 88  (3f.  pl.), 

24.... 262.  1 

15....  199.    c,    207. 

17:    2....71.  a.  2 

147.  4,  282 

6:    5.... 125.  2 

2.  a 

18:     7.... 94.     a,    275. 

14.... 246.  3.  b 

7.... 46 

26.... 88  (3  f.  pl.), 

2.  & 

15.... 119.  1 

13.... 282.  c 

105.  b 

29.... 93.  6 

7:    8....119. 1 

17.... 166.  1 

28.... 60.  3.  b  (2), 

30.... 4.  a 

8:  19.... 24.  a 

7:     7.... 60.   3.  b  (2), 

121.  2 

19:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  89 

9:    3....270.  c 

94.  6,  112.  2 

31.... 263.  1 

11.... 150.  1(2) 

9.... 243.  2.  a, 

9.... 172.  3 

6:    9.... 99.  3.  6 

22.... 82.  5.  a 

245.  3 

21.... 246.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  b 

20:  13.... 46 

24.... 245.  5.  b 

8:  11.... 246.  3.  o 

14.... 249.  2.  6 

15,  17.... 96.  a 

10:    1-8. ...100.  1 

19.... 271.  2 

15.... 250.  2(2)  a 

25.... 224.  a 

4.... 251.  2.  c 

22.... 272.  2 

17.... 74,  74.  a 

31.... 131.  2 

5. ...266.  3 

24.... 22.  6 

20.... 73.  2.  a 

32.... 24.  b 

6....  165.    3,    273. 

33.... 246.  2.  o 

25.... 249.  1.  c 

S9....131,  5 

3.  a 

9:    4....161.  1 

31.  ...230.  3.  a 

43.... 24. 6 

13.... 165.  3 

6. ...119.  4 

34.... 119.  1 

44.... 271.  4.  b 

19.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

8.... 262.  2.  a 

36.... 258.  3.  6 

21:    9.... 96.  a 

24.... 24.  6 

12.... 161.    1,    249. 

7:    6 22.  a 

21.  ...39.  3.  6 

12:    3....3S.  1.  a 

2.  a 

12.... 74.  a 

22.... 158.  3 

7. ...91.  c 

13.... 126.  1 

19.... 268.  1 

25.... 258.  3.  b 

13.... 119.  2 

24....95.  c,  172.  3 

8:    1....166.  2 

24....94.  o 

10:  11.... 38.  4.  a,  39. 

2.... 25 

13:    5.... 250.  2(1) 

I.  a 

10 224.  a 

RUTH. 

8.... 149.  2 

20....22.  & 

11.... 229.  4.  6 

19.... 86.  6  (3pl.) 

24.... 86.  &(3  pi.). 

19.... 111.  3.  b 

1:    8.... 5  275.  5 

21.... 19.  2.  6,  65.  a 

245.  5.  6 

26 74.  a 

9....89(f.  pl.) 

14:    1....73.  2.  a 

26.... 56.  4 

9:    2....230.  2.  c 

11.... 45.  4 

22.... 94,  c 

29.... 272.  2 

8.... 98.  1.  a 

13.... 25,  71.  a  (3), 

24.... 111.  2.  d 

30.... 21.  1 

9....53.  2.  &,63.  1. 

88  (f.  pL),  91.  c 

29.... 249.  2.  r 

31,  38.... 272.  2 

a,  95.  b 

19.... 104.  ^ 

32....  157.  3,  172.  4 

11:    8.... 21.  1 

10.... 89    (f.    B.   & 

20.... 60.  3.  c,  196. 

33.... 57.   2  (3)   a, 

14.... 94.  6 

m.  pl.) 

d 

104.3 

INDEX    II. 


335 


14:  36.... §141.1 

28.24....5111.  2.  6 

21:11....?271.  4.  a 

16:  25.... 1254.  9.  a 

40.... 276.  3 

30:    1....14.  a 

12.. ..177.  3 

29.... 252.  2.  a 

16:    1....125.  2 

31:    2....94.  c 

22:    7.... 142.  2 

17:    3.... 100.  1 

5. ...111.  2.  c 

24.... 45.  1 

14.. ..177.  3 

6.... 151.  2 

S3.... 160.  1 

21. ...43 

9...  .91.  e 

2  SAMUEL. 

37,  40.... 238.  1.  6 

18:    1....252.  1 

19....  157.  3,   172.4 

40.... 53.  Z.a.  111. 

12.... 100.  2.  a(l) 

30....100.  2.  a(l) 

1:    4....5242.  c 

2.  c 

13....104.  ff 

16  :    4.... 284 

6.... 91.  6,166.3 

41.... 53.  2.6,  132. 

30.... 131.  3 

12.... 214.  2.  b 

9.... 250.  c 

1 

32.... 273.  3 

15. ...221.  2.  a 

10....99.3.  6,106.a 

43.... 118.  3,  141.3 

42.... 175.  3 

18....246.  3.  6,254. 

15.... 131.  3 

44.... 199.  6 

43.... 254.  9.  a, 

6.  a,  257,  2 

21.... 255.  1 

48.... 238.  1.  A 

274.  2  d 

23.... 245.  3.  a 

26.... 166.  1 

23:    1....160.  6 

44.... 104.  6 

17  :12....249.  2.  c,253. 

2:  19.... 13.  6 

6.... 33.  3,  140.  6, 

19:    2.... 275.  3.  a 

2.6 

27. ...65.  a 

221.  6 

4.... 274.  2.  c 

25.... 24.  6,104,  /! 

32.... 274.  2.  b 

8.... 199.  6 

7.... 38.  1.  a 

26.... 73.  2.  a,  275, 

3:    2.... 267.  1 

27.... 24.  6 

10.... 92.  d 

3.  a 

8. ...165.  3 

24:  12.... 268.  2 

11.... 275.  1.  c 

34.... 245.  5.  d, 265. 

22.... 276.  2 

13.... 253.  2 

15.... 66.  2(2)6, 

6,  271.  4.  6 

4:    6. ...71.  a  (3) 

219.1 

35....  14.  a,  112.3, 

5:    2.... 164.  2 

19.... 251.  4.  a 

265.  6 

6:    1....151.  2 

1  KINGS. 

20.... 98.  I.  a 

42....  172.  4 

3.... 249.  1.  & 

20:    9.... 39.  4 

47.... 150.  2 

5. ...16.  3.  6 

1:    6....S243. 1 

13.... 229.  1.  6 

65.... 245.    2,    249. 

13.... 282.  c 

14.... 259.  2.  a 

27.... 96.  a.  161.4 

2.  a 

16.... 253.  1 

15.... 54.  1,206.6 

35.... 172.  3 

56....249.  2.  a 

20.... 282.  6 

21. ...87 

39.... 91.  6 

18:    1 105.  a 

23.... 56.  2 

27.... 283.  2.  6 

21  :    1....45.  1 

6. ...158.  3 

7  :  10. ...114 

2:  24.... 105.  a 

8.... 46 

7.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

8  :  18 199.  6 

31.... 254.  6.  b 

29.... 164.  2 

9.... 156.  1 

10;    3.... 253.  2 

3:    3....126.  i 

22:  12.... 126.  1 

17.... 119.  1 

11, 17.... 275.  2.  6 

7. ...267.  6 

23.... 249.  2.6 

20.... 243.  2 

11:    1....11.  1.  6 

15.... 147.  4 

25.... 166.  1 

22.... 220.  2.  6 

24.... 177.  3 

4:    5.... 150.    4,    215. 

27.... 253.  2.  o, 

28.... 104.  i 

25.... 245.   5,    271. 

1.  e 

270.  c 

29....  148.  1,  151.2 

4.  a 

6:    3. ...253.  %a 

35.... 147.  4 

19:  10.... 249.  2.  b 

12:    1,4.... 156.  3 

10.... 254.  8 

54.... 119.  1 

13, 16.... 201.  2 

4.... 249.  1.  c 

11.... 260.  2 (2)  a 

17.... 104.  k 

14.... 92.  d 

20.... 119.  1 

21.... 269.  a 

13:    4.... 280.  1 

25.... 53.  2.  a 

2  KINGS. 

22.... 249.  1.  c 

31.... 254.  10 

6:  16.... 10.  a 

20:    6.... 119.  1 

32.... 158.  3 

19.... 132.  1 

1:    2.... §249.  2.  c, 

13....271.4.  a 

39.... 253.  1 

21.... 207.  1.  c 

2S3.  1 

21.  ...39.  4 

14:    2,  3. ...16.  1 

38. ...251.  4.  a 

6.... 36.  2,39.4 

28.... 119.  1 

7.... 38. 4.  a,  158. 3 

7:  12.... 249.  1.  c 

7... .75.  1 

31.... 254.  6.  a 

10.... 104.  k 

14.... 132.  1,  253.  1 

10.... 172.  4 

38 199.  6 

19.... 57.  2(1), 

37.... 220.  1.  b 

10,  14.... 250.  2 

42 250.  2  (2)  a 

180.  a 

44.... 251.  4.  a 

(2)  a 

21:    2.... 219.  1.6 

30.... 149.  1,  150.4 

8:    1....119.  1 

16.... 39.  4 

3.... 92.6,221.3.0 

15:    8.... 282.  6 

48.... 86.  6(lc.) 

2:    1....16.  3.  6 

7. ...44 

12.... 125.  2 

9:  11. ...165.  2 

10.... 93.  c 

12.... 44.  a 

23.... 275.  2.  b 

10:    3.... 112.  3 

11....16.  3.  6 

14....66.  1(1),105. 

30.... 282.  c 

9.... 254.  8 

16 208.  3.  c 

a,  174.  4 

32.... 273.  6 

12.... 275.  1.  6 

21.... 165.  2 

15.... 126.  1 

34.... 287.  3 

15.... 254.  3 

22 165.  3 

22:    2.... 165.  2 

37. ...215.1.  e 

11:    1....210.  d 

24.... 261.  2.  6 

23:  11.... 94.  d 

16:    1....250.  2(1) 

3.... 275.  1.  a 

3:    4.... 253.  2.  a 

22 282.  a 

16. ...215.  1.  6 

13.. ..16.  1 

23.... 119.  1 

24:  14.... 245.  5.  a 

17:    9.... 243.  2.  a 

22.... 24.  a 

26.... 65.  6,  111.  1 

17.... 260.  1 

10.... 140.  4 

25.... 271.  4.  6 

27.... 263.  1 

19.... 71.  a (2) 

12. ...71.  a(l) 

39.... 67.  2 (2) a 

4:    7.... 220.  1.  6 

25:    7.... 94.  a 

22.... 223.  1.  a 

12:  10.... 221.  5.  a 

16,  23.... 71.  a.  2 

8.... 164.  2 

23.... 113.    1,    275. 

12.... 164.  2 

24.... 131.  1 

14.... 157.  3 

Z.a 

32.... 257.  3 

25.... 73.  2.  a 

18.... 172.   6,    209. 

18:    3. ...113.  2 

13:    7.... 234.  a 

32.... 95.  a 

Z.a 

18.... 270.  6 

12.... 75.  2 

5:    1....39.  1.  o 

33.... 165. 3 

19:    1....281 

20.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

3.... 112.  3 

34....88(3f.),  167. 

14. ...111.  2.6 

14:    2.... 71.  (7(2) 

6....104.J 

3 

18.... 224.  a 

3....60  2.  ((,127.1 

7.... 294.  9.  6 

43.... 250.  2(2)o 

19.... 113.  2 

6.... 273.  5 

9.... 257 

26:16....271.  4.  6 

20:    1....257.  2 

24.... 246.  Z.a 

18....46,  176.  1 

22....246.  3.  a 

4.... 119.  1 

26.... 257.  3 

6:    6....271.  4.  6 

27:  12.... 119.  1 

6.... 111.  2.  d 

16  ;  16 60.  3.  a 

8 220.  2.  a 

28:    7. ...214.  1.  6 

9.... 111.  2.6 

23.... 271.  4 

10.... 262.  4 

8 89  (f.  B.  &m. 

21.  ...95.  a 

29.... 94.  6 

11.  ...74.  a 

pi.) 

21  :    2.... 166.  2. 

33.... 257.  3,4 

18.... 98.  2,207. 

10.... 24.  6 

6....60.  3.  o,  127. 

16:10....2.')2.  2 

1.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

2 

16.... 247.  c 

19.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 63.   1.  r,   97. 

9....160.  5,  223.1. 

17....  172.  4,  175.  3 

22.... 230.  3 

L  6, 164.  6 

a,  250.  2  (2)  o      1 

26.... 172.  4 

23.... 172.  4 

336 


INDEX    II. 


8: 


6:32., 

7:12.. 

13.. 

1., 

8.. 

12.. 

13.. 

21.. 

9:17.. 

25.. 

37.. 

10:14.. 

30.. 

11:    4.. 

13.. 

1.. 

8.. 

9.. 

10.. 

6.. 

14.. 

15:    1.. 

10.. 

16.. 

16:    7.. 

17.. 

17:13.. 

36.. 

18:23.. 

30.. 

4. 

19:    4.. 

23.. 

25.. 

29.. 

22:19.. 


12: 


13 


23 


,    1. 

17. 


3. 
25:17... 
29... 


,.524.  h 
..165.  1 
..246.  3.  a 
,.71.  a  (2) 
..249,  2.  c 
.  .126.  1 
..75.  1 

..11.  1.  6,90 
,.196.  6 
.  .220.  1.  6 
,.172.  1 
,.118.  3 
,  .39.  4 
,  .199.  b 
,.199.  a 

.252.  2.  b 
..216.  1.  a 
.  .60.  3.  c,  132.  2 
,.250.  1.  a 

.164.  2 
,.263.  1 

.252.  2.  a 
,.19.  2 

.246.  2.  a 

.156.  2 

.253.  2 

.39.  4.  a 

.39.  4 

.119.  1 

.126.   1,   271. 

a 

.285.  1 

.2.54.  2.  a 

.175.  2 

.131.  3 

.106.  a 

.251.  2.  6 

.73.  2.  a,  246. 

a 

.251.  2.  6 

.177.  3 


1  CHRONICLES. 


2:13... 

16... 

3:    5... 

4:10... 

5:20... 

12:   1... 

2... 

14... 

20... 

3... 

12... 

15:24... 

27... 

3. 

4... 

2... 

8... 

21:13... 

22:14... 

23:    6... 

24:    3... 

28... 

25:19... 

26:28... 

27  :15... 

28:    1... 

5... 

29:17... 

18... 


13 


17: 
20: 


.§57.  2(1) 

.13.  b 

.149.  1 

.100.  2.  a  (1) 

.74.  a 

.14.  a 

.150.  1,  180.  a 

.260.  2  (2) 

.14.  a 

.104. I 

.51.  2 

.94.  e,  180.  a 

.180.    a,   246. 

a 

.266.  3.  a 

.254.  5 

.73.  a,  149.  1 

.259.  2 

.250.  2  (3) 

.59.  a 

.59.  a,  113.  1 

.275.  1.  c 

.251.  4.  a 

.245.  5.  b 

.251.  4.  a 

.36.1 

.249.  1.  a 

.245.  5.  6 

.125.  1 


2  CHRONICLES. 

1:    4....?  245.  5.  6 

10.... 164.  b 
2:    7.... 14.  a,  254.  3 


3:    3. 

6:    2, 

12. 

6  :  42. 

7:    6. 

8  :  16. 

18, 

10:    7. 

10, 

8. 

7. 

12, 

17  :  11, 


15; 
16; 


12 
13 

18  :  22, 
23 

19:    2. 

20:  7. 
35 

21:17, 

22:    5. 

11, 
23  :  19. 
24:18, 
25:  4, 
26  :  15. 

17, 

19. 

21. 
28  :  23. 
29:31. 

36. 
31:    7. 

14. 

32  :  15. 

30. 

33  :  19. 
34:   4. 

5. 

6. 

35  :  13. 


...§247.  a 

...119.  1 

. .  .180.  a 

...98.  1 

...94.  e 

...246.  3.  a 

. .  .13.  a 

. .  .231.  5.  a 

...19.  2 

. .  .246.  3.  a 

8.... 119.  1 

...177.  3 

...62.  2.  b,  209. 

2.  d 

...282.  c 

...275.  1.  c 
....249.  2.  b 
....38.4.  a 
....112.  5.  c 
....105. a 

96.  a 

....125.    1,    260. 

2(2) 

....53.  2.  a 
....39.  1.  a 
....242 
....249.  2.  b 
....254.  7 
....148.  1,  177.3 

251.  2.  b 

....119.3 
....198.  a.  4 
, . .  .94.  e 
....65.  b 
....24.5.  5.  6 
....148.  1 
....219.  1.  a 
....256.  c 
....150.  2  (p. 

1S2) 
,...199.  c 

...126.  1 
....220.  1.  b 
....43.  b 
....57.1 

EZRA. 


3:  11.... §95.  c,  150.  5 
7  :  25.... 39.  4 
8:  18. ...26 

23.... 99.  3 

25.... 98.  1.  a,  207. 
1.  b,  245.  5.  b 

26.... 98.  1.  a 

29 246.  3.  a 

31 99.  3 

10:  14.... 245.  5.  6 

16.... 122.  2,  141.  1 

17.... 245.  5.  b 

NEHEMIAH. 
1:    4..  ..§125.  2 


7 
2:    4. 
7. 

12. 

13. 
3:13. 

20. 

33. 

34. 
4:    7 
5 


6: 


282. 

.111.  2.  e 
.111.  2.  6 
.39.  4 

.4.  a,  164.  5 
.53.  2.  6,  62.  1 
.94.  a 
.274.  1 
.210.  c 
.216.  2.  a 
8....255.  1 

14 65.  a 

16. ...112.  3 
6. ...177.  1 
8.... 57.   2  (3)  a, 
164.3. 


11.. 
34.. 

2.. 

5.. 

5.. 

6.. 
18.. 
19.. 
26.. 
28.. 
32.. 
35.. 
10:39.. 


11:17.. 
12:44.. 
13  :  13.. 

16.. 

23.. 


..§233.  a 
..251.  3 
..106.  4 
..106.  a,  125.  2 
..161.4 
..71.  a  (2) 
..63.  1.  a 
..249.  1 
..63.  1.  a 
..249.  1.  a 
..271.  4.  a 
.  .249.  1.  c 
..94.  b,  113.  2 
..150.  2 
..39.  3.  b 
..111.2.  d 
..11.  1.  a 
.  .210.  d 


ESTHER. 


2 

8. 

..§126.1 

9. 

...207.  2.  d 

4 

3. 

..150.  5 

4. 

...161.  2 

14. 

...127.1 

16. 

..276.  2 

7 

5. 

..82.  1.  ail) 

8 

6. 

..269 

15. 

..256 

9 

4. 

..282.  c 

27. 

...86.  6  (3  pi.) 

3: 


6 

7 

10 

11 

14. 

21 
3, 
5 
7 

10 

3. 

8, 

11 

13 

25 

4:    2. 

4 

6 

19 

5:    7. 

8 

16 

18 

6:    2. 

16, 

22, 

26 

7:    3, 

5 

14 

18, 

8:    8, 

21 

9:    2. 

6 

15. 


JOB. 

...§250.   2  (2), 
260.  2.  (1) 
...263.  4,  274. 
2.  d 

...245.3.6 
...45.  1 
...71,  a  (2) 
...45.  4,  131.  3 
...220.1.6,258. 
3 

...164.2 
...36.  1.  a 
...45.  4 
...46 

248.  a 

...263.  5 
,...267.  b 
...263.  5 
...263.  1 
...168.  a,  172.  3 
...283.  1.  a 
...200.  e 
...287.3 
. .  .285.  1 
. .  .93.  6,  287.  1 
...263.  1 
...61.  6.  a 
...165.  3 
. .  .263.  1 
. .  .96.  6 
...60.  3. 
119.  4 
...126.1 
...243.  2.  6 
...119.  1,  139.  3 
...104. J,  105.  6 
...105.  6 
...57.  2  (2)   a, 
227.  1.  a 
...165.  1 
...22.  6 
...88  (pi.) 
. .  .92.  6 


6  (2), 


9:18. 

30 
S4 

10  :  12 
22 

11:  3 
12 
15 
17 

12  :  14, 
21 


13; 


9 
15 
21 
27. 

14:  1, 
19 

15:  7, 
11 
18 
22 

16:  5. 
11 
12 
13 

16 

19 

17  :    2. 


21 


22 


23 


25; 
26; 

27: 


10 
16 

2, 

4! 

2, 

3 

7 

15 

16 

17 

23, 


29 
20:  4, 
8 
17 
24 
26, 


28, 
5, 
13 
18 
24 
3, 
20, 
21, 


3, 

9 

11 

17 

24  :  14, 

19, 

21, 

24, 

25, 

33 

3 

9 

11 

3, 

4 

12 

33, 

28  :  12. 

29:    3. 

6, 

14 


...§24.  6, 105. a, 

190.  a. 

...121.1 

...105.  6 

...19.  2 

...61.  6.  o 

...94.  a 

...139.  3 

...150.  5 

. .  .97.  1.  a,  260. 

2(2)c 

...111.1 

...282.  c 

...24.  c 

...83.  6 

...119.  1 

. .  .264.  a 

. .  .254.  9.  6 

...112.3,  275.4 

...227.  1.  a 

. .  .260.  2  (2)  6 

...121.  2 

...172.5 

...104.  h 

...147.  3 

...161.  2 

...126.   1,  216. 

1.6 

...60.3.  6(2) 

...19.  2 

...24.6 

...126.  1 

...215.  1.  c 

...88  (3f.pl.) 

...54.  3 

. .  .91.  6,  230.  2 

...105.  c 

. .  .94.  c,  252.  4 

...113.  1 

. .  .105.  e 

. .  .45.  4 

...139.  2 

...88  (pi.),  14L 

...74,  74.  a 
...158.3 
...139.3 
. .  .255.  3.  a 
...112.  5.  c 
. .  .60.  3.  c,  93.  a, 
111.  2.  e 
...140.  2 
...140.  5 
...24.  c 
...104.  I 
...88  (pi.) 
...283.  2 
...220.  1.  6 
...88(3.f.),  94 
d,  167.  3 
...269.  6 
...34 
...79.  3.  a 
...86  6  (2  m.) 
...83.  6 
. . .285.  3 
...150.  2 
...139.  1 
...264.  a 
...220.  2.  c 
...220.  1.6 
...ISO.  a 
...161.  4 
. .  .256.  c 
. .  .92.  e 
...271.  3 
...220.  2.  c 
...245.  5 
. .  .139.  2 
...53.  3,  & 
...106.  d 


INDEX    II. 


337 


»;  21....524.  c 

9:  17.. ..§149.1 

45;    3. ,,.§92.  a 

78;  63., ,.§93.  6 

80:    8. ...24.  6 

18.... 219.  1.  a 

9.... 199.  6 

66...  .141.  5* 

26.... 99.  3.  b 

19.... 126.  1 

10. ...14.  a,  24.  6 

80  :    3 61.  6.  a 

SI:    5.... 157.  3 

10:    2.... 31.  a,  286 

47  :    5..,. 43.  a 

6,  8 253.  2.  6 

15.... 61.  3,  105.6, 

6.... 31.  b 

10.... 112.  5.  c 

e....ll2.  3 

161.  3. 

8,  10.... 209.  1.  a 

49:    9. ...55.  1 

11.. ..98.  a 

18.... 273.  3.  a 

12.... 131.  3 

50;  21.... 112.  3,  282.  6 

14.... 4.  0,180.  a 

22.... 27 

13,  14.... 31.  6 

23.... 105.  6 

15.... 253.  2.  b 

24....60.  1.  a 

11:    1.. ..257.1 

51:    6.... 263.  1 

16 4.  o,  130.  2 

32:    2.... 269.  6 

7....220.2.c,275. 

7. ...121.  2 

19.  ...157.  3 

10.... 125.  1 

3.  a 

53;    6.... 220.  1.  6 

20.... 253.  2.  6 

11.... 53.  2.  a,  111. 

12:    3.... 280.  2 

66;  10.... 92.  c 

81:    3. ...45.  5.  a 

2.  c 

4. ...119.1 

16.... 164. 2 

11....  119.  1,  246. 

18.... 164.  2 

8. ...73. 1,249. 2.6 

18....274.  2.  a 

2.6 

33:    5.. ..111.  3.  a 

13:   4.... 271.  3 

19,  22.... 19.  2.  a 

17.... 279 

9.. ..71.  a(l) 

5.... 104.  h 

22. ...141.1 

84;    2 200.  e 

13. ...158.  1 

16:    5. ...19.  2.  a,  90, 

87;    2. ...172.  1,  275. 

86  ;    2 19.  2,  126.  1 

21.... 26,  121.  1 

151.  3 

1.  a 

88:17....24.  6,  92.  a 

25.... ISO.  a 

17  :    3.... 139.  2 

9.... 247.  b 

89:    2. ...216.  2.  a 

27.... 158.  2 

9.... 263.  5.  a 

68;    2.... 88  (pi.) 

8....111.  3.  & 

30.... 159  2 

18:    6....104.  / 

4. ...156.  2 

9.... 253.  2.  6 

34:    5. ...65.  a 

10.... 147.  5 

7. ...131.  3 

10. ...131.  4 

13....61.  6.  a 

15.... 82.  1.  a  (3) 

8. ...139.  3 

40.... 272.  3 

18.... 112.  1 

21... .21.  1 

9.... 24.    b,  214. 

44....  104,  j? 

22.... 91.  6 

27.... 142.  2 

1.6 

45.,,. 24.  6,  86.  6 

25.... 216.  1.  a 

41.... 132.  1 

12....275.  3.  a 

(2  m.) 

35:  11.... 53.  3.0,111. 

19:    6.... 249.  1 

60;    2.... 43.  a 

51.... 249.  1.  a 

2.  c 

8.... 254.  9.  b 

4.... 165.  1 

52.... 24.  6,  21«. 

37:    6....177.  1 

14.. ..11.  1.  b 

5. ...253.  2.  a 

2.  a 

12.... 61.  6.  a 

20:    4.... 63.  1.  c,  97. 

13.... 287.  1 

90:    2.... 263.  1.  6 

24.... 104. A 

l.a,b 

61:    1....196.  6 

10.... 22.  a 

88:    1....4.a 

9.... 243.  1 

02  :    4.... 93.  a.  bia 

91:    6....140.  1 

12.... 86.  6  (2  m.) 

22:    2....104.  i 

10.... 260.  2(2)c 

12. ...105.  c 

24.... 60. 4.0,113.1 

9.... 42 

12.... 252.  4 

92;    2.... 242.  6 

35.... 230.  2.  a 

10.... 157.  1 

63:    2. ...275.  1.  c 

16....61.  6.  a 

89:    2. ...104.^ 

17.... 156.  3.199.6 

4.... 105.  c 

93:    1....126.  2 

3.. ..161.  2 

22.... 272.  3 

8... .61.  6.  a 

5....174.  1 

4.... 112.  5.  c 

32.... 266.  3 

64;    7. ...54.  3 

94:    1.,..94.  d 

24.... 165.  2 

23:   6....148.  2,267.  d 

65:    7. ...112.  5.  c 

9.... 126.  1 

40:   2....268.  1.  a 

24  :  14.... 131.  3 

10.... 104.  /;,  105.  6 

17.... 61.  6.  a 

21,  22.... 208.  3.  a 

25:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

66;    4.... 275.  2.  6 

19. ...141.  6 

22.... 221.  6.  b 

:27....71.  a.  2 

12.... 114 

20.... 93.   a,    111. 

41:    1....160.  5 

26:    2. ...98.  1.  a 

68;    3.... 91.  6,  131.  2, 

2.  e 

2.... 105.  h 

4. ...112.  3 

5,  140.  4 

101  :    5.... 92.  6,93.  a 

17....1G1.  4,  164.2 

27:  10.... 112.  3 

5....111.  3.  a 

102;    5.... 14.  a 

25. ...172.  5 

13.... 4.  a 

8.... 119.  3 

14. ...139.  2 

26.... 43,  43.  a 

28:    7.... 150.  2 

18.. ..21.  1 

19.... 266.  3 

42:    2.... 86.  6(lc.) 

29:    9.... 111.  1 

21.... 231.  3.  a 

103:    3,4.... 220.  2.  e 

13.. ..223.  1.  a 

30:    4.... 13.  a 

69;  10.... 22.  a,  104.1, 

4.... 104.  c,  246. 

8.... 221.  6.  6 

216.  2.  a 

2.6 

13.... 105.  6 

19.... 98.  1.  a 

5. ...275.  3 

PSALMS. 

31: 10.... 31.  a 

24.. ..119.  1 

7. ...263.  5 

14. ...31.  6 

70:    6.... 71.  a.  2 

13.... 119. 1,262.3 

l!    l....§245.  2 

24.... 119.  4 

71:    6.... 157.  1 

104:    8.... 286 

2:    2.... 247 

32:    1....165.  3 

7. ...256.  6 

18.... 249.  1.  c 

3.... 45.  4,97.1 

10.... 249.  I.  a 

12. ...158.  2 

26. ...119.  1 

7.. ..71.  a(2) 

33:    5.... 266.  1 

23.... 88.  (f.  pi.) 

28. ...88  (pi.) 

12.... 35.  1,271.4 

34:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

72;  15.... 105.  6 

29.... 111.  2.  6, 

3:    2.. ..141.  1 

35:    8.... 105.  a 

17....159.  3,  247 

151.  2 

3.... 61.  C.  o 

10.... 19.  2.  «,  22. 

20. ...93.  a 

106    15.... 264 

8.... 273.  2 

b,  215.  1.  c 

73;    2....172. 1 

28 99.  3 

4:    3. ...111.  2.  e 

19.... 102.  3 

10.... 254.  6.  6 

106:  25.... 114 

7....3.  1.  a,131.3, 

i;5....127.  2 

16.... 99.  3.  b 

47. ...126.  1 

165.  1 

36:  13.... 121.  1 

27.... 86.  6  (2  m.) 

107  ;  20.... 199.  d 

«:   9....31.  6,  150.  1 

37:      ....6 

74;    4.... 220.  2.  a 

27....1'-'6.  1 

11. ...42 

9.... 91.  5 

5.... 19.  2.  a 

109:  13.... 173.  3 

12....  112.  5.  c,  254. 

15.... 24.  b 

8.... 105.  a 

23.... 112.  5.  c 

9.  i 

23.... 161.  4 

10.... 119.  1 

110:    4....G1.  6.  a 

13....31.  & 

33:    3.... 131.  1 

17..  ..11.  1.  6 

111:      ....6 

«:    3. ...42 

11.  ...92.  a 

19.... 196.  6 

112;      ....6 

4. ...71.  a.  2 

21.  ...19.  2.  a 

75:11....1G1.  4 

113;    5-9 61.  6.  a 

7;    6.... 31.  &,  60.  2.  a. 

39-    2.... 97.  1 

76:    3.... 203.  5.  e 

6. ...218 

114 

5. ...75.1 

4.... 22.  o,  126.2, 

114:    8....61.6.0 

10.... 263.  1.  a 

14.... 35.  2,175.  4 

210.  2.  a 

115:  17. ...242 

17.... 254.  9.  a 

40  :  IS 71.  a  (2) 

6.... 06.  a 

116:    6....  141.  2, 150. 8 

i:    2....132. 1 

41:    5.... 119.  3,  164.  5 

77;    2.... 112.  3 

12 220.  2.  c 

3.... 94.  b 

42;    9.... 220.  1.  b 

4. ...172.  3 

15 CI.  6.  a 

5.... 199.  e 

10.... m.  2.  b 

:o....l.">9.  2 

19....2r0.  1.  b 

0:14.... 141.  1 

44-    5.... 258.  2 

IS.... 92.  6 

118  :  10 105.  a 

15.... 220.  2.  a 

18,  21. ...127.  2 

,         20.... 24.  6 

11.... 1.39.  1 

16..,, 285  3 

27.... 61.  6.  a 
22 

'78;   9....255.  3.  a 

18.... 92.  d,10i.a 

338 

INDEX    II. 

118:  23.... §166.1 

6: 11. ...§11.1.  a 

30:  25.... §200.  e 

6:   S....§105.  <l 

119:       ....6 

21....104.  5- 

31 229.  1.  0 

9.... 104.  k 

18.... 98.  2 

27.... 118.  4 

31  :    3 199.  a 

12.... 57.  2 (3) a 

22.... 139.  2 

7  :  13.... 141.  1 

10-31.... 6 

6:    5.... 45.  5.  a 

43 60.  4.  a 

14.... 53.  2.  a 

12.... 104.  t 

6.... 220.  1.  6 

47.... 141.  6 

8  :    3.... 31.  a,  97. 1.  o 

31.... 247.  a 

9.... 105.  e,  275.5 

71.... 126.  1 

11.... 260.  1 

11.... 141.  1 

101 165.  2 

13.... 166.  2 

7:    3... .221.  6.5 

117.... 172.  3 

15.... 88 

ECCLESIASTES. 

4.... 216.  1.  c 

129.... 104.  i 

17.... 53.  2.  o,  111. 

8.... 210.  e 

133.... 97.  2 

2.  b 

1:   4. ...§266.  1 

13.... 141.  1 

137.... 275.  1.  a 

25.... 263.  1.  6 

9.... 256.  c 

8:    2.... 199.  6 

139.... 24.  b 

27,  29....  141.  3 

15.... 161.  4 

5.... 104.  i 

155.... 275.  1.  a 

10:    3.... 111.  1 

17. ...3.  1.  a 

6.  ...22. a, 216. 2.  a 

122-124  :     ...  .74.  a 

4....11.1.a,156.3 

18.... 90 

122:    4....274.  2.  6 

11.... 249.  1 

2:    5....207.  1.  a 

123:    1....61.  6.  o 

11:    7.... 208.  3.  c 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

ISAIAH. 

4.... 246.  3.  a 

25.... 150.  5 

8 280.  3.  a 

124:    4....61.  6.  a 

12:  25.... 197.  b 

13.... 57.   2  (3)  a, 

1:    3.... §262.  3 

125:    3....61.  6.  a 

13:  23.... 156.  3 

231.  3.  6 

5.... 256.  c 

5.... 79.  3.  o 

14:    3....105.  d 

15.... 260.  2  (2)  a 

6.... 60.  2. a,  156.2 

127:     2....  196.  d,  254. 

10.... 60. 4.  a,  119.1 

19.... 230.  4,  283. 

9 262.  1 

9.  b 

34.... 263.  3 

2.  a 

11.... 271.  1 

129:       ....74.  a 

15:    1....24.  a,  60.  4.  a 

22.... 74,  177.  1 

15....104.  A,  119.  1 

3.... 243.  2.  a 

9.... 112.  5.  c 

3:    2,  4.... 267.  6 

16.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

86.... 114 

16:    4.... 246.  2.  a 

17.... 245.  5.  a 

5.0 

132:     1....174.  6 

17:    4....111.  2.  c,140. 

18.... 74,  139.  2 

17.... 185.    2.    c, 

6.... 127.  2 

5 

4:    2.. ..268.  1.  a 

267.  c 

12. ...65.  a,  220. 

10.... 131.  1 

9.... 251.  4 

18....245.  5.  d 

2.  a 

14....126.  1, 131.  3 

12.... 105.  a 

21.... 33.1,61.6.0, 

133:     1....24.  a 

26.... 242 

14....53.  2.  a,  111. 

218 

134-137.... 74.  a 

18:    5....267d 

2.  c 

22.... 245.  5 

134:    2 220.  2.    h, 

19:    7.... 19.  2.  a,  215. 

5:    5. ...113.  2 

24.... 245.  4 

273.2 

1.  c 

7....38.1.a,201.2 

29.... 279 

135:     7.... 94.  6,165.2 

13.... 216.  1.  d 

8.... 112.  5.  c 

31....60.3.  6(2) 

137:    6....104.  c 

19....215.  1.  c 

7:  16.... 82.  5.  a 

2:    2.... 265.  6 

138:     6.... 147.  2 

24.... 51.  1 

22....71.  ac2) 

4 207.  1.  a 

139:     1.... 104.^-,  147.  5 

25.... 94.  d 

24.... 280.  3 

20.... 43.  6,  207.  1. 

2.... 158.  1 

20;  16.... 111.  3.  o 

25.... 273.  4 

a,  256 

6.... 220.  1.  b 

21:    8.... 56.  2 

26.... 91.  6,165.2 

3:    1....280.  3.  0 

8.... 53.  3.  6,  88 

13.... 254.  9.  a 

8:    1....177.  3 

9.... 273.  3.  a 

(1.  c),  161.  2 

15.... 267.  a 

9.... 268.  1 

15.... 24.  a,  75.  1 

19.... 83.  6 

22....63.  1.  a 

12.... 165.  2 

16....172.5,209.3.a 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

22:  11.... 215.  1.  c 

9:    1....139.  2,  216. 

24.... 53.  3.0 

86.   &  (3  pi.), 

21.... 253.  2 

1.  a 

4:    4.... 262.  1 

164.3 

24 60.  4.  0 

12.... 59.  a,  93.  e 

5:10....22.a,216.2.a 

140:  10.... 172.  3 

23:    1....158.  3 

18. ...165.  2 

19....97. 1,97.1.  a 

13.... 86.  6(lc.) 

12.... 243.  2 

10:    5.... 164.  3 

20.... 10.  a 

141:     3. .. .24.6,98.  l.a 

24.... 158.  2,3 

10.... 121.  2 

23.... 275.  6 

5.... 111. 1,164. 2 

27.... 207.  1.  c 

17.... 220.  2.  c 

28.... 24.  6 

8 60.  4.  a 

24:    2....92.  e 

11:    3....177.  1 

6:    1....265.  a 

143:     3.... 165.  2 

7. ...156.  3 

6. ...75.  2 

2.... 203.  5.  0 

6.... 272.  2.  b 

14.... 97. 1.6,148.3 

12:    1....201.  2 

6.... 254.  10 

144:       ....74  a 

17....916,231.  5.  a 

4.... 87 

9....56.3.a,175.4 

2.... 199.  & 

23.... 94.  b 

5....11.  1.  a,  122. 

12.... 119.  1 

145  :       ...  .6 

31.... 93.  a,  207.  2. 

2,  140.  5 

13.... 92.  d 

8....215.  1.  c 

d,  271.  1 

6.... 140.  1,2 

7:    2....157.  1 

10.... 104.  b 

25:    6.... 126.  2 

11.... 19.  2.  6,  65.  a 

4.... 91.  6 

147;     1....92.  d 

7....60.  3.  6(1) 

11.... 119.  3,  126.1 

149:    5 112.  5.  c 

9.... 174. 4 

14.... 166.  1 

11.... 10.  a 

SONG  OF  SOLOMON. 

15.... 267.  c 

17.... 127.  2 

19.... 166.  4 

PROVERBS. 

19.. ..90 

1:    6.... §105.  e,  141. 

25.... 274.  2.  e 

26:    7.... 141.  1 

1,  207.  1.  a 

8:    2.... 22.  6 

1:  10.... §111.  2.  &, 

18.... 141.  6 

7.... 45.  5.  a,  74, 

11.... 104.  a 

177.  3 

21.... 141.  6 

209.  1.  a 

17....100.  2.  aa) 

20....97.  1.  a 

27  :10....215.  1.  c 

8.... 24.  6, 260.  2(2) 

23.... 61.  6.  a 

22.... 31.  6,60.3. 

15.... 83.  c(2) 

10.... 174.  1 

9:    3.... 24.  6, 221. 5.0 

c.  111.  2.  e 

17.... 140.  1 

2:    5.... 254.  7 

4.... 142.  1 

28 105.  c 

25.... 24.6,  216.  2.  a 

10.... 221.  2.  6 

6 4.  a 

2:  11.... 104.  6 

28:    6.  18.... 203.  3. 

15.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

12.... 246.  2.  & 

3:     3. ...125.1 

21.... 94.  6 

119.4 

17.... 45.  2 

12.... 43.  a 

29:    6.... 140.  1 

3".    1....45.  5.  a 

10:    1....207.  2.  a, 

17.... 258.  1 

30:    4.... 65.  6 

11.... 148.  3,  164.3 

247.  6 

4:     6.. ..118.  3 

6....22.6,66.1(2) 

4:    1....254.  4 

9.  ...22.  6 

13....24.  6, 106.  6 

a,  151.  2 

2.... 220.  1.  6 

10.... 260.  2(2)c 

16.... 88 

8....11.  1.  0 

5.... 216.  1.  c 

12.... 255.  3 

25.... 150.  1 

9 65.  a 

9.... 104.  k 

13.... 11.  1.6,  57.  J 

6:  22.... 105.  c 

17.... 14.  a,  24.  6, 

5:    2.. ..57.  2  (3)  a, 

(3)  a,  92.  6,  174 

6:     8.... 49 

57.  2  (3)  a 

60.  4.  a 

1,  231.  3.  b 

INDEX   II. 

339 

10:14....§245.  5.  d 

28: 10.. ..§280.  2           .' 44  :    8....514  7.  3           ;  ft*  :    8....594.  <f 

16.... 147.  4 

12.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

13....19.  2,  60.3.  6 

10.... 139.  1 

17....221.  5.6 

13.... 280.  2 

(2),  120.  1 

65:  20.... 165.  2,248 

27....C4  6 

16....  150.  5,279.  a 

16.... 141.  2 

24.... 263.  1.6 

34.... 19.  1,45.  2 

21.... 249.  1.  a 

17.... 13.  a 

66  :  12.... 142.  1 

11  :    2.... 100.  2.  a  (2), 

27.... 113.  1 

18.... 156.  2 

13.... 45.  5 

156.  4 

28.... 282.  a 

21.... 102.  2 

20.... 39.  X.a 

8. ...141.  6 

29:    1....131.  2 

27....111.  3.  a 

15.... 60.  3.  a 

7.... 165.  3 

45      1....139.  2 

13:    8....65.  & 

9. ...141.  6 

11.... 118.  3 

JEREMIAH. 

16.... 91.  c 

14.... 90,  279.  a 

47      1....269.  6 

18.... 92.  e 

16.... 283.  2.  b 

2....88(f.  e.  &in. 

1:    5....§105.  d 

20.... 53.  a  a,  111. 

21.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

pl.).  111.  3.  a 

11.... 266.  2 

2.  c 

22.... 156.  1 

5.... 269.  6 

2: 11.... 11. 1.6,230.3 

14:   6.... 114 

30:    2.... 157.  1 

10.... 102.  3,  104.  c 

12.... 111.  3.  a 

11.... 150.  5 

5. ...157.  3 

12....285.  2.  a 

19.... 105.  e 

19.... 95.  a 

11....79.  3.  a,232a 

13.... 220.  2.  a 

21....  220. 1.6,249. 

23.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

12....19.  2,  119.  3 

14.... 104.  i 

1.6 

94.  6,  161.  2 

IS.... 106.0,119.1, 

48:    7.... 104.  a' 

24.... 105.  c 

31.... 119.  4 

139.  2 

8. ...87 

27.... 104.  A 

15:    5.... 142.  2,  161.  2 

19.... 104. 6, 106.  a, 

11.... 39.  1.  a 

34. ...277 

16:    8.... 277 

141.3 

49:    8.... 207.  1.  a 

36....111.  2.  6 

9.... 168.  a,  174.4 

21.... 180.  a,  258.  1 

18.... 65.  6 

3:   3. ...267.  6 

10.... 86.  6  (2m.), 

23.... 273.  3 

26.... 112.  3,  273.  1 

6.... 86.  6  (2  f.), 

161.4 

28.... 160.  4 

51: 14.... 126.  1 

131.  2 

17:    8.... 229.  3.  a 

29.... 96.  b 

15. ...126.  1 

6.... 172.  3 

11.  ...166.  2,  161.2 

31:   4.  ...22.  a,  43 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a 

7.... 249.  1.  a 

14.... 139.  2 

32:    1....88 

21.... 255.  2 

8. ...60.  3.  6  (2), 

18:    2.... 139.  3 

11.... 275.  1.  a 

52:    5.... 96.  a,  6,  122. 

207.  1.  a 

4....98.  1.  a 

S3:    1....24.  6,87,131. 

2,  131.  6,  150.  2 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

5.... 65.  a 

2,141.  3, 258. 3.  a 

7....174.  1 

11....207.  1. a 

19:   3. ...141.  1 

6.... 255.  2 

11.... 140.  4 

22.... 177.  3 

4.... 275.  3 

7. ...24.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

4:    3. ...158.  2 

6.... 24.  c,  94.  a, 

9....82.  1.  a(l) 

53:    2....111.  1 

7.... 24.  6, 221. 5. a 

180.  a 

10.... 82.  5.  a 

3.... 94.  e 

13.... 141.  1 

9.... 199.  c 

12.... 24.  c,  149.  1 

4.... 254. 9. 6, 262.4 

19.... 86.  6(2f.) 

17.... 11.1.  a,  196. rf 

15.. ..271.  2 

5....60.2.  a,142.1 

30... 71.  a  (2), 

21....92.  c 

21. ...56.  1 

10.... 175.  1 

275.5 

20:    4.... 199.  c 

34:    4.... 140.   2,    245. 

11.... 249.  1.  a 

31.... 156.  1 

21:   3.... 207.  1.  a 

5.  d 

54:    1....207.  1.  a 

5:    6.... 141.  1 

9.... 262.  4 

6.... 96.  a 

5.... 201.  2 

7.... 75.  2,125.1 

12....112. 1,172.1, 

11.... 21. 1,229. 4.  6 

6.... 104.  c 

13.... 245.  5.  6 

177.  3,  247 

17.... 104.  i 

9.... 125.  2 

22....56. 1,105. 6,e 

14.... 111.  2.  c 

35:    1.... 55. 1,88  (pi), 

12.... 22.  6 

26.... 139.  2 

22:    1....254.  6 

158.  2 

55:    5.... 104.  6 

6:  27.... 185.  2.  c 

6.... 161.  2 

7..  ..275.  4 

11.... 273.  3 

7:    4....280.  3,  6 

10.... 25 

36:    8.... 35. 1,246.  3. a 

56:   3.... 105.  a,  245. 

10.... 65.  a 

11.... 221.  7.  a 

9.... 250.  1.  a 

5.6 

13.... 282 

17.... 161.  2 

15....2-1.  4.  a 

12.... 164.  5 

27. ...104.  6             , 

19....45.  3,111.  1 

37:  23.... 270.  c 

57:    5.... 140.  2 

29.... 141.1 

21.... 221.  3.  a 

32.... 254.  9.  a 

6.... 24.  b 

8  :11 165.  3 

24.... 254.  6.  6 

38:    5....90,  279.  a 

8....88(2f.) 

22.... 230.  2 

23:    9.... 254.  2 

14.... 19.  2 

13.... 119.  3 

9:    2.... 94.  c 

11.... 54.  3,  94.  6, 

16.... 256.  c 

68:   3.... 24.  6,  131.  2 

17.... lis.  4 

221.  6.  b 

40:    1....263.  2 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 220.  1.  6 

13.... 249.  2.  a 

7.... 22.  6,35.  1 

9.... 125.  2 

10:    5....57.2(3)a,86. 

17,  18.... 220.  1.  & 

12....215.  1.  c 

10.... 216.  1.  b 

6  (3  pl.),  164.  3 

18.... 113.  1 

17. ...260.  2(2)0 

69:   3.... 83.  c.  (2), 

12.... 88 

24:    2.... 165.    2,    246. 

21.... 263.  2 

122.  2 

17....89(f.8.&m. 

2.  a 

24.... 92.  b 

5.... 112. 3, 156.  4, 

pl.) 

3.... 140.  3,4 

30.... 147.  4 

196.  d 

11:15....220.  1.  6 

19....139.  2,  282.  a 

31 245.  5 

10.... 189 

12:    5.  ...94.  a 

20.... 82.  1.  a  (I) 

41:    7.... 90,  270.  & 

12.... 127.  2 

9 229  3 

25:    1....104.  A 

8.... 285.  1 

13.... 92.  6,c?,  174.1 

10.... 121.  2 

6.... 209.  1.  a 

14.... 254.  3 

16.... 104.  i 

17.... 92.  d 

10.... 159.  2 

23.... 97.  2.  (1,172.3 

17.... 172.  4 

13:    5.... 127.  1 

11.... 119.  1 

24.... 260.  2(2)c 

60:   1....157.  2 

7.... 147.  2 

26:    5. ...105.  a,h 

42:    4.... 140.  1 

4....88(f.  pl.) 

13.... 36.  1 

11.... 254.  9.  a 

5.... 126.   1,  221. 

7....105.  c 

19.... 172.    1,    275. 

16 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

7.6 

9.... 104.  0 

2.6 

19.... 221.  2.  6 

6.... 97.  2.  a 

10.... 105.  0 

21.... 60.  3.  6  (1), 

20.... 172.  3 

11.... 156.  1 

61:    1....43.  6 

86.  6  (2  f.) 

27:    3.... 105.  d 

22.... 65.  a 

62:    2....105.  d 

25.... 60.  2.  a 

4.... 127.  3 

24.... 267.  0 

3.... 16.  1 

15:    3.... 119.  1 

8.... 24.  a 

43:    5.  ...105.  b 

63:    3.... 94.  a,  119.  1 

10....93(pl.),  104. 

11....88(3f.  pi.) 

8.... 94.  d 

16.... 105.  o 

k 

12.... 223.  1.  a 

9. ...91.  d 

19.... 86.  a 

15.... 106.  6 

28:    3.... 88  (3  f.  pi.). 

23.... 112.  3 

64:    2.... 86.  a 

17.... 112.  5.  c 

91.  r 

44:    2.... 105.   6,  193. 

5.... 132.  3 

16:  16.... 158.  1,249. 

6.. ..60.  3.  a 

2.6 

6.... 161.  3 

1.  a 

340 


INDEX   11. 


17: 

3.. 

..?2C!l.  6.  6       ! 

44 

18. ...5271.1 

4: 

14....?83.c.2, 122. 

4. 

..86.  0  (2  m.),  i 

19 104.  e 

2 

112.  3                    1 

23.... 166.  1 

17.... 236.  2 

17. 

..172.3 

25 160.  4 

6: 

5 160.5 

18. 

..94.  d 

46 

7,  S....122.  2 

18: 

23. 

..46.  172.  3, 

8....96.a,111.2.<i 

175.  3                     1 

11.... 86.  6(2.  f.) 

EZEKIEL. 

19 

11.. 

..165.  1 

20.... 43.  6 

20: 

9. 

..22.  b 

48 

11.... 159.  1 

1 

4.... §53.  2.  a 

21: 

3.. 

..88  (pi.) 

19.... 280.  3.  a 

6.... 203.  5.  a 

4. 

..39.  4 

32.... 246.  3.  a 

11 220.  2.  c 

13. 

..131.  1 

49 

3.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

14....  179.1.  a, 268. 

22 

3. 

.  .185.  2.  C 

5.  a 

1.  a 

6. 

..13.  h 

8.... 95.  d 

2 

10....53.2.a,53.3.a 

14. 

..161.4,  199.  C 

10....  165.  1,  262.  4 

3 

7.... 254.  10 

15. 

..94.  a 

11.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

15.... 139.  3 

20. 

..234.  a 

98.  1 

20....88(f.  pi.) 

23. 

..61.  6.  a,  86. 

15,  17.... 275.  2.  6 

4 

3.... 54  1 

b  (2  f.)  90  (2f. 

18.... 45.  4 

9 199.  a 

s.  1.140.  2 

20 140.  5 

12. .,.157.  3 

24. 

..105.  b 

24....  104.  i,  275.  4 

5 

12.... 220.  1.  b 

26. 

..104.  i 

28.... 141.  1 

13.... 121.  3,  131.  6 

29. 

..280  3.  & 

37 86.  6(2  in.), 

16. ...119.  1 

23 

13. 

..131.  6 

112.  3,  5.  c,  139.  3 

6 

3.... 208,  .3.  c 

23. 

..254.  6.6 

50 

3. ...156.  2 

6. ...147.  4 

29. 

..161.2 

5.... 71.    a   (3), 

8. ...173.  2 

37. 

.  .114.  b 

91.  d 

9.... 24.  c 

39. 

..177.3 

6.... 275.  2 

11. ...98.  2 

24 

2. 

..91.  c 

11.  ...196.  d 

14.... 280.  3.  a 

25 

3. 

. .94.  b 

20.... 165.  2 

16.. ..lis.  4 

16. 

..98.  a 

23.... 91.  a 

7 

17 203.  5.  a 

26. 

.  .246.  3.  a 

27.... 111.  3.  a 

24.... 141.  1,  216. 

34. 

..161.  5 

34.... 94.  6,  114, 

2.  a 

36. 

..57.   2  (3)  a, 

158.  3 

25.... 196.  c 

234.  c                    1 

44.... 105.  6 

27. ...118.  4 

20 

9. 

..165.3 

61 

3. ...46 

8 

2.... 60.  2  (2)  a 

21. 

..44.  b 

9.... 165.  2,3 

3.... 165.  3 

27 

3. 

..249.  1.  c 

13.... 90  (2  f.  8.) 

6.... 75.  1,119.  3 

18. 

..156.  2 

30.... 24.  c 

16 90.  (2  m.  pi.), 

20. 

..13.  a 

33.... 94.  6 

176.  1 

23 

16. 

.  .245.  3.  b 

34.... 165.  2 

9 

2.... 249.  1.  c 

29 

8. 

.  .94.  p,  112.  5.  c 

50.... 151.  1 

8. ...120.  2 

23. 

. .  .229.  1.  a 

58.... 24.  c,  149.  1 

10.... 254.  9.  6 

25. 

...220.  1.6 

52 

13.... 254.  6.  6 

10 

17. ...157.  1 

27. 

...'24.  6 

13 

.    2....207.1.  6,  255. 

30 

16. 

..139.  3 

1 

19. 

...276.  1 

LAMENTATIONS. 

8.... 199.  c 

31 

12. 

..87,119.  3 

11.... 71.  ct(2) 

18. 

...273.  4 

1 

:      ....§6 

17.... 220.  1.  6 

21. 

. .  .249.  2.  6 

1 

:    1....33. 1,61.  6.a, 

19. ...157.  3 

32. 

...112.3 

218 

20 24.    6,   71.  a 

33. 

...16.  3. 6, 105. d 

4.... 149.  1,199.  a 

(2),  220.  2.  c 

38. 

...46 

8. ...141.  3 

14 

:    3.... 53.   1.   a,  91. 

.33 

:    4. 

...91.  6,131.5 

12.... 142.  1 

b,  c,  119.  1 

9. 

...98.1.  a 

16....207.  1.  a,209. 

8.... 141.  3 

12. 

...246.  3.  a 

1.  a,  271.  1 

15 

:    5.... 104.  i 

14. 

. .  .249.  1.  c 

17.... 272.  2.  6 

16 

:   4 60.  4.  a,  93. 

33. 

. .  .92.  a 

20.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

a,  95.  c,  121.  1, 
126.    1,    127.    1, 

35. 

...104.  2 

92.  a 

37. 

...10.  a 

2 

:      ....6 

150.  5,  221.  6.  6, 

44. 

...268.  1 

2 

:    8....126.  1 

282.  a 

S3 

:    8. 

...13.  a 

11.... 92.  a,  113.  1, 

5....87,95.n,lll. 

24. 

...45.1 

2,  115 

3.  a,  150.  5 

26. 

...11.  1.6 

15, 16.... 74.  a 

8,  10.... 99.  3.  6 

34 

:    1. 

...44.  a 

3 

:      ....6 

22.... 86.  6  (2f.) 

36 

.16. 

. .  .2-2.  3 

3 

:  12....  196.  d 

27.... 256.  6 

23. 

...251.1 

14.... 199.  6 

28.... 127.  1 

37 

:12. 

...113.2 

22.... 54.    3,   216. 

31.... 173.  2 

14. 

. . .266 

2.  a 

33.... GO.   3.  6  (2), 

16. 

...209.3.  a 

33....150.  2(p.lS2) 

120.  1 

38 

:    9. 

...270.  c 

42.... 71.  a(l) 

34.... 14.  a,  19.  6 

12. 

...56.  4 

45 267.  c 

36. ...91.  6 

14. 

...249.  L  c 

4S....147.  2 

50. ...128 

39 

:18. 

. .  .92.  d 

53.... 53.  3.  a,  150. 

52 92  d. 220.2.  a 

40 

:   1. 

...57.  2 (2)  a 

2  (p.  182) 

53.... 220.  1.  6 

3. 

...249.  1.  c 

58.... 158.  1 

57 156.  3 

41 

:    6. 

...2S2.  c 

4 

:      ....6 

59.... 86.  6(lc.) 

42 

:    2. 

...175.  2 

4 

;    1....96.  6, 177.  3 

17 

:    6.... 132.  2 

6. 

...46,  71.  ad) 

3.... 43.  b 

9....166.2, 191.4, 

10. 

...53.2.6,148.2 

9....39.3.6,45.5.a 

216.  2.  a 

17: 15. ...§65.  6 

23....88(f.  pi.) 
18  :  26 221.  5.  6 

32.... 287.  1 
19:  2....196.  c{ 
20:    9 140.  4 

16.... 271.  4.  6 

21 65.  6 

27. ...119.  3 

S6 91.  c 

37. . .  .53.  2.  a 
21:  15.... 24  c,  177.1 

15,  16 93.  e 

18.... 121.  1 
19.... 219.  1.  a 
21.... ISO.  (I 
26,  28.... 87 
29.... 91.  6,  106.  a 
31.... 94.  6,  196.  c 
32.... 280.  3.  6 

S3 111.  2.  c 

34.... 87 

22:  20 131.  2 

23:    5.... 111.  1 

16.  20.... 97.  1.  a 
19....175..3 
42.... 21.  1 
48....83.  c(2),15a 

3  (p.  182) 
49.... 165.  2,  220, 
1.6 

24  :  10.... 197.  6 

11.... 140.  1 
12.... 172.  1 
26. ...128,  189.  6 

25  :    6.... 57.    2  (3)  a, 

106.  n,  125.  2 
13.... 219.  1.  6 
15.... 57.  2 (3)  a 
26:    2.... 140.  2 

9.... 19.  2.  c,  22L 

5.  a 
15.... 113.  1,2 
18. ...112.  5.  c 
21.... 234.  a 

27  :    3.... 90  (2.  f.  8.) 

8. ...156.  3 

9....24.c,216.1.a 
12.... 22.  a 
15.... 13.  a 

19 93.  6 

23.... 54.  2 
26.... 156.  3 

SO 96.  6 

31....11  l.a,196.d 

28  :    8 86.  A  (2  m.) 

9.... 230.  4 
13.... 19.  2.  6, 161. 4 
14. ...71.  n(2) 
15... .61.6.0,104.6 
16.... 53.  2.  a,  111. 

2.  e,  165.  3 
17.... 108   o,  172.  2 
18....  104.  I,  184.6, 

210.  1.  d 
23.... 92.  a 
24.... 139.  3 
24,  26.... 156.  3 
29:    3....102.  1.  a 
15.... 166.  5 
18.... 95.  a 
30:  10.... 2.54.  6.  b 

25.... 112.  3 
31:    3.... 140.  5 

5.... 11.  I.  a,  86  6 
8.... 11.  1.  a,  199 
15.... on.  c 
32  :  16.... 88  (f.  pi.) 
IS. ...11.  1.  6 
19.... 95.  a,d 


82:  20 §89  (f.  8.  &. 

m.  pi.) 
32.... 95.  a 

83  :  12.... 166.  2 
13.... 221.  5.6 
30.... 63.  2.  b,  223. 
1.  a  bis 

34: 12 249.  1.  6 

17.... 71.  a (2) 
31.... 71.  o(2) 

S6:    6....105.  d 
8.... 216.  1.  d 
9. ...147.  2 
11.... 220.  2.  a 
12 63.  1.  a 

36:    3.... 139.  2,  141.  1 
6.... 220.  1.  b 

8 221.  5.  c 

11.... 161.  5 
13.... 71.  a (2) 
28.... 71.  a  a) 
35 73.  2.  a 

87:    7....88  (2f.pl.) 
9.... 131.  3 
10. ...131.  6 
17.... 119.  1,  223. 
1.  a 

38:    8.... 161.  4 
23 96.  b 

39:  26.... 165.  3 
27.... 249.  1.  b 

40  :    4 65.  b 

16 220.  2.  c 

22 250.  2(3) 

43.... 19.  2.  6 

41:    7.... 141.  1 

9,  11.... 160.  5 

15 220.  2.  c 

22.... 274.  2.  c 
25 19.  2.  a 

42:    6.... 45.  1,  57.2 
(2)  a,  111.  2.  & 

43:  13.... 197.  6 
18.... 113.  1 
20.... 104.  j 
24.... 100.  2.  a  (2) 
27.... 177.  3 

45  :  16 246.  3.  a 

46:  17.... 86.  6 
22 95.  e 

47:    7.... 102.  3.  a 
8.... 164.  3 
11....11.  1.  a,  199 
15 246.  3.  a 

48: 10.... 39.  4.  a 
16.... 46 
18.... 220.  1.  6 


DANIEL. 


8. 
13. 
17. 

1. 

3. 

25. 

;    9. 

11. 

:    1. 

11. 

13. 


16 

22 

9:    2 

19 

25 


...§119.  1 
...172.  3 
. .  .250.  2  (2)  a, 
251.  4.  a 
...99.3.0,119.1 
...22.  b 
...94.  e 
...203.  5.  c 
. .  .22.  b 
...245.  5.  b 
. .  .95.  a 

...98.  1.  a,  247, 
249.  1.  b 
...73.  2.  a 
...88(3.  f.  pi.) 
....158.1 
...119.  3,  125.1 
...97.2,225.  2 


INDEX    II. 

341 

10:14....§177.3,285.2 

AMOS. 

2:    9....§89(f.  g.  it 

17. ...51.  2 

m.  pi.)  220. 1.  a 

11  :    6. ...11.  1.  b 

1  :  11 ....  §  104.  e,  275. 

14 220.  2.  0 

12. ...19.  2.  o 

2.6 

3:    5....  114 

14.... 131.  6 

13 ... .  125.  2 

7 93.  a 

30.... 11.  1.6 

2:    4....  119.  3 

8 147.4 

31.... 249.  1.  b 

3  :  11 86.  o,  140.  2 

11 112.  3 

34.... 91.  b 

15  ... .  156.  4 

17  ....  24.  6,  142. 

35.... 94.  b 

4  :    2 165.  2 

1,  199.  0 

36.... S2.  5.  a 

3 86.  6  (2  pi.) 

40.... 126.  1 

5:11 92.  6,  161.  3 

44.... 196.  d 

15 139.  3 

12: 13.... 199.  a 

21,  25  ... .  24.  6 
6  :    2  ....  54.  2,  253. 

HABAKKUK. 

2.6 

1 :    8  ....  §  100.  2.  a 

HOSEA. 

10 243.  1 

(2)  bis 

7  :    1 199.  c 

10....197.6,265.a 

1:    2.. ..§255.  2 

8  :    4  ....  94.   6,  231. 

11....  73.  1,   249. 

6.... 269 

5.  a 

2.  a 

2  :  14... . 104.  5- 

8 53.  2.  a,  63. 

12....  104.^ 

16.... 221.  7.  a 

3.  a,  128 

13 126.  1 

3:    2.... 24.  6 

9  :    1 125.  1 

15 ... .  112.  2 

4  :    2 267.  a 

8 ....  94.  6 

16 197.  6 

6.... 11.  1.  a,  104. 

2  :    1,  2 265.  a 

6 

7 . . . .  161.  2 

13.... 118.  4 

OBADIAH. 

17....  104.5^,141. 8 

18.... 43.  A,   92.  a. 

19 254.  6.  6 

122.  1, 148.  3 

ver.  4 §  158.  3 

3:    6....99.  3.  o 

5:    2.... 119.  3 

9 183.  a 

8 256.  b 

8.... 272.  2.  6 

11 45.  2,  106.  a 

9 . . .  .  282.  6 

11.... 269 

13 105.  6 

10....220.  2.  a 

6:    2.... 172.  3 

16....  156.  4 

16 140.  1 

4.... 269 

19 ....  47 

9.... 174.  3 

7:    4....106.  a,  111.3. 

JONAH. 

a,  158.  3 

6.... 22.  a 

1;    5....  §114 

ZEPHANIAH. 

12.... 160.  1 

2  :   1 125.  2 

8:    2.... 60.  3.  a,  275. 

10 ....  61.  6.  a 

1  :    2 ....  §  282.  a 

2.6 

3  :    3 254.  5 

17 100.  2.  a  (1> 

3.... 105.  a 

4  :  11 . . . .  2Z  6 

2  :    4 . .  . .  126.  2 

6.... 275.  2.  6 

9 220.  1.  0 

12.... 88 

14 ... .  229.  4.  6 

9:    2....119.  1 

MICAH. 

15 39.  4.  o 

4.... 208.  3.  0 

3  :    9 . . . .  274.  2.  e 

10.... 119.  3 

1:    7....§92.  0 

11....  125.  2 

10: 10.... 105.  d 

9 275.  1.  a 

14 89  (f.  8.  6c 

11.... 61.  6.  a 

10....  53. 3.  a,  96.6 

m.  pi.),  111.  3.  a 

12.... 158.  2 

15 164.  2 

18  ... .  149.  1 

13.... 61.  6.  a 

16 89  (f.  B.  &, 

19 198,246.3.0 

14....11.  1.  a,  156. 

m.  pi.) 

3 

2  :    3 274.  2.  6 

11:    3.... 94.  a,  115, 

4  . . . .  141.  2 

132.  2 

6 275.  1.  a 

HAGGAL 

4.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

7 229.  4.  a 

111.  2.  d 

8 88  (pi.) 

1:   4....  §230. 3,  249. 

7.... 177.  3 

12 92.  d,    246. 

1.6 

7,  8.... 56.  4 

2.  a 

12:    1....104.  /,  201.  2 

3  :  12 199.  a,  245.4 

4.... 274.  2.  6 

4:    6 151.2 

ZECHARIAH. 

5.... 105.  6 

8 111.  2.6 

13:    3.... 92.  6 

10 168.  2 

1  :    9 ....  §  75.  1 

14.... 19   2,  221.5. 

10,  13  ...  .  157.  2 

17  ... .  157.  3 

a,  lib.  2.  6 

5  :    2 262.  1 

2  :    8 73.  2.  a 

15.... 177.  3 

6:  10....  57.  2(1) 

3  :    1 106.  a 

14:    1....88(3.  f.  pi.), 

13 139.  3 

7 94.  e,  151.  1 

209.  1.  a 

7  :    4 . . . .  260.  2  (2), 

9... .203.  5.  o 

3.... 256  c 

260.  2  (2)  c 

4  :    5 258.  2 

10. ...  35.  2 

7 246.  3.  a, 

249.  1.  c 

JOEL. 

10....  156.  2 

NAHTIM. 

12 24.  6 

1:    2.  ...§230.  4 

5  :    4 156.  4 

8 254.  9.  6 

1:   3....  §13.  a,  215. 

11 160.  5 

17.  .  .  .24.  6,  190.  0 

1.0 

6  :    7 96.  6 

20 275.  4 

4 .  .  .  .  150.   2  (p. 

7  ;    1 . . .  .  252.  2.  6 

2  :    5 60.  3.  6  (1) 

182) 

S....199.  e 

3  :    3 263.  5.  a 

12 140.  2 

6 102.  2,  lot 

4  :  11. . .  .91.  d,  131.  1 

13 220.  1.  6 

I,  252.  2.  6,  278. 

18. . .  .271.  1 

2:    4 220.  i  e 

SLa 

342 


INDEX   II. 


7  :   9 §  89  (f.  8.  t 

m.  pi.) 

14 45.   5,  60. 

3.  c,  92.  e 

8  :    2 271.  3 

14, 15 139.  1 

17 111.  2.  e 

9  :   6 35.  2 

10.    6 151.  3 

U:    4 254.  e 


11:   6....557.2(3)a, 
111.  2.  c,  234.  c 

7 223.  1.  a 

8 119.  1 

10 140.  5 

17 61.  6.  a 

12  :  11 55.  2.  o 

13  :   4 166.  2 

14  :   2 45.  2,  91.  c 

6 199.  c 

10....  156.  3 


MALACHI. 

1  :   6 §  263.  3 

7 106.  a,  127. 

2 

11 95.  o 

13 24.  a,  75.  1 

14 64.  1,  205. 

b 

2  :  14 86.  &  (2  m.) 

3:    9 140.2 


3:19 §119.1 

20 156.  2 


MATTHEW. 
26  :  73 §  51.  4.  a 

ROMANa 
3  :  20 §  256.  o 


II^DEX    III 


HEBREW  WORDS  ADDUCED  OR  REMARKED  UPON. 


"Words  preceded  by  Yav  Conjunctive  or  Yav  Oonversive  will  be  found  is 
their  proper  place  irrespective  of  these  prefixes.  A  few  abbreviations  are 
employed,  which  are  mostly  of  such  a  nature  as  to  explain  themselves  as  v. 
verb,  n.  noun,  pran.  pronoun,  adj.  adjective,  adv.  adverb,  int.  interjection, 
inf.  infinitive,  imp.  imperative,  pret.  preterite.  The  numbers  refer  to  the 
sections  of  the  Grammar. 


D3213KS  104.  h 

nS  68.  b,  200.  a,  215. 

1.  e,  220.  1.  c 
^ax  78.  2,  110.  3 
"ini^  215.  1.  b 

nas  92.  d 

'laj?  92.  c 
ni2i<  216.  1.  b 

T  "    ": 

•ji-nnx  193.  2 

tjnSK;!  53.   2.  a,  111. 

2.  c 

•Jinx  22.  a,  193.  2 

on'ins  112. 1 

rQ«  110.  3 

■f     T 

KinX  86.  5  (3  pi.) 

•'iai*  240. 1 

Dins  60.  3.  c,  216»  1.  b 
D-'DiaK  112.  1 


on'^nins  220.  2.  a 
oniax  220.  2.  a 
D'^n^ns?  53. 1.  a 
•"nx  (xia)  164.  2 

■•ai?  61.  6.  a 
a^ax  185.  2.  a 

•      T 

n^as  111.  2.  rf 

■inT^n  laj?  246.  3. 6 

•jiiax  193. 1 
Da^a«  220. 1.  b 

baK  84.  3.  a  (2) 

baX  185.  2.  6,  215.  1.  & 

baK  (pr.  n.)  215.  1.  6 

''bax  216.  1.  ft 

•jax  197.  6,  200.  6 

las  183.  6 

T2?aX  183.  c 

n''t25as  207. 1.  o 


TilpSaX  221.  3.  a 

•Jna^{  94.  6 

:''nbx^s  94.  a,  119. 1 
nasi  99. 3 
Taxi  99.  3 

•     -  T 

D^K  207.  2.  a 
•jax  200.  a 
n''B.'\X  53.  1.  a 
©■IJiXI  99.  3.  b 

rrnas  207. 1.  c,  211 
nanxn  99.  3 
nna^Ki  99.  8 

Di'1X60.3.6(l),197.<i 
■jinsj  231.  3.  a 
D^'T'IK  11.  1.  0 
D1X  112.  5.  a 
DhX  185.  2.  6,  207.  2.  « 
D'nunx  188 


344 


INDEX  III. 


nto^ns  207.  1.  e 

n^'i^anij!  205 
n^aii?  201. 1 

T   T    *: 

••P^S  60.  3.  h  (1) 
•'i'li?    199.    c,    201.    2, 
231.  3.  a 

•"a^xn  234.  c 

''STSI  234  c 

oa  ■'S'lii  21. 1 

D^DhiJ  201.  2 

D^^: ,  Dj?'!^,  141.  3 
niii{112.  5.  a 
D'^Sbn'lS  53.  1.  a 
D-l^K  11.  1.  * 
tJ^'^X  91.  c 

«n'lK53.1.a,91. 5,119.1 
nnx  82.  1.  a  (2),  110. 
3,  112.  5.  c 

X  an«  119. 1 

nns  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.5 

nnnx  87,  ii9.  3 
nans  ii8.  3 
innj?  119.  4 

V,     V 

lan  innx  43.  h,  92.  a, 

122.  1 

D'^ans  201. 1 

?iarix  101. 3.  a,  104.  A, 

119.  1 

oaani?  221. 3.  a 
Dani?  119.  3 

T  t;     T 

nnnans  io4.  i 

^TOrVA  61.  6.  a 

?fnnnsi!  104.  c 

Wns  240.  1 


insi  99. 3.  a 

•    Tir 

briii  61.  2.  a,  18i.  5, 

208.  3.  h 
nbnX  220.  1.  6 

t:     t 

nibnx  200.  c 
"ibni?  216.  2.  5 

••  t:    t 

D'lbni?  60.  3.  c 

•      T 

D''bns  200.  c 
n'^'nnb?  172.  3 

T      T     VI    V 

is  239.  1,  283.  2.  a 
aiS  200.  a 
^"liS  105.  5 
y^^S  149.  2 
lis  240.  1 

a::is  186.  2 

bilS  194.  2 

''b^^S  194.  2 

b-'DiS  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 

2.  </ 
^*5^S  149.  2 

V  T        * 

nb^S  207.   2.   5,   215. 

1.  a 
n^iS  111.  2.  6 
•J^S  63.  2.  a 
pS  186.  2.  c 
ni'^ns  13.  a 
D'^SiS  208.  3.  c 
IDIS  149.  2 
ly^S  56.  3 
iSiS  207.  2.  a 
"^.r;s  200.  a,  216.  1 

nn^is  111.  2.  (f 

lis  (V.)  82.   1.  c  (3), 
156.  2 


niS  (n.)  197.  5 

^nnis  220.  i.  5 
•inii^  157.  2 

Cn^S  149.  2 

••  T        • 

ytJ^^S  149.  2 
nix  197.  b,  200.  a 

nn^s  140.  2 
nnhis  220.  2.  a 

TS  235.  1 

T 

"liTS  60.  3.  c,   184.  6, 

216.  1.  h 
X1^  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  c 

nnsTs  189 

T  T  :     " 

ipn3TS«104.  c 
nbTS  86.  6 

-  :    T 

T^  nbTs  35. 1 

T  -  :  JT 

•JTS  197.  a,  217,221.6 
nDTS  189 

T  :    - 

''5TS  221.  4 
D*5TS  203.  1 

■  -  ;     T 

^rsTs  221. 4 
Darts  220. 1.  6 

n^j5TS  53.  1.  a 
^TS  112.  5.  c 

-      T 

nnrs  60.   3.   b  (1), 

92.  e 
yintS  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 
ns  (n.)  68.  5,    197.  a, 

207.  2.  5,  215.  1.  «, 

220.  1.  /• 
ns  (int.)  240.  1 
"rns    223.    1,  248.  a, 

250.  1. 
O'l'ins  223.  1.  a 


INDEX    III. 


345 


ninx  189 

T^n«  90  pass. 
nini5  205.  c,  209.  3 
THSJ  34,  110.  3,  118.  2 
TnX  34,  172.  4 

mx,  rhx  112. 1 

!lTnS  60.  3.  5(2),  119.  4 
^rnS  60.  3.  6(2),  120.  1 
pmX  97.  2.  a 

nnTn5?  io4.  i 

T  -    T    -: 

■^nX  61.  6.  a 

tyniinx  220.  2.  a 

D'lnX  60.  1.  a 

bn«  140.  3 

nnX  237.  1,  238.  1 

nns  210.  e 

nns  60.  4,  111.  2. 6 

1-111X60.3.6(2),  121.  2 

•jinns  193.  1 

■'nnS  238.  1.  a 

n-innx  i98.  a  (4) 
nnTsnst-i  99.  3.  h 
'jsn'iirnwS!  195.  2 
■jnnpriic  195.  2 

nns  54.  2,  205.  6,  223. 

1.  a 
nnS5  223.  1.  a 

fit  ••• 

13«  175.  3 
l^'Qi?  216.  1.  6 
Di:X  112.  5.  a 

-      T 

nT3»  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 
''fi?  61.  6,  236 
"^i?  (n.)  184.  6 
■'i?  (int.)  240.  1 


D'^i*  156.  1 

-  T 

n::s  61. 6 

n^^'^T  99-  3.  b 

n?  ''i?  75. 2 
•T''^?  51.  2 

b;^J5  208.  3.  c 
b-'X  183.  b 

nnb;"^^  60.  3.  b  (1) 
nxTb  IX  75.  2 

T 

nb-'bis  150.  2 
rDb"iN  151.  1 

Db^X  200.  c 

T 

D'^X  207.  2.  c 

V 

n^^x  200.  c 

T 

nn^^s?  61.  6.  a 

r    T 

'j;^i?  236,  258.  3.  b 
DTP;'i?   150.  1 
tj-ii?  207.  2,  243.  2.  a 
■jitJiX  193.  2.  a 
"'©^X  57.  2  (1) 
on^x  11.  1.  6 
Drr^s  140.  1 

AT 

•jn^i?  189,  210.  c 
•IN   (adv.)  235.  2  (2) 
?JXn   (v.)  175.  3 

nnnSS  91.  c 

T    :  rr    ■ 

nSXT   175.  3 
nTDX  189 
^TDX  189 
'''1TDX  194.  2 
n^'^nTDi?  198.  a  (4) 
^riDXI  119.  1 

*  T 

bDX  110.  3 

-  T 

bbx,  bbs  112.  1 


bDX^  (nb)  174.  4 

bDX  111.  2.  6 
bDi5T   99.  3.  a 

T 

n"bDX  104.  d 

:    T 

^bDN   (rib)   63.   1.   b, 

174.  4 
^bDb5   106.  a 
DDbD5$  106.  a 
^innbDN  104.  i 

innbDx  104.  i 

:  AT  T    -: 

inbDX  65.  a 

•   :  A-  T 

TjnbDX  104.  e 
DI^bDJ?  112.  1 
•^rnbDN  104.  i 

•     :  AT  T    -: 

nDDXn  99.  3.  b 

V  -    ":t 

•IDDSI:^  99.  3.  b 
5l?i5  140.  3 
nSX  187.  1.  a 

T        • 

nnSX  24.  b 

nss  140. 1 

nanpDX  i6.  3. 6, 105.  rf 

-m^DX   88 

T  :    V 

bX  235.  1,  264 
bx  (pron.)  58.  1,  73.  1 
bX  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
-bS  237.  1,  238.  1 
©inSbx  229.  1.  a 

•  T  :    V 

D^Til^abN  14.  a,  51.  4 
nbx  216.  1.  a 

T      T 

nbs  200.  6 

nbX  58.  1,  61.  6,  73.  1 
^n'bsi  234.  c 

D^nbs  11. 1.6 

Cn'bX  201.  2,  231.  3.  a 


346 


INDEX   III. 


iia^n'bs  220.  2.  c 

^rnbST   234.  c 

mbx  11.  1.  6 
nibx  (v.)  172.  2 

"^bit  238.  1.  a 

n^nibic  220.  2.  c 

T • 

btbi?  184 

?fb5?1  99.  3 

nsbj?  HDbS  45.  5.  a 

ibbi?  20.  2,  240.  1 

nbX  187.  1.  h 

D^aiabs?  51.  4 

nnbi5  200.  c 

T  \    ": 

Tli^abi?  229.   I.  a 

b^^-bx  237.  2  (1) 

■JDbS  193.  1 

n^DT^bi?     198.    a  (4), 

199.  (/,  200.  6 
W-bS  237.  2  (2) 
qbs  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  o 
SlbK  226 

"iSbX  250.  2  (2)  a 
Drsbi?  250.  2.  (2)  a 
D^Sbx  203.  4,  226 
DIpbX  229.  1.  a 
TlbX  221.  2.  6 

•    T      T 

DS  68.  b,  197.  a 
05?  239.  1,  283 
1SDS'aS5  11.  1.  a 

T^SOX^S   104.  h 
npx  53.  3.  6,  211.  a 
n^i?  198.  c 

niLii  200.  c 


l^tlX  184.  6 
np1'J355    60.    3.    6    (1), 
201.  1.  a 

n'';^)25^  201. 1.  a 

Db^iaX  105.  a 

T        •    ": 

nubiQNn  99.  3 

T    :       IT      *    T 

bbtlN  187.  1.  d 

T    "    ": 

bbttX  92.  a,  115 
""SX  bbUK  42 
D^bb)3fi5  210.  c 

n:^«  235. 2  (1) 

D2T3«  235.  2  (1) 
yi3i5  79,  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
f^X  112.  1 
"l^S  110.  3,  125.  3 

^»X  65 

AT     T 

n^aX  86.  5  (3  pi.) 
ni3N  208.  3 
nb55  60.  3.  5(1),  112.  1 
-"1tli5  60   3.  h  (1) 

n"1'aS5  208.  3 

T     : 

TTltlX  60.  3.  b  (1) 
DD'I^X  106.  a,  127.  2 

V   :     T    v;  ' 

TTpZf^  127.  2 

riTas'^  33.  4 

T    :    -    T  : 

TlTC^i?  157.  3 
ntti?  60  3.  b  (1),  205.  6 
iniDi?  60.  3.  b  (1),  221. 
2.  a 

^nnnbsn  99. 3. 6 
^.)riDx  101. 3.  a 
nss*!  n5i«  63.  1.  c 

T       T   T  -.■      T 

nSX  71.  a  (1) 
^ISX  46 


^n:iiX  131.  1 
TCiDS?  184 
■"SX  197.6 

•^:si!  71 

^5i5  65,  71.  a  (1) 
■"SX  65.  b 

•    JT 

n^^SX  198.  h 

T  •  t: 

iDbS  71 

T 

•JSX  141.  3  (p.  175) 

51? X  84.  3.  a  (2) 

p2i^  112.  1 
p?i5  50.  1 
n^TlJSS  207.  2.  e 

*  T    ~: 

Cl'^pN   185.  2.  a 

-nnbtpN  125. 1 

DiyCNI  60.  3.  c,  92.  e 
tlDN  110.  3,    112.  5.  c, 

115,  151.  2 
5lbi?  112.  1 
ntCS  111.  3.  a,  112.  1 

T    ;     V  ' 

riBDb?  151.  2 

T    : 

"iSOSJ!  89  (f.  s.) 
'TiBpS  151.  2 
SlpSpS  188 

ipBCii:  104.  y 

pDS  53.  3.  6,  88  (1  c.) 
nD«  112.  5.  b 

-  T 

noi«  60. 3.  c 

T    v: 

'iDi?  60.  3.  c 

T      • 

I'lCii  61.  6.  a 

onsi?  105.  d 

-irsr  Tysn  160.  3 

••       T   T     '  •       T   T 

byxn  172.  4, 175.  3 

-  -  T  ' 

■J^xn  172.  4 


INDEX    III. 


347 


nayx  113. 1 

V   T     V 

nsyxi  57.  2  (2)  a 
teyXI  172.  4 

-      -   T 

rmys)  172.  4 
n©:?xi  57. 2  (3)  cf, 

111.  2.  0,   234.  c 
q«  (n.)  184.  6,   207.  2 
;q«  (conj.)  239.  1 
Dn^5?Si?  104.  f.,  172.  3 
nS«  112.  5.  a 

-      T 

nsx  110.  3 

T      T 

1B»  112.  1 
D;'EX  203.  1 
niSSi'l  100.  2.  a  (1) 
13  qx  239.  2  (1) 
nbS5?    198.  a  (2),  216. 

1.6 
•JSSI  172.  4 
DSS«  235.  3  (1) 
nyiDSS^  127.  3 
nSXI  173.  3 
nSSS  164,  5 

T 

y32«  183.  c,  197.  a 
niy32«  207.  2.  a 

T    :    V 

125!!)  174.  4 

?;ni^s  105.  d 

b2S5  237.  1 
"1255  50.  3 
?;n^5<  101.  3.  a 
n3"IS£«  105.  d 
^23)55!;  105.  6 
D^pXI  99.  3.  a 

Diaipsf:  56.  3 

D-ipX;)  99.  3.  a 


Q^pX  56.  3 
DpS51  99.  3.  a 
nsnpNI  63. 1.  c,  97.  1, 

V   T  *:     V  T  ' 

6,  164.  5 
^nsn  99.  3.  a,  172.  4 

nxnxi  172.  4 

D^xnX  24.  a 

nanxi  175.  3 

DSnK  22.  a 

nysnx  207.  2.  a,  214. 

T    T    ;     -  ' 

1.  6,  223.  1 
n^3>3"lS<  225.  1 
D^pySnN  223.  1 
Dn^3-1N  250.  2  (2)  a 
"JianX  51.  4 

■j^aanx  51.  4, 195.  2 
-nni5  141.  1 

T      T 

^b-mx  19.  2 

T      T 

nnnx  208.  3.  h 

T  :    \ 

DttiliS  82.  5.  a 
T|13^i-lb5  104.  h 
p-|«  197.  h 
ni-li5  139.  2 

•^ninxi  141.  2 

•  T  : 

nns5  197.  6,  200.  a, 

208.  3.  6 

nn'i^  198 
nnn55  198 

T    ; 

rnhni?  60.  3.  c 

''nX  200.  c.  208.  3.  rf 
X/:'^^..  56.  3.  a,  168.  a, 
174.  4 

^nij  79.  2,  118. 1 

•j'lij  185.  2.  6,  207.2.  c 


•J'lX  216.  1.  e 

•jianj?  200.  a 
"^rins  194. 1 
niunk  235.  3  (3) 
^ro^-an^  56. 1, 105. 6 

niD^nS?  216.  1.  c 

nsnx  197.  c 

ynx  51.   3,     63.  2.  a, 

197.  h 
n^  65 

naiS?  61.  6.  a,   219.  1 
•jTSa  n^nX  22.  6 
^?33  n^-lX  22.  6 
nnjj  141.  1  (p.  175) 

ttJni?  119.  1 
nbijiiattJi?  iso.  a 

©X  197.  6,  201.  1 
©i?  57.  2  (1) 
TlbXTiJX  101.  3.  a 
nilJSI  99.  3.  a 

n^'ii^tji?  210.  (? 

m©X  216.  2.  a    ' 
n;|«  200.  5,  e,  207.  3 
nTCX  197.  a 

T 

Qpn;!JX   118.  3 

r*     T      •      ■.* 

miJ'>T2JX  200  c 

T         •    ": 

C^Sm  94.  5 
b3©^  200.  a,  210.  « 
SnibSTTN  216.  1.  c 

nibsTTx  216. 1,  c 

nbCX  60.  2.  a 

!  nbirji  60.  2.  a 
Tinbirj?  126.  1 

^I-ibOKI  99.  3 


348 


INDEX  III. 


wbiljiii  99.  3 

T       •     :    -  T 

DT?K  82,  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

T'aT2J8«1  99.  3 
^mHi  189 
W^llJSn  98.  1.  a 

nnisTrx  97.  i 

T     :     :     ■.* 

S5t'S5   183.  c,  221.  6.  a 

nyirs  172.  3 

T      ;     ■•• 

UBirS  91.  c 

fibm  207.  2.  c 

npTlJN  98.  1.  a 
T\'^m)  175.  3 
ntpljPirX  98.  1.  a 
T\)'^'^m^  98.  1.  a 
nbplTi?^  98.  1.  a 
mOS5  74,  285 
n©S5  (conj.)  239.  1 

nmrs  200.  c 
iimcii  221.  5.  d 

T      :    - 

?j''nTrx  220.  2.  c 
Ti^nirx  221.  5.  d 

t^m  205,  214.  1.  b 
rnSSI  172.  4 

i^sbin^x  96.  a 
r?mr:\m  i4i.  6 

m  (n.)  207.  2.  e 
nS,  nS5  58.  2.  a,  238. 

2,  270 
-ni?  43.  a 
n«  43.  a 

ns    (prep.)    237.    1, 
238.  2 

-nx  61.  5 


r\«,  PN  71.  a  (2) 
PX  71.  a  (2) 
Sns  177.  3 

T      T 

nns  11. 1.  a 
nnx  71 

T      - 

nns,  nni5  7i.  a  (2) 

•jinij  197.  a,  c 

nann«  96.  a 

•^ni?  71.  a  (2) 
"•rii?  61.  5 
^nj?  112. 1,  172. 1 
i?n^)?^pii?  220.  2.  c 

^nS  65.  a 
riDnS  65.  a 

T    AT 

biunx  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 

)'r\^  210.  c 

ir?i?,  ]J?i?  '71.  a  (2) 

HDns,  n:ns  71.0  (2) 
ISnx  177.  3 

T      T 

■jDnX  207.  2.  6 

n3:ni«  220. 1. 6, 221. 6 

nS  105.  b 


a  231.  1,  233,  267.  b, 

272.  2.  b 
i53  157.  2 
n^a  34 

T       T 

nxia  34 

T      T 

nxni  156.  4 

T      T 

D-'brixa  229. 4.  b 

•      T     T;    T 

^Sa  156.  2 

T 

liia  (pret.)  156.  2 
^i<n^  156.  4 
D"'j5Ti{a  57.  2  (2)  a 


•iS^a  216.  1.  a. 
D?SCSa  22.  a 

ns^a  121. 1 

-     T 

"ISa  60.  3.  c,  197.  a 
©Sa  60.  3.  c 

nsai,  nsa^  i6.  i 
insai,  hsa^  loo.  2. 

T  '  T  T 

a(l) 

baa  57. 1, 187, 1.  e 
•^baa  237. 2  (4) 

^.^a  84.  3.  a  (3) 
^±  90 

^5ia  22.  a,  197.  6,  200.  c, 
221.  5.  a 

^ba  87 

ni5a  207. 1.  a 
nnT^a  86. 5  (2  m.) 
^isa  87, 210.  a 
bb5a  237.  2  (2) 
wa  61. 1 

bna  80.  2.  a  (3) 

DN'iana  4,  a 

T   :   IT  ■    : 

^na  57.  2  (4),  184.  6 

nwa  177. 1 
'j-'pria  245. 5. 6 
Dbtjsna  91.  6 

T      :  IT    •    : 

bna  121. 1 

-     T 

n^na  21 6.  2 
ntoa  201.  2 

■jna  61.  2.   a,  184.   a, 
197.  a,  208.  3.  6 

s^na  113. 1, 2 
nacna  i4o.  6 

T     -    :    T 

Nia  79.  1,  157.  1 


INDEX   III. 


349 


nSSia  104.  g 

^3ii3  90 

Di«Ta  57.   2   (3)  a, 

164.  3 
n^DiS  209.  1.  a 

T      ■ 

bl2  53.  2.  a,  184.  h 

n^pia  156.  2 

npia  186.  2.  a 
"113  139.  2 

nia  200.  a 
?;ix-\i3  201.  2 

TlJia  82.  1.  a  (3),  156. 

2,  157.  1,  2. 
D"'Tri3  156.  2 
DDDTSia  92.  6,  161.  3 
T3  (n.)  207.  2.  a 
Ta  (from  Tia)  156.  2 
ra  139.  2 
ISTa  139.  3 

:   IT 

wa  141. 2 

Tta  141.  1  (p.  175) 

i:TTa  139. 1 
•jina  185.  2.  c 
nina  210.  a 

T 

O'lnina  60.  3.  c 
n)«t2na  27 

T    :    V    : 

n^na  i85.  2 

•      T 

•jna  50. 1 
•jna  121.  1 
nna  50.  1 
on^na  "ina  43. 6 
inna  19.  2 
D^nna  201. 1. 6 
nit:a  90.  jsass. 


nm  184.  6 

npa  126. 1 
•jinDa  193.  2 

fm  197.  a 
D'^DUa  208.  3.  a 
nnua  239.  2  (3),  263. 
1.6 

*'a  (for  "i^^a)  53.  3.  a, 

240.  2 
Ta  237.  2  (2) 
Ta  16.  2.  a 

-  1: 

n^in^a  57. 2  (2) 

V^  158.  2, 3 
'J'^a  237.  1,  238.  1 
^■■ipai  4.  a 
^X)T%  158.  1 

ap?::a  16. 2. « 
D'^is'^a  200.  h 
?i''nii;i)^a  u.  «,  24.  h 

tS^'l  61.    2,    63.   2.    a, 
197.  5,  208.  3.  c 

rr^a  57.  2  (5),  62.  1, 

216.  1.  d 

'''2n?n-nia  246.  3.  h 

^tyitrTT\'%  246.  3.  h 

'nf]^^  65 
?ia  65.  a 

naa  i84. 6 
iaa  172.  2 

T 

iaa  (for  i3?a?)  53. 

3.  a 

^iaa  50. 1 
"nsa  50. 1 
^aa  184. 6 


ibffiSa  91.  6,  231.  5.  a 

ainaa  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 
^53  53. 3.  a 
nn^a  i98.  a  (3) 
•^xiba  56.  4 
lax^tfba  18. 2.  c 

TsCih'2.  195.  3 

br^^'ba  195.  3 
bba  141.  3  (p.  175) 
yba,  ?ba  126. 1 
'insjba  237. 2  (4) 
iTO:?5a  127. 2 

T^ba  61.  6.  a,  237.  1 
"lii^a  235.  3  (1) 

n:Ga  231.  4.  a 

T       - 

iiaa  233.  a 

^n^-aa  13.  a,  214.  2.  6 

-  i:  T  ' 

^:>^a  45.  4 

-  ••    I: 

nsyaa  45.  3 

'.'  "'  i~  i~ 

nibnpm  16. 2.  a 
■in^a  19. 2, 216. 1.  c 

•ja  51.  3,  185.  2.  c?,  215. 

1.  h 
^rWTV^.   246.  3.  h 

n''i?  n^a  35. 1 

V     J 

IDa  (from  Xia)  164.  2 

^ia  34 

T 

i:a  34 

T 

isa  (suf.)  221.  3.  a 
i:a  (parag.)  61.  6.  a 

rriDa  20  7.  1.  a. 

r 

tj>ni2a  (v.)  173.  2 
DD"'niDa  220. 1.  h 

^Da  61.  6.  a,  218 


350 


INDEX   III. 


D^iSl  207.  1.  a 

•      T 

ri^Da  86.  b  (1  c.) 
?|3a  221.  3.  a 
?b;a  4.  a 
^bSa  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 

nn:a  132. 1,  i58. 1 

nXSSDS  24.  a 

m3>Da,m5?Dai6. 3.  6 

T    T   T;      -    '  T    T     :     1- 

n^n?a  237.  2  (2) 
nya  237. 1 
cip:?a,  sit?^a  113. 1.  2 
i^n  172. 1 

T     ; 

O'^ya  60.  3.  a 

y   :    - 

D^bya  201.  2 
"lya  121. 1 

-      T 

Pn3?3  196.  c 

T      •• 

niijya  113.  2 

KTlJya  60.  3.  a 

nya  121. 1 
n«ka  199 
inx22  11. 1.  a 

n-iSa  185.  2.  a 

•       T 

ysh  42.  a 
D?23  125.  1 
para  82.  1.  a  (2) 

nnsra  207. 1.  d 

ypa  80.  2.  a  (4) 
Cypa  125.  2 
ppa  141.  3  (p.  175) 
npa  197.  c,  201.  1 
npa  50.  1,  208.  3.  b 
"13186.  2.  c 

s"ia  78. 1     • 

T     T 

N"Q  166.  3 


tji^'na  164.  4 
n'"fl  185.  2.  6 

T 

tjiia  92.  (^ 
©ina  51. 1 
nina  51. 1 
bna  193.  2.  c 
nna  50. 1 

-     T 

n^na  210.  a 

■"SJina  194.  2.  Of 
?T"na  80.  2.  a   (1),   80. 
2.  a  (2),  120.  3 

?ftia,  tyna  119.  1 

•jna  197.  a 

nana  16. 2.  a 
nana  216. 1.  b 
iana  60.  3.  a,  120.  3 
••ana  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 

DH^ana  22.  a 

0:^573  208.  4 
D"ia  139.  2 

T      T 

rpna  19.  2. 5,  i96.  b 
n'la  141. 1  (p.  175) 

Dam  74.  a,  139.  2 

ipaiTsa  102. 3.  a 
bm  80.  2.  a  (1) 
nDT2Tca  220. 1.  b 
ninpTiJa  45.  2 
na  205.  b 
ina  221.  2.  a 
^aaina  220. 1.  6 
D"«b^na  201. 1.  6 
•"na  58.  2 
D'^na  208. 3.  c 

•      T 

Dana  221. 6 


njiii  nsa  22. 6 

T  T  T 

n^a  185. 2.  d 
D-ib^sa  201. 1.  a 
ni-^sa  208. 3.  c 
bsa  117 

-  T 

bxa  116.  4 
n>sa  201. 1.  a 
•ybb^a  119.  3 
DDbs?a  221.  3.  a 
aa  200.  c 
r^aa  143.  a 

-  T 

-naa  215. 1.  c 
fnaa  185. 2. 6 

—  r 

naa  184. 6 
xnaa  11. 1.  a 
i?naa  86. 6 

T    :  rr 

nnaa  125.  2 

T    ;  T 

nnaa  60.  3.  a 
D'^niaa  201.  2 
b^aa  184 
nii^aa  201. 1.  c 
nnaa  i98.  a  (3) 
y^aa  50. 1 

—  •    T 

niaa  i87. 1,  215. 1 
^n^niaa  220. 2.  c  * 
laa  199.  c 
•T^aa  184 
baa  50. 1 

-   T 

nbaa  11. 1.  6 
^aa  187. 1.  b 
"jbaa  207. 2.  c 
D^spaa  187. 2.  c 
byaa  193. 2.  c 
naa  82. 1.  o  (2) 


INDEX    III. 


351 


laa  183.  b,  184.  a 
n35  184.  a 

bx-inna  6i.  6.  a 
nnaa  205 

W  200.  a 

r 

nna  141. 3  (p.  175) 

bi^a  58.  1,  185.  2.  b, 

210,  217 
"bl^5  215.  1.  c 

nb-bi'i^^  13.  a 

—  T  ; 

••na  208.  3.  c? 

rr^'ia  209. 2.  6 

T    •   ; 

•'^na  216.  1.  a 
b'la  82.  1.  a  (2) 

bna  (v.)  58. 1 

b^a  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
bna  58.  1,  184 

-b^a  215. 1.  c 

T  ; 

b'na,  b-^a  92.  c 

:?^a  126. 1 

nna  197.  &,  216.  1.  e, 

217 

tr^'^^  217 

w'ma  221. 2.  i 
Qin'ma  203. 5. 6 

■  AT      ■*  : 

T^a  50.  3,  68.  6 

iTia  157. 1 
•^na  221. 3.  a 
^ia  220. 1.  c 
cni^ia  220. 2  6 
nsn^ni'^'^a  220.  2.  c 
t|ia  221. 3.  a 
bna  158.  3 
bbia  141.  4 


■j^^^a  186.  2.  b 

yna  125.  2,  i56. 1 

"lia  (v.)  179.  2.  a 

bnia  200.  a 

T 

Ta  139.  2 
"iSta  195.  1 

nra  68. 6 

T  T 

TTa  50.  3,  68.  6 
Tia  139.  2 

•^Ta  141. 1 

•    T 

n^Ta  50.  3 

•  r 

bta  50.  3,  68.  b 

bra  216. 1.  e 

nra  50. 1, 3,  68.  b,  84. 

3.  a  (3),  125.  3 

na  158.  3 
lina  4.  a 
''na  157. 1 
•'na  157. 2, 158.  2 
cbna  216. 2.  6 
nbna  200.  s,  210.  e 

K^'a    183.     b,    197.   b, 

208.  3.  c 
K^^  216.  1.  (/ 

rfa  158.  2, 3 
b-^a  158. 2, 3 
ba  (rib)  98. 2, 174.  5 
ba,  ba  (y'b)  139.  2 

baba  187.1.6,207.  2.  a 
baba  187.  1.  e 

baba  141.  4 

nbaba  i87.  1.  e,  207. 

1.  d,  217 

nbs  n.  I.  a 


nba  57. 2  (5),  80.  2.  a 

(4),  143.  a,  170 
n^ba  216.  1.  a 

T 

nba  126. 1 
nb^ba  196.  c 
D-'b'iba  16.  2. « 
•in^ba,  ■'n'^bii  174.  2 
ibba  139. 1 
"iiiaba  195. 1 
nnba  61.  6 

T  :  IT 

bl3a  197.  c,  207.  2.  6 

T  T  ' 

TjbTsa  101.  3.  a 
^nrib^;i  104.  i 
inbisa  104.  i 

-    T  : 

■ja  197.  b,  217 

nsa  77. 1 

-  T 

nsa  187. 1.  a 

T  - 

nia  93.  c? 
nnsa  216. 1.  6 

T  ••  : 

inasa  104.  i 

ipnsa  65.  a 

•    :a-t 

innsa  61.  6.  a 
onnsa  104.  i 

-  T  T  : 

nsa  217 

T   - 

•jiDa  139.  2 

D'^TSa  50.  1 

'  T  : 

ya  131.  3 
i3?a  172.  2 

T 

-"lya  125. 2 

T  : 

n?a  131.  4 
•jsa  197.  b.  200. 6 
nana  207. 2.  a 
na  50. 3, 68. 6 

-  T  ' 

ia  193.  2. 6 


352 


INDEX  III. 


ph  197.  b,  200.  a,  208. 
3.  6 

ronh  219. 1 
nisna  21 6.  2 

;  T 

"ina  141.  3  (p.  175) 
"iSTS-ia  194.  1 

iiamr-ia  io4./. 
Tija,  -©5  131.  3 
^ija,  nira  131.  3 

T^a  65.  6 

s 

©W  141.  1  (p.  175) 

r\m  131.  4 
imra  131.  4 
ra  207. 2.  a 

nnx-^  87, 119.  3 

SST  11.  1.  a 

.'iXT  51.  4 

^nin'^  i98.  b,  200.  6 
rhy^  200.  6,  214. 1.  b 

plT  82.  1.  a  (2) 

nj^n"!  87 
nm  10.  a 

nS-l  210 

T     T 

-ID^  80.  2.  a  (2) 

-- la^  92.  d 

W,  la'l  92.  c,  126.2 

!|nS'n  65 

innn  61.  1,  216.  2 

nnai  65.  a 

nnnii  100.  2.  «  (1) 
■'n-in^  86.  b  (2  f.) 
1mn'^  61.  6.  a 

tSn"!  183.  6 


ito  221.  5.  c 
ir:  185.  2.  rf,  198, 
nW  198,  217 
nS^'l  219.  1.  6 
nn'l  207.  1./. 
^min  216.  1.  a 
U^}!i.ir\  56.  4,  207. 
'I'l^'l  194.  2.  6 
S::i^  51.  4 
Tn"I  11.  1.  6 

ni^  139.  2 

"liT  200.  c 

nrninin  44.  b 

ffi^T  158.  3 
^W  157.  2 

^n^  121. 1 

"i^  215.  1.  d 

^'^'^  187. 1.  a 

r   •- 

D^r-l  158.  1 
i'^n  184.  6 
1'''1  158.  2,  3 
•J^n  187.  1.  a 
iffiin  158.  3 
S3'^  165.  2 
^S2^  167.  1 
b^  207.  2.  a 

nb'i  50.  1 

T     T 

^t}^^^  141.  2 

r^b^  141. 1 

^^b^l  19.  2.  ft 
ni'^b^  209,  2.  a 

•      T 

ri^b'i  210.  a 

rb^  197.  ft,  199.  d, 

ninb'n  216.  2.  o 


"inb^  216.  2 

217   W^rh"^  203.  2,  208.  4 

Dl   139.  2 

*>1D'1  57.  2  (4) 

Q3W  58.  2,  221.  1.  a 

cm  141.  3  (p.  175) 
2.  a  pTC^'l  51.  2 

pTCm  195.  1 

""SI   194.  1 

•  T 

''Si'l  104.  a 

•  -     T 

y'l  148. 3 

?'^  148.  2 

r.3>'l  53.  2.  a,  148.  2 

Piy'7,ny^97.1.  ft,  148.3 

^rpn  16.  2.  a 

iBK-U"l  45.  4 

^?7  50.  1 

ny'l  148.  2 

ip^fn  148.  2 

■jnn-T  19.2.6,  65.a,  200.  a 

niihn'1  19.  2.  ft,  65.  a 

:    rr  ' 

Uiy^  193.  2.  c 

T 

Ci^-I'^  122.  2,  141.  1 
^'I'l  197.  ft,  200.  ft 
1\yi,  tjn^  65.  a 
D^D'TI  203.  3,  208.  4 

!r;D'n';i  220.  2.  ft 
p\C)D'i'i  51.  2,  54.  3 
inptjn^  104. 1 

fc^ffi*!  196.  d 

T      T 

«ir':j  18. 2.  c 

•JTC'I  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 
211   ITS'!  (adj.)  185.  2 
m  200.  ft 


INDEX   III. 


353 


.n,  n,  n  229, 245 
n,  n,  n  230, 283 
nnniJin  112.  3 
n^nsni  112.  3 
''mns^n  eo.  3.  b  (1) 
irinn^ni  eo.  3.  b  (1) 

D^i^n  246.  1.  a 

T     r     T 

ibn«n  246.  2.  a 

•     t;     T    T 

VT^^O  80.  2.  6, 112.  3 
]-'T5!:ni  112.  3 
J^sT^n  88  (pi.  f.) 
'in^ST^n  94.  a,  180,  a 

nsTxni  112.  3 
nxn  240. 1 

T      V 

DD^nsn  60. 3.  c 
"'nry-'siin  246.  3.  b 

t?^fi5n  230.  3.  a 

'       T 

''nbDxni  112.  3 
DnbDSin  112.  3 
n^n'bsn  246.  1.  a 

v:    T 

■fbtjn  60.  3.  c 
n^^Sn  229.  4.  a 

T       V 

^bxn  112.  1 
riDxn  126.  1 
fjosoxn  57.  2  (2)  a, 

229.  3.  a 

'^nnsi^n  230.  3.  a 

•    T     :      V     T 

ynsn  63. 2. 6,  229. 4. 6 
Dr\i?n  230. 3.  a 

-      T 

nn  148. 3 
©'•xnn  151.  3 
»5«nn  119. 1 
nsnn  166. 1, 167. 2 
nxnnn  100. 2.  «  (1) 

23 


nn«nn  i67.  2 
inxnn  104.  k 
nnsan  160. 2 
nb^-nani  100.  2.  a  (2) 
b'nnn  94.  6 
nnn  i48.  3, 240.  2 

T      T  ' 

n'^nnnn  188.  6 
^nn  148.  3 
Tian  140. 4 
pian  140.  4 
"uan  94.  c/ 
■^nn  (from  xia)  164.  2 
i^'^ar;  (imp.)  94.  d 
nN-inrii  100.  2.  a  (2) 
nns^nn  160.  2 

©"^nn  179.  2.  a 

^TC'inh  150. 2 
nio'^sn  160.  2 
nn^'an  219.  1 

bnn  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
bnn  216.  1.  e 

inbnn  111.  3.  a 
nissn  173.  2 

b?an  246.  1.  a 

:nan  140.  5 

I-     T 

?rx"i3n  104.  b 

'  AT  :    rr    • 

Tiiinan  i64.  4 
innn  i4o.  4, 141.  1 
riDinn  16. 3.6, 230.2. « 
Q-^nan  45.  2 

•     IT     - 

n^a^n  126. 1 
-n^n  94.  d 
"lan  95.  c 


b^r^n  94.  a 
n.)n  112. 5.  a 

n^n  18.  2.  c,  184.  6 

ir^n  172.  2 

T 

irih  92.  6,  174.  1,  3 

n^r^n  21 6. 1.  a 

T 

nbr^n,  nbr^n  175. 1 

T  :     •    '  T  :    V 

nib5n  173.  2 

T      • 

n^bin  175.  1. 
^n^b;^n  175. 1 
nbrin  172. 1 

T  :    T 

n?an  127. 1 

p'2'ir\  82.  5 

inn^n  246.  2.  a 

;  T    " 

©^•in  159.  2 
^2a"in  141.  3 

T    ■     ": 

D'ln  207.  2.  a 
n?'^n  245.  5.  6 
tl'in  112.  5.  a 
p'lT}  140.  5 
pnn  (pret.)  140.  5 
p'ln  (inf.)  140.  5 

nipin  141.  2 

mn  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

nrn'iri  (inf.)  94. 6 

nStJ'^n  96.  a 
nn  240.  1 

T 

XIDbnn  245.  5.  b 

:    nr   v 

^^^)?r«Ll  245.  5.  b 

nnn  63. 2. 6, 229.  4. 6 

T      T  ' 

n-inn  219. 1 

T      T      T 

n^ninnn  246.  2.  a 

T  V  T       V 

n^nnn  63. 1.  a,  229. 4 

■      T      V 

Kin  177.  1 


354 


INDEX   III. 


Sin  47,  71.  a  (3) 
S^n  58.  1,  71,   73.    3, 

258.  2 
S^n  30.  2 

snin  167.  2 

T 

isnin  167.  2 

TB^nin  179.  2.  a 
Q-'pnin  13.  a,  208.  3.  a 

y'lin  150.  5 

mn  57.2  (5)  a,  177.  1 

nin  177. 1 
T^'^mn  140.  6 
bnin  140.  6 
tin  240.  1 

yn^^in  229.  1.  a 

n^in  177. 1 

T 

riDin  (inf.)  126.  1 
n^pin  (imp.)  94.  d 

n'ljin  150.  5 
ty^bin  isi.  i 
bbin  141.  4 
^bbin  93.  6 

T 

nibbin  i98.  a  (4) 
Dbin  90 
niin  160.  5 

noin  95.  c,  150.  5 

rnoin  27, 104.  e 

T    :  IT    •  ' 

:?^Bin  (imp.)  94.  (/ 

N2in  150.  1 

nxsin  16V.  2 

T     T 

nssin  16. 1 
^•'Sin  (imp.  ?)  94.  d 
n^n^sin  149. 1, 150. 4 
p2in  57. 2.  (5) 


dpin  153. 1 
niDypin  6  0.  3.  a,  127. 2 
inin  57.  2.  (2) 
isnnnin  104.  k 
main  66. 1  (2)  6 
D'^ninffiin  151.  3 
n^Tjjin  57. 2  (5) 
^n-^tjin  61. 6.  a 
yiBin  126. 1 
n®in  150. 1 
D^nnTn  24.  6 

•    T  ;     - 

bi-TH  160.  1 

nibi-Tn  141.  3 

T  • 

!l3|rn  54.  2,  4.  a,  82.  5.  a 
DDnDjn  91.  b,  106.  a 

nisTn  175. 1 
-pyrn  119. 1 
DD^nin-TH  173.  2 
ixann  i67.  2 

.ST     :      T 

nns^ann  lee.  1 

T    T     ;      :     V 

nnnn  i65.  1 

Sinn  63.  1.  a,  229.  4 

ipbnnn  53.  2.  b,  63. 

1.  a,  95.  6 

d^ttJinn  63. 1.  a,  229.  4 
T^Tt^O  (inf.)  112.  3 
■'P^pTiri  112.  3 
"•PipinO^  112.  3  ' 
^r^pTnni  112.  3 
"ipnn  164.  2 
"••jnn  164.  2 
^nn  229.  3.  a 

—      T 

on^nn  111.  3. 6 

DDnn  63.  1.  a,    229.  4 

T      T      V  ' 


ni2Dnn  229.  4.  a 

T    ;     T     - 

bnn  140.  5 
bnn  140.  4 
ibnn  140. 4 
''bnn  175. 1 
"in'bnn  i4i.  2 
D'^siann  229.  3.  a 

•        T       -      T 

i-i^nn  246.  2.  a 

nnnn  119. 1 

••   t:    t 

cnnn  119. 1 
T^^'^nn  60.  3.  b  (1) 
''1?^"^"^^  60.  3.  b  (1) 

"inirnnni  112.  3 
bnnn  95.  c 
nhnn  141.  2 

T  •        - 

inrnni  86.  b  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  139.  3 
tsn  175.  4 

inhpni  161.  5 
n^n  175.  4 
nriDn  82.  5 
^nntan  63. 1.  a,  121. 3 

AT    V      •  ' 

nitan  159.  2 
''ib-'pn  160.  2 
"^n^rpn  175. 1 

nX/2t3n  96.  a,  166.  5 

T       T      -      *.  ' 

•in  63.  2.  a,  184.  6 
S'^n  71.  a  (3) 

Dn:?'i;'n  230. 2. « 

nin  11.  i.a 

n-'n  50. 1, 77. 3, 112.  5. 

T      T  '  ' 

a,   152.  2.  a,   156.  1, 
177.  1,  258.  2 
n^n  86.  b  (3  pi.) 


INDEX   III. 


355 


n:in(iinp.)  112. 1,177.1 

n-^n  (iuf.)  177.  1 

n-^ni  61.  1.  a,  234.  b 
vr\^  61.  1.  a,  234.  b 

iin^.i  46 

nbVn  245.   5.  b 
UVn  245.  3.  b 

niin  112.  1,  177.  1 

S'J^n  235.  3  (2) 

n^'j^n  145.  2 
n"j"'^n  230.  2.  J 
n^-im,  n^-^m  i6.  i 

D^l"'!^'!    60.    3.    b    (1), 

112.  1 
Dni:'nT  112.  2,  234.  b 
?f^n  51.  2 
bD^n  189.   b,     197.   6, 

200.  c,  210.  c,   216. 

1.  b 
''p^b^n  151.  1 

b->b^n  57.  2  (5) 
bb-tn  186.  2 
ni)3^n  11. 1.  J 
''Siua-'n  150.  1 
i52r;^n  iso.  i 
nbsr^n  65.  b 

n"?-^  246.  1.  a 
Tip^'n  150.  I 

n^n  172.  1 

in;*?!  246.  3.  a 
1^T\  98.  2,  175.  4 
n2Dn  94.  6 
oasn  96.  a 

nsn  175.  4 


pan  159.  2 
b^pn  (Si?)  160.  4 
b-'Dn  (b^pxn)  iii.  2.  c 
irpn  160.  2 

^D-'pn  160.  2 

i:i2^pn  160.  2 

niD^DH  160.  2 
"OSn  246.  1.  a 

T      ■      - 

^ttbsn  95.  a 

:    T 

n^]ttbDn  94.  a 
13Dn  160.  2 
rtnp^JSSn  24.  6,  230. 

T  It   -:  -   ;     -  ' 

2.  a 
"IDn  112.  5.  a 

-      T 

-"isn  94.  6 
bl2"l3n  246.  1.  a 

nDhsn  24.  6 
nxbn  172. 1, 175. 1 

■jnbn  24.  6,  230.  2.  a 
•jiDnbn  246.  l.  a 

tjsbn  94.  6 
tri^n  150.  5 
i>n  139.  2 
nrxibn  44.  a 

tbn  58.  1,  73.  2 

nrbn  58.  i,  73.  2 

'iTbn  58,  1,  73.  2 

nnbn  119.  1 
Dnbn  91.  b 
^^bn  150.  2 
nbibn  245.  3.  b     . 
■jbn  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.C,  115, 151.  1,179. 
2.  a 


tj'bn  151. 1 
^Dbn  151. 1 

S^Dbn  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

n:Dbm  100.  2.  a  (1) 

:  IT  T  :  \     / 

npbnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 

nsbn  205 

bbn  137, 141. 4 

b!bn  137 

ibbn  20.  2,  45.  2 

nibbn  139.  1 

T        :     • 

Dbn  111.  1 

-      T 

ttJl  4.  a 

nn,  msn  61.  6 
•jittn  197. 6 

bitin  159.  2.  bis 

ibiisn  159.  2 
D'l^5■^i'2^n  i77.  3 
■j^-nn  150.  2 
n^Ton  160.  4 

•      T 

I'lnWI  14.  a 

tin^ttn  160.  2 

'inSTGn  246.  2.  6 
^D^n  140.  6,  141.  1 

nb^n  126. 1 
nb^n  80. 2. 6 
r\nbi3n  127. 1 
■fb^n  95.  a 

niDbplsn  246.  3.  a 

nir:T£n  246. 1.  a 

D72n  140.  4 
^D^n  140.  5 
VC^r^  62.  2,  175.  1 
J"l2?T2n  119.  1 
*ipnt3?^ni04.c,  246.  2.6 


356 


INDEX  III. 


?l>?72n  246.  2.  h 
N212n  166.  3 

?;n^2^n  les.  3 

nSSlsn  246.  1.  a 

T    :      ■     - 

"lan  140.  5 

**      T 

nttn  140.  5 
DnilBH  24.  h 
biD^n  45.  2,  230.  2 

bean  94.  6 

Dttn  160.  4 

inan,  ^inian  leo.  5 
■^n^n  160.  2 
Dni2rj  160.  2 

■jn  (pron.)  71.  a  (3) 
•jn  (adv.)  236 

1i533n  54.  2 

ina^nsn  i66.  2 

:  IT    ■ 

"'nsasn  131.  6 

q^Sn  91.  ^  131.  5 

nan  236,  240.  2 

Jisri  (pron.)  71.  a  (3) 

nan  (adv.)  235.  3  (4) 
'^':ry:'n  131.  1 
nnsn  246.  1.  a 

T  T       — 

nnsn  i89.  6 

T  T   ■: 

bn:n  94.  6 

iniansn  63. 1.  a,  121. 

•      ;    AT-.*     •  ' 

3,  131.  6 

nnsn  131. 1 
■'nnsn  160.  2 
n^sn,  n^sn  83.  c  (1), 

160.  1 

nn-'sn  160.  5 

T 

Tiin^sn  160.  2 


DD&^?n  160.  4 

^p^Dn  150.  2 
^SSttsn  245.  0.  6 

nsDn  160.  4 

T  T    -: 

nssn  160.  2 

^25n  141.  1 

npsn  173.  2 
^■'wn  131.  2 
fnsn  91. 6, 131.  5 
ipron  131.  2 

en  240.  1 

non  140.  5 

nDn61.4,  135.3,140.5 
lapn  61.  4.  a,  140.  5 

•iSOn  61.  4 

•     ■■      T 

Tbnr\  61.  5,  136.  2 

D'^'i^Dn  (D^n^Dxn)  53. 

2.  a.  111.  2.  c 

f^TPO  160.  2 
^jnipn  160.  4 

n^pn,  n^pn  leo.  1 
?fpn  140.  5 
•jspn  94.  h 
-■json  94.  (^ 
bapon  82.  5 
bbinon  i4i.  5 
nnsn  91. 5 

J?'?3?n  63.  3.  h  (2) 

Tj^nnnsn  112.  3 
^^nnn^ni  112. 3 
n-'nsjn  (inf.  abs.)  94.  h 

vn^'?^  112. 2 

nnnyn  160.  2 
nryn  ui.  1 


riT3)n  160.2 

T  •       - 

iriT^n  60.  3.  c 
'■fn^iyn  44.  b 

^I'^f^,  t2:'yn  229.  3 

inwn  160.  2 
b:?r;  (v.)  175.  4 
nbyn,  nbyn  112.  2 
nb?h  60. 3. 6  (2),  112.  2 
nbyn  63. 1.  a 

V    T      V 

rrh-^r^  245.  5.  6 

T        V    T      V 

^2n''b^fi  104.  I 
in'byn  173.  2 

T      " 

D2?n  63.  2.  6,  229.  4.  6 
1^tl?7n  60.  3.  h  (2) 
Ttt?n  94.  6 

iT^s^ni  112.  3 
ni^jyn  104.  e 

T    •    ■:    * 

•j^iynT  112.  3 
n^"iyn  229.  4 

*      T       V 

^3*1?n  246.  2.  a 

inito2?n  173.  2 

T      •• 

initoyn  113. 1 

T       V 

n3?n  18.  2.  c 
nissn  187.  2.  a 
Ji'isn  175. 1 
irit^r^  175.  4 
nsn  140.  5 

-    ••      T 

nsn  80. 2.  h 
'^niriBn'i  160.  2 

•TiBn  140.  5 

••      T 

•jsn  112.  5.  h 

ip&h  61.  6 
^BDSn  188 

sbsn  166.  3 


INDEX    III. 


357 


i^bsn  165.  2 

IDBn  95.  d 

T 

D?an  245.  3.  h 
^psn  (inf.  abs.)  91.  & 
IpSn  93.  a,  95.  a 
"iSn  229.  4.  b 

r     — 

nsn  140.  5 

"      T 

X'^t^r^  65.  a,  140.  5 
"ipn  140.  5 
TlSn  119.  1 

V    T       ' 

•'ninann  loo.  2.  a  (1) 

DDISn  141.  3 

Dnsn  141.  3 
nnisn  ui.  2 
nnsn  126.  1 
p^uan  82.  5 

1.^t22Jn  80.  2.  6 

is'i^mn  161.  1 
!i-i'^t:srn  161.  1 

AT   -    ;     ■ 

a^Sjn  145.  2 

np^sn  160.  2 

It        •    •* 

nbs:n  i89.  6 

T     T      - 

nBsn  126. 1 
nniasn  86.  5  (2  m.) 
irssin  24.  6 
nsn  140.  5 
nan  140.  5 
innsni  100.  2.  a  (1), 

141.  2 

nx;^n  229.  4.  6 
in^pn  160.  2 
u3i^i5n  94.  6 
mjpn  94.  h 
D-'tb^lDn  229.  4.  b 


hTpr\  119.  1 
"bnjpn  119. 1 
TDpn  94.  6 

D-'pn  160.  4 

n^pn  160.  4 

D^pn  57.  2  (5),  59, 

153.  1 

ni^'ipn  66.  2  (2)  c 
bpn  140.  5 
bpn  140.  5 

Dpn  160.  4 

Dpn,  Dpn  160.  5 

'^Tdpy}^  66.  2  (2)  c 

inbpn  104.  y 
niapn  94.  b,  175.  2 
n'ipn  119. 1 
nn-<©pn  98.  1 

nn  207.  2.  a 

nxnn,  nxin  114, 

175.  1 

nknn  173.  2 
nixnn  173.  2 
''n^xnnT  lu 
^i^rr^Nin  175. 
on'ix'nn  24.  b 
nnn,  nann  175.  4 
nsnn  175.  2 
n:ann,  ns'in  175.  2, 

235.  3  (2) 

n-'annn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
■'n-'anni  100.  2.  «  (1) 

T-^a^n  (inf.)  94.  6,  114 
T'^y)  (inf)  114 

^nai^nn  24.  b 


nnn  63. 1.  a,  219. 1.  ^ 
iin  172.  2 

T 

inn  92.  6, 174. 1,  3 
^jiin  53.  3.  a 
-nnnn  119.  1 
pn^iin,  PO'^r?  119. 1 

•^nn  199.  c 

ni'^in  209.  1.  a 

•       T 

D'^nn  59 

•       T 

riiiD'^nn  160.  2 
"itjinn  160.  4 
OD72^*in  160. 4 
^s^-inn  160.  2 

Dfli>''"in  160.  2 

ni-ini  16. 1 

•jnn  140.  5 

rins-in  lu 
mnn  140.  4 
n-'rinn  (oiis'nxn)  53 

2.  a 

nb^in  160.  2 
cnn  111.  1 

-    r 

5?^n,  y'ln  uo.  5 
ynn  140.  5 
^3?nn  160.  2 
n^y-nn  24.  b 
cnynn  160. 2 
t]nn  66.  1  (1),  98.  2, 

175.  4 

nenn  175.  4 
nsnn  i65. 1 
mnn  172. 1 
''nnn  221.  6.  i 
innn  221.  6.  6 


358 


INDEX   III. 


o^-inn  207.  2.  a 

D-nn  221.  6.  h 
•jUTSn  246.  1.  a 

b2Ti5n,  bisian  94.  h 
ib-i^ian  iso.  a 
snnion  82.  5 
«T;Jn  166.  3 
in-inbijiTrn  no.  2 

\ltr\  65.  a 

|-     T 

miJn  160.  4 

"      T 

nsnyaw  io4.  h 

IT  :   -    :    • 

•inaTOn  86.  h  (2.  m.) 
inhicnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
D^nmum  10.  a 
n©n  140.  5 
n'lttjn  160.  4 
'yi'^try  m.  3.  J  (2) 
in-iTCn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
*'hin"iirm  33.  4 
^jn^ujn  101.  3.  a 
onh'^ttjn  160.  2 
aston  94. 6 
asTsn  95.  a 
nnscn  95.  «,  (^ 

T  :     :    T  ' 

DSTJJn,  D-iscn  94. 6 
s-ibTsn  80.  2.  6 
Sf^bm  94.  6 
iD'^bTsni  100.  2.  a  (2) 
?fbTjjn  (inf.)  94.  6 
?fb©n  (imp.)  94.  d 

?fbT»n  95.  a 
robcn  95.  a 
npPDbicn  86.  6  (2  pi.) 
mabcn  95.  a 


n^t'n  94. 6 

nTSffin  (inf.  abs.)  91.  6 

^"npirn  (inf)  94. 6 
^iToirn  104.  6 
niairn  uo.  e 

T       -     T 

!ll2ffin  140.  5 

niSTiJn  140.  5 
^n^ni'QTSn  i4i.  3 

DlDTSri  139.  3 
y)3T2Jn  126.  1 

-      T        • 

my^TlJn  128,  189.  6 

T     :    —  ' 

hv  :>)attJn  35. 1 
ni3^n  64. 1,  91.  h 

JlDTSn  245.  3.  h 

T       T        - 

ntoy  n-'DTsri  251.  4.  a 
5>^n  (y'is?)  140.  5 
yen  (nb)  35.  2, 175.  4 
riisirn  (niacxn)  53. 

2.  h,  62.  1 

b^airn  (inf.  abs.)  94.  h 

?j£)T^n  91.  h 

nj?©n  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

ttpTCn  94.  d 

nariTsn  126. 1 
IDintJn  141.  5 
n^nnicn  lea  a 
n^inn^n  i76.  2 
^n^'inpTsn  i76. 1 
T^inntjri  i76.  2 
in''inn©niioo.2.a(i) 
tsn-iinnirn  i76.  2 
ninnirn  i76. 1 
n'lsncn  i76.  2 
iy©?ncn  141.  6 


■jswirn  82. 5 
Tni^i^nn  i76.  2 
"vTsnn  126.  2 
^rarn  158.  4 
^ypsnn  126. 1 
^pb^anni  96. 6 
nbsrin  126. 1 
luj^ann  96. « 
nann  17  6.  4 

T    :     • 

n'l^ann  i76.  2 
^bnnn  96.  & 
-•jbnnn  96.  6 
"'PDbnrnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
bbnnn  137 
mnnn  i5o.  3  (p.  I82) 
5?T.nn  150.  3  (p.  182) 

•Jinn  187.  2.  a 

nsinn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
nn?inn  246.  3.  a 

JTnn  65.  a 

bbinnn  161.  2 
pTnnn  96.  h 
bnnn  i76.  4 

AT    :     • 

^n^nn  so.  2.  5 
i^nri  ill.  2.  c,  172. 1 
iTDri:^nn  60. 3. « 
^la^nn  i4i.  3 
asr^^nn  50. 1,  179.  2.  o 
"lasnn  96.  h 
bnn  115 

-      T 

D^bnn  142.  3 
Dnn  140. 5 
^•ibnn  141.  5 
r\x^r\*(iT\r\  141. 6 


INDEX   III. 


359 


niann  uo.  5 
DBnn  82.  5 
n^nisnn  i4i.  5 
niasnn  les.  3. 

bbiytin  141.  5 
b^ynn  141.  5 

iT'synn  176.  2 

T     •    -    :     • 

nnynn  119.  i 

•.'    T      ; 

•."itD^sinn  96.  6 

•  IT  -    :     • 

'njpsnn  59.  a,  96.  a 
llpsrin  96.  a 

':   fT    :    T 

tj'ijpnn  96.  6 

-Tlj^pnn  96.  h 

wnpnn  96.  b 

AT »-    :     • 

incnpnn'i  96.  h 
DriTjjnpnn  ei.  4.  a, 

96.  h 

?i2pnn  96. 6 
pinnn  i4i.  5 
Tisnnnn  121. 1 
n^snnn  ive.  2 

T       •   -    :     ■ 

n:i:'ji©nn  54.  4.  a, 

T     :     -  ;      •  ' 

82.  5.  a 

n^irnn  45.  2,  230. 2. 
nnn  i4i.  3  (p.  iV5) 

n  100.  1,  234,  287 

•n  99. 1 

11  56.  2 

T 

"1T1  56.  2 

T   T 

^bl  56.  2 

T  T 

1^1  56.  2 


aXT  183.  6,  197.  c 
''5S<T  216.  1.  6 
nST  11.  1.  a 

nsf  39.  4.  a 
nnt  60. 1 

-T 

nar  200.  c 

innr  125. 2 

:  T 

iis^nnt  220.  2.  c 
iDnnn  100. 2.  a  (1) 

•jlbnT  193.  2.  a 

^T  186.  2.  c 

HT  73.  1,  235.   3   (4), 

249.  2.  a 
nf  39.  4.  a 
nr,  IT  11.  1.  h 

n'T,  iT  73. 1 

nnr  50. 1, 51. 3, 201. 1 

T  T  '  ' 

nnn  le.  3. 6,  61.  i.a, 

234.  a 
IT  73.  1 
IT  53.  3.  a 

r^bi?a  IT  22.  6 

T   :  ^TT 

ni'^IT  209.  2.  a 
n^lT  210.  a 

•  T 

nbiT  237.  1 
a  '^nb^T  61.  6.  a 

•     T 

ns^T  14.  a,  93.  5 

T  ' 

nniT  156.  4,  196.  c? 
•jiTT  193.  2.  a 

0"*:^  210.  c 

t\^1  208.  3.  c 
^3T  141.  1 
n^DT  90.  pass. 

nnDT  98. 1 


•jinDT  25 

"jinST  200.  c,  210,  210. 

6,  217 
•inDT  106.  h 
•'nnDT  86.  6  (2  f.) 
t|?bT  «8.  a 
nSS/'bT  210.  e 

T  T  :  - 

nni'QT  200.  h 

r  : 

^•^•CT  185.  2.  a 

•  T 

'in'DttT  139.  1 
•jiaT  207.  2.  6 
nntlT  92.  d 

T     :  - 

n"l'aT  196.  b 

T   :  * 

iniaT  139.  2 

npDtllST  220.  1.  6 
•JT  207.  2.  a 
n:T  200.  a 

T  T 

ni5T  200.  6 

^?T  51.  1 

B?T  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 

nayT  119.  3 

T  *: 

iS^T  119.  3 

p?T  51.  1 

pyT  119.  1 

1p?T  60.  1.  a,  119.  4 

'ipJJT  119.  4 

tJp5>T  119.  3 

1H  197.  * 

IpT  (v.)  79.  2,  82.  1.  a 

(1) 

IpT  (adj.)  90,  215.  1 

D^3j5T  201.  1.  6 
ppT  141.  1  (p.  175) 
«1T  196.  d 


360 


INDEX   III. 


I-IT,  'TIT  156.  2 

$ilT  183.  c,   197.   a, 

200.  c 
"l-inT  187.  1.  e 
lianT  92.  6 

ynr  eo.  3.  c,  216.  i.  e 
ynr  216. 1.  e 
pnr  80. 2.  a  (3) 

Knn  112. 5.  a 

T      T 

tixan  167.  1 

nnian,  nnnn  eo.  2.  a 

T  -  "  T  •.    -: 

i2nn  112.  5.  a 

-      T 

W  172.  3 

ban  50. 1, 112.  5.  h 

bnn  186.  2.  a 

''!?3>7  61. 1 
t;tiban  104.  i 
pan  187.  2 
nan  112.  5.  a 

-      T 

tii-ia"ian  188 

©an  84. 3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  h 
an  186. 2.  c 

T 

Nan  11. 1.  a 
xan  196.  d 

T      T 

nan  112. 5.  a 

-      T 

"in  53.  2.  6,  223.  1.  a 
1'^n'}  100.  2.  a  (2) 
bnn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
^^in  24.  c 
'^y^  216.  1.  e 
tj*in  208,  3.  6 


d^^nn  60.  3.  5  (2) 

nrin  199.  c 

rr 

nin  207.  1./ 
nam  14.  a 

T 

b^n  158.  2 
bbin  161.  4 
bbin  141.  4 
f.5in  141.  4 
V^n  200.  a 

ipin  59.  a,  141.  3 

ip'in  14.  a 
"l^n  125.  3 

-     T 

''T'n  194.  2.  6 

f^in  199.  c 

IT 

llj'liin  186.  2.  a 

nis^n  158.  2 

T 

Dinin  186.  2 
nrn  200.  a 

V     T 

■ji^Tn  200.   a,  210.  6, 

216.  2.  6 
pm  84.  3.  a  (2),  110. 

2,  112.  6.  6 
'pin  185.  2.  6 

prn  185.  2. 6 

pTn  92.  c 

^pm  61. 1 
ifirPT^l,  ^irPF»7  57.  2 

(2)5 

nn  207. 2.  i 

T 

Ntpn  183.  6,  208.  3 
Nt)h  165.  2 

Jisipn  220. 1.  s 

n«Dn  198.  a  (3) 
■iSUn  60.  3.C,  216.  l.a 


D'^Nph   57.   2    (3)  a, 
164.  3 

nxun  166. 1 

T      T 

nxtsn  198.  a  (3),  205, 
217 

riNisn  57. 2  (3)  a 
in&ibn  166.  2 
Dt^fi^isn  220. 2.  a 

T  - 

at:n  50.  1, 112.  5.  a 
nton  200.  b 

T      • 

itjn  164.  2 

■J^rsn  199.  a 
•^n  (v.)  177.  2 
■^n  (n.)  215.  \.d 

a.'^n  161, 1 

n^^n  60. 1, 112. 6.  a, 

152.  2.  a,  177.  2 

tn^n  177. 2 

T    rr 

n'^ni  234.  h 

n^n  201. 1.  a 

T     - 

^^ni  234.  h 

{'la^'^n  220. 2.  c 

•   ;  IT    - 

Q^t^n  201.  1,  201.  1.  a 

dn-'ini  234. 6 

•     :  r 

b'ln  158.  2 
b^n  208.  3.  c 
rw^n  158.  2 
n?n  196.  h 
in^n  61. 6, 218 
'^an  174. 3 

^S^Sn  172.  3 

•in^sni  100.  2.  a  (1) 
ibiban  i87.  2.  c 
n^bban  i98.  a  (4) 


INDEX  III. 


361 


DDn  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2), 

112.  5.  a 
nilSDn  198.  a.  4 

:    T 

''^pn  216.  2 

bn  174.  5 
abn  215. 1.  a 

T      T 

■jnnbn  220.  2.  b 
nbn  80.  2.  a  (4),  112. 

5.  b 

nbn  80.  1 

T      • 

nibn  200.  a 
■jibn  197.  b,  200.  c 

^bTbn  194.  2.  6,  199.  c 

T  -  ' 

nbnbn  i87. 1.  e,  i98. 

a  (3) 

ttbn  112.  5.  a 

-  T 

ibn  208.  3.  c? 
"^bh  65 

•     A 

nb^bn  219.  1.  a,  240.  2 
D'^SSbn  209.  1.  a 
nsbn  209.  1.  a 

bbn  141.  4 

Dbn  112.  5.  c 

-  T 

©^•abn  195.  1 

•     T      - 

?|bn  80.  2.  a  (1),  112. 
5.  c 

•p-bn  92.  c? 

pbn  112.  5.  b 

npbn  51.  3 

ipbn  24.  b,  216.  2.  a 

pbjpbn  188 
nnpbn  io4.  i 

tbn  84.  3.  a  (3) 
TDbn  187.  1 


«ttn  196.  d 

^^n  111.  1,  112.  5.  a 

nian  (nx-an)  53. 3. 6 

nan  184.  b,  216.  1 
ym  185.  2.  c 

ni^an  197.  c 
niian  205.  c 

T 

''nirjn  141.  2 

''ffiW  59.  a,  227.  1 

bian  112.  5.  a 

-     T 

nb^n  87,  111.  3.  a 

Unn  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175),  179.  2.  a 
D^n  112.  5.  a 
flan  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

ym  184 

in^s^n  106.  a,  111.  3.  a 

n^n  112.  5.  a 

-      T 

^-I'an'an,  in'an'an  60. 

3.  b  (2) 

'l-«2'1"Qn  92.  a,  115 

:    :     -   i:  ' 

t5an  46 

tJtjn  205,  215.  1.  b 

••     T  ' 

tjian  227.  3 
niBan  223. 1 

T     •    ~: 

iffian  59.  a,  227.  1 

Dn^f  Tan  250.  2  (2)  a 

T'San  250.  2  (2)  a 
^n^ffian  250.  2  (2)  a 
D'^iran  225.  1 
vmstin  220.  2.  a 
"itd:^  ntJTan  224.  a 
nun  214. 1.  b 


w^tydh  203.  5.  6 

)'n  186.  2.  c 
li2n  139.  2 

■jnsn  187. 1 

nisn  139.  2 

ni'^an,  ni^sn  209.  s.a 

n"i3n  199.  c/,  200.  c 

tjsn  112. 5.  a 

TJn  220.  1.  6 

'at 

D3n  235.  2  (1) 

bttsn  195. 1 

T  T    ": 

■j:n  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (3) 

)]i'n  141.  4 
n::n  139.  2 

T  ;     V 

•irsn  61.  5 

DD:?n  106.  a,  139.  2 
iDlDn  141.  1 

....      Y 

Pi^n  82.  1.  a  (2) 

p^n  50.  1 

"''^Cn,  '^'icn  216.  2.  a 

ncn  112. 5.  b 

T      T 

n^cn,  ^■'cn  i69.  i, 

T  AT    T    '  AT    T  ' 

172.  1 
ben  112.  5.  a 

-  T 

OCn  112.  5.  a 

-      T 

ncn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
nsn  112.  5.  a 

T       T 

TSn  112.  5.  a 

-  T 

ysn  (v.)82.  l.a(l),  84. 

3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
7&n  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 

snirsn  86.  « 

T    I"     T 

•'SSn  216.  1.  6 


362  INDEX    III. 

nsn  82. 1  a  (2),  112.  r^nn  112. 5.  a  b^tjn  53.  2.  a 

'     5.  a  ba*in  193.  2.  c  !^^^pn  66.  2  (2)  & 

nsn  82. 1.  a  (2),  112.  inn  112.  5.  c,  118. 1    nn  139, 2, 207. 2.  a 

5.  a  Tin  185.  2. 6  nnn  112.  5.  a 

••      T  T       T 

niiBn&n  188  b^inn  207.  2.  c?  nrinr|i87.  i.^,  207.2.a 

tosn  112.  5.  a  T'^nn  210.  a  n^nn  209.  2 

tosn  80. 1  "innrr  i87.  2.  h  ^nn  112.  5.  « 

m©sn  198.  a  (4)  Dbnn  193. 2.  c,  207. 2.  c  bnn  112.  5.  « 

iTiJBri  209.  2  ©i-in  185.  2.  a  Qf^O  112.  5.  a 

™Bn  198.  a  (4)  llj^in  195.  1  ^V;  112.  5.  a 

nsn  50. 1, 82. 1.  a  (1),  no-in  ei.  e.  a  nnn  50. 1, 112. 5.  « 

84.  3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a  Sjnri  118.  1  nnn  112.  5.  c,    141.  1 

''2tn  199. 6  nisnn  22.  a,  21  a.  2, 2. «     (p.  i75) 

''sn  65,  227.  3  ^nn  iis.  1  ''pt^nn  104.  y 

'j'sn  141. 1  (p.  175)  nann  207.  2.  c 

nnaan  188.  «  nnn  i4i.  2  (p.  175)      ri'^nstixp  57.  2.  a  (2), 

nsn  50. 3, 197.  h,  200.  c  TZJnn  i87.  1.  «,  210.  «,     lei.  2 

ph  207.  2,  207.  2.  a,  215.       216.  1.  a  nStp  50.  1 

1.  c,  217  Onn  50.  1,  80.  2.  a  (2),  nst3  187.  1.  a 
"p'^  61.  5  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1     n?au  207.  1.  e 

snpn  217  ©nn  i87.  i.  h,  210.  c    ninu  185.  2.  6 

ipn  59.  a  ''©nn  216.  1.  a  -nnt:  215. 1.  c 

f  ;  "    T      T  T      : 

'ipn  61.  5  nnti  50. 1  nnt:  50. 1,  82. 1.  a  (1) 

'^'^n  141.  5  iBiiun  194.  2.  5, 199.  c  i^t:  186.  2.  c 

ppn  141.  6  ^ton  112.  5.  h  SiD  (v.)  82.    1.   a  (3), 

''Ppn  20.  2,  207.  2.  a  Slian  112.  5.  6  156.  2,  l79.  2.  a 

npn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a  '•^ffin  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.a  nit2    (adj.)    186.    2.    c, 

''?P)'^Pn  104./  m?n  112.  5.  6  235.  3  (3) 

^!"7  118-  1  im'n  200.  a  nistpit:  57.  i,  i87.  \.e 

nnn  197.  a  men  112.  5.  c  nt:,  ni:  i56.  2 

innn,  innn  111.  3.  a  -jTcn  84.  3.  a  (2),  112.  D-is^bp  209.  1.  a 
ninnn  216.  2.  a  5.  6  nbtsbu  i87.  1.  e 

oninnn  220.  2.  a  nDiiJn  200.  b,  201. 1. «  bb-j  i4i.  1  (p.  175) 

^2'in  111.  3.  a  D^OTCn  201.  1.  a  S^V  82.  1.  a  (l) 


INDEX    III. 


363 


nX)3*J  87,   166.  3 

T      ;     T  ' 

DDS^'J  164.  4 
nS^i:  164.  1 
yc'J  50.  1,  77.  2 

n:?i:  i3i.  4 
Sji:  201.  1 

SjiSIp  139.  2 
nBt3  200.  a 
1TJ  185.  2.  (? 

•      T 

DT^  263.  1.  b 

qTJ  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 

''B'lD  216.  2.  a 

nni5\  nni?"'  111.  2.  a 
naS"'  16.  2.  a 

'inns^l  105.  a 
laanij;:  105.  «,  118.  3 
Tni?\  ms'^i  111.  2.  a 
^imrriK-"  60.  3. 5  (1) 
•yirnsi  60.  3  6  (1) 

y^i5;«  158.  2 

bDS-'  57.  2  (2)  a,  60. 1.  a 

bDS^'l  99.  3.  a 

b^'^l  111.  2.  (/,  175.  3 

V^X^  111.  2.  a 

ntfi}"^,  ni3S'i  126.  2 

n^X^I  111.  2.  a 
ITaS"!  46 
iib  n^S'^l  24.  a 
ri2X^  111.  2.  a 

pbiii;^.  111.  2.  a 

qbS^  111.  2.  a,  112.  3 
qOS^'l  151.  2 


^ISDK;:  112.  3 
*«2BCX::  112.  3 

nb^f^  n^nox^  60. 1. 
DinoNDn  104.  ^r 
bsrj^'^i  111.  2.  6 

r  - 

nSS"'  113.  1 
nS."^  159.  3 

^^^^{''  112.  3 

A    v:  V 

n^nm^  105.  e 

T  :    -  : 

nx^n  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 
^ni«.'^  159.  3 
^TSCi  172.  1 

^p^nys^i  172.  3 

SI"'  60.  1.  a 

T 

i^nii  10.  a 

m^^'}  160.  3,  166.  4 

na^  141. 1  (p.  175) 

b'^n^n  66. 1  (2)  b 
in'^i  164.  2 

T  - 

Kia^  157.  3 

T 

^TOsin;"  158.  4 
ip^n;'  194.  1 
m2^  157.  3 
rn^i  172.  4 

^•Th^  141.  1 

n-ji^  126. 1 
N-'n^^i,  x^n^^i  160.  3, 

166.  4 

^ii'^n'^i  26 

•    T   - 

^n?1  61.  4,  172.  4 
'(1^31''  172.  1 
1??  158.  2 
1^?  172.  4 


n:n^n  172.  4 
n^:?]?!^  125. 1 

a  ^TTjpni'l  20.  2 

•I'na:'  60.  4 
•jna^i  99.  3.  a 
^nann^'i  eo.  3.  a 

riD^Dnn^  104.  b 

T         ":  T  : 

^nssns''  105.  b 

tJa^  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 
146,  147.  1 

m^  147. 1 
m;'  148. 1 

^nirSlDI   150.  2  (p.  182) 

ntjn^  148. 1 
na^''  60. 1 
-bis;;:'  88 
?n'iS5^  60.  2 
'i.';^  140. 1 

^75:"  104.  h 

na^n  150.  2  (p.  182) 
biiii  158.  2 

W^l   140.  1 

T   T    - 

l^bi;;;!  158.  2 

^:S>'^y'}  216.  1. 6 
b^\  b;;i  158.  2 
b^^1  C^)  158.  2 
b^^i  (y'i?)  140.  5 

b?^  172.  4 
b5^1  99.  3.  a 

b^;'!  99.  3.  a 
b;i^i  175.  3 
ba;!  140.  3 
nb;;;!  57.  2  (5) 

i5T2^''  165.  2 


364 


INDEX    III. 


b'n■\'>^  65.  a 

1??  140.  5 

yr^^  147. 1 

-   T 

'^^^,  ^ya'1  147.  4 

n??^""  60.  2 

ni^  (v.)   82.   1.  a  (3), 

179.  2.  a 
-ih;;'  (adj.)  90 
n^'^l  157.  3 

T   T    - 

na""  140. 1 

AT" 

tjn^^'l  99.  3.  a 

D^TJJi;;ii  104.  Of 

:  IT  :  -  ^ 

nnb'^  86.  a 

T  :     T 

T197.a,215.1, 217,222 
S"J^^  172.  4 

^pa"i::i  94.  c 

n^^  139.  3 

^n;!  148. 3 

'in::^  53.  3.  a,  150.  2 

(p.  182) 
"lin^  139.  3 
■jiT  157.  3,  158.  2 
nil"!  203.  5.  a 

T 

■•If  216.  1 
"iT^  199.  c 

—  T 

in^ini  220.  2.  c 
DW;»  220.  1.  b 
D'^"!*'  203,  5.  a 

•      -  T 

l^^;'  157.  3 

XSTi  167.' 7 
ISSni'  54.  2 
riD^i  220.  1.  a 


nST  58.  2,  63.  2.  a, 

22.1.  1.  a 
DD^^  220.  2.  b 
b^7  140.  3 
D'l:'  140.  1 
'IW  141.  1 
5)-t;i  80.  2.  a  (4),  147. 
yn^5  147.  5 
'J13?7,^  55.  2.  a,  86.  6 

(3^1.) 
^23^'T'  60.  3.  a 

:    -  T 

^^S?*!;*  60.  3.  a 

Di:?n;<  127.  2 

n^n^  86.  b  (1  c.) 

nny-^;!  86.  b  (2  m.) 
Vri^i;"  104.  (/ 
onyn;!  eo.  3. « 

pn^n  140.  6 
TIT  46 
^Dn7:'1  94.  c 
n3©^;i63.1.c,  97.1.a, 
nni  179.  2.  a 

-  T 

T\^r)'^^  60.  3.  a 
^W  111.  1 

^2B^n;i  105.  (? 
N^n;'  177. 1 
n'iin;>  197.  t? 
rriin;!  150.  2 

i^in;<  194.  2.  a 

nin^n;i  235. 3  (3) 
n"in-«  47 
nin^i  234.  c 
D'^p^in;'  195.  3 
D-^p^inf  44.  6 


y^tjin;!  150.  2 
'in;'  57.  2  (4),  177. 1 
"^n-'  177. 1 

'A! 

^r^'^^  45.  2,  6I.  1.  a, 

177.  1 

r.'ini  11. 1.  a 
2  n;'n';'  19.  1,  60.  3.  a, 
112.  2,  177.  1 

ni>D3  ^T}':^  22. 6 
iib'^b'^n^  150.  2 
bn^  140.  5 

^D^  (^r?'?^)  53.  3.  a, 

111.  2.  c 
^*bn^   151.  1 

nibbn;'  105.  e 

D'bn^  (n.)  190.  a 

■^s^bn;:  111.  1 
nn^^  140. 1 

T  T  - 

Ch'?  140.  3 
Crilll  80.  2. 6 
b  Diw  111.  1 
^onn^  ^cin^  111. 1 
TjD'nn^  111.  1 
bnn;!  142.  3 
^bhrr^  142.  3 

'IS^''  140.  6 

AT 

Nl^i  167.  2 

T 

wn'i''  167.  2 

T 

bnii  197.  b 
iriy'iii  92. 6 

p'l^''  140.  6 

nni^i  111.  2.  c? 

^bDii  57.  2.  (2)  a,  111. 
2.  b 


INDEX  III. 


365 


ibr^  93.  b 

n^lbi"!  207.  1.  a 

Di""  200.  c,  d,  207.  1./ 

a^'iai''  203.  3 

D^i""  235.  2  (1) 
•Jl^  215.  1.  6 
reii  197.  c,  200.  6 

pDii  217 

nppii  207.  1.  e,  217, 

221.  5 
SS^^  140.  6 

AT 

Sipii  90 

^S'lyii  105.  6 
Dyii  140.  6 

»^v^,  K^i^i  166.  4 

"l2ii  186.  2.  a 
Q^Cjp^^  (D-iffiliJ^ia)  59.  a, 

93.  e 
"li^n  175.  3 
Kni""  150.  5 
STSi'^l  99.  3.  a,  150.  3 
^^l""  140.  6 

T 

ipinipii  105.  a 
■jytJi"'  105.  a 
'OtilDV  53.  3.  a 

T        T 

m»^i  158.  4 

ri  175. 3 
1>^,  ri  172.  4 

nr  140.  3 
MiV  141,  1 

:  FT 

in'l  1'75.  3 
p5?-ri  119.  1 
"IT^I  157.  3 

-  T  - 

nT'^l  172.  4 


bX?"in  57.  2  (3)  a 

tsnn'i  113. 1 

V     T  " 

^-inn;'  93.  a 
tjnn;'  eo.  3.  a,  65.  a 

TBSni  65.  a 

AT     :  V 

^©an^  60.  3.  a 

"in^  (3?y)  140.  1 

nn^  C's)  147.  2 
in'}  (yV)  140.  5 

•nm  109.  2,  172.  4 
*Tin^  235.  3  (1) 

b'^n:^  63.  1.  b 
iibini,  'ib'in'i  63.  1.  b 

;     :  -  '  AT    :  V 

llb^in^  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 

D^ni,  Din''  157.  3 

T     '  T 

nnini  156. 1 

IT   ■•*:■.• 

)vir};:  172.  1 
'iprn^  61. 1 
xun;^  63. 1. 6 

itpn^l   166.  4 

"'r'N  TI?]  177.  2 
•TTi  65 

•A*.' 

n;:n;'  i77.  2 
^r::n;'  172.  3 
main-"  97. 1 

T  •    T 

'\'^V:  104.  ^,  141.  3 

bn\  bn^  140.5 
Nbmi  177.  3 
^5n^  141. 1 

••   T 

'ibn^'i  (^bn;ii)  24.  c 
pbri;i  60.  4.  a,  113. 1 

m^^Vr"^  59.  a 

Qpbn^i  113.  1 
Tibn^  60.  4.  a 


QIT'  147,  2,  179.  2.  a 

on;:  140. 1 
TOn^  60.  3.  6  (2) 

^^an.'i  140.  1 
piari;:  172. 1 
npTan::  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
"ipniari;!  121.  2 
•jh^in^n  140.1 

in?  61.  2 

■jn^T  60.  1.  a,  172.  4 

'jn;'  140.  6 

n:n^  172.  4 
^sn;:  60. 1.  a 
l^sniji  99.  3.  a 

^Sn^  61.  1,  141.  3 
"jSn^  139.  3 

p^iTi):^  113. 1 

pCn^  169.  1,  172.  1 

■jcn':  113. 1 
qn^5  25 

I'-Sn^ ,  f  &ri^  65.  a  ' 

^isni,  i-iBrji  111.  1 

:     ;  -  '  AT    :  V 

!^^^^  T'^^T  1^2.  4 
x'^'prv^  141. 1 
"in*»  147. 1 

-  T 

nn^i  175.  3 
nn^  140.  3 

T   •• 

nn:i  172.  4 

*in^1  60.  1.  a 

nnn;?  172.  4 
tinn;'  119. 1 
qnn^'i  99.  3.  a 
tlton;^  111.  1 
?jT2Jn?i  99.  3 


366 


INDEX    III. 


r\n^  (IB)  131. 1 
nn.':  (yy)  i40.  i 
nnni,  nr\ni  24.  c 

1—    '  IT" 

t2^1  175.  3 

t:.":  172.  4 

ni3i  150.  1,  179.  2.  a 

-   T  ' 

:bEO^  Jbt2'>  160.  5 

IT  •..   '  IT  \ 

KriD:i54.  2,  96.a,  166.5 

ri'ii2%  qrj;'  65.  a 

m'''}  144.  2 
:2?"I^^  147.  2 

IT"  : 

bn^i  149. 1 

V  T    •    — 

a^^;'  147.  4 

au^^l  147.  5 
np^^^l  150.  3 
nvj^>i  145.  2,  150.  2 

n^t?::;'  150. 2 
b'h'::'}  150. 2 

q^t"^  172.  4 

ns^l'l  147.  4,  5 

y'P^'^  63.  2.  c,  147.  4 

yj:^^1,  f|5^'^1  147.  5 

y^l ,  "T."?  147.  4 

©T''!)  147.  5 
ntpifli  147.  5 

iin^ljj;!^  150.  1 
IIB^'^I  147.  5 

m»i;'  147.  4 

Onffii^^  150.  2  (p.  182) 
^Dl   175.  3 

'ipp^a?:'  105.  J 

X\'2^  159.  3 

n^51D^  13.  a 

13313^61.3,105.5,161.3 


Cn?;'  119.  1 
IS'^D''  160.  3 
rtniS^I   105.  a 

T         ■    -  - 

ISTSi  105.  a 

AT       •   - 

bb;>  80.  2.  a  (3),  82.  1 

a  (3) 
bD^i  172.  4 
bD^I  174.  4 
HVd'i  165.  3 
ibb''  86.  a 
)V):2^  172.  1 

ribb;<  i48. 1 

nbD^I  86.  a,  100.  2 

Tlbbi  86.  a 

*  :      T 

ITlbD"'  86.  a,  104.  A 

•   :  T  :  ' 

2?3d::i  126. 1 

CS^'I   174.  4 
1tt^DD;'61.  6,   104./, 
172.  1 

iia^pD"'  172.  3 

Dpl^l   119.  1 

nnD^i  172.  4 
ns^apiD;^  180.  a 
n^D^  119. 1 
]inn3:>  91.  b 

iblTTDi  88 
n?;!  140.  6 

n■^\D^  linD^'  88,  101. 

2.  b 
ans^i  99. 3.  a 
■jinns;!  ss  (m.  pi.) 

inS^  140.  5,  141.  1 

an>">  139. 3 

DTZJab"!  105.  a 


ijmb^  105.  (^ 

•     ■•  T  :  • 

^b^  56.  2,  80.  2.  a  (4), 

147.  2 
■Jinb:^  64.  2 
nnb^  22.  a     ' 
'''ib^  216.  2.  a 
P^b'-'  90  (2  f.) 

in'ibi  104.  i 

~  T   ; 

tjin'ib;',  J^n'ib;!  io4. « 
irmb''  104.  k 

T    :    •  ; 

'ipn^b;'  104.  k,  150.  1 

(p.  182) 

isib;!  159.  3 
Dnb^  119. 1 

"    T    • 

Dnb'^l  99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

V    T    •    -  / 

T^>:  160.  1 
rV?,  V^^  160.  1 
^^.^  151.  1 
^rb^'l  65.  a 

'A-"  ~ 

^Db"*  91.  b 

:•  T  • 

nsb^l  99.  3.  a 
iS'TSb;'  105.  c 
bbi  139.  3,  150.  1 

-  T  ' 

bb;'  183.  b 

nbb^l  57.  2  (3)  a,  234.  e 
•jb^^l  158.  2 
t21pb^  192.  1 
l^'Qp)^  88.  (m.  pi.) 
U^  207.  2,  215.  1.  a 

T  ' 

CSt)''1  119.  1 
IDKTS^  139.  3 

~:    T  • 

*7tt^1   140.  1 

T   T    - 

^12^  140.  3 
m'13'^1  99.  3.  a 


INDEX   III. 


367 


t:ii2':  159.  3 
b^'£i'}  159.  3 
riTa*'  60.  1.  a 

ni2^1   173.  3 

N^n  I'd;*  220. 1.  a 

W^'Q'>  53,  3.  a 

•    T 

ni2^"a^  219.  1.  a 

T  ■    T 

)'^'n';  197.  6,  199.  a 
)W^)2'}  160.  3 

Dn^'a;'  160.  3 

ll'B^  140.  3 
bl2^^  157.  3 

T  T  - 

bT?:^  140.  1 
rt^^   165.  1 
^■bl2^  -?fbl3^  88 
tjbBI'l  99.  3.  a 
^D"b^i  88 
■|12^   150.  1 
DiS"'  140.  3 
b?^:"  60.  1.  a 

ym  172.  4 
ins3r)3i  60.  3.  c 

••   T     ;    • 

nD1Sil3i  105.  c 

r\i!i;^'n'}  164.  5 

13S52'a'^  105.  b 
^:Di5Sl3i  105.  c 
la"^   150.  1 

-  T 

1'Q.'?  135.  2,  140.  1 
TBTa""  140.  5 

nb^  157.  3 

T 

nb^^l  65,  157.  3 

AT-  '  ^ 

n'Q'^l  157.  3 

T   T   - 

niD'^l   160.  3 

V  T  — 

f«Dt  11.  I.  a 


T^XS;"  57.  2  (3)a  (?), 

122.  2,  140.  5 
fjas^l  99.  3.  a 
roi  147.  1 

TT 

ni5i  60.  2 

-  T 

•jis;*  159.  3 

yis^i  159.  3 

nrn  157.  3 

—  T   — 

ns^i  160.  3 
"lit:?:'  131.  2 

''3"'  164.  2 
■J"':"'  159.  3 
ins*'?:''!   160.  3 
yS'^l   157.  3 

-  T  - 

SlS^I  160.  3 
p?;"  147.  1,  150.  1 
'2^:-}  131.  2 
•.IBpD":  131.  2 

nnsD;i  131.  2 

KW3;<  57.  2  (3)  a,  86.  b 

(3  pi),  164.  3 
ab;i  61.  3,  64.  2,  135.  2, 

140.  1 
non  64.  1,  99.  3.  a 
a&^  140.  5 
nb:'  135.  2,  140.  1 
^301  136.  1 

T 

^'SO'}  61.  3 

inap;*  i4i.  3 

ipaD;!  61.  5,  141.  3 
ib-ni5Di  13.  a 
^b^  148.  1 
'i^D'^  148.  1 

n'lD;;'  (n.)  192. 1 


^JD;;  147.  1 

^?r  140-  5 

^D^i  140.  6 

nro;'  157.  3 
n^b;"  92. 6 

5)0^  80.  2.  a  (3),  151.  2 
5lDh   151.  2 
nSO;'!  99.  3 
nO''  147.  3 

-  T 

^b^  92.  (^ 
ID'^I  60.  1.  a 

-  T  - 

n"lD'i  92.  (^ 

T    :  - 

'^S'ID;'  104.  a 
■"DnS^  104.  a 
^nnny^  56.  1,  105.  b 

^na-in:?::  i05.  c 

^snn?^  56.  1 
^y""  56.  2,  147.  1 
I'T^^  161.  1 
ni3?.'?   159.  3 
13^13?;'  105.  b 
Ti?''   140.  1 

T 

-ST3>''  64.  1 
^nry^  105.  b 

t:?«i  ("ly)  157.  3 

12??:  (nb)  172.  4 

'DV'^^  157. 3 

-  T    - 

^^i::],  nb^^'l  (k.)  172.4 
^?!!:!,!^^?'^MHi.)l75.  3 
nby  207.  1.  a 
'iby'^l   45.  3 

■:t~i~ 

13'b:?':'  161. 2 

nb?:    60.  3.  6  (1) 

n^y;"  6o.  3.  b  (2) 


368 


INDEX  III. 


'^112'$'^  109.  3.  a 

nnby^  112.  4 
ns'ib?:'  88  (2  f.  pi.) 

•jy^    190.   b,  237.    1, 

267.  b 
^m  1^^  239.  2.  (2) 
P.1^,  HD^DI  172.  4 
n55>^  207.  1.  a 

T  ":  - 

nDiDy"!  104.  6 

T         ":  - 

nnyb"'  142.  2,  I6I.  2 

I"       ;  ' 

S]??;'  (v.)  82.  1.   a  (2), 

147.  1 
51?;'  (adj.)  185.  2.  b 
51?^^1  157.  3 

q:?^i  157.  3 

V?:  77.  2,  147.  1,  179. 
2.  a 

nDn2£5>i  104.  6 

T    :    T    -;  - 

nvyi  11. 1. 6 

"1?^  200.  c 

to?!^L  nic2):^i  172.  4 

^3'\m^  104.  A 

nB"«  147.  1 

nsn85.  2.(7,209.1,210 

n^s-ns;'  43.  5, 188 

riB^^  (v.)  160.  3 
riS;!  (adj.)  215.  1.  6 

n^B'^B^  92.  a 

T  "TIT 

bs;>  101.  2.  5 
niB;!  126. 1 
)'D'}^  172.  4 

T???  160.  3 
'^?3?BSB;>  161.  2 

fsb;'  161.  2 


'1&\  nS'^l  140.  5 

"  T     '  V  T    - 

^b;;i  175.  3 
x^ns^  177.  3 

t2T»B'i  65.  a 
ItateBi  65.  a 
PB;!  175.  3 
nB^I  172.  4 

nnsi  192. 1 

T    ;    • 

"^nB^i  221.  2.  6 

i^^i  147.  2 

T  T 

i5??1  147.  5 
X2'i  164.  3 
nXS'i  164.  2 
^'^'^  150.  4 

-  T 

S^^i  145.  3,  150.  5 

nniii  192.  1 

1S;i1  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

nniai  156. 1 

IT   :  • 

DiS^T  157.  3 

AT- 

pn^^i  192. 1 
pns;'  120.  2 

?^2r^  145.  2 

r^?  158. 2 

2>2;i  150.  4 
yis;'  150.  5 
51:2?  172.  4 

?!?;^i  25 
P?;"  150.  4 

pSIi  148.  3 
piii:<  144.  2,  147.  4 
p2^1  147.  4 
IpS^i  148.  3 

1?:  50.  3,   84.  3.  a  (3), 
147.  2 


"['i';  (5?y)  140.  5 
"I2"^  140.  1 

T 

ns:^1  147.  5 
^S:'  147.  4 

^np'n^'i  105.  b 

m;i  147.  3,  150.  4 
n^^"  144.  2 
^m^}  24.  c,  149.  1 
^m'l  164.  2 

•     T  T 

Np^l   166.  4 
^S^l?'^  105.  d 

}^apr5  99.  3 
^:23p;i  104.  A 

^5)?^^  99.  3.  a 
'Tp.'?  144.  2,  147.  4     . 
"Ip:"  140.  1 
^np^  141.  1 
Dy'lp:'  22.  a 

b^^p^  b'^rip^  119. 1 

bnp^i  119. 1 

flJlp:"  24.  6 
D^p;!  190.  b,  192.  1 
D^p;"  153.  2 
l^^lpli  157.  3 

Dtiip;'  161.  1 

t^p^;  ,  »ip;i  185.  2.  c 

np;>  54.  2,  132.  2 
np^i  132.  2 

Vr)p;i  51.  3 

Q^P^  153.  1 

O^p;"  161.  1 

bp!?  64.  2 

Dj^:,  Dp^  157.3 

np^5  99.  3.  a,  157.  3 


INDEX   III. 


369 


Dp^"!  99.  3.  a,  160.  3 
•JJ^^T  172.  4 

:))?;;  i47.  2, 179.  2.  a 

■j^PI^  179.  2.  a 
m^  157.  3 
TI?^  147.  4 
'J1S2]?;'  88  (m.  pi.) 
'jnSp:'  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 
'V!  147.  4 
^IJP"']  172.  4 
■I]?'1  173.  3 
i52Sinp'i  105.  c 
nnp-"  177.  3 
nnnpi  97. 1. « 

?[np;'  24.  b 
©p;!  82.  1.  a  (3) 
tjp^l   172.  4 

m»p!;i  99.  3 

l^tjp;'  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

bxnpt  22.  a 
xn*i  148.  3 

i5n^'  148.  1 

KV(v.)82.1.a(l),147.1 
«n^  (adj.)  215.  2.  c 
«V1  (k.)  60.  1.  a,  61. 

2.  a,  114,  172.  4 
iini^n  (Hi.)  175.  3 
Sn;!  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 
iJn'^l  173.  3 

T   ••   - 

nxn;'  87, 148.  1,  166.  2 
5^6?'^?  114 

nxn^^  172.  4 
i^-nsn^'  19.  1 

IX'T'  164.  3 


IK'l^  19.  1,  147.  1 
ISni  19.  1     147.  1 

'isnh  177.  3 
inixn""  104.  k 
'<;sn;'  105.  a 
nsi"'  164. 1 

T  •■  T 

nni  158.  2 

"  T 

nn^^i  (™?:])  111.  2, 

y^'J  61.  2,  172.  4 
nn^  63.  2.  a 
an^l  175.  3 

1'^:^'}'^  172. 1 

nn:"  114 
ilD^n^'l   114 

:   rT"  - 

nn;!  i48.  3 
•nni  175.  3 

Tl^  79.  1,   147.  2 
^n^l   140.  5 
'^n?^  172.  4 
"in'^1  147.  5 
D'll'^l  114 

A-   T  ••   - 

Pl'in:'  114 

q^n:"  60.  2.  a,  114 
iS^n;'  105.  a 

'rjB^n:'  105.  (/ 
^nnn^  86.  b  (2  f.) 
nn^  147.  1 

r  T 

nn;"  148.  3 

iii-i;'  148. 1, 177.  3 

)'!'^^'}  172.  1 
mi''  19.  2.  a 

T  : 

)r\';  140.  1 

?lBBi-|"  161.  4 

AT  ; 

yr\^  (yy)  ho.  1 


pi"i;i  185.  2.  6 

n^b©^-i\  Dbiij!!-!^  47, 

203.  5.  c 

ni-i;'  148. 1 
n"i\  n-T^i  160.  3 

-  T    '  -  T  - 

"^212-1:1  147.  3 

wian;'  88,  (3.  f.  pi.) 

c  y^^"^  (n.)  190.  b,  192.  1 
S'ln^  (v.)  153.  2 
li"l''  158.  2 

•   T 

^n;!  197.  a,  216.  1.  € 
^t).":  140.  1 

rO'T'  198.  c,  207.  1.  a 
D^nDn*^  22.  a,  203.  6.  a 

^la'i;:  140.  3 

y'Ti  140.  1 

-  T 

y^"!  140.  5 

-  "  T 

SJn^i  (yy)  i40.  5 

y^^T  (^y)  160.  3 
yi"?  (yy)  34 

yn^:  (rib)  34, 172.  4 

D2?n::  119.  1 
yy'T^  161.  4 
tl'lfl  172.  4 
pn^  179.  2.  a 
pn;  185.  2 

pn^  140. 1 

'jipn.'i  193.  2 
pnpn;»  188,  207.  2.  a 
tJn;!  82.  1.  a  (2),  147.  1 
ntJIi  148.  3 

nnicn;'  150. 1  (p.  I82) 

Dri©"i;i  61.  4.  a,  150.  1 
(p.  182) 


370 


INDEX   III. 


?j3nSTB:'   105.  c 

'jiyairi:'  88  (m.  pi.) 

!r;y2TJ3i  127.  2 
■»32?2TS:  105.  a 
D^to"'  158.  2 

T 

pip.-'   172.  4 

DTO^iC  105.  a,  158.  2 

niy»  147. 1 

-  r 

DTS^  158.  2 

•■   T 

DTC'^T  C4.  1,  158.  2 

ibsnto'i  194.  1 


ins©^  90  (2  f.) 
nnnis;'  141. 1 

n^TSp  140.  1 

D'aittJ:'  82,  5.  a 

•jilD^  148.  1 
nns?^©"*  61.  6.  a 
ipBlTlJ:'  157.  3 

rit^  140.  1 

-  T 

rmi  140.  3 
D^umri  118.  3 

■>22"imCi  105.  c 


UiW  55.  1,  88  (m.pl.),  ^^'^.  164.  2 


Dn'iffi:'^  160.  3 
D^'i^:*   140.  5 
pSTC;'  88.  (m.  pi.) 
nD^""  126.  1 
bT»i  172.  4 

141.  3 


158.  2 

-IDTDTS-'  47 

T  T    • 

nyniDi  54.  4 

■*       T  • 

TC;^  236,  258.  3.  h 
l^bxtj;'  88  (m.  pi.) 
1lt^  146,  147.  2 
nio;^  66.  1  (2)6,153.5,  ^'')t)'!  1V2.  1 
157.  3  'D^TC;'  92.  c 

-nO^  157.  3  Di^"'  140.  1 

T   T 

niD'^n  153.  5,  157.  3         'S'^^.'!  60.  1.  a 

T   T   -  ' 

nO^n  157.  3  ^»y^T»:'  57.  2  (3)  a 

aia^,S«^1  153.5, 160.3  1^;*  147.  1 
aiS.":  63.  2.  c,  84.  3.  6,     NSTB?  177.  3 


144.  2 

tniij'^n  147.  5 

I""  - 

rnSI^I  99.  .3.  a 
Sffl^l  172.  4 

T]D^,n2i;j;<  105.  c 

imiJi  61.  6.  a 
friliS'^l  33.  4 


S53TS1   177.  3 
^3Ta^  19.  1,  147.  1 
^DTIJ'^  19.  1,  147.  1 
i3TiJ;^1   105.  a 
•>?©:'  216.  1.  h 
yiS^    y©i  65.  a,  201 
ytj'^l  172.  4 


•'nniS'i  61.  6.  a  (?),  90  ^2?TJ??T?:  141.  6 

(2  f.)  nsc;;  19.  2.  6 


?1I3^1SC?  88 
^b^BTB"^  105.  a 

nsb-ifiir^  105.  6 
"^tm^^  99. 3.  a 

pTC^I  10.  a 
j?TC^l  175.  3 

^l-pffi^T  4.  a 
nttJi  158.  2 

T 

•j^nir;'  193.  2.  a 
n;niE"i  88  (3  f.  pi), 

147.  4 
n^lC^n   99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

^:^nmE^  105.  c 

'  V  :    IT  : 

ntJ^  66.  1  (2)  6,  158.  2 
ntj^n  66.  1  (1),  172.  4 
D'ainc;'  82.  5.  a 

?inr\Tr^^57. 2(4),  176. 1 
^'itlPTJ?!'!]  i'^6. 1 

■jriipTD^  172.  1 

^Bric^  54.  4 
sn;^  111.  2. 5 
Kn::^  177.  3 
i«n''i  176.  3 

T     ;   •  - 

^nnijin;'  60.  3.  h  (2) 
'in^iin"'  19.  2,  60.  3.  h 

(2),  120.  1 

bs^ri'',  sbssn-i  119.  1 

-  T    :  •  '  IT  T    :  • 

b^5ri;i  96. 6 
ban^'^  iV6.  3 
awn;>  96. 6 
1  wy^ni  96.  «,  122.  2 
'nryhn^  96.  «,  122.  2 

"in^  197.  6 

-•   T 

I'^n'in''  221. 2. 6 


INDEX   III. 


371 


in;'^  66. 1  (1),  174.  4 

mmf}^  166.  5 

br\f\^^^  176.  3 
Trr^  160.  1 

•    T 

DSn'^l   176.  3 

msbn-"  96.  6 

IT  -    :   * 

on;:  140.  5 
Dh;'  140. 1 
ittn:»  141.  1 
nian^  i4o.  i 

IT  • 

•.■j^s^Tin;!  166.  5 

112>72n^  96.  6 

AT   -    :  • 

•jn^  54.  2,  84.  3.  b 

man;!  126. 1 
DJiDn^  121.  3 

AT-.'     :   • 

xte:n^  166.  5 

yn^l  175.  3 

b?n;^  176.  3 

-Db^n^  96.  6 

nn3?n^  119.  1 

:]1^!3Sn;i88.(m.pl.),96.6 

m»>sn^  96.  b 

IT  -    :  • 

^psn"^  96.  a 

itD^prr^  96. 6 

at'-    :  • 

Djpn")  96.  6 

:3>pn^  126.  1 
ispn;'  105.  a 

"ir:^!*:?  O'y)  160. 1 
Diainri'i  82.  5.  a 

3  231.  1,  242.  a,  267.  b 
aS3  183.  b 

TaS3  57.  2  (3)  a,  231. 
3.  6 


nS3  0«:'5)  63.  2.  a 
inXS  156.  3,  199.  b 
n«S3  239.  2  (2) 
nnS  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 

85.  2 
^n3(adj.)216. 1.^,217 

rrins  i98.  a  (4) 

"lins  185.  2,  197.  6 

Bins  87 

C23  82.  5.  a 

-  t 

D3S,  033  92.  c 
to33,nm3  51.  2,197.  c 

. .  . .  J         T   :   •  ' 

tJ33  87 

nnnnas  246.  2.  a 

•13  197.  i,  200.  6 
nS  235.  3  (4) 

nn3  121. 1 

T    T 

Di^nS  231.  5.  a 
•jnb  186.  2.  a 
•jns  80.  2.  6 
nsns  198.  a  (2) 
D3i3  186.  2.  a 
y3i3  50.  1,  216.  1.  e 
0''3^3i3  207.  2.  a 

•      T 

m3  11. 1.  b 

33i3  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 
'J^3  82.  5.  a 
'}5i3  59 
n53i3  161.  4 

rr 

Di3  184.  6,  197.  a 
13T3  22.  a 
^ns  116.  4 
^'inS  121.  2 

ffln3  119. 1 


13  (n.)  53.  3.  a,  184.  6 
3  (conj.)  239.  1 
nX  ""S  239.  2  (1) 
"1T3  187.  1.  c 
1T3  187.  1.  c 
ni^S  16.  2.  a 
"li'^S  200.  c 
"ib^S  184.  5,  194.  2.6 
tjbi?  186.  2,  210.  c 
D''??  •'S    43.  6 
•JWS    57.    2   (3)  a, 

231,  3.  6 
133  187.    1.  e,   197.  a, 

200.  c,  c?,  207.  1.  6 
0^133  203.  3 

•     -    T     • 

b3  AaZ  215.  1.  c 

T 

b3  A;o7l9.  2.  a,  215.  l.c 

b3  277.  a 
^?b3  179.  1.  a 

T    T 

«b3  184.  a 
i5b3  220.  1.  6 
D^'NbS  203.  4 

ini<b3  165.  2 

•    r 

abs  197.  c 

nb3  179.  1.  a 

T      T 

nb3  174.  3  bis. 
Dnb3   33.  3,  220.  1.  6 

-AT    \  ' 

r;Dnb3  220.  1.  b 

T    :   T  ■> 

!lb3   165.  3 

T 

^b3  93.  a 

T 

ibs  220. 1.  b 
nib^bs  201. 1.  b 
nibs  174.  3 

•lbs  61.  2,  184.  b 


372 

INDEX  III. 

»'h3  184.  a 

103  93.  a 

T 

trnS  60.    4.  a,   61.  5 

?;^b|  221.  5.  c 

nnsiDD  220.  1.  6 

93.  a,    121.  1 

Qib?  208.  3.  d 

bD3  51.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

irris  119.  4 

•^rri^s,  "iri^^?  Hi.  2 

il3©3  61.  6 

inns  199.  6 

tjini^S  174.  2 

rrtaS3  200.  b 

V    V    ■. 

niC3,  nsics  5i.  2 

D^n^^S  174.  2 

5)03  80.  2.  a  (3) 

D-i^teS  197.  d 

b^bs  154.  3,  161.  2 

''BOS  216.  2.  a 

mrs  82.  1.  a  (1) 

^ibsbs  161.  4 

:  :    I 

riD3  199.  d 

•jinirs  193.  2 

Db2  220.  1.  b 

T     \ 

nSDTlirQS  24.  i,   220. 

,  nns  183.  6,  215.  1.  a 

nsbs  220.  1.  6 

T    T      Ij 

2.  c 

nns  77. 1, 78. 1 

"laribs  165.  3 

D3?3  121.  1 

-    r 

nin3  139.  2 

niL3  231.  4.  a 

T      — 

nnoys  104.  i 

T  -  *:    • 

n:n3  21 6. 2.  6 

:  T 

nDSni23  45.  4 

51?  197.  a,  217 

rihs  207. 1.  d 

■■■ 

i^3  233.  a 

r;B3  198.  c 

T      • 

5)03  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 

0^2  90  (pass.) 

■iSS  237.  2  (2) 

qns  61.  1.  6 

-1*1-1^3  187.  2.  c 

il3^S3  220.  2.  c 

mBn3  203.  5.  a 

■}?  (n.)  221.  6.  a 

JHDSS  220.  1.  6 

nns  50.  1 

-    T 

I?  (adv.)  43.  a,  235.  3  (4] 

1  0:'bS3  203.  4 

nns  141. 1  (p.  175) 

nsS  139.  2 

T    - 

"IBS  82.  5.  a 

-     T 

n|Dl  4.  a 

nB3  208.  3.  b 

b  231.  1,    233,   242.    6, 

ni?  54.  2 

1B3  80.  2,  92.  c,  126.  2 

t       267.  b,  272.  2.  a 

-lias  200.  c 

D-inSS  187.  2 

tab  11.  1.  a,  6 

nips  211.  a 

nnn"iB3  io4.i 

Kb  51.  4.  a,  235.  1 

^ni'baS  24.  b,  131.  2 

•'nS  199.  b 

'     T 

•jiixb,  i.ni)tb,  liij'Tisb 

DD3  50.  1,  2 

n^nins  199.  d 

57.  2  (2)  a 

•jySS  208.  3.  a 

D'lS  50.  3,  197.  b 

''p^sb,  iD^sb,  iij^sb 

5)33  197.  a,  210,  217 

Dn3  183.  6 

'-'AT 

57.  2  (2)  a 

niB23  203.  5.  a 

tnb  186.  2.  a 

D'^TSIxb  14.  a 

O^SIS  203.  1 

•   ~T   : 

b^nS  50.  3,   193.  2.  c, 

nisb  159.  2 

bb23  22.  a 

221.  6.  a 

t2Xb  11.  1.  a 

nil33  45.  2 

DpnS  68.  a 

IDSb  156.  3 

T 

n33  198 

T   : 

'TIS  141.  2  (p.  175) 

nbi?b?i  39.  4.  a 

KD3  51.  3,  200.  a 

itJnS  221.  5.  c 

irfbjcb,  D-'n'bxb  57.  2 

?iS03  221.  3.  a 

-nn3  119.  1 

T  : 

(2)« 

INDEX    III. 


373 


J^ibxb  57.  2.  (2)  a 
UAb  207.  2.  c 
nasb  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 
2.  c,  231.  3.  a 

nrt  iib  27 

ab  61.    3,    186.   2.  c, 

197.  5,  215.  1 
DStnb  208.  3.  d 

•   T  : 

nab  141. 1  (p.  175) 

aab  61.  3,   200,  c,  216. 
1,217,  221.  1,  3,222 
aabi  61.  1.  a 

i^raab  io4.  k 

^ab  235.   3  (1),    237. 
2(2) 

in^ab  220.  1.  b 
nnab  220.  1.  b 

T  T   -  : 

O^ab  90  (pass.) 

K'^ab  196.  d,  209.  2.  b 

y'bab  125.  2 
•jab  80.  2.  b 

lab  207.  1.  b,  215.  1.  a 

nsab  200.  b 

T  '*  : 

'i^'p,  "lyab  35.  1 

t  •  'at  '  I"  JT  : 

ttjab,  ©ab  82.  1.  a  (1) 

Oa'b  90  (pass.) 

DTBab  104.  h 

nab  (nanb)  53.  2.  a 

y'^^b  125.  2 
lr\mb  231.  4.  a 

:'  V  T 

n"ib  148.  2 
n^b  148.  2 
•'n^b  148.  2 
nsn'ib  104.  ^ 


hb  27 

T 

nanb,  nanb  63.  1.  a, 

T     TV'  V     V  -  ' 

214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  6 
nnb  141.  2  (p.  175) 

T:rb  119. 1 

niTib  112.  2, 177. 1 

nynb  231. 5.  a 

•ipsnb  91.  i 

b^utonb  180.  a 

n-^acnb  94.  b 

Tiztrh  94.  b 

lb  11.  1.  6 

ib  51.  4.  a 

lb  239.  1 

nib  200.  a 

i)b  194.  2.  a,  210 

&bib  4.  a 

niiibib,  see  ni^bb 

"'bib  194.  2.  6 
"'bib  239.  2  (3) 
D-'bib  187.  1.  e 
l^b  158.  3 
nb  207.  2.  a 

x''tDnb  113.  2 
o:^^nb  208.  4 

^'^nb  216.  1.  a 

■ibnb  61.  1 
p-^bnb  113.  2 
onb  77.  2 
onb  92.  rf,  121. 1 

onb  60.  1.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

184.  b,  197.  6 
Dttnb  139.  2 

nspnb  63. 1. 6 


"iBnb  61. 1 
nins  nenb  43.  6 
-nnnnb  ui.  6 
niicnb  175.  2 

D'^nhb  203.  5.  b 

Dnitsb  53.  2.  a 

V       ••  r 

nin-^b,  nin-'b  231.  3.  a 

b;^b  184.  b,  200.  a,  208. 
3.  c 

nb-^b  61.  6 

T    I    - 

'J'^b  158.  2,  3 
lb'')  148.  1 

-nn;^^b  i4.  a,  24.  b 

57.  2  (3)  a 
?fb  65.  a 
■jb,  tjb  151.  1 

nab  151.  1,  240.  2 
-biab  13.  a 

•jab  239.  2  (3) 

npab,  ^-jab  151. 1 

nDb  61.  2,  151.  1 

nab  151. 1 

VAT 

ainab  22.  a 
*inab  151. 1 

ni<bbl87.  l.e,  207.2.0 

•jabb  94.  b 

^Ub  78.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
^13b  92.  rf 
-"lisb  92.  c 

"in^iab  86.  6  (2  f.) 
n-ab,  nnb  231.  4.  a 

ilab  233.  a 

nnnrnb  219. 1.  a 
niatjb  219. 1.  a 


^<\ 


374 


INDEX    III. 


inrtlb  220.  1.  b 
•Jtjb  237.  2  (1) 

ns:^b  45.  2 

TOiab  219.  1.  a 
•J^isb  237.  2  (2),  267.  6 
"1»J{  i:?ttb  239.  2  (2) 
in:?12b  246.  2.  o 

nanpb  4. « 

^5:b  237.  2  (1) 
nsbl  156.  4 
D^Db  156.  2 
rJDbb  237.  2  (1) 
bSSb  131.  2 
bSDb  22.  a 
Ta3>b  113.  2 
Vbl  156.  4 

T  : 

Obiyb  16.  2.  a 
nT2:?b  237.  2  (2) 

niDyb  173.  2 
nto^b  94.  6,  113.  2 

niBb  22.  a 

''Bb  237.  2  (2) 

''SSb  194.  2 

"i^Bb  237.  2  (2),  267.  h 

Vb  156.  2 

siasb,  Khsb  22.  a 
pnsb  119. 1 

'^Pt''  ''r'j?^  132.  2 

npb  132.  2 

njjb  (n)5btt)  53.  2.  a, 

93.  e 
nnpb  16.  3.  5,  127.  3 
Wpbl  100.  2.  a  (1) 
nnpb  60.  2.  a,  127.  1 


nnpb  64.2,127.1,132.2 
ppb  141.  1  (p.  175) 
nxnpb  57.  2  (3)  a,  237. 

2(3) 
Nib  148.  1 
n""lb  231.  4.  a 

T 

nnnb  231.  4.  a 

V    V   T 

DaTsntib  119. 1 

a-^nb  231.  4.  a 

rstob  131.  4 
pnicb  119.  1 
nbisTiJb  219. 1.  a 

n^atb  94.  6,  231.  5.  a 
•jilCb  197.  6 

nsffib  51.  4 
nbfflb,  nbiDb  eo.  2.  a 
'Tttcb  94.  b 
nb  54.  2, 148.  2 

nnb  231.  4.  a 

T|b  nnb  35. 1 

tt,  tt  see  'J'D 
^i?ia  235.  3  (1) 
Q^Xtt  93.  a 

nsia  207.  1./,  226 

b;T^S)3  93.  6 
"'^^^  207.  2.  a 
n^lXIQ  195.  3 
nto  190.  5,  191.  5.  a, 

200.  c 
DI'DTNia  203.  2 

"^nnsia  237.  2  (1) 

bax^  190.  a,    191.  5, 
197.6 


nbDiitt  191.  5.  a,  207. 

1.  e 

•jiiia  60.  4 

DDDi}^  19.  2,  119.  3 
DCitTa  119.  3 

I'lnps^  33.  2 
D'^nos^  33.  2 
n^^bes^Q  195.  3 
nsa  237. 2  (1) 

D^'ns^  203.  4,  226 

ni3na  207.  2. 6 

nni2n^  63.  1.  a 

TV; 

•^ni^ntj  60.  \.a 

^yi2  164.  2 
i'l?b3^  237.  2  (4) 

:Tjr;yn^  119.  1,  221. 

2.  a 

"iisnia  25 

nsntt  197. 6,  200.  c, 

207.  1.  6 
''H^Slf^  61.  6 

'jin;itt,  in?^  55.  2.  a 
bir\tt  200.  c 

T  :     ■ 

nbbisis  142.  1 

^iJitt  207.  1.  c 
i;m  190.  6,  207.  2,  210. 
a,  215.  1.  b,  216.  1.  a 

nya^  205 

nB5^  216.  1.  6 

©nr^tt  207. 1.  6 
tya  61.  5 

1)2  207.  2.  a 
pa^^  95.  a 

nna'itj  219.  i 


INDEX    III. 


375 


nnania  66.  2  (2)  b, 

219.  1 

Tra  141.  5 

'Uyi  184.  b 

niiia  190.  i,  191.  4 

•jin^  190.  5,  207.  1./ 

vyi'a  235.  2  (3) 

i;''1)3  190.  6 
•'rip  216.  1.  d 
KS^ia  167.  1 
pia  190.  b 

vra  190.  i 

T       - 

iDpy^ib  220.  1.  6 
ni3,  na,  rvQ  75.  1, 

196.  a 
nTO  141.  2  (p.  175) 

n^ini:  i98.  a  (3) 

nrn^  177. 1 

b  nsbn^  237.  2  (4) 

D^pbn^  94.  e,  151.  1 

umz  75.  1 
rr^TS:^  nia  63. 1.  a 
riDsnia  191.  4,  i98.  a 

(3),   207.  1.  a,  216. 
1.  6 

hiy^ipn^  95.  e 
nnia  60. 4.  a,  235.  3  (2) 
mi^nni?  1 12.  a 
axi^  197.  cf 

T 

n^3i«itt  205 

•       T 

xn^-a  167.  2 

T 

t2itt  157.  1 
b'ltt,  bitt  237.  1 

bbiia  141.  4 


"101)2  200.  c 

T 

'isi'a  150.  5 

T 

"lOTO  190.  d 

T 

noiia  200.  c 

W'a  190.  b 

tn^ra  90 

V    T 

t\iivyi2  207.  1.  a 
T5D1'a  140.  6 

T 

i52ia  191.  5.  a 

T 

N2i^  C'b)  94.  e,  165.  2 
i<2il3  (Sb)  165.  2 
•^XSiia  60.  3.  c,  216.  La 

nK2^)a  167.  2 
:n)5Sia  150.  4 
ani'sa  207.  2.  a 
D-'aniia,  D^Si'^ni^  59.  a 

*'©-|iia  216.  1.  a 
a«iU  191.  3,  5.  a,  200. 
c,  215.  1 

"^s^oiia  61.  6.  a 

ni73  61.  2,  183.  b,  208. 
3.  c,  217 

nitt  57.  2  (5) 
nnTa  6i.  6.  a 

»  :    IT 

''™  221.  5.  a 

ri3T^  60.  2.  a,  190.  a, 

191.  3, 197.  6,  200.  a, 

215.  1.  6 

rxirn  126.  i 
D'^ninaria  220.  1.  b 
DnhaT'Q  220.  2.  a 

T\VQ  24.  a,  75.  1 

VT^  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  c 

5bT^  207.  1.  a,  210.  e 


"littTtt  191.  5 
rii-lttTtt  207.  1.  a 

'^''syvrq  i6i.  2 
nnnr^  219.  1. 6 
yyrti  200.  c 
?iii|ri^  164.  4 
riari)3  54. 1, 205.  b 
bbintt  142. 1 
bnt?  140.  5 
n^':bni3  190.  6 
D'^isbn^  94.  e 

J^I?'^H13  207.  1.  d 

nbn^  190.  a 

nsn^  197. 6,  200.  c, 

209.  1 

insnia  220.  1.  6 
p:n^  190.  a 

DBOn^  ISO.  a 
DinSSritt  180.  a 

D'^nsn^a  94.  e 
D'l'inan^a  iso.  a 

npni3  190,  a 

tnnn^  19.  2.  s,  196.  6 

ninicri^,  ninon^  ea 

3.  a,  216.  2.  a 
pTOtItt  207.  2.  b 

nat:^  191.  4 

n^tt  197.  b,  200.  c 

5int:a  220.  1.  b 
iintoa,  iinraa  24.  6 

T    :     •  '  T  t:    • 

^^rm  168.  a,  174.  1 

nixbt:^  i67. 1 
'yi2  161.  2 


nKi3t3)a  167. 1 


376 


INDEX  III. 


"laTStpl?  216.  1.  c  «bt)  82.  1.  a  (l) 

:PD13  190.  a  Vi^)2  (v.)  V7.  3,   82.  1. 

•i^iaa  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  a       a  (1) 


ID^  200.  a 

T       T 

«nD)2  196.  (Z 
■iW  75.  1,  196.  a 

■n'^tt  220.  2.  6 

T   T 

-■''ini'^i:  13.  a 

■    :     T     • 

!in^D^tt,   HD^tt   57.   2 

T    T  ■    '  T 

(2)6 

D^iTfl  201.  1,  203.  5.  c     SnDXb^  57.  2  (3)  a,  214, 
iXpia  57.  2  (2)  1.  b 

D^D'^tt;'^  150.  1  CDSbtt  11.  1.  i 

mp''3iia  11. 1.  a  JnsDsb^  220.  2.  c 

njpp'a  61.  4,  207. 1.  e  nK'':^  I66,  2 


Xb^  (adj.)  90  ^ 
i«>^  166.  2 
i5^a  165.  2 

T       • 

nx>)2  201.  1.  a 

T    V 

ms^bp  166.  2 
ms^T?  166.  2 
D^S^tt  201.  1.  a 


I'^'tt   4.  a 

-T      • 

nps^tt  150.  4 

"liTZJi^S  190.  b 
''STJJ^tt  57.  2  (2) 
m»''13  190.  6,  191.  4 

Qimr^ia  210.  c 
aispia  200.  c 

bblZ  260.  2  (1) 
o"'Vp^,  obDp  94.  a 
nbistt  53.  2.  a 

DD^  190.  b 

"1D12  77.  2,  80.  2 

banDia  54.  3,  I80.  a 

nnS^  216.  1.  b 


'^t}i<bl2  33.  1,  61.  6.  a, 

218 
^2)12  237.  2  (2) 

iria^ia  220. 1.  6 
■jabp  191.  3 

nb?3  200.  6,  e 
^bia  165.  3 

T 

riD^b^  198.  a  (2) 
nsibtt  98.  La 

TIT 

libp  207.  1.  c 
'^imb)2  92.  6 

ribia  187. 1.  a 

T       - 

'»nbtt  216.  1.  a 

—    T       - 

t2b^  92.  d 


nnD)3  98.  1.  a,  125.  1  TDblS,  :t23p  80.  1,  92.  c 

"•■iSp  216.  1.  a  D^btt,  l^^ri  199.  a 

D^bcpia  95.  a  yibp  217 

nsffis^a  207. 1.  a  ns^ba  217 

r\T\'2)2  220.  2.  a  -?fbl3  89 


513  63.  2.  a,  217.  22L 
5,  222 
•fbtt  65.  a 

ban-?Tb)a  44.  a 
HDbTa  11.  1.  a 

n3b)3  211,  217,  222 

ftan-^yb^  44.  a 

^DblD  11.  1.  a 
isbp  66.  2  (2)  a 
iDb-a  61.  1 

;    T 

n^Dbl?  22.  a,  209.  3,  217 

niDb)2  64.  2 

T     ; 

iDbtt   11.  1.  a 

"iDbtt  61.  1,  216.  2,  2.  a 

•iDbia  89  (f.  s.) 

rii'^Dbp  62.  2 

D^Db)3  64.  2 
I^Db^  199.  a 
p'lJS-^Sbl?  61.  6.  a,  195. 
3,  218.  a 

DDbtt  75.  1 

bbp  141.  4 
"ittb^a  191.  2 
nbypbp  235.  2  (3) 
i:Bbp  53.  3.  a,  111.2.  c 

•iSBbp  237.  2  (2) 

nipbi?  191.  5 

tJipbl?  190.  a 
D'^npbtt  190.  a,  203.  2 
"iSCbtt  93.  a 

:  T     : 

''nbia  164.  2 

•    ••      T 

niynby  51.  4 

T'Xpia  139.  3 

nin^^nia  24.  b,  190.  a 


INDEX    III. 


377 


D'^n^a^a  209.  1.  a 

"12^12  191.  5.  a 

T 

D^S^TSP  167.  1 
nDb'QIZ  191.  5.  a,  211, 

FT;-  '  ' 

214.  1.  6 

nsb^Ts  61.  1.  b 

'7\'l-QV-Q'n^  45.  3 
^'n'Q  190.  b 
n^n'iri^  24.  b,  190.  a 
^TB13^  93.  e 
rh-0W2  198.  a  (3),  214, 

1.  b,  221.  2.  a 
113  174.  5 
1^  232,  233,  242.  a,  260 

1,  267.  b 
:^  4.  a 
yS3T3  96.  a,  b,  122.  2, 

131.  6 
13^,  IStt  140.  6 

ni;T2  207. 1.  c 

r 

01213  207.  1.  c 

r 

1\'}'-}p'Q  24:.  b 

n3l3  160.  5 

■'M   61.   6.  a,    199.    6, 

232.  a 
■"SIS  232.  a 
7\m  127.  2 
n'T';?313  209.  2.  a 

niE^ia  4.  a 

nSU  196.  b,  211.  a 

-n3l3  19.  2.  a 

T 

CQ  54.  2.  a,  207.  2.  a 
nOtt  140.  5 

neia  54. 2.  a 


^•ip^  140.  5 

1\Un  190.  6,  216.  1. 

n3013  216.   1.  6 

T     ■■      ~ 

■jSpia  190.  a 
■jSDia  93.  e 

ni:3pp  50.  2 

D'^x!?Dtt  167.  1 

yao'Q  200.  c 
Dbia  139.  2 

^20^   190.  a,  191, 
215.  1.  b 

mb'a  53.  2.  a 

V  T 

"inoia  94.  e 
nnnott  54.  4 

insula  216.  1.  a 
1.  6 

b  nnyia  237.  2  (2) 
p?)?  200.  c 
nyia  210 
Tiyia  190.  i,  210.  a, 

1.  a 

•jiyia  207.  1.  c 
rT^SJia  161.  4 
n^DTyia  54.  3,  221, 

n^-lT?'^  94.  e 
t3?^  60.   3.  c,   183 

207.  2.  a 
t:?^  78.  1,  121.  1 

nrpy^  221. 2.  6 
D-iyia  201. 1 
l^yu  200.  c 

i];^yi3  61.  6.  a 
Tya  158.  3 


nD:?tt  196.6 

T   *:    - 

a      T3?''?  194.  2.  a 
b?13  190.  6 

b?)a  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 
b?ia  237.  2  (1) 
byb  190.  6 

nbsJia  190.  6 
Db^ia  119.  3 

T   *;    - 

D3?13  237.  2  (1) 
4,     ']?'a  190.  b 

^TJ^.??^  60.  4.  a 
n"iyi2  216.  1.  a 
n-iDnytt  216.  2.  a 
'^D'lyi?  216.  2.  a 

nnyia  60.  3.  c 

207.  nte^tt  209.  1 

ntosjia  200.  a,  215. 1 

bB12  191.  1 

T      - 

iSBia  237.  2  (2) 
Di^^Btt  95.  a 
216.  "iBia  140.  5 

nPBti  191.  2,  215.  1.  b 
n-iptt!  221.  7.  a 

yia  156. 2 
6.  b  xsia  11.  1.  b 

NSI2  57.  2  (2),  163 
.   b,     D3i!t:2i2   61.  1.  c,  164.  4 
^-JNliia  89  (f.  pi.) 
nXSb  57.  2  (2),  205 

onxsia  104.  i 

-    T   T     : 

n:nx2»  i04.  i 
nnasTtt  220.  2.  a 

"1213  190.  b,  200.  a 
niStt  190.  b 


378 


INDEX   III. 


ni^ru  207. 1.  c 

T 

tm'TQ  198.  c 
b213  140.  5 

ysr^a  190.  b 
nysia  191.  5 
'p^'a  150.  5 
n^)a  190. 5,  210 

''lli^  194.  1 
^"I^TQ  197.  c? 
D^"I2^  207.  2.  a 

^r\Ta  164.  2 

•      T      T 

p)2  186.  2.  c 
©■ni?^  191.  5.  a 
tJnj^l?  24.  6,  190.  a 
''C'lp^a  216.  2.  a 
DDCnp^  104.  A,   221. 

3.  a 
Dip^  197.   b,    200.  a, 

216.  1 
b^Pp^  217.  a 

nupia  95.  a 

''^ip^  61.  6.  a 
bp^  200.  a,  215.  1.  6 
DD^p^  221.  3.  a 
•"Slbbp^  90  (3  pi.) 

napia  i65.  3 
nsptt  221.  7 

in33p)2  90  (2  f.) 
nis^Sp^  216.  2.  a 

■'snp^  167. 1 

•"iCnp)?  216.  1.  a 

nnptt  24.  6 
nnp^a  95.  a 
np-ipia  161.  2 


S"Ta  196.  d 

T      T 

nxnu  217 
n«-i^  217 
nxn)?  220. 1.  6 

TV;    - 

^nxnia  220. 1.  b 
niiBi^nia  201. 1 
inicNna  214.  2.  6 
yan-a  80.  2. 6 

y'srpZ  191.  3,  215.  1. 
niTl^  22.  a 
DD^Ta  119.  3 
t[Tp2  114 

m-b  34, 141. 1 

T        T  ' 

rhz  34 

r    T 

mia  61.  5 

T      T 

in^  172.  2 

T 

n^wra  161.  4 
o^in'a  161.  4 

T  ; 

yini?  190. 6 
nnia  215. 1.  b 

pm^  191.  5,  207.  2. 

210.  e 
nranb  24.  c,  93.  e 

n^Tl^a  198.  a  (4) 
1['riZ  190.  6 

asi'a  190.  a 

T   :    V 

nnS-Itt  58.  2.  a,  210. 
214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  6 

nnsn^a  114 
vyq  140. 5 
n?ntt  190.  6 
'^r\^yi  220. 1.  6 
n-iynia  190. 6 
inia  141.  5 


nnnia  216. 1. 6 

tV\'l2  60.  4.  a 

D^n-ra  203.  5 

■    -  T    : 

tmmi  166. 2, 191. 4 
satoia  221. 6.  a 

nto  190.  a,  191.  2 
ts-^Sto^  191.  1 
D^ibiiS^TS^  180.  a 
b  inte^  164.  2 

nnsTCi;  3.  1.  a 

^aiC^  215.  1.  & 

n^tia  191.  4 
naniffi73  161.  4 

irjnffi^  (inf.)  125.  2 
nniD'a  215.  1.  b 

nmijy  54.  1,  205.  b 

n''ffil3  210 

^nin^Tc^  104.  k 

32©^  200.  c 
aSt^  95.  a 

b,  m'l3,  131»)a  89(m.pl.) 
Thytq  207.  1.  a 
rtasffitt  27. 

T    ;      •     • 

i^'st'a  200.  c,  e 

^D3TC^  66.  2  (2)  c 
^blCtt  95.  a 

c.  D'^'aiB^  139.  3 
D^3^TB"a  191.  5 
DPyaTC^  60.  3.  a 

niair^  217 

T 

tTp2'm  214.  1,  217 

'    njyiLia  207. 1.  a 

nnSTTtt  214.  1.  6 

T   T      ;     • 

nnsoia  61. 1.  b 


INDEX   III. 


379 


inriBTTp  60.  3.  a 
"ipsiljp  92.  h 
"ib^STStt  61.  6.  a,  218 
p©ia  190.  h 
nj5©T3  80.  2.  6,  93.  e 
t|ipTr^   190.  a 
D''miJ13  210.  c 
nmri3  54.  1,  205.  h 

t'&q  141.  1  (p.  175) 
yanis^  126. 1 
Dn'^'inrnrT2  90  (2  m.), 

176.  1 
■irilBp  22.  h,  223.  1.  a 
D^riTlO^  22.  b 
tMZ  57.  2  (5),  82.  1.  a 

(1),  153.  1,  156.  2  bis 
r\'a  54.  1 

T       - 

D^pS'in^  82,  5.  a 

nnb  34 
nntt  34 

T      ■* 

r\Tp2  86.  5  (2  m.) 
p™  185.  2.  &,  207.  1.  c 

np^rra  66.  2  (2)  c 

nbffiini3  218.  a 

nnnnia  94.  a 
nnnp  237. 2  (1) 

D^n^  201.  1,  207.  2.  a 

n3sn)2  96. 6 

nsbn^  24.  a,  75.  1 

f^^n^r?^  141.  6 

ybra  80.  2.  6 

m'ybn^  51.  4 
orra  190.  6 

in^  215.  1.  a 


D''5!ni3  208.  4 

ynynia  141.  6 
pn^  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
•jsinna  141.  5* 
nn^  54. 2, 205./ 

i5D  46 

N3  240.  2,  263.  1.  a 
^i53  200.  a 

imS5  60.  3.  a,  61.  6.  a 
niX3  168.  a,  174.  1 

T    -:-  ' 

n^S3  57.  2  (2)  a,  187. 

1.  (^ 
11X3  174.  1 

T 

nis{3  159. 1 

T 

ni5?3  56.  4 

irnsb  111.  2.  (^ 

DX3  90  {pass.) 
51X3  121.  1 
nBi|!3  60.  3.  h  (2) 
D''B1BJ13  187.  2.  c 
yX3  82.  5.  a,  121.  1 
yXS  60.  4.  a,  92.  (^ 
niSX3  63.  1.  a 

T  V 

^^nisrxp  63.  1.  a 
ns3  121. 1 

-  T 

D'^IXS   140.  2 

nxt;s3  120.  2 

XnS  50.  1,  82.  5.  a 

HS3  207.  1.  b 

T    ■ 

nnb  219. 1.  6 
ibnnsi  65.  b 

T    :    •  : 

nsin3   198.  a  (2) 

nsiss^Dins  51.  4 


•laxn^Dias  51.  4 
■jiss  158.  4 
nths  141. 1 

T        T 

17h3  140.  2 

T 

ln''2l3   165.  3 

T  ••   • 

1Dh3  159.  1 

T 

0^333  159.  3 
baS  82.  1.  a  (1),  84.  3. 
a(l) 

bnsi  132.  3 

VT   - 

b33  90 

nbD3  (yy)  141. 1 
v^i  bns  35.  1 

I  l"JT 

'inb23  221.  2.  6 

'»nb23  221.  2.  6 

'r^ribns  221.  2.  6 

''nisns  i58.  4 

5?n3  50.  1 

-T 

npn3  141. 1 

It    :  IT 

ntjpaai  99.  3 
nn3  140.  2 

T  T 

lbxb3  83.  c  (2),  122.  2 

nS.13  219.  1 

nW  237.  1 

-"l^Sl   99.  3 

5''^5.?  91.  a 

n^i  184.  a,  197.  a,  208. 

3.  6 
nni>3  184.  a,  198.  a.  2 
1-7iDi3   140.  2 

T 

51153  131.  5 
n3^53   196.  6 
n'b.^3  91.  b,  173.  2 
lbi3  140.  2 


380 


INDEX      III. 


nib.)3  173.  2 
^rb.)?  173.  1 
n-bi^:  173. 1 

?hD  131.  4 
T;1D?53  60.  3.  a 

n?5b  207.  1.  e 
ninaa  uo.  2 

T    • 

©53  80.  2.  a  (3),  84. 

3.  a  (2),  130.  1 
"15  (v.)  156.  2 
"in;  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

(p.  175) 
inD  156.  2 
©in?  57.  2  (5) 
nb"i3  173.  2 

nn?  84.  3.  a  (3),  125. 

sn?  131. 1 
nin3  112.  2 
bn3  121. 1 

-  T 

nsbn3  80.  2.  6 

VbnS  187.  2.  c 
OnS  118.  2 
?fSnD  60.  3.  a 
in3  200.  c,  207.  1.  6 

n^nn?  203.  3, 
nisi^s  149. 1 

131^3  149.  1 

*ini3  142. 1 

ni3  156.  1 

TT 

m3,  ni3  157. 1 

Dn''t:i3  221.  7.  a 

'nbi3  149. 1 

I-IB^S  83.  c  (2),   150. 
(p.  182) 


?^3,  ?i3  157.  1 
Tlj)?i3  149.  1 

n3«ji3  13.  6 

TT3  158.  4 

•  T 

birp   82.  1.  a  (3),  84.  3. 

a(l) 
!lbT3  86.  a,  141.  1 

^bT3  86.  a 

T 

rib  60.  2 
i<nn3  63.  1.  b 
3  nxan3  63. 1.  5 

rans  165.   1 

T    :  V 

nnari?  i64.  2 

nn3i  100. 2.  a  (2),  156. 4 

^rj31  156.  4 

T  ; 

3  D'l'a^np  187.  2.  a 
TDin3  185.  2 

T 

niain3  205 

T  : 

bn3  80. 1 

-T 

bns  60.  3.  a 

bh?  131. 1 
bn3  140.  2 

AT- 

nbns  60.  3.  a,  6I.  6.  a 

nbn3  60.  3.  a 
ibns  141.  1 
rnabns^  99.  3 
ybn?  113. 1 
nbn3  196.  b 
nbm  141.  2 
Dn3  77.  2 

-  T 

on?  60.  4.  a,  131.  1 

^n'lttns  111.  1 

3  D'iwn3  140.  2 
p3  135.  2 


13)73.  53.  2.  a,  71.  a  (l) 
irfSn?  140.  2,  141.  2 
nn3  140.  2 

-T  • 

"in?  135.  2,  140.  2 

innp  141. 1 

mens  197. 6,  205, 211 

■jnOTS  193.  1 

nn3  131. 1 

—  T 

nn?  (3?y)  140.  2 
irn?  (fe)  131. 1 
ni:3  79. 3.  a 

r  T 

nt33  131.  3 

n'l^tSS  172.  5,  209.  3.  a 

»it23   131.  3 

!lit:3  172.  1 

T  T 

TD3  172.  1 

T  • 

X)2t33  207.  1.  6 
131^133  173.  1 
Dni2t23  164.  2,  173.  1 
yt33  60.  3.  c,  184.  a 
?I33  131.  4 
2>i:3  184.  a,  216.  1.  e 
3?t:3  126.  1 
n3?i:3  131.  3 
"1133  51.  1 

-T 

n"lt33  207.  1.  a 
''a  53.  3.  a 
nT3  69.  a 

T 

niT'S  187.  2.  c 
D3^3  105.  a 

r 

7i3i'i3  187.  1.  c 
^"1^3  158.  2 
D"l^3   105.  a 

T 

1S353  24.  b 


INDEX    III. 


381 


n333  207.  2.  6 
nD3  210 
•jiDp  159.  3 
nDiD3  159.  1 

T  T 

n5i33  159.  1 
HDb  237.  1 

:nnD3  127.  1 

-   IT 

DD3  50.  2 
Clbp?  91.  6 
nnSDpS  86.  b  (2  m.) 
1233  83.  c  (2) 
"133  216,  1.  6 
1^33  194.  2 

*    ;  T 

nabp  80. 2.  b 
r\):  91.  (f 

Ti!33  159.  3 

T 

Dhbs  91.  b,  119.  1 
np":?  132.  2 

nTnia3  9i.  e 

^b3  159.  1 

T 

5il23  159.  1 

T 

1i:il23  159.  1 

T 

bil33  159.  1 
n^blTQ?   159.  3 
nb-QS  200.  b,  q 
^b'lQp  159.  1 
Dr\b^3  141.  2 
DiaS,  D'a3  140.  2 
K2)33  207.  1.  b,  209. 

T    :  •  ' 

3.  b 

•^nSS^p  60.  1.  a 
Dnp^3   141.  2 

:n^;  (I'i?)  159. 1 

ntt3  185.  2 


n^r\33  45.  4,  97.  1 

D3  174.  5 

nD3  135.  2,  140.  2 

-T  ' 

nxao3  164. 5 

T    :    :  ■ 

nnD3  141. 1 

T   :  IT 

n3D3  140.  2 

T    ••  T 

nD3  3.    1.  a,    131.  3, 

T :  '  ' 

165.  1 
5iiD3  (K.  fut.)  157.  3 
M'D3  (Ni.)  159.  1 
nW3  159.  3 
"^^103  11.  1.  a 
•iri^lDS    66.    2   (2)    c, 

159.  1 
?fD3  50.  1 

^03  184 
0303  220.  1.  6 
''303  216.  2.  a 
003  141.  3  (p.  175) 

nsroai  99.  3 

nSOSl  99.  3 
Din3?3  111.  3.  a 

••    :    T  T 

TO  159.  1 
tJ^'niJ^S  62.  2 
D-i-llS^S  201.  1.  b 
b?3  197.  a,  200.  c 
U'^b'?)  203.  2,  208.  4 
Db^3  60.  3,  a,  112.  3 

nttb?3,  n''t)b?3  112.  3 

n?3  82.  1.  a  (2) 
ni^y3  32.  3.  a 

r     :    -J- 

p2?3   187.  2.  c 
"iy3  121.  1 

-  r 

1?3  58.  1,  184.  b 


n?3  184.  b 

nn2>3  58. 1 
y-n??  111.  3. 6 

ntol  172.  3 
''rihlBS  159.  1 
pB3  159.  1 

ani3iis3  159. 1 

D^2iS3  159.  3 
ni«bB3  235.  3  (3) 
rS5bB3  166.  1 

T    :  • 

nxbSS  166.  1,  205,  c 

nnxbBs  166. 1 

ib£3  106.  a 

^S'lbBS  173.  1 

•Tl^bBp  173.  1 

bb£3  92.  a 

1^3^  61.  4 

•^23  179.  2.  a 

0£3  50.  2, 102. 1,  197.  6, 

200.  c 
D^binS?  187.  2.  ff 
V?  217 
SS3  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

-T  ' 

nsr3  217 

T    • 

0)2^231  99.  3 

T  T    - 

r;23  61.  2 

pnt:23  54.  4,  96.  b 

'iibsrs  65.  a 
1^23  86.  b  (2  m.) 
"IS3  50.  3,  51.  1 

-  T  ' 

"123  131.  3 

nn23  24.  b,  98.  1.  a 

T      •    •  ' 

imsr3  24.  6,  106.  6 

TV:*  ' 

Dnn23  104.  i 


382 


INDEX  III. 


n^5  149.  1 

nnjPp  131.  3 

mpD  91.  c? 
np3  185.  2.  h 

n;??  174. 3 
iraipp  24.  c 

bupp  217 

Dnbp:  159. 1 

""pp,  ii-'pi  185.  "2.  d, 

209.  2 
n-ipS  173.  1 

in'ip?  173. 1 

bpS,  bpp  140.  2 
''n'?p3  141.  2 
Dps  217 
Dpi    131.  3 
ni2p3  217 

T  It  : 

•yp5  179.  2.  a 
Snp?  91.  6,  166.  3 
>3  43.  a,  200.  a 
S-13  97.  2.  a 

"nn?  183.  b 
'Till  99.  3,  147.  5 
1SS13   164.  3 
p3  140.  2 

Ki»3  82.  5.  a 

T  T 

«Tr3   131.  3 
Xto3  131.  4 
tiiSS   (Pi.)  165.  2 
iXTJ33  164.  4 

T  ; 

5li|:iB3  164.  4 
Ito3  165.  3 
i{TO3  57.  2  (3)  a,  86, 
(3  pi.),  164.  3 


•"itoS  165.  3 
fc?l03  177.  3 

T 

Sirs  165.  2 

bto  119.  1 

ni»3l   150.  3 

nn|T»3  205 

WCJ3   141.  2 
^'2'^tl  220.  1.  6 
D^©3  207.  2.  c 

D^ffian  140.  5 

•TT»3  84.  3.  a  (3) 
nSTlJS  51.  4 
btD3  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ffbirs   124.  a 

nr>ic3  97. 1 

n^T2J3  141.  1 

r     -T 

ni3®3  141.  1 
''3TB3    92.  c 
flT»3  50.  2 
MpTTS  53.  3.  a,  128 

nm»3  24.  c 

T      T  T 

n^nics  83.  c  (2) 
nynics  172.  3 

T      T        •    • 

pn3  11. 1.  6 

D3in3  11.  1.  5 

•yns  50. 1,  80.  2.  a 

84.  3.  a  (2) 
•jnp   130.  1,  132.  1 
■jhS,  "JM  131.  4 
"■JZ?r    130.  1.  6 

^2n3    24.  c 

T  T 

D^2n3  11.  1.  J 

h  ti:n3  101.  3.  a 

f  n2  50.  1 


yns  131.  3 
'in'^rpns  24.  h 
nns  125.  3 

-  T 

T»n3  50.  1 

-T 

DnnS   132.  1 

nsp  200.  6,  207.  1./ 
D^nSD  203.  3 

•      -  T 

ab,  ShO  134.  1,  139.2 

MD  138 

-  T 

aap  141.  4 

''3innD,  'i32pD  104.  ?, 

139.  1 
•^3130  139.  1 

''niao  61.  3 
a"inD  11. 1. 6 

n''aD  235.  3  (1) 

n^nb  90 

-?y3D  19.  2.  a 
ibao  24.  5,  221.  5.  a 
■"DnO  19.  1,  45.  2 
bao  187.  1.  a 

T     - 

ibac  24.  6,  221.  5.  a 

nbao  3. 1.  a 
nr^D  51. 1 

-     T 

(3),  ^V^^  187.  2.  c 

aaio  137, 141.  4 

liD  184.  6 
^niO  186.  2.  a 
D^O  58.  1 
nCID  58.  1 

T 

•^DTO  62.  2 
''DID  66.  1  (2)  h 
rD^D  62.  2 


INDEX    III. 


383 


neioise.  2.  a 
110  3. 1.  a 

nh^D  53.  2.  a,  220.  1.  h 

aho  119. 1 
nnnnp  92.  a,  122. 1 

Tip  197.  J,  200.  c,  d 
1130  51.1,141.  2  (p.  175) 
bDD  3.  1.  a,   51.  1,  80. 

2.  a  (1) 
STPDD  138 
IDO  3.  1.  a,  51.  1 

-     T  ' 

nnbo  125.  1 

bpbp  141.  5 

ni^pbp  187.1.6, 207. 2.a 

pbo  84.  3.  a  (2) 

D^D  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 

tbb  197.  6 

ITaO  195.  1 

nnnDuo  104.  i 

:    IT    r    • 

nSD  183.  &,  184.  h 
D^in:p  207.  1.  a 
D^spSp  207.  2.  a 
TB;0  195.  1 
13?0  19.  2.  a,  89 
ni:?D1  234.  a 

T   T  t: 

lyo  131.  3 

n?p,  n3?b  122.  2 
nnyo  51. 1 

PIP  200.  c,  207.  2.  a 
nSD  3.  1.  a 

T     T 

1ED1   156.  4 

ISO  50.  1 

5120  141.  3  (p.  175) 

ISO  61.  4 


D-'IO  210.  a 

•     T 

*io^no,  ''D'>no  60.  3.  c 
neynp  68.  a 

ino  184.  6 

T    ; 

D^'anp  104.  g 

nnp  217 
mno  217 

▼    :    • 

iinp  66.  2  (2)  a 

ay  197.  6,  200.  c,  215. 

1.  a 
ay  (d6A.?)  19.  2.  a 

nay  112. 5.  c 

-    T 

nay  65 

V  AT 

may  111. 3.  a 

T   ;    T 

inay  220. 2. 6 

T    T    -; 

inay  65 

^T  T 

inayi  61. 1.  a 

T   ~:  - 

''"lay  216.  1.  a 

^nay  61.  1 
in^nay  195.  3 

T    :   - 

:T]nay  220. 1.  b 
may  22.  a 
lay  112. 5.  b 

-    T 

inay  194.  1,  209.  2,  217 

rr^nay  62. 2 

T    •     ;    • 

ni'^nay  62.  2 
D^^^nay,  D^nay  62.  2 
n-^nay  217 
T^nay  106.  a 

DD^ay  106.  a,  127.  2 

nay  200.  c 
asy  112.  5.  a 

-     T 

aay  186. 2. 6 


bhy  185. 2. 6 

T 

bsy  197.  c 

rh^y  197.  c 

»  :  V 

ny  237. 1,  238.  1,  267.  b 
n^  65.  a 

ny^  (nyn)  46 
ny  43.  a 
nny  112. 6.  a 

T    r 

nny  i84. 6 
n^ny  209.  3 

''n?  238.  1.  a 

"•a  ny  239.  2  (2) 
qny  112. 5.  a 
nny  112.  5.  a 

—  r 

"inny  220. 2.  a 
a^^y  186. 2. 5 

T 

niy  235.  3  (1),  236 
l^y  161.  1 
Tiy  (v.)  157.  1 

)':^y  156. 1 

bny,  biy  i84.  6,  21 6. 

1.  d 

b^y  161. 1 

nbiy  51. 1,  208.  3.  € 

T  :   -  ' 

ibiy  221.  5.  b 
bbiy  142.  1 
bbiy  141.  5 
nyi  obiy  63.  1.  c 

V  T  T 

nnb-^.y  6I.  6.  a 

T  T  ;    - 

■jiy  156. 1 
•jiy  200.  c 
IDiy  141.  4 

D'^yiy  187.  1.  e 

?liy  201. 1 


384 


INDEX     III. 


p:?  179.  2.  a 

W  200.  a 

nV  (v.)  57.  2  (5)  a, 

161.  1 
n-^y  (adj.)  187.  1.  b 

•jin^iy  193.  2 

rn^y  i98.  «  (3),  201. 1 

n^^  161.  1 

iy,  Ti?  65.  a 

AT  ' 

IS  200.  6,  207.  2 
bTSry  11.  1.  a,  168.  a 

nnt:?  98. 1 
^jipinry  22.  a 

^2fy  61.  6.  a 
•jnT!?  111.  3.  a 
*>3n3Ty  104.  ;■ 
T1T5[  60.  3.  b  (1),  184 
1-Ty,  ^-Ty  221.  6 
^•T^  61.  5 
"IT:^  112.  5.  b 
"IT?  184 
n-lTy  196.  5 

T   i     V 

nmry  61.  6.  a 

T  T  :  V 

ni23?  112.  5. 6 

T    r 

n^uis?  209.  1.  a 

T      ; 

5]^t2?  195.  1 
D^B>t:?  207.  1.  a 
Tjy  50.  1,  112.  5.  b 

muy  214. 1. 6 

T    T  ~: 

■"J?  53.  3.  a 
"Oy^  201.  1 
V'!?  199.  a 

1:^?  184.  b,  197.  a,  208. 
3.  c  bis,  217 


niry  203. 5.  a 

T  ": 

ni3^2?  216.  1.  (^ 
''3''3?  221.  5.  6 

irr^s^?  220.  2.  c 

nS^y  156.  1 

T  :  rr 

n;*?  208. 3.  c 

"113?  197.  o,  200.  b,  207. 
1./ 

n'T?  220. 1. 6, 221. 5. 6 

DTy  207.  2.  c 
©■:?  197.  a 
©••nS^  195.  1 

*     T     - 

)^y,  id:?  51.  4 

1D3>  112.  5.  a 

-  T 

b?237.  1,  238.  1,  267.6 

b'y  186.  2.  c 
niby  51.  1 

T  :    - 

D^ia^b?  201.  1.  6 
Tby  112.  5.  c 

Tb3>  185.  2.  6 

ITby  111.  3.  a 

iTb^  89  (f.s.),  111.  3.  a 

''b?  238.  1.  a 

"•V?  3.  4 

'ji-'b^  193.  1 

ni^b-ib?  198.  a  (4) 
irb?  239.  2  (3) 
Db3?  112.  5.  6 

-  T 

aiprb?  237.  2  (2) 
nsbs?  93.  c 

^B-b?  237.  2  (2) 
•J^b:^  112.  5.  c 
nnbb  61.  6.  a 

T   T 

D?  197.  6,  207.  2.  a 


D5?  237.  1 
^133^  110.  1 

-   T 

lb?  60.  3.  6  (1) 
'lib?  65,  89  (m.  pi.) 
1W  60.  1.  a 
'•'l^aS?  111.  3.  a 

*     :    T 

^'I'QV,  45.  2,  106.  a 

tT'SW  209.  2,  210.  rf 

■^t)?   199.  b 

•^12?  214.  2 

•J^?  65.  a 

pb^?  3.  4 

tr'D'Dy  207.  2.  a 

pby  185.2.6,  207.  l.e^ 

217 
ptt?  184 
n^3?  208.  3.  b 

niby  3.  4 

•'IS?  24.  6,  216.  2.  a 

ns?  174.  3 

15y  185.  2.  (? 

T    T 

n^25[  60.  3.  6  (1) 

inisy  174.  6 

''32^  185.  2.  (/ 
:tj3y  104.  6 
135-  198,  217 
11?  141.  4 

n335>  198,  217 

T  T   *■:  ' 

133?  139.  1 
DDB3?  221.  5.  e 
p3?  50.  1 
''nhl?  24.  b 

tDnis?  141.  2 

D-iit&y  208.  3.  rf 


INDEX   III. 


385 


bB5>  112.  5.  a 

-    T 

nay  200.  a 

T    r 

nS':?  208.  3.  b 
D^nSS?  60.  3.  h  (2) 
7T\t)V  61.  6.  a 


2.  a 

Q^SnS?  208.  4 


^ry  43.  o,  185.  2  (?,  198,  -Jliy  60.  3.  h  (1) 

217  nyil?  187.  1.  e 

■jinSS^  193.  2  ^"n^  216.  1.  a 

OD'^njr:?  24. 5, 21 6.  2.  a  pn:?  210.  a 

rm,  184.  6  C'b),  217      HD-l?  111.  3.  a 
mS?  198 

T     •* 

D:^r)b:25^  203.  5 

U11!  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  Jjn!?  80.  2.  6 

a  (2)  ban?  193.  2.  c 

022?  197.  6,  200.  c  to"!?  197.  a 


ninny,  nian^  45.  5.  a  JTitey  214. 1.  h,  223. 1 
inn?  22.  a  nntoy  196.  rf,  224 

D^S^nn?  62.  2.  6,  209.    "jintoS?  210.  6,  227.  3 

D'^nto:?  208.  3.  a,  225.  1 
nhiljy  225.  1.  a 

T    ": 

ntoy  172. 1 

T      T 

piOy  185.  2.  c 

•jtcy  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  h 
l^m  216.  1.  e 


Up  217 

T\^1V  217 

"12Jy  50.  3,  112.  5.  6 

DS'in'-iSy  24.  6 

^I-insy   220.  2.  a 


TKniSi  200.  c,  216.  1.  h    'b'T\'ptV  17.  2 

nyny  187. 1.  e  -nsy  79.  2, 112.  5.  6, 

125.  3 
ncy  197.  a 
^mV  224.  a 

nw  200.  a  nnrn»3?  207. 1.  d 


apy  112. 5. 6 

apy  200.  c,  rf,  215.  1.  6  i^'$  (part.)  172.  5 

Iffiij!,  a;^y  239.  2  (2)  to  172.  2 

nia;^2?  24. 6,  216.  2.  a  to  172.  2 

?]inia;^y  24. 6  itoy  62.  2.  c 

•'a]^?  24.  i,  216.  2.  a  nillCy  172.  6,  209.  3.  a 

npy  185. 2. 6  ni'tjy  221. 7.  a 

bpbp?  188  1\'-^W  201.  2 

anp?  195. 1, 207. 2. 6  ■'niia?  227. 1 

tjpy  112.  5.  a  n'lTSy  86.  6  (1  c.) 

ttjj?y  187.  1.  6  ^?™?  102.  1.  a 

n?  156.  2  ?]©5  62.  2.  c 

an:?  iis.  i  ntos?  224 


niais?  24. 5, 21 6.  2.  a  n?  43.  a,  197.  h,  200.  c, 

nto?  172.  2  207.  2,  215.  1.  6 

r\w  62. 2.  c  nn:?  so.  2 

T  -•      ■ 

bsnic?;,  bx-nto?  13.  h  nn:?  219.  1.  a 

liO:^  (pret.)  62.  2.  c         ^riS?  194.  2 


Dn3?  112.  5.  a 

pn:?  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
W  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

iJS  11.  1.  h 
ninXB  189.  2.  c 

T 

?yn5<s  104.  c 

S^nSJB  104.  6 
i3?5S  125.  2 

bsnns  57.  2  (2)  6 
n^2nn2  13.  b 


any  197. 6 


ntoy  80. 2. 6,  112. 5.  a  Di^ns  55. 1, 193. 2.  <? 


386 


INDEX    III. 


I'lnS  193.  2.  c 
Dns«  nns  33.  1.  ff,  219. 
1.  6 

ns  11. 1.  b 

ns  185.  2.  d,  209.  I.  a, 

215.  2.  b,  220.  1.  c 
ns  235.  3  (4) 
IS  11.  1.  b 
pS  179.  2.  a 
lis  139.  1 

nnis  141.  4 

ns  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nns  78. 1 

—  T 

"ins  184.  b 
nns  198,  211.  a 
"ins    131.  3 

nns  131.  4 
ni:s  125.  3 

—  r 

•^B  61.  6.  a 
n^S  198.  c 
^n^B,  VS  62.  2 
©ib^B   59.  a,   195.  1, 

197.  a,  200.  6 
^mr^b^B  220.  1.  b 
Sbs    18.  2.  c 
^bS  92.  c 
:\bB  92.  c 
T2J5ibS    59.    «,    195.  1, 

197.  a,  200.  b,  208. 

3.  a 
D'lpbs  66.  2  (2)  c 
UibB   207.  1.  c 

•      T 

riD^bs  198 

•^la^bs  216.  1.  6 


r.b^bs   198.  a  (2) 
n^b^bs  198.  a  (4) 
bbB  141.  1  (p.  175) 
iSbbS  68.  a,  75.  3 
■^Sbbx  ^p"bB  75.  3 

inirbs  194. 1 

"iribB  199.  6 
•jS  239.  1 
roS  143.  a 

T     T 

t'^SB  39.  4.  a 

-tT    T 

D^3B  197.  b,  201.  1 
iU^DS  220.  2.  c 

••     T 

'')a^:s  194.  2 

''n^DS^  100,  2.  a  (1) 

nOB  187.  1.  b 

bos  208.  3.  6 

b?B  76.  2,  83.  i,  84.  3. 

a  (3),  118.  2 
b:?B  60.  1.  a,  61.  2,  4, 

208.  3 
ib?B  60.  3.  b  (2),  221. 

5.  a 
ibys  221.  5.  a 
^b^B   60.  3.  b  (2) 

^b:?B  61. 1 

DDbl^B  19.  2 

V    r    T    T 

a?B   60.   1,   63.   2.  a, 

197.  5,  200.  f,  d 
nSS  50.  2,  125.  3 
^pB  80.  2.  a  (4) 
"IpB    89 
^npB  86.  a 
^w^pB  106.  6 
D-^n^pB  187.  2 


npB  187.  1 
nip-lnpB43.  b,  188 
IS  197.  c 

Sns  18.  2.  c,  61.  2.  o, 
209.  3.  6 

nxnsii.  1.  a 

nS-lB   199 
"1313  207.  1.  b 

T    :   - 

D^p'nnS  207.  1.  a 

nns  197.  c 

T     T 

D'^n^ns  207. 1.  b 
■jins  193. 2 

ins  194.  2 
ms  50.  1,  79.  2 
nn-iB  187.  1.  d 
^"^^  57.  2  (4),  184.  b, 

221.  5.  c 
n^lB  62.  2.  r,  209.  1.  a 
^ns  62.  2.  6 
f^B  210.  a 
TDhB  216.  1.  a 

T 

nOIB  200.  c 

yns  200.  a 

nns  11.  1.  a 

nyns  104.  c? 

T     ; 

IBIS  141.  4 
ynB  50.  2 

f  ns  200.  c 

pIB  50.  1 

©IB  210.  a,  216.  1.  a 

T     T  ' 

©IB  50.  3 

-     T 

©IB  119.  1 

TOnB50.  3,  68.05,  180.  a 

DDffilB  104.  A,  119.  1 


INDEX    III. 


387 


ms  196.  6,  209.  1.  a 
TOS1  100.  2.  a  (2) 
"Om  80.  2.  a  (1),  84. 
3.  a  (3) 

nnics  200. 6 

DFlTl^S  156.  1 

ns  197.  a,  200.  b,  207. 

2.  a 
DXnS  235.  2  (1) 
cans   215.  1.  a 

nins  139.  2 

T 

nns  80. 1 
inns  106.  a,  125.  2 
^"^^  208.  3.  (^ 
Vnbns  188 

X2  148.  3 
nxsr  (n.)  216.  1.  6 
sni52r  (v.)  148.  3,  164.  5 
nrXS  148.  3,  164.  3 
D^!?N2  208.  3.  a 
■JS'SS   201.  1 
''X^NS  216.  1.  a 
Qi^SSSr  188.  a 
nsa  148.  2 
insS  148.  2 

T;ns3r  30.  2 

X32r  200.  a,  215.  2.  c 
D"'S33r  56.  4 

D'^xias  53.  4 

•ins  208.  3.  d 
'n^22  209.  2.  6 
n^32    165.  3 

T 

•12  207.  2.  o 


p'^'ia  187.  1 
pn^  84.  3.  a  (2) 
p'la  184,  198.  a  (2) 
p'12  65.  a 
p-lS  80.   1 

npna  198.  a  (2),  216. 
inp"l2   65.  a 
^np"l2  92.  c? 

aha  50.  1 

T 

nns  197.  a 

D'^nnS  19.  2,  203.  5, 

208.  4 
IS  174.  5 
nS5^2  11.  1.  a 
nX^?  200.  c,   215.  1, 

216.  1.  d 
ma  174.  5 

n;i2  57.  2  (2) 
^n-'ia  11. 1.  a 
U'^n^^2,  nnii2  11. 1. 

pis  207.  1.  c 
n^2  (v.)  50.  3 
n'lS  (n.)  51.  3 
pm  51.  2 

pm  92.  rf 

"ins  50. 1 

~     T 

nhs  185.  2.  6 

T 

•IS  209.  2 
^:^S  208.  3.  c 
^^2  187.  1.  a 
13TS  210,  d 
prS  187.  1.  c 
^bp-'S  14.  a 
bS  207.  2.  a 


nbS  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ninbs  57. 1 

T     " 

nnbs  57. 1, 210.  e 

ibbS  139.  1 

*:  T 

ibbs  20.  2,  221.  6.  b 

2  D^bbS  209.  2.  a 

n^-abs  195.  3 

ybS  197.  a,  200.  c,  216. 
1.  e 

n2>bs   198 

bsbs  187.  1.  e,  207.  2. 

a,  216.  2 
C^bsbS  16.  3.  6 
i^m  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1) 
b^m  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
^^m  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 
n)2S  80.  2.  a  (1) 

nias  165.  3 

•      T 

^niQS  164.  2 

•      •■      T 

a  "ipn^aS  102.  2,  104.  / 
''p^nniGS  24.  b,  92.  a 

^2nnt)s  24.  6 

qiSS,  5]^?S  185.  2 
npDS  200.  a 
^n^yS   119.  3 
p?S  51.  2,  121.  1 
^BS   (part.)  172.  6 
•jiSS  197.  6 

n:iss  219.  i 

r  T 

""Diss  194.  2 

niSS  197.  'c,  200.  a, 

207.  1.  d 
•JBS  50.  1 
MBS  132.  1 


3S8 


INDEX   III. 


C1S2  141.  2  (p.  175) 

y'inSS  68.  a,  195.  2 

Xp%  193.  2.  6,  208.  3. 

pS  148.  3 

']'\p'l  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

n)P2  148.  2 

nns  216.  1.  a 

T     T 

r\tiT\1  98.  1.  a 

T      :   T 

nins  200.  a 

112!:  50.    3,    141.    3 

-    T  ' 

(p.  175) 

nik]?  156.  4 

DSp  11.  1.  a 
DSp  156.  3 
nxp  196.  6 
np  139.  2 

nnp  184.  6 
■nap  19.  2, 141. 1 
niap  104.  rf 

bap  86.  h  (3  pi.) 

i>ap,  i^ap  19.  2.  c, 

221.  5.  a 
D^-bap  19.  2 

•i2ap  141.  3 

fap  92.  d 

nizip  92.  c 

?l2ap  92.  c,  101.  3.  a, 
104.  h 

"lap  78.  1 
"lap  200.  c 
inap  104.  j 

©ilp  185.  2.  6 
O'lTSi'Tp  201.  2 


D^lp   65.  a 
1p7p  187.  1.  <; 
a  Onp  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1 
a  (2) 
©•ip  208.  3.  h 
-©•ip  92.  c 
tJnp    92.  c 
D^TlJ"Ip  19.  2 

nnp  121. 1 

nbnp  197.  d 
"•nnp  194. 1 
yaip  50. 1 

IDTp  11.  1.  6 

fl'^P,  ^"P.  174.  3 
''n^^P,  ''fT'-lp  174.  2 
bip  200.  a 
Dip  153.  2,  155 

ni:ip,  n^^p  157.  2 
•lipip  34 
''^ip  34 
n^iaip  156.  2 

D^ip  83.  c  (1) 
Vir^iyif'p  198.  a  (4) 
7IP  179.  2.  a 

ni2iip  57.  2  (3)  a 
inhnp  21. 1 
np  132.  2 

np  53.  2.  a,  132.  2 
inp   132.  2 
Onp  132.  2 

■nnp  60.  3.  c,  132.  2 
nnp  132.  2 
"ipnp  132.  2 

?;at)p  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 


bTOp  217 

bt2p  51.   3,   83,    83.   6, 

85.  2,  103 
bT2p  183.  a 
bt2p   217 
■jrip  185.   2,  207.  2.  &, 

217 
•Jbp  (adj.)  185.  2 
•Jbp  (v.)    82.    1.   a  (3), 

84.  3.  a  (1) 
''STpp  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 
TDp  80.  2.  a  (l) 

nii:^p  187. 1.  c 

D?P  83.  c  (1),  154.  1, 

161.  1 
tJi)2"'p  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 
'ID^^P  220.  1.  6 
]ibp^P  187.  1.  e 
Tp  200.  a 
1%  141.  1 
^1)p1  100.  2.  a  (2) 

nibp  214.  2 
nibp  141.  2 

bbp  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bbp  141.  4 
nbbp  20.  2 
ncbp  198.  a  (3) 

bpbp  141.  4 

bpbp   187.  1.  e 

Dp  57.  2  (5),   153.  1, 

185.  2.  a 
tJil3p  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 
Di^p  156.  2 
bl3p,  b^p  82.  1.  a  (1) 


INDEX   III. 


389 


^l>^(5  24.  c 

n:i2p  61.  4,  66.  2  (2), 

157.  2 
f^p  208.  3.  b 
r\13)?  59 
•jl?  215.  1.  6 
sap  92.  d,  166.  3 
inssp  166.  2 
n3p  200.  c 

nbp  172.  2 

i3p   172.  2 

-■J^Dp  215.  1.  c 

■Jip  141.  1  (p.  175) 

|3p  80.  2.  6 

•^aSp  54.  3 

"'laipp  89  (f.  s.) 

DDp  84.  3.  a  (3) 

"□Dp  87 

DDp  141.  3  (p.  175) 

n'IBp  196.  c 

n22p    50.  1 

nsp  18.  2.C 

^nsp  220.  1.  6 

nsp  184.  6 

T3rp  185.  2.  a 

T^2p  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nsp   50.  1,  2,   84.  3.   a 

(3),  125.  3 
DD-l^p   106.  a 
mp  196.  6,  211.  a 
Kip  179.  1.  a 

T  It 

Xnp  166.  2 

ijnp  167.  1 
miinp  166.  2 


?«np  104.  c 
nb'^b  xnp  35.  1 

T   ;  AT  T  'JT 

•jSnp   60.    3.  c,   98.  2, 

164.  3 
nxnp  166.  1 

nsnp  166.  2 

nnp  77.  3,  78.  2,  82. 

1.  a  (2),  118.  1 
nnp  (imp.)  119.  1 
Snp  185.  2.  6 

anp  200.  a 
'yy^  19. 2.  a 

nanp  98.  1.  a 

^iinp'  39.  4.  a 
DDnnp  19.  2, 119.  3 

■jn-lp  19.  2.  b,  193.  2 
i3Snp  216.  I.  a 

"   T    :  It 

D'rip  200.  c 

rr\p  179.  1.  a 

T  It 

ainp  185.  2.  b 
n-np  187.  1.  6 
«nnp  11.  1.  a 
fc^n-ip  196.  rf 

T    :  tr 

"■nnp  89  (f.  s.) 
onp  118. 1 

'J'^P  197.  a 
nisnp  203.  5.  a 

^?np  214. 2 

wp,  i-^jnp  221.  4 

13\2"?|?,   D\3'^I?  203.  1, 

208.  4 
bb'^p  193.  2.  c 
ynp  50.  2 
Spnp  187.  1.  e 


^pnp  161.  2 

nirptop  207. 1.  € 

rnrp  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2)      ' 
niDp  210 
nilCp  216.  1.  d 
mp  61.  4,  183.  6 
ntJp  80.  2.  a  (2) 

nffip  80. 1 

D'lT^p  125.  1 
tJffip  141.  3  (p.  175) 
mcp  197.  6,  199.  d 
n&p  187.  1.  a 
BniniBp  24.  b 
nniBp  216.  2.  a 

nxn  77.  2,  79.  1,  80.  1, 
114 

ni?"\  172.  2 

i«n  172.  2 

T 

^&"1  26,  121.  1 

•'^niKi  57.  2  (3)  a 

n^Xn  172.  2 

T    ":  - 

nisi  172. 2 

T 

•lyin  60. 3.  b  (2) 
ni'^y:"!  207. 2.  rf 

•jilCiSn  227.  1.  a 

nttsn  156.  3 

T    *:  T 

nTnsi  11. 1.  a 
niusn  156.  3 

T 

ISSI   102.  3 

•       T 

TDSl  11.  1.  a  bis 
tJSI  156.  3 

T 

tih  61.  2.  a,  207.  1./ 
pWX"!  11.  1.  6 


390 


INDEX      III. 


pTSXn  193.  1,  22^.  1 

npiicsn  235. 3  (3) 

D'^ffiS'l  57.  2  (3)  a 
n^CXn   198.  a  (4) 

nn  ('''y)  153. 1 

an,  nh  (yy)  82. 1.  a(3) 

nn  217 

nn  C^y)  158.  3 

a'-l  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nnn  141.  1  (p.  175), 

179.  2.  a 

I'lnhnn  250.  2  (2)  a 
nni  179.  2.  o 

T    T 

nan  235. 3  (3) 

nan  172. 3, 174.  5 

^an  (iy)  156.  4 

lan  141. 1 

lah  139. 1 

ian,  i^ian  i97.  a,  209. 

3,  226 

nian  eo.  3.  a 
D^inian  203.  4, 226 

D'^an  249.  1.  a 

lyian  227. 1 
n^yian  227.  3 
ran,  yah  227.  3 
D'lyan  207. 1.  a 

fan  84.  3.  a  (2) 
nan  i58. 1 
nan  235. 3  (3) 
'>rian33. 1, 61.  e.a,  218 
nn  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ban  50. 1 

-    T 

ban  197.  a,  217 


"•ban  194.2 
D^ban  203.  5.  a 

■  T    : 

yah  126. 1 

'Ih  (T^^)  53.  2.  6,  150. 
1  (p.  182) 

in  (yy)  139.  2 
ir\,  nm  148.  3 

..7  X    . 

n'ln  (inf.)  148.  2 

5ihn  78. 1 
qhn  114 
"is^shn  114 

T    ; 

iBnn  19.  2.  a 

■    :  IT 

n^in  148.  2 
■•nhn  148. 2 
dann  22.  a 
am  158. 3 

nin  67.  2  (5)  a,  156.  1 

mn  184. 6 
nin  197.  b 
r\r\  161. 1 
bain  186. 2.  a 
Din  80.  2.  a  (4) 
Dttin  157. 1 

T 

pn  179.  1.  a 

^tr\  141.  4 
itr\  57.  2  (2)  a 
ahn,  ainn  197.  h,  200.  a 
Dinn  187. 1 
pinn  185.  2.  6 
bnn  197,  c,  200.  h 
onn  118.  2 
onn  119. 1 

onn  61.  2.  a,  197.  h 

n^rin  196.  c 


own  201.  1,  208.  3.  a 

yrn  80.  2.  a  (3) 
nsnn  119.  3 
yrr\  185.  2.  6 
pnn  119. 1 
npnn  119.  3 
ai:n  84.  3.  a  (2) 

CSrjn  68.  a,  180.  a 

•in  184.  6 

a'ln  (v.)  153.  2,   155, 

158.  2,  3 
a^n  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nia'^n  i58. 1 

T  • 

p^n  186.  2.  c  ' 
Dp'in  235.  2  (1) 
tJin  186.  2.  c 
X\lt^^  57.  2  (2)  a,  227. 

1.  a 
?jn  50.  1,  186.  2.  c 

aan  34. 3.  a  (2) 
ian  141. 1 
^jan  141. 1  (p.  175) 
ban  50. 1 

-    T 

nban  i98.  «  (2) 
"m^  139. 1 
■isinn  199.  h 
n^ah  208.  3.  h 
''pni'an  104.  k 
isn,  ^sn  141.  1 
1?n  139.  3 

1.?h  141.  5 

yn  60. 2, 215. 1. « 
ayn  (v.)  82. 1.  « (2) 

ayn  (adj.)  185.  2.  h 


INDEX    III. 


391 


nn  139. 2 

T 

n:?'n  i86. 2.  a,  215.  e 

Tl?"!  220.  1.  b 

lyni  141.  1 

T   ; 

''yn  221.  3.  a 
^?n  221.  3.  a 
bSJ-l  114 

—    T 

•jSl^n  122.  1 

]3?n  187.  1.  d,  207.  2.  b 

y?7  141.  3  (p.  175) 

^:)r\y'^  220. 1.  6 

•      •■    T    T 

XSn  186.  2.  a 
NSn  92.  rf,  166.  3 
nSB"l    164.  5 

T  T   : 

^3X21  165.  2 
''nSSn  165.  2 
ISn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nan  165. 1 
insirn  177.  3 

•     T 

Kia-I  179.  1.  a 

T 

VSn  199.  a 
X^"}  141.  4 

p"n  50.  1 
npn  84.  3.  a  (2) 
np'l  186.  2.  a 
D^l  186.  2.  a 
yp'l  126.  1 
?i?^)5n  106.  a,  125.  2 
p)?n  179.  2.  a 
Cn  0":>)  186.  2.  c 
»1,  tJn  C^S)  148.  3 
yiCn  198.  a 
nytj-l  198.  a  (1) 

n^nyon  203.  5 


''BtJn,  "iBlBn  22.  a,  216. 

2.  a 
CtO-l  141.  5 
tJTSn  141.  5 

nth  (v.)  148.  2 

niD-l  (n.)  184.  6 
rtm»"l  148.  2 

T     :    • 

pirn  200.  a,  207. 1.  c 

ntp  197.  6,  208.  3.  b 
«to  131.  3 

T 

^Xto,  IXto  16.  2.  a,  45. 
5.  a 

nbiio  3. 1.  a 

niiiri  16.  2.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

131.  4 
nxto  61.  2.  a 
ynto  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ynto  185.  2.  b 
:nynTD  127. 1 

;  -  IT   T 

nnis  3.  1.  a 

-      T 

^itO  141.  1  (p.  175) 

rrjto  185. 2.  c?,  200.  c, 

210,  215.  2,  221.  7 
Wto  220.  1.  b 
'^'jte  185.  2.  rf 
Mto  201.  1,  215.  2 
■'^nto  19.  2 
Kill)  131.  4 

n^te  158.  3 

•DW  158.  3 

ntt^is  158.  3 

T 

nito  3.  1.  or,  179.  2.  a 
into  184.  6 


pnto  51.  2        • 
Dt:te,  "juto  51.  4 
i:t:to  106.  a 

X''to  184.  6 

in-^to  221.  7.  a 

i'«te  221.  7.  a 

n^to  158.  2,  3 

U^W  158.  2,  3  bis 

n^^TS  158.  3 

ilJito  158.  2 

•JDto  51.  1 

bDto  3.  1.  a,  79.  S 

nibDto  3.  1.  a,   51.  4.  a 

"IDiD  3.  1.  a 

-     T 

ibto  184.  6,  207.  1.  b 
n^te  156.  4 

T 

n)2i9  82.  1.  a  (2) 
in^TI),  -Wto  216.  1.  6 

ipttii)  104.  y 

X3to  82.  1.  a  (1) 
nS3Tp  87,  166.  2 
rTX3to  104.  k 
''S?©  102.  3 

iriiisto  60.  1,  i64.  4 
mmbti  166.  2 
'>ns3to  164. 1 

••      T 

?j^ns3io  220.  2.  a 

n^to  3.  1.  a,  121.  1 
nyto  207.  1.  6 

nn3>to  51. 1 
nnjjio  198.  6 
nnbto  200. 6 
hnyirii  27,  57.  2  (2)  6, 

220.  1.  6 


392 


INDEX   III. 


nsto   3.   1.  a,   199.   d, 

217,  221.  2.  4 
■jsr  50.  1 
"'nsto  216.  2.  a 

DH^ninst?  221. 1 

DmBiJ?  221.  1 
-lis  207.  2.  a 
nniD  179.  2.  a 

T      T 

•'nic  199.  c 

-      T 

QiSyniS  68.  a 

ons^.t)  104.  i 

~    T    T       . 

p'lto  185.  2.  6 

nnto  141.  1  (p.  175) 

^mte  61.  6.  a 

•    T      T 

ni?  131.  4 

DniS  90  (pass.) 

©  53.  2.  a,  74 
nnns^TlJ  45.  5.  a 

T     •;    T     V 

biSTD  197.  6 
mt  67.  2  (3)  a 
niT3NW  156.  3 
?lt:Nl»  57.  2  (3)  a 
bStD  78.  1,  121.  1 

bmtD,  ^bm  119.  2 

aT     T   '  AT    T 

nbsttj  119.  3 

T     T     ; 

WbXTJ?  119.  2 
■•DlbXTD  118.  3 

T        ; 

^bSTO  119.  2 
■ybK©   104.  a 
l-'Flbx©  119.  2 
Onb^TD  119.  2 
IPI^O  122.  1 
■JSStTS  187.  l.rf,  207.2. 


T0«t5  139.  3 
^STO  183.  6 
rr^nHp   198.  a  (4) 
m?  53.  2.  a,    144.    3, 

148.  3 
-ITO,  nmO   148,  3 

yta  157. 1 

in©  11.  1.  a 

^linj  34 

T 

into  34 

T 

inO    39.  4.  a 
?imS  200.  c,  210.  a 
nine  198.  a  (4) 

•jnnin©  220. 1.  b 
t:n©  51. 2, 197.  b 

ilDn©  216.  2 

•in©  221. 5.  c 

ly'^nO  227.  1 
tr^ntp  198.  a  (4) 
blbnO  24.  6 

••bmij  24.  b 


ino,  nnc  126. 2 

mn©  84.  3.  a  (3),  86.  6 

nn©  148. 2 

nnffi  144.  3,  148.  2 

nnir  197.  b,  221. 6.  a 
"jinniij  193.  2.  a 
•'pn®,  ^r\n©.i48. 2 

bSiTB  197.  a 

T 

I^TS  216.  1.  e 
m?  207.  2.  a 

ihia  139. 2 
^'nc  141.  4 

r.'Tl©  93.  a 
I'TITIJ  141.  1 

:     T 

"lilllj  139.  2 
'I'l©  199.  c. 
CriTC  45.  5.  a 
NT©  61.  2.  a 

I        T 

niTlJ  157.  1 

niiij  (nitj^^?)  53.  2.  J, 

148.  2 


nbhT»  3. 1.  a,  200.  b,  ^nnni©  104.  c 

207. 1.  d  nniTS,  r;nitDi57.  2 

npntj  157.  2  nniTB  11, 1.  a 

yni?  216.  1.  e  1^1^   141.  4 

wnis  223. 1  nttttiis  207. 1.  a 

D^ynT»  208.  3.  a,  225.  1  T'S^ittJ  199.  a 
n^yntj  203.  3  ''SITS  194.  2.  a 

n:ynTS  223. 1.  a         y?c  161. 1 

DDWntJ  221.  2.  6         byitj  186.  2 

n^n:?nTj3  203.4,223.i.a  nyi©  186.  2.  a 
anyn©  223. 1.  a,  250.  usi©  186.  2.  a 

2  (2)  a  -iSiO  200.  a 

6  nniC  3.  1.  a  p^TJJ  207.  1.  / 


INDEX   III. 


393 


pW  191.  a 
n^ttj  3.  1.  a 
niti  (v.)  158.  3 
niC(n.)  197.  r,  201.  1, 

207.  1./. 
"^tWild  92.  b,  174.  1 
]T?itJ  207.  2.  b 
nnip  60.  3.  6  (2),  119.  4 

nn-ij  141. 1 

T        T 

imiJ  60.  4.  a,  141.  1 

nun©  119.  3 
niriTjj  199.  d 
nhiij  185.  2.  6 

T 

nhnn©  188 
nntj  78.  2 

-       T 

inno  121.  2 
Dannia  119.  i 
nDTiJ  200. 6 

T 

D'^tSTS  156.  3 

T 

nmip  187.  1.  c 
ib-^©,  ^p'b-'O  55.  2.  a 

T^t?  158.  2,  3 

nn-iTp  220.  1.  b 

ri^TB  158.  2,  3 

irr^Tj?  221.  5.  6 

r\tD  139.  2 

3D0  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nblD   87 

T 

3DT»   87 

nnD^ij  98.  1 

nnDTZJ  106.  a 
iaDTS  106.  a 

T 

biDTT   184 
■JIDTS  90  (joass.) 


■jiDW  87 

nDtp   80.  2,  82.  1.  a  (2) 
in?©  216.  1.  b 
^DnD©  127.  2 
?J^3nDO  127.  2 
nnD©  60.  2.  a,  127.  1 
bDO  3.  1.  a 

-        T 

bbtO  82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 
o  (1),  85.  2 

:''pbDT^65.«,  82.  l.a(3) 
■inbbTJJ  65.  a 

;  T 

DDTJJ  183.  b 

DDTIJ   65 

■iXlDTB  221.  5.  c 

pT?  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 

«(1) 
)blD  87 

)DTS  90  (;3ass.) 
•ipDilJ  61.  6.  a 
P2DO  132.  1 
ippDTU"  90  (2  f.) 
ID©   3.  1.  a,  125.  3 
nSTiJ   185.  2 

T        " 

■b©  131.  3 
bijj  139.  2 
•jpSb©  68.  a 

n^^nnnbto  195.  3 

lb©  185.  2.  rf 
lb©  184.  b 

nn  lb©  21. 1 

T  ••      T 

D-'nib©  187.  2 

finb©  187.  2 

"^nnb©  168.  a 

nb©  80.  2.  a  (1),  124 


nb©  60. 1 
nb©  125.  2 
nb©  126. 1 
nb©  126. 1 
nnb©  125. 1 

221.  3.  a 
126.  1 

■jnb©  200.  a 
xrnb©  45.  4 

nnb©  123.  5.  a 
tsb©  84.  3.  a  (2) 

lb©  54.  2 

©■lb©  210.  a 
•'©'lb©   199.  b 

T 

i©ib©  227.  1 
n^©ib©  227.  3 

nntp'^b©  219. 1.  o 

rsb©  92.  d 

bb©  141.  3  (p.  175) 

Db©  84.  3.  a  (2) 
Db©  92.  d 
Db©  92.  c 
Db©  93.  a 
^^b©  92.  c 
""pb©  194.  2.  a 
"©b©  215.  1.  c 
©b©  51.  3 

T 

n©b©  220. 1.  b 
n©b©  223. 1 

D^©b©  225.  1 
D^©b©  207.  1.  a 
D©b©  235.  2  (1) 
•J'^nirb©   220.  1.  6 
D3r\©b©  250.  2  (2)  a 


394 


INDEX     III. 


nrWbV  250.  2  (2)  a 
•jnb©  53.  2.  a 
DID  235.  1 

T 

DC  43.  a,  200.  a,  215. 

1.  6 
"l^©  80.  2.  o  (3) 
niSTlJ  219.  1.  a 

T        T 

row  221.  3.  a 
ni^tp  64.  2 

ni^affi  139.  2 
nnp^aic  86.  b  (2  m.) 
^"nw  66.  2  (2)  c 

n^'QTD  10.  a 
D'^'aiD  201.  1,  203.  5.  c 
n^^'QTS  219.  1 
'>Di^UJ  227.  1 
UntS  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 
a  (1),  141.  3  (p.  175) 

Diaia  90 

ya-O  79.  2,   84.  3,  a  (2) 

naiais  223. 1 

T 

D^pblJ?  225.  1 
'IW  n;bO  224.  a 

T  T         -  : 

yiZW  80.  2.  a  (1),  82. 1. 

a  (2) 
yia©  60.  1.  a 
3>)a©  65.  6 
yi3©  184.  fi 
:?)2T1J  60.  1.  a 
y^TD  60.  1 

nyiatj  125. 1 

ny^TC  98.  1,  125.  1 
"iJ^^UJ    125.  2 
?i?iaT5  106.  a 


DD5?ttt5  125.  2 
)ym  89  (f.  pi.),    98.  2, 
127.  1 

n^;yT2T2J  127. 2 

T         -:    -     : 

^35>U©  125.  1 

•  ••    T     : 

rs^iatD  127. 1 

;     —     —      T 

n?^TlJ  205 
Wtttj  106.  a 

T    :     T 

^■0©  77.  2 
n"ail5  186.  2.  a 
-TTi'mfl  125.  1 

T  T 

nn'mij  19.  2 

T     :     IT 

m)2TD  104.  e 

T    T     : 

TB^TB   197.  6 
IP  197.  o,  217 
S5©  196.  d 
i^SliJ  177.  3 

T 

n:Ta2oo.c,(/,  211,216,1 
iriisTD  141.  2 

•^DT?  227.  1 
D'^jTB  203.  4,  223.  1 
nWn  D'>3ffi  251.  4.  a 
^2^3 T»  250.  2  (2)  a 
n^ptp  235.  3  (3) 
I?©  141.  1  (p.  175) 
IIP  141.  5 
riDTB  196.  5 
D'^nDTO  203.  3 
yOtJ  126.  1 
TDtp:?©  195.  2 
byiS  208.  3.  b 
■^b?©  216.  2 
y?«  141.  2  (p.  175) 

n:?«  197. 6 


n^3?tj,  :n^yB  60.  3.  a 
ni-l?p  3.  1.  a 

n-i^nj^©  187. 2.  c 

T  -:     - 

yp?p60.  3.  6(2),  141.  6 
ti'^mt  187.  2.  6 
•jiS©  89 

nnstj  214. 1 

^tDSTS  89  (m.  pi.) 
?JSp  80.  2.  a  (2) 
?[b©   89 
nDSt0  13,  6,  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

nDDTlJ  22.  a 

T    :     T 

bSp  82.  1.  a  (1) 

bS©  87 

nbs'ij  196.  c 

IBp  207.  2.  b 
nySTJJ  196.  6 
TnSp  187.  2.  c 

ninsttj  203.  5.  a 

T 

D'^nSffi  203.  5.  a 

—   T       ; 

nj^pi  131.  3 

^pT»  209.  3 

ppp  187.  2 

D^^jpp,  nitt]51&  208.  3.  a 

ppir  141. 2  (p.  175) 

npTB  199.  d 
ninp[©  216.  2,  216.  2.  a 
''©i<"'mij  60.  4.  a 
'U^n'lT?  22.  a,  51.  2,  68.  a 
^J-n©  60.  4.  a,  221.  6.  b 
^ni«  221.  6.  6 

Trnic  208.  3.  ft 
ttjnp,  mia  83.  c  (i), 

92.  b,  122.  2 


INDEX    III. 


395 


nfflltj  187.  1.  e 

T  :    - 

D""©-!©  19.  2 

•     T       T 

t&ID  43.  a 

rrco  223.  1 

T        • 

•'©«  227.  1 
Q^ffiTJJ  225.  1 
n©  200.  a 

T 

nrnij  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

in©  172.  2 
im»,  nine  i72.  2 

'Tm  209.  2.  h 

rr^n©  209.  2.  6 
•jn^nrj  250.  2  (2)  a 

D'^nW  22.  6,  223.  1.  a 

axn  51. 1 
bn»ri  111.  2.  a 
^fit  ^n;isni  35. 1 
■j^-inisn  64.  2 
"ibxn  111.  2.  a 
innsneo.  3.C,  111. 2.  e 

is?n  57.  2  (3)  a,  184.  6 

•^laixn  216.  1.  c 
thsn  111.  2.  a 
inbDsr\  60.  3.  c  (?), 

93.  o,  111.  2.  e 

riibDsn  91.  c 

T    ;    -     T     •■ 

5lbsri  111.  2.  a 
•'lasn  216.  1.  c 
:n3^xn  88  (f.  pi.) 
•jnissh  88  (m.  pi.) 
nssn  200. 5,  216. 1.  h 

I^BOSn  151.  2 
•'BDSn  112.  3 


■^anxri  112.  3 

insp,  i-isn  60. 3.  i  (2) 
n3ii5n  157.  3 

T  T 

n^ffisn  190 
nrsn  111.  2.  J 
snh  111.  2.  6, 177.  3 
nrxin  157.  3 
^is^nn  88  (f.  pi.) 
n:x2n  157.  3 

T  T 

Tii^nn  88  (3  f.),  167.  3 
riDbnan  11 8.  4 

T   :     -   T     • 

nxinn  97.  \.a 

T  T 

nnsnnn  220. 1.  h 
nni5inn88(3f.),  167. 3 
?inxinn88(3f.),  167. 3 
Tian  140.  3 
■j^nn  192.  2 
pisn  140.  3 

^2:n3Pl  105.  h 

V     T     ; 

^riDnn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 

is^'ian  26 

•       T 

itj^nn  160.  3 
nsnnn  172.  4 
nrsnn  172.  3 

T      V    :     • 

ban  190.  h,  197.  a 

bnn  190.  h 
bbnn  190 
inr\T  158.  2 
•jrynn  172. 1 
npyan  126. 1 
•^sn^ari  105.  6 
5?I?.?r^  126. 1 
]^Tr]?nri  88  (m.  pi.) 

''t?)5ari1  234.  a 


isnnn  120.  3 
•^sDnnn  105.  h 
nrna^ni  128 
bn^ni  99.  3 

•j^y^Sin  126.  1 

mr\n  15  8. 2 
1^iyni72. 1 
:b5n  174.  4 
ban  66. 1  (1),  173.  3 
nbj.n  172.  3 
nbani  173. 3 
nsb.^n  158.  2 
•'nib^.^n  220. 2.  c 

^iT^^^ni  88  (f.  pi.) 

Vpann  88  (2  f.) 

'ippa'in  105.  a,  (/ 

na'ini  99. 3 

'Jlia'in  55.   2.  a,   88 
(m.  pi.) 

■j-i^ann  88  (m.  pi.) 
nna-n  92.  e 
"Tin  139.  3 
nrnn  192. 2 

''iD^SS'jn  105.  c 

n:bnn  172.  3 

TV; 

li^TGnn  172. 1 
^'$^-^x\^  147.  5 
Kffi^n  45.  2 
^nh  61.  2 
inn  30.  1 
Dinn  190.  h,  197.  h, 

200.  a 

n-::!!:!  172.  3 
3i^nn  88  (f.  pi.) 


396 


INDEX    III. 


nr^nn,  ns'^nn  ii.  i.a 
ns^inn  i60.  3 

TV       •     : 

^-isnn  94.  c 
bnn  140.  5 
nbnn  i90. 6 

^bnn  19.  1,  60.  3.  h  (2), 
112.  2,  151.  1 

'n'^n^nn  220.  2.  a 
"innn  172.  4 
n::^nnn  11 8.  4 

T    ;    -     T     •• 

3^nnnn  172.  3 
^^nnn  24.  c,  142.  3 
^T\  185.  2.  (? 

T 

sin  57.  2  (3)  a 
TO^.n  190.  6 

T 

tfiri  63.  2.  a,  184.  b 

?lir\  216.  1.  (? 
n:nDin  220.  1.  b 

tfHDin  105.  e 
?J^)2in   90,  151.  3 
?lDin  22.  6,  151.  2 

qoin  151.  2 
nnyin  207. 1.  a 

T     -• 

nin  217 
min  217 

T 

i)2T»^nin  104./ 
rnrin  190.  6, 192.  2 
laiDin  216.  1.  a 
nn^rn  157. 3 

T    V  ; 

yO)T\  88  (f.  pi.) 

nnDin  ei.  4.  a 

r    :    -  T 

^brn  ill.  2.  6 

nwn  190.  5,  199.  rf 
^S^P^l  (3  f.)  172.  3 


^y:^]'^\5Z.  3.0,  111.2. 

xanpi;]  166.  4 
nib^ann  201. 1 
bann  60. 3.  a 
tnn  172.  4 
TnhT  111.  2. 6 
nrni^  172.  4 
''nn  16.  2.  a 
•j-ib-inn  158.  2 
bnm  158.  2 
bnn  140.  3 
nbnr\  190.  6 
i-^D^sibnn  220.  2.  c 

•   :    IT  -:    - 

nrbnn  141. 2 

T     v    •    : 

D^nn  190.  a 

m^nm  104.  e 
m":nn  190. 6 
''nbnri  220.  2.  a 

Onm  60.  1.  a,  157.  3 

ynn  173.  3 
Trnn^  157.  s 
''sn^nn  105.  e 
nnn  237.  1, 238. 1 

t^^J?  (fs)  131.  1 

''nnn  194.  2 

DO'''?nPl  238.  1.  b 

13  nnn  239.  2  (2) 
Dnnpi  238. 1.  b 
"ipnnn  238. 1.  b 
intp-^n  147.  4 
■jiD^n  193.  1 

jq^T\  190.  6,  197.  6 
ppm  150.  3 

nw>n  11.  1. 6  • 


c  T(W^T\  113.  1 

V    T 

^l?ir\  147.  4 

tj-i^n  190.  b 

lt'}T\  208.  3.  c 

nDniD^n  147. 2 

n5ttffi''P\  147.  4 

T    :    AT 

'n'llDn  101.  3.  a 

r^Dni  172.  4 

,V?^3J?^   88  (f.  pi.) 

nnsm  119. 1 

"  T      •  - 

ban  172.  4 
nbDn  177.  3 
■jsn  50. 1 
nD?n  54. 2 

^T'^IDn  192.  2 

-nnDn  88  (2  f.) 
«bni  172.  4 

nxbn  190.  b,  198.  a  (3) 
D^sbn  177.  3 

T    : 

"ibm  147.  5 

ni^bn  147.  2 
nbn  50. 1 

T      T 

DiS^bn  56.  4,  177.  3 

•f^nbm  119.  1   ' 
iisbn  105.  a 

^Dbn  65.  6 

n:Dbri  6i.  4.  a,  151. 1 
^n^bn  88 
T^bn  192.  2 

■"i^P^,  I^J?  158.  2 
fin  186.  2.  c,  207.  2 
nh  (v.)  139.  2 
Dh  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
rittn   143.  a 


INDEX    III. 


397 


nsiTOn  118.  4 
i3?.^'!an:i  161.  3 
nrts^'an  i57.  3 

b™  183.  c 

■j^n^ian  i57.  3 
nsn^n  isY.  3 
n^n  175.  3 

'in^n(2m.)l72.3,l75.3 
D^'Sn  53.  3.  a 

iiasbian  io4./ 
iD^btini  99.  3 

Uan  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175) 
'iSlpn  54.  3,  141.  2 

nns^n  ei.  6.  a 

T  T     ; 

DTOI^I   175.  3 
bb^n  60.  1.  a 

nrssisn  i65.  2 

T  V     r      • 

;;S2^P\  60.  1.  a 

TOpian  141.  2 
n'ani  i75.  3 
nian  i4o.  5 

^"l^h  111.  2.  6 
nin-an  192.  2 
D^nii'an  i87.  2.  c 

tJlSn  157.  3 
•}!?  53.  2.  a 

:n;BS5;n  lis.  4 

T    :    i-T     : 

msasn  isi.  2 
ibn  157.  3 
ri^3r\  131.  2 

HDn  132.  1 

nisn  192.  2 
nsni  60. 1.  a 

-       T    — 

traniT^  205.  c 


nron  131.  1  n?n  197. 6 

'i'^]?''?!?')  150.  2,  161.  5  nyn  6O.  4.  a 


nyni  174.  4 
to2?n  173.  3 
ntp^n  172.  3 
^>-nT?5^n  27 

i;^WT\  55.  2.  a,  88.  2.  / 

nsiTiJyn  105.  h 


n3"is:p  104.  h 
Ktesn  131.  6 
■^STrsn  102.  2 

•       ••  T 

n3^2Dr\  61.  3,  136.  2, 

141.  2 
?yppi  140.  5 
qon  111.  2. 5, 151.  2    nnssn  192.  2.  a 
ysp  51. 1, 121. 1         ^n£r\"i  111.  2. 6 
nyn  eo.  4,  a  n^sri  192. 2 

•j^'ih^n  88  (m.  pi.)       crnisisn  lei.  5 
D'lnsJn  19.  2,  111.  3.  a  nra^sp  157.  3 

••     ;    T     T  '  TV: 

•'"iinyn  88  nDs^sn,  nss^sn  157. 3 

aa^ni  111.  1  n>£n  190. 6 

naa^ni  97. 1.  a  "jsni  172.  4 

n:^yri  25, 88  (f.  pi.),  91. c  3?£hi  150. 3 
n3^j?n,  nssyn  157.  3    oysni  99. 3.  a,  119. 1 

5:]Br\  141.  3  (p.  175) 


nynn  172.  4 
n3?n  51.  3 

T       T 

nniyn  19  8,  a  (3) 

Tyr\1  140.  1 

T      T   - 

nryn  91.  b 

-     T       •* 

nT2?n  60.  4 
i3?r)i  (<>)  157.  3 
nbyn  216.  1.  a 
^b?rii  140.  5 

nbyn  60.  3.  c 


^s^j^sn  105. 6 
nsn  140.  5 

^l^iaiCBPl  88  (m.  pi.) 

nissn  147.  2 
ns^'iian  161.  3 
ns-'^sn  141.  2 
n:bsn  141.  2 
^3a]^n  139. 1 

nipn  190.  6,  198.  a  (3) 

nssipn  88  (f.  pi),  16I.  3 

nS^TD  160.  3 


bpn  140. 1 


•j^n^yn^  99. 3.  a 
a^2?ri  192.  2,  200.  c 

^•r??!?,  S^WyPl  172.  3  ll^n  50.  1 

y:?n  141.  2  (p.  175)  nyph  46 

nsyn  97.  1.  a  y'pn  157.  3 

n^yn  126. 2  x'Dpn^  166.  4 


398 


INDEX  III. 


n3sn)?r\  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
in'^ipn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
I^nnjpni  99.  3.  a 

TDpni  174.  4 

nnpn  95.  a 

it':     t 

sSn  35.  2 
s'ini  172.  4 
nxnn  172.  3 
"'psnn  105.  e 
nnni  172.  4 
nanpii  175.  3 
nin-in  190.  b 
■•nbann  94.  «,  115 
inn  147.  2 

n^nnn  192. 2.a,  216.1.6 

nsnnn  88  (3f.pl.),  147.2 
innri  147.  3 
inn  156.  4 

T 

ni2^-in  190.  b 

T  I 

n2)2Tainn  16I.  4 
yiin  140.  3 
nsTCann  92.  e 
n-i^nn  192.  2.  a 

n2D9nPl88(3f.pl.),  91.C 

■{nh  190.  6 
nsnn  97. 1.  a 

T  T 

nsi'in  88  (f.  pi.) 
3>nn  (v.)  140.  5 
Cjnn  175.  3 
D^snn  201.  2 
nrs-in  les.  3 
fnp'i  140.  5 
ynnn  172,  4 
nnsinn,  m'}T\  93.  a 
n2^si!?n  165.  2 


nisten  164.  2 

T  V       • 

ip.:ju3;^ton  161. 2 
rraiton  61.  4.  a,  205.  c 
bston  97.  2 
'ibiK^isn  180.  a 
nsisn  164. 2 
nsniiJn  157.  3 

T    :         T 

ns2©n  61.  4, 160.  3 

n3-13T^n  88  (3  f.  pi.) 

nattJn,  nairn  65.  a 

HDi^Wri    157.  3 

un^wv\  54.  2 

ni^mJn  190.6,  192.  2.  a, 
198.  a  (3) 

i^nTrn6o.3.6(2),i20, 1 
nnirn  119. 1 
irn  172.  4 
"il^^pn  227.  1 
nsnD'iiJn  91.  c 

T]ptr\  88.  (f.  pi.) 

ninbicn  88  (3  f.  pi.), 

105.  6 

"obtr\  97.  2 
ipbtn  95.  a 

Dffin   147.  4 

nni^Tcn  105.  (f 
'inTaffin  65.  6 

■J^-I^TCn  88  (m.  pi.) 
yi?ri  216.  1.  e 

:^wv\  60. 3.  c 

nyttjn  223. 1 

D^2?Tan  208.  3.  a,  225. 1 

nyir-yTiJn  142.  1 

IT  t:     t     : 

rnoni  158.  2 

-       T    - 

riDBnffin  11  s.  4 


■j'^'^snisn  88  (2  f.) 

SV\1Dr\  176.  3 

riDDsnirin,    nspspicri 

96.  6 

nn  131.  4 
-nn  61.  5 
J3?b3nn  126. 1 

IT  -    : 

nnnn  142.  2 

AT      T       • 

nann  60.  4.  a,  i76.  3 

T     ;      •  ' 

nnn  (nnn;)  53. 2. 6, 

132.  1 

"I'lnnn  126.  2 
n;Dbnnr\  96.  6 

T    :    -    -     ;      • 

bnbnnn  16I.  2 
nnnn  i76.  3 
•T!>t!!f^<n  94.  a 
■'nn  61.  5,  131.  4 
jcsnm  176.  3 

IT    :     •  - 

onn  140. 1 
nrs^iionri  16I.  3 
!D^nn  142.  2 

tT     -      • 

inn  132. 1 
n;nni  105.  a 
NTiJinn  166.  5 
2?nn  172.  4 
:  bsnn  142.  2 

IT     -       • 

Nbenn  166.  5 

T   -    :     • 

aj'snnn  99.  3.  a,  119. 1 

•.bnsnn  96. 6 

IT  -    :     • 

n^nn  53.  3.  6,  150.  3 

(p.  182) 

isnn  25 , 
nnhi  150.  3 
:?nnn  60.  4.  a,  i76.  3 
nspuiTiJnn  lei.  3 


IISTDEX    lY. 


HEBREW  GRAMMATICAL   TERMS. 


p^n  Si?  b^nUJD  7.  3.  a  Sl^tt?  71.  e 

•J^D3  212 


ni'^nii?  2  n^ns  46 

nbDi  niri3  "jn^x  7. 3  "i"!]?  iibi  n'^ns  46 

n)2S  31  f^'a'^?'?  29.  h 

aniD  nabu)  ■';s7.  3.a  Tm  "jiffib  199 


nss  "i5iS  21.  1 

iDira  85.  1.  a 
D"'2'»2a  76.  1 
S^5?a  45.  4.  a 

T    ;  - 

prn  T2J.)"n  23.  i 
bp  irsi'i  21. 1 
nrn;^n  i?n  229. 1 
nbi«TEn  s?n  230. 1 
I^n2i2sn  7.  3 

n'OiSl'l  9.  1,  243.  2.  a* 
?y^sn  11  99.  1 
nDT   196 

T    T 

qi2n  16.  3.  a 

pin^n  45.  4.  a 
oyi:  28 

NHTJ  29.  6 

D-'ins  76.  2 
n''^133  71.  c 


D'^an  "jiirb  199 

D^D©  "jittjb  199 

•yns^  45.  4.  a 
na*!^  71.  c 
niDi^  212 
Q-'bia  70.  a 
D^Dbu  28 

b-'yb^  32 
yib^  32 
nnic^  10.  46 

T  T 

p^ST?  26 
niptt  85.  1.  a 
qp)a  43 

I3ib55  nPD  m»^  7. 

3.  a 

^11^  44 

nis-i^p  28. 6 
n:  16. 2 


npC3  71.  c 
373  16.  2 

T 

n3p5  196 
D^-Ilp3  2 
pics  qiO  36.  1 
•JI'QD  212 
D^nnS?  28 
nay  85.  1  a 
Tm  85.  1.  a 
D-'bSJS  70.  a 
•im  85.  1.  a 
inp  46 

a^nD  iibi  i-ip  46 
nsn  27 

•^nnDia  -j^n  bxic  7.  3.  a 
Nnuj,  xiiij  10. 1 
nsnn  ^s  ^'aibii?  7. 3.  a 

ni)3®  70.  a 

nscian  ni^TS  223. 1 

T    :  -  ; 

n:^3  irDsb^TD  7.  3.  a 
niy^sn  12 


Names  of  the  letters  §  2,  their  signification  §  5.  & 
Names  of  the  vowels  §  12,  their  signification  §  12.  5 
Names  of  the  accents  §  29,  their  signification  §  20.  6 
Names  of  the  verbal  species  §76.  1,  2. 
Designations  of  imperfect  verbs  §  76.  3. 


POSTSCEIPT 


The  folded  leaf  whicli  folloM^s  contains  a  general  view  of 
the  inflections  of  the  various  kinds  of  verbs,  perfect  and  im- 
perfect, the  rules  for  the  changes  to  which  nouns  are  hable, 
the  personal  pronouns  in  their  separate  and  suffixed  forms, 
and  the  different  vowels  assumed  by  the  inseparable  prefixes 
and  the  interrogative  rra .  It  is  designed  to  be  taken  out 
of  the  book  and  mounted  upon  pasteboard.  The  student 
will  thus  have  the  most  material  parts  of  the  grammar  brought 
together  and  exhibited  to  his  eye  upon  a  single  page. 

Two  sections  of  the  grammar  have  been  inadvertently 
numbered  141  and  two  150.  To  prevent  embarrassment 
from  this  cause  in  the  use  of  the  indexes,  the  page  is  almost 
always  added  when  the  second  of  the  duplicate  sections  is 
intended. 


HlphaL 


Ulpbll 


DopbtL 
S).  n. 


UlUipaaL 
S>   in. 


PB«TI»iti. 


GENERAL   VIE\\- OF  THE   VERB. 


\ 


fe  UuiL  b  OaU. 


bH5 

riK5 


i  Gau.  V  Gmt. 


r^  r:r 


rrVa 


rzs;  ri:;: 


V^y-       r^-c 


R3t 

p«r; 


ncSn 


ir3*n       r^?"n      Vr^l<^      ntnsi 


rb(*in       rry»n        ruSn 


r^ 


r)3 


r'Vs 


r*5i-i 


/m-r^ 


Sxftti. 


/•I^ 


PstL 


/^.pL 


-ssrr 


•*r 


rotepr 


-rrr  lap- 


rritcn      .-■■r-Vsr       rrriT 


b«r 


lEJp       rcbior      rcrbrr       ~;t     r:iz-cr 


iiegrri         "ii^yr.!         ^K*?        ^-2^1'*" 
rfctoprn     rnbrrri      rtwrn     pn*"iBn 


ssnrr       sarwi 


-|>5I 


-p^' 


iHsr- 


-,-p- 

»?•■:■ 

"??• 

■rrr 

-MI-X 

-V?? 

=■(:: 

s-s-;: 

"S?: 

==Fr 

r:t*i-^ 

-•¥^ 

-^r- 


ns::rri    roi-ron      pz-etti    prt-pnr;     rKi"3V7       rrVsn.-      >^,t      nAoprr    rT-crnr     rr.ittaT    r^'ir/zv    nr=3ri 


=tt7"        crrpr 


mniiiTiTs 

K>]. 

Wsp 

T^i 

i*, 

rr6B 

»i= 

ftf-l. 

bbp 

■a. 

-><? 

rt'o 

rti 

HIpbkL 

i6pri 

■tirr] 

bK}n 

nse; 

B3ln 

CViut, 

bbjsn 

■isrn 

!»5.-i 

-^^F 

Kjn 

I'ltl. 

ilOR 

-TO 

-»? 

T?? 

ifli: 

('./Ml. 

ibE 

Try 

ii<} 

iV» 

irl: 

I'uJ. 

bup 

ra 

ct: 

tVnil. 

L%1 

UI|>bU. 

H': 

■ttjn 

bsin 

rtel 

trln 

(V-ut. 

i-opn 

Ttirn 

i*ion 

-j^a:. 

«>■! 

Uopbftl. 

Sspn 

■re?!? 

biisi 

CVen 

=*•! 

tVMl. 

^ri 

ltct:  crzn 


r=:  trc^p 


«*i:: 

n?5 

ui. 

Vcp 

«:; 

SlpbJ. 

itK- 

»T= 

rSy 

PW 

ifep 

man 

r-VvT 

it>r>i;a 

fepn 

iiiib|vi. 

ioprn 

■its 


"?-"        NiplMJ. 


.-.&-. 


B,a,r-i        ib^rr.       irm-i        i*irn       rVPin       titt      i:Trn        zct.-:      K-prr       »r^.--       r^n 


lIuL 

iiipiia 

Uopbal. 


icp: 


IN 

-»? 

ttSB 

^k 

iiiyi 

ri^ 

r;;r! 

-»? 

-s? 

si: 

b»™ 

-5-- 

-s- 

j*;rr 

-Vr=^ 

■r;;r.- 

PABTIOIFI.Ba 

':»-. 

"'* 

=» 

i'« 

■7^ 

s'i: 

Vsj: 

-)'^r 

=i: 

i,« 

^y« 

:i- 

iR53 

->•« 

rsr; 

i-K-j 

~>T? 

e"« 

BKfcptJ.        ^»J?79       "^iT^        -"Jr?       "^f™? 


i-r- 

■* 

Kiti 

nSi 

----.■ 

c^ 

i»iV 

•«» 

--.'• 

ct: 

»;■? 

"» 

=*~ 

OST= 

»4« 

"ft? 

=*- 

rirF= 

K^sa 

n!f!7 

i-i-:: 

STO 

K*X7:» 

n»S 

:i- 

ot-i 

"?^ 

n?M 

--■'■- 

D-rpr-} 

»»W9 

'•1 

DECLENSION   OF   NOliNS. 


CIIANUGS  rROUPCKIl   IIT   AIHUSti, 

X.    Till)  '■'"'' uukliutt  ^' 

1    III  a  •iiiil*  ulliiimK.'  Ibeni  »  "o  chiingo. 

2.  If  llio  ullminlt  i.  niiji.1  «  S,gli..lnlf  torai  u  udopul 

II.    Tho  feniuiiiio  "..  Ihc  pU.™!  »•    ■"  "■  "■■'<  ""  '''""^ - 
111  n  ihiuhI  iiltiiiiBle. 

I     IViri.  ■vj"""'  ""I"  '■""■  ™»~-.«'l''''»-°"«°  "^ 
,,r««.liiiK  ™»'l  "  •  !""■'"""■  ''"""■  . 

J    IV  fiiiJ  lc.c«r  1.  .l«..l.l.-.l  ."  "••"■»  f™°  """^  * 
rool.   Ill  IlK"-  "1  "I'''''  "■"•""■""  ™~'»»»«»'"" 
o,„l  !».<■  o«k~Td.  .rd  1"  •  fr-  °"«^ 
S    Sofb..!....  -.'.ill-  'I--'  |.n,u.n  ■.™k...IUI»c  fc™^ 
in  iho  JiuJ  -to   ro-ei-r   ,,^.-uc    K»«a,  «1  I- 
onpm\  .o«->l  »f  1»  n»"»l"*>*'  "^  ""'• 
lu  ■  UIHliIo  uUimalc. 
1    n  is  wjctfipii. 
s    1  Ucomn  n;  .  0-   or  0-  .  n™ 

In  the  pwiiill.  ,s ,    1.  _ 

K^icl.  uid  Tton  BO  rrj<«H.  ..<»r<  froo.  kpb-  m  n. . 


THE  aiSsntrCT  STATE. 

1 .  The  fciumiuo  n.  Uvuiuc*  r. ,  tbu  du«l  Q?.  »ii*J  tit  |>liinil  tr 
bccoiitr  ". . 

2.  It)  It  nii»«l  ultiiMte,  Knateta  b  sbortowJ  to  Puuhh ;  m  u 
T»c»  wlwrn  prwrdwl  bj  prctonic  Kai»«(B. 

3.  In  a  wmpU'  ullimalc  n.  lwwui«i  n  -  **■ 
i.  Kmurti.  1U1.1  IVn-  aiv  nj>.-ctcd  fmm  thr  lylUblc  prewding  tht        N 

Kcmt .  and  if  ihw  titxawirtw  m  wocumooe  of  \omtSim  odibdiudU  a      ,  _ 
tbort  ruwd  a  ui»crt«l  brtwwn  ibem. 


PERSONAL    PHONOUNri. 


1l 


7.  ■».  fJ 


Nurs's  WITH  !irrnx» 

I.    IMoCT  ll»  gT»T«  .uHiia  (ni    C5.  B.  =?.  r). 

Noum  o(  luKh  ^Tiiden  ud  of  aU  numbcn  uir  U»  fcrai  o(  ihr 
CTWrinici- 

0.   B^n  lie  ligbl  aiCKK 

1.  Singular  or  plural  oouna  with  a  fcouiunr  ewfiag  adc^  the 

nMulnKt  fana.  oolj  chaofruin  r-.  to  r. 
S   Sinpikr  or  plural  Douna  no*  hatrinit  a  fcni]Bina«Bdiii^  adopt 

thc«ii>c  fana  aa  bcfcre  IheaUolotr  plmal  KnmnaUoo 
J.  Dad  oouna  ulaiD  Ihr  fara  «»«*  "i^  ha"  l«t»«  Iht 

alwJute  doal  bmiaauafr 


fjv  era  03  —  —         — 

■«  •  T«.  ™  :)(•;)  1..  :|,         I         — 

.—a,  T!<  ~  -  —         — 

H—  T.  Tl..  V  (11)    n.  ».  («J 

rr-.  sr:  c"::j     B, .  0, (Ta,)  n.'TS.)  — 

KIT.  »T.  n  R..  n.  rj.        rj. 


iI.C?J 

D,  IT?,) 

0. 


"P. 
T 

T.  '•?:.•  "5.> 
-  i^.) 

T  (Tr,.  -If) 
07-  iir..  ryp.) 


.     .  . «_j.j.,_  __.  nmonic     UI.   Bcfa.  all  «*»,  pa™  or  h»ht. 

fcm.  »  hcfcrr  tie  fa""""  ««'»»  " 


R,„,[„,„r  IK......  .»  "■:"  ^,«i_:,J,„-rf:  iTnol.  lWy»=pl. 

K.,,,«»....ho|Jun.Unddj^.^b-«|pn-^     „  U.  dtj  n.   b.. 

■iilaliliilo   the  plural  fc  •»'  ""P""  "~^ 

an.I  ...h-r  r.j«^  the  prr^Wm^  -wrl  or  r»lo«  rt  to  wb«  rt  -«« 
hive  brto  if  P.  Ud  uoi  l**^  appended.  , 


3  n«i  Htm  whirti«r'»-tw<»'^.p*r!:  •■**** 

S.  Fna)  f^.  »  dnffKd 


incFAiLiBLE  narvsmon  a5D  tat  ooiucr5CTn*c. 

Phman  tana.         ...  .    1             J             3  T 

Bdnn-  lowdWw  CoaaaoanU,  S               3              b  4* 

Brfocr  (mitunb  with  Coaipound  Sh'ia.  /4<-  nrrr*po»dtH^  §Aorl  Toael. 

ficfcn  moDoaiUahW  and  anmled  •jDafaln.  ^               f              b  • 

With  tte  axitnctcd  artide.  tir  nwi  of  Ike  artidt.        

*  AIm  Mm  IW  bU«b  3.  r  t^  1.  ta  1  War*  t«><(^  Todk 


■nox  TO.  Bx  irmaooATm.  Tin  abticu,  ajtd  rst  nrrEBRooATTTp.  -n^. 

Befac  Mnof  cmaqaaota,  .      ?  D  n  .TC* 

Bdbir  vowrOtai "— — — tnti  nd  itnag  nUanl*.  "z  r>  r:  r^ 

Befcw  weu  poUsnlt,  ...  «  n  n  m 

Bcfefv  gutmnb  villi  Kaneta.   ...  ?  n  n  na 


* 


m^i 


//I  ^: 


Wii^iWm 


■V..M»,Vf  , 


mm: 


